M.

• *^f* *J ad

lUv-

£S£

I
tt

L:

IBRARY

OF THE

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA.

GIFT OF

Class

From the I'mo^-ding* of the Boston Socipty of Natural History, Vol. XIII,
iKrcmbi-r 15, 18(«'.

ON THE MAMMALS OF IOWA.

BY J. A. ALLEN.

BOSTON:

PRESS OF A. A. KINGMAN

1870.

BIOLOG

ru.

G

CONTENTS

1. On the mammals of Iowa.

2. On the classification of the eared seals.

3. Synopsis of the American Leporidae.

4. Geographical variation among North American

mammals, especially in respect to size.

5. Sexual, individual, and geographical variation

in Leucosticte tephrocotis.
** 6. Geographical distrioution-of the mammalia*

7. Synonyraatic list of the American Sciuri.

8. On the Coatis(genus Nasua,Storr) .

9. On the species of the genus Bassaris.

10. List of mammals collected by Edward Palmer in

northeastern Mexico.

11. Preliminary list of works and papers relating to

the mammalian orders of Cete and Sirenia.

12. New species and a new subspecies of the

genus Lepus.

13. Collections of mammals made in central and

southern Mexico.

14. Two supposed new species of mice from Costa Hica

and Mexico.

15. New species of big-eared bat, of the genus

His^iotus, from southern California.

16. Further notes on Maximilian types of South

American birds.

17. Mammals from southern Texas and northeastern

Mexico.

18. Mammals and birds collected in northeastern

Sonora and northwestern Chihuahua. Mexico, on
the Lumholtz archaeological expedition, 18 90-92.

19. Mammals from the island of Trinidad.

20. Further notes on Costa Rica mammals.

21. Description of a new mouse from Lake county, Calif ,

22. New species of Georays from Costa Rica.

From the Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. XIII,
December 15, 1869.

ON THE MAMMALS OF IOWA.

BY J. A. ALLEN.

BOSTON:

PRESS OF A. A. KINGMAN.
1870.

NOTES ON THE MAMMALS OF IOWA.

THE present list of the mammals of Iowa is based mainly upon
notes gathered during three months spent in that State in the summer
of 1867, for the purpose of collecting and studying its animals and
plants. It seeming desirable to make the list a complete one, a few
species have been inserted upon the authority of other authors,1 while
a few others are given from their known occurrence in nearly all the
adjoining States, though not to my knowledge yet reported from this.
The whole number enumerated is forty eight, and probably but two or
three remain to be added to perfect the list of the indigenous mam-
mals of the State. Attention is also called to such others as are most
likely to occur. If three or four northern ones be found to reach the
northern parts of the State, the whole number, including the intro-
duced house rats and mice, may be increased to about fifty five or
fifty six, which is a number somewhat greater than is found in any of
the Atlantic States, excluding the marine species, the seals and
cetaceans.

Through the kindness of Dr. C. A. Whites, the able Director of
the present Geological Survey of Iowa, — to whom, and to his excellent

*The works to which I am chiefly indebted are the admirable volumes of Profes-
sor Spencer F. Baird, on the Mammals of North America, Audubon and Bach-
man's " Quadrupeds of North America," the late Major Robert Kennicott's
papers on the Mammals of Northern Illinois (See Patent Office Reports, Agricul-
ture, for 1856 and 1857, and Transactions of the Illinois State Agricultural Society,
Vol. i 1853-1854, p. 580), and Dr. F. V. Hayden's valuable article on the " Geology
and Natural History of the Upper Missouri," published in the Transactions of the
American Philosophical Society (Vol. xn, 2d series).

198481

assistant, Mr. Orestes H. St. John, I am greatly indebted for assist-
ance,— I was enabled to pass a considerable part of this time with
one of his exploring parties, and to traverse large portions of nine
counties.1 These are situated a little to the southwest of the centre
of the State, and embrace an area nearly sixty miles square; and to
this region most of my special remarks refer. Large portions of this
tract were then in a nearly primitive condition, many of its broad
prairies being still undisturbed by the plow. Yet the hunter and the
" first settler " had passed over it and destroyed or driven away many
of the larger mammals. But the recent presence of these animals here
was still fresh in the minds of the older settlers, many of whom had
witnessed and assisted in their rapid extirpation.

Iowa being situated in a prairie region, it necessarily differs con-
siderably in the general character of its fauna, and especially in re-
spect to its mammalia, from that of the wooded portion of the United
States to the eastward, as all who have given attention to the geo-
graphical distribution of animals must be aware. Yet we do not in
this State fairly enter upon the so-called Middle Province of the con-
tinent, which differs so markedly, both in faunal and floral, from the
Eastern Province. A great change in the fauna and flora is met with,
however, at the point of junction of the wooded and woodless regions
of the eastern half of the continent, which in the latitude of Iowa
occurs more than a hundred miles to the eastward of that State. At
this point as great and as abrupt a change occurs as usually takes
place between two contiguous faunal districts, one of which lies to
the north or to the south of the other, or where the line of division is
an isothermal one, separating different climatic and zoological zones.
A few only, if any, of the species embraced in this list seem to find
their eastern limit of distribution in this State; but, with two or three
exceptions, they range through southern Wisconsin, Illinois, and even
into northwestern Indiana and southern Michigan, or to the eastern
limit of the prairies. Also, with very few exceptions, none are re-
stricted to it in either their northward or southward range. A few of
the more northern species, whose southern range is restricted to the
southern border of the Alleghanian fauna, may reach the northern
counties of Iowa, as a few essentially southern species may approach,
or even be ibund occasionally within its southern borders. Iowa is
hence mainly embraced within the Carolinian fauna, at least so far
as its mammals, birds and reptiles are concerned, though generally

1 Dallas, Guthrie, Boone, Greene, Carroll, Crawford, Sac, Calhoun and Audubon.

heretofore supposed to belong, in great part, at least, to the Allegha-
nian. Among the strictly prairie mammals represented, are at least
four rodents (Spermophilus tridecem-lineatus, S. Frankl'mii, Geomys
bursarius, ffesperomys michiganensis) , two carnivores (Canu latrans,
Taxidea americana), and at least one insectivore (Scalops aryentalus) .
Only one eastern species, the red squirrel (Sciurus hudsonius), ap-
peal's to find at the prairie line its western limit, if, as some have
supposed, it be true that this animal does not range across the conti-
nent.1 Hence the difference between the mammalian fauna of the
prairies of the Upper Mississippi valley and that of the forest region
to the eastward consists in the addition of a number of species pecu-
liar to the prairies.

Since all the larger species of mammalia are everywhere rapidly
disappearing before the revolutionizing influences of civilization, and
since great and general changes occur in the faunal and floral features
of every country when brought under cultivation, it becomes a mat-
ter of unusual interest to preserve as correct a record as possible of
the primitive conditions of our own country in this respect, for com-
parison with its subsequent altered status, as well as a history of the
change. The natural history of Iowa is of course now far from an
unexplored field, yet I find that no adequate record of its animals and
plants, nor of those of the country immediately adjoining, has as yet
been made. I have hence no hesitancy in presenting the few notes
that follow concerning some of the mammals of this State,

FELID^.

Two species of this family, from their known distribution, undoubt-
edly occur in portions of the State, but they cannot now be, and
probably never were, very numerous. I met, however, with no evi-
dences of their existence, and foiled to make special inquiries concern-
ing them. They are the following:

1. Felis concolor Linnaeus.2 (Panther.)

2. Lynx rufus Rafinesque. (Bay Lynx.)

The L. canadens-is may also occur in the northern parts of the State.

1 See postea, p. 188.

2 The nomenclature employed in this list is the same as that adopted by me re-
cently in my " Catalogue of the Mammals of Massachusetts," so far as the species
are the same. See Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, No. vin,
October, 1869.

6

The F. concolor, however, owing to the open character of tlie country,
can occur only as a straggler from more wooded regions.1

CANID^E.

3. Canis lupus Linn. (Common Wolf.)

Although wolves of this species were rather common less than
twenty years since, they are now scarce, especially in the more set-
tled districts. They are usually termed "mountain" wolves, in dis-
tinction from the prairie wolves.

4. Canis latrans Say. (Prairie Wolf.)

This species Avas formerly quite numerous, much more so even than
the common wolf (C. lupus), but now, like that species, it is already
in some sections nearly extirpated. I was informed that it was still
common in the southern part of Guthrie county, where it not unfre-
quently was destructive to the lambs. It is said to far exceed the
common fox in boldness and cunning. In the Proceedings of the
Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences (Vol. i, p. 188, 1842), it
is stated that a specimen of this species, from Illinois, was presented
to the Academy by Dr. Blanding. Mr. Kennicott states that it was
was once common in northern Illinois.

5. Vulpes vulgaris Fleming.2 (Red Fox.)

Not apparently numerous in the counties in question, particularly
at the southward. About Wall Lake and northwards they were re-
ported to be common .3

1 Since writing the above, I have received from Dr. C. A. White, in kind re-
sponse to recent inquiries of mine concerning the species of this family found in
Iowa, as follows : " The panther has been known within our limits but very rarely.
The common wild cat, or bay lynx, is occasionally found, but it is considered rare
game. I do not know that the Canada lynx has ever been seen in Iowa."

2 For a recent discussion of the relationship of the so-called V.fulvus with the
V. vulgaris of the Old World, see the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, No. vin, p. 159.

3 I may here add that in Van Buren and Allegan counties in Michigan, four kinds
of foxes are recognized by the hunters: the "cross," the " Samson," the "com-
mon red," and the " gray." The latter is undoubtedly the southern gray fox ( V.
virginianus), and the others different varieties of the common red fox. The
" cross," so called, is much the rarer, and the red by far the most common. About
one third of all taken are of the second variety, which from the very peculiar ap-
pearance of their fur are termed " Samson " foxes. They are described as having
a coarse, crisp, woolly fur, appearing much as though they had been singed ; hence
their name of " Samson foxes." Their skins bring much less in market than
those of the common red .fox, while the animal is represented as less cunning and
m. •••!.• easily trapped: they also have slightly different habits. I regret that I had

6. Vulpes velox And. ami B-i-h. (S,vift Fox)

Vulpea cinerJSO-argvUGtKS Richir.-lson, Faun. Bur. Am.. I, 98, 1820;
nee Cants cmerctmrgcnteu* Erxleben, Syst. Re<jn. Animalis, 1777.

An animal described to me as the " Sv.it't," which occurs here more
or le?s frequently, is undoubtedly this species, tLou-'i I have not
known it before reported as occurring east of the Missouri. The
character of the country in western Iowa differs little from that of
eastern Nebraska, where this species is well known to occur. It is
hence not very unexpected that it should exist in portions of Iowa.
Dr. Richardson says it ranges north to the Saskatchewan river,
which he gives as its northern limit.

7. Vulpes virginianus Rich. (Gray Fox.)

Canis cinereo-argenteus et virginianus Erxleben, Syst. Reg. Anim.,
567, 1777.

Frequent, but not especially numerous.

MUSTELID^.

8. Putorius ermineus Linn.1 (Weasel.)

Weasels, probably mostly of this species, were reported to me as
common; I saw, however, but one.

9. Putorius vulgaris Linn. (Little Weasel.)

From its known general range, this species must also occur more or
less frequently, especially in the northern parts of the State.

10. Putorius lutreolus Cuvier. (Mink.)

P. vison Gapper, and P. nigrescens Aud. and Bach.'2

Said to be common. The minks of the prairies are quite different

in some respects from the more northern animal, as well as from those

of the wooded region to the eastward. They are browner and their

fur is much coarser and brings a much lower price in the market.

no opportunity of examining specimens of them myself. Similar foxes, I am in-
formed, occur in Massachusetts, where they are known to fox-hunters by the same
singular name. This peculiar condition of the pelage is doubtless unnatural, and
probably the result of disease, as I have in several instances seen an apparently
similar modification of the pelage in the red squirrel (Sciurus hudsonius), which in
one case extended through a whole litter.

1 In the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology (No. AIII, pp. 168-174,
1869), the writer has given his reasons for believing there are but two species of
weasel in the United States east of the Missouri, and that these are identical re-
spectively with the P. ermineus and P. vulgaris of the Old World.

2 In respect to the supposed distinctness of the American from the Old World
minks, see my remarks in Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Xo. vm, p. 175.

8

Experienced trappers and fur dealers at the West repeatedly informed
me that these differences are so considerable that they can always
readily separate the prairie skins from the forest ones, as those from
Illinois, for example, from those taken in Michigan. They also claim
that there are two kinds of prairie mink, as of tlwj northern mink,
differing in size. This difference probably depends mainly upon sex
and age, the males being much larger than the females.

11. Lutra eanadensis Sabine. (Otter.)

Said to be common on the Raccoon rivers, and generally more or
less so throughout the State.

12. Mephitis mephitica Baird. (Skunk.)

Common, and presents the same varieties in point of color as at
the East.

13. Taxidea americana Waterhouse. (American Badger.)
This species is probably nearly as numerous as formerly. Though

rarely seen, it being nocturnal, its burrows are frequently met with.
Its thick, heavy body and short legs render it a rather clumsy animal,
but with stealthy, cat-like habits it combines considerable cunning.
In the night many expert animals become its prey. It is very power-
lul, and being armed with strong claws and teeth, is able to offer
formidable resistance when attacked by a dog; it is, however, ex-
tremely docile to man, allowing itself to be handled, and unless
teased, is said to rarely offer to scratch or bite. At Rippey, in
Greene county, I saw a half grown one in confinement that had been
caught by a boy a few days before, and carried home by him in his
arms. When discovered they are said to lie flat and motionless on
the ground, and if they think they are not seen will allow a person to
pass within a few feet of them without moving. Though generally
regarded as a harmless animal by the farmers, the bones and wool of
lambs have been found in their burrows.1

1 The Mexican Badger (Taxidea Berlandieri Baird, U. S. and Mex. Bound.
Sur. Rep., IJ, Mammals, 21, 1859; Taxidea Berlandieri Baird, Mam. N. Amer.,
2C6). described as "Similar to the T. americana [labradoria], but smaller; above
reddish gray, with a narrow white stripe extending from the muzzle to the root
of the tail," from skulls of Mexican specimens and the MSS. notes of Dr. Berlan-
dier, seems to be merely the smaller southern race of the common T. americana.
It differs from it chiefly in being a little smaller, and, according to some reports,
lighter in color. The probability seems very great that the slight differences in
color pointed out are merely individual differences, although the T. Berlandieri
may constitute a more or leas well-marked climatal race.

9

URSID.E.

14. Procyon lotor Storr. (Raccoon.)
Common.

15. Ursus arctos Linn.1 (Bear.)

The bear is reported to occur here, but I learned nothing of spec ial
interest respecting it. From the character of the country it evi-
dently cannot now be common, however numerous it may form-
erly have been. Localities named after the bear, as Bear creeks, Bear
groves, etc., indicate its former greater or less abundance here.

CERVID.E.

16. 'Cervus canadensis Erxl. (American Elk.)

Formerly numerous, but now extinct in most of the region under
description. It is but a few years since good antlers of this species
were common on the prairies, but through the combined action of
two destroying agencies they are now rarely met with, and only in
an imperfect condition. In addition to the injury done them by the
fires that annually pass over the wild prairies, the two species of
SpermopMus and other rodents eat them, by which animals they are
said to be in a short time completely devoured.

An old resident and hunter whom I met at New Jefferson, in
Greene county, informed me that but seven years before (now nine
years since), the elk were abundant in some parts of that county.
Prior to this date he used to see herds nearly every day, and some-
times several in a day, some of them of very large size. During the
early settlement of this part of Iowa they were of great value to
the settlers, furnishing them with an abundance of excellent food
when there was a scarcity of swine and other meat-yielding domestic
animals. But, as has been the case too often in the history of the
noblest game animals of this continent, they were frequently most
ruthlessly and improvidently destroyed. In the severer weather of
winter they were often driven to seek shelter and food in the vicinity
of the settlements. At such times the people, not satisfied with kill-

1 In the eighth number of the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
the writer has shown that it is impossible to satisfactorily characterize or distin-
guish more than a single species of land bear in the colder portion of the Northern
Hemisphere, though it must be admitted that between the extremes of variation
there are very great differences, more than would be required even to indicate a
diversity of species, if the differences were constant, as they are most notably not,
the most distinct forms gradually intergrading.

10

ing enough for their present need, mercilessly engaged in an exter-
minating butchery. Rendered bold by their extremity, the elk were
easily dispatched with such implements as axes and corn-knives.
For years they were so numerous that the settlers could kill them
whenever4 they desired to, but several severe winters and indiscrim-
inate slaughter soon greatly reduced their numbers, and now only a
few linger where formerly thousands lived, and these are rapidly dis-
appearing. Their home here being chiefly the open country, they
much sooner fall a prey to the " westward march of civilization,"
through the most merciless treatment they receive at the hands of
the emigrant, than does the deer.

From June to October the elk are said to be always fat and in
excellent condition for the table. Their flesh is described as being in
texture intermediate between beef and mutton, but superior in flavor
to either. In March the bucks shed their horns. As the new ones
begin to sprout they leave the herd and keep by themselves, in small
parties of about a dozen, till their horns are fully grown and hard,
when they begin to " run," as the hunters term it, and again join the
herd. About the twentieth of June the females are said to bring
forth their young. Towards autumn, when the calves have become
large and strong, the elk begin to gather in large herds. The horns
appear disproportionately large, especially when " in the velvet," at
which time the main, branches are as thick as one's arm, and their
appearance is far from pleasing.

17. Cervus virginianus Boddaert. (Common deer.)

More or less common, but steadily decreasing in numbers. I was
informed that in some sections they were on the increase, owing to
the fact that they were beginning to have a more favorable range,
through the gradual extension of the forests, — due to the protec-
tion of the woodlands from the annual tires that formerly swept
over the country, and which probably more than any other cause
tended to keep the timber-tracts within their former restricted
areas. But it does not seem that this increase of the deer can be
more than temporary, unless stringent measures are taken to protect
them. If exposed to the indiscriminate slaughter to which this ani-
mal has generally been subject elsewhere, it niust certainly soon dis-
appear, as it has already done over so large a portion of the United
States east of the Mississippi.

The white-tailed deer (C. leucurw), according to Dr. Hayden,*
* Transact. Amer. Phil. Soc., Vol. xn, 2d series, p. 149.

11

should be included among the mammals of Iowa, since he gives its
range as extending eastward to the Big Sioux river and Council
Bluffs. It Joes not, however, seem to me to be distinct from the C.
virginianuj,

BOVID^E.

18. Bos americanus Gmelin. (American Buffalo.)

Now nearly exterminated in all parts of the State, though numer-
ous in the northwestern counties at a comparatively recent date.
Two years since I was informed that a few still remained in that sec-
tion, and that up to that time one or more had been killed every year
as far south as Greene county. Further north they were represented
as being more common, but that no herds were met with south of the
Sioux river, and rarely east of . the Missouri. Those found further
east were only stragglers or wanderers from the herds, that in most
cases had probably been driven off by the Indians.

VESPERTILIONIDJE.

Bats of at least two species were observed flying about the groves,
but I procured no specimens. They were not, however, numerous,
and were mainly seen near the timber. A prairie country cannot,
evidently, afford such animals favorable haunts ; but they will doubt-
less increase with the further settlement of the country, when more
or less open buildings will afford them convenient places of resort,
The following species, from their general known distribution, doubt-
less occur in most parts of the State.

19. Nycticejus crepuscularis H. Allen. (Black-faced Bat.)

20. Lasiurus noveboracensis Tomes. (Red Bat.)

21. Lasiurus cinereus H. Allen.1 (Hoary Bat.)

22. Scotophiius fuseus H. Allen. (Brown Bat.)

23. Scotophiius noctivagans H. Allen. (Silvery Bat.)

24. Scotophiius georgianus H. Allen. (Georgia Bat.)

25. Vespertilio subulatus Say. (Little Brown Bat.)

SORECnXZE.

During the short time I passed in this State I met with no examples
of this family, though several species undoubtedly occur there. Of
the long-tailed shrews, or true Sorices, among the species that may be
* Probably not distinct from L. noveboracensis.

12

looked for are Sorex platyhrinus, S. Richardsonii, S. "Haydeni" and
S. "Hoyi." The following, from their ascertained distribution, must be
present, specimens of the latter being in fact already known from this
State.

26. Sorex Cooperi Bachtnan. (Cooper's Shrew.)

27. Blarina brevicauda Baird. (Mole Shrew.)

TALPID^E.

28. Scalops argentatus Bachman. (Silvery Mole.)

This species is well known to occur in the State, but it does not
appear to DC very numerous.

29. Condylura cristata Illiger. (Star-nosed Mole.)

This species having been traced westward to the Mississippi, it
doubtless occurs in eastern Iowa, but probably only as a rather rare
species. I can find, however, no specimens of it reported from there.
It is said to inhabit the prairies of Illinois.1

The Brewer's Mole (Scalops Breweri) may also be met with here,
though it has not yet been found, so far as I am aware, west of the
State of Ohio.

SCIURID.E.

30. Sciurus carolinensis Gmelin. (Gray Squirrel.)

Said to be more or less numerous in the groves along the water
courses. I saw, however, but very. few.

31. Sciurus ludovicianus Custis. (Western Fox Squirrel.)
Common in the same situations as the preceding species; I saw it

much more frequently. It was, however, far less numerous than I
found it to be in Ogle county, Illinois, or in southern Michigan, in both
of which localities there was a much greater predominance of forest.
In these latter localities the preceding (S. carolinensis) was also ex-
cessively abundant, both in its black and gray colors, and in every
intermediate stage between gray and black. The young, as I have
already mentioned in another connection,2 more frequently represent
the intermediate stage, their fur presenting the annulated appearance
mentioned by Prof. Baird as characterizing intermediate color varie-
ties.8 This form of S. carolinensis was more especially abundant in
Illinois, where the greater part of the large number of specimens I

i Kennicott, Patent Office Rep., Agr., 1857, p. 101.

* Bulletin Mus. Comp. ZoSlogy, No. vm, p. 222.

» Mammals of Xorth America, p. 244.

13

examined were of the dusky, annulate-haired type; they were also
all young.

32. Sciurus hudsonius Pallas. (Chickare. Red Squirrel.)
This species does not appear to occur in the parts of Iowa I visited.

I saw not a single specimen, and although I made extended inquiries
respecting it, could not learn that it had ever been seen here. I also
found it unknown in Ogle county, Illinois (one hundred miles west
from Chicago), though said to occur sparingly in some portions of
northern Illinois, by Mr. R. Kennicott,1 and also in northern Mis-
souri and central Iowa; but in respect to the latter locality I
think he may have been mistaken. I never anywhere, however, saw
it so numerous as I have found it to be in southern Michigan (Van
Buren and Aliegan counties). Somewhat to the northward of Iowa,
as in the forest region of Minnesota, it is said to be very numerous,
and to extend thence far to the westward. Dr. Hayden says it occurs
on the eastern side of the Black Hills, in Nebraska.2

33. Pteromys VOlucella Cuvier. (Flying Squirrel.)

Not common. From its peculiar nocturnal habits this species is one
easily overlooked. From its known range it must occur in the State.

34. Tamias Striatus Baird. (Striped Squirrel.)
Abundant in and near the thickets and groves.

1 Patent Office Rep. Agriculture, 1856, p. 68.

2 I am far from sure that either of the supposed species called Sciurus Fremonti,
S. Richardsoni and S. Douglassi are distinct from the common S. hudsonius of the
eastern part of the continent. The differences between them are very trivial, and
in respect to what these are, authors are by no means unanimous. They are gen-
erally slight variations in size, the northern and Rocky Mountain species being
generally a little larger than the restricted S. hudsonius, but differing only as the
representatives of a single species would be expected to under similar differences of
habitat. There are no essential differences in color, the variation in this respect
being in no case greater than specimens from different localities in New England
present, as 1 have before pointed out (Bull. AIus. Comp. ZoOl., No. vm, p. 223).
Specimens from northern Maine have just as good claims for specific distinctness
from those of eastern Massachusetts as either of the above-named supposed
species have to be regarded as specifically distinct from the S. hudsonius. They
diflVr in color and in the texture of the fur, the Maine specimens in question being
grayer, with thicker, heavier pelage, and larger in size. Those from some locali-
ties have also a relatively shorter tail, differences precisely similar to those urged
as distinguishing severally these supposed species, and equally great in degree.
The habitat of S. hudsonius, then, it seems to me, really extends throughout the
northern part of the continent, from the Atlantic to the Pacific. Intelligent trav-
ellers and naturalists perfectly familiar with the S. hudsonius at the East, who have
visited the region inhabited by the other supposed species, as Alaska and the
Rocky Mountains, report that they saw nothing about the red squirrel they met
with there, either in habits or otherwise, that led them to suspect it to be at all
different from S. hudsanius.

14

35. Spermophilus tridecem-lineatus Aud. and Bach. (Striped
Prairie Squirrel. Striped Gopher.)

Abundant, and to the fanners a destructive pest. Seen almost
daily, both on the wild prairie and in the cultivated fields. They
are active throughout the summer, and quite destructive to the young
corn in the spring, the kernel of which they dig up, and thus destroy
the crop. It is said, however, to be less frequently noticed during the
summer, when the grass is high, than earlier. Their burrows run
usually but a few inches below the surface, but sometimes extend
horizontally for the distance of ten feet, though usually much less.1

36. Spermophilus Franklini Richardson. (Gray Prairie
Squirrel. Gray Gopher.)

Abundant, and, in proportion to its numbers, far more destructive
than the preceding (£. tridecem-lineatus). When very numerous
they sometimes destroy acres of newly planted corn by eating the
seed. During the spring months it is generally numerous, but after
about the first of June is rarely observed, and all my efforts to obtain
specimens, both in this State and in Illinois, where it is equally com-
mon, were ineffectual. The burrows of this species run to the depth
of three or four feet, and extend to a considerable distance.

The Prairie Dog (Cynomys ludovicianus) , so characteristic of the
more western prairies, is not met with to the eastward of the Mis-
souri river. Dr. Hayden says the first village he met with in as-
cending the Missouri was about ten miles below the mouth of the
Niobrara.2 Mr. Cyrus Thomas erroneously includes this animal in
his catalogue of the " Mammals of Illinois," published in Vol. iv of
the Transactions of the Illinois State Agricultural Society.

37. Arctomys monax Gmelin. (Woodchuck. Marmot.)
This animal appears also to be absent from western Iowa, I met

with but a single individual who had seen it in the State. He had
formerly lived in Davis county, in the southeastern part, where he
informs me it occurs, as also in the adjoining counties of Missouri.
On this authority it is included in the present list.

38. Castor fiber Linn. (Beaver.)

Reported to still exist on the South Raccoon river, but nearly or
quite exterminated in most of the eastern and southern portions of
the State. A gentleman residing in the southern part of Dallas

1 For a very, complete account of the habits of this species, see the late Robert
Kennicott's excellent papers on the Mammals of Illinois, in the Patent Office Re-
ports (Agriculture) for 1856 and 1857 (1856, p. 74).

> Transact. Amer. Phil. Soc., Vol. xit, 2d series, p. 145.

15

county informed ine that when he settled there* eighteen years be-
fore, he being one of the first settlers of the county, the beaver was
then common there. He said it was now quite exterminated in that
vicinity, none having been seen for a considerable period. From the
frequent occurrence of creeks in Iowa called by the name of this
animal, it seems probable that it was once numerous here.

39. Geomys bursarius Richardson. (Pouched or Pocket Go-
pher.)

Exceedingly numerous everywhere, and a great pest. The farm-
ers regard it as agriculturally the " gfeat curse of the country." In
some localities it destroys the fruit trees, the groves planted for shade
and the osage-orange hedges, by feeding upon their roots in winter.
It seems to be nowhere on the decrease, as from its peculiar habits it
is difficult to destroy. As the animal seldom appears above the sur-
face of the ground, and only at nightj one may reside for years where
they are numerous without seeing one. The moist and the dry por-
tions of the prairie are alike haunted by them; and the farmer too
often sees their unwelcome hillocks thrown up night after night in his
garden, or within a few feet of his door. As their burrows are always
closed, few persons know how to trap them. A few farmers have been
successful in poisoning them with strychnine, and now and then one is
shot. To shoot them it is necessary to open their burrows and
watch with a gun kept in readiness to fire the instant they appear
at the opening to close it, as they show their head only, and for
merely an instant. The gopher will allow no light to enter its bur-
row, and when it is broken into it hastens to repair the breach. In
trapping them an opening is made into their galleries, through which
a small steel trap is inserted as far as it conveniently can be with the
hand, and the opening then partially closed. The animal hastening
to close the opening must generally pass over the trap. Occasionally,
however, the trap is found pushed up into the opening and firmly
wedged there with the impacted earth, in which case it is usually un-
sprung. The gopher is hence often credited with a degree of cun-
ning far beyond what it possesses, the safe removal of the trap being
purely accidental on the part of the animal. As the burrows are
extensive, with many branches, it is impossible to tell on which side
of the opening the occupant may be, and hence coming from the side
opposite to that where the trap is placed, it often succeeds in closing
the hole without being captured.1

1 For a detailed account of the habits of this interesting species, see Kennicott's
papers on the Mammals of Illinois, in the Patent Office Report on Agriculture for
1857, p. 72.

16

This animal is said to be unable to swim, and that it is often
drowned in its burrows, when they are inundated by the sudden rise
of the prairie streams.1 Whether or not large rivers form impassable
barriers to it, it seems to be well substantiated that while this animal
occurs on the Iowa side of the Mississippi and in central Illinois, or
throughout that part of the latter State south and east of the Illinois
river, it does not exist in that portion situated between the Illinois
and the Mississippi. Mr. Kennicott refers to his having heard this
reported, but he was unable to vouch for the truthfulness of the ac-
count. When in this section of Illinois, however, I was repeatedly
informed by competent and trustworthy observers who had resided in
this part of the State since its first settlement, and who had traversed
it extensively, that the pocket gopher did not exist in that portion of
Illinois between these rivers . This fact seems the more strange when
we remember that the gopher is common in portions of Wisconsin, be-
ing in fact very numerous in Winnebago and Fond du Lac counties,
as I have myself ascertained.

The Perognathus fasciatus may well be expected to occur in south-
western Iowa, since it is well known to exist in northeastern Kansas,
not many miles from the Iowa border.

MURID^.

40. Jaculus hudsonius Baird. (Jumping Mouse.)
Doubtless not uncommon, since it is numerous in neighboring por-
tions of Wisconsin and Illinois.

41. Hesperomys leucopus Wagner. (White-footed Mouse.)
A species I take to be this was not uncommon. From the locality

it may be what has been recognized by Professor Baird as the H.
sonoriensis of Le Conte,2 described by the latter gentleman from a
specimen from Sonora. Specimens are referred to it by Professor
Baird from Fort Union and other localities in northwestern Dacotah,
and from various intermediate points southward to Texas and New
Mexico ; the H. leucopus of Richardson from the Saskatchawan being
also referred to it, it is thus recognized as having a considerable
range in latitude. The western limit of H. leucopus is given by Pro-
fessor Baird as the Mississippi. As my specimens are not appreciably
different from H. leucopus from Massachusetts, one is left to two
alternatives ; either that of regarding the H. leucopus as ranging
westward across the State of Iowa to the Missouri, or of considering

i K. Kennicott. Patent Office Rep., Agriculture, 1857, p. 76.
» Mam. N. Amer., p. 474.

17

//. tonoriensis as indistinguishable as a species from H. lencopus. I
am the more inclined to the latter opinion from the almost exact resem-
blance which authentic specimens of the former that I have examined
bear to othej-s unquestionably of H. leucopun. Its recognized wide dis-
tribution in latitude does not at all accord with its supposed limited
range eastward, in a region of so uniform a character as the one now
in question. In regard to H. sonoriemis, Professor Baird observes :
4 This species has the general characters of the white-footed mouse
of the eastern States ; and it is only after the comparison of extensive
series that I have been able to detect differences which, though slight,
are so constant and of such a character as to appear something more
than a mere local variation. I shall, however, be obliged to indicate
the differences rather by comparison than as absolute characters."
As I have previously observed,1 I believe that a considerable number
of merely nominal species of Hesperomys have been recognized as
valid, and in a group presenting such a wide range of variation in
color and in the proportions of the different parts of the body as
different representatives of even the restricted H. leucopus do, I fail
to see the propriety of basing species on such intangible differences
as distinguish //. sonoriensis.

42. Hesperomys michiganensis Wagner. (Prairie White-
footed Mouse.)

Apparently common; several specimens taken. I made my first
acquaintance with this species in life, in Ogle county, Illinois, where
I found a pair in June in their nest under a flat stone at the edge of a
cornfield. A newly born litter of young were attached to the teats
of the female. The contrast of color between the dorsal and ventral
areas of the body was well marked, and the line of separation along
he sides clearly defined.2

The Wood Rat (Neotoma ftoridana) has been found in northwest-
ern Kansas, about a hundred miles from the southwestern corner of
Iowa, and judging from what is known of its distribution, it may be
expected to occur in portions of the latter State.

43. Arvicola riparius Ord. (Meadow Mouse.)
Apparently common. I obtained several specimens, some of which

are scarcely appreciably different from Massachusetts ones; others more
resemble some obtained by me in Northern Illinois. In the latter

1 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo81., No. vni, p. 227.

1 Compare with this the remarks of Mr. Kennicott and Prof. Baird in reference
to " Afus Bairdii." Pat. Office Rep., Agr., 1866, p. 92 ; Mam. N. Amer., p. 477.

18

locality I obtained young specimens in the fall that in general char-
acters are referable to A. riparius, but which in the character of the
fur are quite different from the ordinary type of this species at the same
age at the East, the coat being longer and heavier; the longer hairs
presented a more bristly appearance, many of which were hoary, thus
giving a well-marked grizzly aspect to the pelage. In the long heavy
coat it seems to correspond with the prairie variety mentioned by
Prof. Baird, and to which he applied the name long ip Us, in reference
to this peculiarity; but they differ from it in color, which may, how-
ever, and most probably does, result from a difference in age. The
longer and coarser pelage noticeable in the Arvicola of the prairie is
similar to that previously referred to in this paper as characterizing
the prairie minks.

The two following species of Arvicola also doubtless exist, at least
in portions of the State, as they are not uncommon in the adjoining
State of Illinois.

44. Arvicola austera LeConte. (Prairie Meadow Mouse.)

45. Arvicola pinetorum LeConte. (Pine Mouse.)

46. Fiber zibethicus Cuvier. (Muskrat.)
Common along the streams.

LEPORID^E.

47. Lepus Sylvaticus Bachman. (Gray Rabbit.)

Common about the groves and thickets. In respect to the distribu-
tion of this species in Iowa, Dr. White has written me as follows: " It
occurs all over the State, but is not common in the northwestern part.
Indeed it is most common in the most cultivated districts, especially
in southern and southeastern Iowa." He adds that this is the only
species of rabbit occurring in the State, to his knowledge.

It is probable that the Prairie Hare (L. campestris Bach.), the
western representative of the L. americanus of the northern tier of
States east of the Mississippi (if there is, in fact, any reason to con-
sider them distinct), may occur in the northern part of the State.

DIDELPHID^.

48. Didelphys virginiana Shaw. (Opossum.)

From its general known distribution, this species might well be
expected to be more or less frequent in the southern part of the State.
Dr. White, however, informs me that it is very rare there, but that
he saw two specimens some years since in the southeastern part.

X

From the American Naturalist, Vol. V, March, 1871.

THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE EARED SEALS. — In the review of my
paper on the "Eared Seals"* by Dr. Theodore Gill, published in
the January number of the NATURALIST,! I was pleased to see that
this accomplished zoologist found in it a few things to commend,
nor was I surprised to find, knowing his opinions previously, that
on a few points we still somewhat differ. I regretted to observe,
however, that notwithstanding his accustomed accuracy, Dr. Gill
had, in the. present article, fallen into several by no means unim-
portant errors. He quite severely criticises my provisional differ-
entiation of the Otariadce into two subfamily groups, and in so
doing has not only questioned the value ascribed by me to the
characters alleged to be distinctive of the two groups, but also the
existence of such distinctions, at least to anything like the extent
claimed for them.

The distinctions given as characteristic of the two groups were
differences in the character of the pelage, in size, form, the rela-
tive length of the ear and the swimming membranes or toe-flaps.
Without discussing here the taxonomic value of these distinctions,
I propose to examine briefly whether any of them have been shown
by Dr. Gill "to be degraded to absolute nullity."

First, in regard to the pelage. The Oulophocince were charac-
terized as having " thick under fur," and the Trichophocince as
being "without under fur." As showing that this character is
not a trenchant one, Dr. Gill cites the observation of Dr. Peters
that the Arctocephalus antarcticus ( Otaria pusilla Peters) has very
thin under fur, and the remark of Dr. Gray that in Zalophus loba-
tus (Z. cinereus Gill) the young are " covered with soft fur which
falls off when the next coat of fur is developed," both of which-
objections I had already noticed. J To go over the ground again,
however, I may state that since Dr. Peters wrote, it has been as-
certained that both the Arctocephalus antarcticus and the A.
cinereus are richly provided with under fur, so well so, at least,
that these animals are pursued for their fur, which forms an arti-
cle of high commercial value. § The remark respecting the tem-

* Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Vol. H, pp. 1-108, 1870.

f Vol. IV, pp. 675-684.

JBull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. II, p. 41.

§ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., Vol. I, p. 219, March, 1868. Dr. Gray describes the
A. cinereus as having the "under fur abundant" (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser.
Vol. X VIII, p. 236, 1868), which remark is confirmed by a young specimen of this animal
In the Museum of Comparative Zoology.

2 REVIEWS.

porary under fur possessed by the young of Zalophus lobatus was
made nearly half a century ago, and though often quoted since,
has never yet been confirmed, so far at least as I have been able
to ascertain. Since such a fact, however, would be contrary to
analogy, to sa}~ the least, the accuracy of this observation seems
to require confirmation. While in the hair seals the homo-
logue of the under fur of the fur seals may be considered to exist
in the short, stiff, crisp under hairs, — which are so few as only
to be discovered by the most careful search, at least in old males
of Eumetopias, and apparently also in Otaria and Zalophus, —
they do not accord at all in their nature with the fine, soft, abun-
dant, silky under fur of the fur seals. The under fur of the fur
seals is known to vary more or less in amount with the season,
which variations may have given rise to the observations of Dr.
Peters cited by Dr. Gill.

In regard to size, the hair seals were characterized as "large,"
and the fur seals as " smaller." As the representatives of Otaria
and Eumetopias are several times larger, in respect to bulk, than
any of the representatives of either Callorhinus or Arctocephalus,
and the representatives of Zalophus are considerably larger than
any of the fur seals, I fail to see that the difference in size
"seems to be more than reduced to a mimimum and to be de-
graded to absolute nullity."

In regard to form, the fur seals were described by me as being
" more slender" than the hair seals. This observation was based
upon a comparison of the skeletons of two of the leading genera
— Eumetopias and Callorhinus — and the figures arid descriptions
of the other species. Not only are all the bones smaller in com-
parison to their length in Callorhinus than in Eumetopias, but the
limbs are also slenderer1 and longer in proportion to the size of
the body. In the comparison Dr. Gill has attempted to make, in
his review, of the form of Eumetopias with that of Callorhinus, in
order to determine whether there was any difference in form in the
two groups, a singularly improper basis was adopted, namely, the
"ratio of the skull to the length of the male skin." His rather
obscure comparative table serves only to represent the individual
variation in the specimens of the same species, as exaggerated in
stuffed specimens. Had he computed^the ratio the length of
the skull bears to that of the whole skeleton, data equally at his
command, instead of between the skulls and skins, his table

REVIEWS. 3

would have had some value as showing the variation in respect to
this ratio that obtains between specimens of the same species.
But the idea of determining the relative slenderness of two ani-
mals by the number of times the length of the head is contained
in the total length of the body, is, to say the least, a novel one to
me, since slenderness and robustness of form usually involve, as
is well known, the head as well as the trunk, as a little reflection
will doubtless at once convince my reviewer. That the expression
"'form more slender' of the former [OufopAocmce] implies a
greater relative total length for these animals than the head alone
would indicate," is an announcement for which I was quite unpre-
pared.

In regard to the length of the ear in the two groups, it appears
that Dr. Gill has also been unfortunate in his generalizations. Ac-
cording to his quoted measurements, the ear in the longest-eared
species of the hair seals (Eumetoj)fas) scarcely equals that of the
shortest-eared species of the fur seals, but he seems to have for-
gotten that the bulk of Eumetopias is several times that of the
largest of the fur seals, so that while the ear is absolutely but
little longer in the fur seals than in the longest-eared hair seals, it
is relatively very much longer.

Having said this much in regard to the validity of the charac-
ters I gave as distinctive of these two groups, I desire to add a
word in respect to the matter of " conservatism." Dr. Gill says,
"In the case of doubtful species — at least of those which have
tangible characters, but the value of which may be dubious — some
naturalists refer such at once to species which they appear in their
judgment to most resemble, while others — probably most — retain
them with reserve, awaiting future information. Of the former
school, Mr. Allen is an ardent disciple, and finding a certain
range of variation in some know^n form, he concludes that analo-
gous variations are only of like value." In reply to this, I will
only say that my practice is to never reduce to a synonyme any
species presenting " tangible characters," or even those which ap-
pear to have such characters, or where the probability seems to be
that it may be distinct, though not as yet properly characterized.
When no evidence of the validity of a given species has been
advanced, which in the light of present facts can be so considered,
I deem it subservient to the interests of science to refer them to
the species to which they seem evidently to belong; as in no

4 REVIEWS.

other way will their true character be more likely to be eventually
made evident ; for those authors who have recognized them as
valid will be likely to reinvestigate the subject before submitting
to their being dropped from our systems. All zoologists, I think,
will admit that the tendency is to a multiplication of nominal
species ; and all likewise know how difficult it is to eradicate a
nominal species from our systems. Probably few naturalists now
doubt that many currently received species rest solely on char-
acters of individual variation, and it see'ms to me unwise to retain
such species as are unquestionably of this character in the hope that
through some fortunate circumstance they may be spme day proved
valid. It seems to me impossible, in fact, that any one who has
compared a large number of specimens of any well known species
with each other, can resist the conviction that, as the number of
specimens in our museums increases, the number of species will
be greatly reduced, notwithstanding that in the mean time not a
few really new ones may be discovered. I have myself found that
the more common species of both the birds and mammals of east-
ern North America — of which I have examined, in many instances,
hundreds of specimens of each — vary in size, and even in propor-
tions, in specimens from the same localit}^ and of the same sex,
from twelve to twent}^ per cent, of their average size and form for
that locality, and to a corresponding extent in color. Add to this
the normal range of the geographical variation each species ex-
hibits, which ordinarily fully equals that of the individual varia-
tion, * and it becomes at once evident that with the custom of
zoologists to describe species from a single specimen, and often
an imperfect one, and their usual want of familiarity with the ex-
tent of variation within specific limits in the common species of
their own country, the liabilities to an undue multiplication of
species have been, and still are, very great. This to many may be
a matter of small moment, but to the philosophical zoologist, who
desires to carefully investigate the varied phenomena of animal
life, it is one of high importance.

Having said thus much in reply to the strictures of Dr. Gill, I
now reluctantly turn critic, and pass in review the classification of

*See on this subject a paper in the Bulletin of tharMuseum of Comparative Zoology
(Vol. II, pp. 186-250) entitled, "On the Individual and Geographical Variation among
Birds, considered in Respect to its Bearing upon the Value of Certain Assumed Specific
Characters."

REVIEWS.

the eared seals proposed by this author in his above-cited paper.
While still agreeing with him in regard to the comparatively wide
separation of Zalophus from its nearest allies, and in regard to its
being intermediate between the fur and other hair seals in respect
to size, but only in this point, I am compelled to still differ with
him in respect to its constituting a primary group coordinate with
that of all the other eared seals. * Whilst a somewhat aberrant
form, it seems to me to be by no means very far removed from
Eumetopias and Otaria. ' I can, in fact, scarcely comprehend how
it has happened that the author in question has overlooked the
presence of a well developed sagittal crest in all the genera of
the Otariadce except Zalophus, as he seems to have done in the
differentiation of his two primary groups of this family. The
supposition that he has examined only the skulls of females or
young males of the other genera is hardly sufficient to explain this
oversight, since figures indicating its presence in the males of the
other genera have been long published, to say nothing of the many
distinct allusions to it by authors. While familiar with the distinc-
tive characters of Zalophus, he has failed to indicate them in his di-
agnoses, the comparatively unimportant character furnished by the
rostral outline being far less characteristic than its slender elon-
gated muzzle and other features, which had previously been well
pointed out by Dr. Gill, as well as by other writers. The sagittal
crest reaches, it is true, its maximum development in.Zaloplius;
but any one who has seen the high sagittal crest possessed by old
males of Eumetopias Stelleri, in which as a thin solid plate it at-
tains the height of 38 mm., or an inch and a half; and the rela-
tively scarcely less developed sagittal crest in old males of Callo-
rliinus ursinus ; and the figure of old male skulls of Otaria jubata,
and some of the species of Arctocephalus, in which a high sagittal
crest is represented ; cannot but be surprised to find in what is
assumed to be an enumeration of "the most obvious and dis-
tinctive characters" of the genera Callorhinus, Arctocephalm,
Otaria and Eumetopias, a diagnosis contrasting " a sagittal groove
from which are reflected the low ridges indicating the limits of the
temporal muscles" in these genera, with "a solid, thin, and much
elevated sagittal crest " in Zalophus ! The females of Callorhinus
ursinus and Otaria jubata, and, so far as at present known, of all

*See American Naturalist, Vol. IV, p. 681.

6 REVIEWS.

the eared seals, have the "sagittal groove," etc., as above de-
scribed, as do also the males till they have attained nearly their
full size. The sagittal crest in the males of Eumetopias and
Callorhinus rises at first as a double ridge on each side of the
sagittal suture, beginning at the hinder part of the skull. It
develops most rapidly in its posterior part, and gradually ex-
tends anteriorly to a point opposite the orbital processes. Grad-
ually the laminae of this double plate become soldered into one,
uniting first posteriorly, while anteriorly the crest remains com-
posed of two closely applied thin plates, which, in old age, be-
come firmly united the whole length. The sagittal crest in old
male skulls of Zalophus hence differs from the corresponding crest
in Eumetopias and Callorhinus, only in being relatively somewhat
higher, and in being more produced anteriorly. I am not sure,
however, that in very aged animals even this slight difference
would be constant. In one of the skulls of Zalophus I have seen,
the two plates were not entirely soldered at their anterior end,
thus indicating their development primarily as a double plate, as
in Eumetopias and Callorhinus. The only other character given
as separating these two groups — that of the rostral profile — I
deem too trivial to require more than the incidental remark already
given to it.

In concluding, I may add that the deservedly high standing of
my critic _as a naturalist seemed to demand from me, in justice to
myself, some notice of his sweeping criticisms, especially since
not merely the assumed value of the characters given by me as
distinguishing what I considered to be two primary groups of the
Otariadce were questioned, but also even the existence of such
distinctions ; but more especially it was due to the interests of sci-
ence that his incorrect diagnosis of one of the two groups he con-
siders as the two primary groups of this family, should not pass
unnoticed, since on this error was based a new classification of the
Otariadce. Having done this, the writer will here let the subject
rest, — J. A. A.

X

SYNOPSIS

OF THE

AMERICAN LEPORIDjE,

BY J. A. ALLEN.

BOSTON:

1875.

From the Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. XVII,
February 17, 1875.

SYNOPSIS OF THE AMERICAN LEPORID^E. BY J. A. ALLEN.

The following synopsis of the species and varieties of American
Leporidas is based mainly on the specimens of this group contained in
the museum of the Smithsonian Institution at Washington, but those
in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge have also
been used, as well as all accessible material from other sources. The
present paper is an abstract of a monograph, in which the synonomy
will be given in full, with extended tables of measurements and
detailed descriptions.

Analysis of the Species and Varieties.

I. Skull much arched above; breadth one half the length; post-
orbital processes distinct, not soldered with the skull; nasals
of medium length, their length equal to about four-fifths of
the width of the skull.

A. Hind feet longer than the head. Size large. Postorbital
processes divergent, not in contact with the skull poste-
riorly. Pelage white in winter.

875.1 431 [Allen-

a. Size large. Nasals about as wide in front as behind.

1. Ears rather shorter than the head. Pelage dusky yellowish

gray in summer, pure white to the roots in winter. Tail
short, black above in summer. Size very large.

timidus var. arcticus.

2. Ears much longer than the head. Pelage pale yellowish

gray in summer, in winter white at the surface and base,
and reddish in the middle. Tail long, white on both sur-
faces. Size smaller campestris.

b. Size medium. Nasals considerably narrower in front than

behind.

3. Ears about equal to the length of the head . . americanus,
' '. 3a. Pelage in summer pale cinnamon brown; in winter

white at the surface and plumbeous at base, with
a narrow middle band of reddish brown.

var. americanus.

3&, Pelage in summer cinnamon brown ; in winter white
at the surface and plumbeous at base, with a
broad middle band of reddish brown, which shows
through the white of the surface, the white being
often a mere surface wash. Fully as large, or
rather larger than var. americanus.

var. virginianus.

3c. Pelage redder in summer and whiter in winter than
in the last, and size smaller.

var. Washingtoni.

3d. Size of the last, with the pelage more dusky in
summer, and in winter nearly or wholly pure white
to the base, the middle reddish band being more or
less obsolete var. Bairdii.

B. Hind feet not longer than the head. Size small. Postorbital
processes convergent, frequently (in old specimens) in con-
tact with the skull posteriorly, but only rarely anchylosed
with it. Pelage never white.

4. Gray above, varied with black, and more or less tinged with
light yellowish brown ; under parts white . . sylvaticus.
4a. Above yellowish brown, with a tinge of reddish.

var. sylvaticus.

Allen.] 432 [February 17,

46. Paler, rather smaller, with slightly larger ears, and
rather stouter lower jaw .... var. Nuttalli.

4c. Color nearly as in var. sylvaticus ; rather longer ears,
more distinctly black- tipped . . var. Auduboni.

5. Smaller than sylvaticus, with the postorbital process scarcely

touching the skull posteriorly. Colors generally more
finely blended, and darker. Tail very short, almost ru-
dimentary , . . . Trowbridgei.

6. Above gray, varied with black and pale yellow. Size of

Trowbridgei, with the colors and sparsely clothed feet of
palustris. Tail very short brasiliensis.

II. Skull less convex above; breadth considerably less than half

the length; length of nasals more than four-fifths the width of
the skull. Ears and hind feet longer than the head. Post-
orbital processes convergent, touching the cranium behind.
Pelage never white. Tail long, black above, this color ex-
tending forward on the rump.

A. Lower jaw large, massive.

7. Above pale yellowish gray, varied with black; below white,

more or less tinged with fulvous callotis.

B. Lower jaw disproportionably small, relatively smaller than

that of any other American species of Lepus.

8. Somewhat smaller than callotis, and more rufous above.

calif ornicus.

III. Postorbital process anchylosed with the skull. Hind feet short.

Pelage never white.

A. Width of the skull half of the length.

9. Size medium. Tail long . . palustris.

B. Width of the skull considerably less than half the length.

10. Size large. Tail short aquaticus

1. Lepus timidus var. articus.

Lepus variabilis Pallas, Schreber, Gmelin and other early writers.

Lepus timidus Fabricius, Faun. Groenl., 25, 1780.

Lepus articus Leach, Ross's Voyage, II., App. 151, 1819.

Lepus glacialis Leach, Ibid., 170.

Lepus glacialis Sabine, Richardson, Baird, and subsequent writers
generally.

Habitat. Arctic America, southward on the Atlantic coast to Lab-
rador and Newfoundland ; in the interior southward to Fort Churchill,
the northern shore of Great Slave Lake and the upper Youkon Valley.

1876.] 433 [Allen.

2. Lepus campestris.

Lepus variabilis Lewis, Bartrara's Med. and Phys. Journ., II, 159,
1806.

Lepus virginianus, var.? Harlan, Faun. Amer., 310, 1825.

Lepus virginianus Richardson, Faun. Bor. Am., I, 224, 1829.

Lepus campestris Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII,
349, 1837. — Baird, Mam. N. Am., 585, 1857.

Lepus Townsendi Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat^Sci. Phila., VIII, 90,
1839.

Habitat. Plains of the Saskatchewan southward to middle Kansas,
and from Fort Riley westward to the Coast Range.

3. Lepus americanus.

a. var. americanus.

Lepus americanus Erxleben, Syst. Reg. Anim., 330, 1777. (Based
wholly on Hudson's Bay specimens.)

Lepus americanus Baird and most modern authors. (In part only,
this name also generally including var. virginianus.)

Lepus hudsonius Pallas, Nov. Sp. Glires, 30, 1778.

Lepus nanus Schreber, Saugt., II, 881, 1792. (In part only.)

Lepus campestris Baird, Ms. (Labels and Record Books, Sm.
Inst.) — Hayden, Am. Nat., Ill, 115, 1869.

Lepus variabilis var. Godman, Am. Nat. Hist., II, 169, 1826. (In
part only.)

Lepus borealis Schintz, Synopsis, II, 286, 1845.

Habitat. From the Arctic Barren Grounds southward to Nova
Scotia, Lake Superior, and Northern Canada, and in the interior
throughout the wooded parts of the Hudson's Bay Territories, and
Alaska. Replaced west of the Rocky Mountains by var. Washingfoni.

b. var. virginianus.

Lepus virginianus Harlan, Faun. Am., 196, 1825. (Based wholly
on Virginia specimens.)

Lepus americanus Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII, 403,
1837. (In part only). — Baird, Mam, N. Amer., 579, 1857. (In part
only.)

Habitat. Nova Scotia to Connecticut *|on the coast, the Canadas
and the northern parts of the northern tier of States westward to
Minnesota, and southward in the Alleghanies to Virginia, or through-
out the Alleghanian and Canadian Faunae.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. X. H. — VOL. XVII. 28 JULY, 1875.

Allen.] 434 (February 17,

c. var. Washington!.

Lepus WasUngtoni Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII, 333,
1855. — Ibid., Mam. N. Am., 583, 1857,

Habitat. West of the Rocky Mountains, (mainly west of the Cas-
cade Range?) from the mouth of the Columbia northward into
British Columbia.

d. var. Bairdii.

Lepus Bairdii Hayden, Am. Nat., Ill, 115, 1869.
Habitat. The higher parts of the Rocky Mountains, southward to
New Mexico, northward into British America.
4. Lepus sylvaticus.

a. var. sylvaticus.

Lepus nanus Schreber, Saugt., IV, 881, 1792. (In part only.)

Sylvilagus nanus Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Ser., XX,
221, 1867.

Lepus americanus Desmarest, Mammalogie, II, 354, 1822. — Bach-
man, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII, 326, 1837.

Lepus sylvaticus Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII, 403,
1837. — [bid., VIII, 78, 1839. — Baird, Mam. N. Am., 579, 1857.

Habitat. United States east of the 97th meridian, excluding those
portions embraced in the Canadian Fauna, (Northern New England
and the more elevated parts of Appalachian Highlands).

b. var. Nuttalli.

Lepus Nuttalli Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII, 345,
1837. (Based on an immature specimen.)

Lepus Bachrnani Waterhouse, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., VI, 103,
1838.— Ibid., Nat. Hist. Mam., II, 124, 1848. — Baird, Mam. N.
Am., 606, 1857.

Lepus arlemisia Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VIII, 94,
1839. — Baird, Mam. N. Am., 602, 1857.

Habitat. United States west of the 97th meridian, excluding a
narrow belt along the Pacific coast, and possibly southwestern Ari-
zona and southern California.

c. var. Auduboni.

Lepus Auduboni Baird, Mam. N. Am., 608, 1857.

Habitat. Southwestern Arizona, southern and Lower California.

5. Lepus Trowbridgei.

Lepus trowbridcjei Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII, 333,
1855.— Ibid., Mam. N. Am., 610, 1857.

Habitat. West of the Sierra Nevada Range, from northern Cali-
fornia to Cape St. Lucas.

1876.] 435 [Allen.

6. Lepus brasiliensis.

Lepus brasiliensis Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., 12th ed., I., 78, 1766. — Also
of subsequent authors generally.

Lepus taped Pallas, Nov. Sp. Glires, 30, 1778.

Tapeti brasliensis Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Sef., XX,
22, 1867.

Habitat. Throughout the greater part of South America.

7. Lepus callotis.

Lepus callotis Wagler, Nat. Syst. Amph., 35, 1830. — Baird, Mam.
N. Am., 590, 1857.

Lepus nigricaudatus Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., I, 41, 1833.

? " Lepus mexicanus Licht. " Kichardson, Sixth Rep. British Ass.,
(1836), 150, 158, 1837.

Lepus [callotis var.] flavigularis Wagner, Suppl. Schreber's
Saught., IV, 107, 1844.

Lepus texianus Waterhouse, Nat. Hist. Mam., II, 136, 1848. — Aud.
and Bach., Quad. N. Amer., Ill, 156, pi. 133, 1853.— Baird, Mam. N.
Am., 617, 1857.

Habitat. United States between the 97th meridian and the Sierra
Nevada Mountains, and from Northern Kansas and the Great Salt
Lake Basin southward into Mexico.

8.. Lepus californicus.

Lepus californicus Gray, Charlesworth's Mag. Nat. Hist., I, 586,
1837.— Baird, Mam. N. Am., 594, 1857.

Lepus Richardsoni Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VIII,
88, 1839.

Lepus Bennetti Gray, Zool. Voy. Sulphur, 35, pi. 14, 1844.

Habitat. California, west of the Sierra Nevada Range, south to
Cape St. Lucas, Lower Cal.

9. Lepus palustris.

Lepus palustris Baohirum. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII, 194,
336, pi. 15, 16, 1837. — .Baird, Mam. N. Am., 615, 1827.

Lepus Douglassi, var. 2 Gray, Charlesworth's Mag. Nat. Hist., I,
586, 1837.

Hydrolagus palustris Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Ser., XX,
221, 1867.

Habitat. South Atlantic and Gulf States.

10. Lepus aquaticus.

Lepus aquaticus Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VH, 319,
pi. 22, fig. 2, 1837. — Baird, Mam. N. Am., 612, 1857.

Allen.] 436 [March 3,

Lepus Douglassi, var. 1 Gray, Charles worth's Mag. Nat. Hist., I,
586, 1837.

Hydrolagus aquaticus Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Ser.,
XX, 221, 1867.

Habitat. Gulf States, south through the lowlands of Mexico to
Central America, (Orizaba, Mex., Sumichrast, Botteri ; Tehuantepec,
Mex., Sumichrast] Merida, Yucatan, Schott).

DEPAKTMENT OF THE INTERIOK.

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY OF THE TERRITORIES.

F. V. HAYDEN, U. S. Geologist-in-Charge.

I.-SEXUAL, INDIVIDUAL, AND GEOGRAPHICAL VARIATION
IN LEUCOSTICTE TEPHROCOTIS.

By J. A. ALLEN.

II.-GEOGRAPHICAL VARIATION AMONG NORTH AMERICAN
MAMMALS, ESPECIALLY IN RESPECT TO SIZE.

By J. A. ALLEN.

EXTRACTED FROM BULLETIN OF THE GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY
OF THE TERRITORIES, VOL. II, No. 4.

WASHINGTON, July 1, 1876.

>i

GEOGRAPHICAL VARIATION AMONG NORTH AMERICAN MAM-
MALS, ESPECIALLY IN RESPECT TO SIZE.

BY J. A. ALLEX.

FER2E (Suborder FISSIPEDIA).

Having recently had an opportunity (through the kindness of Pro-
fessor Baird) of studying with some care the magnificent series of
skulls of the North American Mammalia belonging to the National
Museum (amounting often to eighty or a hundred specimens of a single
species), I have been strongly impressed with the different degrees of
variability exhibited by the representatives of the species and genera
of even the same family. The variation in size, for instance, with lati-
tude, in the Wolves and Foxes is surprisingly great, amounting in some
species (as will be shown later) to 25 per cent, of the average size of
the species, while in other species of the Ferae it is almost nil. Con-
trary to the general supposition, the variation in size among represent-
atives of the same species is not always a decrease with the decrease of
the latitude of the locality, but is in some cases exactly the reverse, in
some species there being a very considerable and indisputable increase
southward. This, for instance, is very markedly true of some species of
Felis and in Procyon lotor. Consequently, the very generally-received
impression that in North America the species of Mammalia diminish in
size southward, or with the decrease in the latitude (and altitude) of
the locality, requires modification. While such is generally the case,
the reverse of this too often occurs, with occasional instances also of a
total absence of variation in size with locality, to be considered as form- .
ing " the exceptions " necessary to " prove the rule".

That there are such exceptions, both among Birds and Mammals, I
have been long aware, and long since noticed that where there is an
actual increase in size to the southward it occurs in species that belong
to families or genera that are mainly developed within the tropics, there
reaching their maximum development, both in respect to the number of
their specific representatives, and in respect to the size to which some of
the species attain. This fact seems also to have been observed by
others.*

Most of the Mammals of North America belong to families, subfam-
ilies, or geneia which have their greatest development in the temperate
or colder poitions of the northern hemisphere, as the Cervidce, the
Canidce, the Mustelidce, the Sciuridce (especially the subfamily Arctomy-

* I find that Mr. Robert Ridgway, some two years since, thus referred to this point.
In alluding to the smaller size of Mexican specimens of Catharpes mexicanns as com-
pared with specimens from Colorado, (C. mexicanus var. compusus) he says: "As we
find this peculiarity exactly paralleled in the Thryotharus[ludovicianus of the Atlantic
States, may not these facts point out a law to the effect that in genera and species in
the temperate zone the increase in size with latitude is toward the region of the highest de-
velopment of the group ?" — Baird, Brewer, and Ridgway's Birds of North America, Vol.
Ill, App., p. 503, 1874.

310

inoe), the Leporidcc, the Castoridce, the Armcolince among the Mur-idce,
the Saccomyidce, Geomyidce, etc. These rarely present an exception to
the general law of decrease in size southward, though the variation is
less (in fact, occasionally almost nil) in some species than in the others.
The more marked exceptions, or those in which there is an actual
increase in size southward, occur in those families ihat reach their
highest development with the tropics, as the Felidce and Procyonidw.

In some species (as I have elsewhere noticed), there probably exists a
double decadence in size, the individual reaching its maximum dimen-
sions where the conditions of environment are most favorable for the
existence of the species, diminishing in size toward the northern
(through scarcity of food and severity of climate) as well as toward the
southern (in consequence of the enervating influence of tropical or semi-
tropical conditions) limit of its distribution.

In a general way, the correlation of size with geographical distribution
may be formulated in the following propositions :

(1) The maximum physical development of the individual is attained where
the conditions of environment are most favorable to the life of the species.
Species being primarily limited in their distribution by climatic conditions,
their representatives living at or near either of ther respective latitudinal
boundaries are more or less unfavorably affected by the influences that
finally limit the range of the species. These influences may be the direct
effects of too high or too low a temperature, too little or too much humidity,
or their indirect effects acting upon the plants or other sources of food.
Hence the size of the individual generally correlates with the abundance
or scarcity of food. .Different species being constitutionally fitted for
different climatic conditions, surroundings favorable to one may be very
unfavorable to others, even of the same family or genus. Hence

(2) The largest species of a group (genus, subfamily, or family, as the
case may be) are found where the group to which they severally belong
readies its highest development, or where it has what may be termed its center
of distribution. In other words, species of a given group attain their
maximum size where the conditions of existence for the group in ques-
tion are the most favorable, just as the largest representatives of a spe-
cies are found where the conditions are most favorable for the existence
of the species.

(3) The most " typical r or most generalized representatives of a group are
found also near its center of distribution, outlying forms being generally more
or less " aberrant" or specialized. Thus the Cervidce, though nearly cosmo-
politan in their distribution, attain their greatest development, both as re-
spects the size and the number of the species, in the temperate portions of
the northern hemisphere. The tropical species of this group are the
smallest of its representatives. Those of the temperate and cold-tem-
perate regions are the largest, where, too, the species are the most nu-
merous. Most of the species of this family also have a wide geograph-
ical range,. and their representatives respectively present great differ-
ences in size with locality, namely, a very marked decrease in size to
the southward. The possession of large, branching, deciduous antlers
forms one of the marked features of the family. These appendages at-
tain their greatest development in the northern species, the tropical forms
having them reduced almost to mere spikes, which in some species never
pass beyond a rudimentary state. Beginning at the northward, we have
first, in the subarctic and cold-temperate regions, theAlcine and Saugerine
forms, species of the largest size, with heavy, large antlers. "Next,
in the colder-temperate regions, come the Elaphine species, also of very
large size, with nearly the largest antlers of any of the Cervidce. We

311

next meet, in the temperate and warmer regions generally, the smaller
Capreoline and Rusiae forms, decreasing in size southward, with a rapid
reduction also in the size of the antlers. Finally, in the subtropical and
tropical portions of the Old World, we meet with antlerless forms, that
constitute the smallest species known among the Cervidce and their allies.

The decrease in the size of the antlers southward among the different
genera and species is also well marked among individuals of the same
species, especially among the Cariacine deer of North America.

The Canidce form another family, which, while having a nearly cos-
mopolitan distribution, is most numerously represented in the temper-
ate regions of the northern hemisphere, where also occur nearly all of
the larger species, and where are exclusively found the true Wolves and
Foxes. In respect to the latter, the larger species of each occur only at
the northward, and the smaller at the southward. Thus, in North
America, the large Gray Wolf ranges' from the arctic regions to Florida
and Mexico, while the Coyote is not found much to the northward of
the great campestrian region of the interior. The Common Fox ranges
also from the subarctic districts southward to the Gulf of Mexico, while
the smaller Gray Fox finds its northern limit near the parallel of 42°,
while a third still smaller species is confined within the warmer-
temperate latitudes. At the extreme northward, we find, however, a
smaller arctic form, on the extreme northern confines of the habitat of
the family. In the Wolves and Foxes, decrease in size to the southward
is strongly marked, being probably not exceeded in any other group,
though perhaps nearly equaled in some of the Cariaciue Deer.

The Ursidce, while having a wide geographical range, are confined
mainly to the north hemisphere, throughout which they have representa-
tives. Here again the larger species are northern, while all the warm-
temperate and subtropical forms are small. There is also a correspond-
ing decrease in size southward among the representatives of the several
species. (See later portions of the paper for a somewhat detailed dis-
cussion of the North American species.)

The Mustelidce, while mainly confined to the northern hemisphere,
have also representatives south of the equator. Of the Mustelines prop-
er, all the larger species are boreal, though some of the smaller extend
also to the arctic regions. The Wolverine, the largest of the group, is
the most boreal ; the Fisher and the Marten, the next in size, are mainly
confined to the subarctic and cold-temperate regions; the Mink, next in
size, extends farther southward ; the Weasels range also into the mid-
dle-temperate latitudes, with a single species occurring (only at consid-
erable altitudes) under the tropics. Galictis is its single tropical repre-
sentative, and is also the most specialized (though not the smallest) type
of the group. The Melince and Enhydrince, each with a single American
representative, and both boreal, are also among the largest representatives
of the family. The Mephitince, of medium or rather small size, are strictly
a warm-temperate and tropical group, with representatives extending
from the northern parts of the United States southward to the southern
parts of South America. The Lutrince have a wider range, being found
throughout the tropics as well as in the temperate and colder regions,
and apparently present not a very great range of geographical variation.
The Felidce, while possessing an almost cosmopolitan range, have their
greatest development within the tropics, where they attain their maxi-
mum size and number of species. The single boreal genus found in
America is one of the most specialized forms of the family. As will be
shown later, the American representatives of this family present a
notable exception to the general law of decrease in size toward the
No. 4 3

312

south, and confirm the law of increase in size toward the geographi-
cal center of the group to which they belong.

The Procyonidce are essentially a tropical family, in which regions are
found the largest species and the greatest variety of forms. The single
JSorth American species presents a marked increase in size southward, as
will be fully shown later.

The GlireSjOrRodentiajaie. found throughout the greater part of the
world, but are represented by special groups in different regions. Being
strictly herbivorous, they are most numerously developed in the tem-
perate and warmer latitudes. The largest known species are tropical,
but others of large size are more or less boreal. In the northern hem-
isphere, the largest species is the Beaver, which formerly ranged through-
out the temperate latitudes. Of the Muridce, the larger species are
southern, the smaller northern ; and there is a tendency (among some
of the species, at least) to an increase in size southward, as in some of
the varieties of Hesperomys leucopus. The Arvicolince, on the other
hand, are subarctic and temperate in their distribution, and markedly
increase in size to the northward. Here, likewise, the largest species
of the group are met with.

The Sciuridce are also a nearly cosmopolitan group, with different
genera and subfamilies specially characteristic of different regions. The
Sdurince are most numerously represented in the warm -temperate and
subtropical latitudes, where also occur the largest species. Yet some
of those of the more northern districts show a decided tendency to
diminution in size southward, while in others the decrease in this direc-
tion is less marked. The Arctomyince are temperate and subarctic, and
the largest species occur at the northward. Parry's Marmot is the most
boreal and much the largest. Franklin's Spermophile next succeeds, and
is one of the largest of the group. Spermophilus grammurus (with its va-
rieties Beecheyi and Douglassi), of about the same dimension, occupies the
elevated interior and the Pacific slope, extending, however, quite far
southward. The smallest of the group, S. Harrisii, S. spilosoma, and 8.
mexicana, have a more southern range. In all of these species, there is a
marked decrease in size to the southward in their respective represent-
atives, as there is among the species themselves. Arctomys and
Sciuropterus are boreal genera, with their larger species and varieties
occurring at the northward, and a northward increase in size in the
representatives of their several forms.

The Leporidce of America are mainly restricted to the northern conti-
nent, their center of development as respects the number of species,
being the United States. Here occur also nearly all of the larger forms.
The Polar Hare, one of the largest, is strictly arctic ; three or four others
of nearly equal size find their northern limit, with one exception, south
of the forty-ninth parallel. The most remarkable trait of the family is
the rather small degree of geographical variation its representatives
present, both as respects size and coloration. The difference in size
between the largest and smallest species is less than is often found in
any co-ordinate group having the same number of species, and the
species themselves present great constancy of character. There is gen-
erally a slight decrease in size southward among individuals of the
same species, but sometimes the difference is scarcely perceptible. In
the most northerly but one* of the species (Lepus americanus}^ there is
apparently a very slight decrease (certainly no increase) in size north-
ward.

* The material at hand is too scanty to afford grounds for any satisfactory general-
ization respecting the Polar Hare.

313

With these general remarks, we will pass now to a more special exam-
ination of geographical variation in size in several of the more common
species of the North American Ferae, based on the abundant material
in the National Museum.

CANIS LUPUS.

The common Gray Wolf of the northern hemisphere presents a range
of individual variation in color exceeded by but few known species of
Mammals ; gray, white, and black individuals, with various intermediate
stages of coloration, occurring with greater or less frequency wherever
the species abounds, several of these varieties sometimes occurring in
the same litter. Black and white wolves seem to occur more frequently
at some localities than others, but gray is generally nearly everywhere
the prevailing color. Cream-colored and rufous varieties are also said
to have a wide prevalence over some parts of the great plains of the
interior. To what extent these variations in color are to be considered
as geographic is not yet well established.* With such an evident tend-
ency to variability, it is not surprising that geographical variation in
size is displayed in this species to a marked degree. The variation in
this respect constitutes a pretty uniform decrease in size southward, as
shown (see the subjoined table) by the size of the skull, only fully
adult skulls being here taken. The largest are from Fort Simpson and
other localities in or near the Mackenzie .Biver district, six of which,
out of a series of nine specimens, exceed 10.25 inches in length (one
reaching 11.50 !), and the other three average above 9.50, the whole aver-
aging 10.38. The next in size are from the region about Puget Sound,
a series of three (the only ones in the collection), averaging nearly
10.50. Of sixteen specimens from Forts Benton, Union, and .Randall,
on the Upper Missouri, the average is 9.45, the extremes being 10.50
and 8.50. Nine specimens from Forts Kearney and Harker (chiefly
from Fort Kearney, and all pretty old) average a little larger than the
Upper Missouri specimens, the extremes being 10.15 and 9.35. A single
specimen from the mountains of New Mexico reaches 10.00, while the
three most southern (from the Bio Grande and Sonora, Mexico) average
only 8.37, being the smallest of the whole series, and averaging 2.00
shorter than the series of nine from the Mackenzie Biver region. This
difference is fully 25 per cent, of the average size of a series of upward
of eighty specimens ; while the difference between the smallest (from
Saltillo, Mexico) and the largest (from Fort Simpson) is 3.75, or nearly
40 per cent, of the average size of the whole series !

* See further on color variation in this species. Ball. Mus. Coinp. Zoul., vol. i, pp.
154-158.

314

:Js

skull.
same

Wh
Bla

bO «»H —

il ^

%% •ssf

£•1 III

^ a?s

&~s

5 • S

> "-S •

~-.3S3
*a ®^

^° S >>

» M^S o

<ti >

nnn

nnsisioisioi

1

^

1

f

^

^

00 t-! I-

SS8S§55S

t- i-: t-.' «j i- t-' «

w t-' t^ t-* r-' <o to to (6 <o i '

'8J08IOUI

'QWi'sd jo utSaBin
mojj eaosiour J9dd]

'S9troq IBSEJI

nmnnntinnnmnri

negji'jgq 9oaB^si(i

(Ji <N ^ ^ ,H ,H ,H ^4 ^ rH -H « TH

•Join »rfo»rf -* •» »rf ^ «' »rf irf

oJ o5 a5 oi GJ cs os od a oo o> srf

i

•

• » fe i • •• ^

itf *-

. : : a . . . a

Is

iaj i i I '•

•-a : -gg

fl.

i:«?fi II

• H«

•J9qranu ^BniSijcQ

Odf^^OO^Ot-^

•1

I

315

* 3

§12 S8S88

ri ri eo ci <ri w <?*

^ »-• ^ „• „• «; Jo

S8S8S88B

OOgOOO.,0

^..O^.C^r,^^

« « ri ei n m ri <n

^SZZZS

!

§ifi o ifs o o o o ir
i-w.-ioc»i-;of

o si o5 c5 o o> od od t-

::::::::

:::::: :8

: :bs

do
do

Fort Barker, Kans. . .
do

New Mexico
Fort Col>b, Ind. Ter . .
Matamoras, Mexico ..
Santa Cruz (Sonora), '.

<.,1H11,* •VTo^inn

>

i

i

[

5

!

:::::•::

• >

i

j

e all tak
nts indica

f44- :$

lowing tabl
between the

If

f.s
34

I*

U

® a

316
CANIS LATKANS.

The Coyote, or Prairie Wolf, the Dearest American affine ef the
Gray Wolf, is as remarkable for its constancy of character, especially in
respect to color, as the latter is for its variability. The individual varia-
tions in the color of Canis latrans consist generally in the depth or in-
tensity of the shadings of black or rufous that more or less pervade the
pelage of certain parts of the head and body. Although considerable
variations have been noticed in respect to the form of the skull, they
are small in proportion to those presented by Canis lupus. It is also
much less influenced apparently by locality. The species has, however,
a less extended range than Canis lupus, and the specimens at command
represent localities less widely separated than do the series of skulls of
Canis lupus.

Measurements of forty skulls are given below, mainly from Nebraska,
Dakota, and Wyoming. The most distant localities are Columbia
Eiver and Fort Tejon, California, Southern Texas, and Fort Union,
Montana. Of this series of forty skulls, the average is 7.40; only
two attain a length of 8.00, one of which (measuring 8.00 in length) is
from Fort Union, and the other (8.05 inches in length) is from Fort Mas-
sachusetts, New Mexico. Only two fall below 6.95, one of which meas-
ures 6.65 and the other 6.50 ; the smaller being from the Coppermine
Eiver, New Mexico, and the other from Fort Kandall, Dakota. Of
thirteen specimens from Fort Randall, the largest measures 7.60 in length
and the smallest 6.65, the majority (more than three-fourths) falling
between 7.00 and 7.50, thus presenting a remarkable uniformity in size.
Ten others from Fort Kearney average fully as large, the extremes
being 6.95 and 7.60, while four-fifths of them fall between 7.00 and
7.50. Three specimens from Fort Tejon, California, measure respect-
ively 7.95, 7.60, and 7.45, or above the average of those from Dakota
and Nebraska! Four specimens from Wyoming Territory, however,
measure each 7.80. A single San Diego specimen measures 7.75, and
two specimens from Southern Texas respectively 6.95 and 7.00, or but
little below the average of northern specimens. Of four specimens
from New Mexico, three attain or exceed 7.40, one reaching 8.05 and
forming the lacgest of the series ; the other, with a length of only 6.50,
forms the smallest of the series, both the largest and the smallest being
from New Mexico. It thus appears that in Canis latrans there is com-
paratively little decrease in size southward, instead of the southern
averaging fully 25 per cent, smaller, as is the case in Canis lupus. The
difference between the extremes is only 1.55, or about 20 per cent., against
twice that amount in Canis lupus. Throwing out the two skulls that fall
below 6.95 would reduce the difference between the extremes to 1.10, and
the variation to only 15 per cent, of the average ! In both Canis latrans
and Canis lupus, the width of the skull averages about one-half the length,
ranging in Canis latrans from 0.49 to 0.52, while in Canis lupus the range
in this proportion is from 0.48 to 0.56.

A glance at the table shows that while the Upper Missouri specimens
are rather younger than those from Fort Kearney, they rather exceed
them in size, and the difference would be somewhat greater if they were
of strictly corresponding ages. The single very large skull from New
Mexico is also that of a verv old individual.

31

2 L-S E

Ij^SS 4£

Bf J9A101 ;rfri«dri«oirfidwid>d'*irf«i»rf»rfwirf»rfiriirf«r5irf

'8.ioepai J9ddf)[

O(l JUOJJ tUOJI

sjosioai J9dd£

•* « « mnmti « w eo c-5 n eo co « n <ri n n m n ri n

ei oi si <ji at oi si si si oi <?i si ci si si si at oi <

§58££8s

co n n n <ri n <n n n n n ri ri w M n rf w w « co co to rf co n' eo rf « ?5

o* e* i- o \n ao

«o «o t- o to •*

•S9S

11

f*

II

||3|

alls^-8

S£§i§

H^^ccfH

318
VULPBS ALOPEX ET YAKS.

In the Common Fox of North America, we meet with a range of color-
variation, irrespective of locality, somewhat akin to that seen in Canis
lupus. The prevalent tendency, however, is toward melanism, which
tendency is much more strongly developed in the colder than in the
warmer latitudes. Frequently, individuals of the melauistic type occur
in litters of the common variety. The varying degrees of melanism
occurring in this species have given rise to several commercial varieties,
which have received at the hands of naturalists systematic designations,
and been regarded more or less generally as valid species. Generally,
these melanistic varieties are more fully furred, with larger and heavier
tails, than the common form. The difference in the fineness and soft-
ness of the fur is recognized to such an extent by furriers as to greatly
affect the price of the skins, the so called "Silver" and " Cross" furs
being considered far more valuable than the fulvous type.

The so-called " Cross Fox" ( Vulpes " decussatus") is more or less frequent
as far south as Northern New England and Northern New York, and
throughout the more elevated portions of the great Eocky Mountain
plateau, where it constitutes a large proportion of the representatives
of the so-called Vulpes "macrurus". More rarely, the Black or so-
called " Silver Fox" (Vulpes u argentatus") is met with over the same
regions, becoming frequent in the higher parts of the Eocky Mountains*
and northward. The fulvous form seems, however, to be generally the
more prevalent form throughout the range of the species. To the south-
ward, it is the form exclusively met with ; but near timber-line in the
Eocky Mountains, and throughout the "fur countries", it seems to be not
much more frequent than the melanistic forms.

With this tendency to great variability in color, we meet, as usual in
such cases, a great variation in size. In the present case, the variation in
color may be properly regarded as geographical, through an increasing
tendency to melanism northward. The variation in size is also chiefly
of the same character, the size uniformly increasing toward the north,
as shown by the subjoined table of measurements. A glance at this
table shows at once the nature of this variation. The largest specimens
come from the Aleutian Islands and Alaska ; the smallest from Essex
County, New York, which is the most southerly locality well represented
in the collection.

A series of nine skulls from Alaskan localities range in length from
5.70 to 6.20, five out of the nine having a length of 6.00 to 6.20 (two
6.15 and two 6.20), and give an average of 5.98. In another series of
eighteen from the Mackenzie Eiver district (mainly from Fort Ander-
son), the range is from 5.55 to 6.10. Only one, however, exceeds 6.00,
and three only reach this size, the average being 5.80. These series
consist about equally of the so-called "Silver" and common fulvous
varieties, and, as may be seen from the table, there is no material dif-
ference in size between the two so-called varieties.

A third series of nine skulls, of the so-called "macrurus", chiefly from
the Upper Missouri country (including two, however, from the Pacific
slope), ranges from 5.40 to 6.00, with an average of 5.75. Two only
reach 6.00, and two only fall as low as 5.50. Hence the series forms a
third appreciable step in the southward decrease in size. Though the
latitude is much less, the elevation of the region is much greater than
that of the localities more to the northward. With a similar altitude,
the decrease would have been more marked, as is proven by the series

*See Bulletin Essex Institute, vol. vi, p. 54.

319

next to be considered. A fourth series of twelve specimens, from the
Adirondack region of New York, ranges from 5.20 to 5.68, with an aver-
age of 5.40. Only three specimens range above 5.50, while four fall
below 5.30. A fifth series of five skulls, from European localities,
ranges from 5.50 to 5.70, with an average of 5.58. •

In the Alaskan series, the width ranges from 2.90 to 3.32, averaging
3.20; in the Mackenzie Kiver district series, from 2.87 to 3.28, averag-
ing 3.02 ; in the "macrurus" series, from 2.70 to 3.20, averaging 2.90; in
the Adirondack series, the width ranges from 2.70 to 2.95, averaging
2.80; in the European series, from 3.05 to 3.15, averaging 3.08. Hence —

|s

Average width. .

Alaskan series ... - .

5.98

3 20 or 0 535 of length.

Mackenzie River District seiies

5 80

3 02 or 0 521 of length.

' ' Jf acruTus " series .

5.75

2 90* or 0 504 of length

5 40

2 80 or 0 518 of length

European series . ... .....

5.58

3. 08* or 0 552 of length.

It thus appears that in the American specimens there is not only a
well-marked southward decrease in size, but also a decrease in the rela-
tive breadth of the skull, through the greater elongation of the facial
portion ; also that the relative breadth is quite appreciably greater in
the European form, as noticed long since by Professor Baird.*

While the European Vulpes vulgaris may be considered as subspecifi-
cally distinct from the American ( Vulpes vulgaris subsp. fulvus), through
its wider»skull, less pointed and shorter muzzle, harsher and more reddish
fur, etc., the different so-called American " species ?; or " varieties77 (ful-
vu8, " decussatus", "argentatus", and "macrurus") do not have the same
claim to subspecific recognition. The Foxes of the colder regions, it is true,
have a fuller and softer pelage, a greater tendency to melanism, shorter
muzzles, and are larger, yet these differences are so inconstant, especially
the differences of color, and so insensibly intergrade, that any attempt
at their subspecific recognition seems impracticable, the most diverse
varieties in color occurring at the same localities and even among indi-
viduals of the same litter.t

*Mam. N. Amer., pp. 126, 130.

tOn this point see Bulletin Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. i, pp. 159, 160.

320

Measurements of fifty-three skulls of VULPES ALOPEX et cars.

Catalogue-
number.

Locality.

•

I

a
6JC

3

.d
jg

£

Remark*.

9481

"Kinai Alaska

6 20

3 03

8039

Kodiak, Alaska .

6 20

3 32

8037

do

5 90

3 00

8417

Aleutian Islands ......

6 15

3 25

6037

Yukon River

ff

6 15

3 00

Silver

6039

do

o

6 00

3 15

Do

6040

do

0

5 70

3 05

Do

6034

do

5 80

3 00

€035

do

5 70

2 90

Do

4300

Fort Liard .

5 95

3 14

Silver

6221

Peel River

5 87

3 10

6038

do . ..

5 c5

2 88

Silver

7175

Fort Good Hope

rf

6.00

3.00

Do

6221

do

5 90

3 07

7179

do

^

5.75

2 94

Silver

6264

Fort Anderson

ff

6 10

3 28

Black

1485

do

6.00

3 25

Fulvous

6262

do

tf

5 95

3 00

Silver

7186

do

5.80

2 90

1484

do

5 75

2 95

Do

6225

do

9

5.75

3 00

Silver

1492

do

tf

5.75

3.10

Do.

6263

do

,-f

5.66

2 87

Do

1519

do .

5.65

3.00

Fnlvous.

6259

. . do

cf

5 60

3 00

Silver

6258

do .

(f

5.55

2.90

Do.

1518

do

5.55

Fulvous.

11573

Wy Grain0" Territory

6.00

3.20

" ^[ctcTu/rus. ' '

11297

do

6.00

3.00

Do.

11296

. do

5.82

Do

11218

do

5.50

2.78

Do.

7855

Fort Bertnold

5 90

3 03

Do

12909

Fort Randall Dak

5.65

2.85

Do.

1325

Fort Kearney IS^ebr

5 77

2 85

Do

2014

Fort Dalles Ores

(f

5.70

2.83

Do

4191

Fort Crook Cal .. .

5.40

2.70

Do.

3078

Essex Couiity New York

5 65

2.87

3073

do

5.68

2.85

3067

do

5 60

2.85

3719

do .

5.50

2.95

3695

do

5.50

2 87

3698

do

5.30

2.70

3709

do .

5.30

2.70

3716

do

5.37

2.75

3701

do

5.27

2.80

3715

do

5.25

2.75

3074

do

5.25

2.73

3075

do

5.20

2.78

1038

Sweden

5.70

3.10

790

England . ....

5.65

3.04

868

5.62

3.15.

869

do

5.62

3.05

870

' do

5 50

3.07

UROCYON VIRGINIAN US.

Measurements of a series of fifteen skulls of this species (all of the
available material) form a series grading by slight differences in length
from 3.73, the smallest, to 4.77, the largest. The largest specimens are
from Pennsylvania, Washington, and Virginia ; all -these exceed 4.60 in
length. The next in size are from Southern Texas and Southern Cali-
fornia, which range in length from 4.63 down to 4.50. Next come three
specimens from Tehuantepec, Southern Mexico, which range from 4.40
to 4.15. Between these and the next — a series of three " littoralis '7
skulls from the islands off Southern California — is an interval of three-
tenths of an inch, the three "littoralis" skulls ranging from 3.85 to
3.75. The smallest of all, however, is a single well-matured skull from
Merida, Yucatan, 3.73 in length, and hence smaller even than the small-
est "littoralis" skull, its breadth being only 1.98 against a breadth of
2.05 in the narrowest " littoralis" specimen. The localities represented

321

are few and widely separated ; there being no specimens from points
between Virginia and Southern Texas, and none between Texas and
Tehuantepec, Mexico, nor between these two last-named localities and
Fort Tejon, Cal. The small insular race known as "littoralis", from the
islands off the coast of Southern California, come in between* the Te-
huantepec specimens and the example from Merida. While there are
no very considerable breaks in the chain, the gradation would be more
complete if specimens could be included from other intermediate local-
ities. The specimens at hand are sufficient to show a very great but
still very gradual decrease in size southward, amounting to over 25 per
cent, of the mean size. The mean of the two extremes is 4.25, with a
difference of 1.04 ; while, with a single exception, there is a gap at no
point of more than 0.08.

With this rapid decrease in size may be noticed a considerable range
of variation in breadth in specimens of nearly the same length, indicat-
ing the existence of an unusual amount of individual variation, the
ratio of width to length varying from 0.54 to 0.59.

Measurements of fifteen skulls of UROCYON VIRGINIANUS.

Catalogues
number.

Locality.

1

I
J

1

Remarks.

4729
968
671
7491
1175
3543
3545
4140
8659
8662
13851
2275
2154
6323
13477

4.77
4.70
4.62
4.60
4.50
4.63
4.55
4.50
4.40
4.27
4.15
3.85
3.80
3.75
3.73

2.70
2.56
2.65
2.70
2.58
2.53
2.65
2.43
2.35
2.37
2.25
2.23
2.05
2.10
1.98

Var. littoralis.
Do.
Do.

Washington DC .

9

Wliite Sulphur Springs Va

Eagle Pass Texas

Fort Tejon' Cal

do .... .

Tehuantepec Mexico ..

do

do

San Miguel Inland California

San jSTicolas Island California

do

FELIS CONCOLOE.

The amount of material available for the study of variation in size
with locality in the present species is too small to yield very satisfactory
results. In the eight specimens of which measurements are given below,
it will be noticed that there is a decided increase in size southward.
Between the three skulls from northern localities (one each from ISTor th-
em New York and Washington and Oregon Territories) and the three
(mature) skulls from southern localities (Louisiana and the Bio Grande,
Texas), the average difference is fully an inch, or about one-eighth of
the mean size.

OF THE

UNIVERSITY

OF

322

Measurements of eight skulls of FELLS CONCOLOR.

Catalogue,
number.

Locality.

•

I

4

bC

3

4
1

Remarks.

3811

Essex County New York

7 40

5.25

Old

8597

Puget Sound

7.50

5.05

3267

7 80

5. 15

1148

Eagle Pass, Texas

7.75

4.95

Quite immature

1356

Rio Grande Texas

7 50

5 00

I)0

1355

do

8.40

5.35

1895

Brazos River Texas

8 50

5 60

1158

Prairie Mer Rouge Louisiana .....................

8.75

5.50

FELIS PARDALIS.

Fourteen skulls of Felis pardalis show a most decided southward in-
crease in size. A series of five skulls from the Lower Rio Grande aver-
age about an inch shorter than another series of nine from Southern
Mexico and Central America. The largest of the Rio Grande skulls has
a length of 5.25, while the smallest of the Mexican and Central American
series (excluding one rather young specimen) has a length of 5.20, and the
largest a length of 6.20. The three largest (6.00 to 6.25) are from Costa
Rica, while one other from Panama and another from Surinam are but
little smaller. The smallest of the Eio Grande series (a rather young
specimen) is but 4.50 in length ; the smallest of the tropical series (a
specimen of corresponding age) 5.35.

The difference in size with locality is thus as great in this species and
in Felis concolor as it is in the Wolves and Foxes ; but the increase
is in the opposite direction, — to the northward in the former and to the
southward in the latter ; the one group being a northern type, the other
a tropical.

Measurements of fourteen skulls of FELIS PARDALIS.

Catalogue-
number.

Locality.
/

i

f

§

H

^

2 '
£

Remarks.

1363

Matanrioras Mexico

4 50

3.05

Mature b ut not very old .

1362

do

4.90

3.35

1361

... .do

5 05

3 35

1359

do

5.20

3.50

1358

.do

5 25

3 40

6023

Panama ...:.-..... ..

5.60

3.75

7080

Mifad^r Motion

5 70

3 55

13852

Tehuantepec Mexico

5*50

3.70

11743

5 85

3 80

14182

Costa Rica

6 00

3.73

Very old.

14179

do

6 00

3 94

Do

14180

.do

6 20

4.19

Do.

14178

do

5 35

3 60

Adult but not very old.

13005

Surinam . - .

5.80

3.83

Very old.

LYNX RUFUS ET LYNX CANADENS1S.

In the subjoined table are given measurements of thirty -four skulls of
North American Lynxes, namely, seven of L.fasciatm, ten of L. rufus,
eight of L. maculatus, and nine of L. canadensis, representing localities
as distant from each other as Alaska and Northern Mexico on, the one
hand, and New York and Fort Tejon, Cal., on the other. Yet the

323

extremes of variation met with at single localities are as great as those
from the most widely separated of the above-named localities ; in other
words, no geographical variation in size is perceptible. The largest
northern specimen (canadensis), from Peel Kiver, Arctic America, with
a length of 5.30, a little exceeds in size the largest specimens from any
locality south of the latitude x>f 40° ; but it in turn is slightly smaller
than a specimen (fasciatus) from Fort Townsend, Wash., which has a
length of 5.50, and by another of the same dimensions (rufus) from the
Big Sioux Eiver. Eight specimens of the most southern type (L. macu-
latus), all from Texas and the Mexican side of the Lower Rio Grande,
differ in the average from nine specimens of the most northern type (L.
canadensis), all from Arctic or sub- Arctic America, almost inapprecia-
bly, the canadensis series having an average length of 5.01 and the macu-
latus series of 5.00 ! The difference in breadth is also only about one-
tenth of an inch, which the addition of a single specimen to either series
might cancel. This is certainly a surprising result when it is remem-
bered that one of the chief alleged distinctive characters of L. cana-
densis has been its supposed larger size !
The average dimensions of these several series are as follows :

Species.

Number of
specimens.

Length.

Breadth.

L. canadeft&is .......

9

5.01

3 52

L fasciatus

7

5 03

3 56

L maculatus

8

5. 00

3 40

*L. TU/US . . .

10

4.91

3.41

Mean of all f

34

4.93

3.47

* The specimens placed nnder rufus are those that are so marked in the collection, being the speci
mens so identified by Professor Baird.

The fasciatus series is the largest, but this series happens to include
more very old specimens than the others, and hence its higher average.
Such a constancy of size as is here shown to prevail over an area
embracing more than 40 degrees of latitude is probably without a par-
allel in any other conspecific group of North American Mammals.

The difference bet ween these hereto fore commonly -recognized " species"
of the genus Lynx must hence be sought elsewhere than in size. The
specific distinctness of L. canadensis, the most northern type, has been
heretofore scarcely questioned, in consequence of its supposed larger
size, larger limbs, longer, softer pelage, longer ear-tufts, more indis-
tinct markings, and generally lighter or grayer color. The longer ear-
tufts correlate with the longer, softer pelage, that always characterizes
the boreal representatives of species having a wide latitudinal range.
The difference in coloration is not greater than, or even so great as, that
which obtains between fasciatus and rufus, or between fasciatus and macu-
latus, which forms naturalists now seem disposed to refer to one
and the same species under the name L. rufus. Maculatus, the
most southern form, differs from the "typical" or eastern rufus in its
shorter, coarser fur, more reddish tints, and more distinct markings.
Its reputed range extends from the Lower Rio Grande westward across
the continent to Southern California ; but in the National Museum col-
lection are also specimens marked rufus from many points within this
area, including a considerable series from Fort Tejon. The gradation
from the " typical" rufus type into maculatus is complete and by almost
insensible stages.

324

The L. fasciatus or Columbia River race differs from rufus in its more
uniform and darker (chestnut rather than reddish) coloration, by the
markings on the dorsal surface and sides of the body being nearly obso-
lete, and the fuller, softer fur, which is about as heavy and soft as in
canadensis. We have hence, in this form, only another instance of the
duller, darker, and more uniform coloration that characterizes the
greater part of the Mammals (and many Birds also) from the humid,
heavily-wooded Columbia Eiver region, as compared with their conspe-
cific allies of the other portions of the continent.

L. canadensis differs from these several southern races mainly as the
northern representatives of a given species usually differ from its south-
ern representatives, namely, in its softer and longer pelage, more heav-
ily-clothed feet, longer ear-tufts, paler or grayer general color, and more
indistinct markings, and especially iuatendencyto entire obsolescence of
the markings on the lower surface of the body and inner side of the legs.
The tail has a shorter area of black at the end, and lacks the white on the
lower surface at the extreme tip, so constantly seen in the other forms.
The tail is but little, if any, shorter, although the greater length and
thickness of the fur give it that appearance. There is, however, a
tendency to a greater length of tail to the southward. Its supposed
greater size and larger limbs are also due almost wholly to the greater
fullness and length of the pelage, the fresh carcass (in a specimen from
Houltou, Me.) with the skin removed giving the same measurements
as in L. rufus (a specimen from Colorado).

The prior name for the group of American Lynxes is undoubtedly
rufus of Guldenstadt (1776), which antedates by about forty years Ea-
iinesque's names of canadensis., montanus, and floridanus (1817). The L.
maculatus of Horsfield and Vigors (1829), which was admitted as a
valid species by Baird, but regarded as merely a variety of rufus by
Audubon and Bachmau, is evidently subspecifically indistinguishable
from the true rufus of authors. L. fasciatus of Eafinesque (based on the
tt Tiger Cat " pf Lewis and Clarke, from the Columbia Eiver region) is far
more tangible, sufficiently so to be properly recognizable as a subspe-
cies (Lynx rufus subsp. fasciatus). The L. canadensis of authors seems
to have even still stronger claims for nominal recognition, though the
differences are still clearly such as characterize geographical races. We
hence believe its relationship to the rest of the group is better indicated
by a name (L. rufus subsp. canadensis) indicating subspeciflc rather than-

A single adult skull (from Sweden) of the large Lynx of the north-
ern parts of the Old World (Lynx borealis) exceeds in size by an inch
the largest specimens of the American Lynxes, and hence seems to indi-
cate an animal fully one-fifth larger than even exceptionally large speci-
mens of L. rufus.

325

Measurements of thirty-four skulls O/LYNX RUFUS et vars.

Catalogue-
number.

Locality.

1

\

Width.

Remarks.

8599

Puget Sound, Wash

4 80

3 45

.

8600

do

4 65

3 30

Do

3426

Steilacoom, Wash

0

5 20

3 60

3197

do

5 45

3 95

Do

3427

Fort TJmpqua, Wash

3 32

Do

3426

do

4 90

3 50

Do

2032

Shoalwater Bay, Wash

4.75

Do

3147

Fort Townsend, Wash

5 50

3 82

2883

Big Sioux River

o

5 50

3 82

3775

Mississippi

4 95

3 38

7465

5 10

3 55

Do

3120

Florida

4 85

3 22

2391

Louisiana

4 90

3 27

3574

Fort Tejon Cal

ff

4 80

3 32

Do

3542

do

4 go

3 50

Do

3541

do

g

4 93

3 38

Do

3570

. .do

4 65

3 37

Do

3576

do

4.65

3.37

Do

1887

Fort Belknap Tex

5 12

3 72

1109

Eagle Pass Texas

5 27

3 51

Do

7493

Washington County Texas

4 72

3 25

Do

1376

4.55

3.10

1367

do

5 10

3 40

1368

do

4 go

3 25

Do

1006

Texas . - ...

5 15

3 57

Do

1159

Prairie Mer Rouge, Louisiana

4.80

3.28

Do

9478

Kinai Alaska

4 85

3 35

6031

Yukon.Alaska

4.95

3.53

Do

6030

do

Q

4 75

3 35

Do

6216

Peel River

o

4.95

3.53

Do

6211

do

<$

5 30

3 70

Do

4468

Fort Simpson . T...

5.15

3.60

Do

4296

Liard River

5.00

3.45

Do.

3579

Red River Settlement

5 00

3 52

Do

2570

Medicine Bow Creek, Wyoming. ...................

5.15

3.60

Do.

PEOCYON LOTOE.

The present species presents another well-marked case of gradual in-
crease in size southward. In a series of fifteen skulls from the Atlantic
States (New York, Pennsylvania, and Georgia), only a single specimen
exceeds 4.38 in length or 3.00 in width, the largest specimen being from
Saint Simon's Island, Georgia. Three from Essex County, New York,
average 4.28 ; five from Pennsylvania average 4.29 ; seven from Saint
Simon's Island, Georgia, average 4.26 (or 4.29, excluding one very small
one). Six specimens from the interior (Nebraska, Missouri, Indian Ter-
ritory, and the Lower Eio Grande) average 4.49, two only falling below
4.50^ and the largest (Eio Grande) 4.70. Three from California ("hernan-
dezi") average 4.63, the largest reaching 4.78, with a width of 3.38. Six
from Southern Mexico average 4.58, the largest reaching 4.73 in length,
with a width of 3.42. Three from Costa ,Eica average 4.69, the largest
reaching 4.85.

In addition to the above, there is a single very aged specimen from
Detroit, Mich., which has a length of 4.35, and two others from Alaska
(one middle-aged, the other rather young) which measure, respectively,
4.25 and 4.05 in length, the latter being the smallest of the whole series,
although it contains others equally young.

Between the three specimens from Essex County, New York, and the
three from Costa Eica, specimens of corresponding ages and constitut-
ing the two extremes, the average difference is nearly six-tenths (0.57) of
an inch, or about one-seventh of the size of the northern examples.

Besides the difference in size, there is also a considerable range of
variation in respect to the general form of the skull in the ratio of width
to length, in the shape, degree of concavity of the palate, in specimens

326

from the same locality, the ratio of width to length varying from 0.65
to 0.73.

In addition to the increase in size southward, there is a tendency to
an increase in the intensity of the colors in the same direction, with a
stronger contrast between the light and dark markings. These differ-
ences, taken collectively, have given rise to several nominal species, of
which the P. hernandezi of Wagler and P. psora of Gray have become
the most prominent. The species normally presents a considerable range
of color- variation, tending on the one hand more or less to melanism and
on the other to albinism. On these extreme phases of coloration have also
been based other nominal species, as the P. obscurus of Wiegmaun and
the P. nivea of Gray. All these names have been already placed by
Gray, in his later notices of the group, under the head of P. lotor, but
separated as being varietally distinct. It seems doubtful, however,
whether even the large southern form, usually called hernandezi^ is
really entitled to subspecin'c recognition.

Measurements, of thirty-six slculls of PROCYON LOTOR.

Catalogue
number.

Locality.

H

^

i

J-

Width.

Remarks.

8690

Alaska

4.25

2.87

Middle-aged.

8693

do

4.05

2.92

1068

4.35

Very old

3723

4.25

2.87

Do

3722

4.27

2.70

Middle-ao-ed

3079

do

4.32

3.00

Very old.

898

4.35

3.00

Do

6025

4.12

2.51

Do.

4817

do

4.38

2.64

Do

575

do

4.25

2.88

Do.

766

do . ..

4.35

2.93

Do

2443

25

2. 62

Middle-a^ed

2437

..do

38

3.03

Very old?

2447

do

06

2.65

Do

2450

do

.30

2.87

Do.

2444

do

.12

Do

2446

do

.12

2.90

Do.

2202

do

.57

3.00

Do

8649

.50

3.07

Do

8085

Fort Cobb Indian Ter

4 50

3 03

Do

3325

Independence Mo

4.23

2.78

Youno"

7739

Long Point Tex

4 32

2 98

Old

1386

Lower Rio Grande ...

4.52

2 90

1387

do

4 70

3 15

Old

' 3224

San Francisco Cal . . ....

4 42

3933

4 78

3 38

Do

13312

California ' .....

4 70

3 12

Very old

70^1

Mirador, Mexico

4.75

3. 15

Mid'dle-aged.

6119

Colima Mexico

4 50

3 33

Old

6481

do

4.46

3. 15

Middle-aged.

9706

Teh uan tepee Mexico

4 50

2 83

13853

do

4.52

Old.

13854

do

4 73

3 42

"Very old

13300

Costa Rica t

4.55

3.03

Mid'dle-aeed

14190

do

4 78

3 32

Old

14191

4 85

3 00

Do

PUTOEIUS VlSOff.

Eighteen -skulls from the northern parts of the continent, mainly from
Alaska, average 2.66 in length and 1.58 in width, the extremes being,
length, 3.02 and 2.30; width, 1.90 and 1.40. Thirteen skulls from the
highlands of Northeastern New York average 2.40 in length and
1.34 in width, the extremes being, length, 2.60 and 2.17. Three skulls
from Pennsylvania (undoubtedly males) average 2.49 in length and 1.48
in width. In the northern series, the sex of the skull is given by the
collector, whence it appears that the twelve males have an average

327

length of 2.81, and tUe six females an average length of 2.48, showing a
considerable sexual variation in size. Yet the smallest males (2.64 and
2.63) fall below the largest female (2.68), if the skulls are all correctly
marked. None of the other females, however, exceed 2.55, and only
three of the males fall below 2.70. In the New York series, the sex is
not indicated ; but, judging from the proportion of the small to the large
skulls, the sexes are about equally represented in the two series, but in.
the New York series there is a very gradual decline from the largest to
the smallest. The northern series of eighteen is selected from a series
of twenty-three ; the New York series of thirteen from a series of thirty.
In each case only very old skulls were chosen, the immature specimens
in each case being thrown out in order to have a fair basis for compari-
son. The immature and middle-aged specimens greatly predominate in
the New York series, owing, doubtless, to the species being more closely
hunted there than in the more unsettled districts of the far north.

Taking these two series as a basis for a general comparison, there is
indicated a considerable decrease in size from the north southward,
amounting to 0.26 in length and 0.24 in width, or about one-tenth of the
average size of the New York series. A single specimen, marked
" Brookhaven, Miss.", and another marked " Tuscaloosa, Ala.7', how-
ever, have a length respectively of 2.60 and 2.80, the former equaling the
largest New York specimens, and the latter nearly equaling the average
size of the males of the northern series, while a single male skull from
Fort Randall, D. T., 2.90 in length, is the second in size of the whole
series; one Port Yukon specimen only being larger! Other specimens
from the Upper Missouri region, however, are much smaller, as are
other specimens from Prairie Mer Rouge, La., indicating that the speci-
mens above mentioned are much above the average for their respective
localities.

No. 4 4

328

Measurements of thirty-seven skulls o/PuxoRius VISON.

ll

If

Locality.

M
1

|

1

Remarks.

6530
, 8709
8797
8796
8707
8703
8702
8798
8648
8708
6531
8704
8706
8705
3284
43G9
8132
4305
12915
3730
3824
1169
3085
3084
3823
3822
2242
2243
2241
2244
2250
2267
1847
4834
4835
1894
11315

Fort Yukon, Alaska .

rf

d"

<s

cf
o'

cT

3.02

2.82
2.83
2.75
2.73
2.75
2.68
2.64
2.63
2.68
2.55
2.45
2.32
2.30
2.86
2.70
2.90
2.55
2.90
2.60
2.60
2.40
2.40
2.40
2.32
2.30
2.47
2.40
2.35
2.20
2.40
2.17
2.50
2.50
2.47
2.80
2.60

1.90
1.64
1.62
1.61
1.62
1.57
1.62
1.55
1.52
1.58
1.50
1.45
1.40
1.40
1.62
1.51
1.78
1.46
1.61
1.48
1.38
1.32
1.38
1.31
1.32
1.23
1.37
1.30
1.31
1.18
1.48
1.20
1.48
1.48
1.48
1.61
1.50

Very old.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Old.
Do.
Old. P. " nigrescens" A. & B.
Do.
Do.
Old.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.

Alaska

do

do

do

do

do

do

Alaska (Kadiak)

Alaska

do

do

...do

do

Xelson River

Fort Simpson ...

do

... do

Fort Randall

Essex County ^ew York

do

do

do ..

do

do .

do

Sarauac Lake New York

.... do

do

do

do

do

Pennsylvania . ....

do

.do

Tuscaloosa, Ala

MUSTELA AMEBICANA.

The forty-six male skulls of this species, of which measurements are
given below, are mainly from four or five localities differing widely in
latitude. A comparison of the average size of a considerable number
from each shows a well-marked decrease in size southward. Four skulls
from Peel Eiver, thelargest, and also from the most northerly locality, have
an average length of 3.39, and an average width of 2.07, the extremes
being 3.50 and 3.35 in length and 2.12 and 2.02 in width. Nine skulls from,
the Yukon (probably mostly from near Fort Yukon) give an average length
of 3.34 and an average width of 1.98, the extremes being 3.55 and 3.00
in length and 2.15 and 1.73 in width. Five skulls from Fort Good Hope
give an average length of 3.24 and an average width of 1.95, the
extremes in length being 3.37 and 3.15 and in width 2.05 and 1.73. Ten
skulls from the northern shore of Lake Superior average 3.14 in length
and 1.76 in width, the extremes in length being 2.23 and 3.02 and in width
1.89 and 165. Eight skulls from the vicinity of Umbagog Lake, Maine
(Coll. Mus. Comp. Zool.), average 2.96 in length and 1.72 in width, the
extremes in length being 3.10 and 2.73, and in width 1.85 and 1.50. Five
skulls from Northeastern New York average 3.02 in length and 1.61 in
width, the extremes being in length 3.10 and 2.92 and in width 1.68 and
1.50. There is thus a gradual descent in the average length from 3.39 to
3.02. and in width from 2.07 to 1.61. The largest and the smallest of the
series are respectively 3.55 and 2.92 in length. Several fall as low as
3.00, and an equal number attain 3.50. The difference between the

329

largest and the smajlest, excluding the most extreme examples, is one-
sixth of the dimensions of the smaller and one-seventh of the size of
the larger.

The sexes differ considerably in size, relatively about the same as in
Putorius vison-j but the above generalizations are based wholly on males,
and in each case on those of practically the same age, only specimens
indicating mature or advanced age being used.

The series of fully one hundred skulls of this species contained in the
National Museum presents a considerable range of variation in details
of structure, involving the general form of the skull, the relative size of
different parts, and the dentition, especially the form and relative size of
the last molar. In a former paper,*. I had occasion to notice somewhat
in detail the variations in color our American Martens present, and
the difficulty of finding any features of coloration that seemed to indi-
cate more than a single American species, or that would serve to
distinguish this even from the Martens of the Old World. Dr. J. E.
Gray, it is true, had already called attention to the small size of the
last molar in the American Martens as compared with the size of
the same tooth in the Old World Martens ; but, as his observation was
apparently based on a single American skull, and as I was at the time
strongly impressed with the wide range of individual variation I had
found in allied groups, even in dental characters, and also with the
great frequency of Dr. Gray's characters failing to be distinctive, I was
misled into supposing all the Martens might belong to a single circum-
polar species, with several more or less strongly-marked geographical
races. My friend Dr. Coues some months since kindly called my atten-
tion to the validity of Dr. Gray's alleged difference in respect to the
size and form of the last molar, which I have since had opportunity of
testing. This character alone, however, fails to distinguish Mustela foina
from Mustela americana, in which the last molar is alike, or so nearly so
that it fails to 'furnish distinctive differences. .The size and general form
of the skull in the two are also the same, the shape of the skull and the
form of the last upper molar failing to be diagnostic. The second lower
true molar, however, in Mustela foina presents a character (shared by all
the Old World Martens) which serves to distinguish it from Mustela ameri-
cana, namely, the presence of an inner cusp not found in the latter. In
Mustela flavigula, the last molar is relatively smaller than even in Mus-
tela americana, and of the same form. Mustela martes differs in its more
massive dentition and in the heavier structure of the skull, but espe-
cially in the large size of the last molar and the very great development
of its inner portion. Hence, while the size and shape of the last upper
molar serves to distinguish Mustela martes from Mustela americana, it
fails as a valid distinction between Mustela americana and Mustela
flavigula and Mustela foina. As already remarked, however, Mustela
americana lacks the inner cusp of the second lower molar, which is pres^
ent in the Old World Martens, or at least possesses it only in a very
rudimentary condition.

* " Mammals of Massachusetts", Bull. Mus. Coinp. Zool., vol. i, pp. 161-167, Oct., 186i).

330

Measurements of forty -six skulls of MUSTELA AMJEKICANA.

If

Locality.

1

f

3

Width.

Remarks.

6043

Yukon River

ft

3 55

2 15

6049

do

<-f

3 50

1 85

6085

do

ft

3 45

1 83

6047

do

ft

3 37

1 82

6044

do

ft

3 30

1 85

6051

do .. ..

ji

3 00

1 73

6048

do

.t

3 28

T fa f-

6046

do

,?

3 28

1 82

per

9099

Ken ai, Alaska

-t

3 30

2 03

7159

Fort Good Hope

if

3 37

2 05

7167

do

ft

3 25

i qa

7168

do...

ft

3 25

1 93

7164

do

^

3 25

1 76

.

7163

do

d

3 15

1 73

6081

Peel River

^

3 50

2 02

6080

do

ft

3 37

2 12

6063

.. do

ft

3 35

T f t

6059

do

ft

3 35

-unperieci.

3285

Red River

ft

3 40

1 Q4

4670

Lake Superior (north shore)

,-f

3 23

1 75

4668

do...

ft

3 18

1 65

4664

do

ft

3 15

1 65

4668

do

ft

3 16

1 65

4666

do

ft

3 15

1 87

4675

do

ft

3 15

1 83

4674

do

ft

3 15

I QK

4667

do

ft

3 10

1 89

4672

do

^

Q 1Q

4681

do

ft

3 02

1 QO

Washington Territory

ft

3 23

1 90

do...

3 15

1 72

R^ithpr youn0'

do ....

3 03

1 55

Do

do

3 00

Do

1668 i

Essex County New York

f*

3 10

1163

do

ft

'3 03

1 63

3819

do...

ff

3 00

1 68

3818

do

tf

2 92

1 50

2245

Saranac Lake, New York

ff

3 03

1 68

•

541

Umbagog Lake, Maine . . .

,f

3 10

1 85

550

do . .. .

ft

3 00

1 70

542

do...

ft

3 00

1 72

552

do

ff

3 00

1 72

553

do...

ft

3 00

1 78

543

do

ff

2 00

1 78

545

do........ .

ft

2 92

1 68

544

do

ff

2 73

1 50

TAXIDEA AMERICANA.

The subjoined measurements of eleven skulls of this species (embrac-
ing all at present available) show also a well-marked southward decrease
in size. A fuller series would be more satisfactory, but would doubtless
only confirm what is here indicated. Six of the specimens are from
rather northern localities and five from rather southern localities, the
region represented extending from the Upper Missouri southward to the
Lower Eio Grande. The specimens composing the two series are of very
nearly corresponding ages. The northern series (four from different
points on the Upper Missouri, one from Iowa, and one from Oregon)
average 5.00 in length and 3.18 in width, the extremes being, in length,
5.22* and 4.92 (4.75 if we include one rather young example), the width
ranging from 3.50 to 2.97. The southern series (including two or three
from the vicinity of Matamoras, Mexico, and one each from New Mexico
and California) averages 4.62 in length and 2.92 in width, the extremes
being, in length, 4.75 and 4.50, and in width, 3.07 and 2.80.

The skulls, and especially the molar teeth, in the American Badgers,
vary considerably in different individuals, as long since pointed out by

331

Professor Baird.* Southern specimens differ from northern ones not
only in being smaller, but somewhat in color, so that the T. berlandieri
of Professor Baird may perhaps be entitled to subspecific rank (T. amer-
icana subsp. berlandieri), though the material at hand indicates that
the two forms will be found to thoroughly intergrade. The chief differ-
ences in coloration consist in the more reddish-gray tint of the southern
form, with a decided tendency to a continuous light dorsal stripe, instead
of this stripe being restricted to the head.

Measurements of eleven skulls of TAXIDEA AMERICANA.

Catalogue-
number.

Locality.

1

1

Width.

Remarks.

11505

Upper Missouri ... . . .

5 22

3 50

1178

do

5 12

3 12

2148

do

4 75

3 07

2078

Quisquaton, Iowa

5.06

12908

Fort Randall Dak

3 25

2033

Upper Des Chutes, Ore"1

.92

2 97

4196

Fort Crook Cal

60

3 07

3767

New Mexico ..

.50

2 80

1390

75

2 94

do....'

66

2 85

Do

4135

Texas

2 94

Do

LUTKA CANADENSIS.

Specimens of this species from northern and southern localities do
not differ materially in size; skulls from Newfoundland, Maine, Lake
Superior, Washington, and Georgia agreeing very closely iu dimensions.
In a series of eighteen (mainly from northern localities), nine attain or
exceed a length of 4.25, and three reach 4.50, while two only fall as low
as 4.00. Seven specimens from the vicinity of Lake Umbagog, Maine,
(in Mus. Comp. Zool.) average 4.28 in length and 2.93 in width ; two of
these reach 4.50 in length and two fall slightly below 4.00 (3.96 and 3.97).
Two specimens from Washington, D. 0., have a length respectively of
4.45 and 4.50; one specimen from Saint Simon's Island, Georgia, is nearly
as large (4.32), while a Fort Cobb specimen has a length of 4.22. These
four are the only ones from very southerly points. Four other specimens,
from as many localities, range from 4.05 to 4.15 ; while three specimens
from Newfoundland range from 4.03 to 4.25. While these specimens are
top few to warrant positive conclusions as to geographical variations,
they seem to point to a great constancy of size throughout a wide range
of latitude.

* U. S. and Mex. Bound. Survey. Zool., p. 21.

332

Measurements of eighteen skulls of LUTRA CANADENSIS.

Catalogue-
number.

Locality.

M

i£

f
1

Width.

Remarks.

501

Newfoundland

20

2 75

493

.do

.03

2.53

500

do

15

2 57

490

..do

.35

2.90

555

Umbagog Lake' Maine

40

3 00

556

. do

.27

2 85

557

do

50

2 90

559

. do

3.97

2.70

558

do

3 96

2 70

489

do .

4 50

3 00

4446

Lake Superior

4.15

2.85

11839

Fort Berthold Dak

4 25

2 82

2247

Saranac Lake, New York

4.05

2.57

13671

Bayfield Wis

4 06

2 82

8097

Fort Cobb, Indian Ter

4.22

2.87

Washington DC

4 50

2 95

433

do

4.45

Imperfect.

3142

4 32

2 75

MEPHITIS MEPHITICA.

The twenty-nine skulls of this species of which measurements are
given below show a wide range of variation in size, and a decided de-
crease southward. The localities embrace such distant points as Cali-
fornia and the Atlantic seaboard on the one hand, and Maine and Texas
on the other; but, with one or two exceptions, the specimens from any
single locality are unsatisfactorily few. The specimens range in length
from 2.60 to 3.50, and in width from 1.60 to 2.25 ! Yet there is not a
specimen included in the series that is not so old as to have all the cra-
nial sutures obliterated. A portion of the difference is doubtless sex-
ual, but the specimens, unfortunately, have not the sex indicated. Ten
of the specimens may be considered as western, coming mainly from
Utah and California ; ten others are from Maine and Massachusetts,
and one from Northeastern New York ; three are from Pennsylvania ;
and of the remaining five, four are from Texas, and one from Louisiana.
The western series of ten average 3.10 in length and 1.95 in width,
ranging in length from 2.85 to 3.50 and in width from 1.70 to 2.25. The
New England series of ten average 2.88 in length and 1.72 in width,
ranging in length from 2.70 to 3.25 and in width from 1.53 to 1.85. The
single New York specimen scarcely varies from the average of the New
England series, while the Pennsylvania specimens fall a little below.
The five southern specimens average 2.73 in length, or a little below the
New England series, ranging in length from 2.60 to 290.*

It thus appears that the western specimens are decidedly the largest
of all, and that the northern are somewhat larger than the southern, the
specimens compared being of corresponding ages, though of unknown
sex, but doubtless comparable in this respect also.

The difference in size amounts to above one-fourth the size of the
largest specimen and above one-third the size of the smallest. Between
the western and southern series, the average difference amounts to one-
third of the average size of the larger series ! The western series includes
the so-called Mephitis occidentalis of Baird, based on California speci-
mens, and whose chief difference is merely that of larger size ; yet the
four specimens from Ogden, Utah (Coll. Mus. Comp. Zool.), considerably

* The range in width is not fairly indicated, owing to two of the smaller specimens
being imperfect.

333

excelled in size the three from California. The southern series represents
'the so-called M. varians of Gray and Baird.

The unsatisfactory character of the several species of North American
Skunks of the mephitica group, and the wide range of color- variation
among individuals from the same locality, I have previously had occa-
sion to notice,* and a re-examination of the subject confirms the con-
clusions then announced, which, I am happy to find, have recently
received the support of Dr. Coues, who has lately made a study of this
group.t As Dr. Coues has remarked, and as the subjoined measure-
ments show, few species of animals vary so much in size and in cranial
characters as the present, independently even of sex and age. Some
specimens are not only more than one-fourth larger 'than others, but
u there is a corresponding range of variation in contour. Compared
with an ordinary ratio of osteological variability," says Dr. Coues, " the
discrepancies are almost on a par with those exhibited by the coloration
of the animal when set over against the more constant markings of most
animals." In view of this great degree of variability, however, Dr.
Coues has ventured to describe a "new species" (M. frontata), based
on a fossil skull from one of the bone-caves of Pennsylvania, as it seems
to me, unadvisedly. The specimen, though that of a very aged indi-
vidual, is scarcely" larger (see subjoined table) than the average of speci-
.mens from the Eastern States, its chief difference from the average
skull consisting in an abnormal tumidity of the frontal region, arising
evidently from disease. It is a feature by no means confined to the
present example, but is merely an extreme enlargement of the sinuses
of the frontal region often seen in specimens of the existing animal, evi-
dently resulting from disease. In No. 917 (Albany, N. Y.), No. 8099 (Fort
Cobb, Ind. T.), No. 1878 (Calcasieu Pass, La.), and No. 1620 (Indianola,
Tex.), the same tendency is strongly marked, which, in some of these
specimens, had they attained equal age, must have resulted in a malfor-
mation nearly or quite as great as is seen in the fossil skull in question.

In this connection, I may add that a pretty careful examination of the
fossil remains of Carnivora, collected by Professor Baird many years
since from the bone-caves of Pennsylvania (of which this fossil skull of
the Skunk forms a part), has failed to show any of them to be specifically
different from the species now or recently living in the same region.
Many of them are remains of individuals of large size, but not exceeding
the dimensions of specimens of the recent animal from the same or con-
tiguous regions. These remains include, among others, the following
species : — Lynx rufus, Urocyon virginianus, Mustela pennanti, Mustela
americana, Putorius vison, Lutra canadensis, Mephitis mephitica (other
specimens than the "frontata " skull), Procyon lotor, Ursus americanus,
etc.

* See Bull. Mus. Corup. Zool., vol. i, pp. 178-181, Oct., 1869.
t Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. of the Territories, vol. i, No. 1, pp. 7-15, 1875,

334

Measurements of twenty-nine skulls of MEPHITIS MEPHITICA.

Catalogue-
number.

Locality.

i

i

T3

•£

Keniarks.

2617

Petalnma Cal

3 30

2 07

3271

do

3.08

2.04

2434

Port Townsend Ore"" •

2 93

1 70

4195

Fort Crook, Cal

2.85

417

Ogden Utah

3 12

1 87

419

...do...

3.50

2.25

Very old

416

.do .

3 10

1 90

418

do

2 98

1.85

10008

Wyominf Territory

3 15

2 05

3327

Fort Laramie

2 96

1.78

•

575

TJpton Me

3 25

Very old

580

do

3 00

1.85

577

do

2 87

1 75

574

do

2 85

1 73

583

Norway Me

2 90

1 75

578

do ..

2 70

1.70

569

do

2 87

1 78

567

Massachusetts .

2 70

1.53

568

do

2 75

576

do

2 72

1 70

3816

Essex County, New York ............ ..

2.88

1.78

2232

Bone-caves Pennsylvania

2 90

Fossil- M frontata Couee

610

Carlisle, Pa

2.87

Imperfect.

4833

Chester County Pennsylvania

2 60

1 65

1620

Indianola, Tex ................. ... . ..

2.80

1.78

1004

Eagle Pass Tex . .

2 60

Imperfect

1113

do

2.68

1.60

1395

Matanioras Tex

2 90

1 90

1878

Calca^ieu La .......

2.68

Imperfect.

UESUS AECTOS, ET VARS.

In a series of seventeen rather aged skulls of Ursus arctos and its
varieties (all but one of the specimens, being American), the largest
specimens are from California, the great metropolis of the " Grizzlies".
Of the eight skulls from this State, five attain a length of 14.50 or more,
three exceeding 15.00, and one reaching 15.60, while the smallest falls
as low as 13.25. Of five specimens from different localities in the Eocky
Mountains, three reach or exceed 14.40, the extremes being 14.75 aud
13.25. Of three specimens from the Arctic coast, one has a length of
13.40, and the others respectively 12.40 and 12.35. A single specimen
from Eussia has a length of 13.75. These I regard as being all unques-
tionably conspecific, though perhaps referable to two or three subspe-
cies. Whether strictly so or not, we have the fact of the culmination in
size in the region where the Grizzlies are most abundant, namely, in
California 5 these two facts, greatest abundance and largest size, seem-
ing to indicate this region as presenting the most favorable conditions
for the existence of these animals. The Eocky Mountain specimens
average considerably smaller than the Californiau ; and though the spe-
cies is pretty frequent here it is far less abundant than on the Pacific
slope, especially in California and Oregon. The Franklin Bay speci-
mens, representing the so-called '* Barren Ground Bear", and indistin-
guishable from the true arctos of the Old World, are smaller even than
the specimens from the Eocky Mountains.

335

Measurements of seventeen skulls of URSUS ARCTOS (chiefly sulsp. HORRIBILIS).

Catalogue-
number.

Locality.

1

t
1

1

Remarks.

3837

Sacramento, Cal

15 60

9 05

1218
7401

Monterey, Cal
do.'.

15.75
14 05

7 75

Do.

3630

do

16 00

8 50

6905

do

.f

15 40

8 10

3538

Fort Tejon Cal

%

13 25

7 45

3537

. do

>

14 75

8 90

3536

do

§

14 50

9 20

2086

Los ^Nogales Sonora

14 40

8 00

_, t( . . ., .

990

Coppermines. N. Mex

<-f

14 50

8 25

Do

3818

Medicine Bow Mountains (eastern slope)..

14 75

8 50

13245

Big Porcupine Creek, Mont

o

13 25

7 40

14785

2f ebraska . . .

13 45

6 90

7146

Franklin Bay, Arctic Sea

tf

12 35

7 30

6551

do

13 40

8 65

Do

6548

do

12 45

7 25

Do

•4441

Russia

13 75

7 53

The question of the relationship of the large Bears of Forth America
to those of the Old World has long been a vexed one, and is, of course,
one not easily settled. In the present collection are thirty-three skulls,
representing various ages, but the greater part are adult. These in-
clude two only from the Old World, six from the Arctic coast, eleven
from California, an'd fourteen from various localities in the Eocky Mount-
ains, from Idaho Territory to Arizona.

Among the American specimens are two rather easily distinguishable
forms, one of which is the large Grizzly, or U. liorribilis of authors, from the
western parts of the United States ; the other, the smaller so-called Bar-
ren Ground Bear of Arctic America ; both being undoubtedly specifi-
cally distinct from the Ursus americanus. The Barren Ground form*
differs from the more southern Grizzly not only in its smaller size, but
in its strong tendency to a depression of the frontal region of the skull,
where the simple flattening of this region in the Grizzly is here often car-
ried so far as to form a well-marked concavity as in the true arctos of
the Old World. Sometimes, 'however, U. horribilis also presents a con-
siderable depression between the postorbital processes, as great even as
in average specimens of U. arctos, as is the case in No. 7401 from Mon-
terey, Cal. The Barren Ground Bear's skull generally presents a
more dog-like aspect, in consequence of the thickening superiorly of
the postorbital border of the frontals, than is seen in U. liorribilis , it
approaching in this respect to the form seen in Ursus spelceus, where this
feature attains its highest development, resulting in the very strong
frontal depression so characteristic of the skulls of that species.

The dentition of U. arctos, U. richardsonij and U. horribilis presents
no important differences, the chief difference being the relatively rather
smaller size of the teeth in the latter. The form of the last upper molar
is almost precisely the same in the two first named, and the differences
presented by U. horribilis are both slight and inconstant. In U. rich-
ardsoni, this .tooth narrows gradually, and about equally, on each side
posteriorly, almost exactly as in U. arctos , it being widest at or near its
extreme anterior border. While this is sometimes the case in U. horri-
bilis, its greatest breadth is generally one-fifth the length of the tooth
behind the anterior border, and the tooth is relatively broader posteriorly

* Named by Captain Mayne Reid, in one of his stories, " Ursus Eichardsoni" !
t The Barren Ground Bear skulls in the collection are labeled with this name.

336

than in the others. Specimens of U. horribilis, from the same locality,
however, differ more among themselves in this respect than the average
difference between U. horribilis and U. arctos. The teeth, however,
in U. arctos are relatively larger than in U. horribilis^ the difference be-
ing quite appreciable. The teeth of the Franklin Bay specimens ( U.
richardsoni)) on the other hand, are of the same relative size as in the
Old World examples of U. arctos.

After a careful consideration of the subject, I believe the Barren
Ground Bear of Eichardson ( U. richardsoni of Mayne Reid) to be not
even subspecifically distinct from the true U. arctos of the Old World.
The Grizzly, from its larger size, widely different geographical distribu-
tion, apparently larger claws, slight differences in the dentition and in
the'form of the frontal region of the skull, may be so regarded ( U. arctos
subsp. horribilis), as it can hardly be doubted that it gradually passes
into the Barren Ground form.

The subjoined table of detailed measurements of the skulls of U. arctos
horribilis indicates the wide range of individual variation that may be
looked for among skulls from the same locality. These variations not
only affect the ratio of width to length, through the greater or less
elongation of the facial portions of the skull as compared to the rest,
but also all the other proportions are more or less variable, including
even the teeth themselves. Thus, two specimens from California, of
practically the same length (15.60 and 15.40), vary in breadth from 8.10
to 9.05, while two others vary still more, one, with a breadth of 9.20,
having a length of only 14.50, while another, with a breadth of 8.50, has
a length of 16.00 ! In these last, the ratio of width to length varies from
0.53 to 0.63. In two California specimens of practically the same length
(15.60 and 15.75), the length of the last molar varies from 1.43 to 1.58.
In the series of California specimens alone, the length of the last molar
varies from 1.35 to 1.66, and the width of the same from 0.67 to 0.80, the
widest tooth being, furthermore, not the longest. As already stated, the
last upper molar attains its greatest width near the anterior border, but
in several specimens the width of the anterior third is nowhere greater
than the width of the tooth at its middle $ and the same is also some-
times true in U. richardsoni.

33

f

•aB[ora H.SK\ jo

^ 3

•saesaooad [Bjiq
og eiBsim jo pn9 jot.iggny uivmrivS *# ->f -^ ^^f^^^-v •*? n

•8 988800 Jd

JO paa JOTJ»mv t-'od^odr-' »~ t-' t-: t-: r-' t-: «5 1^ t-: to «5 o

Bai.iBiiixBra.i9!}in jo pna

o«o>c«5»rf irf irf irf irf irf irf >* in irf •* •» •

69iiBnixBau9)in jo pas

otcotyifootcJ g? cin'rigipioi M ff5 ;TJ o*

O G> O5 O C5 O O OS OS O OJ OS C5 QC5 C5 Qt)

^•^•««M oi ci n ct QJ ?i ?J ot ri ol gi c»

•89UIUBO JO

jgptnq o^ ^UQJJ mo.ij SJOSIOUT jaddf^ ^

•sj^ioni o^ ^nojj caooj ejosioai a9dd£i

rf rf ri rf rf d n ri rf ri rf c* ri ci -r>' g» *i

9q^ paiqaq 9izznca jo qiptAi ^SBa^

S2 § 2££

CJ ~ M 1J SI TJ C» Ci 7? C) H

•gjojgq q^pm 'sanoq \vsv^

'eanoq ^BB-B_JJ ! I *"! I ®

•saeeaoojd ^iqjo jo asa^dx^ |

mmnmri oi si n ei c>i vi ci ti <si e* ri

: ad TO t^ od oi oc TO od t» '-o r- 1-* x t^

•89[A'paoo [Bj
-idtooo 01 89UB[^ixfBtaa95Ut jo png;

*> oi

•X9S

3-»
sa-

!>Psll j

•J9qtanu jeaiSuo

•J9qninn onSo^BQ

338

Measurements of the molar teeth of UKSUS ARCTOS tt var.

Catalogue num-
ber.

Locality.

Sex.

Upper first
molar.

Upper sec-
ond molar.

Upper third
molar.

Remarks.

g£

1
£

|

3

i
£

A

"&

1

1
1

13245
3318

990
7401
3630
6905
3537
3536
3538
6557
6548
7146
4441
1033

Big Porcupine Creek, Mont.
Medicine Bow Mountains,
Wash.
Copper Mines IT Mex

0.60
0.57

0.60
0.67
0.72
0.67
0.65
0.65
0.55
0.66
0.57
0.62
0.68
0.63

0.52
0.48

0.54
0.52
0.65
0.53
0.50
0.51
0.45
0.51
0.45
0.48
0.57
0.40

0.91
0.74

0.92
0.91
0.97
0.93
0.93
0.93
0.87
0.95
0.88
0.92
0.94
0.90

0.63
0.60

0.70

0.65
0.75
0.64
0.69
0.67
0.66
0.70
0.64
0.65
0.72
0.65

.40
.36

.35

.50
.66
.56
.52
.43
.35
.37
.41
.40
.40
1.27

0.65
0.67

0.70
0.74
0.75
0.80
0.75
0.72
0.67
0.70
0.68
0.71
0.75
0.67

SubsD. horribilis.
Do.

Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
" richardsoni."
Do.
Do.
arctos.
Do.

Monterey Cal

do

. . do

Fort Tejon, Cal

do

do

Arctic coast

do

do

Russia

UBSUS AMERICANUS.

Seventeen skulls of this species, embracing all the aged ones in the
collection, seem to indicate a slight increase in size to the southward.
Four aged skulls from Louisiana and Florida range in length from 12.50
to 13.10, and three others, more or less immature, would doubtless have
attained an equal size had they lived to be as old. A Georgia specimen,
also not full-grown, has a length of 11.15, and in old age would probably
have considerably exceeded 12.00. The other specimens, all full-grown
and some of them very old, range from 9.90 to 12.15, most of them fall-
ing between 10.25 and 11.75. The largest (12.15) is from Puget Sound.
A New York specimen comes next in size (11.90); New Mexican speci-
mens next, the Alaskan being the smallest. This certainly points to a
southward increase in size ; but a much larger series would, of course,
be necessary in order to establish positively whether the increase is in
this direction. It would seem natural to expect it to be so, since the
Bear is a hibernating animal, and is active for a much shorter period
in northern than in southern localities.

It seems worthy of remark that only a small proportion of the skulls
of Bears, and even of other Carnivora, including the Minks, Otters, and
Martens, seen in collections, are specimens of mature age. The propor-
tion of fully adult and very aged specimens is much greater among those
from the unsettled parts of the continent than among those from the
older States, owing, doubtless, to these animals being so closely hunted
in the more settled districts that they rarely live to a very great age.

339

Measurements of seventeen skulls of URSUS AMERICANUS.

S*J

ll

Is

Locality.

M
£

a

U

Width.

Remarks.

3834

Key Biscayne, Fla

13 10

Very old

1155

Prairie Mer Rou^e La

12 90

7 40

1156

...do...

12 70

7 45

Do

987

do

12 50

7 35

T)n

1154

do

11 10

6 10

986

da

10 60

5 95

jw.i(uiie ageci.

3894

Georgia

11 15

6 10

"VTidillp "atreH

3798*

New York

11 80

7 35

2250

do

11 00

7 55

994

Copper Mines N. Mex ......

9 90

6 07

V Id h

992

do

11 35

7 05

Do '

991

do

11 75

6 85

12398

Henry's Lake ~Wyo

j

11 40

7 40

3650

Puget Sound

12 15

7 40

6949

do

10 20

6 00

8695

Alaska

10 25

6 30

9477

do

10 07

5 15

The range of variation not dependent upon locality is more fully indi-
cated in the table of detailed measurements of these skulls given below,
but certain of the most prominent points of variation are not well shown
by any series of measurements. Especially is this the case in respect to
the amount of convexity different specimens present, in which individual
variation is strongly marked. One of the most prominent distinctions of U.
americanus as compared with U. arctos and its varieties is the great con-
vexity of the upper outline of the skull, both antero-posteriorly and trans-
versely. Another feature is the constriction of the facial portion, giving a
concave outline to the nasals when viewed in profile. But there are
exceptions, even to the first of these distinctions, one or two specimens
occurring (especially No. 2250 from New York) in which the flattening
of the frontal region is as marked as in average skulls of U. horribilis.
This flattening is also well marked in Nos. 1155 and 1156, from Louisiana.
The greatest convexity is reached in No. 3484, from Key Biscayne, Fla. ;
this and No. 2250 (New York) presenting the two extremes in respect to
convexity. No. 3' 94, from Georgia, has about the same degree of con-
vexity as the Florida specimen. No. 2250 is also remarkable for the
shortness of the facial portion of the skull, thereby imparting to it a
greater than the usual ratio of width to length. In this specimen
(mentioned by Professor Baird as remarkable for its ftidth*), the width
is 0.69 of the length. In another, from Louisiana (No. 1155), it falls as
low as 0.54 ! The average ratio of width to length is about 0.56 to 0.60.

The teeth of U. americanus seem, in looking at them, to be relatively
much smaller than in V. arctos, but, upon careful measurement, the
difference is quite small, while they are of the same relative size as
those of U. horribilis. In U. americanus, the temporal ridges pass more
abruptly inward toward the medial line of the skull than in either U.
horribilis or 17. arctos.

The most important distinction presented by U. americanus is the
form of the last upper molar. In U. americanus, the crown is widest at
the middle, narrowing both anteriorly and posteriorly, but most rapidly
posteriorly. The inner border is nearly straight ; the outer has a promi-
nent medial convexity, while in U. horribilis and U. arctos both outlines
are nearly straight and generally about equally convergent. In U.
americanus, the anterior third of the last molar is generally narrower

'Main. N. Amer., p. 227.

340

than the middle third, though sometimes equaling it; but it is never
wider, as it almost invariably is in U. horribilis and U. arctos. The Pu-
get Sound specimens have the anterior third the narrowest ; in Alaskan
specimens, it reaches its extreme width, while New York and Louisiana
examples present the medium phase.

The skulls of U. cinnamomeus do not seem to be in any way dis*-
tinguishable from average skulls of U. americanus, the distinction be-
tween them being one of color only and inconstant as characterizing any
particular locality or region.

The upper molar teeth of U. americanus, as shown by the subjoined
measurements, differ considerably in size in fully adult specimens. The
first molars range in length of crown from 0.40 to 0.52, and in the width of
the same from 0.27 to 0.42. The second ranges in length from 0.67 to 0.78 ;
the third from 0.94 to 1.22, and in width from 0.51 to 0.67 ! In two speci-
mens, with the first 0.44 in length, the third in one has a length of only
0.94 and the other 1.07 ! In another, the length of the first molar is 0.41
and the third 1.11. In still another, with the length of the first molar
0.43, the length of the third is 0.96. In two others, while the length
of the first molar is 0.50 in each, the third molar in one has a length of
1.22 and in the other 1.15.

The largest skulls of U. americamis nearly equal in size the smaller
skulls of U. arctos liorribilis^ and actually overlap the series from Frank-
lin Bay and the measurements given by authors of the true arctos of
the Old World. In view of this fact, and of the great range of individual
variation in size, cranial and dental characters, and the unreliability of
color as a specific character, I too hastily, in former papers,* referred all
the American land-bears, including the U. americanus, to the U. arctos,
which I am now convinced was a mistake; U. americanus being, I now
believe, unquestionably specifically distinct, and the Grizzly subspecifi-
cally separable from the U. arctos of the Old World.

* Bulletin Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. i, pp. 184-192, Oct., 1869 : Bulletin Essex Institute,
vol. vi, pp. 46, 54, 59, 63, 1874.

341

2

l5^*^

1&e\ jo UAI.OJO jo q^Sugi

i-< iH O O T-i O rH iH i-< r-5 O T^ rH rJ rH T-i O

jo pa9

'8988900jd jB^tq

o^ 89UBmxeni

-J9QUI JO pU9 JOTJ9:jaV

«j o ui in «s irf to (6 »rf to »rf 10 ifi irf « ui «

•JiqjO9q^ O^ 89TJ'B|[IX13ni

-aaj.nl jo pag' JOU9!}uv

jo pa9

(" J9.&V 01

Soot^oooooo
IH <H m uS 9S «p X o oi

ioootnioio

•89atUBO JO 89Sp9 J13UJ91
•X9 U99M.^9

J9pmq o^ ^n
mojj 'eaoeioat J9d

US •* irf ^ irf irf 0 «J irf <0 10 « 0 0 0 « >rf

raoaj 'sjospai

•89nraBO eqi pmqgq
jo

-9q

'9JOJ

'89aoq

w oj <?i oi co <ji • ci CT co' ui d <jj »i cJ oi c*

'898890Ojd

jo 98UBdxg;

t," td co id i

: «5 iri <c' to t-: «' t^

•tdlOOO O1} 89IJB[[TXBni

IT jo png'

-' Ci OJ 05 « 0 r^ ffl - r^ CS 0 0 OJ 0 0 0

•?» 0 : 0 r4 ^ CO !?J CJ CJ rH O -4 O5 i-' ^H rH

•X9g

f6 irf i Li iifi :1

:^5 :w£ : : OQ : :W

342

Measurements of the molar teeth of URSUS AMERICANOS.

I
o

} Locality.

Sex.

Upper first

molar.

Tipper sec-
ond molar.

Upper third

molar.

f
J

,a

T3
P

|
1

|
1

t

1

i

£

897
3857
8161
9477
8695
1155
1156
987
1154
988
3894
991
994

0.50
0.52
0.50
0.45
0.44
0.42
0.50
0.50
0.43
0.41
0.40
0.44
0.43

0.42
0.35
0.33
0.38
0.27
0.33
0.39
0.38
0.35
0.35
0. 32
0.33
0.32

0.78
0.75
0.76
0.72
0.67
0.69
0.76
0.76

0.10

0.75
0.71
0.68
0.70

0.60
0.54
0.54
0.48
0.46
0.47
0.55
0.58
0.52
0.57
0.51
0.50
0.50

1.22
1.17
1.15
1.00
0.94
1.00
1.18
1.15
0.96
1. 11
1.08
1.07
1.03

0.64
0.60
0.64
0.52
0.51
0.53
0.67
0.65
0.57
0.63
0.57
0.57
0.54

Pennsylvania . .

Nulato Alaska

Alaska

....do

Prairie Mer Rouge La

do

do

do

do

Georgia . .

Copper Mines N Mex

..do

TABULAR SUMMARY.

Species.

Locality,

.Number ot
specimens.

M
&

£
y

3

Width.

Remarks.

%
Oanis lupus

Forts Simpson Yukon and

q

Average

10.38

5.40

Do

Rae.
Forts Benton and Union

16

do .

9.45

5.07

Do

Forts Kearney and Harker.

9

...do

9.69

5.18

Do

3

do

8.37

4.31

Do

Forts Simpson Yukon and

9

Maximum

11.50

6.20

Do. .

Rae.
Forts Benton and Union.

16

...do .

10.50

5.50

Do

Forts Kearney and Harker

q

do

10.15

5.50

Do

Rio Grande and Sonora

3

do ....

8.75

4.62

Do

q

9 20

4.50

Do

Rae.

16

do

8 75

4.50

Do .

Forts Kearney and Harker

3

do

9.35

4.85

Do

q

do

7 75

4 05

Canis latrans

Fort Randall

19

Average

7.23

3.61

Do

10

do

7 25

3 65

Do

California

4

do

7.69

3.75

Do

Fort Randall

1«

7 60

3 80

Do

10

do

7 95

4.00

Do

California

4

do

7.60

3.80

Do ..

Fort Randall

T>

6 65

3.38

Do

Fort Kearney ...

in

do . ..

6.95

3.50

Do

4

do

7 45

3.48

Vulpes alopex . ......

Alaska

q

Average

5.98

3.20

Var. fulvus.

Do

Mackenzie River District

18

do

5 80

3.02

Do

Do

Upper Missouri

q

do ...

5.78

2.90

" macTUTUs."

Do

1<>

do

5 40

2 80

Var. fulvus

Do

Europe ...

5

do .

5.58

3.08

Var. alopex.

Do

Alaska

q

6.20

3.32

Var fulvus

Do

Mackenzie River District

1R

do ....

6.10

3.28

Do.

Do

q

do

6.00

3 20

' ' macruT us ' '

Do ...

Kst-x County New York

19

. do

5.68

2.95

Var. fulvus.

Do
Do

Europe

Alaska

5

q

....

....do
Minimum .

5.70
5.70

3.15

2.90

Var. alopex.
VAT. fulvus.

Do

18

do

5 55

2.87

Do

Do

Upper Missouri

q

..do ....

5.40

2.78

" macrurus."

Do

1<>

do

5 20

2.70

Var fulvus

Do

Europe . . .

5

...do ....

5.50

3.04

Var. alopex.

Urocyon virginianus.
Do .

Pennsylvania, Washington
and Virginia.
Texas

3
9

....

Average ..
do

4.97
4.56

2.64
2.64

Var. virginianus.
Do.

Do

Southern California

3

do

4 56

2 54

Do

Do

T

do

4 20

2 32

Do.

Do...

Islands off" California

3

...do

3.80

2.03

Var. littoralis.

Do...

1

3 75

1 93

Var. viryinianus.

Do .

3

4 70

2 70

Do

Do...

and Virginia.
Texas ...

9,

...do ..

4.60

2.70

Do.

343

TABULAR SUMMARY— Continued.

Species.

Locality.

Number of
specimens.

1

"&

I

Width.

. Remarks.

Urocyon virginianus.
Do

Southern California
Tehuantepec, Mexico

3
3

....

Maximum .
do

4.63
4 40

2.65
2 37

Var. virginianus.

Do

Islands off California...

3

do

3 85

2 23

Do

Pennsylvania Washington

3

4 62

2 56

Do

Texas

9

do

4 50

2 58

Tin

Do

Southern California

3

do

4.50

2 43

Do

Do

Tehuantepec Mexico

3

do

4 15

2 25

Do

Do

Islands off California

3

....do

3.75

2 05

Felis concolor

New York and Oregon

3

Average

7 57

5 15

Do

Texas and Louisiana

3

do

8 72

5 4g

Do

New York and Oregon

3

Maxim nm

7 80

5 25

Do

Texas and Louisiana

3

do

8 75

5 60

Do

New York and Oregon

3

Minimal tn

7.40

5.05

Do

Texas and Louisiana

3

do

8 40

5 35

Felis pardalis

Matainoraa Mexico . .

5

Avera°re

4.98

3.33

Do

Costa Rica

4

do

5 89

3 86

Do

Southern Mexico and Cen-

8

....do

5.78

3.74

Do .

tral America.
Matamoras Mexico

5

Ma/srimiim

5.25

3.50

Costa Rican
series.

Do

Costa Rica . .

4

....do

6.20

4. 19

Do

8

. do

6.20

4.19

Do

tral America.

<>

Minim rj rn

4.50

3.05

Do

Costa Rica

4

....do . ..

5.35

3.60

Includes the

Do

R

do

5.35

3.60

Costa Rican

series.

Lynx rufus

tral America.

q

Average

5.01

3.52

Do

Washington and Oregon

7

do ...

5.03

3.56

" fasciatus."

Do .

Territories.
Texas and Matamoras Mex

8

...do

5.00

3.40

" maculatus "

Do

10

do

4.91

3.47

Do

Te;on. Cal.)

q

5.30

3.70

Do

Washington and Oregon

7

do

5.50

3.95

"fascia/tits "

Do .

Territories.
Texas and Matamoras Mex

8

do

5.27

3.72

" macidatus "

Do

United States (mainly Ft.

10

....do

5.50

3.82

" TltfUS."

Procyon lotor

; Tejon.Cal.)
New York Pennsylvania

1*>

Average ..

4.27

2.91

Do

and Georgia.
Southern Texas and Cali-

fi

...do

4.57

3.11

Do

fornia.
Southern Mexico and Costa

q

. do ....

4.60

3.15

Do

Rica.
New York Pennsvlvania

1")

Maximum

4.57

3.03

Do

and Georgia.
Southern Texas and Cali-

6

do ...

4.78

3.38

Do

fornia.

q

do ....

4.85

3.42

Putorius vison

Rica,

18

rf 2

Average . .

2.63

1.58

Do ..

New York

1?

cf ?

do

2.40

1.34

Do

Alaska (chiefly)

12

do

2.81

1.63

Do

do

6

....do

2.48

1.46

Do

do

12

cf 2

Maximum

3.02

1.90

Male.

Do...
Do

New York

Alaska (chiefly)

6

2

cf ?

rf 2

....do
Minimum

2.60
2.30

1.48
1.40

Do.

Female.

Do

Mastela americana . .

New York
Peel River

4
4

cf?

rf

do

Average ..

2.17
3.39

1.18
2.07

Do.

Do

9

$

do

3.34

1.98

Do

Fort Good Hope

5

tf

. do

3.24

1.95

Do

10

<-f

....do

3.14

1.7C

Do

Umbaox*0" Lake Maine.....

R

rf

....do

2.96

1.72

Do

5

<-f

....do

3.02

1.61

Do

Peel River '

4

cf

Maximum.

3.50

2.12

Do

q

rf

...do

3.55

2.15

Do

Fort Good Hope

5

rf

....do

3.37

2.05

Do

10

rf

....do

3.23

1.89

Do

8

<-f

...do

3.10

1.85

Do

Northern New York

*>

rf

....do

3.10

1.68

Do

Peel River

4

<-f

Minimum .

3.35

2.02

Do

Yukon River

q

rf

....do

3.00

1.73

Do

Fort Good Hope

•>

H"

...do

3.15

1.73

Do

10

tf

..do

3.02

1.65

No 4

5

344

TABULAR SUMMARY— Continued.

Species.

Locality.

Number of
specimens.

x

&

Length.

1

Width.

I

Remarks.

Umbagof Lake

R

j

2 73

1 50

Do

Northern New York

5

rf

' do •'.

2.92

1.50

Taxidea americana . .
Do ....

Northern localities , . .
Southern localities

5
5

Average ..
do

5.00
4.62

3.18
2.92

•

Do

Northern localities

•>

5 22

3 50

Do

Southern localities

5

do

4.75

3.07

Do

Northern localities

5

4 92

2 97

Bo

Southern localities ...

f>

do

4.50

2. 80

Lntra canadensis
Do

Newfoundland anil Umba-
gog Lake, Maine.

10
4

....

Average ..
do

4.24
4 37

2.79
2 86

Do . ...

Newfoundland and Umba-

10

4 50

3.00

Do .

gog Lake, Maine.
Southern localities

4

do

4.50

2 95

Do

Newfoundland and Umba-

10

Minimum

3.96

2.53

Do

gog Lake, Maine.

4

do

4 22

2 75

Mephitis mephitica. .
Do

"Western localities
New England

10
10

Average ..
..do

3.10

2. 88

1.95
1.72

Do

Southern localities

^

do

2 73

Do

"Western localities . . .

10

Maximum

3.50

2.25

Do

10

do

3 25

1 85

Do .

Southern localities

f)

do

2.90

Do

10

2 85

1.70

Do . ...

New England . . ...

10

do

2.70

1.53

Do

5

do

2 60

Ursus arctos

California

R

Average

14.81

8.42

Do...

Rocky Mountains

5

do

12. 07

'7.81

Do

Do

Arctic coast

3

do

12. 77

7.73

Do

California

8

16 00

9 20

Do .

Rocky Mountains

5

do

14 75

8.50

Do'

Do

3

do

13 40

8 65

Do

California

g

13 25

7 45

suosp. arctos.

Do

Rocky Mountains

5

do

13.25

6.90

Do

Do

T

do

12 45

7 25

Ursus amerieanus . . .
Do ..

Georgia, Florida, and Lou-
isiana.
New York

7
o

....

Average ..
do

12.01
11 40

6.72
7.45

Do

New Mexico

3

....do ....

11.00

6.66

Do .

Puget Sound and Alaska

4

do

10 67

6 21

Do

Georgia, Florida and Lou-

7

Maximum

13.10

7.40

Do...

isiana.
New York

0

do

11. 80

7.55

Do .

3

do

11 75

• 7 05

J>o...

Fillet Sound and Alaska

4

do

12.15

7.40

Do ..

7

10 60

5 95

Do

isiana.
New Mexico

1

do .

9.90

6.07

Do

Puget Sound and Alaska

4

do

10 07

5 15

SEXUAL, L\7DI\71DUAL, AND GEOGRAPHICAL VARIATION IN LEU-
COSTICTE TEI'HROCOTIS.

BY J. A. ALLEN.

Some months since, my attention was called by Capt. Charles Beudire,
U. S. A., to the fact of the existence of a well-marked difference in
color between the sexes of two varieties of Leucosticte tepkrocotis,
namely, littoralis and tephrocotis. Under date of January 28, 1876,
Captain Beudire wrote me, " There is a good deal of difference between
the sexes of both varieties ; so much that they can in almost every case
be separated before dissection. The brown on the breasts of the females
is much duller than that of the males." This statement, he added, was
based on a series of seventy specimens of variety littoralis and on a
series of about a dozen specimens of variety tephrocotis. Under date
of April 18, Captain Bendire wrote me further on the subject, he in the
mean time having sent me two lots of specimens, about two dozen
examples in all, which seemed to fully confirm his statements. In the
later account, in speaking of a series of eighty-five specimens of variety
littoralis, of which the sex of each had been determined by careful dis-
section, he says there was not a single female in the whole lot that was
as bright as the palest-tinted males. He says further, " I have exam-
ined over two hundred skins of variety littoralis and about thirty of va-
riety tephrocotis. I find a constant difference, and have never yet obtained
a female which I could not readily distinguish from a male before skin-
ning; but, nevertheless, every*specimen was dissected, and the sex not
guessed at." With this letter was forwarded to me by Captain Bendire a
series of thirteen skins of variety littoralis and three of variety tephrocotis,
which were selected impartially by himself and Lieut. George R. Bacon,
to show the extreme ranges of variation in color in the two sexes of each
variety. The series of variety littoralis was taken from a lot of eighty-two
skins, and is stated to embrace two of the brightest females and several
of the dullest males of the whole lot. Separating the series by color,
without reference to the labels, I found, on looking at the labels, that I
Jhad placed all the females in one series and all the males in the other.
In the case of only one specimen was there any reason for hesitancy in
making the separation ; but this even, 1 found on reference to the label,
I had placed in its proper series. The general aspect of the two series
I found was quite different, noticeably so at a considerable distance,
through the much paler tints of the females. ." Several of the skins",
adds Captain Bendire, " are poorly prepared ; but they will answer
every purpose for description, and I repeat my statement that they rep-
resent the brightest females and dullest males of the ichole lot." Lieutenant
Bacon, who assisted in making the selection, says (writing at the same
time) that the series sent to me was made up with great care, so as to
show the dullest and brightest of each sex. "I have prepared", Lieu-
tenant Bacon adds, " some eighty skins of variety littoralis, and have ibund
no difficulty in distinguishing the sexes before skinning. I have not

346

found one female as bright as the dullest male. It is my opinion that
the same remarks apply to variety tepkrocotis."

The above statements of Captain Bendire and Lieutenant Bacon are
made in reference to some very positive remarks by Mr. Robert Ridg-
way, in his recent very elaborate monograph of the genus Leucosticte, in
respect to sexual variation among the different forms of this group. Mr.
Ridgway says, "The American species of this genus fall into two dis-
tinct groups", according as the sexes do or do not differ in appearance.
In L. tephrocotis, in all its forms, there is not the slightest sexual* differ-
ence ; but, in L. atrata and L. australis, the distinction is very marked.7' *
Under the head of L. tephrocotis var. littoralis, Mr. Ridgway further
says, u In regard to the two sexes, as compared to one another, there is
the same absolute similarity in appearance and size\ that exists in grisei-
Tiiiclia and tephrocotis, many females \ being more brightly colored and
some larger than some males. The apparently larger average of the
dimensions of the [seven] female[sj indicated in the above measurements
is no doubt due to the small number of specimens of the sex examined."!

Mr. Ridgway's tables seem to indicate that the sex was known in only
a small proportion of his specimens, namely, in fourteen (seven males and
seven females) out of forty- eight in variety littoralis, and in about one-
third in variety tephrocotis. As already stated, Captain Bendire's speci-
mens, in which the sex was carefully determined by dissection, show
.a very considerable constant sexual difference in coloration, and, as will
be presently shown, also in size.

Through some unfortunate inadvertence, an important error has crept
into Mr. Ridgway's table of comparative measurements given on page
60 (I. c.)> the measurements of the two sexes of L. tephrocotis being given
as, male, wing, 4.21; tail, 3.12; female, wing, 4.16; tail, 3.12; thus ap-
parently sustaining Mr. Ridgway's generalization in respect to the
absence of difference in size in the two sexes of this form. In examin-
ing Captain Bendire's specimens, however, 1 was struck with the appar-
ently smaller size of the females ; and, on referring to the measurements
recorded on his labels, this apparent difference proved to be real. I
then turned to Mr. Ridgway.'s table of the measurements of L. tephrocotis,
and, carefully computing the averages given by Mr. Ridgway, I met with
quite different results, the thirty-four females giving an average length
of wing of 4.05, and of tail of 2.97, against the 4.16 and 3.12 given by
Mr. Ridgway, and of course giving a considerably smaller average than
for the males, namely, 4.05 against 4.21 for the wing, and 2.97 against
3.12 for the tail.

The averages given in the same connection by Mr. Ridgway for the
two sexes of L. littoralis (seven males and seven females) are borne out
by the table of measurements on which they are based, and seem
to indicate that there is no sexual variation in size in this form.
Through tbe kindness of Captain Beudire, I have before me measure-
ments (sent to me by my special request) of forty-two males and twenty-six
females of L. littoralis, in which the wing averages respectively 4.23
for the males and 4.05 for the females. In addition to these, seven
males and six females, which he had previously sent me, gave 4.19 for the
length of the wing in the male and 4.02 for the same in the female; thus
showing that not only in coloration but also in size there is a well-
marked sexual variation in this form as well as in tephrocotis, about the

"'Monograph of the geiius Leucosticte," etc., Bull. U. S. Gecf.og. and Geograph. Sur-
vey of the Territories, No. 2, second series, p. 60, May, 1375.
T Not italicized h A1
: Loc. cit., p. 75.

347

same, in fact, as occurs in L. australis, in which and in L. atrata Mr.
Ridgway admits it to be well marked.

L. griseinucha is the only other American form of Leucosticte alleged
by Mr. Ridgway to show no sexual difference in size or color.

In respect to individual variation. Mr. Ridgway remarks as follows :
"There is no noticeable range of individual variation among typical
examples of any form, and it is only the transitional specimens connect-
ing two races of one species that vary at all from the normal standard ",*
etc. (1. c.j p. 60). "Regarding the subject of individual variation, we
shall say little, since the immense series at our command shows that
this is really insignificant" (I. c., p. 58). These remarks are made in
reference to statements of mine quoted by Mr. Ridgway, in which I say
that "it seems probable that some of the differences whereon certain
species t of Leucosticte have been founded may be only individual varia-
tions". This remark had reference to a series of mounted specimens in
the Museum of the Boston Society of Natural History, collected at Cen-
tral City, Colo., by Mr. F. E. Everett. My remarks respecting these
Mr. Ridgway also quotes (I. c., p. 55), and, without having seen them, in
commenting on them in foot-notes, assigns them, with great positiveness,
to his different species and varieties of Leucosticte. In poi nt of fact, there
is a considerable range of color- variation in birds of .the same sex from
the same localities, referable, unquestionably, to the same varieties.
These aifect not only the intensity of the general tints, but the areas of
dusky and ashy markings about the head, as Mr.Ridgway's own comments
under L. littoralis sufficiently show. Whether or not such specimens
form the mtergrading Mnks between varieties is immaterial to the point
at issue.

In respect to individual variation in size, it is sufficient to say that
the length of the wing varies in males of variety littoralis from 3.90 to 4.50,
and in the females from 3.88 to 4.25: in variety tephrocotis (see Mr. Ridg-
way's tables), from 4.00 to 4.40 in the males, and from 3.90 to 4.30 in the
females ; in variety, griseinucha, from 4.25 to 4.75 in the males, and from
3.90 to 4.80 in the females! It seems a priori improbable that such
a wide range of individual variation in size should obtain without there
being also considerable variability in color. Such a state of things
would certainly be an exceptional and noteworthy fact in our present
knowledge of individual variation among birds.

As the present forms a convenient opportunity for noticing some other
strictures by Mr. Ridgway on some general remarks of mine respecting
this group, I will add a few words respecting geographical variation
among the different forms of Leucosticte. Mr. Ridgway, in commenting
on my attempt " to show a correlation between the distinguishing char-
acters of the different forms of this genus and the recognized general
laws of geographical variation", in which I claim the northern forms to
be larger, with more ash on the head, etc., says that, respecting these
statements, "there is need of correction. There is no such variation
from the north southward as that stated in the passage quoted, for the
northern forms are quite as brightly colored as the most southern ones, f
while in the gray-headed races of L. tephrocotis it is the more southern
one (var. littoralis) which has the most gray. Thus, in this latter race
the throat is more or less gray, frequently entirely gray ; while, in var.
griseinucha, the whole throat is black. Var. griseinucha is also much

* Not italicized in the original.

t Referring, among others, to L. campestris, a form Mr. Ridgway himself docs not
regard as even varietally distinguishable.
t Not italicized in the original.

348

brighter-colored than its southern -ally, the red being not only deeper
and more extended, but the brown of the body is darker and richer!
The fact that littoralis has more gray on the head than tephro-
cotis cannot be explained by stating that the former is more northern in its
distribution, for such is not the case, since the breeding grounds of var.
tephrocotis are quite as far northward in the interior as those of var. lit-
toralis is on the coast. We must, therefore, look to some other explana-
tions of these variations than the laws of climatic modifications which
are now recognized. The single instance of apparent correspondence
to a general rule of geographical variation is seen in L. griseinucha of
the Alaskan coast, which is more northern in its habitat than L. littoralis
of the more southern Korth -Pacific coast, and is also larger in size." —
(Loc. cit., pp. 58, 59.)

From much of the above I must beg leave to dissent, as matters of
fact. In the first place, L. australis was one of the forms to which I
especially referred, and which, because it has since been considered by
him as a species rather than a variety, Mr. liidgway leaves wholly out
of consideration in this connection. It is, however, one of the " forms of
Leucosticle" to be considered, and is also the most southern, the smallest,
and by far the brightest- colored* Climatologically considered, L.
tephrocotis is the next most southern,! is the next in size (at least is not
larger than variety littoralis}, and has the least ash on the head. The breed-'
ing-range of L. littoralis is not "known, and this form has not yet been
taken on the " southern part of the North-Pacific coast", unless Alaska
can be so considered. In size, it does not appreciably differ from L.
tephrocotis. It probably passes the summer in tte interior, to the west-
ward of the breeding- range of L. tephrocotis, and hence under rather more
northern climatic conditions. L. griseinucha is the most -northern and
much the largest. Its darker colors are easily explainable on climatic
grounds, or by " the laws of climatic modification which are now recog-
nized ". Its darker colors simply correlate with those of the generality of
the varietal forms of Birds and Mammals inhabiting the same region,
remarkable for its immense annual rain-fall and great humidity of

*L. " atrata " I have purposely omitted in this consideration. If, however, it is any-
thing more than a melanotic phase of variety tephrocotis, it finds in that form a very near
ally, and if entitled to specific, or even varietal, recognition, gives further proof of the
generalization here proposed, it being much darker and smaller than tephrocotis. Mr.
Ridgway says of atrata, " the pattern of coloration is precisely similar to that of L.
tephrocotis, but the totally different tints (black or dusky-slate, instead of chocolate-
brown), and the very marked difference between the sexes,* separate it at once as a distinct
species. It may be suggested that it is a melanism of tephrocotis; but, if this were so,
there would be no such entire uniformity of characters as is exhibited throughout the
series of five specimens, while in tephrocoiis there is not the slightest sexual difference in
colors."* It will be noticed from the above that one of the strong points relied upon by
Mr. Ridgway as distinguishing atrata from tephrocotis is the supposed absence of sexual
variation in tephrocotis, and its presence in atrata, a distinction founded on error.

t In this view I find I am sustained by Mr. C. E. Aiken, who says, " From these facts,
and information derived from other sources, I infer that the gray-cheeked variety
(littoralis) is the most northern race, and that many of them do not find their way so
far south [as Canon City, Colo.] except in severe winters. In this belief I am strength-
ened by the fact that, of sixty birds killed in Wyoming in 1870, all but one or two were
typical tephrocotis; that tephrocotis occupies, during the breeding season a more south-
ern locality than the preceding ^littoralis'], and winters, regularly, in the Rocky Mount
ains of Colorado, and even farther south; that australis inhabits the next lower section,
breeding in Colorado, and probably extending into the British possessions, but winter-
ing, for the most parj; — especially in severe winters — south of this Territory ; that
atrata, if anywhere common, must occupy a more southern locality." — (Quoted from
Mr. Ridgway's Mon., I. c., pp. 62, 63.)

*lSTot italicized in the original.

349

climate;* a fact that Mr. Eidgway seems for the moment to have for-
gotten.

As a further contribution to the history of Leucosticte tephrocotis, I
append the measurements of seventy-seven specimens of varieties litto-
rails and teplirocotis, kindly sent me by Captain Bendire. As the meas-
urements were made by the collector from fresh specimens, and as the
sex of each specimen was determined by actual dissection, they are of
special interest in the present connection.

Measurements of LEUCOSTICTE TEPHROCOTIS var. LITTORALIS.

Locality.

Date.

1
cf

d1

cf
cf
cf
<f
cf

d"
d-

cf
cf
cf
cf

cf

cf
cf

d*

cf

d1

cf
cf
cf
cf

d1

cf

d1

d1
cf

d-
d-
d"

cf

d1

cf
cf
cf

d"

cf
cf

3

cf

d1

cf
cf
cf
cf

*

1

I

9
9
9

pp.

,d

"be

J

ci
a

$

i

Collected by— .

Camp Harnev, Oreg

Do

6.75
7.00
6.65
7.00
7.00
6.90
7.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
6.95
6.60
6.75
6.65
6.50
6.90
6.50
7.00
7.12
7.00
6.94
6.60
6.80
7.25
6.87
6.75
7.00
6.93
7.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
6.45
6.80
7.00
6.80
7.03
6.95
6.30
6.75
6.98
6.94
7.05
6.75
7.05
6.75
6.75
7.00
6.75
6.50
6.60
6.75
6.50
6.70
6.68
6.70
6.60
6.68
6.95
6.65
6.75
6.75

237,

4.00
4.32
4.00-
4.21
4.25
4.25
4.30
4.37
.00
.25
.25
.20
.15
.00
4.00
4.00
4.25
3.90
4.40
4.25
4.37
4.23
4.00
4.00
4.25
4.25
4.20
4.30
4.32
4.45
4.32
4.42
4.25
4.50
4.25
4.13
4.35
4.31
4.32
4.05
4.27
4.35
4.18
4.37
4.32
4.32
4.25
4.25
4.13
4.00
4.12
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
3.95
3.88
4.12
4.00
4.13
>4.02

239, 1

2.70
3.00
2.70
2.90
2.75
3.00
3.00
3.05
3.00
2.90
3.00
2.88
2.90
2.90
2.95
2.75
3.00
2.75
2.90
3.12
2.94
2.87
2.75
2.65
3.00
3.00
2.75
2.80
2.96
2.94
2.98
2.90
2.90
2.95
2.75
2.94
2.95
2.93
3.00
2.68
2.70
2.95
2.75
2.87
2.75
2.96
2.90
2.95
2.80
2.65
2.90
2.50
2.75
2.75
2.75
2.80
2.90
2.75
2.78-
3.00
2.75
2.75
2.65

Lpril,

Capt. Charles Bendire.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do. .
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do. «
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Lieut. George R. Bacon.
Do.
Do.
Capt. Charles Bendire.
Do.
Do.
Lieut. George R. Bacon.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do".
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Capt. Charles Bendire.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Lieut. George R. Bacon.
Capt. Charles Bendire.

1871 ; Proc. Bost. Soc.

Do

Do

Do ...

Do

Do"" """."

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do

' Do . . . .. ..

Do '-.-

* Do . . -

Do

Do

Do

Do

Mar. 1
Feb. 26
Feb. 26
Jan. 26
Jan. 6
Jan. 20
Jan. 6

Do ."

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do >

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do i

Do

S

Do

Do

Do ...

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do .

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do

Mar. 1
Jan. 6
Feb. 26

vol. ii,

Do

Do

"See Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoology,

JSTat. Hist., vol. xvi, pp. 279-284, June, 1874.

350

Measurements of LEUCOSTICTE TEPHROCOTIS var LITTORALIS— Continued.

Locality.

Date.

1

i

3

*
a

£

|

Collected by-

Ca 'n p Haruey Oreg

Jan 26

6.70

4 00

2.85

Lieut George K Bacon

Do

Mar 1

A

6 75

4 05

2 88

Do

Mar 1

5

6.50

3.92

2.50

Capt. Charles Bendirp

Do

A

6 65

4 00

2 65

Do

A

6 50

4 12

2 90

Do

Do

A

6 60

4 00

2 50

Do

Do

A

6.75

4 00

2.75

Do

Do

A

6 50

4 00

2 75

Do

Do

5

6 70

4 00

2 75

Do

Do

5

6.68

4.00

2.80

Do.

Do

A

6 70

4 00

2 90

Do

Do

0

6.60

3.95

2.75

Do.

Do

n

6 68

3 88

2 78

Do

Do

A

6.95

4,12

3.00

Do.

*

Average of 49 males

6.82

4.22

2.89

Average of 28 females

6 67

4 01

2. 76

Measurements of LEUCOSTICTE TEPHROCOTIS var. TEPHROCOTIS.

Locality.

i

!

g

a

f

1

Collected by—

Cainp Harney Oreg . ...........

cf

6.85

4.25

2.85

Lieut. George H Bacon

Do

tf

6 85

4 25

2 85

Do

<-f

6.50

4. 12

2.75

Do.

Do

(f

6.75

4.12

2.60

Do.

Do .

,-f

6.85

4.45

2.95

Capt. Charles Bcntlire.

Do

cf

6.80

4.08

2.62

Do.

Do

cf

6.75

4.20

2.70

Do.

Do

cf

6.80

4.25

2.78

Do.

Do

<-f

6 50

4 25

2.75

Do.

Do

tf

7. 18

4.39

3.00

Do.

Do

,3

6.80

4 30

2.75

Do.

Do ...

9

6.75

4.00

2.62

Lieut. George R. Bacon.

Do

6 85

4 25

2.90

Do.

Do ...

5

6.50

4.00

2.50

Capt. Charles Bendire.

Do

Q

6 60

4. 15

2.70

Do.

Do

o

6.25

4.00

2.50

Do.

Do

A

6 70

4 16

2 75

Do

*

6 79

4 24

2 78

Average of 6 females ...

6.61

4.09

2.66

AUTHOR'S EDITION.

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR.

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY.

F. V. HAYDEN, U. S. Geologist-in-Charge.

THE GEOGKAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION

OF THE

MAMMALIA,

CONSIDERED IN RELATION TO THE PRINCIPAL

ONTOLOGICAL REGIONS OF THE EARTH,

AND THE LAWS THAT GOVERN THE

DISTRIBUTION OF ANIMAL LIFE.

BY

JOEL ASAPH ALLEN.

EXTRACTED FROM THE BULLETIN OF THE SURVEY, VOL. IV, No. 2.

WASHINGTON, May 3, 1878.

ART. XV. -THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE MAM-
MALIA, CONSIDERED IN RELATION TO THE PRINCIPAL
ONTOLOGICAL REGIONS OF THE EARTH, AND THE LAWS
THAT GOVERN THE DISTRIBUTION OF ANIMAL LIFE.

BY JOEL ASAPH ALLEN.

I.— DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALIAN LIFE IN THE NORTH-
ERN HEMISPHERE, CONSIDERED IN RELATION TO LAWS
OF GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

When, in 1871, I published* a few preliminary remarks concerning
the general subject of geographical zoology, it was my intention soon to
present more fully the facts whereon were based the few general princi-
ples then stated. In this paper I claimed, in accordance with the views
of Humboldt, Wagner, Dana, Agassiz, De Candolle, and others, that life
is distributed in circum polar zones, which conform with the climatic
zones, though not always with the parallels of the geographer. Sub-
sequent study of the subject has confirmed the convictions then ex-
pressed. These are directly antagonistic to the scheme of division of
the earth's surface' into the life-regions proposed by Dr. Sclater in 1857,
based on the distribution of birds, and since so generally adopted.
Their wide acceptation, it seems to me, has resulted simply from the
fact that so few have taken the trouble to sift the facts bearing upon
the subject, or to carefully examine the basis on which Dr. Sclater's
divisions are founded. The recent appearance of Mr. Wallace's labori-
ous and in many respects excellent and praiseworthy workt has now
rendered a critical presentation of the subject more necessary than be-
fore, since, instead of seeking in the facts of geographical zoology a
basis for a natural scheme of division, he has unhesitatingly accepted
Dr. Sclater's ontological regions and marshalled his facts and arranged
his work wholly in conformity with this, as I shall presently attempt to
show, grossly misleading scheme. The source of error, as I hope to make
evident, lies in method of treatment. Assuming apparently that the
larger or continental land-areas are necessarily coincident with natural
ontological regions, divisions of the earth's surface wholly incompara-

* On the Geographical Distribution of the Birds of Eastern North America, with
special reference to the Number and Circumscription of the Ornithological Faunae.
<Ball. Mus. Comp. ZooL, vol. ii, No. 3, pp. 375-450. April, 1871.

tThe Geographical Distribution of Animals. With a Study of Living and Extinct
Faunas as Elucidating the Past Changes of the Earth's Surface. By Alfred Russel
Wallace. Two vols. 8°. With maps and illustrations. London, 1876.

Bull. iv. No. 2 1 313

314 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

ble have been contrasted, and erroneous deductions have been the
result. In the division of the northern hemisphere into two primary
regions, the so-called (i Nearctic" and " Pala3aretic", no account has been
taken of the almost homogeneous character of life throughout the
Arctic and Sub- Arctic regions, and the equally important principle of
temperature as a powerful limiting agent, nor of the facts of the rapid
increase of organic forms and the consequent differentiation of life from
the Arctic regions toward the Equatorial in an ever increasing ratio
in proportion to the extent and divergence of the principal land-areas.
At the northward, this method of division separates, into primary life-
regions, areas of the closest ontological resemblances, while at the
southward these divisions each embrace faunae so unlike those of their
northern portions respectively that the two extremes of either region
have little in common, scarcely more than have the southern portions of
these two regions as compared with each other. It is the neglect of the
above-stated fundamental facts and principles that forms the fatal
weakness of the scheme of life-regions proposed by Dr. Sclater, and so"
widely and thoughtlessly accepted. That the facts and principles above
alluded to are fundamental, — in other words, that life is distributed in
circumpolar zones under the controlling influence of climate and mainly
of temperature, — I propose to show by a tabular presentation of the
facts of distribution of mammalian life in the northern hemisphere.

One of the reasons given by Mr. Wallace for adopting Dr. Sclater's
regions is that " it is a positive, and by no means an unimportant
advantage to have our named regions approximately equal in size, and
with easily defined, and therefore easily remembered, boundaries", pro-
viding that u we do not violate any clear affinities or produce any glar-
ing irregularities". It is further claimed that " all elaborate definitions
of interpenetrating frontiers, as well as regions extending over three
fourths of the land surface of the globe, and including places which are
the antipodes of each other, would be most inconvenient, even if there
were not such difference of opinion about them".*

These arguments can be scarcely characterized as otherwise than
trivial, since they imply that truth, at least to a certain degree, should
be regarded as secondary to convenience. They further show that the
author of these propositions has not worked out in detail the distribu-
tion of life, species by species, over a diversified area of considerable
extent, like, for instance, that of Eastern North America, where an in-
terdigitation of the lesser faunal areas is one of the marked features of
the region, as it is elsewhere wherever there is a varied topography and
consequent inequality of climate under the same parallels of latitude.
Again, Mr. Wallace says, — 4< On two main points every system yet
proposed, or that probably can be proposed, is open to objection ;
they are,— Istly, that the several regions are not of equal rank; — 2ndly,
that they are not equally applicable to all classes of animals. As
to the first objection, it will be found impossible to form any three
* Geogr. Dist. Anim., vol. i, pp. 63, 64.

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 315

or more regions, each of which differs from the rest in an equal degree
or in the same manner. One will surpass all others in the possession
of peculiar families; another will have many characteristic genera;
while a third will be mainly distinguished by negative characters.
There will also be found many intermediate districts, which possess
some of the. characteristics of two well-marked regions, and a few special
features of their own, or perhaps with none ; and it will be a difficult
question to decide, in all cases which region should possess the doubtful
territory, or whether it should be formed into a primary region by
itself."*

In geographical zoology, as in the genetic relation of animals, we
find, as a rule, no strongly marked boundary -lines, and in the -life-
regions, especially those of lesser rank, the boundaries can be given
only approximately, owing to the intergradation of contiguous faunaB
and flora3, contingent upon the gradual modification of climatic condi-
tions; yet it is not hard to find boundary-lines that shall be, if not
sharply definable, at least easy of recognition. This at least proves to
be the case wherever the distribution of specific forms is thoroughly
known. The first objection, " that the several regions are not of equal
rank," forms to my mind no objection at all, since it matters little
whether they are equal or unequal if they correctly indicate the distri-
bution of life.

The second objection Mr. Wallace has himself satisfactorily answered,
in discussing the question " Which class of animals is of most importance
in determining Zoological Regions." As Mr. Wallace here points out, and
as must become apparent to every careful investigator of this question,
the mammalia are pre-eminently of the greatest importance in deter-
mining zoological regions. To summarize Mr. Wallace's argument on
this point,t their dispersal is less dependent on fortuitous circumstances
than that of the representatives of other classes; from their high
organization they are less dependent upon " other groups of animals ",
and have so much power of adaptation that they are " able to exist in
one form or another over the whole globe", as is certainly not the case
with two of the lower classes of vertebrates, the reptilia and amphibia.
Their distribution and dispersal are dependent on the distribution of
the land-areas, and are modified by such physical conditions as mount-
ain barriers, areas of forest, and grassy or desert plateaus. Further-
more, their geological history, as well as their geographical range, is
better known than that of most other classes, and there is also a greater
unanimity of opinion respecting their natural affinities and the limita-
tion of families and genera in this class than in most others. " We
should therefore ", says Mr. Wallace (and I heartily agree with the re-
mark), " construct our typical or standard Zoological Eegions in the first
place, from a consideration of the distribution of mammalia, only bring-
ing to our aid the distribution of other groups to determine doubtful
points. Eegions so established will be most closely in accordance icith
* Geogr. Dist. Anim., vol. i, p. 53. t See Geogr. Distr. Anim., vol. i, pp. 56-58.

316 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

those long-enduring features of physical geography, on wliicli the distribution
of all forms of life fundamentally depends;* and all discrepancies in the
distribution of other classes of animals must be capable of being ex-
plained, either by their exceptional means of dispersion or by special
conditions affecting their perpetuation and increase in each locality."
" If these considerations are well founded," he continues, " the objections
of those who study insects or molluscs, for example, — that our regions are
not true for their departments of nature — cannot be maintained. For
they will find, that a careful consideration of the exceptional means of
dispersal and conditions of existence of each group, will explain most
of the divergences from the normal distribution of higher animals." t

In the present paper I shall consequently, in my discussion of the
zoological regions of the northern hemisphere, confine myself primarily
to mammals. Throwing aside, for the moment, all theoretical consider-
ations, I shall endeavor first to present the facts of the case, and then
consider what generalizations may be legitimately drawn from them.

A word, however, first in respect to the conformation and distribu-
tion of the land-areas. In reference to this part of the subject I can
hardly do better than to again quote the words of Mr. Wallace, who has
thus forcibly presented the subject : — " One great peculiarity of the dis-
tribution of land lies in its freedom from complete isolation . . . The
continents, indeed, resembling as they do a huge creeping plant, with
roots at the North Pole, and the matted stems and branches of which
cover a large part of the northern hemisphere and send three great off-
shoots toward the South Pole, offer great facilities for the transmission
of varied forms of animal life. There is evidence to prove that during
the greater part of the Tertiary period the relative positions of our conti-

* The italicizing is my own.

t The question, Which class of animals is best fitted to form the basis of a division
of the earth's surface into life-regions ? has a wider bearing than might be at first sup-
posed, since the same power of adaptation to diverse climatic conditions that results
in a wide distribution in some cases and a limited range hi others would also impart
different degrees of ability to resist the influence of geological changes, and is hence
related to the question, Which class forms the best index for marking geological time ?
The relative importance of different groups as geological indices is necessarily con-
nected with their power to resist unfavorable influences, and hence groups that suc-
cumb most readily would give the best clue to such changes in the past. Among ver-
tebrates the mammalia are undoubtedly, as a class, the best able to survive a wide
range of climatic conditions. Birds are to so great a degree migratory that they are
in great measure able to avoid seasonal extremes of climate by a change of habitat.
Extremes that mammals readily survive prove quickly fatal to reptiles and amphibians.

Climate, though in itself a powerful geological agent, is, of course, subject to profound
modification due to geological causes. Any great amount of upheaval or subsidence
of the earth's crust, or the gradual uplifting of mountain chains, must necessarily
induce changes in the climate of the regions where such disturbances occur, the effect
of which must extend over an area far greater than that of the disturbed district. A
comparatively slight change of climate, either in respect to temperature or humidity,
has a most marked influence upon vegetation, and especially upon the distribution of
forests. The presence or absence of particular species of plants is well known to
determine the presence or absence of many species of insects, while the distribution of
whole families of the la.tter is determined wholly by the character of the vegetation j

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 317

»

neuts and oceans did not greatly differ from their present form, and the
former, back to the time of the Devonian formation, were never so com-
pletely submerged as to be replaced by oceans comparable in depth with
our Atlantic and Pacific." * " This curious fact," he says again, " of the
almost perfect continuity of all the great masses of land, notwithstand-
ing their extremely irregular shape and distribution, is no doubt depend-
ent on the [geological] circumstances just alluded to; that the great
depth of the oceans and the slowness of the process of upheaval, has
almost always produced the new lands close to, or actually connected
with, pre-existing lands; and this has necessarily led to a much greater
uniformity in the distribution of organic forms, than would have pre-
vailed had the continents been more completely isolated from each other.
. . . the whole land is almost continuous. It consists essentially of
only three masses : the American, the Asia- African, and the Australian.
The two former are only separated by thirty-six miles of shallow sea at
Behriug's Straits, so that it is possible to go from Cape Horn to Singa-
pore or the Cape of Good Hope without ever being out of sight of land ;
and owing to the intervention of the numerous islands of the Malay
Archipelago the journey might be continued under the same conditions
as far as Melbourne and Hobart Town." t The close proximity of the
great land-masses in the Arctic regions is a fact to be kept in mind in
any discussion of the distribution of life in the northern hemisphere,
and also the fact that in Tertiary times the connection was almost indis-
putably more intfmate than it is now.

and even mammals and birds are greatly affected, and even some are mainly controlled,
in their range by the presence or absence of forests, the distribution of which is so inti-
mately connected with climate. The reptiles, unlike mammals and birds, are quickly
influenced by changes of temperature, and are unable to exist in the colder parts of
the earth. Amphibians also require a moderately warm, or at least temperate, climate,
and though ranging beyond the true reptiles become reduced to a few types in the cold-
temperate latitudes, beyond which they wholly disappear. Fluviatile and terrestrial
mollusks are also exceedingly susceptible to changes in the conditions of life that affect
but slightly either insects or vertebrates, especially the two higher classes of the latter,
even the geological character of a country having a powerful influence upon their dis-
tribution, as well as affecting their size and the thickness of their calcareous covering.
While the mammalia are able to survive changes that would exterminate reptiles and
amphibians, and are somewhat independent of the influences that govern the existence
of many insects and mollusks, their fossil remains must give, for this reason, a less
minute record of past geological and climatic changes than either the lower classes of
vertebrates, the mollusca, or the insects, and afford a far less detailed record than plants.
Among mammals sometimes the same species, and often the same genus, has a range
extending from the Arctic regions to the warm-temperate or subtropical latitudes, thus
showing an adaptability to varied conditions of existence not exhibited by the lower
vertebrates, or by mollusks or plants. While their lack of exceptional means of dis-
persal and their superiority to forces of restriction that limit many groups of animals
render them highly useful as a standard of reference in respect to present life-regions,
the latter necessarily detracts from their importance as a medium of geological record,
so far at least as regards the minuter details.

* Report of a Lecture before the Royal Geographical Society; in Geogr. Mag., vol. iv,
August, 1877, p. 221.

t Geogr. Dist. Anim., vol. i, p. 37.

318

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

As is well known, and almost universally admitted, the animal and
plant life of the Arctic lands is nearly everywhere the same, many of the
species having a circumpolar range, while the genera are mainly, and
the families almost entirely, the same throughout. Especially is this the
case with mammals. To show how gradual is the change from almost
absolute uniformity in the Arctic regions to the ultimate diversity met
with in the intertropical latitudes it is only necessary to divide latitud-
inally the so-called "Nearctic" and "PalaBarctic" regions into several
minor areas, and to tabulate and compare the genera found in each.
Adopting as our first division the region approximately bounded south-
ward by the isotherm of 36° F., and hence embracing the Arctic, Sub-
Arctic, and Cold Tern perate lands of the northern hemisphere, we find that
of the fifty-four commonly recognized genera of non-pelagic mammals
occurring north of this boundary, five are subcosmopolitan; twenty-
seven, or more than one half, are strictly circumpolar, being represented
throughout the greater part of the region north of this boundary ; that
five more are found on both shores of the Atlantic, and that five others
are common to both shores of the Pacific. This leaves only twelve —
less than one-fourth — that are peculiar to either the northern portion of
North America or to the corresponding portion of the Old World, of
which eight are restricted to America and four to the EuropaBO-Asiatic
continent. These genera and their distribution are approximately shown
in the subjoined table.

Gtnera of mammals of the Arctic and Cold Temperate portions of the northern hemisphere (the
region north of the mean annual of 35° F.).

Circumpolar.

Lynx.

Ursus.

Ovis. Castor.

Canis.

Rosmarus.

*Vesperugo.t

*Sciurus.

Vnlpes.

Pboca.

*Vespertilio.

Sciuropterus.

Mustela.

Alces.

Sorex.

Tamias.

Putorius. Tarandus.

Arvicola.

Spermopbilus.

Gulo.

Cervus.

Evotomys.

Arctomys.

* Lutra.

Eison.

Myodes.

Lagomys.

Tbalassarctos.

Ovibos.

Cuniculus.

*Lepus.

American.

American and Asiatic.

Europaeo-Asiatic.

American and European.

Mepbitis.

Enbydris.

Meles.

Pagomys.

Taxidea.

Eumetopias.

Bos.

Pagopbilus.

Procyon.

Zalopbus.

Mus.

Erignatbus.

Aplocerus.

Callorbinus.

Sminthus.

Halicbaerus.

Zapus.

Kbytina,

Cystopbora.

Hesperomys.

• -.„..-• .

Fiber.

Eretbizon.

* Subcosmopolitan. t ScotopTtilus of American autbors, not of Dobson.

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 319

Summary.

Tctal number of genera 54

Subcosmopolitan 5

Circumpolar 27

Shores of North America and Asia 5

Shores of North America and Europe 5

Exclusively either American or Europa3o- Asiatic 12

Peculiar to America 8

-Peculiar to the Europaeo- Asiatic continent 4

The above-given statistics show most clearly that the mammals of
the northern third of the northern hemisphere present few generic or
subgeneric forms that are peculiar to either North America or to the
Europa30-Asiatic continent. In many cases, these are closely representa-
tive forms 5 in other cases, the peculiar genera extend but a short dis-
tance into the region, being temperate forms rather than hyperboreal.

The close relationship of the mammalian life of the northern lands, as
compared with the diversity met with between that of the northern and
southern portions of the two northern continents, is further shown by a
tabulation of the genera met with in the region intervening between the
cold-temperate and sub-tropical zones of life, the northern and southern
boundaries of which may be considered respectively as the isotherms of
36° and 08° to 70° F. Rather more than one-half of the above-enu-
merated genera extend also over a large portion of this more southern
belt, and impart thereby a general similarity to the fades of the mam-
malian faunas of the two regions. In addition to these, however, we find
in North America thirty -one genera and seven subgenera that are not
found much, if any, to the northward of the isotherm of 36° F., and
about the same proportion of new generic and subgeneric types make
their appearance in the corresponding region of the Old World. Turn-
ing first to North America, we find that of these added forms one has
so wide a distribution that it may be properly considered as subcos-
mopolitan, being found in the corresponding region of the Europseo-
Asiatic continent as well as far to the southward of the region under
notice. One other occurs also in Eastern Asia and six more belong
rather to Tropical America than to Temperate North America. Exclud-
ing these, leaves about thirty as strictly American and twenty- two that
are almost wholly restricted to Temperate North America ; there is, hence,
twice as great a difference between the mammalian fauna? of the middle
temperate region of North America and the colder portion of the same
continent as there is between those of the colder parts of the two north-
era continents, or the northern portions of the so-called " Nearctic "
and "Palaaarctic Regions". But we get in Temperate North America
not only twenty-two generic and subgeneric forms peculiar to this
region, but a differentiation of this region into three well-marked faunal
areas, differing more from each other than do the boreal parts of the
New World (''Nearctic Region") from the boreal parts of the Old World
(" Palsearctic Region"). While thirteen of the genera, or about one-

320

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

third, have a general distribution throughout Temperate North America,
there are four genera and one subgenus peculiar to the so-called East-
ern Province, five genera and one subgenus mainly restricted to the
Middle Province, and five genera and two subgenera almost wholly lim-
ited to the geographically much smaller Western Province. In addition
to this, there are five other genera and one subgenus common to the
greater part of the Middle and Western Provinces that are not found in
the Eastern.* The genera that may be regarded as characterizing the
middle temperate region of North America and their relative distribution
is shown in the subjoined table.

Terrestrial genera and subgenera of Middle North America (between the mean annuals of 36°

and 68° F.), not found in the Arctic find Cold Temperate latitudes.

[NOTE. — Subgenera are enclosed in parentheses.]

Limited to the

Limited to the

Limited to the

Common to the Mid-

Of general distribution.

Eastern

Middle Prov-

Western

dle and Western

Province.

ince.

Province.

Provinces.

Felis.

* Sigmodon.

Nycticejus.

*Bassaris.

*Macrotus.

(Otospermophilus.)

TJrocyon.

Ochetodon.

*Synotus.

Antilocapra.

Antrozous.

(Pedomys )

Cariacus.

(Pitymys.)

Condylura.

*Dicotyles.

*Uyctinomus.4

Perognathus.

Lasiurus.

Geomys.

Blarina.

*(Notiosorex.)

tTJrotrichns.

Cricetodipus.

Scapanus.

Didelpbys.

(Oryzomys.)

Synaptomys.

(Onychomys.)

Dipodomys.

. Scalops.

Cyncmys.

(Chilotus.J

Thomomys.

Neosorex.

Haplodon.

Neotoma.

* Chiefly tropical.

t Occurs also in Asia.

Summary.

Total number of genera (plus 7 subgenera) 38

Of general distribution 13

Peculiar to the Eastern Province 5

Peculiar to the Middle Province 6

Peculiar to the Western Province 7

Common to the Western and Middle Provinces, but not found in the Eastern 6

Mainly tropical or subtropical 8

* Mr. Wallace, in his late work (Geogr. Dist. Anim., vol. i, p. 6), refers to the Rocky
Mountains as forming a barrier to species, " almost all the mammals, birds, and in-
sects " belonging to different species on the two sides of the Rocky Mountains. Noth-
ing, so far as mammals and birds are concerned (and I am informed by good authori-
ties that the same is true of insects), could well be further from the truth. Only in
rare instances do the Rocky Mountains form such a barrier, the division between the
Eastern and Middle Provinces being more than six hundred miles to the eastward of
this range, while the boundary between the Middle and Western Provinces is formed
by the Sierra Nevada chain. The same species, as a rule, range over the greater part
of the great elevated interior plateau, of which the Rocky Mountains constitute the
'axis. So far as the distribution of both birds and mammals is concerned, the presence
or absence of forests, and the accompanying diverse climatic conditions, have far more
to do with the limitation of habitat than the commonly so-called "Rocky Mountain
barrier ". This is obviously due to the longitudinal direction of this supposed barrier,
which, if trending in a latitudinal direction, would certainly form an impassable
obstacle to very many species.

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 321

Between the warm-temperate belt we have been considering and the
zone next to the southward — the subtropical — the faunal differences are
far greater than between the warm-temperate and colder zones. Aside
from the few subcosmopolitan genera still present, and the few essen-
tially tropical genera that range northward into the warmer temperate
zone, there is little in common to the mammalian faunae of these two
regions. At or near this boundary (the isotherm of about 68° F. — say
68° to 70° F.) several strictly tropical families first make their appear-
ance, and tropical genera begin largely to replace those of the colder
region to the northward.

In respect to the Europaeo- Asiatic continent, we have already seen
how small a proportion of the genera of mammals met with north of
the thirty-sixth isotherm are really peculiar to this region, the number
being less than twelve per cent., the remainder being circumpolar. Pass-
ing, however, to the warm-temperate division of this Europa30- Asiatic
continent, or that portion between the isotherms of 36° and 68° to 70°
F., and we meet with many genera not found to the northward. While
many circumpolar genera still prevail, at least three-fourths of the
whole number are here first met with. A considerable proportion (about
one-fifth) are properly southern or subtropical, and extend far to the
southward of the warm-temperate zone. About one-half, however, are
peculiar to this zone, and belong to groups (families of subfamilies) espe-
cially characteristic of the North Temperate Kealm. In adopting the
isotherm of 70° F. as its southern boundary, we include not only the Medi-
terranean Province (and hence Northern Africa), but all of Asia north
of the great Himalayan cfaain, together with Northern China and the*
Persian -Peninsula. Hence quite a number of such southern forms occur
as Macacus, Herpestes, Genetta, Hycena, Hystrix, etc., that are more prop-
erly members of the intertropical fauna. Owing to the great extent
of this region, we meet with many genera peculiar to special districts,
giving a higher proportion of peculiar forms than is met with in the
corresponding portion (but far more limited in area) of North America.
Of about fifty genera met with here that do not occur to the northward,
about one-fourth may be thrown out as more properly tropical, since
they in most cases barely enter the southern border.

Of the remainder, fully one-half are restricted in their range wholly
or almost wholly to this region, the rest extending far into or through-
out the Old World tropics. There is thus more than thrice as great a
difference between the mammalian fauna of the boreal parts of the
Europseo- Asiatic continent and that of the warmer parts of the same con-
tinent as between the fauna of the boreal parts of the Europseo- Asiatic
continent and the corresponding region of North America. The differ-
entiation is here again, as in North America, from the north southward,
not through the rapid increase of land-area and diversity of physical
structure, but purely from climatic conditions,— through the multipli-
cation of life in consequence of increase of temperature and means of

322 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

subsistence. This is still more strikingly shown by a comparison of the
fauna of the middle portion of the so-called " Palsearctic Region v with
that of its southern border, at which point the truly tropical forms be-
gin to appear. The genera of a zone, say two degrees in width, at these
two points would be not only in large part different, but those of the
southern belt would be far more numerous.

Genera of mammals of the warm-temperate portions of the eastern hemi-
sphere (between the isotherms of 36° and 68° to 70° F.), not occurring to
the northward of the 36th isotherm.

*Macacus. \Moschus. Rhinoloplius. \Nectogalg.

Felis. \Hydropotes. *Plecotus. Spalax.

*Genetta. \Poephagus. *Synotus. Rhizomys.

*Herpestes. *Addax. Scotophilus. ^Siphneus.

* Hyaena. *Oryx. Miniopterus. Meriones.

t Xyctereutes. Damalis. *Nyctinoraus. iCricetulus.

t Lutronectes. ^Procapra. \Scaptochiru8. \Alactaga.

\JEluru8. t Saiga. \Scaptonyx. *Gerbillus.

*Equus. iPantholops. \Armsorex. *Dipus.

tCaraelus. \Budorcas. iMygale. Muscardinus.

\Dama. \Rupicapra. Urotrichus. Eliomys.

^Elaphodus. Nemorhsedus. \Uropsilii8. *Hystrix.

t Lophotragus. Capra. Crocidura.

Summary.

Total number 51

Occurring in southern portions only 13

Peculiar to the region, and generally restricted to a limited range 24

Of rather wide range southward •. 14

A comparison of the families represented in different portions of the
northern hemisphere north of the isotherm of 70° F. brings into prom-
inence some of the points already stated, without the confusion of
detail incident to a comparison on the basis of genera, and gives also
a more convenient standard for the next stage of comparison, namely, a
-comparison of the fauna3 of the temperate zones with those of the tropical,
as well as with the fauna3 of the two great land-areas of the northern
hemisphere. Of thirty-three families of non-pelagicmammals found north
of about the isotherm of 70° F. (68° to 70°), thirteen have a nearly cos-
mopolitan distribution, and six others are common to both the Old
World and the New, leaving fourteen, or about one-third, peculiar to
either North America or to Europe and Asia. Three of these are essen-
tially subtropicopolitan or tropicopolitan, having merely straggling rep-
resentatives north of the 68th isotherm, and five others are represented
each by only a single species. Seven of these fourteen families (four only
according to many systematistsj) are North American and seven European

* Occurring in southern portions only ; chiefly tropical.

t Peculiar to the region and mostly of restricted range.

1 1 here admit to family rank Antilocapridce, Zapodidce, and Geomyidce, the two former
of which are treated by Mr. Wallace as subfamilies of subcosmopolitan families, while
the other is not commonly recognized as distinct from Saccomyidce. On the other hand,
I refer the Cercolabidce to the ffystritidce.

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 323

and Asiatic. One or two others barely touch, or possibly overlap slightly,
the above-given boundary. North of the isotherm of 36° F. not more
than two or three families are met with that are not cosmopolitan, and
two of these have each but a single species north of this line.

The following is a list of the families referred to above, with approxi-
mate indications of their distribution.

Families of non-pelagic mammals occurring north of the mean annual of 70° F.

Subcosmopolitan.

Circurnpolar.

North American.

Europaeo- Asiatic.

Felidae.
CanidaB.
Mustelidae.
Ursidae.
Otariidae.
Phocidae.
Cervidae.

Bovidae.
Vespertilionidae.
Muridse.
Sciuridae.
HystricidEe.
Leporidae.

Rosmaridae.
*Rhytinid£B.
Talpidae.
Soricidse.
Castoridfe.
Lagomyidse.

tProcyonida).
t Antiloca-pridae.
{Zapodidae.
Geomyidaa.
Saccomyidse.
jHaplodontidte.
tDidelphyidae.

Erinaceidai.
jSuidaa.
Equidas.
Myoxida?.
Spalacida-.
Dipodidre.
Rhinolophitlaj.

* Formerly occurring on the shores of the North Pacific only, but now extinct,
t Tropical ; one species only found north of 70th isotherm. J Represented by a single species.

Summary.

Whole number / 33

Subcosmopolitan 13

Circumpolar (arctopolitan) G

American (exclusively)* 7

Europseo-Asiatic (or exclusively Old World) t 7

In regard to the southern extension of these thirty- three -families, thir-
teen range far into, and most of them over, the greater part of Intertropical
America, and eighteen far into, and most of them over, the greater part
of the intertropical portion of the Old World.

In Intertropical America, only thirty families are represented. Of
these, thirteen occur over much of Temperate North America, while
eleven are subcosmopolitan, and the same number are peculiar to the
region, while one-half of the whole do not range much beyond the
northern tropic. Seven are semitropicopolitan, or occur also in the
warmer parts of the Old World ; but of these, three are Chiroptera and
another is marine. The approximate range of the families represented
in Intertropical America is indicated in the annexed table.

"Five only are exclusively North American,
t Two only are exclusively " Palaearctic ".

324 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

Families of non-pelagic mammals occurring in Intertropical America
(between the northern and southern isotherms of 70° F.).

[NOTE.— The names of families peculiar to the region are printed in italics.]

Cebida.'. Otariidae. Soricidas. Hystricidse.

Mididte. Cervidse. *> *Centetidae. Leporidse.

Felidse. *Trichechidse.t Sciuridae. Brachypodidce.

Cauidie. *Tapiridae. Muridae. Dasypodidce.

Mustelidas. Dicotylidce. * Octodontidas. Myrmecophagidce.

t Procyonidae. Phyllostomidse. Dinomyidce. t Didelphyidce.

Bassarididos. EmballonuridsB. Caviidce.

Ccrcoleptidce. Vespertilionidae. Dasyproctidce.

Summary.

Total number 30

Peculiar to the region 12

Not found in temperate parts of North America 16

Snbcosmopolitan 11

Occurring in the warmer parts (only) of the Old World 5

Occurring in North America (at large) 13

Fifty families are represented in the intertropical portions of Asia and
Africa. Of these nearly thirty do not range much beyond the Northern
Tropic, of which about twenty-three are limited to this region. Of the
thirty-two families occurring in the north-temperate zone (of which only
six or seven are exclusively Europa30-Asiatic), nearly, one-half range
over most of the indo- African tropics. The following is a list of the
families represented in the Old World tropics, exclusive of those limited
to Madagascar and the Australian Realm.

Families of non-pelagic mammals occurring in the Indo- African Tropics
(between the northern and southern isotherms of 70° F.)

. — The names of families not occurring northward of the region are printed in italics.]

Simiidw.

Giraffidw.

§ Trichechidce.

Tupayidce.

Cynopithecidce.

Bovidae.

Pteropidw.

Lophiomyidce.

Lemuridw.

Cervidae.

Rhinolophidae.

Dipodidae.

Tarsiidce.

Tragulidae.

Nycteridce.

Muridaa.

Felidae.

Hippopotamidce.

Vespertilionidae.

Myoxidas.

Protelidas.

Phacochceridve.

§Emballonuridce.

Sciuridae.

Hy&nidce.

Suidae.

Galeopithecidce.

Anomaluridcc.

ViverridoB.

Equidce.

Talpidas.

Hystricidce.

Canidae.

EhinocerotidcK.

Soricidas.

§0ctodontidce.

Mustelidae.

§Tapiridce.

Erinaceidas.

Leporidaa.

Ursidae.

Hyracidce.

PotamoyalidcK.

Manididce.

^Elurid*.

Elepliantidce.

Macroscelidce.

Orycteropodidce.

{^amelidaB.

Halicoridce.

^Occurring in the Old World Tropics.

t Occurring also in Extratropical America.

t Manatidw of most authors.

$ Also represented in Intertropical America

ALLEN OX GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 325

Summary.

Total number 50

Peculiar (or almost wholly restricted) to the region 22

Subcosmopolitan 13

Represented in the American tropics (only) 4

Occurring in the Old World north of the tropics 23

Tropical 29

It thus appears that only about three-fifths as many families of mam-
mals occur in the intertropical parts of the New World as in the cor-
responding parts of the Old World. The disproportion in the same
direction in respect to genera and species is still greater. This is
obviously due to the difference in size and configuration of the two
areas. The Old World intertropical land- surface is not only several
times greater than the American (embracing thrice as great a breadth
longitudinally), but is differentiated into one continental (Africa), two
large peninsular (India and China) areas, and a group of large, highly
differentiated islands (Malay Archipelago), while the intertropical re-
gion of America forms a single unindented region, with a single narrow
isthmic prolongation. In the one case (America) we have a striking
uniformity of mammalian life throughout, corresponding with the gen-
eral uniformity of the climatic conditions characteristic of this area,
contrasting with well-marked subdivisions in the other, and a much
greater diversity of environing circumstances, originating geologically
far back in the history of these several land-masses. As Mr. Wrallace
has remarked,— " To those who accept the theory .of development as
worked out by Mr. Darwin, and the views as to the general permanence
and immense antiquity of the great continents and oceans so ably de-
veloped by Sir Charles Lyell, it ceases to be a matter of surprise that
the tropics of Africa, Asia, and America should differ in their produc-
tions, but rather that they should have anything in common. Their
similarity, not their diversity, is the fact that most frequently puzzles
us."*

In the foregoing remarks, no reference has been made to Madagascar
or to Australia, for the reason that they belong to distinct primary life-
regions having little in common with the great Europaeo- Asiatic land-
area (of which Africa, on the other hand, is an inseparable appendage),
which, with America, form the regions to which the discussion has thus
far been intentionally limited. As will be more fully considered later,
the intertropical Old World area is divisible into secondary regions,
which for the present need not enter into the questions immediately at
issue. These are, first, Does that portion of the northern hemisphere
north of the northern subtropical zone admit of division into two pri-
mary life-regions, conforming in their boundaries to the configuration of
the two great northern land-areas ? And, secondly, lu accordance with
what principle does the life of the northern hemisphere become differ-
entiated from the homogeneity characteristic of the northern regions

* Geogr. Dist. Anirn., vol. i, p. 51.

326 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

to the great diversity met with under tropical latitudes ? The funda-
mental question which underlies the whole subject is. Is, or is not, the
life of the globe distributed in circumpolar zones I The second is, How
and under what influences does it become differentiated?

To the first of these questions, I ventured some six years since,* to
give an affirmative answer, in accordance not only with the views of
numerous high authorities on the subject of the geographical distribu-
tion of life, but with what seemed to me to be incontrovertibly the facts
in the case. While this view has since received the support of other
high authorities, it has been altogether ignored by the advocates of Dr.
Sclater's division of the earth's surface. Mr. Wallace, who faithfully
reflects the views of the Sclaterian school, in referring to this subject
says : — " Mr. Allen's system of ' realms' founded on climatic zones . . .
calls for a few remarks. The author continually refers to the * law of
the distribution of life in circumpolar zones ', as if it were one generally
accepted and that admits of no dispute. But this supposed Maw' only
applies to the smallest details of distribution — to the range and increas-
ing or decreasing numbers of species as we pass from north to south, or
the reverse ; while jt has little bearing on the great features of zoologi-
cal geography — the limitation of groups of genera and families to cer-
tain areas. It is analogous to the 4 law of adaptation* in the organiza-
tion of animals, by which members of various groups are suited for an
aerial, an aquatic, a desert, or an arboreal life ; are herbivorous, carniv-
orous, or insectivorous ; are fitted to live underground, or in fresh waters,
or on polar ice. It was once thought that these adaptive peculiarities
were suitable foundations for a classification, — that whales were fishes,
and bats birds ; and even to this day there are naturalists who cannot
recognize the essential diversity of structure in such groups as swifts
and swallows, sun-birds and humming-birds, under the superficial dis-
guise caused by adaptation to a similar mode of life. The application
of Mr. Allen's principle leads to equally erroneous results, as may be
well seen by considering his separation of Hhe southern third of Aus-
tralia ' to unite it with.New Zealand as one of his secondary zoological
divisions."!

Leaving Mr. Wallace's last-quoted objection for notice in another
connection (see a foot-note beyond, under the sub-heading " Australian
Bealm"), I unblushingly claim, in answer to the main point, that the
geographical distribution of life is by necessity in accordance with a " law
of adaptation", namely, of climatic adaptation ; that such a law is legiti-
mate in this connection, and that the reference to the " superficial dis-
guise " adapting essentially widely different organisms to similar modes
of life is wholly irrelevant to the point at issue, — a comparison of things
that are in any true sense incomparable ; furthermore, that the "law of
distribution of life in circumpolar zones " does apply as well in a gen-
eral sense as to details — "to groups of genera and families" as well as

*Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. ii, p. 376, 1871.
tGeogr. Dist. Anim., vol. i, p. 67.

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 327

to species. In the foregoing remarks I have had little to say respecting
the range of species, and have tabulated merely genera and families.
These tables clearly show that a large proportion of the mammalian
genera and families of the northern hemisphere have a circumpolar
range, the same genera and families occupying the Arctic and Sub-Arc-
tic lands in both the Old World and the New, and that only a small
per cent, of the whole number found here are peculiar to either of the
northern land-areas ; that a large part of the genera and families met with
in the temperate and warmer latitudes occur on the eastern continent as
well as on the western; that again a considerable proportion of the
genera and families met with in the warmer parts of the earth occur
also both in the Old World and the New, while many others are well
known to have been common to the two during the Tertiary period. It
has been further shown that there is a greater diversity of life between
contiguous climatic belts of the same continent than between corre-
sponding belts of the two continents, especially north of the forty-fifth
parallel of latitude, and that any marked faunal differentiation of the
two continents begins only in the warm-temperate and subtropical lati-
tudes. On each continent, the arctic, temperate, and tropical zones are
each marked in their general fades respectively by corresponding phases
of life. So obvious is this that we have in current use the expressions
'* arctic life", " temperate life", and u tropical life", in recognition of cer-
tain common features of resemblance by which each of these regions is
distinguished as a region from the others. This is in accordance with a
law I have termed the law "of differentiation from the north south-
ward",* or in accordance with increase of temperature and the condi-
tions resulting therefrom favorable to increased abundance of life.

In this connection it may be well to recall certain general facts pre-
viously referred to respecting the geographical relations of the lands of
the northern hemisphere and their past history. Of first importance is
their present close connection about the northern pole and their former
still closer union at a comparatively recent date in their geological history;
furthermore, that at this time of former, more intimate relationship, the
climatic conditions of the globe were far more uniform than at present,
a mild or warm-temperate climate prevailing where now are regions of
perpetual ice, and that many groups of animals whose existing repre-
sentatives are found now only in tropical or semitropical regions lived
formerly along our present Arctic coasts. We have, hence, an easy ex-
planation of the present distribution of such groups as Tapirs, Manatees,
many genera of Bats, etc., in the tropics of the two hemispheres, on the
wholly tenable assumption of a southward migration from a common
wide-spread northern habitat, to say nothing of the numerous existing
arctopolitan and semi-cosmopolitan genera. The former greater commu-
nity of life in the northern hemisphere in preglacial times is further
evinced by the wide spread occurrence there of the remains of Camels,

* Bull. Mas. Comp. Zool., vol. ii, p. 379.

328 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

Elephants, Mastodons, Bhinoceroses, and Horses, which, though extinct
in America, have living representatives in the tropies of the so-called
"Old World", to say nothing of the evidence afforded by the remains of
still earlier types of arctopolitan range. The succeeding epochs of cold
caused extensive migrations of some groups and'the extinction of others;
with the diverse climatic conditions subsequently characterizing high
and low latitudes came the more pronounced differentiation of faunae,
and the development, doubtless, of many new types adapted to the
changed conditions of life — the development of boreal types from a warm-
temperate or semi-tropical stock. The accepted theories respecting the
modification of type with change in conditions of environment— changes
necessarily due mainly to climatic influences — render it certain that
if animals are so far under the control of circumstances dependent upon
climate, and emphatically upon temperature, as to be either exterminated
or greatly modified by them, the same influences must govern their geo-
graphical distribution.

Recent discoveries respecting the mammalia inhabiting North Amer-
ica during the Tertiary period have shown that many of the leading
types of mammals — including not only those above named, but also
many others — now found only in the eastern hemisphere, originated in
North America, and migrated thence to Asia, Europe, and even Africa,
either as somewhat generalized types, or after they had nearly reached
their present degree of differentiation 5 in short, so far as mammalian
life is concerned, that America is the "Old World" from which the
so-called "Old World" has been mainly peopled. The present genetic
convergence of life about the northern pole seems to show that not only
has there been here a comparatively free intercommunication, but that
the mammalian life now existing there has lived there for a long period
under similar conditions of environment ; and that these conditions are
unfavorable, in consequence of a comparatively low temperature, to rapid
change of form or structure.

This is shown not only by the great diversity of life met with in the
intertropical regions, as compared with the uniformity met with in the
semi-frigid regions (equal areas being, of course, compared), but by the
coincident occurrence of a simple, homogeneous arctic marine fauna,
with the low temperature over the sea-floor far to the southward of where
such forms occur in the warmer surface and shore-waters. The intimate
relation between temperature and the distribution of life is most forci-
bly shown by the existence under the same parallel of latitude of diverse
faunae not only at different elevations above the sea on mountain-slopes,
but at different depths beneath the surface of the ocean, where the
several faunae are characterized not only by the presence of different
species, but by the prevalence of different genera, and even families. In
fact, it is to me a matter of surprise that, with our present knowledge
of the subject, any naturalist of note should assume that temperature
has nothing to do with the circumscription of faunae, or that any law

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 329

based on it can have " little bearing on the great features of zoological
geography — the limitation of groups of genera and families to certain
areas ".

II.— MAMMALIAN REGIONS OF THE GLOBE.

The influence of temperature as a limiting agent in the distribution
of life, as well the "law of the distribution of life in circumpolar zones",
was fully recognized by Humboldt nearly three-fourths of a century
ago, and later, practically if not explicitly, by Ritter, De Candolle,
Agassiz, Wagner, Forbes, Dana, Giiuther, Meyen, Middendorff, and
many other leading zoologists and botanists. While this law must
incontrovertibly underlie every philosophic scheme of lief-regions, the
number of zones to be recognized, as well as their boundaries, must in
a measure be open to diversity of opinion. Professor Dana, in 1852,
recognized five primary zones for marine animals, namely, a torrid, a
north and a south temperate, and a north and a south frigid. The torrid
and temperate were subdivided, the first into three, the others each into
five sub zones, the two frigid being left undivided. Mr. A. Agassiz, in
treating of the distribution of the Echini,* recognizes also five zones, a
torrid, two temperate, and two frigid. These five primary zones prove
to be applicable also to the mammalia, and even their subdivisions may
be readily traced, but ape rather too detailed for practical use. Owing
to the irregular surface of the land-areas, occasioned by elevated pla-
teaus aud mountain-chains, these zones of distribution have of course
a less regular breadth and trend than they preserve over the oceans.
Their boundaries, however, approximate to the courses of the isotherms,
by certain of which they may be considered as in a general way limited.

In recognition of these zones, and also of the law of differentiation
of life with the relative isolation of the principal land-areas, I proposed
in a former paper (I. c., p. 380) a division of the land-areas into eight
"Realms", namely: I, Arctic; II, North Temperate; III, American
Tropical; IV, Indo- African; V, South American Temperate ; VI, Afri-
can Temperate; VII, Antarctic; VIII, Australian. A subdivision of
most of these primary regions was provisionally suggested, but only
the North American was treated with any degree of detail, and this
mainly with reference to the birds, and more especially those of its
eastern portion. Subsequent study of the distribution of mammalian
life over the globe has led me to modify some of the views then ex-
pressed, especially in relation to the divisions of the Australian Realm,
and to unite the South African Temperate with the Indo-African, as a
division of the latter, and also to recognize Madagascar and the Masca-
reue Islands as forming together an independent primary region, in
accordance with the views of Sclater, Wallace, and others. Whether
or not the Arctic and Antarctic Regions should stand as primary divi-
sions seems also open to question. While perhaps tenable on general

* Ihustr. Cat. Mas. Comp. Zool., No. vii, 1872, pis. A-F.
Bull. iv. No. 2 2

330 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

grounds, they are hardly required for the elucidation of the distribution
of the mammalia, since they must be mainly characterized negatively.

Beginning with the Arctic Kegion, we meet, as already shown, and as
is almost universally admitted, a continuous homogeneous fauna, of
considerable geographical area, but mainly characterized by what it
lacks. Its southern boundary may be considered as the northern limit
of forest vegetation. Continuing southward, few other than arctopoli-
tan genera of mammals are met with north of the mean annual of 36°
F. This considerable belt hence includes what may be termed the cold-
temperate zone. The American and Europa3O-Asiatic portions of this
zone are only to a slight degree differentiated, while each is essentially
homogeneous.

Below this, non-arctopolitan genera, or those restricted to more or
less limited areas, become more frequent, and, indeed, form a consider-
able proportion of the genera represented. This belt occupies the
remainder of the north-temperate zone, extending to about the mean
isotherm of 70° F., and may be termed the warm-temperate zone. Un-
like the cold -temperate zone, it is divisible on each continent into sev-
eral well-marked minor regions, which are, however, more strongly
differentiated, inter se^ in the Old World than in the New.

The tropical zone embraces, of course, in its fullest extension, a much
greater latitudinal breadth than the temperate, but its southern land-
border is very irregular, its only considerable development south of the
equator being in South America and Africa. It is also so much diver-
sified in many parts by mountain-chains that subdivision into secondary
zones seems less feasible than in the case with the north-temperate
zone. A central torrid and a north and a south sub-torrid zones might,
however, be readily made, but such a division has not been attempted
in the present connection. A northern sub-torrid division may indeed
be very conveniently recognized, extending from about the annual
isotherm of 67° to that of about 74° F., and including a transitional
region consisting of the extreme southern border of what has been
above defined as the warm-temperate zone and the northern border of
the tropical.

In like manner, the distribution of life seems to warrant the recogni-
tion, in Africa and South America, of a corresponding transitional belt
between the two torrid and the southern warm-temperate zones. Aside
from these divisions, the Torrid Zone admits of others of a more practi-
cal or useful character. These become at once obvious, since they result
from the position and configuration of its component land elements.
The first is a primary separation into two " realms", an American and an
Indo-African. Each of these is again divisible into several minor por-
tions or "provinces"; but the Indo-African admits also of division into
two " regions", an African and an Indian, which are divisions of second-
ary rank, each having several " provinces".

The South Temperate Zone has a very limited land-surface, consisting

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 331

of the southern third of South America, a small portion of Southern
Africa, and the greater portion of Australia. Extra- tropical South
Africa is all comprised within the Warm Temperate Zone, and is so small
in area and so intimately related, both geographically and faunally,
with Tropical Africa, that its formal separation, while, perhaps, war-
ranted in the abstract, is hardly practically necessary. Temperate South
America is exceedingly irregular in its northern outline, owing to pecu-
liarities of configuration, resulting from the presence of the great Andean
Plateau, by means of which it extends along the western border of
South America far northward of the southern tropic. Temperate Aus-
tralia is clearly separable from the tropical portion of the Australian
Realm. The South Temperate Zone hence consists of three compara-
tively small land-areas, widely separated from each other, and conse-
quently, as would be supposed, have little in common.

The Antarctic Eegion has a very limited amount of land-surface, and
the few species that compose its fauna are almost wholly either marine
or pelagic. As previously stated, as a mammalian region it has little
significance.

This hasty sketch shows that the differentiation of the land-surface
of the earth into realms, regions, and minor divisions has relation not
only to climate, but to the divergence and isolation of the different
principal land-areas ; that at the northward, where the lands converge,
there is no partitioning in conformity with continental areas, the tem-
perate and colder portions of the northern hemisphere all falling into
a single primary division, and that only the southern half is susceptible
of divisions of the second rank. Within the tropics, on the other hand,
the lands of the eastern and western hemispheres fall at once into dif-
ferent primary regions, and one of these is again divisible into regions
of second rank. Beyond the tropics, the land-surfaces are of small ex-
tent, widely separated, and faunally have almost nothing in common.

With these preliminary remarks, we may now pass to a detailed con-
sideration of the several primary regions and their subdivisions.

I.— ARCTIC REALM.

Whether or not an Arctic Region should be recognized as a division
of the first rank is a question not easy to satisfactorily answer. Natur-
alists who have made the distribution of animal life in the boreal
regions a subject of special study very generally agree in the recogni-
tion of a hyperboreal or circumpolar fauna, extending in some cases far
southward over the Temperate Zone. The Arctic portion of this hyper-
borean region has been frequently set off as a secondary division, or
subregion,* and generally recognized as possessing many features not

*It forms Mr. Blyth's "Arctic Subregion" (Nature, vol. iii,p. 427, March 30, 1871),
Mr. Brown's " Circumpolar" division (Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1868, p. 337), and Dr.
von Middendorfi's " Zirkumpolar-Fauna" (Sibirische Reise, Bd. iv, p. 910,1867). It
also accords very nearly with Agassiz's "Arctic Realm " (Nott and Gliddon's Types
of Mankind, 1854, p. Ix and map).

332 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

shared by the contiguous region to the southward. For the present I
prefer to still retain it as a division of the first rank. It is character-
ized mainly by the paucity of its life, as compared with every region
except the Antarctic, and by what it has not rather than by the posses-
sion of peculiar species or groups. It wholly lacks both Amphibian and
.Reptilian life, is almost exclusively the summer home of many birds,
and forms the habitat of the Esquimaux, the Arctic Fox, the Polar Bear,
the Musk Ox, the Polar Hare, the Lemmings, the Walruses, the Narwhal,
and the White Whale, which are confined within it. It has no Chiroptera
nor Insectivora, two or three species of Shrews, however, barely reaching
its southern border. It shares with the cold-temperate belt the presence
of the Moose and the Reindeer, several Pinnipeds, a number of boreal
species of Glires, several fur-bearing Carnivora, and a considerable num-
ber of birds. Its southern boundary may be considered as coinciding
very nearly with the northern, limit of arboreal vegetation, and hence
approximately with the isotherm of 32° F. Its more characteristic
terrestrial forms range throughout its extent, none being restricted
to either the North American or Europaeo- Asiatic continent. Hence it
is indivisible into regions of the second and third grades (regions and
provinces), and may be considered as embracing a single hyperborean
assemblage of life.

II.— NORTH-TEMPERATE REALM.

Very few writers on zoological geography have failed to recognize
the striking resemblance the fauna of Temperate North America bears
to that of the corresponding portion of the Old World. The resem-
blance is less in the Avian class than among mammals, but is generally
acknowledged as obtaining even there. Dr. Sclater, while admitting
a strong resemblance between these areas, considered them as separable
into two primary regions, in which view of the case he has been followed,
among prominent writers on the subject, by Dr. Giinther, Mr. Wallace,
Mr. Murray, and Professor Ocpe. Dr. Giinther, while provisionally
accepting Dr. Sclater's "Nearcticw and " Palsearctic " regions, refers
pointedly to the disagreement of the distribution of Batrachians with
these divisions ; for in discussing the distribution of this class he says, —
" Dissimilarity and similarity of the Batracho-fauna depend upon zones.
Palsearctic and Nearctic regions resemble each other more than any other
third; the same is the case with Australia and South America; the
Ethiopian region exhibits similarity with South America, as well as
with the East Indies, but more especially with the latter."* Mr. Murray
admits that " the boreal extremity of North America is tinged with a
Europeo- Asiatic admixture", which he regards as "an extraneous ele-
ment grafted upon the genuine stock, and easily eliminated from it w.t
But in his map of " Great Mammalian Regions n the boreal parts of

* Proc. Zool. Soc. Lend., 1858, p. 390.
t Geogr. Dist. Mara., p. 312.

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 333

both continents are similarly colored, the same color, however, extend-
ing only to about the forty-ninth degree of north latitude in North
America, while in Africa it descends to north latitude 18°, and in Asia
ranges from north latitude 30° to 25° ! His divisions as recognized in
the text are still more arbitrary and unphilosophic.

Mr. Wallace, in his discussion of zoological regions, says, — " The dis-
tinction between the characteristic forms .of life in tropical and cold
countries is, on the whole, very strongly marked in the northern hemi-
sphere j and to refuse to recognize this in a subdivision of the earth
which is established for the very purpose of expressing such contrasts
more clearly and concisely than by ordinary geographical terminology,
would be both illogical and inconvenient. The one question then re-
mains, whether the Nearctic region should be kept separate or whether
it should form part of the PalaBarctic or of the Neotropical. Professor
Huxley and Mr. Blyth advocate the former course ; Mr. Andrew Murray
(for mammalia) and Professor Newton (for birds) think the latter would
be more natural. No doubt," Mr. Wallace adds, umuch is to be said
for both views," but decides in favor of the separation of the two regions
in accordance with Dr. Sclater's scheme.*

While Mr. Blyth includes North America in his " Boreal Kegion" (as
" 2. Neo-septentrional Sub-region"), he adds also Central America and
the Antilles (as U3. $"eo- meridional Sub-region"), and, still more
strangely, the Andean Region, with Chili, Patagonia, and the Fuegian
and Falkland Archipelagos (as "4. Andesian Sub-region").!

Professor Huxley, in writing of the primary ontological regions of the
globe, thus observes : — " In a well known and very valuable essay on the
Geographical Distribution of Birds, Dr. Sclater divides the surface of
the globe primarily into an eastern and a western area, which he terms
respectively Palccogcea and Neogcea. However, if we take into considera-
tion not merely the minor differences on which the species and genera
of birds and mammals are often based, but weigh the morphological
value of groups, I think it becomes clear that the Nearctic province is
really far more closely allied with the Palsearctic than with the Neotrop-
ical region, and that the inhabitants of the Indian and Ethiopian
regions are much more nearly connected with one another and with
those of the Palsearetic region than they are with those of Australia.
And if the frontier line is latitudinal rather than longitudinal, and di-
vides a north world from a south world, we must speak of Arctogcca
and Notoycm rather than of Neogsea and PalseogaBa as the primary dis-
tributional arese. The secondary divisions, or geographical provinces,
proposed by Dr. Sclater, answer, in great measure, to those which are
suggested by the distribution of the A lector omorphce— except that, in
common with many other naturalists, I think it would be convenient to
recognize a circumpolar province, as distinct from the Nearctic and

* Geogr. Dist. Anirn., vol. i, pp. 65, 66.
t Nature, vol. iii, p. 427, March 30, 1871.

334 f BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

Palaearctic regions.'-'* Professor Huxley -thus emphatically recognizes
a region equivalent to my North Temperate Kealm.

Mr. Robert Brown, in writing of the distribution of the mammals of
Greenland, also recognizes a North Temperate Region, which he divides
into a European Temperate Province and a North American Temperate
Province, from which he separates a Circumpolar Region, equivalent to
the Arctic Realm above characterized^

Dr. Gill, in regard to fishes, recognizes an "AretogaBan" region, "em-
bracing Europe, Northern Asia, and Northern America", as distinct on
the one hand from the American Tropical and Transtropical Region,
and on the other from Tropical Asia and Africa.J

Dr. Packard, in discussing the distribution of the Phala3nid Moths,
recognizes both an Arctic Realm and a North Temperate Realm, as here
characterized. Referring to a previously given table of subalpine and
circumpolar species, he says, — "This table indicates how wide are the
limits of distribution of these species, and it will be seen how import-
ant it is to follow circumpolar and north- temperate insect-faunae around
the globe, from continent to continent. It will be then seen how inade-
quate must be our views regarding the geographical distribution of the
animals and plants of our own continent, without specimens from similar
regions in the same zones in the Old World. It will be found that for
the study of the insect-fauna of the Rocky Mountains and Pacific coast
we must have ample collections from the Ural and Altai Mountains and
surrounding plateaus," etc.§

Dr. August von Pelzeln also recognized a circurnboreal region (" ark-
tische Region"), and considers the "Nearctic" and "Palsearctic" as form-
ing inseparable parts of a single region. He says : — u Die paliiarktische
Region scheint inir von der nearktischen nicht trennbar zu sein, son-
dern beide diirften ein Ganzes bilden, welches man als arktische Region
bezeichnen konnte. Ihre Zusammengehorigkeit tritt mit voller Evidenz
in den hochnordischen Landern des alten und neuen Contineutes hervor
und erst in niedereren Breiteu macht sich die Differenzirung geltend.

*Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1808, pp. 314,315.

t Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1868, pp. 337, 338.

t Says Dr. Gill : — " In fine, dividing the earth into regions distinguished by general
ichthyological peculiarities, several primary combinations maybe recognized, viz. : — 1,
an Arctogcean, embracing Europe, Northern Asia, and Northern America; 2, an Asiatic,
embracing the tropical portions of the continent ; 3, African, limited to the region south
and east of the Desert ; 4, an American (embracing the America par excellence dedicated
to Amerigo Vespucci), including the tropical and transtropical portions ; and, 5, an
Australasian. Further, of these (a) the first two [Arctogsean and Asiatic] have inti-
mate relations to each other, and (&) the last three others among themselves ; and some
weighty arguments may be adduced to support a division of the faunas of the globe
into two primary regions coinciding with the two combinations alluded to — (a) a Cce-
nogcea and (&) an Eogcea, which might represent areas of derivation or gain from more
or less distant geological epochs." — Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., vol. xv, 1875,
pp. 254, 255.

§ Monograph of Geometrid Moths, or Phalamidae, of the United States, pp. 567, 586,
1876.

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 335

Die Vergleichung der Thierwelt beider Gontinente zeigt natnlich, dass
die circumpolare Fauna in beiden dieselbe ist, dass in der Ifachgebirgs-
fauna nocb bedeutendeTJebereinstimmung herrscht, dass in der iibrigen
palao- und neoborealen Thierbevolkeruug sowohl identische Arten als
gemeinsarn eigenthiimliche Gattungen sich finden, endlich dass selbst
jene Typen, welche jedem Contineute eigentbiimlich sind, doch eine ge-
wisse Uebereinstimmung hinsicbtlicb des Charakters der Fauna an sich
tragen, so dass sie einander naher steben als Angehorigen anderer Re-
gionen. In der neuen Welt ist eine Modification der Fauna auch durcb
dasEindringen neotropischer Formen gegeben."* He further also calls
attention to the similarity of life which prevailed throughout this cir-
cumpolar region during the Quaternary period.

It is unnecessary to cite further, from the abundant material at hand,
the opinions of specialists in reference to the propriety of recognizing a
North Temperate Realm, as distinguished from the tropical regions of
the globe, and in contradistinction from a north and south line of divi-
sion of the North Temperate Zone into two primary (" False arctic77 and
"Nearctic") regions.

The chief differences between Dr. Sclater's division of the northern
hemisphere and the present consist in setting off at the northward an
Arctic Realm, the union of the so-called Nearctic and Palsearctic Regions
into one circumpolar belt, and in the adoption for the same of a more
northern limit than that proposed as the boundary of the two above-
named Sclaterian regions. As will be shown later, the subdivisions of
the North Temperate Realm or ("Arctogcea ") as here defined agree in
the main with the "subregions" of Sclater and Wallace. The more
northward location of the southern boundary of the North Temperate
Realm in North America results in the elimination of several character-
istic tropical types, which extend a short way only into Dr. Sclater's
Nearctic and Palsearctic Regions, and which, when considered as mem-
bers of these regions, give false or misleading results when the two re-
gions are contrasted on a numerical basis, grounded on the proportion
of peculiar types, — numerous forms being thus reckoned as components
of the Nearctic and Palaearctic regions which are properly tropical.

In North America, the division between characteristic temperate and
tropical forms of life approximately coincides with the isotherm of 68°
F., or -somewhere between 68° and 70° F. This line begins on the At-
lantic coast a little below the northern boundary of Florida, and runs
thence westward along the Gulf coast to Southern Texas, and thence
farther westward to the Pacific, not far from the international bound-
ary between the United States and Mexico, swerving more or less north-
ward or southward in accordance with the configuration and elevation
of the land-surface. It thus leaves the greater part of the peninsula of
Florida within the American Tropical Realm, to which the fauna of its

* Verhaudl. der K. K. Zool.-Bot, Gesell. in Wien, BU. xxv, 1876, pp. 50, 51; see also
p. G2.

336 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

southern half is certainly closely allied. A portion of the Mexican high-
lands are undoubtedly to be included in the North Temperate Realm,
but their fauna is too little known to admit of the boundary being at
present definitely drawn.

On the other hand, the lower portion of the Great Colorado Valley
and the coast region of Southern California are, perhaps, better refer-
able to the American Tropical Realm than to the North Temperate. At
the junction of the two realms, there must be a belt of debatable or
doubtful ground. The approximate boundary I would place near the
northern limit of distribution of such mammalian forms as Nasua, Dicotyles,
Manatus, Dasypus, and the tropical species of Felis (as, F. onca, F. par-
dalis, F. eyra, and F. yaguarundi). This boundary also coincides quite
nearly with the southern limit of distribution of the Lynxes, the Gray and
Prairie Wolves, the Common Fox, the Mink, the Black and Grizzly Bears,
the Wapati and Virginian Deer, the Bison, the Pronghorn, the Beaver,
Prairie Dogs, Muskrat, the Arvicolce, and the Moles (Scalops and Condy-
lura). Bassaris is properly tropical, although straggling considerably far-
ther northward than the other above-mentioned forms. Florida, for con-
venience, might be allowed to stand as a portion of the North Temperate
Realm, although, as I have previously shown, it forms a distinct fauna,
with strongly tropical affinities,* it having not less than twelve character-
istically tropical genera of birds, several tropical genera of mammals
(notably the Manatee and several Bats), and also several tropical genera
of Reptiles and Batrachians, none of which range much, if any, to the
northward of its southern half.

The southern boundary of the North Temperate Realm in the Old
World may be doubtless approximately drawn near the same isotherm
(about the mean annuals of 68° to 70° F.). This coincides closely with
the southern boundary of the so-called Palsearctic Region. There is*
however, here a broader belt of debatable or transitional ground than
in the New World, into which so many tropical forms extend that it
becomes almost a question whether the boundary between Tropical and
Temperate life should not be carried considerably more to the northward,
so as to leave Mr. Wallace's " sub-regions" 2 and 4 (Mediterranean and
Manchurian) in the Tropical Realm rather than in the North Temperate.
Despite, however, the presence of a considerable number of tropical
genera in these regions, the North Temperate forms still greatly pre-
dominate. In the Western or " Mediterranean" district, for instance, we
have species of Macacus, one of which even reaches the Spanish Penin-
sula. Herpestes has a similar northward extension. Hyaena and Hystrix
range not only over most of this district, but also over the greater part
of the Manchurian, where we again find a species of Macacus, and meet
with Semnopithecus, while Hyrax just enters the Mediterranean from the
southward. On the western border of the Manchurian we get also Pte-
ropine Bats, and species of Equidce, straggling remnants of the more

* Bull. Mus. Zoo!., vol. ii, pp. 301, 392.

DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 337

northward extension of tropical life which inhabited this region dur-
ing the middle and later portions of the Tertiary Period and in the
Quaternary.

Divisions of the North Temperate Realm. — The North Temperate
Eealm is primarily divisible in two directions, giving in each two re-
gions, namely, (1) by a longitudinal division into (a) a North American
Region and (6) a Europceo- Asiatic Region; and (2) latitudinally, into
(a) a Cold Temperate and (&) a Warm Temperate Region. The Cold
Temperate, if limited on both continents by the isotherm of 36° F.,
presents a nearly uniform fauna throughout, its southern limit in both
corresponding with the natural (that is, before modified by human
agency) southern limit of distribution of Tarandus and Alces. While
there is at this point in North America a well-marked transition in the
fauna, the change in Europe and Asia appears to be less marked, the*
first important transition in the Old World being much farther south-
ward, even as low almost as the isotherm of 60° F. Hence the divisions
of the Temperate Realm in the Old World partake of the nature of
temperate and subtropical rather than cold-temperate and warm-tem-
perate. Here, in consequence of the great elevation and extent of the
Himalayan Plateau, the northern or temperate division is greatly nar-
rowed in Central Asia, where it becomes, according to Mr. Wallace,
almost wholly separated info two quite widely detached regions, namely,
the u Mediterranean " and " Mauchurian Subregions n.

As thus divided, the temperate and subtropical divisions of the Old
World are very strongly marked. The latter consists mainly bf North-
ern Africa, Asia Minor, Persia, Afghanistan and Beloochistan, North-
ern China, and Manchuria, with barely a narrow belt along the Medi-
terranean coast of Europe and the Spanish Peninsula. As already
stated, it is strongly tinged with tropical forms. While there is a
general prevalence of temperate types, we meet also with the large and
essentially tropical forms of Felis, several Monkeys, several species of
Viverridce, Hycena, ffystrix, Equus, and other distinctively tropical or
subtropical types. The northern or temperate division of the Europseo-
Asiatic Region seems to constitute two well-marked provinces, the one
Eastern or European, the other Western or Asiatic. The former cor-
responds with Mr. Wallace's " European Subregion ", exclusive of its
northern third; the latter with his "Siberian Subregion", exclusive
likewise of its boreal portion. For the southern or subtropical division
I adopt the subdivisions proposed by Mr. Wallace, with, for the present,
the boundaries he has assigned them,— namely, a Western or Mediter-
ranean Province and an Eastern or Manchurian Province. These two
provinces, as already noted, are quite widely separated, in conse-
quence of the southward extension of the cold-temperate fauna over
the Thibetan plateau to the Himalayas. The fauna of the Thibetan
plateau is said by Mr. Blandford to be " essentially Boreal, Alpine and
even Arctic types prevailing, the country having in many parts a cli-

338 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

mate scarcely equalled elsewhere for intensity of cold out of the Arctic
Regions. This high barren tableland extends from Afghanistan to Yu-
nau 5 it comprises the drainage-areas of the Upper Indus and the Sanpu,
and is bounded on the north in its western portion by the Kuenluen
range, but it is less defined and its boundaries less accurately known to
the eastward, although much light has been thrown upon the subject
by Prejewalski's explorations".* In the " List of Mammalia known to
inhabit the Thibetan Plateau", given by Mr. Blaudford, the only distinct-
ively southern genus is Equus, The only peculiar genus is Poephagus,
but the list is evidently quite incomplete, tbe only Bat given being a
species of Plecotus, and the only Insectivore a species of "Crocidura".
Budorcasj usually attributed to Thibet, is excluded, and several other
genera, as Nectogale, Uropsilus, and JEluropus, currently given as pecu-
liar to the Thibet plateau, are not mentioned. While the Thibetan plains
belong certainly to the colder division, so many types mainly restricted
to this region occur that the question arises whether it may not be
proper to recognize the region as a Thibetian Province of the Temperate
Subregion.

North American Region. — The North American Region has been divided
by Professor Baird into three "provinces", termed respectively "East-
ern", "Middle", and "Western". Though not co-ordinate in point of
differentiation with the divisions of the Europa30- Asiatic Region above
recognized as provinces, they nevertheless possess distinctive features
and form natural regions. They are of course far smaller in area, and
possess a'much smaller number of genera, but have about the same pro-
portion of peculiar generic and subgenqric types.

In the subjoined tables an attempt is made to give lists of the genera
of the two primary divisions of the North Temperate Realm, with
approximate indications of their distribution in the various subdivisions
of the two regions.!

* Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1876, pp. 632, 633.

t In these lists, as elsewhere in the tabulated lists given in this paper, it is not
assumed that the groups adopted as "genera" are always of co-ordinate value. The
equation attempted is doubtless open in many cases to criticism. While the attempt
is made to assume an intermediate position between undue conservatism and excessive
multiplication in respect to groups assumed by different writers as " generic ", the lists
can of course be considered only as provisional. Again, it is occasionally difficult to
decide whether certain genera should be assigned, even in a general way, to one of the
faunal divisions rather than to another. However defective the result, the intent has
of course been to give a fair presentation of the facts of distribution.

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 339

Genera of the North American Region.
[MOTB. — Tlio names of circumpolar genera are in italics ; those of genera peculiar to tho region, In

SMALL CAPITALS.]

Genera.

Subregidns.

Provinces.

!

Warra Temperate.

j

Midtllo.

Westeru.

Felis

4-
+

4-

4-

+
+
4-

4-
4-
4-

4-

+
+
+
4-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

+
+
+

+
+
+

+
4-

+
_|_

+
+

+

?

+
+
+
+
+

•f"

+

+ ?
+ ?

+ ?

+
+

4-
+
4-
4-
4-
4-
4-
4-
4-
4-
+
4-
4- '
4-
4-
4-

4-
4-
4- •
4-
4-
4-
+
4-
4-
4- •
_j,

4~

4-
4-
4-
4-
j.

•f

4"
4-

4-
4-
4-
4-

4-

?

4-
4-
4-
4-
4-

4"
4-

4-
4-
4-
4-

4-
4-
4-
4-
.4-

4-
4~
4-
4.

4-
4-

4-
4-

, 4-

4-
4-
4-

4-
4-

4-

4-
4-

4-
4-
4-
4-
4- •
4~
4~
4-

_!_

4-

_i-
4-
4-

4~
4-

4-
4-

4-?

4-
4-
4-
-?

4-
4-
4-
4-
4-
4-

4-

Canis

Vulpes ....

Gulo

Miistela

SPILOGALE

TAXIDEA . ......

pjioca ....

E time topi as

Zalophus

Alces

CARIACUS .

MAZAMA . ....

Bison

4-
?

4-

4-
4-
4-

4-
4-
4-

4-
4-
4-?
4-

Nycticejus . ...

Lasiurus

Vesperugo

Antrozous

SCALOPS

SCAPANUS

Urotrichus

JfEOSOKEX ...

Sorex

Bl AETNA

340

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.
Genera of the Forth American Region — Continued.

Genera.

Subregions.

Provinces.

Cold Temperate.

Warm Temperate.

Eastern.

Middle.

Wettern.

4-

4-
4~

4-
+

4-
+ •

4-
4-
4-
4-

4-
4-

4-
4-

4-
-h
+
+
+

+
+

_!_

•f"

+
+
+
-f
+
+
+
'+

+

~r
+
+
-?
+

4-
4-

:

;

4-

4-
4-
. +
4-
4-
4-

4-

:

;

4-

-

•r
4-

4-
4-
4-
+
4-
4-

Tamicis . ....

Spwtnophilus ............

CYNOMYS

HAPLODON

!Neotonaa . ..

+

+
-f-
+
+

+
~r

-f
+
+
-f-
~r
+
-?

+
-r

OCHETODON

+

+

4-

4-
4-

4-
4-
4-
4-
4-
4-
4-
4-
4-
4-

Hesperomys

Arvicola

Evotomys

SYNAPTOMYS

FIBER

ZAPUS

PEROGNATHUS

CRICETODIPUS ......

DlPODOMYS

GEOJJYS

THOMOMYS

Castor

ERETHIZOX

Lepus

Lctgomys . .

Didelphys

Summary.

Whole number of genera 72

Peculiar to the region 23

Circumpolar 32

Of general distribution throughout the region _ 26

Occurring in the Cold Temperate Subregion 47

Occurring in the Warm Temperate Subregion 53-56

Land genera represented in the Eastern Province 47

Genera represented in the Middle Province 51

Land genera represented in the Western Province 48

Land genera restricted to the Eastern Province *6

Genera common to the Middle and Western Provinces not represented in the

Eastern Province 8

Genera restricted to the Middle Province 2

Land genera restricted to the Western Province t3

Maritime genera restricted to the Eastern Province 5

Maritime genera restricted to the Western Province 5

Maritime genera occurring in both Eastern and Western Provinces 1

Plus 5 maritime = 11.

t Plus 5 maritime = 7.

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL, DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 341

Europwo- Asiatic Region. — The Europaeo-Asiatic Eegion embraces a far
greater (about four times greater) area than the North American, and is
physically much more highly diversified. It is similarly divisible into
a Cold Temperate Subregion and a Warm Temperate Subregion, and is
further differentiated into a number of well-marked provinces, two of
which belong to the Cold Temperate Subregion, and three or more to
the Warm Temperate Subregion.*

Genera of the Europao- Asiatic Region.

[NOTE.— A few almost exclusively tropical genera, -which barely reach or doubtfully extend a short
distance over the southern boundary of the region, are omitted as being not properly faunal elements
of the region.

The names of circumpolar genera are in italics ; those of genera peculiar to the region in SMALL CAPI-
TALS.]

Genera.

Subregions.

Provinces.

Cold Temperate.

Warm Temper-
ate.

Western Temper-
ate.

"Eastern Temper-
ate.

Mediterranean.

Manchurian.

Macacus

+

+
+
+

+
4-
4-
4-

4-
+

-f
4-
+
+
4-
+
+
+
+
+
-f
4-

+
4-
+

4-

4-

+

-f

-f
+

+
+
+

4-

+

-

+
+
4-
4-
+
+
+
+

-h

4-
4-

+
4-
4-

4-

+
•f

+
+*
+

+
+

+
+
4-

4-

4-
4-

Felis

Lynx

+
-f

4-
-f- '
+
+

4-
+
+
+

4-
+
+

Cynaelurus

Genctta

Herpestes
Hyaena

Canis

Cuon

Vu'pes

Arctonyx

NYCTEREUTES

Gulo

Mustela

Putorius

Lutra,

LUTROXECTES

Enhydris

Mellivora

MELES

.ZElnrus

-32LUROPU8

* I am far from sure that what is here recognized as the " Mediterranean Province'"
should not be subdivided, and the Easterner Persian division recognized as a "Persian
Province". If the Eastern, Middle, and Western divisions of the North American Ee-
gion are to be accorded the rank of " Provinces ", it may be necessary to admit, on similar
grounds, a "Japanese Province"; but I am not at present prepared to adopt these
divisions as "Provinces". To make the Provinces of the North American and
EuropaBo-Asiatic Regions more nearly co-ordinate, I should prefer to unite the Middle
and Western Provinces of the North American Region 'as forming a single Province.
In fact, it seems doubtful whether the North American Region is differentiated into
primary divisions that should be regarded as having co-ordinate rank with the Medi-
terranean and Manchurian divisions of the Europseo- Asiatic Region.

342 BULLETIN UNITED STATES . GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

Genera of the Europceo- Asiatic Region — Continued.

Genera.

Subregiong.

Provinces.

Cold Temperate.

1

!•

"Western Tem-
perate.

*.

a!

^ ft

I

Mediterranean.

Manchurian.

Ursus

4-
4-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

-f

+
-f
+

+
+

+
+

+
+

4-

4- -

-T

-f
+

+
+

+
+
-f
+
+
+
+

•f
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

. 4-

+•

+

+
+
+
+

+

+
4-
+

+
+

4-

+

+

4- •

+

4- •

+
+

+
+
+
+

4-

+
+
+

+

+
+

+
+

+

+

+

... 4-

+

+
+

_•

.+
+

4-

4-
4-

4-
4-?

4-
4-
4-
4-
4-?

4-?

4-
4-
4-
4-
-i-
4-
4-
4-
4-
+
4-
4-
4-
4-
4-
-J-

4-,

4-
4-

4-

4-

4-

4-
4-
4-

4-
-?

4-
+ ?

4-?
4-
-?

+

4-
_j_

4-
4-
4-

4-
4-
4-?
-f
4-
4-

Callorhinus

Zalophus

Eumetopias

Phoca

Fdgomys

Pagophilus

HalicJicerus

Erignaihus . ..

PELAGIUS .

Cystophora

CAMELUS

Alces

Ranglfer

Cervus

DAMA

ELAPHODUS

LOPHOTRAGUS

CAPKEOLUS

MOSCHUS

HYDBOPOTES

Bison

PCfiPHAGUS

ADD AX

Oryx

Gazella

PROCAPRA

SAIGA

PANTH ALOPS

BUDORCAS

RUPICAPRA

Xemorliaedus

Capra ....

Ovis

Ammotratnis ....

SU8

Asinns

Khinolophus ' .

Plecotus

Synotus

Vespentgo ,

Vespertilio

MiT)iopfprii8

Taphozons

Hhinopoma

Jfyctinomns

Erinaceus ... t

Talpa...

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 343
Genera of the Europao- Axial ic Region — Continued.

Genera.

Subregions.

Provinces.

Cold Temperate.

"Warm Temper-
ate.

Western Tem-
perate.

L

i i
i

Mediterranean.

I
1

SCAPTOCHIRUS

+

+ ?
+

-F

+
+
+

+
rt-l

+

+

-T
+

+
+
+

+

+ ?

+
+

+

+
+
+

+
-r
+

+
-f
+
+
-i-
+
.+
+

+
+

+
+

+

+«

+

+
+

+

% +

+ ?

+
4-

4-

+
+

+

-f
+
+
+
+

+
+

+
-f

+

+

+

-H
+

~r ?

~r
4-
-r
+ ?

-f?

-j-

+
-f

+

+
+
+

-f

ANUROSOREX

MYOGALE

NECTOGALE

TJrotriclius

UROPSILUS

Sorex

CRO; EOPUS

Crocidura

Mus

~\~

CRICETUS

CRICETULUB

MftfioTies .

EHOMBOMYS

+
+
+

-M

+
+
+

+
+
-f-
+

+
+

+
+

PSAMMOMYS

SMINTHUS

A.Tvicolct

+

+

+
+
+

+
•f*

+

4-
+
-f
+

+
+

+

+

Evotomys

MYOSPALAX

+

+
_|_

+

' +
+
+

+

+
+

+

+

ELLOBIUS

SffHNEUS

SPALAX

Dipus

ALACTAGA

MYOXUS ..

Mnscardinus

Eliomys

Castor

Stiurus . .

Tamicts

SciuTOpterus

Pteromys

Spermophilus

Arctomys

Hystrix

Lagomys

' Levus

Summary.

Whole number of genera

Peculiar to the region

Circumpolar

Of general distribution throughout the region

Occurring in the Cold Temperate Subregion

Occurring in the Warm Temperate Subregion

Genera occurring in the Western Temperate (European) Province

107
36
32
15
54
80
48

344 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

Genera occurring in the Eastern Temperate (Asiatic) Province 46

Genera of the Mediterranean Province 60

Genera of the Manchurian Province 65

Genera common to the Eastern and Western Temperate Province 38

Genera common to the Mediterranean and Manchurian Province 50

Maritime genera of the Asiatic coast 8

Maritime genera of the European coast 6

Maritime genera common to both European and Asiatic coasts 3

In comparing the North American Region with the Europseo-Asiatic
Eegion, the following resemblances and differences become apparent : — 1.
The number of genera in the Europseo- Asiatic Eegiou is rather more
than ona-fourth greater than in the North American Eegion, with conse-
quently a smaller proportion of circumpolar genera. 2. But this differ-
ence results almost wholly from the greater preponderance of peculiar
types in the Southern Subregion, due evidently to the immensely greater
extent and greater physical diversity of this portion of the Europseo-
Asiatic Eegion as compared with the corresponding portion of the North
American Eegiou. 3. While the colder portions of the two regions have
each about the same number of genera, which are in great part (nearly
two-thirds) common to the two regions, the Warm Temperate (really
Subtropical) Subregion of the Europseo- Asiatic Eegion has a far greater
number of genera that do not extend to the northward of it than
has the Warm Temperate Subregion of the North American Eegion,
while a small proportion only (chiefly arctopolitan and subtropicopoii-
tan) are common to the two subregions. Hence, 4. The two regions
(Europa30-Asiatic and North American) are mainly differentiated (as
already noticed) through the presence of genera limited to their south-
ern subregions.

III.— AMERICAN TROPICAL REALM.

The American Tropical Eealm is approximately bounded by the
northern and southern mean annuals of 70° P. Its northern bound-
ary has been already indicated in denning the southern limit of the
North Temperate Eealm, it being concurrent with the southern
boundary of the North American Temperate Eegion. The southern
boundary of the American Tropical /Eealm leaves the Atlantic coast
near the thirtieth degree of south latitude, or near the southern extrem-
ity of Brazil, but in passing from the coast sweeps rapidly northward
till it nearly or quite reaches the Tropic of Ca.pricorn in Northeastern
Buenos Ayresj it then bends to the southward and continues westward
to the eastern base of the Andes. The Andean chain forms its western
limit thence northward to Ecuador, where it crosses the Andean high-
lands and is again deflected southward, thus including a narrow belt
of the coast region west of the Andes in Northwestern Peru.

As thus defined, the southern border of the American Tropical Eealm
is nearly coincident with the southern boundary of the " Brazilian

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 345

Region" as mapped by Mr. Wallace,* Brazil, nearly all of Paraguay,
and Bolivia east of the Andes being included within this realm.

Its characteristic genera include all of the American Quadrumanes
(families Cebidce and Mididcc,=Hapalidce of most authors), all the Ameri-
can Edentates, and nine-tenths of the American Marsupials. It is also
the home of nearly all the American Felidce, except the Lynxes. It also
has many peculiar genera of Glires and Chiroptera, while it almost alto-
gether lacks the characteristic forms of mammalian life found in the
northern temperate regions. Among the characteristic North American
types unrepresented in the American Tropical Realm are, among Car*
nivores, not only the Lynxes, but the true Wolves and Foxes, the Mar-
tens, Wolverenes, Badgers, and Bears ; among Ungulates, the Prong-
horn, the Bison, Mountain Sheep, and Mountain Goat, and several
important genera of the Cervidce ; among Rodents, the Spermophiles,
Marmots, Muskrat, Beaver, Pouched Eats, "Gophers" (Geomys and
Thomomys), the numerous species QfArvicola, etc., — in short almost all of
the prominent and characteristic genera of the order except the almost
cosmopolitan genera Lepus and Sciurus; among Insectivores, all the
Moles and Shrews, except a few forms of the latter, which extend over
most of the Central American Region.

The American Tropical Realm is divisible into three regions, — the
Autillean, the Central American, and the Brazilian. The Antillean Re-
gion includes only the West Indies and the southern extremity of Flor-
ida. The Central American Region embraces Mexico (exclusive of the
elevated tablelands), the whole of Central America, and the extreme
northern parts of South America (Venezuela north of the Orinoco Basin,
Northern and Western New Granada, and most or all of that portion of
Ecuador west of the Andes). The Brazilian Region comprises all the
intertropical parts of South America not embraced in the Central Amer-
ican Region, including the whole area east of the Andes southward to
the boundary already given.

Central American Eegion. — Of the genera occurring in the Central
American Region (see subjoined table), only about one-ninth can be
considered as peculiar to the region ; about one-sixth are either sub-
cosmopolitan or tropicopolitau ; about three-fifths range also over the
Brazilian Region, and a few over nearly all of South America ; about one-
half extend far into North America, among which are several that are
also common to the greater part of the North Temperate Realm, while
about one-eleventh are also found over most of both North America
and South America. Aside from the few peculiar genera, the fauna is
composed largely of genera common also to the Brazilian Region, which
find their northern limit of distribution within the Central American
Region, plus a very large proportion that extend southward from the
North American Temperate Region, and which find their southern limit
of distribution within the region under consideration. . Its distinctive

* Geogr. Dist. Anim., vol. ii> map facing page 3.
Bull. iv. No. 2 3

346

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

feature is hence an approximately equal blending of temperate and
tropical forms, whose respective habitats here overlap. Many of the
northern forms do not quite reach the southern limit of the region, just
as many of the southern forms do not quite reach its northern limit. It
is distinguished from the North American Temperate Region by the
preponderance of tropical life, and from the Brazilian Region by the
copious intermingling therewith of northern forms, an element wholly
lacking in the Brazilian Region.

Genera of the Central American Region.

Mainly or wholly
restricted to the
region.

Ranging also over much of the Brazilian Region.

Bassariscyon.
Bassaris.
Elasmognathus.
Macrotns.
Hyxomys.
Heteromys.

Aluatta.
Cebus.
Sapajou.
Nyctipithecus.
Callithrix.
Saimiris.
Galictis.
Grisonia.
Conepatus.

Cercoleptes.
Nasna.
Coassus.
Notophorus.
Dicotyles.
*Manatns.
Noctilio.
Hormops.
Vampyrns.

Phyllostoma.
Arctiheus.
Stenoderma.
Centurio.
Desmodus.
Reitbrodon.
Cercolabes.
Dasyprocta.
Ccelogenys.

Arc topi the cus.
Tatusia.
Tamandaa.
Cyclothnrus.
t Didelphys.
Chironectes.

Hanging also over much of the North
American Temperate Region.

Tropicopolitan.

Subcosmopolitan .

Urocyon.
JProcyon.
Cariacus.
JLasiurus.
Xycticejus.
Blarina.
§ Sciuropterus.

§ Sperm ophilus.
Neotoina.
Sigmodon.
Ochetodon.
Hesperomys.
§ Arvicola.
Perognathus.

Nyctinomus.
Molossus.

Felis.
Putorius.
Lutra.
Vesperugo.
Vespertilio.
Sorex.
Sciurus.

Lepus.

* Also West African. J Also nearly all of both North and South America,
t Also warmer parts of North America. § Arctopolitan.

Summary.

Whole number of genera 63

Peculiar or mainly limited to the region , 6

Occurring also over most of the Brazilian Eegion 40

Occurring also over much of the North American Region 24

Occurring also over moat of both North and South America, but not in the Old

World .' 5

Subcosmopolitan 8

Tropicopolitan «.--- 2

Antillean Region. — The Antillean Region differs from both the Cen-
tral American and Brazilian most strongly in negative characters —
through what it lacks rather than in what it has— although it pos-
sesses a number of peculiar genera. The Chiroptera form two-thirds of
the genera and not less than five-sixths of the species. Of the eight
peculiar genera, five are Bats, the others being Solenodon (the only In-
sectivore), Capromys, and the closely allied Plagiodonta, which together

ALLEX ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 347

constitute a family peculiar to the region. Two orders — Primates and
Bruta — highly characteristic of the Central American and Brazilian
regions, are wholly absent. There are also no Ungulates, very few Car-
nivores, and very few^ Eodents; the latter, however, are of mostly
peculiar species, as are many of the Bats. The single Insectivore is of
a remarkable type, which finds its nearest ally in the remote island
of Madagascar, the ordinary Insectivores of the neighboring Central
American and North American Eegions being wholly unrepresented.

Genera of the Anlillean Region.

Peculiar to the region.

Tropical American.

Wide-ranging.

Nycticellus.

Nasua.

Mormops.

Lutra.

Lnnchorliina.

Cercaleptes.

Macrotus.

Procyon.

Pbyllodia.

Manatus.

Vampyrus.

Lasiurus.

Brachypbylla.

Natalus.

Arctibeus.

Vesperugo.

Phyllonicteris.

Thyroptera.

Stenoderma.

Vespertiro.

Solenodon.

Noctilio.

Heteronaya.

* Hesperomys

Capromys.

Molossus.

Dasyprocta.

Plagiodouta.

Xyctinomus.

Didelphys.

Cbilomycteris.

Brazilian Region. — Of about 'ninety commonly recognized genera, a
little less than one-third may be considered as either wholly or mainly
restricted to the region; a little less than another third range to the
northward over much of the Central American Eegion, and may be
considered as characteristic of the American Tropical Eealm at large
rather than of the Brazilian Eegion. About one-tenth of the remain-
ing genera occur also over a large part of the Central American Eegion,
while the remainder are divided about equally between tropicopolitan
and cosmopolitan genera, and those that range southward over the
South American Temperate Kealm. One genus is also East Indian and
another African, while quite a number range throughout the temperate
and tropical parts of both Americas, and a few others over Temperate
South America.

It is eminently characterized by its dozen genera of Monkeys, which,
excepting a few that range into the Central American Eegion, are
restricted wholly to this region j also by twelve to fifteen genera of Bats,
which are scarcely found beyond its borders ; nearly as many genera of
Eodents, and quite a number of peculiar genera of other groups. Neg-
atively it is characterized by the absence of Insectivores, the great bulk
of the northern types of Carnivores, Ungulates, and Eodents. Its sole
affinity with the life of the North Temperate Eealm consists in the pres-
ence of a few such wide-ranging (cosmopolitan) genera as Fells, Sciurus,
LepuSj Vespertilio, etc., and two other genera (Procyon and Diddpliyx)
that range far into North America.

It is susceptible of division into several provinces, upon the detailed

* Dr. Coues gives Hesperomys (Oryzomys) palustris as Jamaican. — Hon. N. Am. Rod.,
116, foot-note.

348

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

consideration of wbich it is not proposed at present to enter. These
are the Upper Amazonian Province, embracing the region drained by
the Upper Amazon and its principal tributaries (Western Brazil and
those portions of Peru and Bolivia east of the ^ndes) ; the Lower Ama-
zonian Province, embracing the Lower Amazonian and Orinoco Basins ;
and the Southeast Brazilian Province, embracing Southeastern Brazil
and Paraguay. They are characterized by the occurrence of numerous
peculiar species rather than by peculiar genera. The genus Lagotlirix
appears to be confined, however, to the Upper Amazonian Province,
Chrysotlirix to the Lower Amazonian, and Brachyteles to the Southeast
Brazilian, where occur also Icticyon, Thous, Lycolepex, etc., not found in
the other regions, but ranging thence southward to Patagonia.

Genera of the Brazilian Region.

Mainly confined to the Brazilian Region.

Lagothrix. . Pteronura.

Oxymicterus.

Bradypns.

Eriodes. *Tapirus.

Dactylomys.

Prionodontes.

Pithecia. Macrophyllum.

Cercomys.

Xenurus.

Brachyurus.

Vampyrus.

Mesomys.

Tolypeutes.

Nyctipithecns. Saccopteryx.

Echimys.

Myrmecophaga.

Cheropotes. Diphylla.

Loncheres.

Hyracodon.

Midas. Habrothrix.

Chsetomys.

. Chironectes.

Icticyon.

Holochilas.

Hydrochoeras.

Tropical America generally.

Alnatta.

§Procyon.

Arctibens.

Dasyprocta,

Cebus.

tManatus.

Stenoderma.

Ccelogenys.

Sapajou.

Coassus.

Natalus.

Arctopithecus.

Callithrix.

Dicotyles.

Fnrripterns.

Choelopns.

Saimiris. •

!N"otophorus,

Thryoptera.

Tatusia.

Hapale.

Desmodns.

Noctilio.

Tamandua.

Galictis.

Schizostoma.

§Nycticejus.

Cyclothurus

Grisonia.

Centurio.

§Lasinrus.

§Didelphy8.

Conepatus.

Sturnira.

jChilomycteris.

Cercoleptes.

Phyllostoma.

jCalomys.

Nasua.

Glossophaga.

Cercolabes.

Extending also over Temperate South America.

Subcosmopolitan and tropicopolitan.

Chrysocyon.

Cavia.

Fells.

Vesperugo.

Lycalopex.

Kerodon.

Lutra.

Vespertilio.

Pseudalopex.

Myopotamus.

Nyctinomus.

Sciurus.

Blastocerus.

Dasypus.

Molossus.

Lepus.

Ctenomys.

Dysopes.

* Also East Indian. J Also Temperate South America,
t Also West African. $ Also North American.

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 349

Summary.

Whole number of genera ^ 90

Mainly restricted to the region 31

Of general distribution throughout the American Tropical Realm 41

Occurring alao over much o^the South American Temper.ate Realm 9

Occurring also in the warmer parts of the North Temperate Region 6

Tropicopolitan '. 3

Cosmopolitan 6

IV. — SOUTH AMERICAN TEMPERATE REALM.

What is here termed the South American Temperate Bealin embraces
all that portion of the South American continent and adjacent islands
not included in the American Tropical Kealm as already defined. It
coincides very nearly with Mr. Wallace's " South Temperate America
or Chilian Subregion ".* Its northern limit on the Atlantic coast is
near the thirtieth parallel. On leaving the Atlantic coast, the north-
ern boundary passes obliquely northwestward, rising in the region of the
Chaco Desert, to, or possibly a little beyond, the Tropic of Capricorn.
Again descending to about the twenty-fifth parallel, it turns abruptly
northward and eastward, along the eastern border of the Andean
chain, nearly to the fifth degree of south latitude, near which point it
strikes the Pacific coast. It thus embraces a large part of the great
Andean plateau, with the neighboring coast region to the westward,
nearly all the La Plata plains, and the region thence southward to
Tierra del Fuego, which belongs also to this region.

As contrasted with the Tropical Eealm to the northward, it is charac-
terized, in respect to mammals, by the absence of all Quadrumana and
the paucity of Edentates and Marsupials, there being neither Sloths
nor Anteaters, while only two or three species of Opossums barely ex-
tend over its borders ; the absence of all genera of Leaf-nosed Bats, and
of not less than a dozen important genera of Eodents, the Coatis, the
Kinkajou, the Tapirs, and many other genera characteristic of the
American tropics.t As noted by Mr. Wallace, it is further character-
ized by the possession of the entire family of the Cliinchillidce, the gen-
era Auchenia, Habrocomus, Spalacopus, Actodon, Ctenomys, DolicUotiSj
Myopotamus, Chlamadophorus, to which may be added the marine gen-
era Otaria, Arctocephalus, Morunga, Lobodon, and Stenorhynchus, very
few of which range beyond the northern border of this region. The
Spectacled Bear is also confined to it, and here are also most largely
developed the Murine genera Calomys, Acodon, and Eeithrodon.

Although one of the smallest of the primary regions, it is apparently
divisible into two more or less well-marked provinces, which may be

* Geog. Distr. Animals, vol. ii, p. 36, and map of the "Neotropical Region".

tAmong the genera of the Brazilian Region here unrepresented are, aside from the
Quadnitnana, Cercoleptes, Nasua, Tapirus, Bradypm, Chcclopus, Myrmecopliaga, Taman-
dua, CyclotJiurus, Phyllostoma, Glossopliaga, Arctibeus, Dysopes (and other genera of Chi'
roptera), Hydrochcems, Cercomys, Dactylomys, Loncheres, Echimya, Coelogenys, Dasyprocta,
Chcetomys, Cercolabes, Lepus, Sciurus, Habrothrix, Oxymycterus, Holochilus, etc., = 27 -f-.

350 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

respectively termed the Andean and Painpean. The Andean Prov-
ince is principally characterized by the presence of Ursus (Tremarctus)
ornatus, the genera Pudu, Furcifer, Tolypeutes, Chlamydophorus, Chin-
chilla, IJagidium, SpalacopuSj Habrocomus^ and Octodon. Auchenia and
several genera of Eodents range from the Andean Province south-
ward over the plains of Patagonia to Tierra del Fuego. The Pata-
gonian plains share largely in the general fades of the Andean fauna.
A few genera only are restricted to the Pampeau Province, these being
mainly Ctenomys, Lagostomus, and Dolichotis. The differences between
these two provinces relate mainly to species rather than to genera. The
Pampean Province is much the smaller, embracing only the compara-
tively level pampa district bordering the La Plata and Lower Parana
Rivers. So little is definitely known respecting the range of the mam-
mals of this general region that it is scarcely practicable to attempt at
present a definition of the boundaries between the Pampean and An-
dean divisions.

The relation of the South Temperate American to the Tropical Amer-
ican Realm is of course far closer than to any other, there being as
usual a gradual transition between the two along their line of junction,
through the extension of a few forms characteristic of the one for a
short distance into the other, just as has been observed to be the case
between the North Temperate and Tropical American Realms. It has,
however, nothing in common with the North Temperate American
Realm beyond the presence of a few cosmopolite types that extend
across the intermediate Tropical Realm. So far as land mammals are
concerned, it has no genera common to the South Temperate portions
of the Old World, except a few that are almost cosmopolite. The case
is different, however, with the marine species. Of the half dozen or
more genera of Pinnipeds (the only marine forms we are here called
upon to consider), none are peculiar to the shores of Temperate South
America but are common to South Temperate and Antarctic shores
generally. None of them, however, occur north of the tropics,* and it
is hence only through these that there is any closer affinity between
the mammalian life of this region and the South Temperate Zone gen-
erally than between it and that of north temperate latitudes.

Of the thirty-four laud genera below enumerated as occurring in the
South American Temperate Realm, rather more than one-half (eighteen)
are nearly or wholly confined to it. Most of the remainder extend far
to the northward into Tropical America, and others reach North Amer-
ica, while five are almost cosmopolitan.

* Otaria alone reaches the Galapagos, which,- although situated under the equator,
are still within the influence of the cold Peruvian current, and appear to constitute an
outlying element of the South American Temperate Realm.

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 351
Genera of the South American Temperate Realm.

Mainly or wholly limited to the region.

Marine, and
mainly Antarctic.

Wide-ranging.

Tremarctus.

Ctenomys.

Otaria.

Felie.

Cavia.

Furcifer.

Drymomys,

Arctocephalus.

Pseudalopex.

Myopotamus.

Pudn.

Dinomys.

Lobodon.

Lycolopex.

CalomyB.

Auchenia.

ChinchUla.

Stenorhynchus.

Chrysocyon.

nabothrix.

Lopbostoma.

Lagidium.

Morunga.

Putorins.

Tatnsia.

Octodon.

Lagostomus.

Lutra.

Didelphya.

Spalacopus.

Dolichotis.

Conepatus.

Habrocoma.

Chlamydophorus.

Vespertine

'

Beithrodon.

Vesperugo.

Acodon.

Kerodon.

V. — THE INDO-AFRICAN REALM.

The Indo- African Realm consists mainly of Intertropical Africa and
Intertropical Asia, to which it seems proper to add Extratropical South
Africa. The small portion of Africa south of the Southern Tropic lies
wholly within the warm-temperate zone. Its small extent and broad
connection with Tropical Africa render its separation as a distinct realm
(as I at one time rather hastily considered it) almost inadmissible, since
it is especially open to the influence of the great intertropical African
fauna, as is shown by the extension of many tropical forms down to
within a few degrees of its southern extremity. The area really pos-
sessing- a temperate climate is restricted to its extreme southern border,
where alone appear the few generic and family types that do not have
a very general range over the tropical portions of the continent. This
area is many times smaller than the temperate portion of South
America, but, though so small, has quite a number of peculiar genera,
which impart to it quite distinctive features. It yet seems better to
regard it as an appendage of the great Indo- African Eealm rather than
as a distinct primary region. Madagascar, with the Mascarene Islands,
on the other hand, while perhaps possessing a closer affinity with Africa
than with any other continental region, has yet a fauna made up so
largely of peculiar types that it seems more in accordance with the facts
of distribution to regard it as a separate primary region.

The Indo- African Realm, as thus restricted, forms a highly natural
division. Although its two principal areas are quite widely separated,
being in fact geographically almost wholly disassociated, they possess
a wonderful degree of similarity. Of the fifty commonly recognized
families of mammalia occurring within its limits, three-fifths are dis-
tributed throughout almost its whole extent. Of the remainder, one-
half are confined to Africa, and one is African and American, leaving
only nine in India that are unrepresented in Africa .; three only of these
latter are, however, peculiar to the Indian Region ; all extend beyond
it to the northward, five of them even occurring over the greater part of

352

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

the northern hemisphere. Thus the African Eegion is the more special-
ized division, only a small portion of the tropical element in the Indian
Eegion, through which it is differentiated from the great Europseo-
Asiatic Temperate Eegion, being unrepresented in the African, while the
African has three times as many peculiar families as the Indian.* As
shown by the subjoined table, thirty of the fifty Indo-African families
have a wide extralimital distribution, not less than one-fourth being
emphatically cosmopolitan.

Families of Mammals represented in the Indo-African Realm, arranged to show (approxi-
mately) their distribution.

Occurring in the

Common to both

Indian Region,
bnt not in the

Peculiar to the
African Eegion. l

Common to both regions.

Eegions, and also
of wide extra-

African.

limital range.

* TARSIIDJ3.

Protelidse.

Simiida:.

1! Nycteridse.

Felidae.

1 2Eluridse.

Hippopotamidse.

Semnopithecidae.

Erinaceidae.

Canidae.

JUrsidse.

Phacochceridae.

Cynopithecidae.

Myoxidaa.

Mustelidie.

{ Cervidse.

Giraffidae.

Lemuridae.

Spalacidse.

Bovidae.

t Camelidae.

Hyracidae.

Viverridae.

Dipodidae.

Pteropodidaa.

§ Tapiridae.

Chrysochloridae.

Hyaenidae.

Hanididae.

Ehinolophidae.

* GALEOPITHECIDJE.

Macroscelidaa.

Tragulidse.

Vespertilionulao.

J Talpidse.

Potamogalidae.

Equidae.

Soricidae.

* TUPAYID^E.

Lophyiomyidae.

Suidae.

Oetodontidaa.

Orycteropodidso.

Ehinocerotidae.

Sciaridae.

Elephantidse.

Hystricidse.

HalicoridiB.

Leporidae.

1 The Trichechidce (= Manatidce) occur in Africa but not in India, but arA found also in the warmer

parts of America.

* Wholly restricted to the Indian Eegion. t Of wide extralimital range.

t Mainly restricted to the Indian Eegion. § Found also in Intertropical America.

j| Chiefly African.

Summary.

Whole number 50

Of general distributiqn throughout the realm 30

Peculiar to the African Region ..". 10

Peculiar to the Indian Region 3

Occurring in the Indian Region, but not in the African ., 6

Of wide extralimital range 16

African Eegion. — The African Eegion, as here recognized, is nearly
equivalent to Mr. Wallace's "Ethiopian Eegion ", with the exclusion

* Mr. Wallace has arrived at rather different conclusions respecting the specializa-
tion of the African Region, since he considers its specialization due wholly to the
peculiar forms developed in Madagascar. Deducting these — for he considers Madagascar
and its neighboring islands as forming a "subregion"merely of the " Palaeotropical" —
he believes would leave, in respect to specialization, the African and Indian Regions
"nearly equal". In this comparison, however, I wholly exclude the Madagascan or
" Lemurian" fauna, and still find Africa a considerably more specialized region.

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 353

of his " Lemuriaii Subregion ". Its northern boundary will be pro-
visionally considered as the northern mean annual of 70° F.

As thus limited, the greater part of the Arabian Peninsula and the south-
ern portion of the Great Sahara belong to it. But just how much of the
latter belongs here, and how much to the Mediterranean Eegion, cannot
at present be readily determined. As already noticed, it consists largely
of transitional ground, and is as yet quite imperfectly known. It is to
some extent, doubtless, also a barrier region; but that it is by no means
an impassable obstacle is sufficiently shown by the large number of
generic types of mammals that extend from the Indian Kegion as far south-
ward even as the Cape of Good Hope. Even if it were an insurmount-
able barrier, the comparatively humid and fertile eastern coast border
would afford a sufficient highway of intercommunication between Trop-
ical Asia and Tropical Africa, and the community of life of the two
regions shows that for long ages there has been this open way of inter-
change.

The African Eegion, considering its great extent and its tropical
climate, is to a great degree zoologically a unit, yet it is by no means
homogeneous. At least, three subdivisions may be recognized, each of
which is characterized by many peculiar genera. These subregious
have already been characterized by Mr. Wallace under the names of
Eastern, Western, and Southern. The Western (West African Province)
consists of the humid, heavily wooded region of the west coast, extend-
ing to a considerable, but at present not definitely determinate, dis-
tance into the interior, but probably with boundaries nearly as drawn
by Mr. Wallace.* The Eastern (East African Province) includes the
remainder of Intertropical Africa, while to the Southern (South African
Province) belongs the southern extratropical portion of the continent.

Of these divisions, the Eastern contains the greatest number of genera,
as it likewise contains by far the greatest area; but it is the least spe-
cialized, only tiro -fifteenths of its genera being peculiar to it, while of the
genera of each of the other regions about one-fourth are peculiar. Nearly
one-half (about forty-four per cent.) of the genera of the Eastern Prov-
ince have a more or less general distribution over the whole African
Kegion, while only a little more than a third (thirty-three to thirty-eight
per cent.) of the genera of the other province have a similarly wide range.

A much larger proportion of Indian genera are represented in the
Eastern and Southern Provinces than in the Western. This difference
Is due to obvious conditions, the fertile belt of the Nile district and ad-
joining coast forming an easy way of intercommunication between the

* The conclusions and details here presented were worked out independently and de
novo by the present writer. That they agree so closely with the views and results
attained by Mr. Wallace, so far as Africa south of the Great Desert is concerned, is to
me a source of gratification. In order to avoid unconscious bias I purposely avoided
a detailed study of Mr. Wallace's writings on this subject till my own results were
written out, and on then comparing my own conclusions with those reached by Mr.
Wallace, became for the first time aware of their close agreement.

354 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY,

two former not equally open to the Western Province. The Eastern and
Southern Provinces further resemble each other in consisting largely of
grassy plains, and in being, par excellence, the land of Antelopes. On
the other hand, the Western Province, in consequence of its moist climate
and dense forests, is the metropolis of the African Quadrumaues, to
which region no less than six genera are restricted, and where all but one
are represented, while only four occur in the Eastern, and merely a few
outlying 'species reach the Southern. Hence the Eastern and Southern
Provinces are far more closely allied than is either with the Western.

Eastern Province. — The East African Province or "Subregion"
includes, as claimed by Mr. Wallace, not only East Africa proper, but
also a considerable portion of the Great Sahara and the whole of the
northern portion of Tropical South Africa, thus bounding the Western
Province on three sides. In other words, it not only includes East Africa
and Southern Arabia, but all of Tropical Africa, except the western
portion, situated (speaking generally) between latitude 15° north and
latitude about 22° south. As is well known, it consists mainly of a
moderately elevated plateau, rising, in Abyssinia, into lofty mountains.
It is generally an open region, u covered with a vegetation of high grasses
or thorny shrubs, with scattered trees and isolated patches of forest
in favorable situations. The only parts where extensive continuous
forests occur are on the eastern and western slopes of the great Abys-
sinian plateau, and on the Mozambique coast from Zanzibar to Sofala."*
It is worthy of note that the species peculiar to the province occur
almost exclusively in Mozambique, or in Abyssinia and adjoining por-
tions of Northeast Africa, a few extending into the Arabian Peninsula.

Of the ninety genera occurring in this province, ten, which are almost
cosmopolite, may be considered as having too wide a range to possess
any special significance. Of the remaining eighty, about one-fourth are
found also in the Indian Eegion, leaving three-fourths (thirty-nine) as
peculiarly African. Of these, twelve only are restricted to the Eastern
Province, sixteen being common to the Southern Province, and ten to
the Western. The subjoined tabular list indicates approximately the
distribution of the genera of the Eastern Province.

* Wallace, Geogr. Dist. Anim., vol. i, p. 250.

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 355
Genera of the East African Province.

Restricted to the
province.

Exclusively African, but occurring also in the other provinces.

*Theropithecus.

Colo bus.

Giraffa.

Phaccchosrus.

*Galerella.

Guerza.

Oreas.

Rhinaster.

Rhinogale.

Cercopithecus.

Tragelaphus.

Hyrax.

*Neotragns.

Cynocephalus.

Oreotragus.

Dendrohyrax.

Xesotragus.

Galago.

JEpyceros.

Epomophorus.

t Petrodromus.

Athylax.

Kobus.

Macroscelides.

tRhynchocyou.'

Ichneumea.

Nanotragus.

Cricetomys.

i Saccostotnus.

Bdeogale.

Cephalophus.

Steatomys.

t Peleomyfi.

Helogale.

-3£goceru3.

Otomys.

*Lophiomys.

Mungos.

Alcelaphus.

Georychus.

t Heliophobius.

Crossarchus.

Connochetes.

Xerus.

Pectinator.

Lycaon.

Hippopotamus.

Aulaeodus.

Zorilla.

Potamochcerue.

Orycteropus.

, Occurring also in the Indian Region.

"Wide-rarging.

Yiverra.

Elephas.

Scotophilus.

Felis.

Genetta.

{Sus.

Miniopterus.

Canis.

Herpestes.

Asinus.

Taphozous.

Vespertilio.

Calogale.

Halicore.

Rhinopoma.

Vesperugo.

Mellivora.

Cynonycteris.

Nyctinomus.

Erinaceus.

Aonyx.

Cynopterus.

Crocidura.

Mus.

Hyaena.

Rhinolophus.'

Acan thorny s. '

Dipus.

Bubalus.

Phillorhina.

Rhizomys.

Meriones.

Oryx.

Mfgaderma.

Hystrix.

Sciurus.

Gazella.

Xycteris

Manis.

Lepus.

* Restricted to Abyssinia and Northeast Africa. t Restricted to Mozambique.

I See Rolleston, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 2d ser., Zool., vol. i, pp. 256, 257, 1877.

The Southern Province. — The South African Province consists of only
that small portion of the continent lying south of the Southern Tropic,
and is hence situated wholly within the southern warm-temperate
zone. In consequence of its configuration, its limited extension, and
its geographical position in relation to Intertropical Africa, it could
scarcely be expected to form more than an appendage of the inter-
tropical zone, and such it proves really to be. Its area is equal to only
about one- tenth of that of the Eastern Province, yet it has eight-ninths
as many genera, fully two-thirds of which are common to the two. It
hence presents to only a limited degree the features of a strictly tem-
perate fauna, and these become prominent only over the narrow belt of
country south of the mountain ranges forming the northern boundary
of Cape Colony and Caffraria; but here even there is a strong invasion
of essentially tropical forms.

In general fades it differs little zoologically from the Eastern Province,
of which it is merely a somewhat modified continuation. From its
semi- temperate character it is less rich in Quadruinanes, but many
other properly tropical types range nearly or quite to its southern bor-

356

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

der. It has, however, about one-fourth more peculiar genera, divided
about equally, and mainly between Carnivores and Eodents, four only
being Antelopes, and one only (Chrysochloris) an Insectivore. Of the
twenty -four genera common also to the Indian Eegion, one- third are
Chiropters. The remaining genera are, with very few exceptions, such
as occur also in the Eastern Province, only three or four being common
to the Southern and Western Provinces that do not also occur in the
Eastern.

Of the eighty-two genera below enumerated as occurring in the
Southern Province, a considerable portion are restricted to its southern
half, while many others extend only over its northern portions. A few
others, white mainly restricted to this region, and eminently character-
istic of it, also extend somewhat into the Eastern Province.

Genera of the South African Province.

Restricted to the
province.

Ranging into Tropical Africa.

Occurring also in the Indian Region.

Ariela.

Galago.

Cephalophus.

Cyanselurua.

Miniopteris.

Cynictia.

Athylax.

Eleotragas.

Genetta.

Scotophilus.

Suricata.

Ichneumia.

JSgocerus.

Herpestes.

Taphozous.

Proteles.

Helogale.

Rhinaster.

Calogale.

Rhinopoma.

Megalotis.

Mungos.

Hyrax.

Mellivora.

Crocidura.

Hydrogale.

Lycaon.

Dendrohyrax.

Aonyx.

Hyatrix.

Strepaiceroa.

Zorilla.

Macroscelides.

Hyaena.

Mania.

Antidorcaa.

Phacochcerus.

Steatomya.

Oryx.

Scopophorus.

Giraffa.

Otomys.

Bubal as.

Pelea.

Oreas.

Georychua.

Gazella,

Chrysochloris.

Tragelaphus.

Graphiurus.

A sinus.

Dendromya.

Damalis.

Xerua.

Elephas.

Malacothrix.

Alcelaphus.

Aulacodus.

Cynonycteria.

Mystromys.

Connochetes.

Orycteropua.

Cynopterus.

Bathyergus.

Kobus.

Rhinolophus.

Pedetes.

JSpyceros.

Phillorhina.

Petromys.

Calotragns.

Nycteris.

"Wide-ranging.

Felis.

Vespertilio.

Erinaceus.

Meriones.

Sciurus.

Canis.

Vesperugo.

Mua.

Dipus.

Lepus.

The Western Province. — As already stated, the Western Province
differs greatly in respect to its physical characteristics from either of
the other provinces of the African Eegion, and has, in consequence, a
correspondingly specialized mammalian fanna. It resembles the In-
dian Eegion in its hot, damp climate and dense forests. And its fauna,
though distinguished by many peculier genera, is also, in respect to its
general fades, more like that of the Indian Eegion than is the fauna of
any other portion of the African Eegion. It is similarly rich in the
higher Quadrumanes and poor in Antelopes, while it shares with the

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 357

Indian Eegion the possession of the Tragulidce. Its peculiar genera
consist largely of Anthropoid Apes, found elsewhere only in India, but
also includes several each of Carnivores Bats, and Eodents. It is pre-
eminently the tropical province of the African Kegion. While it con-
tains a smaller cumber of genera than either of the others, it has rela-
tively a much larger number restricted to it, having eighteen peculiar
genera out of a total number of seventy-five, while the Eastern Prov-
ince, with ninety-one genera, has only twelve that are peculiar, and the
Southern seventeen out of eighty-two.

Genera of Hie West African Province.

Restricted to the province.

Restricted to the African Region.

Gorilla.

Cephalopus.

Cercopithecns.

Tragelaphus.

Rhinaster.

Mimetes.

Hyomoschus.

Cynocephalua.

Kobus.

Hyrax.

Miopithecus.

Choeropus.

Colobus.

Nanotragua.

Dendrohyrax.

Cercocebus.

*Manatus.

Guereza.

^Egocerua.

Epomophorua.

Arctocebus.

Hypaignathus.

Galago.

Damalia.

Xerus.

Perodicticua.

Potamogale.

Aythlax.

Oreaa.

Anlacodus.

Poiana.

Lasiomys.

Mung&s.

Hippopotamus.

Cricetomys.

Nandinia.

Anomalurus.

Zorilla.

Potain ochcer us.

Graphiurus.

Adenota.

Cro88archus.

Phacochoerus.

Occurring also in the Indian Region.

"Wide-ranging.

Viverra.

Zorilla.

Phillorhina.

Crocidura.

Felia.

Herpestes.

Bubalus.

Nycteria.

Atberura.

Canis.

Genetta.

Antilope.

Nyctinomus.

Mania.

Vespertilio.

Calogale.

Elephas.

Miniopterua.

Vesperugo.

Hyaena.

Cynonycteris.

Scotopbilus.

Mus.

Aonvx.

Cynopterua.

Taphozous.

Sciurus.

Mellivora.

Rhinolophus.

Rbinopoma.

Lepus.

* Also American.

General Summary.

The number of genera represented in the African Eegion, and their
range, is approximately as follows : —

Eastern
Province.

Southern
Province.

Western
Province.

12

17

18

Restricted to the African Region, but occurring more or less

39

31

26

30

24

24

10

10

7

91

82

75

Indian Region.— The Indian Eegion may be defined, in general terms,
as consisting of Intertropical Asia. It hence embraces Continental India

358 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

from the Lower Indus to the Formosa Straits, the islands of the Indian
Archipelago, as well as Formosa, the Philippines, Celebes, and all of the
Sunda Islands. As far as the mammalia are concerned, only two primary
subdivisions, or provinces, seem to be recognizable, the one a Northern,
or Continental, the other a Southern, or Insular ("Malayan"). The
former, or Continental, includes nearly all of the Hiudostan and Indo-
Chinese Peninsulas, excepting the extreme southern border of the latter
and Malacca. These areas belong to the Insular Province, which com-
prises not only Borneo, Sumatra, and Java, but all of the above-named
smaller islands to the eastward, except Formosa, which pertains to the
Continental Province.

The long, narrow Malaccaii Peninsula is almost insular in position and
character, and agrees far better, climatologically, and in its productions,
with Borneo and Sumatra, than with the mainland to the northward, as
does, in fact, the extreme coast border of the mainland, embracing Lower
Cochin China, Cambodia, etc. The small outlying islands to the east-
ward have nothing in common with the Australian Realm (if we exclude
the wide-ranging Chiroptera and a few marine forms, which are, of all
mammals, of least importance in a zoogeographical point of view), except
the single Marsupial genus Cusvus occurring in Timor and Celebes, while
no placental mammals except Sus, a few Muri :e genera, the Dugong, and
Chiroptera, reach any portion of the Australian Realm. Malacca, Borneo,
and Sumatra form the central and typical portion of the Insular or Malayan
Province, being, from their larger area and closer proximity to each other
and to the tropical mainland, far richer in genera and species than the
smaller and more remote islands to the southward and eastward. Even
Java has a less varied mammalian fauna than either Borneo or Sumatra,
and thus differs from them negatively rather than by the possession of
peculiar types. Thence eastward, throughout the Sunda Islands, the
differences are almost wholly such as result from the small size and
isolated position-of these insular areas, through a gradual disappearance
of many types present in the larger islands. The Philippines, for simi-
lar reasons, lack a large proportion of the genera found in the central
portion of the province, while those they do possess, with few excep-
tions, are such as are common to the larger areas. The few that are
peculiar are Indian, rather than Australian, in their affinities.

Celebes and Timor contain one strictly Australian genus (Cascus, rep-
resented by several species), but the few other mammals found there
are either Indian or possess strictly Indian or Indo-Africau affinities.
Hence I fail to see any good reason for assigning Celebes and all the
smaller Sunda Islands to the Papuan Province, as Mr. Wallace and others
have done, but abundant evidence that such is not their real affinity.
Even Mr. Wallace's own tables of distribution show at a glance the wide
disassociation of these islands from the Papuan fauna, and their much
nearer relation to the Indian, there being but one typically Australian
or Papuan form represented in any of them, while none of the placental

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 359

land mammals (excepting several subtropicopolitan genera of Bats and
a few Muriform Rodents) are common to these islands and the Papuan- »
Australian division. The genera peculiar to the Philippines and Cele-
bes (except Cuscus in the latter) have little if any more significance than
the occurrence in Borneo and Sumatra of a few genera wholly restricted
to one or the other of these last-named islands.

Ceylon and the adjoining low-coast portions of the Hiudostan Penin-
sula are more tropical in character than the plateau region to the north-
ward. While a few genera are restricted to this small area, and many
more species occur here that are not found to the northward, the differ-
entiation seems hardly great enough to warrant the separation of these
areas as a region of co-ordinate rank with the "Malayan'7. It hence
seems to me that Mr, Wallace has teo emphatically recognized this com-
paratively unimportant difference in making it the basis of a distinct
subregion (termed by him the "Ceylonese Subregiou"). The only mam-
malian genera peculiar to this division are a genus of Lemurs (Loris),
three genera (or subgenera) of Herpestince (Calictis, Tceniogale, Onycho-
gale), and a genus of Mice (Platacanthomys], each represented by a
single species, and, so far as known, of limited distribution.

Continental Province. — As already intimated, the Continental Prov-
ince includes nearly all of Hindostan and Indo-China, or the whole
of the tropical portion of the Asiatic continent excepting Malacca and
the southern portions of Tenasserirn, Siam, Cambodia, and Cochin China.
It also extends into Southern China somewhat beyond the tropic (prob-
ably to the divide between the Li-kiang and Yang-tse-kiang Rivers),
and also to the southern slope of the Himalayas.*

The plains of the Upper Indus appear, however, to belong to the
Temperate Region to the northward, as does probably most of the coun-
try northwest of Delhi. The greater part of the interior of the Llin-
dostan Peninsula has a less tropical character and a less varied fauna
than Bengal, Assam, and Burmah, situated under the same parallels. I
cannot agree, however, with Messrs. Blyth, Blandford, and von Pelzeln,t

*"On the southern slope of the Himalayas there is everywhere, until it has beeii
cleared, luxuriant forest up to at least 12,000 feet above the sea, inhabited by a fanna
which extends, without any great change of generic forms, throughout the Malay
Peninsula and into the hill tracts of some at least of the Malay Islands." — BLANDFORD,
Proc. Zool. Son. Lond., 187G, p. 632.

t Mr. Blyth makes " Hindostan proper, or the plains of Upper India east and south
of the North West desert ; Dukhun, or tableland of the Peninsula of India, and the inter-
vening territory, inclusive of the Vindhaiaii ghats ; Coromandel Coast and low northern
half of Ceylon" a subregion of his "Ethiopian Region" (Nature, vol. iii, p. 428).
Mr. Blandford holds that the "hills of Southern India with the Malabar Coast and
Southern Ceylon form a province of the Malay region, whilst the greater portion of the
Indian peninsula is African in its affinities " (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1876, p. 632). Von
Pelxeln considers India proper, from the Lower Brahmaputra Elver westward, a dis-
tinct primary region, which he calls the " hindostauische Region". His "malayische
Region" hence consists of Warm-temperate and Tropical Asia, minus the Hindostan
Peninsula, to which he adds the Philippines, Borneo, Bali, Java, and Sumatra. It
includes China as far as the Yang-tse-kiang River, and the Himalayan plateau from

360 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

that the larger part of Hiiiclostan should be joined to the African Region
rather than the Indian, since only a very few African genera occur here
that do not also range far to the eastward, or almost throughout the
Indian Region. According to von Pelzeln,* about one-third of the genera
of the "hindostanischen Fauna n are peculiar to it, while it shares almost
another third with Indo-China. The remaining third (fourteen genera)
are common to the African Region, but all except four of them occur also
more or less generally over the Indian Region. Of these, two (Hycena and
"Ratelus" = Mellivora) scarcely reach the limits of the Indian Region
as here defined. Among the genera given by him as peculiar are, how-
ever, several that range beyond the Indian Peninsula.

There is more reason for Mr. Wallace's separation of the Hindostan
Peninsula from the Indo-Chinese portion of the Indian Region, and its
subdivision into two "subregions" — a northern "Hindostan Subregion"
and a southern "Ceylonese Subregion". As already shown, the latter
has a number of peculiar forms, while three or four genera are also
peculiar to the Hindostau Peninsula at large. But the scale of division
that would make the Hindostau Peninsula separable into two subregions
would also require a somewhat similar subdivision of Indo-China, mak-
ing four divisions of what I here term the Continental Province. While
these divisions would have some natural basis, they are too detailed to
come into the category of divisions for which I adopt the term " prov-
ince w.

Continental Province. — The Continental Province, with the limitations
here assumed, is nearly equivalent to Mr. Wallace's three "subregious",
termed respectively "Hindostan", "Ceylonese", and "Indo-Chinese".
Of about ninety-four genera represented in it, about two-thirds have a
pretty general range throughout the province, while only about one-
eighth are limited to the Hindostanese portion, including those already
named as almost peculiar to Ceylon and the low coast region east of the
Eastern Ghats. Excluding about a dozen that range over at least half
the surface of the globe, one-third of the remainder (more than one-
fourth of the whole) are common to the African Region ; more than one-
half (almost one-half of the whole) are restricted to the Indian Region
and a little more than one-fifth (about one-eighth of all) are peculiar
to the province. This shows, as already noted in discussing the fauna

Buriuah, Assam, and Bengal to the Kuenluen Mountains, thus embracing Nepal, Butau,
and Thibet. It is divided into five subregions, the two northernmost of which belong
mainly to the North Temperate Realm. (Festschrift z. Feier des fiinfundzwanzigjiib-
rigen Bestehens d. K.-K. Zool.-Bot. Gesells. in Wien, 1876, pp. 53-74 u. Karte.) The
fauna of the Thibetan plateau, as claimed by Mr. Blandford, being boreal and alpine,
and having almost nothing in common with the tropical region to the southward, the
artificial character of von Pelzeln's "subregions" is shown by his assuming the Yang-
tse-kiang River to be a natural boundary between two primary regions, and his sepa-
ration of Malacca from Sumatra and Borneo to form a part of his " hinter-indische
Unterabtheilung", which thus consists of the whole of the Indo-Chinese Peninsula do wn
to the very southern extremity of Malacca !

* Verhandl. d. K.-K. Zool.-Bot. Gesells. in Wien, xxv. Bd., p. 57, 1875.

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 361

of the Iiido- African Kealm, how strong an affinity exists between the
African and Indian Regions, two-fifths of all the genera of the Indian
Region which have an extraliinital range occurring also in the African
Eegion. The clos*e affinity of the two provinces of the Indian Eegion
is shown by the fact that two-thirds of the peculiar Indian genera found
in the Northern or Continental division range also into the Southern or
Insular. As will be shown later, the Insular Province is the more
highly specialized of the two divisions.

Genera of the Continental Province.

Restricted to the Indian Region.

Restricted to the province.

Occurring also in the Insular Province.

>

Rhinopithecus.

3Tetracerus.

Hylobates.

Gymnopus.

Tragulus.

'Loris.

Porcnla.

Semnopithecns.

Helictis.

Rhinoceros.

"ITrva.

Eonycteris.

Macacus.

Mydaus.

Pteropus.

1T»niogale.

Ccelops.

Nycticebua.

Cuon.

Macroglossua.

'Calictis.

Nesokia.

Viverricula.

Bibos.

Harpiocepbalus.

^nychogale.

• Neodon.

Arctitis.

Rasa.

Tupaia.

Melnrsus.

1Platycanthomys.

Prionodon.

Rucervus.

Pteromys.

3Tragops.

Baguma.

Axis.

Spalacopus.

3Portax.

Paradoxurus.

Cervulus.

Acanthion.

Of wide extralimital range.

Ranging into the African Region.

Ranging into the Europseo-Asiatic

-r>_ ^•^>w%

Subcosmopolite.

Jtegion.

Viverra.

4Miniopterns.

5Putorius.

6Sns.

Felis.

Herpestes.

Taphozons.

2JElurus.

6Rhinolophus.

Canis.

, Aonyx.

Rhinopoma.

Arctonyx.

fErinaceus.

Vnlpes.

Bubalus.

fN"yctinoniu8.

5TJrsus.

Talpa.

Mustela.

Halicore.

Crocidura.

Bos.

6Sorex.

Lutra.

Elephas.

Rhizomys.

Nemorhaedus.

6Sciuropterus.

Vespertilio.

Cynopterus.

Gerbillus.

Capra.

Vesperugo.

Cynonycteris.

Meriones.

Gazella.

Scitirus.

Phillorhina.

Acanthomys.

Procapra.

Mas.

4Megaderma.

Hystrix.

50ervus.

Lepns.

Scotophilus.

Atherura.

Hydropotes.

Kerivoula.

Manis.

Moschus.

'Restricted to Ceylon and Southern Hindostan.
Restricted to the northern part.
3Hindostan generally.

4Also tropics of America.
sWhole northern hemisphere.
6Also African.

Summary.

Whole aumber .\ ,

Restricted to the Indian Region

R'stricted (almost wholly) to the province ••

Other genera ranging over most of the Indian Region and restricted to it

Common to the African Region

Common to portions of the Europaeo- Asiatic Region

Ranging over most of the northern hemisphere

Nearly cosmopolite

JRestricted to Southern Hindostan and Ceylon

Bull. iv. No. 2 4

94
43
16
27
28
34
17
10
5

o62 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

Insular or u Malayan n Province. — The northern boundary of the
Insular Province is not at present easily determinate, but it is quite
evident that, as already stated, the southern maritime portions of
Indo-China belong here rather than with the northern 'division of the In-
dian Eegion. To the southward and eastward it embraces, as already
explained, the Sunda Islands, the Philippines, and Celebes. Of the
eighty-three genera occurring in it, twenty-five, or nearly one fourth, are
peculiar, while twenty-seven others do not range beyond the Indian
Province. Twenty of the remainder are properly Indo-African genera,
while about a dozen others have a wide extralimital range, and about
the same number have a very local range, the larger islands having
each one or two peculiar genera. Aside iroin several tropicopolitan
genera of Bats, and the wide-ranging genera Sus and Mus, only one
genus is properly Australian, and this is a straggler that merely reaches
Timor and Celebes. As would be expected, the larger central islands,
together with Malacca and the mainland belt, possess the richest and
most varied fauna, the smaller outlying islands presenting a paucity of
types proportionate to their size and isolation.

Timor, considering its close proximity to Australia, is remarkably
free from Australian forms, presenting, in common with Celebes, the
single Marsupial genus Cuscus. The distribution of the genera of this
province is roughly indicated in the subjoined table. Notwithstanding
its much smaller land-area, and the fact that it has ten less genera than
the Continental Province, it has, as would be naturally expected, many
more peculiar genera,* the ratio of peculiar genera in the one being as
16 to 94, and in the other as 25 to 83.

* Four, however, are peculiar only in regard to the Indian Region, they being simply
wide-ranging tropical forms that are unrepresented in the Continental Province.

ALLEN ON • GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS 363
Genera of the Insular Province,

Restricted to the Indian Region.

Restricted to the province.

Ranging over much of the Continental

Province.

Simla.

6Megserops.

Hylobates.

Rasa.

Simianga.

8Harpyia.

Semnopithecus

Rncervus.

'Nasalis.

*Phyllotis.

Macacus.

Axis.

8 Cynopithecus.

Chiromeles.

Nycticebus.

Cervnlus.

Tarsius.

8Emballonura.

Viverricula.

Tragulns.

Hemigalea.

Hylomys.

Arctitis.

Rhinoceros.

Arctogale.

1 Ptilocerus.

Prionodon.

8Pteropns.

2Cynogale.

Gymnura.

Pagnma.

8 Macroglossus.

6Barangia.

4Phlseomys. .

Paradoxurus.

8Harpiocephalns.

Helarctos.

Rhinoscinrns.

Gymnopns.

Tupaia.

* Anoa.

• Cuscus.

Helictis.

Pteromys.

6Babirusa.

Mydans.

Spalacopus.

9 Tapirus.

Cuon.

A can th ion.

Galeopithecus.

Bibos.

Ranging inty> Africa and elsewhere.

African.

"Wide-ranging.

Viverra.

'Nycteris.

Felis.

Herpestes.

8 Scotophilns.

. Cam's.

Aonyx.

8Kerivonla.

Mustek.

Bubalus.

8Miniopterus.

Lutra.

Sns.

8 Taphozons.

Rhinolophns.

Elephas.

8Nyctinomue.»

Yespertnio.

Halicore.

Crocidnra.

Vesperngo.

8Cynopterus.

Rhizomys.

Sorex.

8 Cynonycteris.

Manis.

Mus.

"Phyllorhina.

Scinras.

Megaderma.

Sciuropterns.

J Borneo only. 6 Sumatra only.

2 Borneo and Sumatra. 7 Java only.

a Philippines and Celebes. 'Tropics of the Old World gen-

4 Philippines only. erally.

* Celebes ; Cuscu* also in Timor and 9 Also American tropics.

the Papnan region.

Summary.

Total number of genera 83

Restricted to the province* 25

Restricted to the Indian Region 1 52

Found outside of the Indian Region in the African only 20

Common to the African and Indian Regions <29

Wide-ranging (exclusive of tropicopolitan) 12

Of local distribution 12

Restricted to Borneo 2

Restricted to Borneo and Sumatra 1

* Exclusive of several tropicopolitan genera not occurring elsewhere in the Indian
Region.

364 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

.Restricted to Sumatra 2

Restricted to Java L

Restricted to the Philippines .• 2

Restricted to the Philippines and Celebes 1

Occurring only in Celebes 2

Nou -pi acental genera 1

VI. — AUSTRALIAN REALM.

The Australian Realm will be here restricted so as to embrace none
of the islands situated to the westward of the Moluccas. The Molucca
Group forms a transitional link between the Indo- African and the Aus-
tralian Realm, but they are faunally more closely allied to the latter than
to the former. These islands embrace, excluding Chiroptera and species
probably or known to have been introduced by man,'* only a single
genus (Sorex) of Placental Mammals, while two genera of Papuan Mar-
supials (Cuscus and Belideus) are abundantly represented.

The Australian Realm, considered as a whole, is made up of very
heterogeneous elements, its land-surface consisting of islands, many of
them of small size and widely scattered. The mammals are almost
wholly limited to its three larger constituents, — Australia, Tasmania, and
New Guinea, — and a few of the larger islands in close proximity to them.
Among the prominent types very generally represented throughout all
of these areas are several wide-ranging (almost tropicopolitan) genera
of Bats, which, in consequence of their wide geographical range, wholly
fail to be distinctive, and may hence be safely ignored in the following-
general analysis of the region. The marine species (the Dugong and
various species of Seals) are likewise of small importance in the present
connection, since they are all wide-ranging species, not properly charac-
teristic of the region. After these eliminations, we have left a few
genera of Muridce and the distinctively characteristic implacental mam-
malia. The latter, with the exception of a single family (Dldelpliidce,
occurring now only in the warmer parts of the two Americas), are found
nowhere else, and hence give to the region an exceptional distinctness
as a primary zoogeographical region. The numerous groups of small,
widely scattered islands, usually considered as collectively forming the
Polynesian Region, being destitute of mammalia, need not be here fur-
ther considered.

New Zealand, situated more than a thousand miles to the southeast-
ward of Australia (its nearest large land-area), is also wholly deficient
in characteristic forms of mammalia ; the only representatives of this
class, aside from Seals and Bats, being a Rodent, supposed, rather than
certainly known, to be found there. The Seals are wide-ranging species,
and of the two species of Bats, one has Australian and the other South

* These include, besides the common domestic species, Cynopithecus nigrescem, Viverra
tangalunga, JBabirusa alfurus, and Cervus Mppelaphus var. moluccensis, considered by Mr.
Wallace as " probably" or " almost certainly" introduced by man, since they are spe-
cies " habitually domesticated and kept in confinement by the Malays ". — Geogr. Dist.
Anim., vol. i, p. 417.

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 365

American affinities. Judged by other classes of animals, the fauna of
New Zealand is Australian (or Australian and Polynesian), but is yet so
specialized that the New Zealand islands must be recognized as forming
a distinct and highly differentiated region (New Zealand Region) of the
Australian Realm.

As regards mammalia (and the same is true of the fauna and flora
considered collectively), Tasmania, Australia, and New Guinea have
many features in common, fully one-half of the genera (seven out of
fourteen) of mammals occurring in Tasmania being represented not only
throughout the greater part of Australia, but also in New Guinea.

Tasmania and New Guinea are less rich in mammalia than Australia,
but this is obviously due to their insular character and small area. Tas-
mania is scarcely more closely related to Southern Australia than New
Guinea is to Northern Australia. Formerly, New Guinea was thought
to be very distinct from Australia, but the recent exploration of the
interior of New Guinea by MM. Beccari, d'Albertis, and Laglaize, has
brought to light the existence there of many forms before supposed to be
lestricted to Australia and Tasmania. M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards,
in a recent communication to the French Academy respecting some new
species of mammalia discovered in New Guinea by M. Laglaize, in refer-
ring to the close relationship existing between the fauna3 of New Guinea
and Australia, thus observes : — " Plus on 6tudie la faune de la Nouvelle-
Guine'e, plus on lui trouve de ressemblauce avec celle de PAustralie, et les
indications fournies par la repartition des esp&ces animates permet d'affir-
uier qu'autrefois ces terres ne formaient qu'un seul grand continent.
Deja les resultats des voyages de circumnavigation entrepris dans la
premiere moiti^ de ce siecle . . . avaient permin de sour^onner
cette conformite d'origine ; mais elle a 6t6 priucipalement mise en lumiere
a la suite des explorations de M. Wallace, de M. Beccari et de M. d'Al-
bertis. Bnfin les collections qui M. Laglaize a formees dans ces regions,
ainsi que celles qui lui out ete remises par M. Bruijn et qui viennent d'ar-
river en France, fournissent des faits nouveaux qui accentuent encore
les ressemblances entrevues."*

Formerly the Monotremes were supposed to be restricted to the south-
ern half of Australia and Tasmania, but within the last two or three
years the existence of Tachyglossus in North Australia (latitude 21°) has
been established, and an allied species has been discovered in the mount-
ains of New Guinea. M. A. Milne Edwards has also just described a
species of Dromicia from New Guinea, and also a species of Hapalotis,
and Dr. Peters has recently added species of Phalangista, Chcetocercus,
and Hydromys, making six genera recently discovered in New Guinea
that were previously known only from Australia and Tasmania.

So far as at present known, only three or four genera ( Uromys, Den-
drolagus, Dorcopis, and Mycectis) of mammals are peculiar to New Guinea
and the small islands situated between New Guinea and Australia, and
*Compte-rendu, torn. Ixxxv, 1079, cl6c. 3, 1877.

366 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

probably some of these will yet be found iu Australia. One of these
(Mycectis) has been thus far reported only from the Am Islands. As
Tasmania has two peculiar -genera (Thylacinus and Sarcophilus), New
Guinea, in view of its four or five times greater area, is in reality
scarcely more specialized than is Tasmania, and is hence faunally as
much a part of Australia as is the latter. As will be shown later,
nearly as many of the genera occurring in Southern Australia have
been found in New Guinea as in Tasmania. Scarcely two years ago Mr-
Wallace stated that u as yet no other [referring to the genus Sus] non-
marsupial terrestrial mammal has been discovered [in " Papua, or the
New Guinea Group "] except a Eat, described by Dr. Gray as Uromys
aruensis, but about the locality of which there seems some doubt. "*
This genus has not only now been established as occurring there, but
four additional species of it have been described by Dr. Peters, who
has also added a species of Hydromys, and Mr. Alston has added a
species of Mus and M. A. Milne-Edwards a species of Hapalotls, in all
seven species, belonging either to Australian genera or having decided
Australian affinities.

Regions of the Australian Realm. — Accepting the Polynesian Islands
as forming one region (the Polynesian), and New Zealand as consti-
tuting another (the New Zealand), we have left for detailed considera-
tion only the larger land-masses, consisting of Tasmania, Australia, and
New Guinea with its associated islands, forming the third or Australian.
The close zoological affinity of Tasmania and Australia no one ques-
tions, and it has been already shown that New Guinea and Australia
are almost equally inseparable. Although many genera range from
Tasmania across Australia into New Guinea, this large area, embra-
cing as it does nearly fifty degrees of latitude, falls naturally into. two
well-marked subdivisions, the oue tropical the other temperate.! These

* Geogr. Distr. Anim., vol. i, pp. 409, 410.

tin 1871, in referring to the Australian Realm (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,vol. ii,p.
381), I said : — " It is divisible into a Temperate and a Tropical Region, the former em-
bracing New Zealand and Australia." The latter portion of this statement was of
course made without due consideration. As already stated, New Zealand has no inti-
mate relationship with Australia, and should be treated as a separate and independent
region of the Australian Realm. Mr. Wallace, in stating his " Objections to the Sys-
tem of Circumpolar Zones " (Geogr. Distr. Anim., vol. i, p. 67), has very naturally taken
notice of this unfortunate slip, and cites it as evidence of the '• erroneous results"
that follow from the adoption of the principle of the "distribution of life in circum-
polar zones". My " separation of New Zealand to unite it with the southern third of
Australia" was certainly most thoroughly erroneous; but while, as Mr. Wallace says,
the fauna of Australia, taken as a whole, is exceptionally homogeneous, I cannot agree
with him that New Guinea, so far at least as its mammalian fauna is concerned, is "as
sharply differentiated from Australia as any adjacent parts of the same primary zoologi-
cal region can possibly be "—in other words, that it can be only arbitrarily joined with
the northern portion of Australia. I freely admit that I was not only in error as re-
gards New Zealand, but also in respect to my division of the Australian continent, and
I accept this portion of Mr. Wallace's criticism as fairly made. That the error was
not one of " principle ", but merely a wrong application of a principle, I think the text

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 367

I consider, so closely are they related, rather as provinces than regions,
and may be termed respectively the Papuan Province and the Australian
Province. The former is situated almost wholly between the equator and
the twentieth degree of south latitude. The latter embraces that portion
of Australia south of this line, together with Tasmania. The boundary
between the two regions can of course be drawn only approximately,
but may be provisionally assumed as the vicinity of the isotherm of
700 p.* The reason for uniting the northern portion of Australia
with New Gujnea as a part of the Papuan Province lies in the fact that
not only so many of the mammalian genera are common to the two, but
that these genera are absent from the more southern portions of Aus-
tralia, where they are replaced by others wholly restricted to South
Australia and Tasmania. Three-fourths of all the genera of Marsupials
(excluding, of course, the American family Didelphidce) are, so far as at
present known, restricted to the Australian Province, as are several gen-
era of Muridce and the Ornithorhynchus. Of the remaining Marsupial
genera, six only are limited to the Papuan Province.

The Papuan Province. — The Papuan Province embraces not only New
Guinea, but the Molucca and Aru' Islands on the west and the Solomon

here following sufficiently shows. The principle I still hold as applying to Australia
with the same force as elsewhere, only I make the division more to the northward, as
a little more care would have led me to do originally. The York Peninsula, and most
probably the whole northern coast region north of 20° S. lat. (except the high arid
interior), has certainly closer affinities, as regards mammals, with New Guinea than it
has with any portion of South Australia. Of the strictly Papuan genera, only two out
of nine are restricted to New Guinea, the rest being common to both North Australia
and Papua. Of the other North Australian genera, about one-half occur generally
throughout the continent, but the remainder are essentially South Australian, rep-
resented by only stragglers in Northern Australia. On the other hand, more than twenty
genera occurring in Southern Australia and Tasmania, are wholly unrepresented in the
portion of Australia I here assign to the Papuan Region. In other words, we get the
same wide faunal differences between the tropical and temperate portions of the
Australian Realm that we get elsewhere under similar climatic conditions.

In the same connection, Mr. Wallace cites my separation of Temperate South Africa
as a primary region as another instance of the misleading nature of the principle of
the distribution of life in zones. This I have also seen fit to abandon (see anted, p. 351 )
on a detailed re-examination of the subject, not because the principle is erroneous, but
in consequence of certain peculiar geographical conditions, namely, the comparatively
small area subject to a temperate climate and to its limited extension into the temperate
region. It is, in fact, wholly within the warm-temperate belt, and widens rapidly north-
ward to abut very broadly against the tropical zone. Only a very small portion really
comes under the influence of temperate conditions. Here we get, as usual, a temperate
aspect in the fauna, and I still maintain my separation of South Africa as a faunal divi-
sion, simply lowering its grade from a primary region to a u province " of the great Iiido-
African Realm, simply from the fact that thesmallnessof its area and warm-temperate,
rather than temperate, conditions have prevented, as would be naturally expected, any
great amount of differentiation .

* Mr. E. Blyth, in a paper (Nature, vol. iii, p. 428, issue of March 30, 1871) published
almost simultaneously with my own cited in the last foot-note, included a portion of
Northern Australia in his " Papuan Sub-region ", namely, " York Peninsula and eastern
half of Queensland (as far as the dividing range), on the main laud of Australia".

368

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

Group on the east, as well as the most northerly portion of Australia,
including the York Peninsula, and probably the whole northern coast
region, or that portion of Australia north of the Southern Tropic, except
the elevated arid interior. Of the twenty-seven genera (exclusive of
CMroptera and marine species) represented in the Papuan Province, ten
are not found elsewhere in the Australian Realm. Three of these (Sus,
Sorex, found only in the Moluccas, and Mus) have a wide In do- African
range ; four ( Uromys, Dendrologus, Dorcopsis, and Mycectis) are found
only in New Guinea and the Aru Islands ; and one (Dactylospila) in the
Aru Islands and the York Peninsula.

The seventeen remaining genera belong more properly to the Aus-
tralian Province, or perhaps to Australia at large. Many of them, while
numerous in species, have here (like Halmaturus, Antechinus, Poddbrus,
Mus, Hapalotis, etc.) only straggling representatives, but are numerously
represented in the temperate region to the southward. The distribution
of the genera is approximately indicated in the subjoined table.

Genera of the Papuan Province.

[NOTE.— The New Guinea representatives of the genera Hapalotis, Phalangista, and Tachyglossus have
recently been separated from their Australian affines as distinct snbgenera. Babirusa is also re-
ported from Bourn, but as probably introduced from Celebes.]

Restricted to New

Restricted to New

Guinea and
neighboring

Guinea and
Xorth Australia,

Also ranging over most of the Australian Region.

islands.

Sus.1

Acanthomys. 3

*Mus.

Halmaturus.6 •

Petrogale.

Sorex.2

Phascogale. .

* Hapalotis.6

*Perameles.6

* Phalangista.6

Uromys.

Cuscus. 4

* Hydromys.6

Macropus.6

*BeJideus.«

Dendrolagus.

Dactylopsila. 6

Dasyurus.6

Osphranter.

*Dromicia.6

Dorcopsis.

* Antechinus.6

Onychogalea.

* Tachyglossus.

MyoBCtis.

* Chaetocercus.

Largorchestes.

1 New Guinea only.

2 Moluccas only.

3 North Australia only.

4 Also Celebes, Timor, and Moluccas.

'Occurring in New Guinea.

6 Aru Islands, New Guinea (Peters), and York
Peninsula (Krefft).

6 Mainly large South Australian genera, spar-
ingly represented in North Australia and
New Guinea.

Total number of genera 27

Restricted to the region (including, however, two Indo-African genera) 1.0

Represented in New Guinea 18

Ranging also over the Australian Region 16

Restricted to New Guinea and neighboring islands (exclusive of two Indo- African

genera) 4

Common to only New Guinea and North Australia 4

Genera properly belonging to the Australian Region, but sparingly represented in

the Papuan Region 10

Distinctively characteristic of the Papuan Region, about 15

Australian Province. — The Australian Province, embracing Tasmania
and all of Australia south of about the. southern isotherm of 70° F.,

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 369

contains not less than fifteen to eighteen genera, out of a total num-
ber of thirty-four that are restricted to this region, while of the re-
mainder much more than one-half have their chief development here.
One-third of the whole are represented in Tasmania, and nearly one-
fourth range into New Guinea. Two only are peculiar to Tasmania. The
distribution of the genera is shown somewhat in detail in the subjoined
table.

In this connection it may be added that the close affinity of the Pap-
uan fauna with that of Australia is sufficiently evinced by the fact that
of the thirty-four genera represented in South Australia nine range into
New Guinea — nearly as many as occur in Tasmania!

Genera of the Australian Province.

Restricted to Temperate Australia and Tas-
mania.

Occurring also in the Papuan Region.

Pseudomys.
Echiothrix.
*Antechinus.2
Antechinomys.
Sarcophilus.1
Thalacinus.1
Podabrus.
Myrmecobius.
Chseropus.

.ZEpyprymnua.
Bettongia.2 ,
Hypsiprymnus.2
Phalascolarctos.
Petaurista.
Acrobata.
Tarsipes.
Phascolomys.2
Ornithorhynchus.2

*Mtl8.

*Hapalotis.3
*Hydromys.3
*ChaBtocercu8.
*Dasyurus.3
*3Perameles.2
3Macropus.2
Osphranter.

3Halmaturus.2
Petrogale.
Onychogale.
Largorchestes.
*sPhalangista.«
*3Dromicia2
*Belideus.»
*Tachyglos8U*.2

1Kestricted to Tasmania. 2Represented in Tasmania. 3Mainl}T restricted to the Papuan Region.
*Occurring in New Guinea.

Summary.

Total number of genera 34

Restricted to the Australian Region 18

Occurring also in the Papuan Region '. 16

Represented in Tasmania 12

Represented in New Guinea 10

Restricted to Tasmania 2

VII. — LEMURIAN REALM.

As was long since claimed by Dr. Sclater,* Madagascar is faunally
so distinct from every other ontological division of the globe as to be
entitled to the rank of a primary zoogeographical region. With it, a&
is generally admitted, should be associated the Mascareue Islands.
The very few mammals indigenous to these islands are decidedly Ma-
dagascarene in their affinities, as are the birds and other land animals.
While the Lemurian fauna shows decided African affinities, it is secoud
only to the Australian in its degree of specialization. It departs
most strikingly from all other regions in what it lacks, through
the absence of all Carnivores save one peculiar family (Cryptoproctidcu),

* Quarterly Journ. Sci., vol. i, April, 1864, pp. 213-219.

370 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

represented by a single species, and four peculiar genera of the family
Viverridce; of all Ruminants and Proboscidians; all Pachyderms ex-
cept a single African genus of Suidce; and all Eodents except a few
species of Muridce. The Insectivores are almost wholly represented by
one or two species of Crocidura, and a family, embracing several genera,
not found elsewhere, save a single genus in the West Indies. Four
families of Bats occur, but are represented, with one exception, each by
a single species. They belong to groups of semi-cosmopolitan range,
and owing also to the exceptional means of dispersal possessed by
the Chirnptera, have little weight in determining the affinities of the
fauna. The Quadrumanes are represented only by the Prosimice, of
which three-fourths of all the species occur here, while about four-fifths
of the remainder are African. The remains of an extinct species of
Hippopotamus have been found, a type existing at present only in Africa.
Although the Indian genus Viverricula has recently been established as
occurring in Madagascar, the few types that connect the Lemuriau
mammalian fauna with the fauua3 of other parts of the world are pre-
ponderatingly African.

With the exception of the Bats, which, for reasons already given, are
scarcely entitled to consideration in the present connection, the mam-
malia of "Lemuria" are, generally speaking, the lowest existing repre-
sentatives of their respective orders. The most prominent type, em-
bracing, in tact, about three-fifths of all the species (excluding the half
dozen species of Ghiroptera), belong to the Prosimice, the lowest of the
Quadrumanes, which in early Tertiary times had representatives over
a large part of the northern hemisphere, and perhaps had at that time
a nearly cosmopolitan distribution. The Carnivores are likewise allied
to early types of the Viverridce, which formerly had a much wider range
than at present; and the Insectivores are also of low forms, and allied
to early types. These facts seem, at first sight, to lend support to the
hypothesis, first advanced by Dr. Sclater, that Madagascar and the Mas
carene Islands are but remnants of a former extensive land-area that
possibly had connection with America as well as India, and embraced
portions of Africa. The supposed former relationship with America is
indicated perhaps not so much by the presence of Solenodon in the West
Indies, and of American forms of Serpents, Lizards, and Insects in Ma-
dagascar, as by the abundant occurrence of Lemuroid remains in the
North American Eocene. Since, however, these early Lemuroid forms
appear not to have been true Lemurs, but a more generalized type, having
affinities also with the Carnivores and Insectivores, and since they occur-
red also in Europe, and probably in Asia (for recent palaeontological dis-
coveries in our American Tertiaries show that much may be expected
from future explorations elsewhere), it is possible that the explanation
of the present distribution of the Prosimice needs not the supposition of
the existence of any very extensive land-area that has since disappeared:
in other words, that the African and Madagascareue Lemuridce may

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL, DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 371

have reached their present homes by migration from the northward
(leaving a remnant in India), at a time when North America and Asia
formed a continuous land-area, just as there is good reason for believing
that the greater part of the present faunse of India, Southern Europe,
and Africa are a comparatively recent immigration from the northward ;
that Madagascar derived, at a comparatively early period, its existing
fauna from Africa, as Mr. Wallace believes to have been the fact; and,
finally, that at a time antedating the appearance of the present African
fauna, Madagascar was actually united to the African continent.*
America is now not only currently considered to be the "Old World"
geologically, but it seems probable, as has recently been suggested 7f
that the Equine, Tapiroid, Ehinoceroid, Cameloid, Suilline, and Cervine
forms, the Prosimice, and possibly the Proboscidians, Marsupials, and
Edentates, were either first developed in America, or had their origin
there in early generalized forms, and have since spread to the more
recently formed continents of the eastern hemisphere. Many of them,
as well as other early, generalized types, are known to have had a nearly
contemporaneous existence during tHe early part of the Tertiary period
both in America and Europe. This certainly lends probability to Mr.
Wallace's hypothesis respecting the origin of the present Lemurian
fauna.

»

The families and genera represented in " Lemuria", their launal alli-
ances, and areas of chief distribution, are as follows : —

LEMURIDJE. — Chiefly developed in Madagascar, but occurring in Tropical Africa, South-
ern- India, and the Malay Archipelago. Represented by about twelve
genera and about fifty species, three-fifths of which are peculiar to Mada-
gascar, and three-fourths of the remainder to Africa. Genera : — Inctris,
Propithecus, Lemur, Hapalemur, Microcebus, Lepilemur, CJiirogaleus.

DAUBENTONIIDJE. — Peculiar to Madagascar and represented by a single species — Dau-
bentonia (=Chiromys) madagascariemis.

CRYPTOPROCTTD-E:. — One species (Cryptoproctaferox), found only in Madagascar.

VIVERRID.E. — Warmer parts of Asia, the Malayan Islands, and Africa. Represented
in Madagascar by several peculiar genera and the Indian genus Viverricula.
Genera: — Fossa, Galidia, Galidictis, Fiveiricula. Species of the African
genus Herpestes also reported.

EUPLERHXE.— Peculiar to Madagascar, and embracing the single genus Eupleres.

SUID^. — Eastern hemisphere generally. Represented in Madagascar by species of the
African genus Potamochcerus.

HIPPOPOTAMID.E. — African. Represented in Madagascar by the remains of a species
believed to have but recently become extinct.

PTEROPIDJS. — The tropics everywhere, except Tropical America. Represented in
Madagascar and the Mascarene Islands by two species of the Indian and
Australian genus Pteropus.

RmxoLOPHnxE. — Warmer parts of the eastern hemisphere. Represented in " Lemuria "
by species of Bhinolophus.

* Geogr. Distr. Anim., vol. i, p. 273; Nature, vol. xvi (Oct. 25, 1877), p. 548.

iSee especially Prof. O. C. Marsh's address. on "the Introduction and Succession of
Vertebrate Life in America ", delivered before the Nashville meeting of the American
Association for the Advancement of Science, Aug. 30, 1877.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

VTESPERTILIOXID^E. — Cosmopolitan. Represented by the cosmopolite genus Yespertilio.
EMBALLONURID^:. — Warmer parts of the world. Represented by the genus Taphozous.
CENTETUXE. — Confined to Madagascar except one genus (Solenodon) in the West In dies.

Represented in Madagascar by nearly a dozen species. Genera : — Centetes^

Hemicentetes, Ericulus, Oryzorictes, Echinops.
SORICIDJE. — The whole world, except South America and Australia. Represented in

Madagascar by one or two species of Crocidura, a genus found in Africa,

and the warmer parts of the eastern hemisphere generally.
MURHXE.— Cosmopolitan. Represented by several genera of African affinities, namely,.

Nesomys, Brachytarsomys, Hypogeomys.

VIII.— ANTARCTIC REALM.

The Antarctic Eealrn is geographically almost wholly oceanic, and its
fauna hence consists almost exclusively of marine or pelagic species.
It necessarily embraces not only the Antarctic Zone, but a large part
of the cold south-temperate, since very few of its characteristic species
are wholly restricted to the Antarctic waters. It will hence include not
only the few small groups of Antarctic Islands, but also Tierra del Fuego-
and the Falkland Islands, and perhaps also the extreme southern shores
of South America, while some of its characteristic forms also extend to
New Zealand, and even Australia and the Cape of Good Hope. The
only mammals that can be considered as strictly characteristic of this
region are Pinnipeds and Cetaceans, of which several genera of each
are almost wholly restricted to it. A " South Frigid", "Antarctic77, or
"South Cireurnpolar" "Zone", "Begion", or "Bealm", has been recog-
nized by various writers for the marine invertebrates, and, by vou
Pelzeln for birds, with limitations much as here assigned. While the
number of species peculiar to it is small, it is large relatively to the
whole number represented, especially in the colder latitudes. There is,
of course, a broad belt along its northern border of a transitional char-
acter, where Antarctic types overlap the range of groups characteristic
of south-temperate latitudes.

One of the most important features of the South Circumpolar or Ant-
arctic Bealm is the resemblance of its life to the marine life of the Arc-
tic or North Circumpolar Bealm. While perhaps in no case are the
species identical, the genera are frequently the same, not only among
the mammalia, but among invertebrates. This is especially significant
as regards the mammalia, since the terrestrial mammals of the extreme
north and extreme south present no such parallelism, but the utmost
divergence. Among Pinnipeds, most of the genera are peculiar to either
the northern or southern waters, but in several instances the genera of
the two regions are strictly representative. Thus, Otaria and Arctoce-
phalus of the Southern Seas are represented in the Northern by Eume-
topias and Callorhinus, Zalophus and Macrorhimis are both Northern
and Southern. Stenorhynchus, Lobodon, Leptonyx, and Ommatophoca are
strictly Southern, while Phoca, Haliclicerus, Erignathm, Cystophora,
Monachus, and one or two others, are strictly Northern, as are also the
Walruses. The Mysticete, or Baleen Whales, among Cetaceans, have

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 373

a somewhat similar distribution. While a few genera are restricted
respectively to the Northern and Southern waters, the larger uninber
are common to both, though represented by different species in the two
regions, while they are (in some cases at least) absent from the inter-
vening tropical seas. A large proportion of the Denticete, or Toothed
Whales (Dolphins, Porpoises, Eorquals, etc)., are either limited to the
warmer seas or have there their chief development, quite a number of
genera being peculiar to the tropics. Others, however, like Monodon,
are eminently boreal, while others, like Beluga, are common to the bolder
waters both north and south of the tropics. In most cases, however,
we know as yet too little respecting the range of the different species
and genera ofJdetacea to be able to make much use of them in deter-
mining questions in geographical zoology.

This similarity between the marine life of the Arctic and Antarctic
Regions evidently indicates that the forms common to the two had a
-common origin, and, at some former period, a continuous, probably cir-
cumtropical, distribution, and that on the increase of temperature in
the intertropical regions, through well-known geological causes, they
vsought the more compatible cooler waters toward the poles. The
.similarity of the Arctic and Antarctic marine life is also a feature that
sharply differentiates the fauna of the South Circumpolar Realm from
that of the South Temperate and Tropical Zones.

III.— GENERAL SUMMARY.

As stated at the beginning of the present paper, one of the chief topics
here proposed for discussion was the influences and laws which govern
the distribution of life, — whether it is or is not co-ordinated with climatic
zones, and governed in a large degree by climatic conditions, and espe-
cially by temperature. In fact, so generally is temperature recognized
by the leading writers on the distribution of marine life that it seems
superfluous to reiterate or emphasize this principle. That the zones of
life should be perhaps a little less obvious over the land-areas, — in con-
sequence of the diversity of contour resulting from differences of eleva-
tion, and the interruptions and exceptional conditions due to mountain
chains and high plateaus, — than over the oceanic expanses, is naturally
to be expected. That there is, however, a similar correspondence between
climatic belts and the zones of life seems to me abundantly evident.
As has been already shown, the broader or primary zones are. first, an
Arctic or North Circumpolar Zone, embracing the arctic, subarctic, and
Bolder temperate latitudes of the northern hemisphere, throughout the
whole of which area there is a marked homogeneity of mammalian life,
4is well as of animal and vegetable life in general ; secondly, that below
this there is a broad belt of life, which, in its general fades, is distinctive
of the temperate and warm-temperate latitudes, and that these two
jzones of life are far more closely related inter se than with the life of the
inter tropical regions, with which regions they may be collectively con-
trasted, and together receive the appropriate name of " Arctogcea" ;

374 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY..

thirdly, it has been shown, so far as the northern hemisphere is con-
cerned, that the life of the tropical and temperate regions of the same
continent is more widely different than is the life of corresponding por-
tions of the temperate and colder parts of the (so-called) Old World and
the New ; fourthly, that the life of Tropical America has very little in
common with that of the tropical portions of Asia and Africa ; fifthly,
that the life of the South Temperate Zone presents a, fades distinct from
that of the tropics, and has still less in common with that of the North
Temperate Zone ; sixthly, that Australasia is so highly differentiated
as to form a distinct primary region, having little in common with other
lauds, even with those of contiguous regions, or those having a similar
geographical position ; seventhly, that Madagascar and its contiguous
islands, while to some extent African in affinity, form also a highly
specialized region ; lastly, that the antarctic and cold south-temperate
oceanic regions are recognizable as a primary region, characterized by
a peculiar general fades of life that more strongly recalls that of the.
corresponding portions of the northern hemisphere than of any other
portion of the earth. It has been further shown that the Australian
Realm is divisible into temperate and tropical portions, and also that the
land surface is separable into zones of even still narrower limits, corre-
sponding in a general way with those recognized by Dana for marine life.
The almost total absence of identical genera, or even of families, ex-
cepting such as are essentially cosmopolitan^ in the American and Old
World tropics, as well as the distinctness of the Lemurian Realm, and
the almost total isolation of the Australian Eealm, evidently require
for their explanation other causes than merely the existing climates.
The geological history of these land-areas and. their faunae must be of
course considered in order to understand their present relationships.
As the northern hemisphere at present most clearly shows, nearly
continuous land surface and similarity of climatic conditions implies
identity of fauna, while isolation, especially when joined with diverse
climatic conditions, implies diversity of life, and a differentiation propor-
tionate to the degree of isolation, and the length of time such isolation
has existed ; in other words, that the present want of affinity between
the life of the Lemurian and Australian Realms and that of the rest of
the world is due rather to their long geographical isolation than to
present climatic conditions, and that we here find, for reasons perhaps
not wholly apparent, the remnants of a somewhat primitive or early
fauna that was formerly shared more largely by other areas than at
present, — that these regions became isolated before the development of
many of the higher and now prevalent types of the larger and more
diversified land-areas, and that here differentiation has proceeded less
rapidly and along fewer and narrower lines' than elsewhere; further-
more, that the present highly diversified fauna of the chief tropical
areas, in comparison with the fauna of the north-circumpolar lands, is
due in part jto the southward migration, near the close of the Tertiary

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 375

period, of forms adapted to a high temperature, and in part to the high
rate of differentiation favored by tropical conditions of climate. Hence,
given : 1. Arctic and cold-temperate conditions of climate, and we have
a fauna only slightly or moderately diversified ; 2. A moderate increase
of temperature, giving warm -temperate conditions of climate, and we
have the addition of many new types of life; 3. A high increase of
temperature, giving tropical conditions of climate, and we have a rapid
multiplication of new forms and a maximum of differentiation. Again,
given : 1. A long-continued continuity of laud surface, and we have
an essential identity of fauna ; 2. A divergence and partial isolation of
land-areas, and we find a moderate but decided differentiation of faunaB;
3. A total isolation of land-areas, and we have a thorough and radical
differentiation of faunae, proportioned to the length of time the isola-
tion has continued. Hence, the present diversity of life is correlated
with two fundamental conditions : 1. Continuity or isolation, past as
well as present,* of land surface; and, 2. Climatic conditions, as deter-
mined mainly by temperature.*

In accordance with these principles, which rest on incontrovertible
facts of distribution, it follows that the nearly united lands of the North
present a continuous, almost homogeneous, arctopolitan fauna ; that
farther southward, in the warmer temperate latitudes, we begin to find
a marked differentiation on the two continents ; that this differentiation
is still further developed in the tropical continuations of these same
land-areas, till an almost total want of resemblance is reached, except
that there is what may be termed, in contrast with the more northern
regions, a " tropical fades 77 common to the two. The small amount of
land surface belonging to these primary land regions south of the trop-
ics have no more in common (a few marine species excepted) than have
these two tropical areas, but it is hardly possible for them to have much
less. The Antarctic (mainly oceanic) region has a fauna strongly recall-
ing the marine fauna of the Arctic, but has no resemblance to that of
the intervening area.

The northern circumpolar lands may be looked upon as the base or
centre from which have spread all the more recently developed forms of
mammalian life, as it is still the bond that unites the whole. Of the
few cosmopolitan types that in a manner bind together and connect the
whole mammalian fauna of the globe (the Lemurian and Australian
Bealms in part excepted), nearly all have either their true home or be-
long to groups that are mainly developed in the northern lands. A few

* In illustration of the above, it may be added that the circumpolar lands north of
the mean annual of 36° F., or, in general terms, north of the fiftieth parallel, with ap-
proximately an area of about 12,500,000 square miles, have representatives of about
fifty-four genera of mammals ; Tropical America, with an approximate area of about
5,000,000 square miles, has about ninety genera ; the Indo- African Realm, with an
approximate area of about 15,000,000 square miles, has about two hundred and fifty
genera. Hence the tropical lands are four to five times richer in genera, iu proportion
to area, than those of the Cold-temperate and Arctic regions.

376 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

have been pressed a little to the southward by the extreme rigor of an
Arctic climate, but are still characteristic elements of all boreal faunas.
The very few truly tropicopolitan mammalia are either Chiroptera, or
marine, or at least aquatic, and have thus exceptional means of dis-
persal.

The primary regions and their subdivisions, recognized in the preced-
ing pages, are enumerated in the subjoined schedule.

1. — Primary divisions, or "Realms".

1. An 'ARCTIC, or NORTH CIRCUMPOLAR.

II. A NORTH TEMPERATE, divided into two regions and eight prov-
inces.

III. An AMERICAN TROPICAL, with three regions. (Provinces not

characterized.)

IV. An INDO-AFRICAN, with two regions and five provinces.
V. A SOUTH AMERICAN TEMPERATE, with two provinces.

VI. An AUSTRALIAN, with three regions and two provinces.
VII. A LEMURIAN.
VIII. An ANTARCTIC or SOUTH CIRCUMPOLAR.

2.— Secondary divisions, or "Regions".

II. North Temperate Realm : 1, American ; 2, Europseo- Asiatic.

III. American Tropical Eealm: 1, Antillean ; 2, Central American;

3, Brazilian.

IV. Indo- African Eealm : 1, African ; 2, Indian.

VI. Australian Realm : 1, Australian (Australia, Tasmania, and New
Guinea); 2, Polynesian ; 3, New Zealand.

3. — Divisions of third ranlc, or "Provinces".

II, 1. American Region: a, Boreal*; &, Eastern; c, Middle; <Z, Western.
II, 2. EuropaBO- Asiatic Region: .a, European; 6, Siberian; c, Mediter-
ranean ; d, Manchurian.

IV, 1. African Region : a, Eastern ; &, Western ; c, Southern.
IV, 2. Indian Region : a, Continental ; &, Insular.
V. South American Temperate Realm : a, Andean ; &, Pampean.
VI, 1. Australian Region: &, Australian; &, Papuan.

* A " Boreal " province has not been distinctly recognized in the preceding pages as
a division belonging to the same category as the other so-called or commonly recog-
nized provinces, and is not at all recognized in the table of distribution given at p.
339. It is nearly equivalent to what is there implied by " Cold Temperate ". I hope
soon to be able, in a paper to be devoted especially to a consideration of the geograph-
ical distribution of North American mammals, to define and characterize it more defi-
nitely.

ALLEN ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MAMMALS. 377

The relation of the different primary regions and their subdivions
may be approximately indicated diagrammatically as follows: —

I.

i

IT,

a

a

b

I

d

I

c \ b

c

\

!
1

a

t

{

1

i

2

i
i -1

L _

a

III

\

3

b

c

V —-2
1

—

IV

\

1

1

' c

~lvu

(

7-

V.

/

a

1
b

--

i

mi.

Bull. iv. No. 2 5

EDITION.

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR.

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY.
F. V. HAYDEN, U. S. Geologist-in-Charge.

SYNONYMATIC LIST

OF THE

AMERICAN SCIURI,

OR

ARBOREAL SQUIRRELS.
J.

liY

EXTRACTED FROM THE BULLETIN OF THE SURVEY, VOL. IV, No. 4.

WASHINGTON, December 11, 1878.

[From Bulletin U. S. Geol and Geogr. Survey, Vol. IV, No. 4, p. 905, foot-note.]

*P. S. — SCIUBUS RUFONIGER, Pucheran. — Since the paper on Sciuri passed
out of my hands I have received, through the kindness of Mr. E. R. Alston,
one of the types of his Sciurus rufoniger, indorsed on the label, " Compared
with Pucheran's type in Paris Museum. E. R. A. April, 1878." This speci-
men, as shown by the sexual organs, is a fully adult male, though scarcely
five and a half inches long, and hence cannot be regarded as an immature ex-
ample of S. deppei, the possibility of which is above suggested. In coloration
it differs little from frequent examples of S. hoffmanni. The tail, however, is
relatively much shorter, the size nearly one half less, and it has two upper
premolars (Alston) instead of one. In this last feature, as well as in size,
proportions, and coloration, it finds a near affine in S. pusillus. — J. A. A.
November, 23, 1878.

[* NOTE. — The above was received too late for insertion in its proper
place, the Bulletin having been worked to p. 887. — ED.]

7

ART. XXXVII.-SYNOMMATIC LIST OF THE AMERICAN SCIURI,
OR ARBOREAL SQUIRRELS.

BY J. A. ALLEN.

Since the publication last year of my revision of the American Sciuri*
the "Neotropical" species of the group have been ably reviewed by Mr.
E. E. Alston,t under unusually favorable circumstances. With his ac-
customed thoroughness, he has taken the trouble to seek out the types,
so far as they are extant or accessible in several of the principal museums
of Europe, of most of the species of former authors, and has thus been able
to determine the character of many species so inadequately described,
that in no other way could their proper allocation be satisfactorily de-
termined. His careful elucidation of this obscure and perplexing group
has not only placed his fellow-workers in the same field under lasting
obligations to him, but must mark an era in the history of the subject.
Of the fifty-nine nominal species of this group described by different
authors, he informs us that he has examined the types of no less than
forty-one ! With the rich material of the British Museum at his com-
mand, he has been able to tell us exactly what the late Dr. Gray had for
the basis of his nineteen u new species", described in a single paper in
1867, some of them so vaguely or inaccurately that the descriptions are
sometimes misleading, and often inadequate indices of what he actually
had before him. Mr. Alston has also been able to allocate the species
described previously by the same author, and by Bichardson, Bennett,
Ogilby, and other British writers. In the Paris Museum, he found still
extant the types of most of the species described many years since by
Is. Geoffroy, Lesson, F. Cuvier, and Pucheran, and in the Berlin Museum
types of the species described by Dr. Peters ; so that the only important
ones not seen by him are those of Brandt, Wagner, and Natterer. To
assist him in collating my own work, I had the pleasure of sending him
examples of the greater part of the species recognized by me in my
recent monograph of the American Sciuridce. As I had not access to
the types of the species described by foreign authors, I made, in some
instances, my allocations of synonymy with doubt, and, in other cases,
only provisionally, feeling conscious of the uncertainty with which refer-

* Coues and Allen's " Monographs of North American Rodentia", pp. 666-797, August,
1877.

t " On the Squirrels of the Neotropical Region ", Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, pp.
656-670, pi. xli. This highly important memoir gives excellent diagnoses of the species,
with their synonymy in full, and a critical commentary on the species of previous

authors.

877

878 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

ences to many of the species must necessarily, under the circumstances,
be made. Although Mr. Alston has shown the incorrectness of some of
my identifications, and the necessity of substituting, in two instances,
names other than those I was led to adopt, I feel, on the whole, no small
degree of satisfaction in the confirmation of so large a portion of my
synonymic work by the trying ordeal to which it has been submitted ;
especially as Mr. Alston has done me the kindness to state, in several
instances, that I was led into mistakes by descriptions that did not
properly represent the objects described. The purpose of the present
paper is to correct these errors, so far as they have been satisfactorily
shown, and to present a nomenclature that fairly reflects the present
state of the subject.

In my former revision of the Sciuri of Tropical America, I felt author-
ized in reducing fully four-fifths of the previously described species to
synonyms, and stated it as my belief that I had still recognized too
many rather than too few. Mr. Alston, with far more — and mainly his-
toric— material at his command, has, in one or two instances, carried the
reduction still further, but, on the other hand, has added one or two
species unrepresented in the material I had before me. While I recog-
nized ten species and two subspecies, he has raised the number of the
former to twelve. The changes, so far as species are concerned, consist
in his elevating one of my subspecies to full specific rank; in treating
as a species a form I regarded as the young of another species ; in unit-
ing, in two instances, two of my species into one; and in restoring two
species I treated as nominal. These changes, as well as those of nomen-
clature and synonymy, will be fully noted in the following pages.

For the purpose mainly of presenting a connected view of the Amer-
ican Sciuri, but partly to correct one or two errors of synonymy, I
include the North American species in the subjoined enumeration,
although I have no changes to make in the nomenclature adopted in
" Monographs of North American Eodentia ". In order to distinguish
readily those that are represented in the North American fauna, I divide
the species, as before, into two geographical series. Gray's species are
assigned in accordance with Mr. Alston's determinations, based on an
examination of the types, as are also those of Peters, Pucheran, Cuvier,
Geoffrey, Bennett, and Richardson. Consequently the synonymatic
tables here presented are substantially the same as Mr. Alston's.

A.— NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES.
I. — SCIUETJS HUDSONIUS, Pallas.

1.— Var. hudsonius.

Sciurus vulgaris, FORSTER. Phil. Trans. Ixii, 1772, 378.

Stiurus vulgaris, e, Jiudsonicus, ERXLEBEN, Syst. Anim. 1777, 416.

Sdurus hudsonius, PALLAS, Nov. Spec. Glires, 1778, 376.

Stiurm carolinus, ORD, " Guthrie's Geogr. (2d Am. ed.) ii, 1815, 292."

Sciurusrubrolineatus, DESMAREST, Mam. ii, 1822, 333.

ALLEN ON THE AMERICAN SCIURI. 879

2.— Var. richardsoni.
Sciurus richardsoni, BACHMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. vi, 1838, 100.

3.— Var. douglassi.

Sciurus nudsonius, var. (3, RICHARDSON, Faun. Bor.-Am. i, 1829, 190.

Sciurus douglassi, GRAY, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. 1836, 88 (no description).— BACHMAN,

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1838, 99.

Sciurus toivnsendi, BACHMAN, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. viii, 1839, 63 (MS. name).
Sciurus lanuginosus, BACHMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1838, 101.
Sciurus mollipilosus, AUDUBON & BACHMAN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. i, 1842, 102.
Sciurus belcheri, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist, x, 1842, 263.
Sciurus suckleyi, BAIRD, Proc. Acad. Nat Sci. Phila. vii, 1855, 333.

4.— Var. fremonti.

Sciurus fremonti, AUDUBON & BACHMAN, Quad. N. Amer. iii, 1853, 237, pi. cvlix, fig. 1.

II.— SCIURUS CAROLINENSIS, Ginelin.

1.— Var. leucotis.

Sciurus cinereus, SCHREBER, Sauget. iv, 1792, 706, pi. ccxii (nee Linne", 1758).

Sc'uruspennsylvanicus, ORD, " Guthrie's Geog. (2d Am. ed.) ii, 1815, 292" (melanistic).

Sciurus niger, GODMAN, Am. Nat. Hist, ii, 1826, 133 (melanistic; nee Linne", 1758).

Sdunis carolinensis, GODMAN, Am. Nat. Hist, ii, 1826, 131.

Sciurus leucoiis, GAPPER, Zool. Journ. v, 1830, 206, pi. xi.

Sciurus vulpinus, DEKAY, N. Y. Zool. i, 1842, 59.

Sciurus migratorius, AUDUBON & BACHMAN, Quad. N. Amer. i, 1849, 265, pi. xxxv.

2. — Var. caroliuensis.

Sciurus carolinensis, GMELIN, Syst. Nat. i, 1788, 148.

Sci irus fuliginosus, BACHMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1838, 96.

3.— Var. yucatanensis.
Solurus carolinensis var. yucatanensis, ALLEN, Mon. N. Am. Rod. 1877, 705.

KOTE.— In " Monographs of the North American Bodentia", p. 701,
exclude from synonyms of var. leucotis, " f Macroxus melania, Gray ",
and from synonyms of var. carolinensis exclude " f Sciurus deppeV\ re-
specting which see infrd,, pp. 881, 885. Variety yucatanensis seems to be
a rare form in collections, Mr. Alston stating that the only specimen he
has seen being the one I sent him.

III. — SCIURUS NIGER, Linne*.

1. — Var. niger.

Sciurus niger, Linne*, Syst. Nat. i, 1758, 64.

Sdurus variegatus, ERXLEBEN, Syst. Anirn. 1777, 421 (in part).

Sciurus vulpinus, GMELIN, Syst. Nat. i, 1788, 147.

Sciurus capistratus, Bosc, Ann. du Mas. i, 1802, 281.

Sciurus rufiventris, M'MuRTRiE, Cuvier's An. King. (Am. ed.) i, 1831, 433.

Sciurus texianus, BACHMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. Loud. 1838, 86.

2. — Var. cinereus.

Sciurus cinereus, LINNE, Syst. Nat. i, 1758, 64.

Sciurus vulpinus, SCHREBER, Sauget. iv, 1792, 772, pi. ccxr, B.

880 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

f Sciurus hyemalis, ORD, "Guthrie's Geog. (2d Am. ed.) ii, 1815, 293, 304."
ff Macroxus neglectus, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 425 (locality
unknown).

3. — Var. ludovicianus.

Sciurus ludovicianus, CUSTIS, Barton's Med. and Phys. Journ. ii, 1806, 43.

Sciurus ludovicianus var. atroventris, ENGELMANN, Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, i, 1859, 329.

Sciurus macroura, SAY, Long's Exp. R. Mts. i, 1823, 115.

Sciurus macroureus, GODMAN, Am. Nat. Hist, ii, 1826, 134.

Sciurus magnicaudatus, HAKLAN, Faun. Am. 1825, 178.

Sciurus subauratus, BACHMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1838, 87.

Sdurus auduboni, BACHMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1838, 97.

Sciurus occidentalism AUDUBON & BACHMAN, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. viii, 1842, 317.

Sciurus rubicaudatus, AUDUBON & BACHMAN, Quad. N. Am. ii, 1851, 30, pi. Iv.

Sciurus sayi} AUDUBON & BACHMAN, Quad. N. Am. ii, 1851, 274, pi. Ixxxix.

Sciurus limitis, BAIRD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vii, 1855, 331.

NOTE. — Under Var. ludovicianus, Mon. N. Am. Bod. p. 718, exclude
"! TOMES, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1861,281 (Costa Rica [lege Guatemala])".

IV. — SCIURUS FOSSOR, Peale.

Sciurus fossor, PEALE, Mam. and Birds U. S. Expl. Exp. 1848, 55.
Sciurus heermanni, LECONTE, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vi, 1852, 149.

Y. — SCIUEUS ABERTI, Woodh.

Sciurus dorsalis, WOODHOUSE, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vi, 1852, 110 (nee Gray, 1848).
Sciurus aberti, WOODHOUSE, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vi, 1852, 220.
Sciurus castanotus, BAIRD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vii, 1855, 332 (typ. error for cas-
tanonotus).

VI. — SCIURUS ARIZONENSIS, Coues.

Sciurus arizonensis, COUES, Amer. Nat. i, 1867, 357.

Scturus collicei, ALLEN, Mon. N. Am. Rod. 1877, 738 (exclusive of synonyms, which all

belong to the next species, except " f S. Itporinus, AUD. & BACH.", which is

indeterminable).

NOTE. — "Misled by imperfect descriptions and a bad figure of Rich-
ardson's type, Mr. Allen has referred the Arizona Squirrel of Dr. Coues
to Richardson's S. collicei. He has since kindly intrusted me with a
typical example of 8. arizonensis ; and I find that it is quite distinct
from 8. collicei (which is Mr. Allen's 8. bootMce), being much more nearly
allied to 8. carolinensis, from which, however, both Dr. Coues and Mr.
Allen consider that it is i thoroughly distinct7." — ALSTON, 1. c. p. 659.

B.— SPECIES OF MEXICO AND CENTRAL AND SOUTH

AMERICA.

VII.— SCIURUS GRISEOFLAVUS, (Gray) Alston.

Macroxus griseojlavus, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1877, 427.
Sciurus griseoflavus, ALSTON, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, C60.

f Sciurus ludom'.ianus, TOMES, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1861, 281 (according to Alston,
1. c. p. 660).

NOTE. — Referred by me to my 8. leucops. Considered by Mr. Alston
to be "closely allied" to 8. arizonensis, of which he suspects "it will

ALLEN ON THE AMERICAN SCIURI. 881

eventually prove to be a southern race. More specimens, however, are
required before they can be united ; and provisionally I therefore accept
8. griseoflavus as a distinct species.77 My own inclination, in view of Mr.
Alston's diagnosis of 8. griseoflavus, is to unite them, but I refrain from
doing so at present.

Mr. Alston further remarks :— " Mr. Allen considers Gra^s M. griseo-
flavus to be specifically identical with his [Allen's] M. leucops ; and the
original diagnosis certainly seems to give countenance to such a view.
The typical specimens (five in number), however, are very different.
. . . " In consequence of my referring Gray's Macroxus griseoflavus
to my S. leucops, he quotes the latter as a synonym of S. griseoflavus,
Alston, but the specimens I referred to my 8. leucops represent his
S. variegatus var. leucops.

VIII.— SCIURUS HYPOPYRRHUS, Wagler.

f Sciurus variegatus, ERXLEBEN, Syst. Anim. 1777, 421 (in part).

Sciurus Jiypopyrrhus, WAGLER, Isis, 1831, 610.

Sciurus nigrescens, BENNETT, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1833, 41 (melanistic).

Sciurus collicei, RICHARDSON, Zool. Voy. Blossom, 1839, 8, pi. i.

Sciurus variegatoides, OGILBY, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1839, 117.

Sciurus richardsoni, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist, x, 1842, 264 (nee Bachman, 1838).

Sciurus boothice, GRAY, List Mam. Brit. Mus. 1843, 139 (=S. richardsoni, Gray).

Sciurus griseocaudatus, GKAY, Zool. Voy. Sulphur, 1844, 34, pi. xiii, fig. 2 (animal), pi.

xviii, figs. 7-12 (skull and teeth).

Sciurus fuscovariegatus, SCHINZ, Synop. Mam. 1845, 15 ( = S. richardsoni, Gray).
Sciurus adolphei, LESSON, Descrip. de Mam. et d'Ois. 1847, 141.
Sciurus pyladei, LESSON, Descrip. de Mam. et d'Ois. 1847, 142.
Sciurus dorsalis, GRAY, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1848, 138, pi. vii.
Sciurus rigidus, PETERS, Monatsb. Kongl. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch. zu Berlin, 1863,

(1864), 652.
Sciurus oculatus, PETERS, Monatsb. Kongl. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch. zu Berlin, 1863,

(1864). 653 (formerly referred by me to my "8. colliosi" —S.arizonetisis,

Coues).

Sciurus intermedius, " VERREAUX", GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 421.
Sciurus nicoyana, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 423.
Sciurus melania, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867,425 (formerly referred

by me, with a query, to S. carolinensis).
Sciurus collicei, ALLEN, Mon. N. Am. Rod. 1877, 738 (the synonyms, except S. arizo-

nensis, Coues, but not the specimens, nor the descriptive text).

Sciurus boothicB, ALLEN, Mon. N. Amer. Rod. 1877, 741 (synonyms, text, and specimens).
Sciurus hypopyrrhus, ALLEN, Mon. N. Amer. Rod. 1877,746 (synonyms,— except Macroxus

maurus, Gray, — text, and specimens, except the series from Guayaquil and the

text relating to them).

XOTE. — This species, as at present defined, includes both my 8. boothice
and S. hypopyrrlms, except certain specimens from Guayaquil described
by me under the latter name, which represent, according to Mr. Al-
ston's determination of them, 8. stramineus. In uniting my S. boothice
and 8. hypopyrrhus, Mr. Alston confirms a suspicion I had already ex-
pressed of their possibly proving identical. I kept them apart mainly
from the impression made upon me by the Guayaquil specimens, which
I felt pretty sure were specifically different from those I referred to 8.

882 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

boothiw, and which were really the basis of what I recognized as 8. liypo-
pyrrhus. I associated with them, however, specimens representing the
8. dorsalis of Gray, from their apparently slenderer form and relatively
longer ears and tail. Although Mr. Alston has not seen the types of
either Wagler's S. lujpopyrrlius or of 8. stramineus, I defer for the pres-
ent to his judgment in adopting hypopyrrhus as the name of this highly
polymorphic group.

Under 8. hypopyrrhus, Mr. Alston recognizes five " types", namely: —
1. "The hypopyrrhus type", to which he refers S. nigrescens, Bennett, and
Macroxus boothice, Gray, 1867. 2. "The rigidus type", to which he refers
S. rigidus, Peters, S. intermedius, Yerreaux, and 8. nicoyanus, Gray.
3. " Thedorsalis type." 4. u Thecolliwi type", to which he refers 8. collicei,
Eichardson, 8. adolphei and 8. pyladei, Lesson, 8. variegatoides, Ogilby,
S. oculatus, Peters, and 8. griseocaudatus, Gray. 5. " The melania type "

u With regard to the synonymy," Mr. Alston writes, "I may ob-
serve that I have been able to examine the types of all the ' species '
here united, excepting that of 8. hypopyrrhus, which, however, has been
well described by Wagler and Wagner ; it appears to be a dark variety
without the usual wash of white on the tail. ..."

"Qf the geographical distribution of the races," he says, " we can
only judge from the comparatively few specimens of which the exact
localities have been noted. Tbe hypopyrrlms phase appears to be the
most northern, the collicei to obtain principally along the Pacific slopes,
and the dorsalis to be the most southern. Each, however, appears to be
found along with the others in some parts. Thus, I have seen speci-
mens of the hypopyrrhus type from Mexico, Honduras, and Guatemala,
of rigidus from Guatemala, Nicaragua, and Costa Rica, of dorsalis from
Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Yeragua, and Panama, and of collicei from the
west coast of Mexico and Guatemala, Nicaragua, and Oosta Rica. The
only .localities which I know for 8. melania are Nicaragua and Yeragua."*
In all probability, these five types will prove to be entitled to varietal
rank.

IX. — SCIURUS AUREIGASTER, F. Cuvier.

Sciurus aureogaster, F. CUVIER, Hist, des Mara, iii, livr. lix, 1829.

ticiurtw leucogaster, F. CDVIER, Suppl. de Buff, i, Mam. 1831,300.

Sciurus albipes, WAGNER, Abb. Bayer. Ak. ii, 1837, 501 (according to Alston ; formerly

referred by me, vitb a ?, to the preceding species).

Sciurus socialis, WAGNER, Abb. Bayer. Ak. ii, 1837, 504, pi. v (according to Alston).
Sdurusferruginiventris, AUDUBON & BACHMAN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pbila. 1841,101;

Quad. N. Am. pi. xxxviii.
Sdttrus varius, WAGNER, Suppl. Schrebers Siiuget. iii, 1843, 168, pi. cccxiii D ("S. al-

lipes" on plate ; = S. albipes, Wagner, 1837).

Macroxus mono, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 424.
Macroxus rnaurus, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 18C7, 425 (formerly referred

by me to tbe preceding species).

Macroxus leucops, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 427.
Sciurus aurdgaster and S. leucops} ALLEN, Mon. N. Am. Rod. 1877, 750, 753.
Sciurus variegatus, ALSTON, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, 660 (ex Erxleben).

* Loc dt. pp. 663, 664.

ALLEN ON THE AMERICAN SCIURI. 883

NOTE. — " Under this name I feel myself obliged to bring together
two Mexican Squirrels of which typical specimens are very different in
appearance. Mr. Allen has kept them separate under the names of 8.
aureigaster and S. leucops, remarking that the difference in coloration
leaves little doubt of their distinctness, but adding that ' more abundant
material may show that they are not specifically separable ' (op. cit. p.
755). The color- variation is not nearly so great as we shall find it to be
in the next species [i. e. 8. hypopyrrhus] ; and after a careful examination
of a great number of specimens, especially of the fine series in the Paris
Museum, I have been unable to find a single distinctive character which
is constant." — ALSTON, I. c. p. 661.

Of this species Mr. Alston recognizes two forms, denominated respect-
ively "1, the aureogaster type", and "2, theleucops type'7.

Unfortunately, as it seems to me, Mr. Alston has selected for this
species Erxlebeu's name variegatus, remarking that it is "primarily
founded" on the " Coztiocotequallin" of Hernandez, and that Button's
" Coquallin " is quoted only as a synonym ; and adds, " Erxleben's
diagnosis and description appear to me to be quite characteristic of the
leucops form of the present species. By retaining this appropriate name,"
he continues, uwe are enabled to escape from F. Cuvier's barbarous term
aureogaster, under which this beautiful species has labored in so many
works" (I. c. pp. 661, 662). However pleasant it might be to escape
Cuvier's barbarous name, this to me is not so clearly the way to do it.
Erxleben's species is admittedly a composite one, and neither his diag-
nosis nor Hernandez's account of the " Coztiocotequallin " helps the
matter, since the best that can be made out is that Erxleben's species
was black above, varied with white and brown, and yellow below, twice
the size of the European Squirrel, and with the ears not tufted ; a char-
acterization broad enough to apply to the dusky phase of any of the
larger Mexican Squirrels. F. (Juvier's excellent figure and detailed
description, on the other hand, leave nothing to be guessed at in respect
to just what his aureogaster was, the types of which, it appears also, are
still preserved.

X,— SCIURUS STRAMINEUS, Eyd. & Soul.

Sciurus stramineus, EYDOUX & SOULEYET, Voy. de la Bonite, Zool. i, 1344, 37, pi. ix.
Sciurus nebouxii, Is. GEOFFROY, Voy. de La Ve"nus, Zool. 1855, 103, pi. xii.
Macroxus fraseri, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867,430.
Sciurus hypopyrrhus, ALLEN, Mon. N. Am. Eod. Ih77, 747 (in part).

NOTE. — As already stated, this species was embraced under my S.
hypopyrrhus. The 8. stramineus I included among the synonyms of 8.
variabilis. The 8. nebouxii I was unable to identify, and gave it among
my undetermined species. The Macroxus fraseri I referred doubtfully to
8. tephrogaster* Mr. Alston has examined the types of 8. nebouxii and

* " It is only fair to Mr. Allen to add, that Gray's description of M. fraseri is so imper-
fect that it is not surprising that the American zoologist should have doubtfully re-
ferred it to S. tephrogaster." — ALSTON, I. c. p. 665.

884 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

S.fraseri, and their allocation here is on his authority. It turns out
that the Guyaquil specimens of iny S. hypopyrrhus series (one of which
Mr. Alston has seen) represent this species. Mr. Alston states that this
species is rare in collections, and appears to be the only representative of
the genus in Western Peru. He further says : — "A remarkable peculiar-
ity of this species is its tendency to the development of irregular tufts
of pure white hairs, rather longer than the rest of the fur, and some-
times uniting in large patches. These asymmetrical markings are pres-
ent in the majority of the individuals examined." This peculiarity in
the texture and color of the pelage I looked upon as abnormal and as
indicating a tendency to albinism, and am surprised that it should prove
of such general occurrence.

XL— SCIURUS VAKIABILIS, Is. Geoffroy.

Sciurus variabilis, Is. GEOFFROY, Mag. de Zool. 1832, i, pi. iv.

Sciurus langsdorffi, BRANDT, Me"m. Acad. de St. Pe"tersb. 6e s6r. Math. Phys. et Nat. iii,

2e pt. 1835, 425, pi. xi.

Sciurus igniventris, "NATTERER", WAGNER, Wiegm. Arch, liir Naturg. Ib42, i, 360.
Sciurus pyrrhonotus, "NATTERER", WAGNER, Wiegm. Arch, fiir Naturg. 1842, i, 360.
Sciurus tricolor, "PoppiG", TSCHUDI, Faun. Peruan. 1844-46, 156, pi. xi.
Sciurus mono, WAGNER, Abb. Bayer. Ak. v, 1 50,275.
Macroxus gerrardi, GRAY, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1861, 92, pi. xvi.

Sciurus brunneo-nigw, '* CASTLENAU ", GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 429.
Sciurus fumigatus, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 428.
Sciurus varialilis and S. gerrardi, ALLEN, Mon. N. Am. Rod. 1877, 768, 766.

NOTE. — Mr. Alston extends this species to cover my 8. gerrardi, which
I separated mainly on the ground of smaller size. He says : — " Here,
again, the greater amount of material compels me to go beyond Mr.
Allen in the identification of nominal species. Most of the above syn-
onyms were brought together by him under the name of S. variabilis ;
but 8. gerrardi and 8. rufo-niger [lege brunneo-niger] were kept separate
under the former title. The principal points on which he rested were
the smaller size and shorter ears of S. gerrardi; but on examination of a
sufficient series, I have not been able to find any constancy in the pro-
portions of the ears, while the difference in size totally disappears.
. . . The smaller specimens (8. variabilis, 8. gerrardi, etc.) appear to
prevail towards the north j but this is not constant. . . . Kor is it
constantly connected with any of the numerous varieties of coloration —
rufous, grizzled, and melanistic specimens occurring of all sizes." These
color-variations, he says, seem to resolve themselves into three primary
groups, namely : — "1, the morio type", melanistic; " 2, the variabilis
type", red, varied with black : " 3, the langsdorffi type ", reddish- or yel-
lowish-grizzled. Each of these types seems to prevail in certain locali-
ties, but there is no regularity in their distribution, the red and grizzled
often occurring together.

Our synonymy of this variable group agrees, except that I included
8. stramineus under variabilis^ and Gray's Macroxus xanthotus under
8. gerrardi, which latter Mr. Alston refers to 8. griseogenys ( = Sciurus

ALLEN ON THE AMERICAN SCIURI. 885

cestuans var. rufo-niger, Allen), with the remark, " By some curious
error Gray's account of this last (Macroxus xanthotus) has been printed
after that of M. Irunneo-niger, instead of after M. ' griseogena ; so that
the remark, 'very like the former >, etc., naturally led Mr. Allen to refer
the synonym to S. gerrardi " (I.e. p. 667).

XII. — SCIURUS DEPPEI, Peters.

Sciurus deppei, PETERS, Monatsb. K.-P. Ak. Wissen. Berlin, 1863, (1864), 654 (formerly

referred by me, with a ?, to S. carolinensis).

Macroxus tephrogaster, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 408.
Macroxus middellinensis, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 408.
Macroxus tceniurus, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d 8er. xx, 1867, 431.
Sciurus tephrogaster, ALLEN, Mon. N. Am. Rod. 1877, 763 (excluding " f Macroxus fraseri,

Gray")-

NOTE.— The examination of the type of & deppei, Peters, by Mr.
Alston, shows it to be identical with Gray's M. tephrogaster, over which
it has three years' priority. "As already observed," says Mr. Alston,
"M. fraseri, Gray, was so insufficiently, described that Mr. Allen was led
to identify it with the present species, which is about half its size and
totally different in coloration" (1. c. p. 669).

XIII. — SCIURUS ^STUANS, LinnS.

Sciurus cestuans, LINNE, Syst. Nat. i, 1766, 88.

Sciurus cestuans var. guanensis PETERS, Monatsb. K.-P. Akad. Wissens. Berlin, 1863,

(1864), 655.

Myoxus guerlingus, SHAW, Gen. Zool. ii, 1801, 171, pi. clvi.
Sciurus gilvigularis, " NATTERER'', WAGNER, Wiegm. Arch, fur Naturg. 1843, ii, 43 ; ib.

1845, i, 148.

Macroxus leucogaster, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 430.
Macroxus irroratus, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 431.
Macroxus flaviventer, " CASTELNAU", GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 432.
Sciurus cestuans var. cestuans, ALLEN, Mon. N. A.m. Rod. 1877, 756 (exclusive of " f S.

pusillus, Geoffrey ", and " M. Jcuhli, Gray ", and inclusive of "M. irroratus, Gray ",

referred to var. rufoniger).

NOTE. — "Jtf. irroratus must also be placed here, although the original
description is such that Mr. Allen unhesitatingly referred it to the last
species [S. griseogenys]" — ALSTON, 1. c. p. 668.

XIV. — SCIURUS HOFFMANNI, Peters.

Sciurus cestuans var. hoffmanni, PETERS, Monatsb. K.-P. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1863, (1864), 654.

Sciurus hyporrhodus, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 419.

Macroxus xanthotus, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 429.

Macroxus griseogena, GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 429.

Sciurus griseogenys, ALSTON, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, 667.

Sciurus cestuans var. rufoniger, ALLEN, Mon. N. Am. Rod. 1877, 757 (excluding S. rufoniger

and S. chrysosurus, Pucheran, and adding M. xanthotus, Gray, formerly referred

to S. gerrardi).

NOTE.— "Mr. Allen, in his monograph, regards this Squirrel as a
c variety 7 or geographical race of the next species [i. e. S. cestuans}.

88G BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

differing in its uniformly larger size and strikingly in the coloration of
its tail. In a subsequent letter to me he says : — 4It would perhaps be
just as well to recognize it as entitled to specific rank, although I still
feel sure of their intergradation.' That such connecting links may yet
be found seems very probable ; but I have not been able to find such in
the very large series which I have examined, and am consequently com-
pelled to keep them provisionally distinct. Unfortunately Mr. Allen has
identified this species with Pucheran's S. rufo niger, which, as will be
seen presently, is a much smaller and quite distinct species. Dr. Peters
described it only as a variety of #. ccstuans ; and though specimens in
the Berlin Museum are labelled l Sciurus lioffmanni\ the name remains a
manuscript one. Of Gray's three titles I have adopted griseogena (more
correctly griseogenys) as being simultaneous in date with the others, and
as indicating the typical form." — ALSTON, 1. c. p. 667.

Accepting provisionally this Squirrel as specifically distinct from S.
(jestuans, I dissent from the foregoing only respecting its proper title.
Although the name lioffmanni may remain a manuscript one as applied
in a specific s$nse, its publication as a varietal name for this form, three
years prior to the publication of Gray's names, appears to me to warrant
its use as a specific designation for the same form. Such a procedure
has certainly the sanction of numerous precedents.

XY. — SCIURUS RUFONIGER, Pucheran.

Sciurus rufonigfir, PUCHER4N, Rev. de Zool. 1845, 336. — ALSTON, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.

1868, 669.

Sdurus chry&urus, PUCHERAN, Rev. de Zool. 1845, 337.
"Macroxus tephrogaster minor, GRAY, MSS." apud Alston.

NOTE.— This species I introduce entirely on the authority of Mr. Alston,
who has examined the types. I referred both of Pucheran's species
unhesitatingly to the preceding species, but the presence of two upper
premolars in S. rufoniger would seem to render it unquestionably distinct
from S. lioffmanni, and to ally it with S. deppei (as perhaps the young of
that species).

Kespecting this species, Mr. Alston remarks as follows :— " On examin-
ing the type of Pucheran's S. rufo-niger in the Paris Museum, I found
that it was not identical with S. griseogenys [8. cestuans var. rufoniger,
Allen, Mon. N. Am. Rod.], as Mr. Allen supposed, but rather allied to
S. deppei [S. tephrogaster, Allen, I. c.\ ; and I soon recognized in it a small
Squirrel from Panama, and which I had begun to fear would require a
new name. These examples prove to agree further with S. deppei in
having two upper premolars, but differ in being more than one third
smaller, in the color of the lower parts (which are only paler than the
upper, save on the breast), and in the tail being nearly uniform in color
with the back (the hairs having only very minute white or yellow tips).
Specimens in the British Museum are labelled M. tephrogaster minor ;
but I cannot doubt the distinctness of the form. The type of S. rufo-

ALLEN ON THE AMERICAN SC1URI.

887

niger has tbe middle of the back nearly black; while that of M chryso-
surus appears to be a variety, merely differing in the tail being more
rufous" (I. c. p. GG9). There is nothing in Pucherau's description of the
last-named species to indicate it is not the young of 8. hoffmanni.

Judging from what I have seen in other species, the darker color of
the lower surface in Alston's 8. rufoniger as compared with S. deppei
might result from immaturity ; but in deference to Mr. Alston's opinion,
grounded on excellent opportunities for deciding, I give the species pro-
visional recognition.

XVI. — SCIURUS PUSILLUS, Geoflroy.

Sdurus pusillus, "Is. GEOFFROY", DESMAREST, Diet. d'Hist. Nat. x, 1817, 109; Mam.

1822, 337, pi. Ixxvii, fig. 2.— ALSTON, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, 670 pi. xli.
Macroxus JcuhU, GRAY, Aun. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, 433.

NOTE. — These names — the first with a query, the second unhesitat-
ingly— I referred in my monograph to 8. cestuans, influenced mainly by
the strong aspect of immaturity presented by a specimen in the Museum
of Comparative Zoology, which undoubtedly represents this species, not-
withstanding the statement by Bnffoti, quoted by me, that the type of
the species was shown by the sexual organs to be adult. Although Mr.
Alston was unable to find the type of Geoffroy's 8. pusillus, he seems to
have established its distinctness from S. cestuans by finding two upper
premolars in the British Museum specimens bearing that name, tie
considers Gray's M. Jcuhli (which I treated also as the young of 8. cestuans)
as unquestionably identical with 8. pusillus. This is apparently a very
rare species, as I have met with references to not more than half a dozen
specimens in all. It is by far the smallest American species of Sdurus.

The subjoined summary indicates the changes in nomenclature here
made from that adopted in "Monographs of North American Rodents",
and also that employed by Mr. Alston in his recent paper " On the
Squirrels of the Neotropical Region": —

Allen, November, 1878.

Alston, October, 1878.

Allen. August, 1877.

S arizonensis

S ari/onensis

S. collisei.

S griseoflavus

S oriseoflavus

S. hypopyrrbus

S bypopyrrhus

S. hypopyrrbus.

S. aureigaster

S. bootbise.
S. aureigaster.

S. Etramineus

S stramineus

, leucops.
S. hypopvrrhus.

S. variabili8 .

S. variabilis

f

S. variabilis.

S. deppei

S. sestuans . .

S. deppei
S. sestuans

I

S. gerrardi.
S. tephrogaster.
S. sestuans var. sestuans.

S. hoffmanni

S. sestuans var. rufcniger.

S rufonifer

S. pusillus

S. pusillus ...... ...

S. SBstuaus.

A.TJTHOR'S EDITION.

DEPAETMENT OF THE INTEKIOK.

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY.

F. V. HAYDEN, U. S. Geologist-in-Charge.

ON THE

COATIS

(GENUS NASUA, STOHR)

BY

J. A. ALLEN.

EXTRACTED FROM THE BULLETIN OF THE SURVEY, VOL. V, No. 2.

WASHINGTON, September 6, 1879.

BULLETIN

OF THE

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY
OF THE TERRITORIES.

VOLUME Y. 1879. DUMBER 2.

Art. X.— On the Coatis (Genus IVasua, Storr).

By J. A. Allen,

Few of the terrestrial Ferae present a greater range of color-varia-
tion, wholly independent of sex and age, than do the species of Coati.
Neither does the history of many groups afford so remarkable a record
of malidentifications and consequent confusion and complication of
synonymy. Before entering further upon the general subject, it may
be stated that the number of species recognized by even comparatively
recent authors varies from one to five, while the aggregate number of
synonyms falls little short of thirty. The two valid species of the group
were very early and simultaneously recognized, but later one of them
was almost wholly lost sight of for nearly half a century, so that the
names given to them by the early systematic writers were variously com-
bined and almost indiscriminately referred by later authors to the
various nominal species they respectively recognized. As preliminary
to any attempt to discriminate the species, and for the purpose of eluci-
dating the tables of synonymy given below, a somewhat extended
historical summary of the literature of the subject may not be out of
place.*

Brisson, in his "Regne Animal," in 1756, described two species of
Coati under the names "Le Coati-Moiidi" and "Le Coati-Mondi a queue
annelee," which afterward became the basis respectively of Linne's Vi-
verra narica and Viverra nasua. Brisson also described " Le Blaireau
de Surinam — Meles surinamensis? which is also a Coati, referable to the

* The present revision of the group is based mainly upon the rich material contained
iu the National Museum, the whole of which has been unreservedly placed at my dis-
posal by the Director, Professor Spencer F. Baird. I am also greatly indebted to Mr.
Alexander Agassiz for the use of the material contained in the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology at Cambridge, Mass., which happily supplies important data that would
have b^ii otherwise inaccessible to me.

Bull, v, 2 1 I5a

154 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [7bZ.V.

species with an ammlated tail. This later became in part the basis of
Erxlebeii's Viverra vulpecula.* Only the first two of Bilsson's three spe-
cies above cited have special importance in the present connection. His
diagnoses are so explicit as to leave no doubt respecting the particular
species characterized, and they thus render Linne's Viverra narica and
V. nasua perfectly determinable. Buffon also described and figured
both species from specimens he was able to study in life, under the
names "Le Coati brun" and "Le Coati noiratre," corresponding respec-
tively with Linne's Viverra narica and V. nasua. Schreber copied Buf-
fon's plates and adopted Linne's names. He seems, however, to have
had personal knowledge of both species, and takes pains to clearly point
out their specific differences, alluding to the fact that both Buffon and
Pennant considered Viverra narica as merely a "variety" ("blosse Spiel -
arten") of V. nasua. Erxleben and Gmelin also adopted Linne's names,
and correctly referred to them Brisson's and Buffon's species. G . Cuvier,
in 1798, employed Buffou's vernacular names, but referred the species to
the genus Ursus, retaining, however, the specific names given by Linne.
Shaw, in 1800, gave Viverra narica as a " var.?", remarking that it had
usually been considered as a variety of Viverra nasua, but adds: "It is,
however, rather larger than the former [V. nasua], of a browner color,
and without any annuli, or, at least, without any distinct variegations
on the tail," thereby showing that he appreciated correctly some of the
more obvious external characters of the two species. Up to this time
the two species had not been confounded by systematic writers, and the
references to Brisson and Buffon prove to have been correctly allocated.
Desmarest, in 1817, apparently intended to adopt for the group Storr's
generic name Nasua, of which he recognized three species, as follows :
1. " Le Coati, Nasua quasje, Geoffroy," to which he referred " Viverra
quasje, Linn." (i. e., Gmelint), and Buffon's " le Coati noiratre." 2. " Le

* The Viverra vulpe^ula of Erxleben is one of those curious compositions so frequently
met with in the works of the earlier systematists, particularly those of Linne", Erx-
leben, and Gnielin, based on the descriptions and figures of still earlier writers,
especially those of Hernandez, Seba, Jonston, Brisson, Buffon, and Schreber. These
compositions frequently embraced what, in the light of the present day, can be recog-
nized as several widely diverse species, belonging not unfrequently to distinct fami-
lies of animals. While some of the citations are still indeterminable with certainty,
others may be readily identified. Erxleben's first citation under his vulpecula is
"Yzquiepatl sen Vulpecula, quae Maitzium torrefactum aernulator colore HernantL
Mex. p. 332 cum jig. mediocr.", which is apparently the " Ichneumon de Yzquiepatl, sen
Vulpecula Americana, quss colore Maizium torrefactum semulator" of Seba (Thesau. i,
1634, 68, pi. xlii,fig. 1). said to be "in America Quasjo vocatur" and "vivum ad Suri-
nam." The description and figure indicate an animal having some resemblance to a
Coati, but is as likely to have been a Raccoon, and is certainly indeterminable with
certainty. With it are combined Brissou's "Le Blaireau de Surinam," which is un-
questionably a Nasua, andBuffou's "LeCoase" (Hist. Nat., xiii, pp. 288, 299, pi. xxxviii),
which is beyond doubt the Pekaii or Fisher of " Virginie," the Mustela pennantiof
modern systeinatists, and (primarily) the Viverra vulpecula of Schreber, which Erxle-
beu also quotes.

t Although various writers cite a "Viverra quasje, Linn.", the name originated with
Gmelin (Syst. Nat., i, 87), whose first reference is: " V. castanea subtus flavescens, naso

ALLEN ON THE GENUS NASUA. 155

Coati brim, Viverra narica, Linn.", to wliich lie referred Buffoii's "pi. 48"
(the same plate is also referred to the preceding species!). 3. " Le Coati
roux, Viverra nasua, Linn.", to wliicli is referred Schreber's " pi. 118."
In 1820 he made a still more thorough confusion of the species, of which
he nominally, recognized two, under the names Nasua rufa and Nasua
fusca. His ^r. rufa is F. Cuvier's " Coati roux" (Hist, des Mam., livr. i),
which is merely a red phase of the common V. nasua of Linne", while his
N. fusca is a composition of Linnets V. narica with Marcgrave's " Coati-
mondi" (referred by Linne to his V. nasua), the Coati and Coati noiratre
of Buffon, and F. Cuvier's " Coati bran," which last is also referable to
Linne's V. nasua.

F. Cuvier,* in 1817, nominally recognized two species, but really de-
scribed only one, but confounded the synonyms of both. These are : 1.
"Coati roux; Viverra nasu-alAwi." In his description of this he cor-
rectly says : " le queue est annelee de noir et de fauve." 2. " Coati bran ;
Viverra narica, Buff., pll. 47-48." In his description of this he says :
" le queue est annelee de noir et de jaune sale," and therefore it is not
the Viverra narica of Linne. Furthermore, in citing here both of Buf-
fon's plates Ixvii and Ixviii, he confounds both of the Linnsean species
under the name " Viverra narica," and fails altogether to recognize the
true narica.

Desmoulins, in 1823, followed F. Cuvier in making two species, and
while he adopted Linne's names he wrongly referred Schreber's plate cxviii
to Viverra nasua, and cites both of Buffon's plates Ixvii and Ixviii under
V. narica. Lesson, in 1827, simply followed Desmarest's nomenclature
and determinations of 1820.

F. Cuvier, in the first livraison of his " Histoire des Mammiferes,"
published in 1818, figured the red phase of the Viverra nasua of Linne
under the name " Le Coati roux," and in the fourth livraison (1819) of
the same work figured a pale fulvous variety and a pale brown variety
under the titles, respectively, of " Coati brun femelle, variete fauve," and
" Coati brun, femelle," and in the forty-eighth livraison (1825) figured
still another variety under the name "Coati bran-fonce"; all of which
are unquestionably referable to the Linna3an Viverra nasua.

In 1826, Prinz Maximilian published his " Beitrage zur ISaturge-
schichte von Brasilien," in which work he bestowed on Linne's Viverra
nasua the name Nasua socialis, and added a4 second species as " ? 2.
N. Solitaria" and further indicated 3. " f Nasua nocturna" He calls
attention to the great variability in color that the Coatis present, referring
to the fact that in the common Coati, known in systematic works as

producto, cauda amiulata. Sysl. Nat. X, p. 44." His second citation is: "Meles ex
saturate spadiceo nigricans, cauda fusca annulis flavicantibus quasi cincta. Brlss. quadr.
p. 185." Whether the first reference relates to Nasua or to Procyon is hard to deter-
mine, but the second is simply Brisson's "Blaireau de Surinam." "Quasje" is well
known to be one of the native names applied to the Coatis in Surinam and some other
parts of South America.

* Diet, des Sci. Nat., tome ix, 1817, p. 464.

156 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Fol.V.

u Nasua nifa-t" or " T7rm*ff nasuaj* he had. found red, gray, and brownish
individuals in the same family. He therefore held all these animals for
a single species till he learned from hunters that there were two, of which
one was small and slender, and associated in numerous companies, while
the other was larger, less slender,. and lived singly or in families; the
first being termed by the natives " Cuati de Bando" ; the second, " Cuati
Mundeo." Of the last, he says he had seen only a single example, yet he
believed in its existence in consequence of the reports of the Brazilian
hunters. He also says he regards it as unwise to name the species in
reference to their color, as, for example, " Nasua rufa and subfusca?
but deems it better to bestow names in reference to their modes of
life. He accordingly gives the name Nasua socialis to the " Cuati de
Bando " of the natives, of which he met with many specimens, and of
which he gives a detailed description. He says this is the common
variety, which has been named Nasua rufa, and which is sometimes of a
purer, sometimes of a more brownish red. His N. solitaria is the " Cuati
Mundeo" of the Brazilians of the eastern coast, but he expresses doubt
respecting its specific distinctness from his N". socialis. He describes
the body as entirely yellowish ash-gray, darker on the back, pale yellow-
ish-red below and yellowish-brown on the sides ; tail very pale grayish-
red, annulated with blackish-brown. The single example seen by him,
and which he describes, was an old male. Its larger size and stouter
form, as compared with his N. socialis, described from, female examples,
as well as its different habits, have since been shown to be merely sexual
or due to age. According to the Indians, this larger Coati (N. solitaria)
agrees in habits with the other species, except that it lives singly or in
families and is less social.

In commenting upon the general subject, he says it is certainly wrong
to recognize three species of Coati, namely, " Nasua rufa, olfusca,* und
narica? as Eschwege has done, or four, by adding Geoffrey's Nasua

* Illiger is credited by Maximilian, Fischer, Gray, and others, with the names Nasua
monde and Nasua obfusca, but neither of them gives references to the places of their occur-
rence. Gray, however, incorrectly adds, "Prodromus," but neither of these names
occurs in Illiger's " Prodromus," where he merely recognized two species under the
Linusean names of nasua and narica. In his " Verzeichniss der in Siid-Amerika vor-
kommenden. Gattungen und Arten," in his " Ueberblick der Siiugthiere nach ihrer Ver-
theilung iiber die Welttheile".(Abhandl. Berlin. Akad. 1804-11), he enumerates eight
"species" of .Nasua as follows : "Nasua Monde, minor, spadicea, Narica, Quasjef, Squash?,
f Cuja, f canina," but gives only the following means of identifying the new names. In
reference to them he says : "Die Arten [der Nasua'], von iihnlicher Farbe und Bildung,
sind bei den Schriftstellern sehr verwirrt. Ob Vulpecula, Quasje und /Squash, wirklich
-selbstiindige Arten, oder nur junge Thiere andrer Arten sind, kann man nicht mit
Sicherheit bestimmen. Ich rechne noch Mustela Cuja Molina und Gmelin, und Zimmer-
niann's Koupara, den Canis sylvestris Scba Thesaur. I. Tab. 30. Fig. 1, zu dieser Gat-
tung." The memoir in question abounds in similar instances of the multiplication of
names without formal characterization, five South American "species" of Gulo, for ex-
ample, being enumerated in the same connection.

No. 2.] ALLEX OX THE GEXUS NASUA. 157

pusilla,* which he says is apparently a young animal. lie adds:
"Hochstens zwei Arten des eigentlichen Ouati kami man als in den
von mir bereis'ten Gegenden einheimisch annehmen, wenn sie nicht auf
eine reducirt werden miissen, die Farbe aber kanu, meinen Becbach-
tnngen zufolge, keine Species derselben bestimmeii" (1. c., ii, p. 297).
Finally, he concludes his article on the Coatis with an "Amnerkung,"
in which he says he has imperfectly learned of another animal which
appears to belong to the group of Coatis, but which differs a little in its
habits from the two species he has described. This is his "? Nasua noc-
tur-na, das Jupard oder nachtliche Cuati." The only skin he saw of this
reputed animal, said to inhabit the great forests of the eastern coast of
Brazil, was so imperfect that he was unable to determine certainly
about the genus. It differed from the other described Coatis somewhat
in color in being pale grayish-yellow above and pale yellowish-red below,
and through the absence of color-rings on the tail, which was colored
uniformly with the back. According to the Brazilian hunters, it lives
during the day in holes in trees, and goes abroad only in the night, the
hunters never seeing it in the daytime. It differs, he says, from the
other Coatis, if indeed it really belongs with them, not only in its noc-
turnal habits, but in its soft, fine hair and uniformly colored ("unge-
fleckten") tail.

Wagner, t in 1841, united all the Coatis into one species, under the name
Nasua socialis, but grouped his bibliographical references under the
heads of two varieties, called respectively •" var. rufa aut fulva," and
" var. bruneaJ? His view of the case may be best presented in his own
words : " Die beiden Arten, welche aus dein gemeinen Cuati errichtet
worden, sind welter nicht s als Farbenabanderungen, die sich, wie diess
der Prinz von Neuwied und Eengger gezeigt haben, in einer und der-
selben Famine und in demselben Wurfe beisammen vorfinden, und weder
vom Geschlecht, noch vom Alter, noch vom Klima bedingt sind."

Yon Tschudi, a little later (1844-46), recognized five species in his
-" Fauna Peruana" (pp. 98-103), namely, the Nasua socialis and N. soli-
tar ia of Maximilian, and three new ones. The latter are N. leucorliynclms,
N. mttata, and N. montana. He gives only -two as found in Peru — N.
socialis^ the usual or common species, and N. montana, known from a'
single specimen collected in the Peruvian Andes at an altitude of 8,000
feet above the sea. The N. leucorliynclms, von Tschudi states, is often
brought by travellers from the interior of Brazil, but there is apparently
good reason for questioning the correctness of the locality here assigned.
Under this name is given a good description of Linnets Viverranarica —
the first recognition of the species for nearly half a century, and the first

* A "Nasua Quasjc, Geoffr. Collect, du Mus.", is cited also by Fischer, and Gray gives
"Nasua quasie, Geoff. Mus. Paris"; but I cannot find that the name was ever published
by Geoffrey.

tSchreber's Saugt., Suppl., ii, 1841, p. 165.

t As synonyms of N. socialis he cites Viverra "nasuta" and V. narica of Liiine", and
Nasua rufa and ^T. "rufina" of Desinarest.

158 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

detailed description. The N. vittata was based on a melanistic speci-
men collected by the traveller Schoinburgk in the interior of Guiana,
to which is referred the black variety of Coati mentioned by his brother
in the "Annals of Natural History" (vol. iv, p. 431). The N. montana
is also a melanistic type, without the usual white spots about the eyes.
Four of vonTschudi's species are thus referable to the Liunaean V. nasua,
and one to the V. narica.

Gray,* in 1843, revived the Linnaeaii name narica, but, although he
cites as the first synonym " Viverra narica, Linn.," all his other citations,
and doubtless all his specimens, are referable to Liune's V. nasua. He
recognized two species, the other being u Nasua rufa, Desm.," by which
he evidently intended the Viverra nasua of Linne. In 1864, t he for-
mally reviewed the group of Coatis, recognizing three species, add-
ing as new a " Nasua olivacea." He perpetuates the confusions of
nomenclature and synonymy of his earlier notice, and, so far as can be
determined by his descriptions, his material is all referable to the single
Linnsean species Viverra nasua. In ISGGf he added still another nominal
species under the name Nasua dor salts. In 1869, in his "Catalogue of Car
nivorous, Pachydermatous, and Edentate Mammalia in the British Muse-
um " (pp. 238-241), he gives the four species he had previously recognized
as follows: 1. Nasua rufa; 2. Nasua narica; 3. Nasua dorsalis; 4. Nasua
olivacea. The references under N. rufa are all pertinent to the Viverra
nasua of Linne ; those under Nasua narica, except the first three (" Viverra
Narica, Linn. S. N. i. p. 64 ; Schreb. Saugeth. t. 119 5 Ursus narica,
Tab. E16ni. p. 113, 1798"), and the "Nasua leucoryplia [lege leucorliynclim]
Tschudi, Arch, fur Naturg.", are also all referable to the same species, as
are his own N. dor sails and 'N. olivacea. To judge by his descriptions, as
well as by the localities given, his material is also all referable to Linne's
Viverra nasua, as all his species are described as having annulated tails.
It would be unsafe, however, to assume, that the Viverra narica was
unrepresented in the material at his command. Respecting his N. rufa
and JV. narica he says : " I have examined with care a series of skulls
which are said to have belonged to these two species, but have been
unable to discover any characters by which the skulls belonging to
one species can be distinguished from those belonging to the other. . . .
If I had only two or three skulls, I might have perhaps seen differences
which I might have regarded as distinctions ; but when a series of some
twenty or more are examined, it is impossible to define any distinction."
These suggestive remarks confirm me in the conclusion above expressed,
that Gray had before him only skulls of Viverra nasua, for he certainly
could not have failed to distinguish the skulls, or even the skins, of the
true "F. narica (Nasua leucorhynchus, von Tschudi) if he had had them.

Giebel§ in 1855, recognized two species, namely, Nasua socialis and

*Cat. Mam. Brit. Mns., 1843, p. 74.
t Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1864, pp. 701-792.
t Proc. Zool. Soc. Loud., 1866, p. 169, pi. xvii.
§ Siiugethiere, pp. 749-751.

No. 2.] ALLEN ON THE GENUS NASUA. 159

Nasua soUtaria. To the first lie virtually referred all the species of pre-
vious authors except N. soUtaria of Maximilian, which alone constitutes
his second species. This, however, as Hensel has shown, unquestiona-
bly relates only to old males of the common species.

In 1860, Weinland described and figured* a species of Coati from Vera
Cruz, Mexico, under the name Nasua soUtaria var. mexicana. The speci-
men was taken when two months old, and transmitted alive to the
Frankfort Zoological Garden, and when described and figured was
already nearly five years old. Weiriland's detailed description of its
external characters and his«excellent figure, drawn and colored from the
living animal, form the first definite information recorded in reference to
the Mexican Coati. The species, however, is wrongly referred to Prinz
Maximilian's Nasua soUtaria, and although the author in his general
history of the subject refers to von Tschudi's Nasua leucorliynclius, lie
failed to perceive that the example he here describes represented that
species as well as the old LinnaBan Viverra narica.

De Saussure, in 1862,t recognized two species from Mexico under the
names Nasua socialis and Nasua soUtaria, which, he says, bear respect-
ively the native names "Tejon de manada" and " Tejon solo." Both
are referable to the Nasua leucorliynclius of von Tschudi ( = Viverra narica ,
Linne). He seems to have made here the same mistake respecting the
Coatis of Mexico that Prinz Maximilian made in reference to those of
Brazil, namely, that of describing the old males as a distinct species,
adopting for it Maximilian's name soUtaria, and retaining the same
author's name socialis for the younger males and females ; but the two
supposed species to which De Saussure gave these names are not the
two so named by Maximilian.

Von Frantzius, in 1869, stated f that the specimens collected by him
in Costa Eica had been determined by Professor Peters to be the Nasua
leucorliynclius of von Tschudi. He says that two species are recognized
in Costa Eica under the names " Pisote solo" and " Pisote de manada,"
which are respectively the " einsame Eusselbar" (Nasua soUtaria, auct.)
and the " gesellige Eusselbar (N. socialis, auct.). But he says that all
of the Costa Eican specimens that he had examined belonged to Nasua
leucorliynclius, and he thinks it therefore probable that only this spe-
cies occurs there, and that the so-called " geselligen Eiisselbaren " are
only the young and females of N. leucorliynclius, and not the N. socialis.
Consequently he believes that N. leucorhynchus may be considered as the
only representative of the genus in the Northern Tropics, and that N.
socialis is restricted to the Southern Tropics. He further notes that the
coloration of the Costa Eican species is very variable, the young being-
browner and the old animals more varied with blackish and white.

Hensel, in 1869, in his u Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Thierwelt Bra-

* Zoologische Garten, Jahrg. i, I860, p. 189.

t Zoologische Garten, Jahrg. iii, 1862, pp. 53; 56.

J Arch, fur Naturg., 1869, i, pp. 292-294.

160 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [VolV.

siliens,"* in his account of the Brazilian Coati, claimed that Maximilian's
Nasua solitaria (the " Coati inondeo" of the Brazilians) was based merely
on old males of the common species. He refers to the great sexual differ-
ences these animals present in respect to habits, as being the basis of a
grave error committed by zoologists, and to certain climatic differences
in color. He even goes so far as to say : " Ich glaube, dass es nur eine
einzige Art, die Nasua socialis gibt, wenigstens enthalten die Beschrei-
bungen anderer nichts, was sich nicht auch bei der genannten Art vor-
fande."

In 1873, t however, he recognized two species, namely, Nasua socialis
and Nasua leucorhynchus. The first he had found so abundant in Southern
Brazil that he collected of it not less than two hundred skulls, as well as
many skeletons. He states that from the comparison of these skulls, as
from observation of the animal in a state of nature, it appears that the
old males live solitary, and have been accounted a different species un-
der the name Nasua solitaria. The Brazilian hunters, he says, also dis-
tinguish it as " Coati monde" from the common " Coati de vara," but at
the same time recognize very well their relationship. Among his above-
mentioned skulls were a considerable number of those of old hermits, or
solitaires ("Einsiedlern"). At a particular time of life — that is to say,
when the long canines begin to become worn — the old males leave the
troops, of which, in company with the old and young females, they had
hitherto formed a part, and afterward only run with them during the pairing
season. One can tell, he says, with considerable certainty, by the skull,
whether or not the animal had already left the troop. The males that run
with the troops are, as shown by an examination of their skulls, not fully
grown, so that size becomes a distinctive character of the old solitary
males. It is difficult, he says, to find any difference in color between
the two assumed species ; and although he examined every example care-
fully, and with the object of finding two species, he was never able to
find any color-differences. He further states that solitary females are
never met with, unless, perhaps, they have been driven from the herd
in hunting them.

He later refers to the fact that a considerable number of species have
been recognized, but adds that, with one exception, he has no judgment
to render respecting them. In Eio de Janeiro he saw an example in
confinement, which he thought probably came from Bahia or Pernam-
buco, that was distinguishable by its reddish color. He thought it
perhaps represented Desmarest's Nasua rufa, but to him it appeared to
differ from the Southern Nasua only in its color, through the yellow
being of a reddish tone, f

* Ibid., Jalirg. x, 1869, pp. 289-293.

t "Beitriige zur Kenntiiiss der Saugethiere Sud-Brasiliens," Abhandl. Kouigl. Akad.
Wissenscli. zu Berlin, 1872, (1873), pp. 63-67.

ilu his former paper, in alluding to this subject, he says: " In Rio de Janeiro, in
Bahia und Pernauibuco sah ich gezahmte Coatis, an denen das Gelb der Haare dunkler
war uud einen rothlicheu Ton hatte, so dass der Farbeuton des ganzen Thieres auch

Xo.2.] ALLEN ON THE GENUS NASUA. 161

The second species lie here admits is the Nasua leucorliynclim from
Costa Eica, which, from a comparison of skulls sent him by Dr. von
Frantzius, he found to be smaller* than N. sodalix, the skull rounder,
with the crests and ridges less developed, and the molar teeth thicker.

From, the foregoing it will be seen that the two species of Coati owe
their first introduction into systematic literature to Linne, who in turn
derived them from Brisson and Buffon, by each of whom both were
described at nearly the same date. It further appears that these species
were properly denned (as far as they were then known) and clearly recog-
nized by all the leading systematists, down to the early, part of the
present century, and that confusion and obscurity originated with the
French encyclopaedists, the two species being similarly more or less in-
volved at the hands of both Desrnarest and F. Cuvier in the year 1817,
and that malidentification and confusion of synonymy have since been
the rule. It furthermore appears that the Linnsean name narica, when
used at all. has, since that date, covered dnly color- variations of the Lin-
nasan nasua, and that the true narica of Linii6 finally became again
specifically distinguished in the leucorliynclms of von Tschudi, and is at
last currently recognized under that name as the second and only other
valid species of the genus Nasua.

These two species may be briefly diagnosed as follows :

COMMON CHARACTERS. — Nose produced, terminating in a bald, cartilaginous snout ;
tail nearly as long as the body. Skull narrow, long, the frontal region elevated ;
palate prolonged backward ; postorbital processes rudimentary in youth, well
developed in old age ; sagittal and occipital crests strongly developed in the males
in old age, but the former permanently obsolete in the females. Incisors ^|, of
moderate size, the outer upper separated from the others, and placed more pos-
teriorly; canines l~, all curved outward, greatly developed in the males, of
moderate size in the females ; the upper laterally compressed with cutting edges ;
the lower rather larger and subtriangular, with a deep longitudinal groove on
the inner anterior border ; premolars z~] molars |~.' A small white spot above,

another below the eye, and a third on the cheek Genus Nasua Storr.

DIFFERENTIAL CHARACTERS. — 1. Nose and edge of upper lip white, in strong con-
trast with the dark brown of the cheeks and facial region ; tail concolor with the
back, or with obsolete half-rings on the lower surface of the basal half. Pelage
long, soft, the long hairs of the dorsal surface tipped with rufous, fulvous, or
whitish. Hinder portion of the palate angularly depressed medially. . .narica.
2. Nose and upper lip gray, uniform in color with the cheeks and facial region ;
tail conspicuously annulated with about 7 to 9 rather broad fulvous or rufous
rings, alternating with dusky or black ones. Pelage generally short, harsh,
shining, the long hairs of the dorsal surface usually black-tipped. Size smaller
and nasal region of the skull narrower than in the preceding ; palatal region
also narrower, with its posterior portion flat— not sharply depressed in the mid-
dle, as in the preceding. Ears also rather longer and more pointed rufa.

etwas rothlich war ; allein iin Uebrigen glichen sie ganz den Coatis des Siidens und
konnten hochstens als klimatische Farbenvarietat betrachtet werden." — Loc. cit., p.
291.

* His Costa Rican specimens, as shown by his descriptions and measurements of
them, were not fully grown, which accounts for his statement that the Costa Rican
species is smaller, it being in reality larger.

162 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

XASUA XABICA, (Liime) Illiger.

x

MEXICAN Co ATI.

Lc Coati-Moncli, BRISSOX, Reg. Anim., 1756, 262.
Coati brun, BUFFOX, Hist. Nat., viii, 1760, pi. xlvyi.

Harm narica, LIXXE, Syst. Nat., i,4 176G, 64. Based entirely on Bufifon, as above. —
SCHREBER, Siiugth., iii [1776?], p. 438, pi. cxix (fig. from Button;. — ERXLEBEX,
Syst. Reg. Anim., 1777, 486.— ZIMMERMAXX, Geogr. Gesch., ii, 1780, 291.—
GMELIX, Syst. Nat., i, 1788, 88.— SHAW, Gen. ZoSL, i, 1800, 385 (given as a
"var.?")-— DESMAREST, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., vii, 1817, 219.
Ursns narica, G. CUVIER, Tabl. Elem. d'Hist. Nat., 1798, 113.

:' / ^as-ua nocturna, MAXIMILIAN, Beitr. Naturges. Bras., ii, 1826, 298.

Xasua Icncorlnjnclnis, vox TSCHUDI, Fauna Peruana, 1844-46, 100. — FRAXTZIUS, Arch,
fur Naturg., 1869, 292.— DUGES, La Naturaleza, i, 1869, 137.— HEXSEL, Ab-
liandl. Konigl. Akad. Wissens. Berlin, 1872, (1873), 65.

Xasua socialis var. fusca, FISCHER, Synop. Mam., 1829, 149.

Xasua socialis var. brunea, WAGXER, Suppl. Schreber's Saugth., ii, 1841, 165.

Xasua socialis, DE SAUSSURE, Zoologisclie Garten, Jahrg. iii, 1862, 53.

Xasna solitaria var. mexicana, WEIXLAXD, Zoologische Garten, Jalirg. i, No. 11, Aug.
1860, 191, with a colored plate from life. — DE SAUSSURE, Zoologische Garten,
Jahrg. iii, No. 2, Feb. 1862, 27 (habits), 54 (external characters).

jy«8M«. solitaria, DE SAUSSURE, Zoologische Garten, Jahrg. iii, 1862, 54.

Bassaricijon gabbii, ALLEX, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1877, 267, pi. ii, animal (not
Bassaricyon gabbii, Allen, ibid., 1876, 20, pi. i, skull).

EXTERNAL CHARACTERS. — Xose, edge of upper lip, a spot below the
eye, another above the eye, and a small spot on the cheek, white; a white
line, more or less distinct, usually connects the white spot above the eye
with the white nasal area; rest of the facial portion of the head black-
ish-brown ; forehead, sides and top of the head, hind neck, and a trian-
gular area over the shoulders, lighter brown, varying in different speci-
mens, however, from dark brown to yellowish-brown, or even deep golden.
In many specimens this more or less fulvous area has well-defined out-
lines, and terminates posteriorly in a triangular extension reaching nearly
to the middle of the back 5 in others, it is less well defined, and has a
more restricted extension posteriorly. The ears are broadly margined
Avith whitish, with long brown hair externally at the base, Avhich in win-
ter pelage forms overhanging tufts that nearly cover the ears. The gen-
eral color of the rest of the dorsal surface is dark brown, becoming darker
posteriorly, and varying in different specimens from fulvous to blackish-
brown, with the tips of the long hairs lighter and lustrous, varying in dif-
ferent specimens from nut-brown through fulvous to pale yellowish-white
or silvery. The color of the tail is nearly uniform with that of the hind por-
tion of the back, with the distal third darker or blackish. Faint annula-
tions are often observable, on close inspection^ particularly on the basal two-
thirds of the lower surface, but they are apparently never con spicuous in the
adults, and frequently specimens occur in w:hich no traces of annulations
can be detected. They appear to be more prominent in very young speci-
mens than in those that are full grown, and to become obsolete in old age.
They are, however, sometimes entirely absent in the young. Sides of the

ALLEN ON THE GENUS NASUA. 163

neck whitish, varying from fulvous-white to silvery, this color usually
extending over the fore-limbs as far as the elbow, and posteriorly along
the sides of the body; 011 the sides of the neck it often forms a well-
defined patch extending upward to the ear. The thighs are also more
or less whitish. Distal portions of the limbs dark brown, passing into
blackish on the feet. Chin, to beyond the syinphysis of the jaw, pure
white ; throat, breast, and anterior half of the ventral surface, whitish or
grayish-white, more or less obscured by the brown of the basal portions
of the hairs. The pure white of the chin is usually separated from the
grayish-white of the throat by a dusky band, formed by the extension
and confluence of the dark brown of the cheeks ; this, however, is an ex-
tremely variable feature, being sometimes wholly absent, often indistinct^
but sometimes very broad and prominent. The color of the ventral sur-
face is variable, being sometimes wholly silvery, or grayish- white, or en-
tirely dusky, with no whitish anywhere cm the lower surface except on
the chin and a patch of dingy or yellowish-white on the throat and breast.
Usually the anterior half of the ventral surface is more or less whitish r
through which the fuscous bases of the hairs show, the whitish surface-
color being formed by the white tips of the hairs. A similar whitish or
yellowish-white tint is seen over the inguinal region. On the chin, the
hairs are short and white to the base ; on the rest of the lower surface
they are dusky at base and whitish at the tips, resulting usually in the
production of a dingy gray.

The pelage is full, long, and soft, and the tail full and bushy. The
hairs composing the whitish patches on the sides of the neck are usually
longer than those of the adjoining parts.

Judging by the specimens in hand, there are no sexual differences in
color, one of the darkest specimens of the series being a female.

In very young specimens, the pelage is softer and more woolly, with
the look of immaturity usually characteristic of young animals. They
show, however, the same facial markings as the adults. The annulations
of the tail appear to be generally more strongly marked in the young,,
being, in some cases, quite conspicuous, but are sometimes entirely absent.

A series of fourteen skins from various parts of Mexico and Central
America presents a wide range of individual variation in color, but not
greater than most mammals present, and not nearly so great as is seen
in Nasna fusca. There seems, also, to be a recognizable amount of geo-
graphical variation, the Mexican specimens being much lighter-colored
than those from Guatemala and Costa Rica, The lightest-colored spe-
cimen of all comes from the Texan side of the Eio Grande, near Fort
Brown. In this example (Nat, Mus., No. 12757, Dr. J. C. Merrill), the
general aspect of the dorsal surface is yellowish-gray, with a large,
whitish area on the sides of the neck, and much white along the sides of
the body; below, strongly whitish throughout. The white eye-markings
do not quite form a continuous ring, but the spot above the eye has a
whitish band connecting it with the white nasal area. The pelage is

164 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Tol.V.

very long and 'full, and the fulvous under-color of the dorsal surfa.ce
shows strongly through the light tips of the long hairs.

A Mazatlan specimen (Nat. Mus., No. 9068, T. Bischoff) has the top of
the head, back of the neck, and a long, triangular area over the shoulders,
deep yellowish-brown or golden, and the whole upper surface is strongly
fulvous, through the long hairs being tipped with this color. The white
area on the nose is very broad ; the two white eye-spots form a very
broad, continuous ring around the eye, which is connected with the white
nose-patch by a prominent stripe of the same color. The breadth of the
white eye-ring above the eye is 15 mm. The white of the chin, throat,
and breast forms a continuous area, and is of unusual purity. In very
favorable lights, about four or five indistinct rings can be traced in
the basal two-thirds of the tail $ but on casual inspection the tail would
be pronounced unicolor with the back, except that it has a blackish tip.
A Colima (Mexico) specimen (Nat. Mus., No. 7228, John Xantus) presents
the same general appearance as the Mazatlan specimen, except that the
golden on the hind-head, nape, and shoulders has a more restricted area.
The white on the nose is also much reduced, and the white about the eye
only forms two small, wholly separated spots, the upper of which is con-
nected with the white of the nasal region by a narrow, half-obliterated
line. A specimen from Pacuare, Costa Ilica (Nat. Mus., No. 12878, Jose
0. Zeledon), has the face-markings nearly as in the Mazatlan specimen,
but the ocular ring is interrupted at the posterior canthus of the eye.
The yellow area of the nape and neighboring parts is less well defined
than in either of the preceding, and has a redder cast. The dorsal sur-
face, particularly posteriorly, is much darker, and the light tippings of
the hairs are silvery 011 the sides, and rufous or reddish-brown over the
shoulders and middle of the back. In other words, the specimen is much
darker. The tail has obsolete rings and a dark tip, as in the others.

A specimen from Central Guatemala (Nat. Mus., No. 8622, Henry
Hague), in general features greatly resembles, the last, but the brown of
the face is darker and the white markings more restricted, the eye-spots
being small, widely separated, and wholly cut off from the white area
on the nose. The posterior half of the dorsal surface and the tail are
much darker (blackish-brown), but the sides of the body, from the head
to the middle of the body, have the long hairs tipped for nearly half
their length with silvery white, tinged more or less with yellow. A
specimen from Talamanca, Costa Eica (Nat. Mus., No. 12197, Jos6 Zele-
don), in much worn pelage, is very dark throughout, and, apparently
owing to the weariug-off of the ends of the long hairs, shows none of
the usual light tippings. This specimen is the darkest of the series: it
shows trace of annulation in the tail. A specimen from Mexico (Nat.
Mus., No. 7230, labelled "Nasua leucorliynclms, Tschudi, Mexique, Maison
Yerreaux ") is deep blackish-brown throughout, the long hairs slightly
tipped with light-yellowish over the shoulders, passing into silvery on
the sides of the shoulders. Sides of the neck with a small area of white,

ALLEN ON THE GENUS NASUA 165

over which the hairs are conspicuously lengthened; throat and fore
linibs externally whitish; hind limbs nearly black, the long hairs lus-
trous black. The white face-markings are greatly restricted, the eye-
spots being very small, and the white nasal area greatly reduced. The
whole lower surface of the head posterior to the mandibular symphysis
is deep blackish-brown, Avithin which, just behind the oral angle, is a
small white spot, enclosing the mandibular tuft of whiskers. This exam-
ple (in full winter pelage) is a female that had apparently suckled young
the previous year. In general appearance, the coloration in this example
is similar to that of a melanistic Woodchuck (Arctomys monax}. There
is no white anywhere on the ventral surface, except on the chin, and a
sprinkling of yellowish-white hairs on the throat. Another specimen
from Las Graces de Candelaria, Costa Eica (Nat. Mus., No. 9069, Jose"
Zeledon), collected during Dr. von Frantzius's explorations in Costa
Eica, also in full winter pelage, is quite similar to the last, but has rather
more white on the face, and less white on the sides of the neck and fore
limbs, and the white on the lower surface is continuous from the point
of the chin to the middle of the body, with no cross-band of brown across
the posterior part of the lower jaw. There is no trace of annulations in
the tail.

Another specimen from Costa Eica (Nat. Mus.^, No. 11405, J. Carniiol)
differs remarkably from all the others. It is little more than half-grown,
but the long hairs are worn off from the sides of the body posteriorly,
and the pelage generally has a much worn aspect. In this specimen, the
whole head is pale fulvous, including the parts usually white, but the
usual face-marking can be dimly traced. The general color of the body
is dark fulvous, lighter on the more worn parts. Over the shoulders
and along the middle of the back, where the long hairs are intact, the
color is darker, approaching chestnut, with short rusty tips to the long
hairs. This example seems to represent in this species the red phase of
Nasua, rufa.

There are also in the collection two young specimens, apparently not
more than two to three months old. One is from Tehuantepec (Nat.
Mus., £To. 9375, Prof. F. Surnichrast) ; the other from Belize (M. C. Z.,
No. 5542, Dr. H. Berendt). They present a general aspect of immaturity
in the texture of the pelage and in the rather darker tone of the under
color; but they have the same general markings as the adults, the facial
pictura being the same, and the long hairs of the pelage being similarly
tipped with yellowish. The tail is, however, more distinctly annulated,
the anuulations in the Tehuantepec specimen being very prominent.
The hair on the tail is also rather short and woolly.

A still younger specimen from Jalapa, Mexico (M. C. Z., No. 2030,
•Montes-de-Oca), less than nine inches long (head and body), and proba-
bly not more than two or three weeks old, differs from those last de-
scribed in having the whole dorsal surface nearly uniform brownish-

166 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

black; in the pelage being wholly soft and woolly, the long lighter-
tipped hairs having not yet appeared. The sides of the neck and the
whole lower surface are uniform grayish-white, with no separating band
cutting off the white of the chin from that of the throat. Lower surface
of the tail for two inches at the base yellowish- white, crossed distally by
two dark bars. In other respects, the tail is colored uniformly with the
back, and shows no other trace of annulations. It consequently appears
that in very young individuals the tail may be either entirely without
annulations or have them quite conspicuous. The face presents the
maximum extension of white, and agrees exactly with the very white-
faced adult example from Mazatlan already described.

In the series of specimens above described there is a complete inter-
gradation from the light grayish fulvous example from the Lower Rio
Grande to the blackish-brown specimens from Central America, though
simply an increased intensity southward in the coloration. At the same
time, there is a wide range of purely individual variation in the size of
the white face-marks, and especially in the coloration of the lower sur-
face of the anterior half of the body. As previously stated, there appear
to be no well-marked sexual differences of color.

SKULL. — A series of six adult skulls of this species (four males and
two females), and three others from half-grown examples, shows that
the skull varies greatly with age and sex. None of the male skulls are
very old, the molar teeth being unworn, while one of the female skulls
has the tubercles of the molars wholly worn away. Yet in this last the sa-
gittal crest is wholly undeveloped, wrhile the middle-aged males have well-
developed crests, varying from 5 to 11 mm. in height. The male skulls
'are also larger, with much larger canines and more heavily developed and
more widely spreading zygomata. The male skulls vary considerably in
size, the smallest having a length (from front edge of intennaxillae to pos-
terior border of occipital condyles) of 119 mm. and a breadth (at the point of
greatest expansion of zygomata) of 77 mm., against, respectively, 138 mm.
and 81 mm. in the largest. The largest (but not the oldest) female skull
has a length of 123 mm. and a width of Go mm., showing that as regards
the length of the skull some of tlie females exceed in size some, of the
males. The average of four male skulls, however, gives a length of
129 mm. and a width of 79 mm., against, respectively, 122 mm. and 03 mm.
for the two female skulls. In the females, in addition to the very much
smaller size of the canines and the entire absence of a sagittal crest, the
zygoma-tic arches are much weaker and much less widely divergent.

GENERAL HISTORY AND SYNONYMY". — As already stated in the gen-
eral history of the subject, the present species was described by Brissoii
in 1756 under the name "Le Coati-Mondi," and was redescribed and
figured by Buffon in 1760 as " Le Ooati bruu." On the latter was ex-
clusively based Linne's Viverra narica. Although the habitat of the
specimens described is not stated by either of these authors, and was

Jfo-2-] ALLEX OX THE GENUS XASUA. 167

probably unknown to them,* Buffon's figure, as well as Ids and Bris-
son's descriptions, leave no reasonable doubt that the name narica was
based on the Mexican Coati.t By writers of the first quarter of the pres-
ent century, the present species was virtually lost sight of, for, although
the name narica was more or less generally retained, it was applied to
a nominal species referable to the Liunaean Viverra nasua. Fischer,
while referring all the Coatis to one species, for which he adopted Max-
imilian's name Nasua social-is, wisely separated the references to the two
valid species under the varietal names rufa and fusca, and under these
heads made a judicious allocation of the synonyms of the group. The
first possible synonym is the " f Nasua nocturna" of Maximilian (182C),
based on an imperfect skin and the reports of the native hunters. He
says the tail shows no color-rings, but has the same mingling of tints as
the upper part of the body 4 It has, however, the matter of locality
against it, as well as the "fahl gelbrothliche Farbe" of the lower parts.
He refers especially to its soft thick pelage, which corresponds well
enough with that of the present species, but it may not be a Nasua at
all, as he was himself in doubt as to whether it was really this genus, and
as no subsequent explorer appears to have met with a Nasua in Eastern
Brazil having the tail colored uniformly with the back.

Von Tschudi, however, in 1844-46, described a Nasua leucorliynclms
which good authorities have since identified with the Mexican Coati. His
diagnosis (UX. rostro albo, cauda corporis longitudine, concolore in
adultis"), as well as his whole description, relates unquestionably to this
form, which alone can be described as having a white nose and uuicol-
ored tail. He appears to have based his excellent description of the
species upon an examination of quite a number of examples, as he
alludes distinctly to young as well as adult specimens, and refers to vari-
ous features of individual variation, and evinces a thorough knowledge
of the species. He gives its habitat as the interior of Brazil, remark -

* Brisson says of Ms specimen, " Je Pai vft cliez M. Lievre Distillateur," without of-
fering even a conjecture as to the country whence it came. Bufibn simply tells us
that the original of his Coati, figured in pi. xlvii, and of which is given a detailed ac-
count of the anatomy as well as a figure of the skeleton (in pi. xlix), is a specimen he
had had alive, and that he had seen another Coati, of which he also gives a descrip-
tion and figures (pi. xlviii) as "Le Coati brim," without informing us whence either
was obtained. The last is unquestionably the Mexican Coati.

t This species appears to have been thoroughly well known to Schreber., as his whole
account most emphatically shows, in evidence of which, but especially from its
historic interest, I transcribe the following from his account of V. narica: "Die
Schnauze, Lippen und Kehle weislich. . . . Der Kopf, Hals und Leib graubraun :
so auch der Sch wauz, der, besonders unterwarts, undeutliche dunklere Ringe hat ;
die uiitere Seite des Raises, die Schulteru, Brust und der Bauch weislich ; der Raum
zwischen den Hinterschenkelii fast gelb. Jedes Haar ist in der Mitte schwarz, an der
Spitze gelbbraun. . . . Das Vaterlaiid ist siidliche Amerika. . . . Xach
Europa koiimit es weit seltener, als das rothe [ V. nasua]." — Saugt., Th. iii, p. 433.

t "Der Schwanz zeigt koine farblichen Riuge, sondern ist von derselbeu Mischuug
wie die oberen Theile des Korpers."

168 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [FoLV.

ing : " Das Innere vofi Brasilien nahrt diese dritte Species von Na#ua, von
wo sie von mehreren Beisendeii nach Europa zuriick gebracht word en
ist." He thus evidently knew the species only through museum speci-
mens or living examples seen by him in European cities, and as no
writer appears to have yet given any other authority for its occurrence
in Brazil, from which country it is still otherwise .unknown,* the locality
here assigned for the species may be fairly considered as open to ques-
tion.t

Weinland, in 18GO, was the first recent writer to describe and figure
the Mexican Coati, but he regarded it as specifically identical with the
South American species, of which he made it a variety, calling it Nasua
solitaria var. mexicana. De Saussure, two years later, distinguished two
species of Mexican Coati, adopting for them Maximilian's names Nasita
solitaria and Ndma soeialis, neither of which names have any relation
to the Mexican animal. His detailed descriptions and comparison of
two specimens, one in winter pelage and the other presumed by him. to
be in summer pelage, show that his two species were based merely on
characters of individual variation, the one referring to the light phase
and the other to the dark phase of the species.{ Later Dr. von Frant-

* Schreber, however, should perhaps be excepted, as he says the habitat of V. narica
is "siidliche Amerika," but which may or may not mean Sou-tit America.

tDr. Giinther, in the " Zoological Record" for 1869 (p. 17), appears to accredit the
species to Peru, as he says " Nasua leucorhynchus from Peru occurs also in Costa Rica,"
etc., but I have yet to meet with any authority for its occurrence in Peru.

1 1 append herewith a translation of De Saiissure's remarks respecting the question
of whether one or two species exist in Mexico.

"In Mexico," he says, "the same view prevails among the natives respecting the
question of the existence of two species of Coati as in South America. They are dis-
tinguished by the names solitaria and socialis (Tejo solo and Tejo de mannada) given
by Prinz von Neuwied in his Fauna of Brazil.

tl Whether this discrimination is arbitrary and rests upon error, as the majority of
authors appear to accept, or is well founded, will be here more closely examined.

1 ' I will first mention that the Coatis of Mexico appear to me to be entirely identical
with those of Brazil, and in order to compare the two types I subjoin detailed descrip-
tions.

" Nasna solitaria is larger, of a darker color, than socialis, but still pretty similar to
it, and for this reason they are united, being regarded as merely variations of age, the
species solitaria as old males, which seclude themselves from the small troops in which
-V. socialis live, as do the old deer, wild boars, and elephants. I myself long shared
this opinion, but a thorough investigation of the matter induced me to entirely change
my view.

"The principal reasons which to me appear to indicate the propriety of separating
the two species are the following :

"First of all, Nasua solitaria is by no means scarce, though difficult to obtain, as are
usually the old male swine. They are as often killed as socialis, which circumstance
entirely removes the suspicion that solitaria is nothing but old males, which become soli-
iaria when they leave the younger animals, or at least from their second or third year.
Finally, 7 have seen in Mexico the self-same Nasua which has been described and figured from
life. This individual belonged to Dr. Miiller, whom I fortunately happened to meet
in Mexico, and whose Coati I directly compared with those which I had living in my
possession. Although all these Coatis at that time were young, and therefore far from

ALLEN ON THE GENUS NASUA. 1G9

xius (iii 1800, on the identification of Dr. Peters) and Hensel (1873)
recognized the Mexican Coati as specifically distinct from the common.
South American species, adopting for it Maximilian's name leucorhyn-
' elms. This name, however, is antedated by the Linn jean name nark-a,
which must take precedence for the species.

In addition to the above complication of synonymy, I had the morti-
fying misfortune, in 1877, to add another, by describing and figuring a
skin under the name Bassaricyon gabbii* supposing it at the time to be
the skin belonging to the skull previously figured and described by met
under that name. Without going into details respecting the attenuating
circumstance of the case, or how I was led into such an egregious blunder,
I will merely state that the skin described and figured as that of Ba#sa~
ricyon gabbii, as above cited, has nothing whatever to do with that species,
but is simply the Mexican Coati, Nasua narica, and that the external
characters of the true Bassaricyon gabbii remain still wholly unknown.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. — The first recent mention of the Coati
as an inhabitant of Mexico appears, as previously note d, to have been m ade
by Dr. Weinland in 1860, who states, on the authority of Dr. Miiller, that
it is common over the whole of the eastern slope of the high tablelands,
or "Terra teinplada," but does not occur in the "Terra calienta" of the
coast region. He adds that, notwithstanding this, he finds no previous
mention of its occurrence. De Saussure, in 1862, endorses Dr. Wein-
land's statement that previous writers had made no mention" of the occur-
rence of the Coati in Mexico, although, he says, it is one of the com-
monest mammals of that country. Tomes, in 1861, gives Nasua fusca in
the list of mammals collected in Guatemala by Mr. Sah'in, but without
comment. Dr. von Frantzius, in 1869, refers to Nasua leucorhynchus as of
common occurrence in Costa Eica. These are the only references to its
distribution I have met with that I consider as of unquestionable authen-
ticity. As already stated, owing to the absence of all reference to the
occurrence, in South America, of a species of Coati with a white nose and
unicolored tail, except von Tschudi's statement that his-^. leucorliynclim

being fully developed, we found tliein still very different. ' Dr. M tiller's (now in the
Zoological Garden of Frankfort) had already all of the characters of N. solitaria, while
mine, on the contrary, belonged to the type of N. socialis, which sufficiently showed
that the differences are not merely those of age.

"To show what they are the following descriptions of both types are given, based
on many individuals, either stuffed or in skins, which I brought from Mexico." — Zoo-
loyische Garten, Jahrgang iii, 18G2, pp. 52-5r>.

Very detailed descriptions of both species then follow, from which it appears tluit
his "JY". sodalis" is merely the lighter-colored and his "JV. solitaria" the darker phase
of the common Ar. narica; and, furthermore, that M. De Saussure could not have been
very familiar Avith the characters of the Brazilian species. I will here observe that in
all probability the "Tejo solo" of the Mexicans, like the "Pisote solo" of the Costa
Ricaus, and the "Coati mondeo" of the Brazilians, as shown by von Frantzius and
Hensel, was given to the old solitary males.

*Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1877, p. 267, pi. ii.

tProc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1876. p. 20, pi. i.
Bull, v, 2 - 2

170 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

inhabits the interior of Brazil. I deem it probable that the assigned
locality of the latter is erroneous, and that his specimens really came
from Mexico or Central A merica.

My own material indicates that the range of this species extends from
the Isthmus of Panama northward throughout Central America and the
greater part of Mexico, as far northward on the eastern coast as the
Texas side of the Lower Uio Grande, and on the western coast probably
northward nearly to California. I have specimens, however, from that
coast only from as far north as Colima and Mazatlan.

Xasua narica appears hence to prevail from the Isthmus of Panama
northward throughout Central America and the warmer parts of Mexico,
where it also seems to be the sole representative of the genus.

^ASUA KUFA, Desrnarest.
BRAZILIAN COATI.

Coati, MARCGRAVE, Hist. Nat. Brasil., 1648, 228.

Coati, VALMOXT DE BOMARRE, Diet. Rais. Univ. d'Hist. Nat., ii, 1775, 596.

Le Blaireau de Surinam, — Meles surinamensis, BRISSON, Reg. Anim., 1756, 255.

Quasje, SCHREBER, Saugt., iii [1766 ?], 441 (=Meles surinamensis, Brisson).

Le Coati-M<mdi a queue annelee, BRISSON, Reg. Anim., 1756, 263.

Coati noirdtre, BUFFON, Hist. Nat., viii, 1760, 358, pi. xlvii.

Viverra nasua, LINKED Syst. Nat., i, 1766, 64. Based entirely on Marcgrave's "Coati"
andBrisson's "Coati-Mondiaqueueaniiele'e." — SCHREBER, Siiugth., iii [1776 ?],
436, pi. cxviii (fig. from Buffon). — ERXLEBEN, Syst. Reg. Anim., 1777, 485. —
ZIMMERMAXX, Geogr. Gesch., ii, 1780, 290. — GMELIX, Syst. Nat., i, 1788, 86. —
SHAW, Gen. Zool., i, 1800, 386.— F. CUVIER, Diet, des Sci. Nat., ix, 1817, 464.—
DESMAREST, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., vii, 1817, 219.— DESMOULLSTS, Diet. Class.
d'Hist, Nat., iv, 1823, 146.

Ursus nasua, G. CUVIER, Tabl. EMm. d'Hist. Nat., 1798, 113.

}'i wra vulpecula, ERXLEBEX, Syst. Anim., 1777, 490 (in part, as it includes "Le Blaireau
do Surinam, Meles surinamensis," Brisson; not Viverra vulpecula, Schreber,
•which is primarily Buffon's "Le Coase^—Mustela pennanti).

Viverra quasje, GMELIN, Syst. Nat., i, 1788, 87 (in part).

Nasua quasje, DESMAREST, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., vii, 1817, 217 (certainly in part, as
it includes Buffon's "Coati noiratre").

Virerra narica, F. CUVIER, Diet. deslSci. Nat., ix, 1817, 464 (not of Linne"). — DESMOU-
LINS, Diet. Class, des Sci. Nat., iv, 1823, 246 (mainly).

Nasua narica, GRAY, Cat. Mam. Brit. Mus., 1843, 74 (in part); Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
1864, 702 (in part only) ; Cat. Cam., Pachy., and Edent. Mam. Brit. Mus., 1869,
239 (excluding part of the synonyms). Not Viverra narica, Linne".

Quacln, VALMOXT DE BOMARRE, Diet. Rais. Univ. d'Hist. Nat., iv, 1775, 577.

Coati roux, F. CUVIER, Hist. Nat. des Mam., livr. i, 1818.

Nasua rufa, DESMAREST, Mam., 1820, 170 (based on the "Quachi" of Bomarre and
" Couti roux " of F. Cuvier as above, but mainly on the latter). — LESSOX,
Man. de Mam., 1827, 139.— GRAY, Cat. Mam, Brit. Mus., 1843, 74 (in part
only); Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1864, 701 (in part only); Cat. Cam., Pachy.,
and Edent. Mam. Brit. Mus., 1869, 239.

lT<Wtta/twea,DfesMARBfiT, Mam., 1820, 170. — LESSOX, Man. deMam., 1827, 139 (mainly). —
SCHOMBURGK, Ann. Nat. Hist., iv, 1839, 431 (habits).

fTamanclua, BUFFON, Hist. Nat., Suppl., iii, 1776, 284, pi. Ivi (based on a Coati said by
Cuvier to have been artificially colored).

tfo.-M ALLEN ON THE GENUS NASUA. 171

Mynnccophaya striata, SHAW, Gen. Zool., i, 1800, 51 (— Buffoii's " Tamandua " as above).

u Myrmeoophctga, KRUSENSTERN, Voy. autour du Monde."

Myrmecophaga annulata, DESMAREST, Mam., 1822, 374(=Myrmecopliagat Krusenstern,
as above).

Tamandua, annulated var. ? — Myrmecopliaga tetradactyla, L. T, GRIFFITH'S Cuvier's Auim.
Kingd., iii, 1827, 305, pi. (original figure from a stuffed specimen*).

Nasua socialis, MAXIMILIAN, Beitr. Naturg. Bras., ii, 1826, 283. — SCHINZ, Nat. u. Abbild.
d. Siiugt., 1826, 110, pi. xxxiii (from nature). — VONTSCHUDI, Fauna Peruaua,
1844-46, 98.— BURMEISTER, Syst. Uebers. der Thiere Brasil., 1854, i, 120 (exclud-
ing from synonymy Fwerraw«Kca,Linn.). — GIEBEL, Siiugeth., 1855, 750 (in part
only; includes Viverranasua, V. narica, Linn., V. guasje, Gmel., Nasuarufa and
fusca, Desm., N. leucorliynchus, von Tschudi, etc.). — WEINLAND, Zoologisclie
Garten, 1860, 61.— HENSEL, Zoologisclie Garten, 1869, 290 (habits, the chase,
individual and climatic variations, etc.); Abhandl. Konig. Akad. Wissens.
Berlin, 1872, (1873), 63.

Nasua socialis var. rufa, FISCHER, Synop. Mam., 1329, 148.

Nasua socialis var. rufa aut fulva, WAGNER, Suppl. Schreber's Siiugth., ii, 1841, 165.

Nasua solitaria, MAXIMILIAN, Beitr. Naturg. Bras., ii, 1826, 292 (old males). — FISCHER,
Synop. Mam., 1829, 149.— VON TSCHUDI, Fauna Peruana, 1844-46, 99.— BUR-
MEISTER, System. Uebers. der Thiere Bras., 1854, i, 121. — GIEBEL, Saugeth.,
1855, 751. (These notices are all of them compiled, and are based on Maxi-
milian's description of the single original specimen, namely, an old male of
the common Coati. )— SCHMIDT, Zoologisclie Garten, Jahrg. iii, No. 2, Feb.
1862, 32.

Nasua vittata, VON TSCHUDI, Fauna Peruana, 1844-46, 101.

Nasua montana, VON TSCHUDI, Fauna Peruana, 1844-46, 102, pi. v.

Nasua olivacea, GRAY, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1864,703; Cat. Carn., Pachy.,aud Edent.
Mam. Brit. Mus., 1869, 241.

Nasua dorsalis, GRAY, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1866, 169, pi. xvii ; Cat. Cam., Pachy., and
Edent. Mam. Brit. Mus. , 1869, 240.

"Le Coati Mondi, PERRAULT, Anim. , ii [about 1668], 15, pi. xxxvi." See "M6m. Acad.
Eoy. des Sci., dep. 1666-1699," probably tome ii.

Brazilian Weesel, PENNANT, Syn. Quad., 1771, 229; Hist. Quad., ii, 1793, 61 (in part
only).

Cuatl, AZARA, Hist. Nat. Quad. Paraguay, i, 1802, 293.

Coati roux, male, F. CUVIER, Hist. Nat. des Mam., livr. i, 1818.

Coati brun,femelle, F. CUVIER, Hist. Nat. des Mam., livr. iv, 1819.

*Dr. Gray says (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1864, p. 701), " Mr. Turner (P. Z. S., 1851,
p. 218) professes to have rediscovered the fact (though it is stated in the ' Catalogue of
the Mammalia in the British Musium,' p. 74, 1843), that Krusenstem's M. annulata is only
a Coati-Mondi; but he is puzzled to explain the figure in Griffith's 'Animal Kingdom/
This figure is engraved from a drawing of Major Hamilton Smith's, no doubt copied from,
Erusenstern's figure, but altered and improved, as was his habit when making his very
large collection of drawings — a bad habit, that has rendered them of comparatively
small value for scientific purposes, as it is impossible to determine whether they are
from a figure or a specimen."

In reference to the line I have italicised in the above passage, I quote the follow-
ing from the text (1. c., pp. 305, 306) accompanying Hamilton Smith's figure: "The
figure we have engraved, under the title of the Tamandua annulated variety ? seems
likely to be the same as that indicated by the circumnavigator [Krusenstern], differing
principally in the absence of the dark spot round the eye. This was also drawn [like
the plate preceding the one in question] from a stuffed specimen, and is subject to the
same observations as to the position of all the feet as that last mentioned ["Ursine
Anteater"]."

172 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Coati brun,femelle, varied, F. CUVIER, Hist. Nat. des Mam., livr. iv, 1819.

Coati Irun-fonce, F. CUVIER, Hist. Nat. des Main., livr. xlviii, 1825.

Coati de Bando of the Brazilians.

Coati mundeo (old males), ibid.

Gescllscliaftliches Cuati, MAXIMILIAN, 1. c.

Einsames oder grosstes Cuati (old males), ibid.

Xasenthier, Naseiibar, SchnauzenMr, Riisselbar, Frcttbcir, and RiisseUrager of German

writers.

Coati and Coati-Mundi of English and French writers, etc.
Cuati of the Spanish writers.
Qnasie of the Northern Indian tribes of South America.

EXTERNAL CHARACTERS. — Eye and cheek-spots nearly as in the pre-
ceding, but of a soiled white (brownish- white or yellowish-white) color ;
sometimes obsolete, and usually less strongly contrasted with the sur-
rounding tints, and with no white on the nose, which is colored uniformly
with the sides of the head and frontal region. Head (excepting the
whitish spots already noted), including facial region, gray, varied with
blackish, particularly on the sides of the nose. General color of the
dorsal surface, and of the limbs externally, gray, the former more or less
strongly varied with black and fulvous, or rust-yellow. Whole lower
surface, and the limbs internally, yellowish-white, varying to strong ful-
vous, or even gamboge- yellow. The hairs of the back are usually black
at the surface, with a broad subterminal bar of fulvous, varying often
to rufous, and brown at the base? like the softer under-fur. Tail black,
with about eight (seven to nine) rather narrow fulvous rings.

The color varies greatly in different individuals, through the greater or
less amount of black tipping the hairs of the dorsal surface present, and
in the amount and tone of the under-color. A specimen from Brazil (M.
C. Z., No. 2820, Thayer Exped.) has the prevailing color above shining
black, varied with grayish-fulvous. Another (M. C. Z., No. 1839, Mana-
os, Brazil, Thayer Exped.) has the dorsal surface shining black, varied
with deep yellowish-rufous. Still another (M. C. Z., No. 1440, Manaos,
Brazil, Thayer Exped.), about half-grown, has the middle of the back
strongly blackish, and the sides dingy yellowish-brown varied with
blackish. In these the pelage is short, crisp, and shining. Two other
specimens (Nat. Mus., No. 4657 and No. 2978), one certainly and the
other probably, from Paraguay (Corrientes, Captain Page), has the
pelage long, soft, and full, and the surface tint pale yellowish-gray, with
a narrow subterminal zone of black, and the basal -portion pale yellow-
ish-brown. Another specimen (Nat. Mus., No. 3996, locality not given)
has the dorsal surface dark red or intense chestnut, darkest along the
middle of the back, especially posteriorly, and lighter on the sides, pass-
ing into fulvous on the lower surface. The tail is dark reddish chest-
nut, with narrow rings of blackish. The usual face-markings are faintly
distinguishable. This specimen seems to represent the Coati ronx of
F. Cuvier.
Occasionally specimens occur in which the face is marked more or less

a-o.2.] ALLEN ON THE GENUS NASUA. 173

distinctly with broad indistinctly defined longitudinal bands of whitish
and dusky or even black, with an indistinct transverse blackish band
through the eye. In one example thus marked the usual whitish face-
markings are obsolete.

As already noted, writers who have observed the animal in a state of
nature refer to great variability of color in even individuals of the same
litter. In some specimens, the white facial markings are obsolete, as in
von Tschudi's Nasua montana. Melanistic examples appear to be not
unfrequent, and there is also a strong tendency to erythrism, in which the
whole pelage is more or less reddish, even to the base of the hair, and
unvaried by other tints save the blackish rings on the tail ; at other
times, the middle of the back posteriorly is blackish, as are also the sides
of the nose.

SKULL. — A series of eight skulls of this species, mostly from Santa
Eita, Southern Brazil, indicates a considerable amount of both sexual
and individual variation. The females are smaller than the males, with
relatively very much smaller canines. Two male skulls from Santa
Eita (M. C. Z., :Nos. 1000 and 1001, Thayer Exped.) measure respectively
as follows, the smaller being much the older : length (from front edge of
intermaxillse to posterior border of occipital condyles) respectively 127
mm. and 115 mm. ; breadth (at point of greatest expansion of zygomata)
respectively 73 mm. and 74 mm. An adult female skull (M. C. Z., Xo.
999, Santa Eita, Brazil, Thayer Exped.) measures 110 mm. by Gl mm.
Dr. Hensel states that the maximum, length (measured as above) of a
series of thirty -four old male skulls is 126 mm., and the minimum 112
mm. 5 and of the " normal skull" 118 mm. He gives the maximum,
length of a series of forty -nine old female skulls as 114 mm. 5 minimum,
103 mm. ; "normal," 107 mm.

GENERAL HISTORY AND SYNONYMY. — A more complicated case of
synonymy than that presented by the present species is rarely to be en-
countered. The introduction of the species into literature can be traced
back to Marcgrave (1648), and even Thevet (1558), but the first important
reference is that by the former, which became, in conjunction with Bris-
son's "Coati-Mondi a queue annelee" (1756), the basis of the Linnrean
Viverra nasua. The " Coati noiratre" of Buffon (1760) is unquestionably
the same animal on which was based the first figure of the species under
that name, published by Schreber in 1776. Under this title, and un-
mixed with any other species, the present species was currently known
until about 1817, when F. Cuvier and Desmarest introduced confusion by
losing sight entirely of Linne's Viverra narica j their Viverra narica being
merely a color- variety of the present species. The last-named author
also introduced a third nominal species referable to the present one under
the name Viverra quasje. For the next fifty years the narica of those
authors who used the name is referable to the nasua of Linne. In 1820,
Desmarest abandoned both of the LinnaBan names nasua and narica, —
the first in consequence of Storr's adopting the name Nasua (in 1780) as

174 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [FoZ.V.

the generic name of the Coa.tis, — and introduced the names rvfa and
fnsca, both of which, as already shown, are referable to the V. nasua of
Linne. Maximilian, in 1826, deliberately ignored all the prior specific
names, and introduced in their place social-is and soUtaria, both based
on the present species, although by some subsequent writers the latter
was adopted for the Linnaean narica. Yon Tschudi, in recognizing five
species of the genus Nasua, added two new synonyms to those of the
present species.

The changes that have been rung on the various names above enu-
merated, especially socialis and solitaria, are sufficiently indicated in the
above table of synonymy, and in the general history of the literature re-
lating to the group already given (ant-ea, pp. 153-162). Other synonyms
of less prominence, although of earlier origin, are the Viverra vulpecula
of Erxleben, already mentioned as a curious compound of several widely
diverse species, including one unquestionably referable here. It is ap-
parently primarily based on Brisson's "Blaireau de Surinam," which is
unquestionably the present species, but also included Button's " Coase,"
which is the Fisher or Mustela pennanti of recent authors. Gmelin's
Viverra quasje had in part the same origin, since it also included Bris-
son's "Blaireau de Surinam." Other less important or less prominent
synonyms are Desinarest's Myrmecophaga annulata and the "Myrmeco-
pliaya tetradactyla, L.?,? of Griffith's Animal Kingdom. Among later
synonyms are Gray's Nasua olivacea and N. dorsalis, which relate only to
particular phases of coloration.

The LinnaBan specific name nasua having become untenable through
its adoption in a generic sense, the first name strictly eligible, though by
no means eminently appropriate, as it had originally reference to only
a prominent color- variety of the species, is that of rufa of Desmarest.
Socialis, applied later to the species in a broader sense, is otherwise not
especially distinctive, and is antedated by both rufa and fusca of Des-
marest, as well as by the barbarous term quasje.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. — The present species appears to range
over the greater part of the continent of South America — certainly from
Surinam to Paraguay, and from the Atlantic coast to the Andes, — over
which extensive region it is one of the most abundant of the carnivorous
mammals, and apparently the sole representative of its genus. The first
suggestion as to the correct limits of the habitat of the present species
seems to have been made by Dr. von Frantzius in I860, as already cited,
he claiming that in all probability the present species did not occur in
Costa Eica, and was therefore limited to the Southern Tropics, as the
Costa Eican species doubtless was to the ISTorthern Tropics. The exact
boundaries of the habitat of either species still remain to be determined,
as well as also whether the two species anywhere occur together.

EDITION.

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR.
UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY.
F. V. HAYDEN, U. S. Geologist-in-Charge.

ON THE SPECIES

OF THE

GENUS BASSAEIS

BY

J. .A.

EXTRACTED FROM THE BULLETIN OF THE SURVEY, VOL. V, No. 3.

WASHINGTON, November 30, 1879.

BULLETIN

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY
OF THE TERRITORIES.

VOLUME Y. 1879. NUMBER 3.

Art. XVIII.— Oil the Species of the Genus Bassaris.*

By J. A. Allen.

The mammals of the genus Bassaris were for a long time a puzzle to
the systematists, who, however, generally referred them to the Viverridce,
as constituting the only American representatives of the family. Some
authors, as Gervais, while believing that they were Viverrine, have seen
in them some affinities with the Mustelidce, while others, as Waterhouse
and Turner, have hinted at an Ursine alliance, especially to such forms
as Procyon and Nasua. Professor Flower,t who has especially investi-
gated the affinities of Bassaris, concludes: "On the whole I think
there can be little question that evidence has been adduced to prove
that Bassaris is a member of the Arctoid sub-division of the Carnivora,
and among these approaches most nearly to Procyon and Nasua" (1. c., p.
34). Dr. Gill, in 1872, \ assigned it the rank of a family (Bassarididce)
of the Arctoidea, and a position at the end of the group, following
Procyonidce.

GENERAL HISTORY.

Although the Bassarids are of common occurrence throughout Mex-
ico, and range also far both to the southward and northward of that
country, and were known to Hernandez as early as the middle of the
seventeenth century, they escaped the notice of systematic writers till
within the last half century. The first modern account of them was pub-

*The material on which the present paper is based is almost exclusively that of the
National Museum, for the free use of which I am indebted to its able director, Prof.
Spencer F. Baird.

t On the Value of the Characters of the Base of the Cranium in the Classification
of the Order Carnivora, and on the Systematic Position of Bassaris and other disputed
forms. By William Henry Flower, F. R. S., F. Z. S., etc., Conservator of the Museum
of the Royal College of Surgeons. Proc. Zool. Soc. Loud., 1889, pp. 4-37. — Bassaris is
treated at pp. 31-34, which see for a fuller history of the views of systematists respect-
ing its affinities.

t Arrangement of the Families of Mammals, p. 67.

Bull, v, 3 1 331

332 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

lislied by Lichtenstein in 1830, based on specimens sent from Mexico by
Herr Deppe, in 182G and -subsequent years, of what proves to have been
the northern form of the genus. This Lichtenstein, in his commentary
on the mammals noticed by Hernandez, * named and briefly described
Bassaris astuta, he recognizing in it the Cacamiztli, or Caca-mixtli, of
Hernandez, which the latter also mentioned under the name Tepe-maxtla.
These are still the common native names of the species, and mean
respectively "Bush Cat" and "Bush Cat." Shortly after B. astuta was
more fully described by Lichtenstein, and also figured, t

During the next thirty years, the habits of Bassaris astuta were
referred to by diiferent writers, and the species repeatedly described
and figured, the illustrations including colored figures of the animal and
representations of the skull, skeleton, and dentition. :f The notices of
Bassaris published prior to 1860 all relate, singularly enough, exclu-
sively to B. astuta, at which date the second or southern species (B.
sumichrasti) was first described.

Professor Baird, writing in 1858 (Mam. N". Amer., p. 147), says : " It
is as yet uncertain whether America possesses one or two species of
Bassaris , further investigation being necessary to determine the charac-
ter of the California species. They are found as far north as Bed Biver,
Arkansas, on the eastern slope of the continent ; on the western to the
latitude of San Francisco ; southward they extend throughout temperate
Mexico. They bear in the United States the name of civet, Mexican, or
ring-tailed cats, and are frequently tamed in Mexico and California ; in
the latter country they are great pets of the miners." He adds : " Only
one authenticated skin, (No. 2343,) has been received from California;
this is a hunter's skin, not sufficiently perfect to furnish a description."
The following year Professor Baird described (Bep. U. S. and Mex.
Bound. Surv., Mam., pp. 18, 19), under the name Bassaris astuta, two
specimens from Texas and another from an unknown locality, supposed
to have come from California, naming the latter provisionally Bassaris
raptor. His detailed account of the external features of the Texas
specimens indicate very fairly the northeastern phase of Bassaris astuta.
Bespecting the specimen to which the name B. raptor was provisionally
given, he says: "In the spring of 1852 (April 23), a specimen of

> * Erliiuterungen der Nachrichten des Fran. Hernandez von den vierfiissigen Thieren
Neuspaniens. Abhandlungen d. Berlin. Akad. 1827 (1830), pp. 89-128. — Bassaris astuta
is described and named at p. 119. The paper was read before the academy in 1827, but
not published till 1830.

The genus Bassaris and the species B. astuta were also described by "Wagler in the
"Isis" for 1831 (p. 511), one year subsequent to the publication of Lichtcn stein's
above-cited paper, both being accredited by him to Lichsenstein; yet various writers
have attributed the earliest notice of B. astuta to Wagler.

> tDarstellung neuer oder weniger bekamiter Siiugethiero in Abbildungen und
Beschreibungen von flinfundsechzig Arten, 1827-1834, pi. xliii.

I See postca, table of reference under B. astuta. The skeleton has been figured by
Gervais and De Blainville, the dentition by Blamville and Giebel, the skull by Lich-
tenstein, Baird. and Flower, and the animal by Lichteusteiu, Wagner, Audubon and
Bachman, Wolf and Sclater, and Cordero.

Jfc.3.] ALLEN ON THE GENUS BASSARIS. 333

Bassaris was killed in a lien-roost, near Washington, after it had com-
mitted great devastation among the poultry of the neighborhood. It
had evidently escaped from confinement, as shown by the marks of a
collar around the neck. There was, of course, no indication whence it
came originally, but it was supposed to have been brought from Cali-
fornia. This specimen is somewhat different from those obtained in
Mexico and Texas, although perhaps not specifically distinct. The tail
is strikingly diiferent in having the black rings fewer in number and
of much greater extent compared with the white portion. Of these
black rings there are only five distinctly marked ones besides the tip,
and the last or subterminal one is more than two inches long instead of
about one. Below the black ring is nearly complete, separated only for
the thickness of the vertebra by the white of the under surface. There
is no appreciable difference in the colors of the remaining portions of
the body. The ears are decidedly smaller,. Very considerable differ-
ences are discernible between the skull of this specimen and the others ;
the cranium is broader, but more constricted behind the orbital pro-
cesses of the frontal bone j the distance between the zygomata is con-
siderably greater, and the temporal crests of opposite sides much closer
together. The pterygoid bones, also, are further apart. The proportion
of greatest breadth of skull to length is as 63 to 100 instead of 59, as in
No. 4 [female], from Texas. Should the examination of further speci-
mens show these distinctions to be such as to indicate a different species,
it might be called Bassaris raptor." In passing, I may add that the
examination of more material shows that the cranial differences here
indicated are not important, and show mainly only the usual variations
accompanying differences of age in Bassaris astuta. The color of the
tail very nearly coincides with that of a specimen before me from Oregon,
with which it so much more nearly agrees than with Texas examples
that I have little doubt that the supposed Californian origin of Bassaris
raptor is its correct locality. The wide separation of the pterygoid
bones is certainly exceptional, but is probably strictly individual, as
I find a perfectly parallel variation in this highly variable feature in the
skulls of B. sumichrasti. Consequently in Bassaris raptor we have the
earliest synonym of B. astuta.

In 1860, M. De Saussure described and figured (Eev. et Mag. de Zool.,
2e se"r., xii, Jan., 1860, p. 7, pi. i, animal, fig. uncolored), a second
species, under the name Bassaris sumichrasti, based on a single very old
individual collected by himself in Mexico. Although De Saussure's
description is explicit and detailed, and notwithstanding that in his
careful comparison of the new species with B. astuta (of which he had a*
large suite representing all ages), he clearly set forth all the leading
points of difference, Dr. Peters, in 1874 (Monatsb. der k. Akad. der
Wissensch. zu Berlin, 1874, p. 704, pll. i, ii, meeting of Xov. 16, 1874),
referred B. sumichrasti of De Saussure doubtfully to B. raptor, Baird,
at the same time redescribing B. sumichrasti under the name Bassaris
variaMlis. At all events, he says : " Es war bis jetzt mit Sicherheit nur

334 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [7W.V.

eine Art dieser Gattung, Bassaris astuta, aus Mexico bekannt, der icli
eine zweite aus Centralamerica hinzufugen kann." Yet he notes among
the distinctive characters of B. variaMUs most of those especially men-
tioned by De Saussure as characterizing B. sumiclirasti, omitting, how-
ever, some, and adding others not mentioned by De Saussure. Peters's
B. variaMUs was based on a skin and skull of a very old male, and on
a second skin supposed to be that of a female, all of which he figured.

Almost simultaneously with the publication of Dr. Peters's paper,
Seiior Cordero again described (La Naturaleza, iii, p. 270, with a plate;
the paper is dated Dec. 1, 1874, and was published May 31, 1875) B.
sumichrasti) under the name Bassaris monticola. His description is very
detailed, and in his comparison of B. monticola with B. astuta he brings
into strong relief the distinctive characters of the two species, they
embracing all those previously mentioned by De Saussure and Peters
as characterizing respectively B. sumiclirasti and B. variaMUs. He
gives also excellent comparative (colored) figures of the external charac-
ters of the two species, and illustrates the cranial characters and denti-
tion of B. monticola. Although he shows himself to have been perfectly
conversant with the two species of Bassaris, he appears not to have
been aware that his B. monticola had been previously described and
named by De Saussure.

Dr. Gray in 1804 (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1864, 512) and in 18G9 (Cat.
Cam. Pachyd. and Edent. Mam., 1869,246) gave a "var. fulvescens,"
adding, "Fur more fulvous, perhaps of a different season." To his
u Bassaris astuta var. fulvescens" he referred unqualifiedly De Saussure's
B. sumichrasti. His description of the cranial characters seems to indi-
cate that he had before him only skulls of B. astuta.

From the foregoing it will be seen that the large southern species of
Bassaris has been thrice described as new : that the skull has been figured
twice; and that one plain and three colored (Dr. Peters gives two) figures
of the animal have been given.

DIFFERENTIAL CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES.

The external and cranial characters of the Bassarids are so well known
that it is unnecessary in the present connection to give them in detail
further than is necessary to the elucidation of the distinctive features of
the two species, which, so far as at present known, constitute the genus
Bassaris. They are, as is well known, in general appearance small fox-
like animals, with soft, loose pelage, pointed nose and ears, and a ringed
tail as long as the body, giving a tout ensemble intermediate, on the one
hand, between the Coatis and Eaccoons, and the Foxes on the other, but
of smaller size than either. The distinctive characters of the species are
indicated in the subjoined diagnoses.

Synopsis of the Species.

COMMON CHARACTERS. — Tail with the hairs about equal to or a little longer than
the head and body. Color above gray, more or less suffused with yellowish-brown,

No. 3.]

ALLEN ON THE GENUS BASSARIS.

335

•with a wash of black of variable amount, produced by the black tips 01 the longer
hairs, usually strongest along the middle of the back; below whitish, tinged more or
less strongly with pale yellow. Eyes narrowly encircled with brownish-black.
Behind and above each eye a large, sometimes rather indistinct, spot of yellowish-
gray, and a smaller spot of the same color below each eye. Tail with alternating
rings of white or grayish- white and black, and black at the tip. The usual number
of rings of either color varies from 7 to 9. The females are considerably smaller than
the males.

B. astuta. B. sumichrasti.

Ears rather narrow and pointed. Soles
and palms with short soft hair on the
edges and at the base of the toes between
the naked pads.

Upper surface of the feet slightly or not
at all blackish.

Light rings of the tail broad, pure white,
or sometimes slightly grayish- or yellowish-
white, nearly as broad as the intervening
black ones. The black rings are divided
below by a more or less broad mesial band
of white, running nearly the whole length
of the tail, the lower surface of which is
white, broadly scalloped on the edges
with black.

Anterior surface of upper incisors
smooth, the cutting-edge even.

First upper molar with both limbs
longer and narrower than in B. sumichrasti,
the inner with two distinct cusps, and
another on the posterior outer edge of the
tooth.

Second upper molar with the transverse
diameter, compared with the antero-pos-
terior, relatively greater than in B. sumi-
chrasti.

Last lower premolar with a small acces-
sory cusp on the posterior border.

Canines and whole dental armature
relatively weaker, the molars narrower,
and their cusps sharper and more numer-
ous than in B. sumichrasti, in specimens
of corresponding ages and degree of attri-
tion of the teeth.

Auditory bullse strongly inflated, spheri-
cal, the meatus auditorius very large.

Size less than in B. sumichrasti. Length
of head and body 14 in. (?) to 17 in. ( $ ) ;
tail-vertebra3 about 12 to 15 ; tail to end of
hairs about equal to length of head and
body. Skull, length 3.00 to 3.25; width
L.85 to 2.05.

Ears broader and shorter, absolutely as
well as relatively, and less pointed. Soles
and palms wholly naked.

Upper surface of the feet black or black-
ish, and general color of dorsal surface
usually darker than in B. astuta.

Light/ rings of the tail narrow, gray,
sometimes tinged with brownish. The
black rings are much broader than the
alternating white ones, unbroken, com-
pletely encircling the tail, the lower sur-
face of the tail scarcely differing in color
from the upper.

Anterior surface of the upper incisors
with two slight longitudiua! grooves deep-
ening apically, producing a distinctly
crenulated cutting-edge.

First upper molar shorter and thicker
than in B. astuta, with no accessory cusp
on the posterior outer corner, and lacking
that seen on inner anterior angle of the
tooth in B. astuta.

Second upper molar heavier than in B.
astuta, with a relatively shorter transverse
diameter.

Last lower premolar with no accessory
cusp on the posterior border.

Auditory bulla3 less swollen, flattened
on the posterior inner face, with a much
smaller meatus auditorius.

Size larger. Length of head and body
15£ in. ( $ ) to 19$ in. ( J ) ; tail- vertebra)
16 to 20; tail to end of hairs 18 to 22.
Skull, length 3.25 to 3.60 ; width 2.25 to
2.00.

336 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [71Z.Y

BASSAEIS ASTUTA, Liclitenstein.
Northern Civet Cat.

Bassaris astuta, LICHTENSTEIN, Abhandl. d. Berlin. Acad. 1827, (1830), 119 ; Darstellung
Siiugeth., 1827-1834, pi. xliii (skull and animal).— WAGLER, Isis, 1831, 511.—
GERVAIS, Voy. de la Bonite, Zool.,i, 1841, 18, pi. iv (skeleton and visceral
anatomy). — CHARLESWORTH, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1841, 60 (habits). — DE
BLAINVILLE, Oste"og., Des Mustelas, 1842, pi. v T)is (skeleton), pi. xiii (denti-
tion).—WAGNER, Schreber'sSiiugeth.,Suppl.,ii, 1841, 278, pi. cxxvC (animal).—
THOMSON, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1842, 10 (habits). — AUDUBON & BACIIMAN,
Quad. N. Am., ii, 1851, 314, pi. xcviii (animal). — GIEBEL, Odontog., 1855, 31,
pi. xi, fig. 10 (dentition) ; Siiugeth., 1855, 803.— BAIRD, Mam. N. Am., 1858,
147 ; Rep. U. S. and Mex. Bound Surv., ii, 1859, Mam., 18, pi. xiv, fig. 2 (skull).—
WOLF & SCLATER, Zoolog. Sketches, i, 1861, pi. xiv (animal, from life). — GRAY,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1864, 512; Cat. Cam. Pachy. and Edent. Mam., 1869,
246.--COUES, Am. Nat., i, 1867, 351 (Arizona).— FLOWER, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1869, 31, fig. 3 a, skull (systematic position). — VILLADA, La Naturaleza, i, 1870,
297.— SULLIVANT, Am. Nat., vi, 1872, 363 (Ohio).— COUES, Am. Nat., vi, 1872, 264
(distribution). — ALLEN, Bull. Essex Institute, vi, 1874, 45 (Kansas). — " KIRK-
PATRICK, Proc. Cleveland Acad. Nat. Sci., 1874, 377 (Ohio)." — CORDERO,
La Naturaleza, 1875, iii, 273, plate (animal).— COUES, Amer. Nat., xii, 1878,
253 (Rogue River, Southwestern Oregon).

Bassaris astuta var. fulvescens, GRAY, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1864,512; Cat. Cam.
Pachy. and Edent. Main., 1889, 246.

Bassaris raptor, BAIRD, Rep. U. S. and Mex. Bound Surv., ii, 1859, Mam., 19.

Caca-miztle, Caco-Mixtle, and Tepe-Maxtlatpn, HERNANDEZ.

Cacomistle, Cacamiztli, and Cuapiote, of the Mexicans.

Katzenfrett, German authors.

Civet Cat, Ring-tailed Civet Cat, Texas Civet Cat, Mexican Civet Cat, Cat Squirrel, Mountain
Cat, Raccoon Fox, etc., of English writers, and locally in the United States.

The comparative diagnoses above given indicate the average characters
of the species, but a series of eight specimens shows a considerable range
of variation in color and other details. Aside from the smaller size of the
female, 1 have noted no other important sexual differences. The number
of white rings on the tail in B. astuta varies from six to nine, the usual
number being either seven or eight. They vary in width, being usually
narrower than the black ones, sometimes equalling them, while in rare
instances the white rings are the wider. The general color above is
gray or brownish- gray, varying in some examples to yellowish-brown, the
anterior half of the body being usually purer gray (less suffused with
brownish-yellow) than the posterior half. The black terminating the
longer hairs varies greatly in amount, but always gives a conspicuous
blackish cast to the dorsal surface, while in some the prevailing color,
especially along the middle of the back, is black. In such specimens, the
upper surface of the feet is more or less blackish or brownish-black ; the
black rings in the tail are broader and the black terminal portion of the
tail more extended. A single skin from Oregon * is dark throughout,
being as black as the darkest examples of B. sumichrastij and contrasts
strongly with the light colored specimens from Texas and Northeastern

*This is the specimen mentioned by Dr. Coues in Amer. Nat., xii, 1878, p. 253.

AT0.3.] ALLEN ON THE GENUS BASSARIS. 337

Mexico. The next darkest specimen is from Orizaba, Mexico. The lower
surface is sometimes nearly pure white, but is usually strongly tinged
with pale yellow, varying in some specimens to pale brownish-yellow,
especially on the chin and throat. The relative amount of black and
white on the tail is also variable. In the lighter specimens, the greater
portions of the lower surface of the tail is pure white ; in others, the black
rings are only broken below by a narrow band of white. In the Oregon
specimen, they are almost continuous below (the last two apical ones
wholly so), though much narrower than above. The rings usually
increase in width from the base of the tail apically, especially in case of
the black ones.

The extremes of variation in color are in specimens No. 11849, from
Camp Grant, Arizona (E. Palmer), and No. 12849, from Oregon (A. H.
Wood). The Arizona specimen is pale brownish-gray above, varied
with blackish, principally along the median line, caused by the black
tips of the long hairs. Below it is pale yellowish-white. The tail is
mostly white below, but above is crossed by alternate rings of black and
white of nearly equal breadth. The Oregon specimen has the prevail-
ing tint of the dorsal region intense black, quite obscuring the brownish-
gray ground-color. Below, it is strongly brownish-yellow, deepest on
the throat and chin. The tail is mostly black above, the white being
mostly half-rings confined to the lower surface. These two specimens
accord with the peculiar phases of geographical color- variation com-
monly characterizing the mammals and birds of the two regions in
question. Should the Oregon specimen here described prove to indicate
the average condition of the species along the Pacific coast to the north-
ward, as seems probable, the form there prevailing may require to be
varietally distinguished under the name raptor ', Baird, this name doubt-
less referring to the Pacific coast form, as already explained. Five
specimens from near the southern border of Texas agree in being rather
darker than the Arizona specimen, and present only a moderate range
of color- variation. A specimen from Orizaba (No. 8567, $ , Botteri) is
rather darker, the lower surface more strongly yellow, and the white on
the tail is slightly tinged with yellow.

In a young specimen about one-fourth grown, and still retaining the
milk dentition, the pelage is soft, long, and woolly 5 the color above pale
yellowish -brown varied with darker brown, but with no Hack; below
grayish-white, faintly tinged with yellow anteriorly. The tail has seven
white rings, and the light spots below and behind the eyes are nearly
pure white.

In old female skulls, in which the teeth show a considerable degree of
attrition, there is no trace of a crest. Probably in old males this will
be found to be present, but the only male specimens before me are only
of middle age and do not show it. The most notable variation in the
skulls of B. astuta is the unusually wide separation of the pterygoid
bones, and the consequent unusual breadth of the posterior nares in

338 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

the original skull of Baird's B. raptor. As this is a feature in which
variation is apt to occur, and as my series of skulls ofr B. sumichrasti
presents an example equally aberrant from the usual condition in the
last-named species, I cannot look upon it as other than an individual
variation of more or less frequent occurrence in other mammals.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. — The Northern Civet Cat appears
to range throughout the temperate portions of Mexico, and thence
northward far into the United States. The most southern localities
represented by the specimens before me are Orizaba in the State of Vera
Cruz, San Luis Potosi in the interior, and the Sierra Santiago near the
Pacific coast. It is said to be a well-known inhabitant of California,
and ranges thence northward into Southwestern Oregon, where, how-
ever, it is supposed to be of rare occurrence.* More to the eastward it
has been found in Arizona, and has long been known to occur through-
out most parts of Texas. I found it to be a well-known animal in
Middle Kansas, and a number of specimens have been taken at different
times as far northward and eastward as Ohio. Though nowhere appar-
ently abundant, it appears to be rather common in Northern Mexico and
in Texas, but further northward and eastward is evidently rare.

BASSAEIS SUMICHRASTI, De Saussure.
Southern Civet Cat.

Bassaris sumichrasti, DE SAUSSURE, Eev. et Mag. de Zoologie, 2e se'r., xii, 1860, 7, pi. i

(animal).
Bassaris varidbilis, PETERS, Monatsb. d. K. P. Akad. Wissensch. zu Berlin, 1874, 704,

pi. i (animal), pi. ii (skull).

Bassaris monticola, CORDERO, La Natnraleza, iii, 1875, 270, plate (animal and skull).
Tepechichi del Cofre de Perote, Cacomistle de monte, CORDERO, 1. c., p. 270.

Bassaris sumichrasti presents variations in general color strictly paral-
lel with those already noted as occurring in B. astuta. The ground-
color above varies from nearly pure gray to yellowish-brown, and even
golden, and the wash of black is sometimes sufficient to render this the
prevalent tint of the dorsal surface. The yellowish-brown suffusion is
always much stronger on the posterior half of the body than it is an-
teriorly. The color of the ventral surface varies from nearly pure white
to pale gamboge-yellow. The dorsal surface of the feet is generally
black, always decidedly blackish in all the specimens examined. The
terminal fourth or more of the tail is usually deep black, with sometimes
faint indications of one or two gray rings on the lower surface. The
light rings are much narrower than the intermediate black ones, and
vary in different specimens from pure gray to whitish-gray and yellow-
ish gray. They are usually broader on the lower side of the tail than
on the upper. The number of light rings more or less distinctly trace-
able varies from seven to ten, but is usually either eight or nine. These
remarks are based on an examination of seven skins from Southern
Mexico and Costa Rica.

*See Cones, Am. Nat., xii, 1878, p. 253.

tfo.3.] ALLEN ON THE GENUS BASSARIS. 339

Of two specimens taken at Tehuantepec, January 15, 1809, and
labelled by the collector (Prof. F. Suinickrast) as found in coitu, the
male is much the larger, grayish-brown above, varied with black, and
strongly suffused with fulvous posteriorly ; below, pale yellow ; terminal
third of the tail wholly black; the light rings are gray; length of head
and body 19J in. ; tail- vertebra 20 in. ; tail to end of hairs 22 in. The
female is. much purer gray above, with only a slight suffusion of brown-
ish-fulvous posteriorly ; below, pale yellow; the light rings of the tail
whitish-gray ; length of head and body 15£ in. ; tail- vertebrae 18 in. ;
tail to end of hairs 20 in. Another male from the same locality, col-
lected in March, 1872, agrees very nearly in color with the male already
described, but is rather less strongly suffused with brownish-fulvous ;
the light tail-rings are grayish-white, and only the terminal fifth of the
tail is wholly black. Another example (sex unknown) from Mirador
(Dr. Sartorius) is much darker dorsally throughout, where the prevailing
tint is decidedly black, the light tail-rings are narrower and more in-
distinct, and the terminal third of the tail is wholly black. The black
prevails on the tail to such an extent that above the light rings are well
defined only toward the base of the tail. Two specimens from La
Palina, Costa Bica, collected in December, 1876 (J. C. Zeledon), differ
very little from the last, except that the light rings of the tail are more
distinct and whitish-gray.

It will thus be seen that B. sumichrasti is considerably larger than B.
astuta, darker or more blackish in color, with a relatively longer tail, on
which the light annulations are narrower, rather more numerous, and
unbroken below, where they are merely a little narrower than they are
on the upper surface. The ears are broader, less pointed, and about
one-fifth shorter than in B. astuta, notwithstanding the smaller size of
the last-named species.

Dr. Duges, in some remarks appended to Cordero's description of his
B. monticola, rather questions the importance of some of the characters
given by Cordero as distinguishing B. monticola from B. astuta, especially
the grooving of the incisors, stating that they are to be found also in
young examples of B. astuta, and that they are features that probably
disappear with age. Dr. DugeVs remarks respecting other characters,
as well as this, show that he has evidently confounded the two species.
In respect to the trilobed border of the incisors, which Cordero refers
to as having " la figura de una flor de lis," I may say that I have been
unable to find any traces of this character in wholly unworn teeth of B.
astuta, while in B. sumichrasti it persists in the very oldest specimens,
and is even present in one example in which the teeth are all very much
worn and some of the incisors are broken off, the two or three remaining
incisors still showing the grooves and the resulting lobed cutting-edge.
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. — Neither De Saussure, Peters, nor
Cordero state definitely the localities whence their specimens of this
animal were received. De Saussure gives mereiy •' Mexique, and Peters

340 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. T.

says "aus Centralamerica." Cordero's introductory remarks seein to
imply that his specimens were obtained in the vicinity of Jalapa. It is
not mentioned by Tomes as included in the collection of mammals made
by Mr. Salvm at Dueuas, Guatemala,* nor by Dr. von Frantzius in his
list of the mammals of Costa Eica.t Consequently the only information
I can give is limited to the material I have had opportunity of examining.
The localities reprsented are Jalapa, Mirador, and Tehuantepec, Mexico,
and La Palma, Costa Eica. As Cordero refers to his having examined
eight or ten specimens, it is doubtless not uncommon about Jalapa, and
probably ranges throughout Southern Mexico, Guatemala, and Costa
Eica. To what extent the habitats of the two species of Bassaris over-
lap still remains to be determined. The above-mentioned Orizaba speci-
men of B. astuta shows that the two species occur together in the State
of Yera Cruz, and B. astuta may be inferred to be the prevailing form
about the city of Mexico.

* Report on a Collection of Mammals made by Osbert Salvin, Esq., F. Z. S., at
Duefias, Guatemala, with notes on some of the species by Mr. Fraser. By Robert F.
Tomes, Corr. Mem. Z. S. <Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1861, pp. 278-288.
J tDie Siiugethiere Costaricas, ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der geographischen Ver-
breitnng der Siiugethiere Amerikas. Von Dr. A. von Frantzius. < Archiv fur Natur-
geschichte, 1869, i, pp. 247-325.

Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
AT HARVARD COLLEGE.

VOL. VIII. No. 9.

LIST OF MAMMALS COLLECTED BY DR. EDWARD PALMER IN
NORTH-EASTERN MEXICO, WITH' FIELD-NOTES BY THE
COLLECTOR.

BY J. A. ALLEN.

CAMBRIDGE :

PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM.
MARCH, 1881.

No. 9. — List of Mammals collected ly Dr. Edward Palmer in North-
eastern Mexico, with Field-Notes ly the Collector. By J. A. ALLEN.

THE region traversed by Dr. Palmer includes the eastern portion of
the State of Coahuila, the southern parts of Nuevo Leon and Tamaulipas,
and a large part of the State of San Luis Potosi. The specimens were
collected chiefly in the vicinity of the city of San Luis Potosi, but in-
clude a number from Monclova, Parras, Saltillo, Rio Verde, and the neigh-
borhood of Tampico. The remarks respecting the distribution and
abundance of the species, when of a general character, may be taken as
relating to the general region traversed. The collection throws much
light on the range of Mexican mammals, and in a few cases extends their
range much beyond their previously known limits. The detection of a
species of Heteromys so far northward is perhaps the most important
single fact of the list. The notes on the relative abundance and dis-
tribution of the species, written from Dr. Palmer's dictation, are dis-
tinguished by being enclosed in marks of quotation.

1. Canis latrans, Say. PRAIRIE WOLF ; COYOTE.

" Generally dispersed but not common, having been to a large extent de-
stroyed by poisoning and shooting." Dr. Palmer reports their occurrence in
small numbers in all the parts of Eastern Mexico visited by him. One speci-
men was sent from San Luis Potosi.

2. Urocyon cinereo-argentatus (Schreb.), Coues. GRAY Fox.
" Generally dispersed and very common. Often domesticated."

3. Putorius brasiliensis frenatus (Licht), Coues. BRIDLED WEASEL.

Mountains near Saltillo, August 11, 1880. The species is represented in the
collection by a skin and skull. " Apparently not common."

4. Taxidea americana berlandieri (Baird), Allen. MEXICAN BADGER.

The localities represented are San Luis Potosi, San Pedro (Chihuahua),
and Saltillo. Not common.

5. Bassaris astuta, Licht. CIVET CAT.

One specimen, San Luis Potosi, March 29, 1879, " Not very common, but
occurs in small numbers nearly everywhere. Often tamed as pets."

VOL. VIII. — NO. 9.

184 BULLETIN OF THE

[Bison americanus (Gmelin), Smith. AMERICAN BISON.

Of this species no specimens were of course observed, but it is here intro-
duced for the purpose of recording some traditional evidence of its former
presence at points outside of its hitherto definitely recorded range. " Accord-
ing to the testimony of old people," says Dr. Palmer, " the Bison was very
abundant about Monclova and Parras when the first settlers reached these
points, probably half a century after the conquest. For some years they killed
large numbers for food, but soon they ceased to appear. There seems to be no
reason why, so far as the nature of the country is concerned, the Bison may not
have ranged also to Saltillo. Careful observation failed to detect any of their
remains, nor could I learn that such have been met with. Little attention,
however, is paid to such things by the inhabitants, which might easily pass
unnoticed, even if existing."]

6. Cariacus virginianus mexicanus (Gmelin), Allen. COMMON DEER.

The collection contains the head of a male, obtained at Savinito, Tierre
Caliente. " Common everywhere in the wooded mountains, to which they are
restricted. Very common about Tampico, and are frequently exposed for sale
in the markets of the town."

[Dr. Palmer informs me that he found no indication of the presence of the
Prong-horn (Antilocapra americana) in any portion of the region he traversed.
This is an important negative fact, as tending to fix the southern limit of this
species, as it is known to occur further westward in the northern parts of the
States of Chihuahua and Sonora.] Berlandier is cited (Alston, Biol. Cent.
Amer., Mam., p. 113) as authority for the statement that its range extends
" southwards at least throughout the State of Tamaulipas."

7. Nyctinomus brasiliensis, Is. Geoffrey.

Four specimens, San Luis Potosi. " Common, infesting the houses. This
is the common Bat of this region."

8. Plecotus auritus, LeConte. BIG-EARED BAT.

One specimen, San Luis Potosi. This appears to be the first record of this
species from any part of Mexico.

9. SpennophihlS grammurus (Say), Bachman. LINED-TAILED SPER-

MOPHILE.

One specimen, taken at Angostura, Rio Verde, one hundred and sixty miles
south of San Luis Potosi. " Occurs here and elsewhere abundantly about old
walls and rocky places. Very destructive to the crops, and a great pest. From
the nature of their haunts they are hard to capture."

10. Spermophilus mexicanus (Licht.), Wagner. MEXICAN SPERMOPHILE.

One specimen, Monclova. " Widely distributed at favorable localities, but
not nearly so abundant as the smaller species " (S. spilosomus).

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 185

11. Spermophilus spilosomus, Bennett. SONORAN SPERMOPHILE.
Eleven specimens, representing both the young and the adult, are in the col-
lection from San Luis Potosi, and one each from San Pedro (Coahuila) and
Parras. There is very little variation in color with age or individually.

" Abundant. Lives on the open plains and about the edges of fields, where
it is a troublesome pest. Hibernates. Many are tamed."

12. Cynomys ludovicianus (Ord), Baird. EASTERN PRAIRIE DOG.
Five specimens, from the vicinity of Saltillo. "Only a single small colony

was met with, in a little valley surrounded by mountains, not far from Saltillo,
confined to an area of some thirty or forty acres." ,

This discovery extends the range of the species considerably to the south-
ward and eastward of any point -from which it has hitherto been reported. In
" Monographs of North American Rodentia," p. 896, I inferential^ gave its
southern limit as the Staked Plains of Western Texas, overlooking the fact
that it had been recorded by Dr. Kennerly (Rep U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv., II.
Mamm., p. 40) and by Duges (La Naturaleza, I. p. 137) from the State of
Chihuahua, the former observing it as far westward as the Sierra Madre.

13. Mus decumanus, Pallas. BROWN RAT.

" Abundant in the cities of the interior, as well as in those of the coast. It
was common at San Luis, and extends as far north at least as Zacatecas."

14. Mus alexandrinus, £t. Geoffrey.

Four specimens, from San Luis, where it is " common in the houses." In
addition to these are two specimens which seem to be unquestionably hybrids
between this species and M. rattus, with which it has been repeatedly stated to
interbreed.

15. Mus rattus, Linne. BLACK RAT.

Two specimens, San Luis Potosi. " Lives in the houses and also in fields."

16. Mus musculus, Linne'. HOUSE MOUSE.
" A numerous pest everywhere in the houses."

17. Hesperomys melanophrys, Coues.

One specimen, a full-grown male, San Luis Potosi, September 1, 1879.
" Rather common in the fields."

As admitted by both Coues (North Amer. Rodent., p. 102) and Alston
(Biol. Cent. Amer., Mam., p. 147), there is strong probability that H. mela-
nophrys, Coues, and H. mexicanus, De Sauss., are identical. The specimen col-
lected by Dr. Palmer agrees in size with Dr. Coues's largest examples from
Tehuantepec ; the black eye-ring is also quite conspicuous, but the back pos-
teriorly is apparently more strongly ferrugineous. I therefore provisionally
adopt Coues's name in preference to De Saussure's.

186 BULLETIN OF THE

18. Neotoma floridana mexicana (Baird), Allen. MEXICAN BUSH RAT;

" KATA DEL CAMPO."
Neotoma mexicana., BAIRD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII., April, 1855, 333 ;

Mam. N. Am., 1857, 490 ; U. 8. & Mex. Bound. Surv., II. Pt. 2, 1859, Mam.,

p. 54, PL XXIV. fig. 1, skull.
Neotoma micropus, BAIRD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII., April, 1855, 333 ;

Mam. X. Am., 1857, 492 ; U. S. & Mex. Bound. Surv., II. Pt. 2, 1859, Mam.,

p. 44.
Neotoma floridana, GEOFFROY, Zool. Voy. Venus, 1855, 154, PL XIII. — Coues,

Mon. N. Am. Roden., 1877, 14 (partim). — ,Duges, La Fraternidad, I., 1874, 82,

PL (animal, details of external parts, skull, and dentition).

A series of eight specimens, two collected in October and the remainder in
March, at San Luis Potosi, contrast so strongly in color and size with Florida
examples of Neotoma that the Mexican form seems eminently worthy of varie-
tal recognition. The Mexican specimens are fully one fourth smaller, the tails
are much more thickly clothed, and the color is widely different, agreeing,
however, in every respect with N. mexicana, Baird. The tail is sharply bicolor,
and the feet and the lower surface of the body are snowy white, separated from
the mouse-brown of the back by a well-marked band of yellowish-rufous or
golden-rust, varying in intensity in different individuals. Two specimens
have the dorsal surface strongly ferrugineous throughout, varied of course with
black medially, passing into strong reddish brown on the sides, thus in general
tint strongly resembling N. ferruginea, for which they were at first mistaken.
One is a male, the other a female, and they were taken, respectively, March 10
and March 24. Another specimen, a female, taken March 20, presents the
opposite extreme of paleness, being gray above, varied with black and faintly
tinged on the sides with a pinkish hue. These examples indicate an exceedingly
wide range of individual variation in color ; the other specimens, however, are
variously intermediate, and form altogether a closely intergrading series.

"These rats are sold in the markets as food for invalids whose stomachs are
unable to retain other food ; as a cure for chronic diarrhoea and dysentery is
believed to have few equals. The animals are split open and applied as a
poultice to parts affected with pain. The market of San Luis Potosi is never
without these rats. They are said to be good eating aside from their as-
cribed medicinal virtue. They are very abundant, inhabiting the localities
of the magueys or agaves, about the roots of which they live, probably be-
cause the thorny nature of the plant prevents rapacious animals from bur-
rowing after the rats, or possibly in order to feast upon the roots. They
live in the ground, and the daily supply seen in the market of San Luis Potosi
is obtained by digging them out of their burrows. They are known under the
name Rata del Campo."

Dr. Palmer has kindly called my attention to two papers on this species in
" La Fraternidad " * by Don Alfredo Duges and Dr. Gregorio Barrocta, the

* La Fraternidad— Periodico de la Sociedad Medica de San Luis Potosi, Tom. I.,
Entr. No. 6, Junio de 1874, pp. 82-87 y pi.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 187

first accompanied by a plate giving a life-size figure of the animal, with numer-
ous details, including the skull and dentition. Dr. Barrocta alludes especially
to its supposed medicinal qualities, to the use of its flesh as food by the poorer
classes, and to the daily sale of the animals in the market. Duges states that
they are readily domesticated and form agreeable pets.

19. Dipodomys phillipsi, Gray. KANGAROO-RAT.

Nine specimens, San Luis Potosi, September, October, March, and May, in-
cluding adults of both sexes and half-grown young. In point of coloration
they present great uniformity, the young exactly agreeing in this respect with
the adult.

" Everywhere common. Very troublesome in the cornfields. NocturnaL
Obtained with difficulty and only by digging them out of their burrows."

20. Heteromys longicaudatus ? Gray. MEXICAN HISPID MOUSE.

Hderomys alleni, Coues, MS.

Dr. Palmer's collection contains a single specimen of Heteromys, an adult
male, taken at the Hacienda Angostura, Rio Verde, February 26, 1878. Dr.
Palmer states that it was discovered in a mound in digging for antiquities.
Two were seen, but one of them escaped. He believes it to be rare, as it was
not recognized by the natives. Appreciating its importance he offered a reward
of a dollar apiece for other specimens, but was unable to obtain any more.

The genus Heteromys has hitherto been known only from Southern Mexico
(Oaxaca) and thence southward to Northern South America. Numerous spe-
cies have been described, but only four are recognized by Mr. Alston (Biol.
Cent. Amer., Mam., pp. 166-168) as valid, and of these two only (H. desma-
restianus and H. longicaudatus) are found north of the Isthmus of Panama. The
present example differs apparently in important features from either of these,
and a detailed description of it is therefore appended.

" In size and general appearance it greatly resembles Perognathus fasciatus,
but is a typical Heteromys ; the upper incisors being smooth while the pelage is
mixed with flat grooved spines. Tail vertebrae as long as head and body ; with
hairs, half an inch longer. Tail tufted at the end, the lengthened hairs form-
ing a crest, as in Perognathus pencillatus. Soles hairy from the heel nearly to
the bases of the toes ; but? a slight strip along the heel is naked. A very
prominent black tubercle at the base of the inner toe. Under surfaces of the
toes naked and scaly. Palms naked from the wrist. Upper surfaces of hands
and feet densely hairy. Ears large, orbicular, projecting beyond the fur ; notch
bounded behind by a very large flap-like lobe, in front by a slight fold (much
as in Perognathus pencillatus).

" Coloration not unlike that of Perognathus fasciatus, but darker. Under
parts pure white. A conspicuous stripe of fawn-color extends the whole length
of the head and body, separating the white under parts from the dark upper parts.
Nearly the whole fore leg is colored like the upper parts ; this dark color also
descending the hind leg and advancing a short distance on the tarsus. The

188 BULLETIN OF THE

dark color of the fore leg is separated from that of the upper parts by the fawn-
colored stripe ; that of the hind leg is continuous. Ears conspicuously bor-
dered with white. The general color of the upper parts is blackish intimately
grizzled with gray and sandy ; the dark colors predominate and give the gen-
eral effect on the back, the admixture of sandy increasing on the sides in
approaching the fawn-colored stripe. The spines are colorless in all their
grooved portion, the smooth sharp lips being blackish ; these comprise one fifth
to one fourth of the whole length. The very slender hairs intermixed with the
spines are similarly colored. The spines are restricted to the upper parts ;
elsewhere the fur is soft, but coarse, and there appears to be no under fur. The
hairs of the white under parts, and of the fawn-colored stripe, are uniformly
colored from root to tip. The tail sharply bicolor, blackish above and white
below, fully haired, the hair completely hiding the scales ; the pencil at the
end is entirely dark-colored and occupies the terminal inch of the vertebrae.
Whiskers partly blackish and partly colorless. Claws nearly colorless. Inci-
sors yellow.

" The length of the well-prepared skin (No. 5889, M. C. Z.) is 4.30 inches.
Tail vertebrae the same. Tail with hairs, 4.V5. Hind foot, 1.15. Ear, .55
above notch.

" As above stated, this example is of the size of Perognathus fasciatus, which
it much resembles in general appearance, especially in the conspicuous fawn-
colored stripe along the sides ; in its long tufted tail it resembles P. pencillatus,
but is of course generically different from either. The white rim of the ears is
also a strong mark." — Coues, MS.

In 1868, Dr. J. E. Gray (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1868, pp. 204, 205) described three
species of Heteromys from Mexico (H. longicaudatus,irroratus, and albolimbatus)
and one from Honduras (H. melanoleucus), all of which Mr. Alston has re-
ferred to a single species, together with another (H. adspersus) from Panama
described by Dr. Peters, in each case from an examination of the types. For
this species he adopts the name longicaudatus as " the only one of Gray's names
which is not absolutely misleading." In view of this large number of syno-
nyms it seems presumptuous to take the risk of adding another, although the
present example does not agree with the characters given by Mr. Alston for
H. longicaudatus, nor with those of any of the species described by Gray,
although recalling certain features of two of them. It has, for instance, the
white-rimmed ears of H. albolimbatus, and " the yellow streak on the side," or
" widish interrupted yellow line," of H. irroratus (which, however, Mr. Al-
ston says, is merely " a slight tinge of pale fawn along the edge of the darker
coloring "), except that in the present example it is not interrupted and forms a
conspicuous feature of the coloration. There is no allusion in any of the de-
scriptions, nor in Mr. Alston's diagnosis and remarks, to the conspicuous crest
of long (.50 to .65 of an inch in length) blackish hairs along the terminal fifth
of the tail-vertebrse, unless it be that the phrase, " short black hairs, which
are more abundant on the upper part near and at the tip, forming a kind of
pencil," in the description of H. albolimbatus, can be so construed. From Mr.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 189

Alston's determinations it is evident that specimens he refers to H. longicaudatus
present considerable variations in color, in the length and hairiness of the, tail,
etc., and may or may not have white-edged ears. In view of this fact a con-
servative course seems the only advisable one in the present instance.

I may here add that some months since (before the appearance of Mr. Al-
ston's revision of the group) I submitted the specimen to Dr. Coues, who
considered it as undescribed (an opinion I then fully shared), and returned
it with the above-given description and MS. name.

21. Thomomys talpoides umbrinus (Rich.), Coues. SOUTHERN POCKET

GOPHER.

Two specimens, San Luis Potosi. " Abundant Very troublesome in the
sugar fields."

The specimens collected by Dr. Palmer extend the known range of the
species much to the southward (some 10° of latitude) and eastward of pre-
viously recorded localities (Espia and Santa Cruz, State of Sonora).

22. Lepus sylvatiGUS, Bachm. WOOD HARE ; " GRAY RABBIT."

Six specimens, from the vicinity of San Luis Potosi. The series includes
both young and adult.

" Everywhere abundant. Brought into the towns by the mule-load."

23. LepUS callotis, Wagler. MEXICAN HARE ; "JACKASS RABBIT."
Eleven specimens, including a series of young examples, from San Luis

Potosi.

" Abundant everywhere ; more common even than the smaller species [L.
sylvaticus] and forms an important source of food."

24. Tatusia novemcincta (Linne'). ARMADILLO.

There is a single carapace in the collection from the Tierra Calienta of the
State of San Luis Potosi, where, according to Dr. Palmer, the animal is not
uncommon.

25. Didelphys .

Parras, two specimens (skins and skulls in spirits), apparently about half-
grown, of a species not yet determined. The ears are entirely white ; there are
three prominent black stripes on the face, and the long hairs of the dorsal sur-
face are black, imparting this color to the whole dorsal aspect.

OF THE

UNIVERSITY

OF

AUTHOR'S KDITIO3ST.

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR.

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY.
F. V. HAYDEN, U. S. Geologist-in-Charge.

PRELIMINARY LIST

OF

WORKS AND PAPERS

RELATING TO THE

MAMMALIAN ORDERS OF CETE AND SIRENIA.

BY

JOEL ASAPH ALLEN.

EXTRACTED FROM THE BULLETIN OF THE SURVEY, VOL. VI, No. 3.

WASHINGTON, Angus* 30, 1,^82.

Art. XT III.— Preliminary I<ist of Works and Pa-
pers Relating to the Mammalian Orders Cete and
Sirenia*

By Joel Asapli Allen.

OWING to the illness of the author, which prevented his
revision of the proofsheets, it was necessary to stop the

printing of the "List" at the end of the year 1840. The *

f
lent instalment comprises only a little more than one-third

of the article ; the remainder will be published as soon as the
author's health renders it practicable.

J. A. ALLEN. *

Cambridge, Sept., 1882.

reached in the collection ol titles nere

of the subject of the Whale-fishery, for example, has been intentionally

wholly neglected, namely, legislation for its promotion and regula-

tion by different governments. This alone would furnish hundreds of

titles, which, while having only a remote bearing on the natural history

of Whales, would still have some importance in regard to the history of

Whaling.

The titles here given have been taken by the writer, when not oth-
erwise stated, from the works and papers mentioned, and the com-
ments, unless otherwise indicated, are based on personal examination
of the same. Many titles relating to the Whale-fishery have been copied
from D. Mulder Bosgoed's invaluable "Bibliotheca Ichthyologia et Pis-

Art. XVIII.— Preliminary ^i>< of Works and Pa-
pers Relating to the Mammalian Orders Cete and
Sirenia.

By Joel Asaph Allen.

Preparatory to undertaking the preparation of a history of the spe-
cies of the North American Cete and Sirenia, I began, some time since,
a systematic examination of the literature of the subject, taking titles
and making notes for future reference. It soon occurred to me that the
annotated list begun for my own use might be of service to other inves-
tigators in Cetology and Sirenology, and with this point in view I set
about the preparation of a bibliography of these subjects. The titles
thus far gathered are believed to cover nearly everything of importance
bearing upon their technical aspects, besides the more important of
those relating to their economical and commercial phases. The defi-
ciencies relate mainly to the latter, and consist in great degree of casual
notices of animals of the above-named orders in narratives of travel and
exploration, and in periodicals of an ephemeral or non-scientific char-
acter, relating generally to the capture or stranding of Whales at differ-
ent localities, and notices of Whaling. To make a bibliography which
should be exhaustive in these respects would be, it is needless to say,
the work of a lifetime, and would scarcely repay the labor expended
beyond a certain point of completeness, believed to have been nearly
reached in the collection of titles here presented. One department
of the subject of the Whale-fishery, for example, has been intentionally
wholly neglected, namely, legislation for its promotion and regula-
tion by different governments. This alone would furnish hundreds of
titles, which, while having only a remote bearing on the natural history
of Whales, would still have some importance in regard to the history of
Whaling.

The titles here given have been taken by the writer, when not oth-
erwise stated, from the works and papers mentioned, and the com-
ments, unless otherwise indicated, are based on personal examination
of the same. Many titles Mating to the Whale-fishery have been copied
from D. Mulder Bosgoed's invaluable "Bibliotheca Ichthyologia et Pis-

400 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

catoria" (8°, Haarlem, 1873), especially many of those published in
the Dutch language. The titles have, in many cases, been taken by
preference from this author, for two reasons: first, they are generally
more fully given by him, and with greater regard to literal transcrip-
tion, than in many other works 5 and, secondly, they are usually accom-
panied with references to the particular portion of works, when of a
general character, relating to the special subject here in hand. The
titles unaccredited may be considered as representing the literary
resources in this field of research afforded by the principal libraries of
Cambridge and Boston, circumstances having thus far prevented me
from consulting those of other cities. In some cases the sets of period-
ical publications have proved incomplete, and in a few cases wholly
wanting. To cover these deficiencies, titles of works or papers known
to me through citation by authors have been taken from the Eoyal
Society's " Catalogue of Scientific Papers," or from other bibliographical
sources. In this way it is believed that few papers of actual scientific
value have escaped record. I have, however, proof of the incomplete-
ness of this "Preliminary List77 in the considerable number of "catch
references" still in hand, which are too incomplete for insertion, but
which an effort will be made to perfect as opportunity may favor, to be
given later, with such others as may be met with, in a contemplated
reprint of the present "List." In view of a probable later edition, the
author earnestly solicits the correction of errors that may be discovered
in the present, and would be glad to have his attention directed to any
omissions.

In regard to the plan of the present undertaking, it may be stated
that the titles are arranged chronologically, with an alphabetical
disposition of authors under each year. The index to the "List"
(the titles being consecutively numbered) will facilitate reference to
any particular author or paper desired. In the case of minor papers,
the annotations are intended as simply an amplification of the title —
in other words, an explanation of the scope and nature of the article
cited. In works of a general character, containing brief references
to the matter here in hand, the particular portion of the work relating
to the subject is stated, with an indication of its extent and importance.
In the case of monographs, anatomical memoirs, or special works, the
contents are indicated by the transcription of sub-titles, when such
occur, and by further amplification when deemed desirable; in other
cases by supplied sub-headings. Each species formally mentioned or
figured is enumerated, with page-references, and in case of figures an
indication is given of their nature or bearing. As a matter of conven-
ience^ the species are generally numbered with Arabic numerals in
heavy type, these showing at a glance the number of species formally
treated or recognized in the work or memoir. In the case of old
works, or where vernacular names are alone used, the modern current
systematic equivalent is frequently indicated. In every instance where
such occur, new species and new genera are especially distinguished.

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 401

Great care has been taken to make the transcription of titles strictly
literal, interpolations or emendations being inclosed in brackets.
Errors of transcription can, nevertheless, scarcely be otherwise than
frequent, as every bibliographer must be well aware. The orthography
and capitalization of scientific names are intended to be literal, or in
accordance with the usage of the particular work under notice, from
which, however, there are doubtless occasional lapses. The attempt
has been made to bring the "List" down to the end of the year 1880,
but a few later titles have been added, and there are doubtless many
deficiencies for the last year of the record.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY,

Cambridge, Mass., September, 1881.

1495. ALBERTUS MAGNUS. Diui Albert! Magni de Animalibus | libri vigintisex Novis-
sime Impress!. [First page.] fol. 11. 6, ff. 1-^254 .

ImpressumUenetijs per Joaimem & Gregoriuin | de Gregorys fratres. Anno
incarnatiouis dominice | Millesirno quadringentesimo nonagesimo quinto | die,
xxi. Maij. Regnante duo Augustino Barbadi co | inclitoDuceUenetial/ [f. 254],

Cetus, f. 240 ; Delphinus, f. 241 ; Monoceros, f. 244. . The interest attaching to tho cetologi-
cal matter is purely historic. [1.]

1510. ANDREW, LAUR. "The wonderful sliape and nature of man, beastes, serpeutes,
fowles, fishes, and monsters, translated out of divers authors by L. Andrew
of Calis, and printed at Antuerpe, by John Doesborow. (Doesborch, 1510.)
fol. With pictures."

Not seen; title from Bosgoed, op. cif., p. 2, no. 10. [2.]

1526. OVIEDO, G. F. DE. Otiiedo dela natural hy | storia delas Indias. | Con preuile-
gio dela | S. C. C. M. | [For Gonaalo Fernandez de Oviedo y Valde"s. Toledo.
1526.] 4°. ff. i-lij+3pp.

Delos manaties, f. xlviij (30 lines). The account of the Manatee here given is brief in com-
parison with that in the Hist. gen. Ind., 1535, q. v. [3.]

1533. MARTYR, P. Petri Martyris | ab Angleria mediolanen. Oratoris | clarissimi,
Fernandi & Helisabeth Hispaniaruin quondam rcgum | a consilijs, de rebus
Oceanis & Orbe nouo decades tres: quibus | quicquid de inuentis nuper terris
tradituin, nouarum rerum cupi- | dum lectorem retinere possit, copiose, tideli-
ter, erudititp docetur. | Eivsdem praeterea | Legationis Babylonicac li | bri
tres: vbi praeter oratorii mvneris | pulcherrimuni exemplum, etiam quicquid
in uariarum gentium mori- | bus & institutis insigniter preclarum uidit que^'
terra mariqi acciderunt, | omnia lectu mire iucunda, genere dicendi politis-
simo traduntur. | [Design.] Basileae, | — | M. D. XXXIII. | fol. }1. 12, if.
1-92.
Manati, f. 60, C, D. [4.]

1535. OVIEDO, G. F. DE. La historia general | delas Indias. | [Por Gonzalo Fernan-
dez de Oviedo y Valde"s.] Con priuilegio imperial. [Sevilla, 1535.] | 4C.
11. 4, ff. i-cxciij.

Capitulo x. Del Manati y de su grandeza & forma : & de la manera qne algunas vezes los
indios tomauan este grade animal conel pexereuerso : & otras particularidades. ff. cvj-cviij, fig.
The account occupies 5 pp., and is important as the source whence many later compilers
drew their materials for the history of the Manatee, and is still historically of the highest in.
terest. There is a small, very rude cut, hearing some likeness to the general form of tho
Manatee— the earliest figure of the animal published. In the edition of 1547 the text (if. cvj-
cvijj) is the same as in the present, but the figure is slightly different, showing an attempt at
art istic impro vem ent. f 5 . 1

26 a B

402 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1551. BELOX, PIERRE. "L'histoire Naturelle des Estranges Poissons Marins, avec la

vraie Peincture et Description du Dauphin et de plusieurs autres de sou espece,
Observed par Pierre Be"lon du Mans. A Paris, 1551. 4°. pp. 115."

Not seen ; title from Dr. David Cragie in Edinb. Phil. Journ., xi, 1831, p. 43, where he gives
a critical rCsumt (op. cit., pp. 43-48) of B61on's account of the anatomy of the Porpoise. [6.]

1552. ARISTOTELES. Aristotelis et | Theopbrasti | Historic, Cum de natura Aniina-

lium, turn de Plantis | & earum Causis, cuncta fere, quae Deus opt. | max.
homini eontemplanda exhibuit, ad | amussim complectentes : nunc iam suo
resti- | tutss nitori, & mendis omnibus, quoad fieri | potuit, repurgatie. | Cvm
Indice Copio- | sissimo: | Ex quo superfluum quod erat, decerpsimus: quod
uero | necessarium nobis uisum est, superaddidimus. | Estote Prvdentes, |
[Vignette] | sicvt serpentes. | Lvgdvni, | Apud Gulielmum Gazeium, |
M.D.LII. | Cum Priuilegio Re^is. | 8°. 11. 40, pp. 1-495, 11. 8 (animal.), 11.
28, pp. 1-399, 11. 7 (plant.).

De partu, & pullorum numero piscinm uiuiparnm, delphino, balaena, vitulo marino, & reli-
quis, quae cete appellantur. Liber vi, caput xiii, pp. 141-143.

Several earlier and numerous later editions and commentaries of this work are intention-
ally omitted. [7.]

1553. BELLON, P. [or BELON, P.] Petri Bellonii Cenomani | De aquatilibus, Libri

duo- 1 Cum e^couibus ad vinam ipsoruni effigiem, quoad ] eius fieri potuit, ex-
pressis. | Ad amplissimum Cardinalem Ca'stilliouseum. | Parisiis. | Apud
Carolum Stephanum, Typographum Regium. j M. D. LIU. | Cum privilegio
Regis, obi. 8°. 11. 16, pp. 1-448.

De cetaceis, ossibus praeditis ac viuiparis, pp. 4-18. — Balena, pp. 4, 5 ; Delphinus, pp. 7, 8,
fig., p. 6 (apparently of Phocoenacommunis); fig., p. 9 (apparently of Delphinus delphis); Nun ease
Delphinvm incvrvvm, p. 9; fig., p. 10 (apparently of Delphinus delphis); Duo Delphini incurui,
dorso repando, ex antiquissimo numismate sereo, figs., p. 11; Quid Delphinus a Tvrsione
distet, p. 12 ; Matricis Delphini cum fcetu efformatio, fig., p. 13 ; Dolphini caluaria, text and fig.,
p. 14 ; Tvrsio, p. 15, fig., p. 16 ; Orca, pp. 16, 17, fig., p. 18. Dolphin-like figure with foetus at-
tached by foetal envelopes.

The figures were all reproduced by Gesner, and were also copied by various later au-
thors. [8.]

1554. GOMARA, F. L. DE. La Historia | general delas Indias, | con todos los descu-

brimientos, y cosas nota | bles que ban acaescido enellas, dende | que se gane-
ron hasta agora, escri- | ta por Francisco Lopez | de Gomara, clerigo. | Aiia-
diose de nueuo la descripcion ytraca delas Indias, [ con una Tablaalpbabetica
delas Prouincias, Islas, | Puereos, Ciudades, y nombres de conquistadores | y
varones principales que alia han passado. | [Cygnet.] EnAnvers. | Encasa
de luan Steelsio. | Aiio M. D. LIIIT. | sm. 8°. 11. 16+ff. 1-287.

Dela Fez que llaman enla Espanola Manati, cap. xxxi, ff. 37, 38. [9.]

1554. RONDELET, G. Gvlielmi | Rondeletit | Doctoris medici | et medicinae in schola |

Monspeliensi Pro- | fessoris Re- | gii. | Libri de Piscibus Marinis, in quibus |
verse Piscium effigies expresses sunt. | Qua) in tota Piscium liistoria contine-
antur, indicat | Elenchus pagina nona et decima. | Postremb accesserunt In-
dices necessarij. | [Design.] Lvgdvni | Apud Mattliiarn Bonhornme. | — |
M. D. LIU. | Cum Priuilgio Regis ad duodecim annos. 2°. 11. 8, pp. 1-583,
11. 12.

De Delphino, lib. xvi, cap. viii, pp. 459-473, fig., p. 459 (a Dolphin with young in foetal
envelopes). De Phocaena, lib. xvi, cap. ix, pp. 437, 474. De Tursione, lib. xvi, cap. x, pp. 474,
475,. fig. De Balsena vulgd dicta siue de Mnsculo, lib. xvi, cap. xi, pp. 475-482, fig., p. 475 (view
from above of some pisciform creature having more resemblance to a fish than a Whale. Also
fig. of a harpoon on same page). De Balena vera, lib. xvi, cap. xii, pp. 482, 483, fig. (anim. fict.).
De Orca, lib. xvi, cap. xiii, pp. 483-185, fig., p. 483. De Physetere, lib. xvi, cap. xiiii, pp. 485-487,
fig., p. 485. De Manato, lib. xvi, cap. xviii, p. 490.

The figure "De Delphino " greatly resembles Bellon's figure of his "Orca, Oudre, ou grand
Marsouin," but differs in details, and is not the same. [10.1

1555. "BELON, P. La nature et diversity des poissons. Avec leurs pourtraicts repre-

sentez au plus pres naturel. Paris, Cli. Estienne, 1555. obi, b°. 448 11."
Not seen ; title from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 3, no. 24. [11.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CLTACEA AND SIRENIA. 403

1555. "OLAUS MAGNUS. Historia do gentibus septentrionalibus carumqne divcrsis
statibns, conditionibus, moribus, ritibus, superstitionibus. Roraae, de Viottis,
1555. 4°. [fol.T] Methoutgr."

" Lib. xxi. De piscibus monstrosis; tie modo piscancli Cetos et Balenas; de Spermate ceti.
etc., etc."

Not seen; title and reference from Bosgoed, op. tit., p. 109, no. 1732.

This is said by Bosgoed to be the first and best edition of the work. Other editions ap-
peared later: Antwerp, 1558 (Latin) and 1561 (French); Venice, 1505; Basel, 1567; Amster-
dam, 1599 ; Frankfort, 1G25 ; Leyden, 1645 ; Amsterdam, 16 >2 ; the form varying from 8° to fol.,
and the text modified by abridgment, or amplified by the addition of extraneous matter. I
give infra, from Bosgoed, a collation of the Dutch edition of 1599, q. v. [12.]

1558. "BoussuETi, FR. De natura aquatilinm carmen, in universam G. Roudeletii,
quam de piscibus niariuis scripsit Iristoriam. Cuin vivis eorutn iinaginibus.
Lugduni, apud M. Bonhomme, 1558. 2 pt. 4°."

Xot seen ; title from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 4. no. 35. [13.]

1558. GESNER, CONRAD. Conradi Gesncri | uiedici Tigurini Historic Animaliaiii' |
Liber IIII. qui est de Piscinin & | Aquatilium animantiuin j natura. | Cvra
Iconibvs siugvlorvm ad | vivam expressis fere orauib. DCCVI. | Continentur
in hoc Volumine, Gvlielnai Rondeletii quocp, | medicinse professoiis Regij in
Schola Monspeliensi, & Petri Bel- | louii Cenoiriani, medici hoc tempore Lute-
tiss eximij, de j Aquatilium singulis scripta. | Ad invictissiiuvra, principem
divvni Ferdinan- | dum Imperatorem semper Augustum, &c. | . . . [motto in
Greek, 1 line.] | [Vignette.] Cvm Priuilegijs S. Csesaress Maiestatis ad octen-
nium, & poten- | tissimi Regis Galliarum ad deceunium. | Tigvri apvd
Christoph. Froschovervm, | Anno M. D. LVIII. | gr. 2°. 11. 6, pp. 1-1*97.
(Figg. in text.)

De Balaena vvlgo dicta, sive de Mysticeto Aristotelis, Mvscvlo Plinii, pp. 132-141 (fig. p,
132). De Cetis vel Cetaceis piscibus, et Bellvis marinis in genere, pp. 229-237. De Cetia
diversis, pp. 237-256, fig., p. 255 (de . . . Cetis Oceani Germanici). Do Delphino, pp. 380-410.
De Phocaena sev Tvrsione, pp. 837-839. De (Physalo Bellva, sev) Physetere, pp. 851-859.
Includes, in substance, the text of Belon and Rondelet, with much additional matter, mainly
from still earlier authors. The above-cited figures are, with possibly one exception, from
either Belon or Rondelet. At pp. 246-251 are descriptions and figures, mostly from Olans
Magnus, of various fabulous marine monsters.

For editions of 1560 and 1563, see infra ; later ones (not seen by me) are : Frankfort, gr. fo!.,
1604, 1620. [14.]

1558. ROXDELET, G. Le Premiere Partie | de f PHistoire | entiere des | Poissons, |
Composed premieremeut en Latin par maistre | Guilaume Rbndelet Docteur
regent en Me- | decine en Tuniversitd de Morapelier. | Maintenant Tradnite
en Francois sans auoir | rieu . . . [word torn out] necessaire & 1'intelligence
d'icelle. | . . . [word torn out] portraits au naif. | [Vignette.] A Lion, j
par Mace Bonhome | a la Masse d'Or. | — | M. D. LVIII. | Avec privilege dv
Roy povr dovze ans. | 4°. 11. 0, pp. 1-418, 11. 7. [Partie Seconde.] pp. 1-181,
11. 5. [Numerous cuts in the text.]

Le Seizieme Livre des Poissons; Des Poissons Cetacees 6 grandes bestes marines. especJ-
alement des Tortnes, pp. 336-364.— Du Dauphin, pp. 344-350, cut; Dn Marsouin, p. 350, cut;
De la Balene vulgaire, pp. 351. 353, cut; De la vraie Balene, pp. 353, 354, cut; DeJ'Espaular,
pp. 354, 355, cut; Du Malar ou Sendette, pp. 355, 356, cut; De la Vinelle, pp. 356, 357, cut; De
la Scolopendre cetacee, pp. 357, 358, cut; Du Tibnron, pp. 358,359; Du Maraxe, p. 359; Du
Manat, pp. 359, 360.

Le Seizieme Livre includes not only the species above named, but also the Sea-Tortoises,
and various anthropomorphous marine monsters. The first four books treat of the general
economy of "Fishes," including their external and internal anatomy, their habits, facultieu,
etc., and of modes of capturing them, including the Cetacea passim. The figures arc the
same as those of the Latin ed. (1554), q. v. The second division of the work contains the
marine Invertebrates, the fluviatile Fishes, Amphibians, Reptiles, and Turtles, and also
the Beaver, "le Bieure." [15.]

1558. TKEVET, F. A. Les | Singvlari- | tez de la France an- | tarctiqve, avtrement
nom- | me'e Amerique, & de plusieurs Ter- | res & Isles decouuertes de no- I
etre temps: | Par F. Andr6 Thevet, na- | tif d'Augovlesme. | [Seal.] A An-

404 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1558. THEVET, F. A. — Continued.

vers, | De Fimprimerie de Christophle Plantin | a la Licorne d'or. | 1558. |
Avec Privilege dv Roy. | sm. 8°. 11. 8, 1-163-f 1. (Cuts in text.)

Description du manati, poisson estrange, p. 138. [16.]

15GO. GESXER, CONRAD. Nomenclator | aqvatilivra auimantivm. | Icones Anima-
livm a- | quatilium in raari & dulcibus aquis de- | gentium, plus quam Dec.
cum nomen- | claturis singulorum Latinis, Grecis, Itali- | cis, Hispanicis, Gal-
licis, Germanicis, | Anglicis, alij'sq; interdum, percer- | tos orclincs digest ce. ]
Explicantvr autem singulorurn nomina ae nominu rationes, prae- | certim iu
Latina et Graeca lingua vberrime: et nominiim confirmandorum causa ;
descriptioues quorundam, et alia qusedam, pncsertim in magno nostro Do
aquatili- | bus volumine non tradita, adduutur: defy singulis Rondeletij, Bel-
lonij, Saluiani et | nostrse sententire explicantur breuissitne'. [ Per Conradvm
Gesnervm Tigvrinvm. | Le Figure de pesci e cV altri animali, li quali ui-
uono ne 1' acque | salse e dolci, pin che DCC. | . . . [The same repeated in
French, 2 lines, and in German, 2 lines.] | Cvm Privileges S. Csesane Mniesta-
tis, ad annos octo, & poten- | tissimi Regis Galliarum ad decenninm. | Tigvri
excvdebat Christoph. Froscho- | vervs. Anno M. D. LX. | 2°. 11. 14, pp.
1-374, 1. 1. (Figg. in text.)

Ordo XII: De Cetis proprie dictis, pp. 160-185. Figg. Delphinus foemina cum fcetu mas-
culoso, ut Rondeletius exhibuit f = Phoccena comrnunis], p. 161 ; Alia Dclphini pictura, qunm
& Corn. Sittardo habui [ = Delphinus delphis}, p. 161 ; Delphini caluaria e libro Bollonij [ — D.
delphis], p. 162; Ex eodera, Delphini raatricis cum fcetu efformatio: quo) Phooseiuc etiom
conuenit, p. 162; Ex eodem, Antiquissimi numismatis serei pictura: quod Delphinos duos
dorso repando curuos ostendit, non qudd eiusmodi uere sint: ... p. 162; Tursio, p. 163; I.:rx-
laenae, fig. et descrip., pp. 166-169 (3 figg.): Pristrjs aut Physeter, horribilo genus cutorum, &
ingens ex capite multum aquae in naues efflat, & aliquando submergit, Olaus Magnus in Ta-
bulae suaa explicatione : . . . p. 170; Balaena, Adden., pp. 366-368, fig., p. 367 [ = Physeter macro-
cephalus]. IZostruni uel os & capite prominens, satis commode exprimi uidetur: roliquuia
uer6 corpus ad coniecturam h .Rondeletio effictum, p. 171.

The article " De Cetis " includes not only the true Cete but also Pinnipedia, and the pelngic
Turtles, as well as the many fabulous monsters of the sea depicted by Olaus Magnus, etc.

In this work, usually cited as Icon. Anim. Aquat., the text is much reduced from thut of
the Hist. Animal., 1558, q. v. (from about 80 pp. to 24 pp.), but the cuts are nearly all repro-
duced (three or four only are omitted), and others are added, including a larger and much im-
proved one of the skull of the Dolphin in place of the former one. In the "Addenda" is a
description and figure of a Sperm "Whale stranded June, 1755, on the coast of the Adriatic
Sea. This is one of the earliest figures of this species, and a better one than some published
two centuries later. [17.]

1560. GIOVIO, PAOLO. Libro di | mons. Paolo Giovio | de' pesci Romani. | tradotto in
Volgare da | Carlo Zancaruolo. | Con privilegio. | [Vignette with motto.]
In Venetia, appresso il Gualtieri, 1560. 4°. pp. 1-198.

Del Capidoglio (= Orca), cap. 2, pp. 22-27. [18.]

1563. GESNER, CONRAD. " Fishbuch Das ist ein kurtze, doch vollkomne beschreybung
aller Fischen so in dem Meer unnd siissen wasseren, Seen, Fliissen oder anderen
Blichen jr wonung babend, sampt jrer waareii conterfiictur : zii nutz u. gtitem
alien Artzeten etc. gestelt : insonders aber denen so ein lust habend zti erfaren
und betrachten Gottes wunderbare werck in seinen geschopfften. Erstlich
in Latein durcli Cunradt Gassner bcschriben ; yetz neuwlicli aber durch Ciin-
raclt Forer etc. in das Teutsch gebraclit. (Hit eingedr. Holzschnitteni ) In
Fol. ZUrych, (1563 u.) 1575. Froschovcr. (9 u. 404 S.)"

Not seen ; title from Carus and Engelmann, Bibl. Hut. Nat., i, p. 433. For account of Ceto-
logical matter see the ed. prin., 1560. [19.]

1565. BEXZONI, G. La Historia del | Hondo Nvovo | Di M. Girolamo Benzoni 1 Mi-
lanese. | Laqval Tratta dell'Isole, | & Mari nuouamente ritrouati, &. dello
nuoue | Citta da lui proprio vedute, per acqua | & per terra in quattordeci
anni. j [Portrait.] Con Priuilegio della Illustrissima Signoria | di Venetia,
Per anui xx [=1565]. sm. 8° by sig., 24° size. 11. 4, ff. 1-175. Reverse of f.
175 : In Venetia, | appresso Francesco | Rampazetto. | M D LXV.

Manati, p. 96. [20.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 405

1565. RAMUSIO, G. B. Terzo Volvmo | delle Navigationc ct Viaggi | raccolto gia da
M. Gio. Battista Ramusio | nel qvale si contengono | . . . [=13 lines de-
scriptive of contents]. Si coine si legge nelle diuerse Relationi, tradotte dal
Ramusio di Lingua | Spagnuola & Francese uella nostra, & raccolte in questo
volume. | ... [=3 lines]. | [Design.] In Venetia uella stainperia de' Givnti. |
L'Anno M. D. LXV. fol. 11. 6, ff. 1-34, 1-456. Maps and cuts.

Manati, ff. 40, 71,72,159-161; cut, f. 159. The figure is a copy of Oviedo's, appreciably
altered. The account given is also a translation from Oviedo. [21.]

1577 (circa). Axox. " Ware und eigentlicher Contrafactur eines Wallfisclies, gcfangen
in der Scheldt, nicht weit von Antorff, Am 5 Julij Anno 1577. (Als bovenschriffc
van de prent. Van onderen een 16 regelig Hoogduitsch vers.) br. folio."

Not seen ; title from Bosgoed, op ciL, p. 170, no. 2771, who says : "Zie : Mutter, Beschrijvin-;
van Xed. historieprenten, no. 738." [22. J

1578. BENZONI, GIROLAMO. Novae Novi | orbis Historic, | Id est, ) Rerum ab Hispa-
nis in India Occidentali ha- | ctenus gestamm, & acerbo illorum | in eas gen-
tes domiuatu, | Libri tres, | Vrbani Calvetonis | opera industriaqueex Italicis
Hieronymi Benzo- | uis Mediolanensis, qui eas terras xiiii. anno- | rum peregri-
natioue obijt, commentarijs descripti; Latini facti. fie perpetuis notis, argn-
mentis & locu | pleti memorabilium rerum ^ccessione, illustrati. | His ab
eodem adiuncta cst, | De Gallorum in Floridam expeditione, & insigui His-
panorum | ineosfteuitiseexemplo, BreuisHistoria. | An chora[ Design] Sacra. |
[Geneva?.] | Apvd Evstathivm Vignou. | — | M.D.LXXVIII. 8C. 11. 15, pp.
1-480, 11. 6.

Manati pisces, cap. xiii, pp. 213, 214, 216, 217. There is first in the text (pp. 213, 214) a short
account of the Manati of Nicaragua, and at the end of the chapter (pp. 216, 217) a further
account, based on that given by Peter Martyr (1533), q. v. The last is additional to that of the
original edition, 1365, q. v. [23.]

1590. ACOSTA, J. DE. Historia | Natvral | y | moral delas | Iiidias, | en qve se Tratau
las Cosas | notables del cielo, y elementos, metales, plantas, y ani- | males
dellas : y los ritos, y ceremonias, leyes, y | gouieruo, y guerras de los Indios. |
Compuesta por el Padre loseph de Acosta Religiose | de la Compaiiia de lesus. |
Dirigida ala serenissima | Infanta Dona Isabella Clara Eugenia de Austria. |
[Design.] Con Privilegio. | Impressoen Seuillaen casa de luan de Leon. | — |
Aiio de 1590. 4°. pp. 1-535, 11. 15.

De diuersos pescados, y modes de pescar de los Indios. Lib. iii. cap. "17" (i. e. xv), pp.
158-162.

Manati, p. 158; Vallena, pp. ICO, 161.

There are only a few lines about the Manati, and these are not important. The account
of the capture of Whales by the Indians of Florida, as related to him by " some expert men,"
is of special interest, as being doubtless the origin of the relation, so often told later, of how
the Indians of Florida capture the Whale by getting astride his neck and plugging his nos-
trils with wooden stakes, to which they afterwards attach cords and by them tow the Whale,
thus killed, to the shore. It is doubtless on this description that the illustration of this man-
ner of killing Whales is based in De Bry. (See BE Bur, 1602.)

Of the numerous subsequent editions and versions of Acosta's work a number are given
below, including an Italian (1596), a French (1598), and an English (1604). (See ACOSTA, J.
DE, under these dates. ) There is a Latin translation in De Bry, fol. , 1602 (part ix of the " Greater
Voyages.") [24.J

1593. PI.INIUS SECUNDUS, C. C. Plini.j Secundi | Histories Mvndi | Libri xxxvii. |
A Sigismvndo Gelenio | sumrna ride castigati, veterumque turn excu- | sorum
turn manuscriptorum codicum atten- | tissima collatione restituti. | Accessere
ad marginem varise lectiones, ex | Pintiani, Tvrnebi, Lipsil, | alionimque
doctissimorum qui pagina quarta | indicantur scriptis fideliter except®. |
Opus tributum in tomos tres cum Indice | rerum onnium copiosissimo. | Tomus
• Primus [-Tertius]. | [Vignette.] | Apvd lacobvm Stoer. | — | M. D. XCIII.

The title changes in the second and third volumes to the following :

C. Plinii | Secvndi Histo- | rite Mvndi j Tomus Secundus [-Tertius], A
Sigismvudo Gelenio diligenter | castigatus, veterumque codicum colla- | tione

406 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1593. PLIXIUS SECUXDUS, C. — Continued.

restitutus. | Additae ad marginem variselectionesex | doctorum virorum scrip-
tis tideli- | ter except*. | Quse hoc Tomo continentur sequens | pagina indi-
cat. | [Vignette.] Apvd lacobvm Stoer | — | M. D. XCIII. 3 vols. sm. 8°
by sig., 16° size.

De balsenis, & orcis, torn, i, liber ix, cap. vi, pp. 415, 416. De Delphinis, cap. viii, pp. 417-421.
De tursionibus, cap. ix, p. 421.

There are earlier and numerous later editions and commentaries'of the work, but they are
intentionally omitted. [25. J

1594. POMET, PIERRE. Histoire | generale | des | Drogues, | traitant | Des Plantes,

des Animaux, | & des Mineraux ; Ouvrage enrichy de plus de | quatre cent
Figures en Taille-douce tire"es d'aprds | Nature; avec un discours qui explique
leurs | differens Noms, les Pays d'ou elles viennent, la | maniere de connoitro
les Veritables d'avec les | Falsisie'es, & leur proprietez, oij. Ton d6couvre |
Perrenr des Auciens & des Modernes ; Le tout tres | utile au Public. | Par le
Sieur Pierre Pomet, Marchand Epicier & Droguiste. | [Design.] A Paris, |
rhez Jean-Baptiste Loyson, & Augustin Pillou, sur le Pont au Change, | h, la
Prudence. | Et au Palais, | Chez Esticune Ducastin, dans la Gallerie des
Prisonniers, au bon Pasteur. | — | Avec Approbation & Privilege du Roy. |
M. DC. XCIV. fol. 11. 6, pp. 1-10; pt. i, 1-304 ; pt. ii, 1-108 ; pt. iii, 1-116, 11. 19.

Sur 1'Ambre gris, p. 3 (de ser. prem. de pag.); part ii, chap, xxvi, pp. 57-60. Do la Balciue,
part ii, chap, xxxi, pp. 73-75, 2 figs. (Cachalot, on Baleino Masle et Baleine Femelle). Du Xar-
wal, part ii, chap, xxxiii, pp. 78-80, 2 tigs. (Licorne do Mer et Narwal). Du Lamantin, part ii,
chap, xxxv, pp. 82-84, fig.

The figures' are very curious, as is also the text. The figures of tho Cachalot represent the
process of flensing. The figure of the Manatee is apparently copied from an earlier design.

[26.]

1595 I GOLTZIUS, H. "Walvisch of Tonyn, gestrand te Zandvoort, 1595. Met adres
van (en door) H. Goltzius, en 14 regelig hollandsch vers. br. 4°."

Not seen; title from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 176, no. 2772, \vho says: "Zie: Mutter, Historie-
prenten, no. 1033." [27.1

1598. ACOSTA, J. DE. Historia | Natvrale, e Morale | delle Indie; | scritta | Dal R. P.
Gioseifo di Acosta | Delia Compagnia del Giesu ; | Nellaquale si trattano le cose
notabili del Cielo, & de gli | Elementi, Metalli, Piante, & Auimali di quelle : |
i suoiriti, &ceremonie: Leggi, & gouerni, | & guerre degli Indiani. | Noua-
mente tradotta della lingua Spagnuola nella Italiaua | Da Gio. Paolo Galvcci
Salodiano | Academico Veneto. I Con Privilegii. | [Design.] In Venetiu,
| — | Presso Bernardo Basa, All' insegna del Sole. | M. D. XCVI. 4°. ff. 24,
1-173.

Di diuerse pesci, & modi di pescare delli Indini, lib. iii, cap. xv, ff. 48-50.

For comment, see the editio princeps, 1590. [28.]

1598. ACOSTA, J. DE. Histoire | Natvrelle | et Moralle |.des Indes, taut Orientalles |
qu'Occidentalles. | Ou il est traicte" des choses remarquables du Ciel, | des
Elemens, Met aux, Plantes &. Auimaux | qui sout propres de ces pa'is. En-
semble des | moeurs, ceremonies, loix, gouuernemens & | guerres des raesmes
Indiens. | Compose'e en Castillan par Joseph Acosta, & \ traduite en Francois
par Robert | Regnault Cauxois. | Dedid av Roy. | [Vignette.] A Paris, |
Chez Marc Orry, rue S. Jaques, | au Lyon Rampant. | — | M. D. XCVI1L
sm. 8°. 11. 8, ff. 1-375+17.

De diners poissons, & de la maniere de pescher des Indiens, liv. iii, chap, xv, ff. 102-105.—
Manati, f. 102; Pesche de la Balaine en Florida, f. 103.

For comment, see the original ed. of 1590. [29.]

1598 (circa). Axox. ? " Description du grand poisson baleine, qui s'est venue rendre a
Berkhey en 1'an MDXCVIII le III Febvrier, etc. (Znd. pi. of jaar.)"
" Vertaling van het voorgaande, met dezelfde afbeelding op den titel.
"Eene Engelsche vertaling verscheen te London, 1569. 4°."
Not seen; title and comment from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 175, no. 27GO. [30-1

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 407

1598 (circa). ANOX. ? "Eeno beschrijvingho des grooten Vischs, die tot Berkhcy ghe-
strandct is A°. 1598 den 2 Febr., met eene verclaringhe der dinghen die
daeraaer ghevolght zijn. Met nocb een cort verhael, enz. (Znd. pi. of jaar.) "

"Met eene afbeelding van <lcn walvisch op den tit el.

"Zie: TIELE, JSibl. vanpamfletten, no. 431— Boil, Ned. Oorl, (1697), iv, f. 434; (1621), 35«boek,
f. 11."

Not seen ; title and comment from Bosgocd, 1. c., p. 175, no. 2759. [31.]

1598 (circa). MATIIAM, J. "Walvisch, gestraud tusscbeu Scbeveningen en Katwijk in
1598. Door J. Matham, met 12 regelig hollandsch vers. — Van dezo prent bestaan
verschillende kopyen, o. a. door G. van der Gouwen. br. fol."

Not seen; title from Bosgoed, op.cit.,p. 176, no. 2773, who says: Zie: Mailer, Historie-
prenten, no. 1081-1084."

(Muller's Beschrijo. van Ned. historieprenten, hero and elsewhere cited from Bosgoed, I have
been unable to see.) [32.]

1599. "OLAUS MAGNUS. Do wonderlycke Mstorie dor Noorderache Landen, be-
schreven door Olaus de Groote. Ook ai'ter aen by ghevoecht vorschcydeu
waerachtige Nauigatien tegent Noordeu ghedaen by onsen tyt, als op Nova-
Zembla, Groenlant en door de Strata van Nassouwen anders Weygats ghe-
naemt. Amsterdam, Cornelis Clacsz." (1599.)' 4°.

" Zie aldaar, 21e en 22e boek : Yan de visschen ; van de vreemde en gedrochtelijke visschen,
en walvischvangst. De appendix bevat de reizen naar het Noorden van St. Burrough, Fro-
bisher, Pet and Jackman, en de drie eersten reizen der Hollanders. De 2e druk, 1652, 8°,
bevat tevens 'Een korte en klare beschrijving van Ijslandt en Greenland t,' door Dithmarius
Blefkenins."

Not seen ; title and comment from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 244, no. 3526. See, also, Latin ed.
of 1555. [33.]

1599. The request of an honest merchant to a friend of his, to be aduised

and directed in the course of killing the Whale, as followeth. An. 1575.
<^HaJclu}it'8 Navig. and Voyag., i, 1599, pp. 413, 414.

A series of questions respecting the provisioning and furnishing of a ship for a whaling
voyage, with detailed answers,- " which may serue as directions for all such as shall intend
the same voyage, or the like, for the Whale." [34.]

1601. SAEXREDAM, J. "Walvisch, gestrand onder Beverwyk, bezichtigd door Graaf

Ernst Casimir, 1601. Door J. Saenredam. (Met 32 regelig latijnsch vers door

T. Sere velius. ) " gr. br. fol .

"Dezelfde prent met het adrcs van J. Janssonius, 1618. gr. br. fol."

Not seen; title and comment from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 176, no. 2774, who refers to "Muller,

Historieprenten, no. 1160." [35.]

1602. [AcosTA, J. DE.] De Novi Orbis Natvra et Ratione. <^De Bry, America nona #

postrema Pars, 1802, pp. 1-362.

De diuersis generibus & formis pischmi, in India nascentium, lib. iii, cap. xv, pp. 105-109.
For comment see orig. ed., 1590, and next title. • [36.]

1602. DE BUY, THEODORUS, J. T., et J. I. ld;ua | vera et genvina, | Prsecipvarvm
Historia- | rvm omnivm, vt et variorvm j. Ritvvin, Ceremoniarvm, consve-
tvdi- | uumque gentis Indica3 : Sicut & priinarium ciuitatum, Insularum- | que
& arcium sou propugnaculorum : do quibns in hac | iiona Americas seu Indiie
Occidentalis histo- | riaruni parto pertractatur. | Cvilibet Historic® designa-
tioni, | facilioris intellectus, maiorist^ oblectationis causa, Icones ali- | quam-
rnultae, artificiosissim5 in ses incisae, annex® | appositajq^ sunt, I Sumptibus,
Studio & industria | Theodori de Bry, p. m. relictse viduae, & loann. Theo-
do- | ri ac loann. Israel, filiorum. | [Design.] Francofvrti, | Excvdebat
Matthaevs Becker. | — | M.DCII. fol. Tab. i-xxvi, cum texte.

Tab. i. De Indorvm mira piscationis ratione. Plato and 15 lines of text, illustrating the
way in which the Indians capture whales, viz, by rowing up to them in their canoes and get.
ting astride the neck and then driving wooden stakes into their blow-holes, which speedily
causes their death by suffocation. They then attach lines to the stakes and tow the dead
whale ashore. In the background is seen a dead whale being thus towed by an Indian in a
canoe, and more in the foreground is an Indian astride a whale driving in the stakes, his canoe
resting on the whale's back ! The blow-holes are represented, as in other cuts of this date,

408 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1602. DE BRY, THEODORUS, J. T., ct J. I. — Continued.

as tubular projections on the fides of the head ! This absurdity is apparently based on Acosta's
account of the capture of whales by the Indians of Florida. (See ACOSTA, J. DE, 1590.)

The fasciculus having the above-given title forms part of De Bry's celebrated Collection
of Voyages. In the copy examined it is bound as the second fasciculus of "Nona pars Ame-
rica," containing tho voyages of Sdbalt do Weert. [37.]

1604. ACOSTA, J. DE. Tho | Natvrall j and Morall Historie of tho | East and West |

Indies. | Intreating of the remarkeable things of Heaven, of the | Elements,
Mettalls, Plants and Beasts which arc pro- | per to that Country : Together
with tho Manners, | Ceremonies, Laws, Governements, and Warres of | the
Indians. | Written in Spanish by loseph Acosta, and translated | into Eng-
lish by E. G. [Edward Grimestou]. [Design.] London | Printed by Val: Sims
for Edward Blount and William | Aspley. 1C04. 8°. 11. 10, pp. 1-590.

Of Sundry Fishers, and their maner of fishing at the Indies, lib. 3, chap. 15, pp. 163-169.—
Manati, p. 164. Manner of capturing whales by the Florida Indians, pp. 1CC-168.

For comment see tho orig. ed , 1590. [38.]

1605. CLUSIUS, C. Caroli Clvsii Atrebatis, | Aulas Cesarese quondam Familiaris, |

Exoticorvm 1 Libri Dccem : | Quibus Animal him, Plantarum, Aromatum, |
aliorumque p^jregrinorum Fructuum | .historic describuntur: | Item J Petri
Belonii Observations, | eodem Caroio Clusio intcrprete. | Si-ries totius operia
post Prsefationem indicabitur. | — | Ex Omcina Plantiniana Raphelengii,
1605. [Title-page with engraved border.] '2°. 11. 8, pp. 1-378, 11. 5.

Cete admirabilis forma?, p. 130, cum fig. ; Aliud Cete admirabilc, p. 131, cum fig. ; Manati
Phocse genus, pp. 132-135, cum fig.

Tho "Cete admirabilis forma)'' is a Cetoid monster; the mouth is open, displaying a con-
tinuous row of sharp-pointed teeth in the lower jaw ; there are neither pectoral nor dorsal
fins; the head is upturned, projects much beyond the lower jaw, and its termination may be
likened to a cap formed of a gigantic squid, of which the tentacles constitute a fringe around
the neck. The "Aliud Cete admirabile" is a Cachalot (Phyaeier macrocephalus), or "Pot-
walvisch" (as the text states it to have been called by the Hollanders), described and figured
from a specimen stranded on the west coast of Holland in 1598. The figure is a half-side
view, displaying tho ventral surface, with the mouth open and the penis exserted This is
noteworthy as being apparently one of tho earliest figures extant of the Sperm Whale. A
specimen stranded three years later is also briefly described. Of the "Manati Phocae genus "
there is a quite characteristic, although rude, figure from a stuffed specimen brought to
Amsterdam in tho year 1GOO by a Dutch navigator "ex Occidental! Oceano." In respect 10
the early history of the Manatee, Clusius justly holds the first place, his description and fig-
ure being the first based on an original examination of specimens.

There appears to have been an earlier edition, the work being cited at 1601 by Bosgoed
(Bibl. Ichth. et Piscat.,p. 168). [39.]

1606. GOMARA, F. L. DE. Histoire | generalle | des Indes occiden- | tales, et terres |

neuues, qui iusques a present | out estd descouuertes. | Augmentce en ceste
cinquiesine edition do la description de | la nouuelle Espagne, & de la grand©
ville de Me- | xicque, autrement nominee, | Tenuctilan. I^Composee en Es-
pagnol par Francois Lopez de Go- | mara, & traduite en Francois par le | S. de
Genilld | Marr. Fume'e. | [Design.] A Paris. | Chez Michel Sonnius, rue sainct
laquez a 1'enseigne | de 1'escu do Basle. | — | 1606. | Avec privilige dv Koy.
sm. 8°. ff. 4, 1-485+19.
Des poissons qu'on appelle en 1'Isle Espagnole Manati, chap. 31, f. 41 (2 pages). [40.]

1608. ANON. ? " Ware Verthooning ende afbeeldinghe van een dooden. . . . Vis,
door die Zee aen der Strande opgheworpen den 20 Sept. 1608, tusschen
Catwijck ende Scheveliugen. Middelburg, 1608. 4°. 20 bladz. tekst met
afbeelding."

Not seen; title from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 175, no. 2761. [41 ]

1612. [HUDSON, HENRY.] " Beschry vinghe van der Samoyden Landt in Tartarieu.
Nieulycks onder 't ghebiedt der Moscoviteii ghebracht. Wt de Eussche tale
overgheset, Anno 1609. Met een verhael van de opsoecking ende ontdeckinge
van de nieuwe deurgang ofte straet int Noordwesten na de Rijcken van China
ende Cathay. Ende een Memoriael gepresenteert acnden Coniugh van Spaen-

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 409

1612. [HUDSON, HENRY] — Continued.

gien, belanghende de ontdeckinghe ende gelegenheyt van 't Land glienaemt
Australia Incognita, 't Amsterdam, by Hessel Gerritsz. A°. 1612. 4°. Met
3 kaarten."

Not seen; title transcribed from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 233, no. 3427. The title as given by
Fr. duller (Cat. Am. Books, 1877, p. 80) is abbreviated by the omission of the second and
third sentences, and also otherwise. As the two titles otherwise differ, it is doubtful whether
either is literally given, Bosgoed's appearing to be psJrtly modernized in orthography. Mul-
ler's English rendering of his is as follows: "Description of the country of the Samoyedes in
Tartary, With an account of the research and of the discovery of the new passage or strait
in the North-West to the empires of China and Cathav (by Henry Hudson). And a memorial
offered to the King of Spain (by P. F. de Quir) concerning the discovery and the situation
of the Land called Australia Incognita." (For the title of the Latin translation, published
the following year, see 1613. HUDSON, H.)

Respecting the present Dutch edition, Mullcr says: "Of this original Dutch edition of tho
famous Detectio freti . . . hardly 4 or 5 copies are known in all the European libraries. . . .
This original book is the foundation-stone for the history of Hudson's and other arctic expe-
ditions, etc. The collection formed by Hesscl Gerritsz consists of four tracts, by Is. Massa,
F. de Quir, and the editor, Hessel Gerritsz himself."— F. MULLEU, Cat. Amer. Books, 1877,
p. 80, no. 1425. [42.1

1313. " GEKRITZ. VAN ASSUM, HESSEL. Histoiro du pays nomme Spitsberghe. Mon-
strant comment qu'il est trouv6e, son uaturel et ses animauls, avecques la triste
racompte des matix, que nos pecheurs tant Basques quc Flainens, ont eu a
souffrir des Anglois, en I'este" pass6e PAn dc grace, 1013. Escrit par H[essel].
G[erretsz]. [dej A[ssum]. Et en apres uiic protestation contre les Angloys, et
ammllatiou de touts leurs fri voles argumens, parquoy ils pensent avoir droict,
pour se faire Maistre tout seul, dudict pays. En Amsterdam, a Peuseigne de
la carte nautiq. MDCXII [sic] Chez Hessel Gerritsz. 4°. Met 2 kaarteu en
eene plaat."

Not seen; title from Bosgoed, op. cit, p. 236, no. 3462. Muller's collation gives the date r.8
1613, and "2 maps and 2 pi."— (Cat. Am. Books, etc., 1877, p. 80, no. 1423.)

The original edition is "of the utmost rarity." A fac-simile reprint (of 50 copies only) was
issued in 1872 by Fr. Muller (Amsterdam), "with the real old types" of the 17th century, on
old paper. [43.]

1613. HUDSO::, H. Descriptio ac delineatio Geographica | Detectio- | nis Freti, j Sivo

Transitus ad Occasum supra | terras Americanas, in Chinam | atq* laponem
ducturi. | Recens investigati abM. Heurico Hudsono Anglo. | Item, | Exegesis
Regi Hispani;e facta super | tractu recens detecto, in quinta Orbis parte, cui
nomen, | Avstralis Incognita. | Cam descriptione | Ternirum Samoiedarum,
& Tingoesiorurn, in | Tartaria ad Orturn Freti Waygats sitarum, uuperq? |
sceptro Moscovitarum adscitarum. | Amsterodami | — | Ex Officina Hesselij
Gerardi. Anno 1613. sm. 4°. 11. 25, unpaged, 4 folded maps and 3 cuts.

Contains " Veram Effigiem Balenarum " (a half-page cut), and 8 lines of descriptive tert.
It occupies a separate leaf at the end of the book in two copies examined (in Harvard College
Library), occurring after the word "Finis,'1 which closes the preceding page. It almost has
the appearance of not belonging to the book. Neither of these copies contain Hessel Ger-
rard's remarkable picture of the Walrus, said to occur in some copies of this work. (Cf.
ALLEN, Hist. N. Amer. Pinnipeds, 1880, pp. 96, 97.)

"On this small but highly important work, see at large: Tiele, pp. 179 to 190, and my:
Essai (Tune Bibliographie Neerl. Eusse, 1859, pp. 71, 103-100, especially on the unknown author,
Is. Massa, of Haarlem. It contains: 1°. the discovery of the Hudson bay, etc. in 1611, with
map, with additions to the former edition of 1612; 2°. the account of F. de Quir on Australia;
3°. and 4°. the description of the Samoyedes, their country, etc., etc., by Is. Massa, of Haar-
lem."—F. MULLER, Cat. Amer. Books, 1877, p. 85, no. 1493.

A facsimile reprint, "with the real old types " of the 17th century, on old pcper, has been
recently published at Amsterdam by Frederik Muller & Co. [44.]

1615 (circa?) VELDE, Es. VAN DEX. " Pot-Wai viscb, gestrandt by Xoortwyck op Zee,
den 28 Dec. 1614. Door Es. van den Velde. kl. br. fol."

"Eene nndere druk met adres van C. J. Visscher.— Van deze prent bestaat ook eene
teekening in sepia door J. van de Velde."

Not seen; title from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 176, no. 2775, who refers to Muller'a "Historie-
prenten, no. 1292-1293." [45-l

410 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1617. PURCHAS, S. Of King lames his Newland, alias, Greenland : And Of The Whale
And Whale-Fishing. <^Purchas his Pilgrimage, or Relations of the World $ the
Religions observed in al dges <$• Places, etc., 3d ed., 1617, pp. 920-924.

Of special interest as containing the earliest English, and the first distinct, description of
the Greenland Whale (Balcena mysticetus)— detailed, exceedingly quaint, and in the main
quite correct. It was derived from information furnished by Master Thomas Sherwin, hased
on his experiences in whaling in the year 1611. [46.]

162*2. WHITBOURNE, R. A | Discovrse | and Discovery • of Nevv-fovndland, with |
many reasons to prooue how worthy and bene- | ficiall a Plantation may there
be made, after a far | better manner than now it is. | Together with the lay-
ing j open of certaine enormities | and abuses committed by some that trade
to that | Countrey, and the meanes laide downe for | reformation thereof. |
Written by Captaine Richard Whitbourne of | Exmouth, in the County of
Deuon, and pub- | lished by Authority. | As also, an Inuitation : and likewise
certaine Letters sent | from that Countrey ; which are printed in the | latter
part of this Booke. [Design.] | Imprinted at London by Felix Kingston.
1622. sm. 4°. 11. 11, pp. 1-107, 11. 2|, pp. 1-15.

Reference to cod-Hshing and whale-fishing (pp. 11-13) as carried on at the Grand Banks by
the Biscayners in 1615.

The work was first published in 1620, without the appendix of the present edition ; there
is also a later (1623) edition, neither of which have I seen. The 1622 ed. seems to be the same
as the ed. of 1620, so far as the body of the work is concerned, to which there is added, besides
tbe above-mentioned appendix, 2 preliminary leaves, containing also new matter. [47.]

1622-35. "WASSEXAER, CLAES. Historisch verhael alder •ghedenck-weerdichste Ge-
schiedenisse, diehier en daer in Europa, als in Duitsch-lant, Vranckrijk ... en
Neder -laut, Asia, America en Africa, van den begiune des jaers 1621 tot Octo-
bri des jaers 1G32 voorgevallen sijn. (Met platen, kaarten en portretten.)
Tot Amstelredam, by Jan Evertsz. Kloppenburgh, 1622-1624, J. Hondius,

1624, en Jan Jansz, 1625-35. 21 din., 7 bdn. 4°.

"Zie aldaar: Welvaert van de Noortsehe Compagnio (gehikkige walvischvangst). De
inwoonders van Spitsberghen. Het verloop van de walvisschen, v, 1623, Septemb., bl. 157-
158. Van het eylandt Spitsbergen, alwaer do genereuse "Willem Tas, capiteyn, zijn. couragie
toont. Ook van de walvisschen, haer baeruen en vinncn, baleynen genaemt, die Jan Osborn,
seer konstigh verwerckt. Handelingh van de Noordersche Compagnie. Verslag van de reis
•van Willem Vermuyden, 1612. Wat recht de Engelschen pretendeeren op de walvischvangst
bij Spitsbergen, met de wederlegging van Petr. Plancius. Overeenkomst tusschen Ant.
Monier en Benj. Joseph, aangaandc de verdeeliug van den vischgrond bij Spitsbergen en ver-
dere bijzonderheden betrekkelijk de walvischvangst, viii<1624, Decemb., bl. 86-96. Ontde-
ckingen van Goenlant en Nieu-Nedorlant, ix, 1625, April, bl. 43, 44. Placcaet der H. H. Staten
op den haringhvanghst, teghens d' inghesetenen van Schotlandt haer wel to draeghen, ix,

1625, Mai, bl. 56, 57. Vervolgh van het on I deck en van de doorvaert in 't Noordea. Toerus-
tinghe van een nieuwe ontdeckinghe, door Waygatz, tusschen Nova-Zembla en 't vasto lan'dt
Hussion, ix, 1625, Julius. Van do Spitsberch-vaerders, met het sncces van de walvisch-
vanghers, x, 1625, Decemb., bl. 106, 107. Verhael van de reyse op "Wavgatz, na de Tarta-
rische zee gedaen, alsmede van de reyse door het Fretum Davis, om daerdoor nae China te
gaen. Nieuwe walrus-vangers, xi, 1626, May, bl. 57.

" Walvischvaugst ghemist. De buysen verstoort. Walrusvanghen en 't seylen door Way-
gats ghemist, xi, 1626, Sept., bl. 131-133. Wederom-comst van do walvischvanghers, alsmede
de Spitsbergh-vaerders, onder do Noortsche Compagnie, xii, 1626, Octob., bl. 8, 9. Visscherije
op Spitsberghen, xvi, 1628, Novemb. Staet van Spitsberghon, xvi, 1628, Decemb."

Not seen; title and references from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 251, no. 3603. [48.]

1624. "BAUDARTIUS, W. Memoryen ofte Cort Verhael dcr Gedenck-weerdichste,
Gheschiedenissen van Nederland, Vranckrijck, Hoogh-Duytschland, Groot
Brittannyen enz. Van den jaere 1503-1624. Tweedo editie grootelicx ver-
meerdert. Met portretten. Arnhem, Jan Jansz. 1614. 2 din. folio.

"Zie aldaar: Enghelsche verhinderen de Hollanders in don walvisch-vanck. Boek v, bl.
43. Jacobus VI vernieuwt de questio van den harinck-vanck. xii, bl. 16. Nederlanders endo
Enghelsche int gevecht om de visvangh. Misverstant tussche de Enghelsche ende Neder-
landers om den walvisch-vanck. ix, bl. 97. Vier walvisschen bij den Hage (Scheveningen)
gevangen. ix, bl. 97, 202."

Not seen; title and comment from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 232, no. 3424. [49.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENLA, 411

1624. "LixsciiOTEX, JAX HUYGEX VAN. Voyasic, ofte schipvaert van Jan Huygheu

van Linschotcn, van bij Noorden om langes Noorwegen cle Noordt Caep, Lap-
landt, Vinlandt, Ruslandt, de Wittec Zee, de Kusten van Kardenoes, Swete-
noes, Pitzora, etc. door de Strate ofte Enghte van Nassouw tot voorby do
Reviere Oby. Waer inuo seer distinctelycken Verhaels-gewyse beschreven
ende aen gewesen wordt, alle hetgene dat hem op deselve reysc van dach tot
dach bejegent ende voorgekoruen is. Met alle do af beeldtsels van alle de Kus-
ten. . . . Ghelyck als liij 't alles sells siclitelyckeu ende waerachtelycken nae
't leveii uyt-geworpen en geannoteert heeft, etc. Anno 1594 ende 1595. T'Am-
sterdam, by Jan Evertszeu Cloppenberg. A°. 1624. folio."

" Tweede druk met gefigur. titel en 15 platen, gegraTeerd door J. en 13. van Doetecom. De
eerste druk verscheen te Franeker bij Gerard Ketel. A° 1601. folio. Eene verkorte uitgave
zag in 1663 te Amsterdam, by Saeghman, het licht. 4°. Deze twee reizen van Linschoten zijn
vertaald opgenomen in: Recueil do voyages an Nord. Amsterdam, J. F. Bernard, 1731. dl.
iii, bl. 1-304. Zie verder: Tiele, Memoire bibliogr., bl. 190-195.

"Zie betrekkelijk de walvisschen in dezen 2n druk: Walvissche in do havon van Toxar.
Vangen een walvisch duer se 20 tonne specks af krijghen. Wonderlycke liefdo der walvissche
met den andere. Eene teelt van walvisschii in de haven van Toxar — "ende is te gheloovcn,
. dat soomender op toeleyde, ende op veraien quam, men foude daer sonder twyffel een goede
visscherye afdoen." bl. 7. Sien veel walvissche' in do Tartarische zee. bl. 17. Vervolgens
bl. 22>>, 26, 31b."

Not seen; title and comment from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 241, no. 3503. [50.]

1625. BAFFIN, WILLIAM. A lournall of the Voyage made to Greenland with sixe Eng-

lish ships and a Pinnasse, in the yeere 1613. Written by Master William Baffin.
<^Purchct8 his Pilgrimes, iii, 1625, pp. 716-720.

Short history of the adventures and achievements of the English whaling-fleet during the
year 1613. .[51.]

1625. BAFFIN, WILLIAM. [Letter] To the Right Worshipfnll Master lohn Wosten-
holme Esquire, one of the chiefe Aduenturers for the discouerie of a passage to
the North-west. [Signed, William Baffin.] <^Purchas his Pilgrimes, iii, 1625,
pp. 843, 844.

Reference to the "Grand Baye Whales" of Newfoundland, "of the same kinde which are
killed at Greenland"; also to the "Sea Unicorne." [52.]

1625. [BAFFIN, WILLIAM.] A briefe and true Relation or lournall, contayning such
accidents as happened in the fift voyage, for the discouerie of a passage to the
North-west, set forth at the charges of the right Worshipfiill Sir Tho. Smith
Knight, Sir Dudly Digges Knight, Master lohn Wostenholme Esquire, Master
Alderman Zones, with others, in the good ship called the Discouerie of London;
Robert Bileth Master, and my self Pilot, performed in the yeere of our Lord
1616. <Purchas his Pilgrimes, iii, 1625, pp. 844-848.

Whale Sound (77° 30' N. Lat.), named from the great number of whiles seen in it, p. 846;
many " Sea Vnicornes " seen during the voyage. The context following shows the "llela-
tion " to have been written by William Baffin. [53.]

1625. EDGE, THOMAS. A briefe Discouerie of the Northerne Discoueries of Seas, Coasts,"
and Countries, deliuered in order as they were hopefully beguuue, and haue
euer since happily beene continued by the singular Industrie and charge of
the Worshipful Society of Mtiscouia Merchants of London, with the ten seuerall
Voyages of Captaine THOMAS EDGE the Authour. <^Purchas his Pilgrimes, iii,
1625, pp. 462-473.

First Whale-killing (year 1611), pp. 465, 466. Whaling voyages of 1612-1622, pp. 466-470.
"The Description of the seuerall sorts of Whales, with the manner of killing them," pp. 470-
472. % ' Eight seuerall kind* of Whales " are briefly described, as follows : 1 . Grand-bay, taking
his name from Grand-bay in Newfoundland " = Balcena mysticetus. 2. Sarda — Balcena
biseayensis. 3. Trumpet = Physeter macrocephalug. 4. Otta Sotta— a whalebone Whale, gray
in color, and "hauing fiiines in his mouth all white but not abouo half a yard long " — probably
Agaphelus gibbosus, Cope. 5. Gibarta = some kind of Finner Whale. 6. Sedena, "of a
•whitly colour, and bigger than any of the former, the finnes not aboue one foot long, and he

412 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1625. EDGE, THOMAS — Continued.

yeelds little or no Gyle.'' 7. Scdena Negro . . . "with abumpe on h:s backo" = ? Megoptcrtt
longimana. 8. Scwria, "of colour as white as snow," etc. — Beluga, catodon.

A map (pp. 472, 472b;") of Greenland (i. e., Spitsbergen) accompanies Captain Edge's memoir,
•with border at sides and bottom consistingof views illustrative of the Whale and "Seamorce'1
fisheries. At the upper left corner is a picture of a Whale lying on its side, with the legend
"A Whale is ordinarily about GO footelonge." Immediately below this is a scene illustrating
the capture of a Whale, with 4 lines of descriptive text. Below this are two others illus-
trating respectively the cutting in of the Whale and the trying out of the blubber, each with
a descriptive legend 4 to 6 lines in length. On the right-hand border four of the live scenes
depict respectively the towing of the Whale to the ships, the towing of the blubber to shore,
the preparation of the fins (the legend reads: " Thus they make cleano and scrape y° whale
fins"), and "A tent and Coopers at worke." [54.]

1625. FOTHERBYE, R. A Voyage of Disconerie to Greenland, &c. Anno 1014. Written
by RO. FOTHERBYE. <^Piirchas his Pilgrimes, iii, 1625, pp. 720-728.

Gives an account of the capture of Whales during the voyage. [55.]

1625. HELEY, W., and others. Diners other Voyages to Greenland, wiih Letters of
those which were there employed, communicated to race by Master William
Heley. <Purcha8 his Pilgrimes, iii, 1625, pp. 732-738.

Eleven letters, written by various persons, relating briefly to the history of Whaling by
the English during the years 1617 to 1623 inclusive. [56.]

1625. "LAET, J. PE. Nienwe Wereldt | ofto | Beschrijvinghe | van | West-Indien, |
wt veelerhaude Schriften ende Acn-teekeningen | van verscheyden Natien by
eeii versainelt | Door | loanues de Laet, | Endo metNoodighe kaerten enTafels
voorsien. Tot Lcyden, | In de Druckerye van Isaack Elzevier. | Anno 1625. j
Met Privilegie der Ho. Mo. Heeren Staten Generael, voor 12 Jaren. | fol. pp.
(2), xxii, 5-26. Maps.

" See ASHER'S 'Essay,' no. 1. This invaluable work was much improved in the subsequent
editions and translations by the author, but the maps were unchanged."

Editio princeps. !Not seen; title and comment from Sabin. Bibl. Am., x, 1878, p. 15. For
notice of the account of the Manatee in Laet's work, see infra the Latin ed., 1G33. [57.]

1625. [MuscovY MERCHANTS.} A Commission for Thomas Edge onr seruaut, appointed
to goe as our Five tor in the Ship called the Mary Margaret, of the burthen of one
hundred and fit'tie Tunnes, for the killing of the Whale and Morses vpou the
coast of Greenland, or any other place in the North Ocean : Ginen the 31. of
March, 1611. <Purchas his Pilgrimes, iii, 1625, pp. 709, 710.

This is a letter of instruction issued by the "right Worshipfull Company of Xew Trades,"
or "Muscouie Merchants," as above. Among other things it directs the '• procuring of sixo
men of Saint lohn de Luz " to act as whale-men ; describes the different kinds of Whales to bo
sought, and their products, etc., this information being evidently based on Thomab Edge's
'•Description of the seuei'Hll sorts of Whales, with the manner of killing them," as given in
Purchas, iii, pp. 471, 472. [58.]

1625. POOLE, JONAS. A briefe Declaration of this my Voyage of discouery to Green-
land, and towards the West of it, as followeth: being set forth by the right
Worshipfull Sir Thomas Smith, Gouernour of the right Worshipfnll Company
of new Trades, &c., written by JONAS POOLE. <^Purchas his Pilgrimes, iii, 1625,
pp. 711-713.

Short history of the first English whaling voyage to "Greenland" (i. e.. Spitzbergen),
made in the year 1611. [59.]

1625. POOLE, JONAS. A relation written by Jonas Poole of a Voyage to Greenland,
in the yeere 1612. with two ships, the one called the Whale; the other the
Sea-horse, set out by the Right Worshipful the Muscouie Merchants. <Pwr-
chas his Pilgrimcs, iii, 1625, pp. 713-715. • [60.]

1625. [PURCHAS, SAMUEL.] Extracts of GONZALO FERDINANDO DE OVIEDO his Surn-
marie and Generall Historic of the Indies. <^Purckas his Pilgrimes, iii, 1625,
pp. 970-1000.

Description of the "Manati" at pp. 987, 989. [61.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 413

1628. " HERNANDEZ, [F.] Rerum Medicarum Novae Hispanise Thesaurus, sen Planta-

rum Aiumalium Mineralium Mexicauorum historia ex Francisci Heruandi
Noui orbis medici Primary relatiouibus in ipsa Mexicana vrbe conscriptis &
Nardo Antonio Reecho . . . Collecta ac in ordinem digesta h, Joanne Terren-
tio Lynceo notis illustrata; cuui Indice, et Historian Aniuialium et Miueralinm
libro. Nunc primum in iiaturaliu reru studiosor gratia et utilitate studio
et impensis Lyuceorum Publici iuris facta Philippo inagno dicata. L'omce.
M. DCXXVIIII. Ex Typographeio Jacobi Mnscardi. fol. Engiavcd title,
pp. 950, 17 1. ' Historic Aniraa Hum,' pp. 90 (6).

"This edition was abridged and edited from the author's MS. l>y Dr. Reecho, of Xaples;
pp. 345-435 are additions by Terrentius de Constance ; pp. 460-840 byJohnFaber; pp. 841-899
are annotations by Fabio Colonno; the tables by Prince Cesi. Leclerc, no. 457, describes :
Fabri (Joannis lyncei). Animalia Mexicana Descriptiouibus, scholijq. exposita. Komae, 1628,
folio, \vhich is merely an extract, pp. 460-840, from the foregoing."

Xot seen ; title and comment from Sabin, Bibl. Amer., vol. viii, p. 239. See infra edition
of 1651, for notice of cetological matter, etc. Sabin also gives (as do Cams and Engelmunn)
a Spanish edition, Mexico, 1615, sm. 4°, translated and enlarged by Fr. Francisco Ximcncz.
Stevens (Bibl. Hint., p. 76, no. 891) cites an edition of date 16C4.

See further on Hernandez and his work, Sabin, op. cit., pp. 239-241. See, also, Coues, J>d.9.
Col. Vail., p. 575. [62.]

1629. KITTENSTEYN, C. "Walvisch, gestrand by Noortwyk, 1629. Naer P. Mosiju,

door C. Eittcnateyn, br. fol."

From Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 176, no. 2776. [63.]

1632. SAGARD-THEODAT, G. Le Grand Voyage | Dv pays des Hvrons, | situe" en

FAmerique vers la Mer | douce, ds derniers confins | de la nouuelle France, |
dite Canada. | Ou ilest amplement traite" de tout ce qui est du pays, des |
moeurs & du naturel des Sauuages, de leur gouuernement | & fayons de faire,
tant dedans leurs pays, qu'allaus en voya,- \ ges : De leur foy &, croyance;
De leurs conseils & guerres, & | de quel genre de tourmens ils font mourir
leurs prisonniers. | Coinme ils se marient, & esleueut leurs enfans: De leurs
Me- | decins, & des remedes dont ils vsent a leurs maladies: De | leurs dances
& chansons: De la chasse, de la peso he & des | oyseaux & aniinaux terrestres
& aquatiques qu'ils ont. Des | richesses du pays: Comme ils cultiuent les
terres & accorn- | modent leur Menestre. De leur deiiil, pleurs & lamenta- [
tions, & comme ils enseuelissent & enterrent leurs morts. | Auec vn Diction-
naire de la langue Huronne, pour la commodi- | i€ d e ceux qui ont a voyager
dans le pays, & n'ont | 1'intelligence d'icelle langue. | Par F. Gabriel Sagard
Theodat, Recollet de | S. Francois, de la Prouince de S. Denys en France. |
— | A Paris, | Chez Denys Moreav, rue S. lacques, a | la Salamandre d? Argent.
| — | M. DC. XXXII. | Auec Priuilege du Roy. 1 vol. 16°. 11. 12 (= eng.
title, 1 1. ; plain title, 1 1. ; invocation to Jesus Christ, 2 11. ; to Henry de
Lorraine, 2 11.; to reader, 3 11. j contents and royal privilege, &c., 3 11),
pp. 1-380. Dictionaire de la Langve Hvronne, 11. 80.

Des Baleines, pp. 24-27 ; Marsoins bl mcs ( = Beluga catodon), pp . 51, 52.

There is a late textual reprint of this rare work, published in 1865, "giving fac-simile of
the original title-pages, indication of the original pagination, etc." [64.]

1633. LAET, J. DE. Novvs Orbis j sou | Descriptions | Indian Occidentalis | Libri

XVIII. | Authore | Joanne de Laet Antwerp. | Novis Tabulis Geographicis et
variis | Animantivm, Plantarum Fructuumque | Iconibus illustrati. | Cum
Privilegio. | Lvgd. Batav. apud Elzevirios. A°. 1633. fol. 11. 15 (iucl. engr.
title-page), pp. 1-104, 205-690, 11. 9. Maps and cuts.

Manati, p. 6, fig. The account occupies nearly a page ; the figure is a copy from Clusius. [65.]

[1634?] SEGERSZ VAN DER BRUGGE, JACOB. " Journael, of Dagh-Register, gehouden
by Seven Matroosen, in haer Overwiuteren op Spitsbergen in Maurits-Bay,
Gelegen in Groenlaudt, t' zedert het vertreck van de Visschery-schepeu der
Geoctroyeerde Noordtsche Compagnie, in Nederlandt, zijnde den 30 Augusty,
1633 tot de wederkomst der voorsz. schepen, den 27 May, Anno 1(534. Beschre-

414 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

[1634?] SEGERSZ VAN DER BRUGGE, JACOB — Continued.

ven door den Bevelhebber Jacob Segersz van der Brugge, t' Amsterdam, Ge-
druckt By Gillis Joosten Saeghman. (z. j.) 4°. [Circa 1634.]

" Het verhaal van de Overwinteringen in 1633 en 1634 vindt men verkort in: (Is. de la
Peyr6re), Naxiwkeurigo Beschrijvingh van Greenland. Amsterdam, 1678. 4°. bl. 114-122.
Tevens \vordt van hot bovengenoemde journael van Segersz een uittreksal gcvondcn in : De
"Walvischvangst, ii, bl. 26-36."

Xot seen; title and remarks from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 239, 340, no. 3491. [66-]

1035. NIEREMBERG, J. E. loannis Evsebii Niereinbergii | Madritensis ex Sociatate
lesv | in Academia Regia Madritensi | Physiologies Professoris | Historia |
Naturae, | Maxime peregrina3, | Libris xvi. Distiucta. | In quibus rarissima
Naturic arcana, etiam astrononiica, & | ignota Indiarum animalia, quadru-
pedes, aues, pisces, | reptilia, insecta, zoophyta, plantae, metalla, lapides, & \
alia miueralia, nuuiorum4ue & elementorum c*ondi- | tiones, etiain cum pro-
prietatibus medicinalibus, descri- | buntur; nouje & curiosissinue quaestiones
disputantur, ac | plura sacrae Scriptures loca erudite enodantur. | Accedunt
de miris & miraculosis Naturis in Europa Libri duo : | item de iisdem in Terra
Hebrasis promisa Liber unus. | [Vignette.] Antverpiae, | ex Officina Planti-
niana Bah hasaris Moreti. | M. DC. XXXV. 2°. 11. 4, pp. 1-502, 11. 50. Figs,
num. in text.

Caput lix. De balsenis pugnacious, p. 261 ; caput Ix (pp. 262-263), De piscatione balsena-
rum. Contains a figure of a male Cachalot lying on the side and showing ventral surface —
from Clusius, many times copied by later compilers ; also, a figure of a fabulous creature, from
Clusius, suggestive in some respects of the Cachalot, the two figures bearing the legend Cete
admiribilis formce. [67.]

1636. SAGARD THEODAT, G. Histoire | du Canada | et | Voyages quelesfreres | Mineurs
Recollects y ont faicts pour | la conuersion des infidelles | divisez en quatre
livres | Ou est amplement traicte" des choses principales ar- | riue"es dans le
pays depuis Pan 1615 iusques a la pri- | sequi en a este" faicte par les Auglois.
Des biens & | commoditez qu'on en peut esperer. Des moeurs, | ceremonies,
creance, loix, & coustunies merueil- | leuses de ses inhabitans. De la conuer-
sion & baptes- | me de plusieurs, & des moy6s necessaires pour les amener | a
la cognoissance de Dieu. | L'entretien or- | dinaire de nos Mariniers, &- autrea
particularitez | que se remarquent en la suite de I'histoire. | Fait & compose"
par le | F. Gabriel Sagard, | Theodat, Mineur Recollect de la Prouince de
Paris. | — | A Paris, | Chez Claude Sonuius, rue S. Jacques, al'Escu de | Basic,
& au Compas d'or. | — | M. DC. XXXVI | Auec Priuilege & Approbation, sm.
8°. pp. 1-1005, 11. 22.

Marsoins, pp. 118, 124, 135. Des Baleines, pp. 130-133. Marsoin blanc, p. 1577.

A textual reprint of this rare work, in 4 vols., 12°, Paris, appeared in 1866. [68.]

1640. LAET, J. DE. L'Histoire | dv | Nouveau Monde | ou | Description | des Indes |
occidentales, | Con tenant dix-huict Liures, | Par le Sieur Jean de Laet, d'An-
uers; | Enrichi de nouuelles Tables Geographiques & Figures des | Auimaux.
Plautes & Fruicts. | [Vignette.] A Leyde, | Chez Bonauenture & Abraham
Elseuiers, Imprimeurs | ordinairesde 1'Vniuersitd. | — | ClQ I^C XL. fol. 11.
18, pp. 1-632, 11. 6.

Le Manati, p. 6, fig. [69.]

1646. ALBERTZ. VAN RAVEN, DIRK. "Journael ofte Beschrijvinge van de reyse ghe-
daen bij den Commaudeur Dirk Albcrtsz. Raven, nae Spitsberghen, in den
jare 1639, ten dienste vande E. Heeren Bewindt-hebbers van de Groen-
landtache Compagnie tot Hoorn. Waer in verhaelt wordt sijn droevighe
Schipbreucke, syn ellende op 't wrack, en syn blijde verlossinge. Met noch
eenighe ghedenckweerdige Historien. Alles waerdigli om te lesen. Tot
Hoorn. Gedruckt by Isaac Willemsz. Voor Ian lansz. Deutel. Ao. 1646.
4°. Met eeno plaat.

"Hierbij zijn geveogd nog drie Ileisjournalen naar hot Noorden, en wel van: Andrii-a
Jansz. van Middelburgh in 1634 ; van Raven in 1633 ; van Pieter Jansz. Pickman in 1G16. Hct

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 415

1646. ALBERTZ. VAN RAVEN, DIRK— Continued.

journaal van Raven vindt men gewoonlijk als appendix achter het lournael van de Cost
Indische Eeyse van Willem IJsbrantsz. Bontekoe. Hoorn. 4°. Het is ook opgenomen in :
Hulsius Sammlnng von 26.Schiflfahrten. Neurnberg, 1598-1640."

Not seen; title and comment from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 240, no. 3492. [70.]

1647. LA PEYRERE, ISAAC DE. Relation | civ | Greenland. | [Par Isaac de La Peyrere.]

[Vignette. ] A Paris, | Chez Avgvstin Covrbe, dans la | petite Salle dv Palais,
a la Palme. | — | M. DC. XLV1I. | Auec Priuilege dv Roy. sm. 8° 11 8 pp
1-278, 11. 2. Map and pll.

For notice of cetological matter see infra, ed. of 1C63. [71 . |

1648. ANON. " Kort verhael uyt het journael van de personen die op Spitsbergen in »t

overwinteren, gestorven zijn. Anno 1634. Gedrnkt te Hooru, 1648.
"Behoort bij het Journaal van D. Alb. Raven."

Not seen; title from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 249, no. 3576. See 1646. EAVEN, D. A. [72.]

1648. " GUICCIARDINI, L. Belgium, dat is: Nederlandt, ofte Beschryvinge derselviger
provincien eude steden. Met veel bijvoegselen, landcaerten en de af beeldinge
der steden. Amsteld., J. Jansonius, 1648. 2°.

" "Walvisschen, p. 302a."

Not seen ; title from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 70, no. 1100. [73.]

1650. JONSTON. J. Historise Naturalis | 'De Piscibus et Cetis | Libri V. | Cum seneis
figuris | lohannes lonstonus Med. Doctor | concinauit. | Francofvrti ad Moe-
num | Impensa | Matth[aei] Meriani. [Seal.] [No date. Engraved title-
page.] 2°. pp. 1-228, pll. i-xlvii.

Historic Naturalis | De | Exangvibus | Aqvaticis | Libri IV. | Cum figuris
seneis | Joannes Jonstonus j Med. D. conciunavit. | [Seal.] ^Francofvrti | ad j
Moenvm, | Impendio J Matthsei Meriani. | — | M DC L. pp. 1-78, pll. i-xx.

The work is in two parts, with separate pagination and notation of plates, and the two title-
pages above transcribed. The index to the two series of plates is on one page, and the general
index to the two parts is partly on the same leaf. The first title-page is without date ; the
second is dated M. DC. L., ostensibly the date of publication of the whole work.

Liber v. De Cetis (= Cetacea+ Sirenia et Pinnipedia), pp. 213-224, pll. xli-xliv. Capvt i,
De Cetis in genere, pp. 213, 214. Capvt ii, De Cetis in specie. Articulus i, De Balsna, pp. 215,
216,pll.xli, xlii; Articulus ii, De Balsena vulgi, & Physetere, pp. 216,217; Articulus iii, De
Puste& Oca, pp. 217, 218, pi. xliii ; Articulus iv, De Delphino, pp. 218-220, pi. xliv ; Articulus
v, De Phocsena & Scolopendra Cetacea, pp. 220, 221, pi. xli ; Articulus vi, De Phoca, seu Vitulo
marine, pp. 221-223, pi. xli ; Articulus vii, De Manati ludorum, pp. 223, 224, pi. xliii.

PL xli, 5 flgg.: upper, "Balaena — ~VVallfisch" = Pft?/seter macrocephalus ,• second fig., "Ba-
laena— "Wallfisch " = P%«eter macrocephalus, from Clusius ; middle fig., "Balsena Monstrosa"
(teeth in lower jaw, and some other features of Physeter, of which it may be a gross carica-
ture); fourth fig., "Balaena— Ein ander art Wallfisch," apparently based on the Orca, but the
pectoral limbs terminate incurved claws; last fig., " Phocaena— Meer Sehwein, Braunfisch"
= Phoccena. PI. xlii: "Balaena. Ein Grosser "Wallfisch von 60 Schuch lang vnd 41 Schuch
hoch," a full-page figure, with scenery, of an unmist akable Physeler macrocephalus, lying on
its side. PI. xliii, 7 figg. : upper fig., " Vtilis Piscis sersam ad instar Pristis habens " — a fabu-
lous creature, with the sword of a saw-fish (Pristiti) protruding from the top of the head ;
second fig., "Delphinus prior, Delphin" (not determinable); third fig., "Delphinus alter, Del-
phin" (probably an Orca); fourth and fifth figg., "Antiq. Metal.," obverse and reverse of an
ancient coin or medal, on one rude effigies of two Dolphins; sixth fig., "Delphinus femina,
Delphin "Weiblein" — Phoccena, with a young one attached by the foetal envelopes; seventh
fig., " Delphinus alius, Ein ander art Delphin "^Common Dolphin. PI. xliv, 8 figg. : upper fig.,
"Caput Delphini, Delphins Kopf " =• Phoccena ; second fig., "Gladius piscis Serite, Dei Kopf
desSchwertfisch," skull of Pristis ; thirdfig., " Scolopendra cetacea, " a fabulous creature with
some features of a Cetacean ; fourth fig., " Phoca siue Vitulus marinus, Seehund," Seal ? fifth
fig., " Vitulus, Seehundt, " Seal ; sixth fig., "Rosmarus, "Wallross"; seventh fig., "Eosmarus
Vetus, Ein Alt Meer Ros "; and eighth fig., " Rosmarus juuencus, Ein lung Meer Eos," from
the well known figure published by Gerard. In the article "De Manati Indorum" there is a
reference to " Tab. xliii," but there is no corresponding figure on the plate.

None of the figures are original, most of them being copies from Belon, Kondelet, Olaus
Magnus, Gesner, etc. [74-1

416 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1651. ALBERTUS MAGNUS. Beati | Albert! | Magni, | RatisbonensisEpiscopi, | ordinis
praBdicatorvm, | de Animalibvs Lib. XXVI. | Recogniti per R. A. P. F. Petrvm
lammy, sacrse Theologies Doctorem, Connentus | Gratianopolitani, einsdeni
Ordinis. | Nvnc priinvm in Ivcera prodevnt. | Operum Tomus Sextus. | [Vig-
nette.] Lvgdvni, |

f Clavdii Prost.

I Petri & Clavdii Rigavd, Frat. .

Sumptibus •{ TT. >Via Mercatoria.

Hierouymi Delagarde.

. Ant. Hvgvetan.

M. DC. LI. | Cvm privilegio Regis, fol. 11. 8, pp. 1-634.

Liber xxiv. De natura natatilium primo in cominuni, & consequenter in speciali, pp. 645-
661. De cetu, pp. 650, 651. De delphiiio, pp. 653, 654. De gladio, p. 655. Do monocerote, pp.
657. [75.]

1651. HERXAXDEZ, F. Nova | Plantarvin, Aninialivm | et Mineralivm Mexicanorvm |
Historia | a Francisco Hernandez Medico | In Indijs praestantissimo primnm
compilata, | dein a Nardo Antonio Reecho in volvinen digesta, | a lo. Terentio,

10. Fabro, et Fabio Colvmna Lynceis | Notis, & additionibus longe doctissimis
illnstrata. | Cui derauia accessere | aliqvot ex principis Federici CjBsii Fronti-
spiciis | TheatriNaturalisPhylosophicae Tabula* | Vuacumquampluriruislcoui-
bus, ad octingentas, quibus singula | conteraplanda graphice exhibentur. |
[Vignette.] | Romae MDCLI. | Sumptibns Blasij Deuersini, & Zanobij
Masofcti Bibliopolarum. | Typis Vitalis Mascardi. Superioruui permissu.

[Or,] Rervin Medicarvni | Novse Hispauite | Tbesavrvs | sev | Plantarvm
Animalivm | Mineralivm Mexicauorvm | Historia I ex Francisci Hernandez |
Noui Orbis Medici Primary relationibus | in ipsa Mexicana Vrbe conscriptis |
a Nardo Antonio Reecho | Monte Coruinate Cath. Maiest. Medico | Et Neap.
Regni Archiatro Generali | lussu Philippi II. Hisp. Ind. etc. Regis | Collecta
ac in ordinem digesta | A loanne Terrentio Lynceo | Constantiense Germ0. Pho.
ac Medico | Notis Illustrata | Nunc primu in Naturaliu rer. Studiosor. gratia |
lucubrationibus Lynceoru publici iuris facta. | Quibus Jam excussis accessere
tlenium alia | quor. omnium Synopsis sequenti pagina ponitur | Opus duobus
voluminibus diuisum | Philippo IIII. Regi Catholico Magno | Hispaniar. vtri-
nsqtSicilise et Indiarii etc Monarchse | dicalum. | CnmPrinilegijs. Romae Supe-
rior. perinissn. Ex Typographeio Vitalis Mascardi. M. DC. XXXXXI. fol. 11. 9
[= ill. title (the one first given above), engr. title (the second given above),
dedic. to the reader, index'], pp. 1-950, 1. 1, pp. 1-90, 11. 3 [— index and errata],

11. 10 [gen. index, index of authors, errata, and corregenda]. The leaves con-
taining the general index, etc., here placed at the end of the volume, are in
some copies bound in at the front of the general text. The "Historiae Ani-
malivm et Mineralivm Novae Hispaniae . . . Francisco Fernandez Philippi
Secundi primario medico avthorc" (pp. 1-90-j-ll. 3) is also similarly transposed
in binding.

There are earlier editions, none of which T have been able to see: the collation of that of
1628 (q. v.) has been already given, copied from Sabin. On Hernandez and his works see Itich,
Books relating to America, 1493-1700, pp. 72-74.

The matter of special interest in the present connection is : De Manati, Nardi Ant. Recchi,
ix, cap. xiii, pp. 323, 324, 2 figg.

About § p. of text, and 2 cuts, one in profile, the other from above, scarcely recognizable as
having any relation to the Mnnati : body elliptical, tail broad and rounded, with a ring at base;
head in profile, sui generis ; from above, somewhat calf-like; fore-limbs quite long, feet hoofed,
and of a bovine form, especially as seen in the profile figure. The characters given by the
artist do not conform to those in the text, which is, compared with other early accounts, not
remarkable for accuracy.

Ambra grisea seu odorata, lo. Fabri Lyncei Expos., pp. 564-579. A long disquisition about
Ambra grise«, its nature, origin, and medicinal properties, etc., with references passim to
Balsenae. [76.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 417

1652. ANON. " De Vrye Zee, aengaede haere vryheyt in 't varen en visschen voor do
Veeren Nederlanden, verdedigt tegen alle bestryders der Gerechticheyt, inson-
derheyt teghen die hedendaechsche Regeringe in Engeland. [No place.]
1652. 4°."

"Pp. 55-62 treat of the Herring- and Whale-fishery and the pretensions of the English on
Greenland and Spitzhergen."

Not seen; title and comment from FT. Muller, Cat. Amer. Bookt, 1877, p. 200, no. 3424.

[77.]

1655. "N. N." America: | or | An Exact Description | of the | West Indies: | More
especially of those | Provinces which are under j the Dominion of the | King of
Spain. | — | Faithfully represented by N. N. Gent. | — | London, printed by
Ric. Hodgkinsoime for Edw. Dod, | and are to be sold at the Gun in Ivy -lane,
1655. sm. 8° by sig. U. 7, pp. 1-484, 1. 1, map.

The Manati or Oxe-fish, pp. 154, 155. Account based mainly on Hernandez and Laet. [78.]

1655. WORM, OLAUS. Museum Wormianum. | Sen j Historia | Rerum Rariorum,
Tarn Naturalium, quam Artificialium, tarn Domesticarum, | quam Exoticarum,
quse Hafnias Danorum in | asdibus Authoris servantur. | Adornata ab | Olao
Worm, med. doct. | &, in Regid Hafniensi Academia, olim | Professore pub-
lico. | Variis & accuratis Iconibus illustrata. | [Vignette.] LugduniBata-
vorum, | Apud Johannem Elsevirivm, Acad. Typograph. | — | ClQ IQC LV.
2°. 11. 9, pp. 1-390, 1. 1. Cuts in text.

Cap. xiii, De Cetis, pp. 279, 280 ; cap. xiv, De Ceto dentato, Balena, Monocerote, pp. 280-
287; cap. xv, De Delphino, Pristi, Phoca, Rosmaro, pp. 288-290. Skull of Narwhal figured,
three views, and a view of the tusk separate, pp. 283-285; also a grotesque figure of the ani-
mal, p. 282.

Cap. xiii, De Cetis, consists mainly of a briefly descriptive list of Whales from the cele-
brated Icelandic manuscript "Specvlum regale," numbering 22 species. (Cf. Eschricht and
Eeinhardt, "Om Nordhvalen," 1861, p. 39, and the English translation, "Memoirs on Ceta.
cea," Bay Society, 1866, p. 32.) The account and figures of the Narwhal are from the MSS.
of D. Thorlacus Sculonius. [79.]

1657. "BARTHOLINUS, TH. Cetorum genera."

"Zie: Th. Bartholinus', Historia Anatom., cent, iv, 1657, pp. 272-285."

Not seen ; from Bosgoed, Bibl. Ichthyol. etPiscat., p. 157, no. 2477. [80.]

1657. JONSTON, JOHX. An | History | of the | Wonderful Things of Nature: | Set
forth in Ten severall Classes. | Wherein are contained |

I. The Wonders of the Heav-

ens.

II. Of the Elements.

III. Of Meteors.

IV. Of Minerals.
V. Of Plants.

f VI. Of Birds.
VII. Of Four-footed Beasts.
VIII. Of Insects, and things wanting

blood.

IX. Of Fishes.
X. Of Man.

j — j Written by Johannes Jonstonus. | And now Rendred into | English, |
by | A Person of Quality [John Rowland]. | — | London, | Printed by John
Streater, living in Well- Yard near the Hospitall of | St. Bartholomew's the
Lesse, and are to be sold by the Book- | Sellers of London, 1657. 8°. 8 11.,
pp. 1-344.

Classis ix, chap, iii, of the Whale and Barbel, pp. 290, 291. Chap, xi, of Manaty, nnd the
Whiting, pp. 296, 297. Chap, xii, of Mirus, Mola, and Monocoros, pp. 297-298. [81.]

1658. "ROCHEFORT, C. DE. Histoire | Naturelle et morale | des | lies antilles | de
1'Amerique. | Enrichie de plusieurs belles figures des Raretez les plus | consi-
derables qui y sont dScrites. j Vvec vn Vocabulaire Cara'ibe. | [Dessin.] |
ARoterdam, | Chez Arnould Leers, | — | M. DC. LVIII. 1 vol. 8° (orsrn. 4°).
Engr. title, 8 prel. pp. incl. regular title, pp. 1-527, 6 11. (contents).

This is the original ed. Not seen ; title from Coues, Bull 17. S. Oeol. and Oeogr. Surv.
Terr., v, no. 2, Sept. 6, 1879, p. 240. For Cetacean matter, etc., see second ed., 1665. Also,
the Dutch version, 1662. [82.]

27 a B

418 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1660. HERRARA, A. DE. Histoire | generale | des Voyages | et Conqvestes | des Castil-
lans, dans les Isles & Terre-ferme | des Indes Occidentals. | Traduite de PEs-
pagnol d' Antonio d'Herrara, Historiographe de sa | Maieste" Catholique, tant
des Indes, que des Royaumes de Castille. | Par N[icolas]. de la Coste. | Pre-
miere Decade, contenant les Pre- | . . . [=etc., 7 lines]. | A Paris, | Chez Ni-
colas & lean de la Coste, au Mont Saint Hilaire, a | PEscu de Bretagne; et en
leur boutique, a la petite porte | du Palais, qui regarde le Qay des Augustins.
| — | M. DC. LX. Avec Privilege dv. Roy. 3 vols. 4°. 1660-61.
Du poisson apelle Mauati [sic], tome i, pp. 378, 379. [83.]

1660. JO[N]STON, J. Naeukeurige beschry ving van de natuur der viervoetige dieren,

der vissen en bloedloze waterdieren, der vogelen, der gekerfde of kronkeldie-

ren, slangen en draken, neffens haar beeldnissen. Uit het Latyn vertaeld

door M. Grausius. Amsterdam, Scliipper, 1660. fol. Met 249 koperen platen."

Not seen; title from Bosgoed, op. cit, p. 10, no. 108. [84.]

1662. ROCHEFORT, C. DE. Natuurlyke en zedelyke | Historic | van | d'Eylanden | de
Voor-Eylanden | van Amerika. | Verrijkt met vele schoone Platen, die uyt-
beelden d'aller-aan- | merkelijksteseldsaamheden die'er in beschreven zijn. |
Met eenen Carai'baanschen Woorden-schat. | Door D. Charles de Rochefort
voor desen Bedienaar | des H. Euangeliums in d' Eylanden van Amerika, en
tegenwoor- | digh Herder van de Kerke der Francoysche Tale tot Rotterdam.
| Vertaalt in Nederduytsch door H[eiman]. Dullaert. | Alles na een Voor-
schrift door de Schrijver oversien | en veel vermenighvuldight. | [Vignette.]
Tot Rotterdam. | By Arnout Leers, Boekverkooper. | M. DC. LXII. sm. 4°.
11. 20 (incl. engr. title and plain title), pp. 1-475, 11. 5-J (contents). (The copy
examined lacks the folding plates of the French ed. of 1665, but appears to
have all the others.)

XVII. Hooft-stuk: Van de Zee-gedrochten die in dese gewesten gevonden worden, pp.
151-159. Van de Marsoiiins, of Zee-verkens, p. 152. Van den Lamantin, pp. 155, 156. Van
de "Walvisschen. en andere Zee-gedrochten, p. 156. XVIII. Hooft-stuk: Bysondere beschrij-
ving van eenen Zee-Een-hoorn, die strande op de Rheede van het Eyland van de Schild-padde
in het jaar 1644, etc., pp. 159-177. XX. Hooft-stuk: Van den Ambergrijs; Van si.jnen oor-
spronk, en van de teykenen des genen die goed is, en sonder vennengeling, pp. 190-194.
For comment on the cetological matter, etc., see the French ed. of 1665. [85.]

1663. LAPEYRERE, ISAAC DE. Relation | dv | Greenland. | [Par Isaac de La Peyrere.]

[Vignette.] A Paris, | Chez Lovis Billaine, au second | pillier de la grand'
Salle du Palais, a la | Palme, & au grand Cesar. | — | M. DC. LXIII. | Avec
Privilege dv Roy. 11. 9, pp. 1-278, 11. 2. Map and pll.

References to the Narwhal (le Licorne) and to Whales passim, but especially to the former
at pp. 192, 193, and to the latter at pp. 220-223. The plate facing p. 145 gives a figure of the
Narwhal (animal) and three views of the sknll, evidently after "Worm.

This appears to be a reissue, with a different imprint, of the edition of 1647 (ed. prin., q.v.).
There is a Dutch translation (Hoorn, 1678), and a German (Nilrnberg, 1679). It is also given
in English by Churchill (Coll. Voy.), and by the Hakluyt Society (Coll. Doc. on Spitz, and
Greenl., pp. 175-249). T he cetological matter is unimportant. [86.]

1664. BOUCHER, P. Histoire | veritable | et | Natvrelle | des | Moevrs et Prodvctions

| dv Pays | de la | Novvelle France. | Vvlgairement dite | le | Canada. | [Par
Pierre Bouchet.] [Ornament.] A Paris, | Chez Florentin Lambert, rue |
Saint laques, vis a vis Saint Yues, | a 1'Image Saint Paul. | — | M. DC. LXIV.

| Auec Permission. 12°. 11. 12, pp. 1-168.

Xoms des Poissons qui se trouuent dans le grand Fleuue S. Laurens, & dans les lacs &
riuieres qui descendent, dont nous auons connoissance. Chap, vii, pp. 74-87. Marsoin blanc
[—-Beluga, catodon], pp. 74, 75. "On en void des quantitez admirables, depuis Tadou^sac
jusques a Quebec, qui bondissent sur la riuiere" (p. 75). [87.]

1664. ZESEN, FILIPS VON. " Beschreibung der stadt Amsterdam, darinnen von dersel-
ben ersten ursprunge bis auf gegenwartigen Zustand, ihr unterschiedlicher
anwachs, herliche vorrechte, und in mehr als 70 Kupferstiikken entworfene
fuhrnemhste Gebeue, zusamt ihrem Stahtswesen, Kauf-handel und ansehn-
licher macht zur See, wie auch was sich in und mit Derselben markwiirdiges

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 419

1664. ZESEN, FILIPS VON — Continued.

zugetragen vor augen gestellet werden. Zu Amsterdam, Gedrukt und verlcgt
durch Joacliini Noschen. Im Jahr 1664. 4°."

"Zie aldaar: Fischmarkte, bl. 226, 227-231, benevens eenige bijzonderheden omtrent den
verkoop van visch. Grtihnlandische Geselschaft, was vor freiheit sie habe, bl. 359. Griihn-
landische Pakheuser, bl. 358. "Walfische, wie sie gefangen und der trahn daraus gesotten
wird, bl. 359. Hiirings-Pakkerei und Pakker-turn, bl. 76, 103, 172.

Not seen ; title and references from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 253, no. 3613. [88.]

1665. ANON. Of the New American Whale-fishing about the Bermudas. <^Philo8.

Trans. Lond., i, no. 1 [1665], pp. 11-13. [89.]

1665. [ROCHEFORT, C. DE.] Histoire | naturelle et morale | des ] lies Antilles | de

PAmerique. | Enrichie d'un grand nombre de belles Figures en taille douce, |

des Places & des Raritez lesplus considerables, | qui y sont d6crites. | Avecirn

Vocabulaire Cara'ibe. | Seconde edition. | Reveue & augmente'e de plusieurs

Descriptions, & de quelques | e"claircissemens, qu'on desiroit en la precedento.

| [Par C6sar de Rochefort.] [Dessin.] | A Roterdam, | Chez Arnout Leers,

| — | M. DCC. LXV. sm. 4°. 18 11. (iucl. eng. title and plain title), pp.

1-583, 11. 6| (contents), 3 fold, pll., and numerous cuts of plants and animals.

Chapitre xvii. Des Monstres Marine qui se trouvent en ces quartiers, pp. 190-200. [Con-
tenant entre autres], Des Marsoiiins, p. 191; Du Lamantin, pp. 194, 195, fig., p. 199; Des
Baleines & autres Monstres de Mer, p. 195.

Chap, xviii. Description particuliere d'une Licorne de Mer, qui s'echoua a la rade de 1'Ile
de la Tortue en 1'an 1644. Avec un recit curieus, par forme de comparaison & de digression
agreable, touchant plusieurs belles & rares cornes qu'on a apportees depuis peu dn detroit de
Davis ; & de la quality de la terre, & des meurs des Peuples qui y habitent, pp. 200-220, 2 figs.,
p. 204..

Cbap. xx. De 1' Ambre gris ; De son Origine & des marques de celuy qui est bon, & sans
melange, pp. 236-241.

The remarks about Marsouins and Baleines are brief and of no importance. The account
of the Lamantin (1 page and 3 lines in length) is explicit and interesting, describing correctly
the general appearance and habits of the animal, including its reproduction, and the use of its
flesh as food by the natives. The cut (p. 199) is a very good figure (its date, of course, con-
sidered) of the animal — an old Lamantin folding its young one in its arms. The account of
the Licorne de Mer (pp. 200-202), said to have been stranded "au rivage de 1'Ile de la Tortue,
voisine de 1'Ile Hispaniola, ou Saint Domingue," is given in the words of M. du Montel, who
sawit. It was about 18 feet long, its body of the sizeof a barrel. It had 6 large fins — 2placed "au
defaut des ouyes, " the other 4 on the sides of the belly at equal distances. The body was cov-
ered with large scales ; therefore, whatever it may have been, it was not a Cetacean. The horn
projecting from the front of the horse-like head was 9| feet long. The horn was preserved for
two years, and finally carefully boxed and shipped by the governor of the island, as a present,
to "Monsieur des Traucarts, G-entilhomme de Saintonge," but, alas, the vessel was wrecked
on the passage, and this precious relic was lost, as well as all the merchandise. Following
this relation is a short account of the Narwhal with (on page 204) "les figures de la Licorne
laquelle s'echoua en 1'Ile de la Tortue, & d'une de celles du Nord," to show how great is the
difference between the two species.

In the chapter on Ambergris, after stating the fact that it was unknown to the ancients,
and the various theories respecting its origin, the author observes: " Mais c'est plus vrai-sem-
blablement une sorte de Bitume, qui s'engendre au fond de la mer," etc., and proceeds to give
his view of how it may be detached, etc. The whole account is one of special interest in
relation to the early history of Ambergris.

For the original edition of this work, see ROCHEFORT, at 1658. There is also a later ("der-
niere") edition (Rotterdam, 1681), of which Dr. Coues has recently given the collation (Eds.
Col. Vail., p. 241). An English translation was published in London in 1666 (not seen by
me), and a Dutch in 1662, q. v. [90.]

1666. ANON. A Further Relation of the Whale-fishing about the Bermudas, and on the

Coast of New -England and New -Netherland. <^Philos. Tians. Lond., i, no. 8
[1666], pp. 132,133. [91.]

1667. "MERRETT, C. Pinax | Rerum Naturalium | Britannicarum, | continens | Vege-

tabilia, Animalia, | et | Fossilia, | In hac Insula repcrta iuchoatus. | — |
Authore | Christophoro Merrett, | Medicinse Doctore utriusque Societatis |
RegisB Socio primoque Musaei Har- | veani Custode. | — | M^ r<p /loycj /uovvov
| epyufietvofii&adcuTovelTjTpovc. Hipp. | — I Londini, | — | TypisT. Roy-

420 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1667. "MERRETT, C. — Continued.

croft, Impensis Cave Pulleyn. | MDCLXVII. Vol.nnic. 16mo. Tit. If. Epist.
dedic., 5 f. Epist. ad Lect., 10 f. pp. 1-223+1."
"Edit.altera. Ed. princeps 16G6. Ed. nova 1704."

Not seen; title from Coues, Proc. 17. S. Nat. Mus., ii, 1880, p. 361. The work is also cited
by Bosgoed, op. tit., p. 102, no. 1G19. [92.]

1667. NORWOOD, R. An Extract Of a Letter, written from the Bermudas, giving
an account of the Course of the Tides there, of Wells both Salt and Sweet,
digg'd near the Sea ; of the Whale-fisMng there practised anew, and of such
Whales, as have Sperma Cetiin them. <^PMlos. Trans. Lond., no. 29 [1667]} pp.
565-567. [93.]

1667. TERTRE, [J. B.] DU. Histoire | generale | des | Antilles | habit6es par les Fran-

cois. | Tome ii. | Contenant 1 Histoire | natverelle, | Enrichy de Cartes &
de Figures. | Par le R. P. [Jean Baptiste] dv Tertre, de 1'Ordre FF. Pre-
scheurs, | de la Congregation de S. Louis, Missionnaire Apostolique | dans les
Antilles. | [Arms.] A Paris, | Chez Thomas lolly, au Palais, en le Salle des
Merciers | a la Palme, | & aux Armes d'Hollande. | — | M. DC. LXVII. |
Avec Privilege. 4°. [3 vols., 4C. Vol. i, vol. ii, 1667 ; vol. iii, 1671.]

Vol. ii, Traite iv. Des Poissons. Chap. i. Des Poissons do la mer, pp. 195-233.— § i. Des
Baleines, pp. 196-198. § ii. Des Souffleurs, pp. 198, 199. § iii. Du Lamantin ou Manaty, pp.
199-209, fig. (pLfac. p. 195). The remarks about the "Baleines" and "Souffleurs" are very
general and of little importance. The account of the Manatee is more detailed, treating of
its external characters, habits, products, and capture. The figure is like Laet's, which is a
copy from that of Clusius, q. v. 1.94.]

1668. STAFFORD, R. Of a Letter, written to the Publisher from the Bermudas by Mr.

EicJiard Stafford ; concerning the Tydes there, as also Whales, Sperma Ceti . . .
<PAiZos. Trans. Lond., iii, no. 40 [1668], pp. 792-795. [95.]

1669. "MONTANUS, ARN. Gedenkwaerdi^e Gezantschappen der Oost-Indische maat-

schappy, aen de Kaisaren van Japan. Vervaetende wonderlijke voorvallen op
de togt der Nederlandsche gezanten. Beschryving van dieren, gewasseii enz.
t' Amsterdam, by Jacob van Meurs, 1669. fol. Met gegrav. platen en kaarten."

"Zie aldaar: Beschryving der walvisschen en der walvischvangst, bl. 448, 449. Japansche
visschers, haer manieren van visschen. Met afbeelding, bl. 55 en 279."

Not seen ; title and comment from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 169, no. 2675. [96.]

1670. BARTHOLINUS, THOMAS. De Sirene Danica. <^Epliem. Med.-phys. Germ. Acad.

Nat. Curios., i, 1670, pp. 85-89; edit, secund., 1684, pp. 73-79. [97.]

1670. "NIEUHOF, JOAN. Het Gezantschap der Ntterlandsche Oo&t-Indische Compa-
gnie,aen den grooten Tartarischen Cham, den tegenwoordigen Keizer van
China. Waerin de gedenkwaerdighste geschiedenissen. BeneiTens beschryving
der dieren, gewassen, enz. Verciert met over de 150 af beeltsels. t' Amsterdam,
by Jacob van Meurs, A°. 1670. fol."

" Zie aldaar, Visschen : De walvisch, haar gestalte en teelt; hoe zy gevangen worden, bl.
157o-160a. Vliegende visschen. Met afbeelding, bl. 203, 204."

Not seen ; title and comment from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 170, no. 2682. [98.]

1670. SCILLA AGOSTINO. La | Vana Specvlazione | disingannata | dalSenso. | Lettera
risponsiva | Circa i Corpi Marine", che Petrificati fi trouano | in varij loughi
terrestri. | Di Agostino Scilla Pittore | Accademico della Fvcina, | detto lo
Scolorito. j Dedicata | all' illvstrissimo Signore, | il Signer | D. Carlo Gregori |
Marchese di Poggio Gregorio, | cavaliero della Stella | — | In Napoli, j
Appresso Andrea Colicchia. M. DC. LXX. | Con licenz a de' Superiori. 4°.
11. 5, pp. 1-168, pll. i-xxviii-f-frontisp.

At page 123 is a description of a fragment of a lower jaw containing three teeth ; the frag-
ment is figured, pi. xii, fig. 1. The teeth are recognizable as those of Squalodon. (Cf. VAN
BENEDEN, "Recherches sur les Squalodonts," in Mem. de VAcad. roy. de Belgique, vol. xxxv>
1865.)

The work thus has the importance of containing the first unquestionable description and
figure of remains of Squalodonts. [99.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 421

1671. "MARTINIERE, P. M. DE LA. Voyage des pays septentrionaux. Dans lequel se
voit les moeurs, maniero de vivre et superstitions des Norwdguiens, Lappons,
Sybe'riens, Samojedes, Zeuabliens, Islandois. Paris, 1671. kl. 8°. Met fig."

" Herdrukken verschenen to Parjis, 1G76. 8°, en to Amsterdam, 1708 (zonder naam van
den schrijver). Eeene engelsche vertaling: London, 1674; eeno hoogduitsche : Hamburg,
1075, en Leipzig, 1711; eeno itaiiaansche in 1683. Zie voor de Hollandscho uitgavc: De
Noordsche Wcereld . . . [Zio 1685. MARTIXI£RE en MARTENS.] Adelung geeft in zijn: 'Ge-
schichte der Schiffahrten,' 1)1. 298-319, een uitvoerig uittreksel van dezo reis."

Not seen; title and note from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 243, no. 3512. [100.]

1671. RAY, J. An Account of the Dissection of a Porpess, promised Numb. 74 ; made,

and communicated in a Letter of Sept. 12, 1671, by the Learned Mr. John Hay,
having therein observ'd some things omitted by Rondeletim. <^Philos. Trans.
Lond., vi,no. 74 [1671], p. 2220; no. 76 [1671], pp. 2274-2279. [101.]

1672. ANON. "A proportional view of the large Spermaceti whale run aground on

Blyth Sand, and there killed himself. 30 Jan. 1672. [PI. 8x14 inches.] Sold
by W. Triugham."

Not seen ; title from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 171, no. 2697. [102.]

1672. JOSSELYN, J. New-Englands | Rarities | Discovered: '| In | Birds, Beasts,
Fishes, Serpents, | and Plants of that Country. | Together with | The Physical
and Chyrurgical Remedies | wherewith the Natives constantly use to | Cure
their Distempers, Wounds, | and Sores. | Also | A perfect Description of an
Indian Squa, | in all her Bravery ; with a Poem not | improperly conferr'd upon
her. | Lastly | A Chronological Table | of the most remarkable Passages in
that | Country amongst the English. | — | Illustrated with Cuts. | — | By
John Josselyn, Gent. | — | London, Printed for G. Widdowes at the | Green
Dragon in St. Pauls Church yard, 1672. sm. 8° by sig.,24° size. 11. 2, pp.
1-114, cuts.

Reprinted in Archceologia Americana or Trans, and Coll. Amer. Antiq. Soc., iv, pp. 133-238.

The Sperma Ceti Whale ; What Sperma Ceti is ; What Ambergreece is, pp. 35, 36. "Now
you must understand this Whale feeds upon Ambergreece, as is apparent, finding it in the
Whales Maw in great quantity, but altered and excrementitious : I conceive that Amber-
greece is no other than a kind of Mushroom growing at the bottom of some Seas ..." (p. 36).

[103.]

1672. TULPIUS,N. Nicolai Tulpii | Amstelredamensis | Observationes Medicas. | Editio

Nova. | Libro quartior auctior, & Sparsim multis | in locis emendatior. |
[Vignette.] Amstelredami, | Apud Danielem Elsevirium, | ClQloCLXXII.
sm. 8°. 11. 7, pp. 1-392, pll. i-xviii.

Unicornu marinam, lib. iv, cap. lix, pp. 374-379, tab. xviii. The three very rude figures rep-
resent the animal in profile and the skull from above and below. They are the same as those
given by Worm, by whom they were copied from Tulpius.

The editio princeps I have not seen ; the dedication "Ad Petrum Tulpium filium " is dated
1641, which is probably the date of the first edition. There are numerous later editions, of
which editio quinta is the only one I have seen (q. v.— 1716. TULPIUS, N.). [104.]

1673. BOYLE, R. A Letter of the Honorable Robert Boyle of Sept. 13, 1673, to the Pub-

lisher, concerning Amber Greece, and its being a Vegetable Production. <P7tiZos.
Trans. Lond., vii,no. 97, 1673, pp. 6113-6115.

Stated, on the authority of a factor of the Dutch East India Company, to issue from the
loot of a tree. [105.]

1675. JOSSELYN, J. An | Account | of two | Voyages | to New-England. | Wherein
you have the setting out of a Ship, | With the charges ; The prices of all
necessaries for | furnishing a Planter & his Family at his first com- | ing ; A
Description of the Country, Natives and | Creatures; The Government of the
Countrey as | it is now possessed by the English, &c. A large | Chronologi-
cal Table of the most remarkable | passages from the first discovering of the
Conti- | nent of America, to the year 1673. | — | By John Josselyn Gent. | — |
The Second Addition. | — | [Quotation, 6 lines.] | London Printed for G.
Widdowes at the Green Dragon in St. | Pauls Church-yard, 1675. sm. 8°. 11. 4,
pp. 2-279-f3.

422 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1675. JOSSELYN, J.— Continued.

Orig. ed. 1664 ; the present is textually the same, except the title-page. Reprinted in the
Coll. Mass. Hist. Soc., 3d ser., iii, 1833, pp. 211-296, "and was again reprinted in 1865 by Wil-
liam Veazie, following the Harvard College copy" of the 1675 ed., from which copy the above
collation is taken.

The Ambergreese- Whale, pp. 104, 105. "Anno Dom. 1668 the 17 of July there was one of
them thrown up on the shore between Winter-harbour and Cape-porpus [near Boston], about
eight mile from the place where I lived, that was five and fifty foot long" (p. 104). Nothing
else of importance relating to Cetacea. [106.]

1675. MARTENS, F. Friderich Martens | vom Hamburg | Spitzbergische oder Groen-

landische | Reise-Beschreibung | gethanim Jahr 1671. | Aus eigner Erfahrungo
beschrieben, die dazu erforderte | Figurcn nach dem Leben sclbst abgerissen,
(so hierbey in | Kupfer zu sehen) und jetzo durch den | Druck mitgctheilet. |
[Vignette.] Hamburg, | Auff Gottfried Schultzeus Kosten gedruckt, | Im
Jahr 1675. sm. 4°. 11. 4, pp. 1-132, 11. 2, pll. A-Q = 16.

Cetacea, pp. 92-127. Meerschwein oder Tunin, pp. 92, 93. Butskopf, pp. 93, 94. Weisfische
[—Beluga catodon], p. 94. Vom Einliorn [= Monodon monoceros], pp. 94, 95. Sagenfisch ins ge-
mein genannt Schwerdtfisch [= Orca], pp. 95, 96. Vom Wallfisch, pp. 98-109, pll. A and Q (figs.
a, 6, Balcena mysticetus). Vom Wallfischfang, pp. 110-118. Wie sie mit den todten Walfisch
umbgehen, pp. 118-123. Von des Fetts, oder Trahns Brennerey, pp. 123-125. Von Finfisch
[=Balcenoptera sp.J, pp. 125-127, pi. Q, fig. c.

Martens's work in relation to Cetology is one of great interest and importance, not only
from its early date, but for the good account it gives of the Greenland Right Whale and the
Whale -fishery, and also especially for its very good figures of the Greenland Whale and of the
Finfish. They may be fairly considered as the first passable figures of these species, and those
of the first were the standard figures down to the time of Scoresby (1820), and as such were
many times copied. His references to the other northern Cetacea are intelligent, and of great
historic interest. The only separate translations of the work I have seen cited are an Italian
(Venice, 1680, 12°) and a Dutch (Amsterdam, 1710, 4°, q. v.), but various versions, generally
more or less abridged, have appeared in collections of voyages, etc., as Vries's (Amsterdam,
1685), Narborough's (London, 1694), Harris's (London, 1705), Bernard's (French, Amsterdam,
1731), Adelung's (German, Halle, 1768), etc. Also, White's (1855, Hakluyt Soc.), q. v. [107.]

1676. DEBES, L. J. Fseroce, & Freroa Reserata: | That is | A Description | of the |

Islands & Inhabitants | of | Foeroe : | Being | Seventeen Islands subject to the
| King of Denmark, lying under 62 | deg. 10 min. of North Latitude. | Wherein
several Secrets of Nature | are brought to Light, and someAnti- | quities hith-
erto kept in darkness | discovered. | Written in Danish by Lucas Jacobaon |
Debes, M. A. and Provost of the | Churches there. | — | Englished By J[ohn]
S[terpiu]. Doctor of Physick. | — | Illustrated with Maps. | — | Printed
by F. L. for William lies, at the Flow- | er-de-Luce in Little Brittain, over
against | St. Bartholomews Gate. 1676. 12°. 11. 12, pp. 1-408. [The copy
examined (Harv. Coll. Libr.) lacks the maps.]

Chap. iii. Of the Waters Fertility, pp. 163-189.— Grind -Whales [= Olobiocephalus mclas],
pp. 171-179. Doglings [—Hyperordon sp.], pp. 179-184. Roar and Witch -Whale, pp. 184-188.

The chapter " Of the Waters Fertility " is full of quaint and curious information about the
myths and superstitions prevalent among the Foero islanders in the 17th century respecting
the marine mammalia found about these islands, as well as replete with interesting matter
relating to the natural history of the Seals and Cetaceans. The account of the Grind- Whale
(Globiocephalus melas) is especially important.

"The Fishes wherewith this people maintain themselves are of three sorts; first, small
Fishes, secondly Seals, and in the third place Whales" (p. 164).

The date of the original Danish edition I am unable to give. A German version (8°, Ko-
penhagen und Leipzig) was published in 1757, q. v. [108.]

137G. " SACHS, PAUL LUDW. Monocerologia seu do genuinis Unicornibus. Dissert.
Kaceburgi, 1676. 8°. pp. 182, pi. 1."

Not seen; title from Cams and Engelmann. [109.]

1677. ANOX. " Strange news from the deep, being a full account of a large pro-

digious whale lately taken in the river Wioner, within six miles from ? Col-
chester, (z. pi.) 1677. 4°."

Not seen; title from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 171S no. 2695. [110.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 423

1677. CHARLTOX, W. Gualteri Charltoni | Exercitationes | de | Differentiis & Nomi-

nibus Animalium. | Qnibua accedunt | Mantissa Anatomica, | Et quwdam |
De variis Fossil ium generibus, | Deque differentiis & noininibus Colorurn. |
Editio secunda, duplo fere auctior priori, novisque iconibus ornata. | [Vi-
gnette.] Oxouiae, | E Theatro Sheldouiano, An. Dom. 16/7. 4°. 11. 10. Ani-
uialia Quadrupeda, Serpentia, Insecta, Aves, pp. 1-119; Pisces, etc., pp. 1-106;
Fossilia, etc., 1. 1, pp. 1-78, 11. 10, Indices. (With figures in the text.)

Piscium Cetaceorum Classis [para iij, pp. 46-50. I. Balcena. 1. Balscna vulgaris, the com-
mon Whale, p. 46 ; 2. Physeter, & Physatus, the puffing aut spouting Whale, p. 47 ; 3. Cetun
Dentatus, h Carol o Clusio, the Sperma-Ceti Whale, p. 47; 4. Pustes, the Swift Whale, p. 47;
5. Orca, the Ork, p. 47 ; 6. Monoceros, Unicornu Marinum, the TJnicoru Whale, p. 47. II. Pris-
tis, p. 47. III. Delphinus, the' Dolphin aut Grampus, p. 47. IV. Phocaena, the Porpus aut
Porpes, p. 48. Y. Scolopendra Cetacea, p. 48. VI. Phoca, p. 48. VII. Walrus, aliis Mora,
p. 49. VIII. Manati, p. 49. IX. Hippopotamus, p. 50. The Editio princeps, 1672, I have
not seen. [111.]

1678. " BARTHOLLNTUS, TH. De Unicornu observationes novae, secunda editione auctio-

res et eniendatiores, editae 5, filio Casp. Bariholino. Amstelodami,Wetstenius,
1678. kl. 12°. Met 2 platen en af beeldingeu in den tekst."

Not seen; from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 157, no. 2478. [112.]

1678. CAPEL, RUDOLFF. Nordeu, | Oder | Zu Wasser und Lande im Eise | und Snee,
mit Verlust Blutes und Gutes | zu Wege gebrachte, und fleisig | beschriebene
| Erfahrung und Vorstellung | des Norden, | Auss | Deneii, welche | zu
unterschiede- | nen Zeiten gelebet, yiel im Norden versu- | diet, viel auch
urnbsonst augefangen und ange- | wandthaben: | Auff guter Freunde Begeh-
ren zusammen gebracht | dargereichet, und ferner zu betrachten und | zuver-
mehren, | von | Rudolff Capel, der H. Schrifft D. | und Historiarum P. P. |
aussgefartiget. | — | Hamburg, | Bey Johann Nanmann. | uud Stockholm |
Bey Gottfried Liebezeit, Im 1678steu Jahre der Christer. 4°. 11. 4, pp. 1-236,
.11. 12.

Das 5 Capittel. Georg Niclaus Schurtzen bericht, von der Natur und Eigenschaft, auch
Kachstellung und Fang des Walflsches, im Jahr nach C. G. 1672. aussgefertigtet, pp. 197-
212. There are also references to Whales at pp. 55 and 67. Chapter v gives a quite detailed
account of the external characters, habits, products, and capture of the Greenland Right
Whale. The female is said to be the larger, etc. There are also other passing allusions to
Whalefishing ( Walfischfangst), as at pp. 141, 158, 159, etc. There is also a large plate (13J x 11
inches), bound (in the copy examined) to face p. 156, which is a faithful reproduction of Mar-
tens's plate of the common Balcena mysticetus (two figures), and a Tinner Whale, with the
accessories of whale-louse, harpoon, and lance. [113.]

1378. " EXQUEMELIN, ALEXANDRE OLIVIER. De | Americaensche | Zee Roovers. |
Behelsende een pertinente en waerachtige Beschrijving van allo-de | voor-
uaemste Roveryen, en onmenschlijcke wreedheden, | die de Engelse en Franse
Rovers, tegens de Spanjaerden | in America, gepleeght hebben. | Verdeelt in
drie'deelen: | Het Eerste Deel verhandelt hoe de Fransen op Hispanjola ge-
komen zijn, de | aerdt van 't Landt, Inwoonders, en hun manier van leven
aldaer. | Het Tweede Deel, de opkomst van de Rovers, hun regel en leven 011-
der mal- | kander, nevens verscheyde Roveryen aen de Spanjaerden gepleeght.
Het Derde 't verbranden van der Stadt Panama, door d' Engelsche en Franse |
Rovers gedaen, neveiis het geen de Schrijver op siju Reys voorgevallen is. |
Hier achter is bygevoeght, | Een korte verhandeling van de Macht en
Rijkdommen die de Koninck van | Spanje, Karel de Tweede, in America
heeft, nevens des selfs | Inkomsten en Regering aldaer. | Als mede een kort
begi-ijp van alle de voornaemste Plaetsen in het selve Gewest, | onder Chris-
ten Potentaten behooreude. | Beschreven door A. O. Exquemelin. | Die self
alle dese Roveryen, door noodt, bygewoont heeft. | Met schoone Figuren,
Kaerten, en Conterfeytsels, alle na 't leven geteeckent, versien. | t' Amster-
dam, By Jan ten Hoorn, Boeckverkoper, over 't Oude j Heeren Logement.

424 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. .

1678. "EXQUEMELIN, ALEXANDRE OLIVIER. — Continued.

Anno 1678. | 4°. 2 titles, 1 of which is engraved, 21., pp. 186', 4 portraits, 6
copper-plates, and 2 maps."

"First edition, of extreme rarity. Perhaps no book in any language was ever the parent of
so many imitations, and the source of so many fictions, as this, the original of the buccaneers
of America. . . . ' There is certainly no other book of that time which experienced a popu-
larity similar to that of the "Buccaniers of America," which was, in the ten years following
its publication, translated into most of the European languages; and there is a fact most curi-
ous in the literary history of all times, that the original was certainly unknown to all trans-
lators but one. They were all inclined to take the Spanish edition for the original ; nay, even
the learned editors of Mr. Grenville's catalogue seem doubtful whether the Dutch edition
existed in print, or in MS. only.' "

Not seen; title and comment from Sabin, Bibl. Amer., vi, pp. 309, 310, no. 23468. There is
alater "very much altered" Dutch edition, 4°, Amsterdam, 1700; a German, 12°, Nurnber«r,
1679; a Spanish, 4°, 1681, "translated from the [first] Dutch"; also, later Spanish editions.
The first French edition, "of extreme rarity," was published in 2 vols., 12°, Paris, 1686, "a
translation from the English"; a second French, by the same publishers, in 1688; the colla-
tion of two later French editions (1744 and 1774, q. v.) is given infrci. Three English versions
(one said to be an abridgment), translated from the Spanish, appeared in 1684 (q. v.), with
several later editions, and possibly other translations into English. (See Sabin, Bibl. Amer.,
vi, pp. 309-318, 328, nos. 23468-23494.)

I have examined the following editions, the collation of which is given by Sabin (op. eit.) :
4°, Spanish (translated from the English), 1631 (no. 23471 of Sabin), in which the account of
the "Manentines" occurs at pp. 294, 295 (1^ pp. general account of external characters, qual-
ity of flesh, habits, and mode of capture, with no figure); 12°, Spanish, "Impression Se-
gunda," 1682 (no. 23473 of Sabin) ; account of the "Manentines" at pp. 438-440, and the same
as that of the 4° edition of 1681 ; no figure. Dutch, 4°, 1700 (no. 23469 of Sabin) ; account of
the "Zee-Koe" at pp. 131, 132 of Deel 1, substantially the same as the Spanish; no figure.
English, "The Third Edition," 1704 (no. 23485 of Sabin) ; account of the "Sea-Cows" at pp.
160-162 (8 lines less than one page in length, and substantially the same as the Spanish). En-
glish, "The Fifth Edition," 1771 (no. 23490 of Sabin); account of the "Manentine," or "Sea-
Cow," at pp. 209, 210, of vol. i. In none of the editions above cited is there any figure of the
animal. French, 12°, 1744 (q. v.), and 1774 (g. v.). The accounts of the Manatee in these two
French editions is entirely different from that of the Spanish, Dutch, and English editions
just cited; besides being twice as long, and containing much new matter, there is an (appar-
ently) original figure. [114.]

1678. MAJOR, JOHANN DANIEL. ' De Respiratione Phocamse vel Tursionis. <^Ephem.

Med.-phys. Germ Acad. Nat. Curios., 1677 (1678), pp. 4, 5. [H5-]

1678. PAULLINUS, CHRISTIANUS FRANCISCUS. De Singular! Monstro Marino. <^Ephem.

Med.-phys. Germ. Acad. Nat. Curios., 1677 (1678), pp. 79, 80. [lie.]

1678. "ScuoLTZ, ADAM SIGISM. Cerebrum Orcae vulgari supposita Spermatis Ceti

larva develatuin. Lipsiae, 1678. 4°. 11. 12."

!Not seen ; title from Carus and Engelmann. [117.]

1680. LYSER, POLYC. Disputatio physico-philologica de Cetis. Lipsiae, 1680. 4°.

pp. 20.

Not seen; title at second-hand. [118.]

1681. BLASIUS, G. Gerardi Blasii | Amstelrsedamensis, | Medic. Doct. & Prof. Ordin.

| Anatome | Aniinalium, | Terrestrium variorum, Volatilium, Aquatilium, |
Serpentum, Insectorum, Ovorumque, | structuram naturalem | Ex Veterum,
Recentioruin, propriisque Observationibus | proponens, | Figuris variis illus-
trata. | [Vignette.] Amstelodami, | Sumptibus Viduse Joannis a Someren, |
Henrici & Viduse Theodori Boom. | — | do loc L xxxi. 4°. 11. 3, pp. 1-494,
pll. i-lx.

Cap. xvi. De Phocena s. Delphino septentrionalium, pp. 286-290, pi. li (animal, skull,
lower jaw, scapula, pectoral limb, ear bones, tail, etc. = 8 figg).

Cap. xxxv. De Tursione, pp. 306, 307. [119. ]

1681. GREW, N. Musseurn Regalis Societatis. | Or a | Catalogue & Description | Of
the Natural and Artificial | Rarities | Belonging to the | Royal Society | And
preserved at | Gresham Colledge. | Made | By Nehemjah Grew, M. D. Fellow
of the Royal Society, | and of the Colledge of Physitians. | — | Whereunto is
Subjoyned the | Comparative Anatomy | of | Stomachs and Guts. | — | By the

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 425

1681. GREW, N.— Continued.

same Avthor. | — | London, | Printed by W. Rawlins, for the Author, 1681.
4°. 11. 7, pp. 1-386, 1. 1+1L 2, pp. 1-42, pll. i-xxxi.

Of Viviperous Fishes, sect, i, chap, i, pp. 81-103. Includes Cetacea, Sirenia, and Finne-
pedia as well as true Fishes. Descriptions are given of ear bones and vertebrae of Whales.
Narwhal tusks, head and tail of Dolphin, skeleton of "Porpess or Sea-Hog," etc. [120.]

1681. MAJOR, JOHANN THOMAS. De Anatome Phocsenae, vel Delphini septentriona-
lis. <Ephem. Med.-phys. Germ. Acad. Nat. Curios., 1672 (1681), pp. 22-32,
figs, i, iii-ix.

lig. i, Tursio integer, vel Phocsena; fig. iii, Os sterni Phocsenae; fig. iv, Scapula sinistri;
fig. v, Pinna anterior sinistri, Manum exhibens ; figg. vi, vii, Os petrosum sub meatu auditorio ;
fig. viii, Cranium Tursionis ; fig. ix, Maxilla inferioris pars dextra. [121.]

1681. "TYSON, EDWARD. Phocsena: Or the Anatomy of the Porpus, dissected at

Gresham College: With a Preliminary Discourse concerning Anatomy, and a
Natural History of Animals. By Edward Tyson, M. D., London, 1681."
Not seen; title at secondhand. [122.]

1682. SEGNETTE, — . Historia Ceti aut Balsense ad littora Rupellae propulsae. <Z6-

diacus medico-gallicus, annus secundus, authore Nicolao de Blegny. Genevae,
1682, i, pp. 63-67.

Not seen; cited by P. Fisher (Ann. sti.nat., 5° ser., xv, 1871, art. no. 3, pp. 8, 9), as giv-
ing a description (measurements, external characters, and parasites) of a Whale stranded
Feb., 1680, near the island of R6. [123.]

1683. "ACHRELIUS, L. Cetographia, sive dissertatio historico-physica de cetis.

Aboae, 1683. Met 6 houtgravuren. 8°."

Not seen; title from Bosgoed, op. tit., p. 157, no. 2469. [124.]

1684. " [OELEN, J. A. VAN]. De seldsaame en noit gehoorde Walvischvangst, voorge-

vallen bij St. Anna-Land, in 't jaar 1682, den 7 October, mitsgaders eene perti-
nente beschry vinge van de geheele Groenlandse vaart, verhaudeld in prose en
versen. Nevens verscheide saaken tot die materie dienende, door P. P. van
S., met schoone kopere prentverbeeldinge (van Luyken) versierd; dese 2e
druk merkelijk verbeterd en bijna de helft vefmeerderd. Tot Ley den in
't jaar 1684. 4°. (Zonder naam van uitgever.)"

' ' Die vermeerdering bestaat o. a. uit het volgende : Ao 1677. Ordre, beraamt bij de Gecomm.
van de Groenlandse visserij, over 't bergen der goederen, enz. Contract tusschen de Com-
mandeur en zijn volk na Greenland. Een beschrijving van het scheepsleven en het berijmd
'verhaal' enz.

"De le druk verscheen in 1683 onder den titel: Kort en opregt verhaal van het droevig
en avontuurlijk wedervaren van Abr. Jansz. Oelen. Zie voor de beschrijving der walvisch-
vangst op rijm: Fr. Martens, Beschrijv. van Greenland. ... en Zorgdrager's Groenlandsche
visscherij."

Not seen; title and comment from Bosgoed, op. tit., p. 243, no. 3523. [125 ]

1684. SIBBALD, ROBERT. Scotia Illustrata | sive | Prodromus | Historiae Naturalis | in
quo | Regionis natura, Incolarum Ingenia & Mores, Morbi iisque medendi
Methodus, & | Medicina Indigena accurate explicantur: | et | Multiplices Na-
turae Partuis in triplice ejus Regno, Vegetabili scilicet, Animali & Mineral! |
per hancce Borealem Magnae BritaniaB Partem quae Antiquissimum Scotiae |
Regnum constituit, undiquaque diffusi nunc primum in Lucem eruuntur, & |
varii eorum Usus, Medici prsesertim & Mechanic!, quos ad Vitse | cum necessi-
tatem, turn commoditatem praestant, cunctis | perspicue exponuntur: | — |
Cum Figuris ^Eneis. | Opus viginti Annorum | Serenissimi Domini Regis
Caroli. II. Magnae BritanniaB, &c. — Monarches Jussu editum. | — | Auctore
Roberto Sibbaldo M. D. Equite Aurato, Medico & Geographo | Regio, & Regii
Medicorum Collegii apud Edinbvrgvm Socio. | — | [Vignette.] | — | Edin-
bvrgi, | Ex officina Typographic^ Jacobi Kniblo, Josuse Solingensis & Jo-
hannis Colmarii, Sumptibus Auctoris. | — | Anno Domini M.DC. LXXXIV.
2°. 11. 2, pp. 1-102, 11. 3.
Pars Secunda j Specialis. | Tomus Primus | de Plantis Scotiaa | tarn indige-

426 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1684. SIBBALD, ROBERT — Continued.

nis | quam kortensibus | — | Qyse in Libro Primo et Secundo | tractantvr.

| — | [Vignette.] | — | . . . [Imprint as above.] 11. 3, pp. 1-114, 11. 3.

Pars Secunda | Specialis. | Tomus Secundus | de Animalibus Scotiae | tarn
feris quam domesticis | et de | Mineralibus Metallis | et | Marinis Scotiae.

| — | D.e Qvibvs in Libro tertio et quarto agitur. | — | [Vignette, and imprint
as above.] 11. 3, pp. 1-56, 11. 4, pll. i-xxii.

Sectio Quarta. De Piscibus. Caput ii (pp. 22, 23, 16 lines). Balcma. the Common Whale ;
Physeter, the Spouting Whale; Cetus dentatus Cliisii, in cujus capite Sperma Ceti reperitur;
Porcus Marinus Harengos persequitiir, & Delphinus esse creditur ; Phoccena, the Porpus or
Porpoise, Delphini species. [126.]

1685. MARTJNJKRE, P. M. DE LA, en MARTENS, F. "De Noordsclie Weerweld, vertoond

in twee nieuwe aenmercklycke Reysen, d' eene van de heer Martiniere . . .
d' andere van F. Martens. Vertaeld en doorgaens met toedoeningen verrijkt
door S. de Vries. Amsteldam, A. D. Ooszaen, 1685. " 4°. Met platen."

Not seen; title from Bosgoed, op cit., p. 252, no. 3604. See 1671. MAUTIN^RE, P. M. DE LA,
and 1675. MAHTENS, F., of which the present appears to be a Dutch translation. [127.]

1666. WILLOUGHBY, FRANCIS. Francisci Willnghbeii Armig. | De | Historia Piscium |
Libri Qnatuor, | Jussu & Sumptibus Societatis Regies | Loudiuensis editi. |
In quibus non tantum De Piscibus in genere agitur, Sed & species omues, turn
ab a- | liis traditae, turn novae & nonduin editae bene multae, naturae ductum
servante | Methodo dispositae, accurate describuntur. | Eartmique effigies,
quotquot haberi potuere, vel ad vivum deliueatas, vel ad | optima exemplaria
impressa ; Artifici mauu elegantissiine in aes incisae, ad de- | scriptiones illus-
trandas exhibeutur. Cum Appendice Historias & Observationes | in supple-
mentum Operis collatis complectente. | Totum Opus | Recognovit, Coaptavit,
Supplevit, | Librum etiam primum & secundum integros adje'cit | Johannes
Raius e Socitate Regia. | [Vignette.] Oxonii, | E Theatre Sheldoniano, Anno
Dom. 1686. 2°. 11. 4, pp. 1-343, 1-30 (Appendix), 11. 7, pll. 183-1

Liber Secundus De Piscibus Cetaceis seu Belluis Marinis, pp. 26-43.— Caput primum. De
Cetis vel cetaceis Piscibus in genere, ex scriptis Rondeletii &. Gesneri prsecipue, pp. 26, 27. Cap.
ii. De Delphino : e Rondeletii, Gesneri, & aliorum scriptis, pp. 28-31. Cap. iii. Phocsena Ron-
deletii, Gesn. . . . Phocaena seu Tursio Bellonii & Scaligeri. Cimbris Marsuin vel Porcus
marinus: Angl. A Porpesse, pp. 31-35. Cap. iv. Balaena Rondeletii, Gesneri & aliorum. The
Whale, pp. 35-38. Cap. v. Balsena vera Rondeletii, Gt-sn. ... pp. 38-40. Cap. vi. Orca

Rondeletii, & Bellonii, p. 40. Cap. vii. Physeter Rondeletii, Gesn A Whirl-Pool, p.

41. Cap. viii. Cete Clusio Exot., lib. 6. Descriptum Pot-Wallfisch Batavis maris accolis dic-
tum, pp. 41, 42. Cap. ix. De Monocerote pisce, qui de genere Cetaceo esse fertur, pp. 42, 43.
De Pisce Monocerote, seu Unicornu, App., pp. 12, 13 (ex Tulpio).

The plates have an engraved special title-page, dated 1685 — one year earlier than the text—
and are sometimes cited as a separate work. The following is a transcription of the title:

Francises Willoughby | Icthyographia | ad Amplissimum Virum | D.num
Samuelem Pepys, | Prsesidem Soc. Reg. Londinensis, | Concilium, | et j Socios
ejusdum. | Figures Novae, quae non paucae sunt t notantur. | Sumptibus | Socie-
tatis Regalis | Londinensis | 1685.

PL A. 1. Pisces Cetacei. Fig. 1. Delphinus; Fig. 2. Phocaena (fig. orig.); Fig. 3. Physeter
(fig. ex Clusio). PL A. 2. Piscis Monoceros ejusq. cornu a varijs authoribus exhibitum ; item
embrvonis alicujus cornu. 7 figg. — animal, skull, horns; one fig. of horn orig. [128. J

1687. "BRUNSMANN, — . Diss. de Ceto Ibnae, qua eum verum fuisse Cetuin osienditur.

Jen., 1687. 8°."

Not seen; title from Donndorff, Zool. Beytr., i, 1792, p. 776. [129.]

1688. BARTHOLINUS, TH. ThomaB Bartholini | de | Unicornu | observationes novae. |

Secunda editione Auctiores «fc | emendatiores editae a Filio | Casparo Bar-
tholino. | [Vignette.] Amstelaedami | Apud Henr. Wetsteuiura, | — |
CIo ICC LXXVIII. 12°. 11. 8, pp. 1-381, numerous cuts.

De Unicornn Groenlandico, pp. 108-125 (p. 121, 3 views of the skull of the Narwhal, and one
of the detached horn). [130.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 427

1689. "BARING, — . De Ceto lonae. Brem., 1689."

Not seen ; title from Donndorff, Zool. Beytr., i, 1792, p. 776. [131.]

1690. CLEYERUS, ANDREAS. De Ceto minore Ambrophago. <JSphem,. Med.-phys.

Germ. Acad. Nat. Curios., 1089 (1690), p. 69, fig. 4.

The upper figure represents a fabulous monster nearly in profile, somewhat whale-like in

general form, but having two up ward-curving, slender, pointed tusks in the end of the upper

jaw and two high bosses or humps on the front of the head. The lower figure shows the

creature partly on the side ; the dorsal fin, humps, and tusks are not shown, and the figure

. has a much more whale-like aspect. [132.]

1690. FABER, J. M. Addenda ad A. Cleyeri Observationes de ceto minore Ambro-
phago. <Ephem. Med.-phys. Germ. Acad. Nat. Curios., 1689(1690), p. 456.
See above, 1690. CLEYEH, A. [133.]

Ifc92. "PFEIFER, — . Diss. piscem lonae deglutitorem fuisse Balaeiiam. Lub.,
169-2. 4°."
Not seen ; title from Donndorff, Zool. Beytr., i, 1792, p. 776. [134.]

1693. ANON. An Account of a Book Intituled, Phaleenologia Nova sive Obserrationes
de Rarioribus quibusdam Balsenis in Scotia Littus miper ejectis, &c. Aut Roberto
Sibbald, Edinburgi in Quarto, 1692. <Philos. Trans. Lond., xvii, no. 205
[1693], pp. 972-976.

Review of the work. [135.]

1693. CLAYTON, J. A Continuation of Mr. John Clayton's Account of Virginia.

<Philos. Trans. Lond., xvii, no. 205 [1693], pp. 941-948.

Contains a notice of the discovery of Whale remains near Jamestown. Ya. [136.]

1694. "DROSSANDER, A. Dissertatio de Balaena. Upsaliae, 1694. 4°. Met eeue

phiat." [pp. 62.]

Not seen ; title from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 161, no. 2543. [137.]

1694. "PECHLIN, — . De pisce lonae deglutitore, non fuisse Balaenam. Lub.,
1694. 8°."

Not seen ; title from DonndorfF, Zool. Beytr., i, 1792, p. 776. [138.]

1696. " SMALLEGANGK, M. Nieuwe Cronyk van Zeeland. Eerste (e~e"nig) deel. Vervat-

tende de voor dezen uitgegeven cronykeri van de Heereii Jacobus Eyndius en
Jolian Reygersberg, veel vermeerdert omtrent deres landschaps oudheden en
herkomsten, wateren en stroonien, eylanden, steden en heerlijkheden. Met
vele kopere platen (en kaarten) verciert. Tot Middelburg. By J. Meertens,
1696. fol."

" "Walvisvangst, pp. 173-178; van de visschen in onse stcoomen en eerst van de zeehonden.
zeekatten, bruinvisschen, pp. 178-181."

Not seen ; title and references from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 210, no. 3169. [139.]

1697. LISTER, M. Of a Venomous Scratch with the Tooth of a Porpos, its Symptoms

and Cure. <PMlos. Trans. Lond., xix, no. 233 [1697], p. 726. [140.]

1697. MOLYNEUX, T. A discourse concerning the Large Horns frequently found
under Ground in Ireland, Concluding from them that the great American Deer,
calFd a Moose, was formerly common to that Island: With Remarks on some
other things Natural to that Country. <^Philos. Trans. Lond., xix, no. 227
[1697], pp. 489-512, 3. figs.

Contains remarks upon the nature of ambergris, spermaceti, and on the occurrence of Sperm
Whales on the coast of Ireland. [141.]

1697. TREDWEY, R. Part of a Letter of Mr. Robert Tredwey, to Dr. Leonard Plukenet,
Dated Jamaica, Feb. 12, 1696/7, giving an Account of a great piece of Amber-
griese thrown on that Island ; with the Opinion of some there about the way of
its Production. <^Philos. Trans. Lond., xix, no. 232 [1697], pp. 711, 712.

Said to be produced by some unknown sea "Creature," which is believed "to swarm as
Bees, on the Sea-Shore, or in the Sea." [142- ]

428 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUKVEY.

1C98. ACUNA, CRISTOVAL D', ACARETE, GRILLET, and BECHAMEL. Voyages | and | Dis-
coveries | in j South- America. | The First up the River of Amazons to | Quito
in Peru, and back again to Brazil, | perform'd at the Command of the King j
of Spain. | By Christopher d'Acvgna. | The Second up the River of Plata,
and | thence by Land to the Mines of Potosi. | By Mons. Acarete [du Bis-
cay]. | The Third from Cayenne into Guiana, in search | of the Lake of Parima,
reputed the richest | Place in the World. | By M. [Jean] Grillet and [Francis]
Bechamel. | — | Done into English from the Originals, being the on- | ly Ac-
counts of those Parts hitherto extant. | — | The whole illustrated with Notes
and Maps. | — | London, | Printed for S. Buckley at the Dolphin over against |
St. Dunstau's Church in Fleetstreet. 1698. 8°. pp. i-viii; [Pt. i], pp. 1-190,
map ; [Pt. ii], 1. 1, pp. 1-79, map ; [Pt. iii], 11. 2, pp. 1-68.

Parts ii and iii have each a full title-page, and each part is separately paged.

[Pt. i.] A Relation of the Great River | of Amazons in South-America. |
Containing all the Particulars of | Father Christopher d'Acugna's Voy- | age,
made at the Command of the | King of Spain. | Taken from the Spanish Origi-
nal of the | said Chr. d'Acugna, Jesuit. [Half-title.]

Chap. xxv. The great Plenty of Fish in this Elver, and which is the best sort of them, pp.
61, 62. Consists almost exclusively of an accountof the "Pege Buey" [Manatus americanus],
describing its appearance, how it is taken by the Indians, and extolling its flesh as an article
of food. A note at the end refers to the trade in its flesh with the "Antilles or Antego-Isl-
ands," to which it is extensively exported. *

The original of this "Relation" (seeop.cif., Introd., pp. iv, v) is said to have been published at
Madrid in 1641 (4°) with the title "Nuevo descumbrimiento del gran Rio de las Amazonas,"
but immediately suppressed by Philip IV., so that copies of it quickly became exceedingly
scarce.

[Pt. iii.] A | Journal | of the | Travels | of | John Grillet, | and Francis Be-
chamel | into | Gviana, j In the Year, 1674. | In | Order to Discover the Great
Lake | of Parima and the many Cities | said to be situated on its Banks, and |
reputed the Richest in the World. | — | London: | Printed for Samuel Buck-
ley, 1698.

A "kind of Fish, which they catch in the Rivers with a sort of Harping Iron" is alluded
to at p. 63 as being the basis of a profitable trade to the Ajatego Islands. It is evidently the
Manatee. [143.]

1699. " DOOREGEEST, E. A. VAN, en C. A. POSJAGER. Den Rijper Zee-postil, bestaande

in xxii predication, toegepast op den Zeevaert. Tot onderwijzinge vermaninge
en vertroostiuge in de ware godsaligheyt voor allerlei Zeevarendc lieden, dog
voornamentlijk voor diegene, welke op den Haring en Walvischvangst uitgaen.
Mitsgaders nog en korte beschryvinghe aengaende de opkomst van Holland,
waer in 't bezonder ook gehandelt word van 't Eyland met zijn dorpeu, dog
voornamentlijck rakende de eerste oorspronck en ware gelegenheyt der Haring
en Walvischvangst. 't Amsterdam, bij Jac. van Nieuweveen, 1699. gr. 8°."

"Ziealdaar: bl. 343-360."

Not seen ; title and reference from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 235, no. 3446. [144.]

1700. ANON. Description de la piece d'ambregris que la chambre d' Amsterdam a

recuedes Indes orientales pesant 182 livres; avec un petit traitede son origine
6° de sa vertu par Nicolas Chevalier a Amsterdam chez Fauteur. 1700. in 4°.
p. 67. <Philo8. Trans. Lond., xxii, no. 263 [1700J, pp. 573, 574.

Review of the work. See next title. [145. ]

1700. "CHEVALIER, NICOL. Description de la piece d'Ambre gris que la chambro
d' Amsterdam a regue des Indes orientales pesaiit 182 livres. Avec un petit
traite" de son origine et de sa vertu. (Mit 5 Kpfrtaf. u. Abdruk einer Schau-
mtinze.) in-4. Amsterdam 1700, chez Pauteur."

Not seen ; title from Carus and Engelmann. [146. ]

1702. "ENGELBRECHT, — . Diss. duae de pisce, lonae deglutitore. Lips., 1702. 8°."
Not seen ; title from Donndorff, Zool Beytr., i, 1792, p. 776. [147. |

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 429

1702. REISEL, SAM. "DeUniconm marino duplici. <^Ephem. Acad. Nat. Cur., Dec.
3, An. 7 et 8. 1699-1700 (1702), pp. 350-352."

Not seen ; title from Carus and Engelmann. [148.]

1702. "SOETEBOOM, H. Oudheden van Zaanland, Stavoren, Vronen en Waterland.

Amsterdam, 1702. 2 din. 12°."

" Waarin ook over de visscherij (baring- en walvischvangst der verschillende Zaanland-
sche dorpen) gehandeld wordt."

Not seen ; title and comment from Bosgoed, «p. cit., p. 253, no. 3611. [149.]

1703. ANON. A | Collection | of | Voyages | Undertaken by the | Dutch East-India

Company, | for the Improvement of | Trade and Navigation. | Containing | An
Account of several Attempts to find out the | North-East Passage, and the
Discoveries in | the East-Indies, and the South Seas. | Together | With an
Historical Introduction, giving an ac- | count of the Rise, Establishment and
Pro- | gress of that great Body. | — | Translated into English, and Illustrated
with se- | veral Charts. | — | London, | Printed for W. Freeman near Temple
Bar, J. Walthoe in the | Temple . . . [ = 3 lines of names of booksellers]. 1703.
8°. 11. 16, pp. 1-336.

The name of the translator is not given, neither are those of the authors whose works are
here translated.

In the history of "Third Voyage of the Dutch to find the Passage to China" (pp. 16-68)
occurs, at pp. 21, 22, an account of the "Beasts" of Spitzbergen, among which are included the
"Whales. About half a page relates to the Greenland Eight Whale, giving a quaint description"
of its appearance and food. [150.]

1703-05. DAMPIER, W. A | New Voyage | round the | World. | Describing particu-
larly, | The Isthmus of America, several Coasts | and Islands in the West In-
dies, the Isles | of Cape Verde, the Passage by Terra del Fue- | go, the South
Sea Coasts of Chili, Peru, and | Mexico; the Isle of Guam one of the La- |
drones, Mindanao, and other Philippine | and East India Islands near Cambo-
dia, China, | Formosa, Luconia, Celebes, &c. New Hoi- | land, Sumatra,
Nicobar Isles; the Cape of | Good Hope, and Santa Hellena. | Their | Soil,
Rivers, Harbours, Plants, Fruits, Ani- | mals, and Inhabitants. | Their | Cus-
toms, Religion, Government, Trade, &c. | — | Vol. I. j — | By Captain Will-
iam Dampier. | — | Illustrated with Particular Maps and Draughts. | — | The
Fifth Edition Corrected. | — | London : | Printed for James Knapton, at the
Crown in St. | Paul's Church-yard, 1703. 8°. 11. 5, pp. i-vi, 1-550, 5 maps,
and several small woodcuts in text.

[1705.] Voyages and Descriptions | Vol. II. | In Three Parts, viz. | 1. A
Supplement of the Voyage round the World, | describing the Countries of
Tonquin, Achin, | Malacca, &c. their Products, Inhabitants, | Manners,
Trade, Policy, &c. | 2. Two Voyages to Campeachy; with a De- | scrip-
tion of the Coasts, Products, Inhabi- | tants, Logwood-Cutting, Trade,
&c. of | Jucatan, Campeachy, New Spaine, &c. | 3. A Discourse of Trade-
Winds, Breezes, | Storms, Seasons of the Year, Tides and | Currents of
the Torrid Zone throughout | the World : With an Account of Natal in |
Africk, its Products, Negro's, &c. | — | By Capt. William Dampier. | — | Il-
lustrated with Particular Maps and Draughts. | — | To which is added, | A
General Index to both Volumes. | — | The Third Edition. | — | London, |
Printed for James Knapton, at the Crown in | St. Paul's Church-yard.
MDCCV. 8°, in three separately paged parts, as follows: 11. 4 (title, 1 1.;
dedication, 1 1. ; preface, H U. J contents, i 1.). Pt. i, pp. 1-184, map ; Pt. ii,
pp. 1-132, map; Pt. iii, 1. 1, pp. 1-112, 2 maps. General Index, 11. 36; pub-
lisher's Catalogue of books, 11. 2.

[1703.] A | Voyage | to | New Holland, &c. | In the year, 1699. | Wherein
are described | The Canary Islands, the Isles of Mayo and | St. Jago. The Bay
of All Saints, with the | Forts and Town of Bahia in Brazil. Cape | Salva-
dore. The Winds on the Brazilian | Coast. Abrolho-Shoals. A Table of all

430 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1703-0$. DAMPIER, W.— Continued.

the | Variations observ'd in this Voyage. Oc- | currenccs near the Cape of
Good Hope. | The Course to New Holland. Shark's Bay. | The Isles and
Coast, &c. of New Holland. | Their Inhabitants, Manners, Customs, Trade,
&c. | Their Harbours, Soil, Beasts, Birds, Fish, &c. | Trees, Plants, Fruits,
&c. | Illustrated with several Maps and Draughts; also | divers Birds, Fishes,
and Plants, not found in | this part of the World, Curiously Ingraven on |
Copper-Plates. | — | Vol. III. | — | By Captain William Dampier. | — | Lon-
don : | Printed for James Knapton, at the Crown in St. Paul's | Church-yard.
1703. 8°. 11. 12 (title, 1 1. ; dedication, 2 11.; preface, 6 11.; contents, 3 11.),
pp. 1-162 ; index, 4| 11. ; publisher's cat. of books, 2£ 11., 4 topographical pll.,
2 pll. of birds, 5 pll; plants, 3 pll. fishes.

Captain Dampier's "Voyages " thus form three volumes, the second of which also consists of
three parts, each separately paged, and with a general index to the first two volumes. In the
set I have here collated, vols. ii and ill are bound together. Vol. i belongs to the "fifth edi-
tion," vol. ii to the "third," and vol. iii to the first; the date of vols. i and iii is 1703; that of
vol. ii, 1705. The date of the first edition of vol. i is said to be .1 have references to a
1702 ed. which correspond exactly with the 1703 ed. here collated.

As is well known, Dampier was an acute natural-history observer as well as a bold navi-
gator and adventurer, and his observations on the Beasts, Birds, and Fishes he met with
during his long voyages are among the best and most trustworthy of his time. His work is
of importance in the present connection for his very full account of the Manatee, which he
met with at numerous and widely distant points. There are also notices of "Whales.

Manatee, or Sea-cow, vol. i, pp. 33-37— description of the animal, its habits, distribution,
products, and the manner of its capture by the natives of Blewfield (or Bluefield) River ;
p. 41, in DarienKiver; p. 321, its occurrence at Mindenao, in the East Indies; p. 381, do.;
pp. 463, 469, its occurrence in New Holland; p. 547, the Manatee of Santa Hellena a Sea-Lyon
[i. «., a Seal]. Vol. 2, pt. ii, pp. 73, 109, 128, in Campeachy, and near Vera Cruz.

"Whales and Whale-fishery of Bahia, Brazil, vol. iii, pp. 57, 58; Sea-birds feasting on a dead
"Whale, p. 95; "Whales on the coast of New Holland, p. 131; Porpusses, p. 162, pi. ii, fig. 2.

Dampier's references to the "Manatee, or Sea-cow," as occurring in the East Indies and
New Holland, relate, of course, to the Dugong. His statement that the Manatees of the "West
Indies are smaller than those of the American Isthmus and Guiana was seized upon by Buffon
as indicating a diversity of species. [151.]

1703. LA HONTAN, — , BARON DE. New | Voyages | to North- America. | Containing |

. . . [=20 lines]. | — | Illustrated with Twenty Three Mapps and Cutts. | — j
Written in French | By the Baron Lahontan, Lord Lievtenant | of the French
Colony at Placentia in New- | foundland, now in England. | — | Done into
English. | — | In Two Volumes. | A great part of which never Printed in the
Original. | — | London: Printed for H. Bonwicke in St. Paul's Church-yard;
| T. Goodwin, M. Wotton, B. Tooke, in Fleetstreet ; and S. Manship | in Corn-
hill, 1703. 2 vols. sin. 8°. Vol. i, 11. 12. pp. 1-280, 12 maps and cuts.

Vol. i, pp. 243-247, gives a list of the "Fish of the River St. Laurence," and "A Description
of the Fish that are not mention'd in the Letters." The Cetaceans enumerated and described
are the "Balenot," or "little Whale," the " Souffleur," and the ""White Porpoise." The last
is evidently the Beluga catodon, of which he says, "They are a ghastly sort of Animals, and
are frequently taken before Quebec" (p. 244).

The original (French) edition, which I have not seen, is said to have been published in 1703
(LaHaye, 2 vols, 12°). In the second French edition (La Haye, 1705) the matter relating to
Cetaceans occurs in vol. ii, pp. 53, 55, 56. In the French editions of 1709 and 1715 (same pub-
lisher), it occurs at pp. 51, 53, 54, of the same volume. [152.]

1704. LEEUWENHOEK, A. VAN. A Letter from Mr. Antony van Leeuivenhoek, F. R. S.,

concerning the flesh of Whales, Crystaline humour of the Eye of Whales,
Fish, and other Creatures, and of the use of the Eye-lids. <^Philos. Trans.
Lond., xxiv, no. 293 [1704], pp. 1723-1730, figg. 1-6.

The figures are of the crystalline lens of the eye of a "Whale. [153.]

1704. MONCK, JOHN. An | Account | of a most Dangerous | Voyage | Perform'd by

the Famous | Capt. John Monck, | In the years 1619, and 1620. | By the special

Command of Christian IV. | King of Denmark, Norway, &c. to Hudson's

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 431

1704. MONCK, JOHN — Continued.

Straits, | in order to discover a Passage on that side, betwixt | Greenland
and America to the West Indies. With a | Description of the Old and New
Greenland, for the | better Elucidation of the said Treatise. | — | Translated
from the High-Dutch Original, printed | at Frankford upon the Maine, 1650.
<ChurcMll'8 Coll. Voy. and Trav., i, 1704, pp. 541-569.

Unicorns, pp. 550, 551, figg. (skull, 3 views). [Unicorn horns an article of traffic], p. 558.
Different kinds of Whales, p. 567. An Account of the Manner of catching Whales, pp. 567-
569. A plate to face p. 567 gives a view of Whale-fishing, and another plate (to same p.), giv-
ing a view of a Whale lying on the shore, is entitled "A Whale Female and the Windlass
whereby the Whales are brought on shore." One of the plates to p. 543 gives a view of a
male Whale. [154.]

1704. "TAPPE, D. Fiinfzehnen jahrige curiose Ost-Indianische Reise-Beschreibung, so

sich irn Jahr Christi 1667 angefangen und im 1682 Jahre geendet hat. Han-
nover, Gottfr. Freyiag, 1704. 4°."

"Von Fisschen, Seelausen, Seekiihen, etc., pp. 199-209."

Not seen; title and comment from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 136, no. 2146. [155.]

1705. EDGE, THOMAS. The Ten several Voyages of Captain Thomas Edge and others

to Greenland (called by the Dutch Spitsbergen) at the Charge of the worship-

ful Muscovia Company. -^Harris's Coll. Voy. and Trav.,i, 1705, pp. 572-574.

Of the several sorts of whales and the manner of killing them, p. 574. [156. ]

1705. " HARTEVSTELN, — . De magno pisce, qui lonam vatim deglutivit. Witteberg,
1705. 4°."'

Not seen; title from Donndorff, ZooL Beytr., i, 1792, p. 776. [157.]

1705. t [MARTEXS, F.] [A Voyage to Spitzbergen, in the Ship calPd the Jonas in the
Whale, Peter Peterson of Frieseland, Master, in 1671.] <jQramVs Coll. Voy.
and Trav., i, 1705, pp. 617-633.

Of the Finned Fishes (includes "The Dolphin," "The Butskopf or Flounder's Head."
"The Whitefish," and "The Unicorn"), p. 628. Of the Whale, pp. 629-631. The Finfish, pp.
631, 632. Plate facing p. 629 contains Martens's figures of the Whale and Finfish ; also a view
entitled "The Whale-fishing and killing of Morses" (two birds, a Walrus, and a small Whalo
in the foreground resting on the shore ; a Narwhal in the water, and boats attacking Whales
in the distance). The text is from Martens. The plate facing p. 617 gives another view of
Whale-fishing, also from Martens. The account of the "Voyage to Spitzbergen" is an
abridgment of Martens's " Spitzbergische oder Groenlandische Reise-Beschreibung gethan
im Jahr 1G71," Hamburgh, 1675, q. v. [158.]

1705. POOL, J. The Voyages of Mr. Jonas Pool. ^Harris's Coll. Voy. and Trav., i,
1705, pp. 588, 589.

Contains references to many Whales seen. [159.]

1706. CAMELLI, G. J. De Piscibus, Moluscis & Crustaceis Philippen#ibus.
Trans. Lond., xxiv, no. 302 [1706], pp. 2043-2080 [i. e., 2085-2089].

Includes a description of " Dugong Indorum." [160.]

1706. "TYCHONIUS, TYCHO LASSEN. Monoceros piscis haud monoceros, ad verara

formam nuperi e mari Gronlandico hospitis depictus et descriptus, resp. Just.
Henr. Weichbart. Havniae, 1706. 4°. pp. 16."

Not seen; title from Cams and Engelmann, ii, p. 1371. [161.]

1707. "LARREN, — . Monoceros piscis haud monoceros ad veram formam nuperi ex

mari Groenlandico hospitis depictus et descripsus. Hafniae, 1707."

Not seen; title from Donndorff, Zool. Beytr., i, 1792, p 757. [162.]

1707. SIBBALD, R. Part of a Letter from Robert Sibbald, Knight, to Dr. Hans Sloane,

R. S. Seer., concerning a Second Volume of his Prodromus Historic Naturalis
Scotice; with a Description of the Pediculus Cwti, &c. <Philos. Trans. Lond.,
xxv, no. 308 [1707], pp. 2314-2317. [163.]

1708. LEGUAT, F. A New | Voyage | To the | East-Indies | by | Francis Leguat | and

| His Companions. | Containing their | Adventures in two Desart Islands, |

432 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1708. LEGUAT, F. — Continued.

And an Account of the most Remarkable | Things in Maurice Island, Batavia,
at the | Cape of Good Hope, the Island of St. He- | lena, and other Places in
their Way to and | from the Desart Isles. | — | Adorn'd with Maps and Fig-
ures. | — | London: | Printed for R: Bonwicke, W. Freeman, Tim. Goodwin,
| J. Walthoe, M. Wotton, S. Manship, F. Nicholson, B. Tooke, | R. Parker,
and R. Smith. MDCCVIII. 8°. 11. 4, pp. i-xv, 1-248, 11. 12.

Porpoise, p. 7, fig. (pi. fac. p. 7). "Whale, pp. 22-24. Lamentin, pp. 67-70, pi. (fac. p. 67).

Th« remarks about Porpoises and Whales are of interest merely for their quaintness and
absurdities. The account of the Lamantin is one of the earliest descriptions of the African
Manatee, and is quoted by Buffon and other early naturalists. The figure of the Lamantin
displays a pig-like tusk in the lower jaw. It is represented as holding its young one in its
arms. " The Lamentins, which other Nations call Manati, that is, having Hands, abound in
the Sea about this Isle [Maurice], appearing often in numerous Troops . . . " (p. 67).

There is an earlier French edition of which this is a translation. [164-1

1709. LAWSON, J. A New | Voyage | to j Carolina ; | Containing the | Exact Descrip-

tion and Natural History | of that | Country: | Together with the Present
State thereof | and | A Journal | Of a | Thousand Miles TravePd thro' several |
Nations of Indians. | Giving a particular Account of their Customs, | Manners
&c. | By John Lawson, Gent, Surveyor | -General of North Carolina. | Lon-
don, | printed in the year 1709. [No publisher.] sm. 4°. 11. 3, pp. 1-258,
map, and 1 pi.

The Fish in the salt, and fresh Waters of Carolina, pp. 152-163. Of "Whales he says : " Of
these Monsters there are four sorts ; the first ... is the Sperma Cceti "Whale ..." Others
mentioned are "the Bottle-nosed "Whale," the " Shovel-nose, " and "another sort, . . . though
not common." He also speaks of the "Grampois" and "Porpoises." The. short but inter-
esting notices of these Cetaceans occur at pp. 153, 154.

This is the original edition, issued as a part of Stevens' s "Collection of Voyages," of which
it forms no. 2. The copy examined (in Harvard College Library) lacks the title-page, but is
otherwise complete. The plate, however, is wrongly placed at p. 115 of the preceding memoir,
and the map is bound at the end of the volume. The title-page appears to be lacking in many
copies of the present edition. That above given is transcribed from Field.

There were later issues of the work, with different title-pages, but otherwise textually
identical with the present. See 1714 and 1718. LAWSON, JOHN. The following is a transcript
of the title-page of Stevens's Collection of Voyages, in which the work originally appeared :

A new | Collection | of | Voyages | and Travels, | Into several Parts of the
World, none | of them ever before Printed in | English. | Containing, | . . .
[here follow seven titles of works forming the collection, of which the sec-
ond is], | 2. A new Account of Carolina, by Mr. Lawson. | — (In Two Vol-
umes, Illustrated with several Maps and Cuts. | — | London, Printed for J.
Knapton, Andrew Bell, D. Midwinter, Will. Taylor, A. Collins, and J. Baker.
1711.

The dedication, addressed to the Hon. Edmund Poley, is signed John Stevens. The date
on the title-page of the first memoir is 1708.

A German translation of Lawson— Hamburg, Frankfort, and Leipzig, sm. 8°— appeared in
1712, q. v. [165.]

1710. " MARTENS, FRED. Nauwkeurige beschryvinge van Greenland of Spitsbergen,

waerin de Walvischvangst, gelegentheyd van 't ys en haer wonderlijke kracht
en figuren en de visschen dezer contreyen, duydelijk wordt aengewezen. Oock
hoe de walvisschen gevangen, gekapt en gesueden worden. Alsmede de
Walvischvangst op rijm. Amsterdam, G. de Groot, 1710. 4°. Met gegrav.
platen."

" Eene vroegere vertaling, met de reis van Martinitre door Noorwegen, Lapland, Greenland,
Nova-Zembla, enz. verscheen onder den titel : de Noordsche weereld met aanteekeningen van
S. de Vries. Te Amsterdam, bij A. Dz. Ooszaen. 1685. 4°. Met platen . . . Nog twee an-
dere uitgaven vcrschenen te Dordrecht, bij Hendrik "Walpot. (znd. jr.) [1750? en 1760?] ; en
nog eene te Amst., bij Abr. Cornells. 1770. 4°."

Not seen ; title and comment from Bosgoed, op. tit., p. 242, no. 3511. [166.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 433

1712. [LAWSON, J.] Allerneuste Beschreibung | derProvinz | Carolina | In | West-In-

dien. | Samt einem | Reise-Journal | von mehr als | Tauseud Meileu | unter
allerhand | Indianischen Nationen. | Auch einer j Accuraten Land-Carte und
aiidern | Knpfer-Stichen. | Aus dem Englisclien [von John Lawson] libersezet
durch | M. Vischer. | — | Hamburg, | Gedruckt und verlegt, durch seel
Thomas von Wierings Erben, | bey der B6rse im gnldnen A, B, C. Anno
1712. | Sind auch zu Franckfurt und Leipzig, bey Zacharias Hertelu | zu be-
kommen. sm. 8°. 11. 7, pp. 1-365, 11. IVa.

Fische iin Saltz- und Siissen -"Wasscr in Carolina, pp. 232-250. Cetaceen, pp. 232-236.

See original English ed., 1709. [167.]

1713. "MANDKLSLO, J. A. Voyages celebres et remarquables fails de Perse aux Indes

Orientales. Contenant tine description nouvelle et trcs curiense de 1'Indostan,
de 1'Empire du Grand Mogul, des lies et presqu'iles de FOrient, des royauines
de Siarri, du Japon, du Congo, de la Chine, etc. Traduits de 1'origiual par A.
de Wicquefort. Nouvelle Edition, revue et corrigde. A Leide, ches Pierre van
der Aa. 1713. 2 din. 1 bd. folio. Met gegraveerde platen en kaarten."

" Baleines qui so trouvent sur les cotes du Japon, p. 464 ; dans la mer pres de la ligne 6qui-
noctiale, p. 623 ; sur les cotes de 1'ilc St. Thomas, p. 675."

"Not seen; title and comment from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 100, no. 1590. [168-1

1713. RAY, JOHN. Johaiinis Raii | Synopsis | Methodica | Piscium. | [Vignette.] | — |

Londini: | Prostant apud W. Innys, | sub Insigni- | bus Principis in area Bo-
reali D. Pauli | Clf) IQ CCXIII. 8°. pp. 1-166, 11. 6.

Pisces Cetacei seu Bellue marinoe = Get acea, pp. 6-17, 9 spp.,to wit: 1 . Balcena vulgaris
edentula, dorso non pinnato = Balcena mysticetus. 2. Balcena edentula corpore strictiore,
dorso pinnato = Physalux antiquorum. 3. Orca Rondel. & Bellon. = Orca gladiator. 4. Cete
Pot "Walfish Batavis maris accolis dictum Clus. Exot. lib. G=^ Physeter macrocephalus. 5*
Albus piscis cetaceus = Beluge catodon. 6. Honodon piscis 6 genere Cetaceo : NarJmal Islan-
dis = Monodon monoceros. 7. Delphinus antiquorum, The Dolphin = Delphinus delphis. 8.
Phoccena Rondeletii = Phoccena communis. Or :

1. Balcena minor utraque maxilla dentata =r Orca gladiator. 2. Balcena minor, in inferiors
maxilla tantum dentata, sive pinna aut spina in dorso = Beluga catodon. 3. Balcena major,
in inferiore tantum maxilla dentata macrocephala, bipinnis = Physeter macrocephalus. 4.
Balcena major, in inferiore tantum maxilla dentata d.entibus arcuatus falciform ibus, pinnam
seu spinam in dorso habens = Physeter tursio. 5. Balcena macrocephala tripinnis, etc. — Physe-
ter turaio. 6. Balcena major laminas corneas in superiore maxilla habens, bipinnis, fistula
carens = Balcena mysticetus. 7. Balcena major laminas corneas in superiore maxilla habens,
' fistula donata, bipinnis = Balcena mysticetus. 8. Balcena tripinnis, nares habens, cum rostro
acuto & plicis in ventre = Balcenoptera rostrata. 9. Balcena tripinnis, maxillam inferiorem
rotundam & superiore multo latiorem habens = PJiysalus antiquorum.

Eight valid species fairly defined and classified. See Clavis, p. 17. Martens's " Butz-kopf "
is mentioned (p. 10), but not specifically recognized. , [169. 1

1714. "LAWSON, J. The | History | of | Carolina; | containing the | Exact Descrip-

tion and Natural History | of that Country : ( Together with the Present State
thereof. | And | A Journal | of a Thousand Miles, Traveled thro' several |
Nations of Indians. | Giving a particular Account of their Customs, | Manners,
&c. | — | By John Lawson, Gent. Surveyor General | of North-Carolina | — |
London : | Printed for W. Taylor at the Ship, and T. Baker at the Black- j
Boy, in Pater- Noster-Row, 1714."

"Identical in every respect, excepting the title, with the orig. ed., 1709, q. v. On actual
comparison, this seems to be only other copies of the original, furnished with a new title-leaf."

Not seen ; title and comment from Coues, Birds Col. Tall., 1878, p. 576. For account of
Cetological matter see orig. ed. (1709. LAWKON, J.). 1170.}

1715. ANON. " Puro e distincto ragguaglio del gran pesce chiamato Balenotto BunV

lino, detto anco Capo d'OHo, preso in vicinianza del porto di Pesano 18 Aprili
1715. Venezia. folio. Met houtgrav."

Not, seen ; title from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 171, no. 2696. Ell.]

1716. TULPIUS, N. Nicolai Tulpii | Amstelodamensis exconsulis j Observations. Me-

dicse. | Editio Quinta. | Cui brevis ipsius Authoris vitas narratio | est prsefixa,

28 a B

434 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1716. TULPIUS, N.— Continued.

ac textuum auctorum | illustrationibus. | [Vignette.] Labore et coeli favore. |
Lugduni Batavorum. |

fJoh: da Vivie,
j Vid & Fil. C. Boutesteyn,
j Andr. Dyckhuysen,
^& J. A. Langerak. |

ClQ IQ CCXVI. 8m. 8°. 11. 10 (includes eng. title-page and illumin. title-
page), pp. 1-392,11. 2, pll. i-xviii.

ITnicornu marinam, lib. iv, cap. lix, pp. 374-379, tab. xviii.

The text and plates of the body of the work in this edition, even to the pagination, are the
same as the editio nova (1672, q. v.). There are added 3 prelim, leaves, giving a portrait and
biography of the author; also 2 supplem. leaves of " Illustrationes textuum Hippocratis,"
etc., by Abraham Salomon vander Voort. [172.]

1718. JOXSTOX, J. Theatrum | universale omnium | Animalium | Piscium, Arium
Quadrupedum, | Exanguium, Aquaticorum, Insectorum, | et Auguim, |
CCLX. Tabulis ornatum, | Ex Scriptoribus tarn antiquis quam recentioribus,
| Aristotele, Theophrasto, Dioscoride, ^Eliano, Oppiano, Plinio, Gesne- | ro,
Aldrovando, Wottonio, Turuero, Mouffeto, Agricola, Boetio, | Baccio, Ruveo,
Scbonfeldio, Freygio, Mathiolo, Tabernomontano, | Bauhino Ximene, Busta-
mantio, Rondeletio, Bellonio, Csesio, The- | veto, Margravio, Pisone, & aliis
maxima cura a J. Jonstonio collectum, | Ac plus quain Trecentis Piscibus |
Nuperrirne ex Indiis Orientalibus allatis, | Ac nunquam antea his terris visis,
locupletatum; cum Enumeratione morborum, | quibus Medicamina ex his
Animalibus petuntur, ac Notitia Auimaliuni, | ex quibus vicissim Reinedia
prcestantissima possunt capi; cura | Henrici Ruysch M. D. Amstelsed. | VI.
Partibus, Duobus Tomis, compreheusum. | Tomus I. | [Seal.] | Amstelse-
dami, | Prostat apud R. & G. Wetstenios. | — | MDCCXVIII. 2 vols., 2°.

Tomus i. Continet | Collectionem Novain Piscium Ambonensium ac Histo-
riam Naturalem | Piscium, & Avium. [Pars prima], 11. 2, pp. 1-40, pll. i-xxi.
[Pars secunda]. Historia naturalis Piscium, cura H. Ruysch, pp. 1-160, pll.
i-xlviii. Theatri universalis | Animalium | pars secunda. | Sive Historiie
Naturalibus | de | Avibus | Libri vi, | . . . | Cura Henrici Ruysch, ... 11. 7,
pp. 1-160, pll. i-lxii.

Historic naturalis de Piscibus. Liber v. De Cetis, pp. 150-157, pll. xli-xliv, pi. xlv [fig. 1],
pi. xlvii.

Caput i. De Cetis in genere, pp. 150, 151 ; Caput ii. De Cetis in specie. Articulus i, De
Balaena, pp. 151, 152, pll. xli, xlii; Articulus ii, De Balaena vulgi, & Physetere, pp. 152, 153;
Arttculus iii, De Puste & Orca, pp. 153, 154, pi. xliii; Articulus iv, De Delphino, pp. 154, 155,
pi. xliv; Articulus v, Phocaena & Scolopendra Cetacea, pp. 155, 156; Articulus vi, Do Phoco,
seu Vitulo marino,' pp. 156, 157, pi. xli; Articulus vii, De Manati Indorum, p. 157, pi. xliii.
Additamentum de cane Aristotelis, pp. 158, 159. Ad Librum v, De Phoca, p. 159. Figuri Iviii
[= pi. xlviii] . Appendix Nova de Unicornu Marino, p. 1 60.

This work is a reprint of the "Historia uaturalis de Piscibus et Cetis" of Joh. Jonston
(1650, q. •».), and of the "Historia naturalis de Avibus " of the same author, with the "Collec-
tio Nova Piscium Amboinensium partim ibi ad vivum delineatorum, partim et Museo Henrici
Ruysch M. D." prefixed, and an original addendum to Liber v (De Cetis) of the "Historia
naturalis de Piscibus, consisting of p. 160 and pi. xlviii. The text and the figures are other-
wise as in Jonston at 1650, except that the latter are colored. PI. xlviii gives two figures of
the Narwhal (figg. 5 and 6), three views of the skull (figg. 1, 3, 4), and two (figg- 2 A, B,
of the tusk. This edition of the ' ' Theatrura " is often cited under RUYSCH, H., who was author
of part of the work, as now constituted, as well as editor. [173.J

1718. LAWSON, J. The | History | of | Carolina ; | containing the | Exact Description
and Natural History | of that | Country; | Together with the Present State
thereof. | And | A Journal | Of a Thousand Miles, Travel'd thro' several |
Nations of Indians, | Giving a particular Account of their Customs, | Manners,
&c. | — | By John Lawson, Gent. Surveyor-General | of North-Carolina. | — |
London : | printed for T. Warner, at the Black-Boy in Pater-Noster | Row, 1718.
Price Bound Five Shillings, sm. 4°. 11. 3, pp. 1-258, map and 1 pi.

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 435

1718. LAWSON, J. — Continued.

This edition appears to be merely other copies of the original edition, issued, like the ed.
of 1714 (q. v.), with a new ^tie-page. The present title-page differs from that of the 1714 ed.
only in the bookseller's imprint. The Cetological matter is, of course, the same as in the earlier
editions. Field states that "Neither of the first three editions of Lswson's work is often
found complete, with the map, and animal plate." The copy of the present edition examined
by mo lacks the map, but has the plate. [174.]

1718. RUYSCH, HENRY. See 1718. Joxsxox, J. [175.]

1719. STUKELY, W. An Account of the Impression of an almost Entire Sceleton of

a large Animal in a very hard Stone, lately presented to the Royal Society
from Nottinghamshire. <^Philos. Trans. Lond., xxx, no. 360 [1719], pp. 963-
968, 1 pi.

Possibly a Phocoena. The plate represents the bones of nearly all but the head of the par-
tially preserved animal in situ. [176.]

1720. ZORGDRAGER, C. G. C: G: Zorgdragers | Bloeyende Opkomst der Aloude en

Hedendaagsche | Groenlaudsche | Visschery. | Waer in met eene geoffende
ervaareuheit de geheele om- | slag deezer Visscherye beschreeven, en wat daar
in | dient waargenomen, naaukeurig verhandelt ,wordt. | Uitgebreid | Met
eeue korte Historische Beschryving der Noordere Gewesten, | voornauientlyk
Groenlandt, Yslandt, Spitsbergen, Nova | Zembla, Jan Mayen Eilandt, de
Straat Davis, en | al 't aanmerklykste in d? Ontdekking deezer | Landen, en
in de Visschery voorgevallen. | Met byvoeging van do | Walvischvangst, | In
haare hoedanigheden, behandelingen, 't Scheeps- | leeven en gedrag be-
schouwt. | Door | Abraham Moubach. | Verciert met naaukeurige, correcte en
naar 't leven geteeken- | de nieuwe Kaarten en kuustige Printverbeeldingen.
I [Vignette.] | T' Amsterdam. | By Joannes Oosterwyk, | Boekverkooper op
den Dam, 1720. sm. 4°. 11. 18, pp. 1-330, 11. 7, maps 6, pll. 7, and frontis-
piece.

Engr. title-page frontispiece, pi. back ; printed title-page (as above given), illuminated, pi.
back ; half-title, backed by poem entitled ' ' Verklaaring vande ty telprint, " signed A. B6gaert ;
"Aan de Heeren Gecommitteerden der Hollandsche Groenlandsche Visschery," 2 leaves;
"Aan den Lezei-," signed A. Moubach, 4 leaves. Korte inhoudt der Hoofdtstukken, 1 leaf.

Eerste Deel. Inleiding. Handelende van d' eerste Kust en Land-Ontdekkers in 't alge-
meen, 9 leaves and 2 maps (no. 1, Nieuwe Kaart van de Noord-Pool; No. 2. Nieuwe Kaart
van Oud en Nieuw Greenland als meedc van de Straat Davis). I. Hoofdtstuk. Van d' eerste
Ontdekkers van Greenland, en wie die waren, euz., pp. 1-5. II. Hoofdt. Ongemeene Vischry-
kheit der Groenlandsche Zee ; en omstandig bericht van d' Eeuhoorns gegeeven, pp. G-10, pi.
facing p. 7 [three views of the skull]. III. Hoofdt. Gesteltheit en gematigheit der Oud'
Groenlandsche Lucht, enz., pp. 10-12. IV. Hoofdt. Vruchtelooze togten der Deenen naar
Groenlandt, enz., pp. 12-21. V. Hoofdt. Groenlandsche Compagnie te Koppenhagen opge-
recht, zend Schapen naar de Straat Davis, pp. 21-25. VI. Hoofdt. Onderzoek over Groen-
landts strekking naar Tartarie en America, en bericht over Spitsbergens byzonderheden,
enz., pp. 24-34. VII. Hoofdt. Yslandts strekking en uitgestrektheit, eerste Ontdekkers, en's
Lands gelgentheit, en., pp. 34-47, enz Nieuwe Kaart van Tsland (p. 34), [pi. facing p. 38
eruption of a geyser]. VIII. Hoofdt. Handel en bedryf der Tslanders onderzocht, pp. 47-49.

IX. Hoofdt. 't Aloude Landbestier van Yslandt, invoering van 't Kristendom, enz., pp. 49-53.

X. Hoofdt. Zeemagt der islanders eertyds, en d' aloude Bevolkers naagespeurt, pp. 53-60.

XI. Hoofdt. Verscheide gevoelens wegens Yslandts bcvolking ondcrzocht, pp. 60-66.
Tweede Deel. I. Hoofdt. Eerste Ontdekkers van Spitsbergen, en waarom dus genoemt, enz.,

pp. 67-71, en Nieuwe Kaart van 't Eyland Spitsbergen (p. 67). II. Hoofdt. Ongemeene koude
te Spitsbergen, en den aart der Verheevclingen-beschreeven, enz., pp. 71-75 [pi. facing
p. 74*gives figures of a solar halo and various forms of snow-crystals]. III. Hoofdt. Gestelt-
heit van 't Ys omtrent Spitsbergen, enz., pp. 75-78. IV. Hoofdt. Spitsbergen en Jan Mayen
Eilandt, eertyds Vischryke Gewesten, enz., pp. 78-80, en kaart Jan Mayan Eyland, p. 79.
V. Hoofdt. Veelerly soorten van Walvisschen, waar onder d' Eilandische Walvisch de voor-
naamste is, enz., pp. 80-87, en pi. p. 81, "Walvisch achter over gekant zynde; Gapende Wal-
visch waar in den Stant der Barden werd aan geweezen. VI. Hoofdt. Eilandsche "Wul-
visscheu waar zich onthouden. 't Walvischaas beschreeven en waar meest gevonden word,
enz., pp. 87-90. VII. Hoofdt. Noordkapers Gewest beschreeven, als mede dat der Vin-
visschen, enz., pp. 91-98 [the pi. facing p. 7 gives a figure of the ;'Vinvisch" described at
p. 92]. VIII. Hoofdt. Of de Biskayers d' eerste aanleiders tot de Walvischvangst zyn ge-

436 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1720. ZORGDRAGER, C. G. — Continued.

weest, enz., pp. 98-103. IX. Hoofdt. 't Walvisch Gewest van cenruime uitgestrektheit be-
schouwt, enz., pp. 103-106. X. Hoofdt. Verscheide gevoelens over den doortogt door de
Waigats onderzocht, pp. 106-123, en Nieuwe Kaart van Nova Zembla en 't "Waygat, enz.,
p. 106. XI. Hoofdt. Hoedanig de Walvisschen tot in de Tartarische Zee doordringen onder-
zocht, enz., pp. 123-134. XII. Hoofdt. Gedacbten over de warrate der Zon en haare werk-
zaamheit, enz., pp. 134-139. XIII. Hoofdt. Koerschouding der Zuidys Visschen, en hoe men
die moet opspeuren, enz., pp. 140-150. XIV. Hoofdt. Zuidys Visschen van bun gewoon
Gewest kundig, en hunne vlucht voor den komst der Groendlandsche Yloot, enz., pp. 150-156.
Deerde Deel. I. Hoofdt. Westys Visschen waar voornamentlyk gevonden. Vaart op Spits-
bergen begonnen en wanneer, enz., pp. 157-164 [pi. facing p. 162, figg. of "Walrus" and
"Zee Rob"; also "Cachelot of Potvisch"]. II. Hoofdt. Walrussen en Robben hoedanig
gevangen, enz., pp. 165-172. III. Hoofdt. Eerste opkorast der Walvischvangst, die voordee-
lig was, en door Compagnieschap omtrent de Bayen van Spitsbergen geoffent wierd, enz.,
pp. 172-175 [i. <?., 185; pp. 184 aud 185 are erroneously paged 174-175]. IV. Hoofdt. De Groen-
landsche Maatschappy allenks weder gezwakt en om wat reden, enz., pp: 175 [i. e., 185]-197.
V. Hoofdt. Eilandsche "Walvisch von voor Spitsbergen verjaagt, en de Zcevisschery onderno-
men, enz., pp. 197-203. VI. Hoofdt. Tsvisschery ondernomcn, en hoedanig. De wj kendo
Visschen nagespeurt, pp. 203-208 [pi. facing p. 204 gives a view of a fleet of vessels engaged
in ice-fishing]. VII. Hoofdt. "Westysvisschery hoe verre zich uitstrekt. Hooge Graden
gereeder dan laage om Visch op te doen, enz., pp. 208-211. " VIH. Hoofdt. "Werwaarts de
Visch te vinden, wanneer plaatsen en tyden wel worden onderscheiden, enz., pp. 211-215.

IX. Hoofdt. Visscbery op laage Graden wanneer tydig is; Oud-Groenlands strekking voor
wiens Kusten Walvischaas gevonden word, waar zich veel Visch onthoud, enz., 215-221.

X. Hoofdt. Overwintering op Spitsbergen. Verscheide Observation over 't Noorderlicht,
pp. 221-235. XI. Hoofdt. Verscheide vreemde ontmoetingen en ongevallen den Groenlands-
vaarders bejegent. Loosheit tusschen de West en Zuidys Visschen hoe t' onderscheiden,
enz., pp. 235-247 [pi. facing p. 239, ships in the ice]. XII. Hoofdt. Zaaken wegens de Vis-
schery noodig in acht te neemen, enz., pp. 248-260. Xlil. Hoofdt. Misbruik in den Traan- en
Baarden handel afgeschaft. Voordeelen door de Visschery sedert eenige Jaaren behaalt, enz.,
pp. 260-283; Byvoegsel [description of Cachelot], p. 234; Groenlandsche Walvischvangst
in haar byzonder Sheepsleven en gedrag beschouwt, pp. 287-330.

Toegift voor de Groenlandschvaarders en Matroozen [poem], 1 leaf. Bladwyzer der voor-
naamste Zaaken, 5 leaves. Drukfeilen, 1 page, backed by publisher's list of books.

Zorgdrager's work is by far the most important of the early authorities on the Northern
Whalefishery, and must always be one of the chief sources of information for the early his-
tory of the subject. It also gives one of the best figures of the Greenland Right Whale
(Balcena mysticctus) published prior to the present century, and also one of the best early
figures of the Cachelot. Chap, xiii of pt. iii is statistical, giving the number of Dutch and
Hamburg ships annually engaged in the Greenland Whalefishery from the year 1670 to 1719,
the number lost each year, the number of Whales killed, the yield of oil and bone, and its
value. Also the names of the directors of Whalefishery companies, and of the masters of the
vessels engaged in Whalefishing from the Dutch, Hamburg, and Bremen ports. The closing
pages of the work give details of the equipment and expenses of vessels engaged in Whaling,
etc.

The general character of the work is sufficiently indicated by the abbreviated chapter-
headings above given, which are a transcript of the table of contents.

The German version (Leipzig, 1723, 4°, q. v.) is a translation of the present edition. A
second Dutch edition, revised and enlarged by the author, was published at Gravenhage in
1727 (q. v.), which was reissued, with new title-page but otherwise the same, at Amsterdam in
1728. The only other edition which I have seen is the German edition published at Niirnberg
in 1750, q. v. [177.]

1721. OLIVER, W. Remarkables in a Journey through Denmark and Holland. <^Phi-
los. Trans., Abridged by Jones, 1700-1720, v, pt. 2, 1721, pp. 128-134.

From Philos. Trans. Lond., no. 285, p. 1400. Contains a notice of the horn of a Sea-Unicorn
[Monodon monoceros] brought from Greenland. [178.]

1721. SIBBALD, R. Of the Pediculus CetL <Philos. Trans., Abridged ly Jones, 1700-1720,

v, pt. 1, 1721, pp. 25, 26, fig. 32.

From Philos. Trans. Lond., no. 308, p. 2314. [179.]

1722. ANON. A Summary Relation of the Discoveries about the North East Passage.

<Philo8. Trans., Abridged by Lowthorp [1665-1700], iii, 1722, pp. 6 10-614.

Notice of the reported passage of a Whale through the North-East passage. From Philos.
Trans. Lond., no. 118, p. 417. [180.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 437

1722. ANON. Whales and Whale Fishing about Bermudas. <Philos. Trans., Abridged
by Lowthorp [1665-1700], ii, 1722, pp. 842-845.

From Philos. Trans. Lond. [i], no. 1, p. 11 [-13] ; no. 8, p. 132 [133]. See supra, ANON, at 1665.

[181.]

1722. [LABAT, R. P.] Nouveau | Voyage | aux Isles | de 1'Amerique, | con tenant j
1'Histoire Naturelle de ces Pays, | 1'Origiue, les Mceurs, la Religion & le
Gouver- | nement des Habitans anciens & raodernes. | Les Gnerres & les
Evenemens singuliers qui y sont | arrivez pendant le long sejour que 1'Auteur
y a fait. | Le Commerce & les Manufactures qui y sont e^ablies, | & les Moyens
de les augmenter. | Avec une Description exacte & curieuse | de toutes ces
Isles. | Ouvrage enrichi de plus de cent Cartes, Plans, | & Figures en Tailles-
douces. | [Par Jean Pierre Labat] Toms Premier [-Seizieme]. | [Design] A
Paris, Rue S. Jacques, | Chez Pierre-Francois Giffart, pres | la rue des Mathu-
rins, a V Image | Saiute Therese. | — | M. DCC. XXII. | Avec Approbation &
Privilege du Roy. 6 vols. 12°.

Description d'un poisson appeH6 Lamentin ou Manati, vol. ii, pp. 200-207, pi. fac. p. 200.—
Very full original account of external characters and mode of capture, with an original figure—
an adult clasping its young one to its breast. The figure, slightly altered, is given hy Bellin,
1763, q. 77. [182.]

1722. LISTER, M. A venomous scratch with the Tooth of a Porpus. <^Philos. Trans.,
Abridged by Lowthorp [1665-1700], ii, 1722, p. 842.

From Philos. Trans. Lond. [xix], no. 233, p. 726. [183.]

1722. MOLINEUX, G. Several Things in Ireland in common with the West Indies.
<Philos. Trans., Abridged by Lowthorp [1665-1700], iii, 1722, pp. 544-546.
From Philos. Trans. Lond. [xixj, no. 227, pp. 507[-511]. See supra, this author, at 1697.
Relates to that portion only of Dr. Molyneux's discourse which treats of ambergris, sper-
maceti, and certain plants found in Ireland. [184.]

1722. STAFFORD, R. [Concerning Spermaceti Whales about the Bermudas.] <^Philos.

Trans., Abridged by Lowthorp [1665-1700], ii,1722,p. 845.

From Philos. Trans. Lond. [iii], no. 40, p. 793 [=792-795]. See supra, this author, at 1668.

[185.]

1723. ZORGDRAGER, C. G. "Alte und neue Gronliindische Fischerei und Wallfischfaug

mit einer kurzen histor. Beschreibung von Gronland, Island, Spitsbergen, Nova
Zerubla u. s. w. ausgefertigt durch A. Moubach. Aus dem Holllindischen
iibersetzt. Leipzig, 1723. 4°. Met kaarten en platen."

Not seen; title from Bos;:oed, op. cit., p. 253, no. 3616. [186.]

[1724.] BOYLSTOX. Ambergris found in Whales. <^Philos. Trans. Lond., xxxiii, no.
385 [1724], p. 193.

The writer, Dr. Boylston, of Boston, Mass., states that according to the testimony of whale-
men ambergris is found in a cyst near the genital parts of Whales — probably the first an-
nouncement of its real source. [187.]

1725. DUDLEY, PAUL. An Essay upon the Natural History of Whales, with a particu-
lar Account of the Ambergris found in the Sperma Ceti Whale. In a letter to
the Publisher, from the Honourable Paul Dudley, Esq.; F. R. S. <Phil.
Trans. Lond., xxxiii, no. 387, "for the Months of March and April, 1725" (vol-
ume dated 1726), pp. 256-269.

"But here I would have it noted, that the following Account respects only such Whale, as
are found on the Coast of Neic England " (p. 256). This short account of 14 pp. is the first of
importance relating especially to the Whales of the N"ew England const, in fact, is almost the
only one to the present date. The "divers Sorts or Kinds " mentioned arc, 1 . The "Eight, or
Whalebone Whale" (pp. 256, 257); 2. The "Scrag Whale"; 3. The Finback Whnlo"; 4.
The "Bunch or humpback Whale" (p. 258); 5. The "Sperma Ceti Wbale" (pp. 258,259); 6.
The "Killer . . . without doubt the Orca that Dr. Frangius (lege Franzius) describes ..."
p. 265.

Several of these became later the basis of species of systematic writers. Although do-
scribed briefly, their characters are so well indicated that it is not difficult to identify the
species in the licht of present knowledge of the subject. Other portions of the memoir are
devoted to an account of "Sperma Ceti Oil" (pp. 259, 260), "of the Ambergris" (pp. 2C6-269),
to the habits of Whales, and to the "Way and Manner of killing Whulos."

On the Killer of Dudley, cf. HAMEL, Proceed. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sc., viii, 1855. [188.]

438 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1725. "HEERFORT, CHRISTOPH. Dis8. liist.-phys.-crit. de Sirenibus, seu piscibus hu-

mani corporis structuram quodamniodoimitantibus. Resp. Andr. Bing. Haf-
niae, 1725. 4°. pp. 20."

Not seen ; title from Cams and Engelmann. 1189.]

1726. " HERRARA, A. DE. Historia General de los Hecht8 de los Castellanos en las Islas

i Terra Firme del Mar Oceauo. Escrita por Antonio de Herrara, Coronista
Mayor de su md de las Indias y sv Coronista de Castilla, En quatro Decadas
desde el Ano de 1492, hasta el de [1]531. 4 vols., folio, vellum. En Madrid
en la Imprenta Real de Nicolas Rodriguez franco An de 1726."

Not seen; title from Field (Cat. Libr., 1875, p. 132, no. 964). For the reference to Manati,
see ed. of 1728. [190.]

1727. STALPARTIUS, C., VANDER WIEL. C. Stalpartii vander Wiel | Medici Hagien-

sis | Observationum | Rariorum | Medic. Anatomic. { Chirurgicarum | Centu-
ria Prior, | Accedit | De Unicornu | Dissertatio. | Vtraque tertia parte auctior,
longeque | emendatior. | Editio novissima. | [Design.] Leidae, | Apud Joan-
nem a Kerkhein, 1727. sm. 8°. 11. 17 (including frontis., eug. title, plain
title, etc.), pp. 1-516,11. 8, pll.i-ix.

De Unicornu Dissertatio, pp. 463-516, pi. ix. Contains references passim to the Nar-
whal. [191.]

1727. ZORGDRAGER,C.G. C : [ornelis] G: [ijsbertsz] Zorgdragers | BloeijendeOpkomst
der Aloude en Hedendaagsche | Groenlandsclie | Visschery. | Waar in met eene
geoeffende ervaarenheit de geheele om- [ slag deezer Visscherye beschreeven,
en wat daar in | dient waargenomen, naaukeurig verbandelt wordt. | Uitge-
breid | Met eene Korte Historische Beschryving der Noordere Gewesten, J
voornamentlyk Groeulandt, Yslandt, Spitsbergen, Nova | Zembla, Jan Mayen
Eilandt, de Straat Davis, en | al 'fc aanmerklykste in de Ontdekkiug deezer j
Landen, en in de Visschery voorgevallen. | Met byvoeging van de | "VValvisch-
vangst, | In haare hoedanigheden, behandelingen, 't Scheeps- | leeven en ge-
dragbeschouwt. | Door | Abraham Moubach. | TweedenDruk. | Metaanraerke-
lyke zaaken vermeerdert, | nevens een Korte Bescbryving | Van de | Terre-
neufsclie Bakkeljaau- Visschery. | Verciert met naauwkeurige, en naar 't leven
geteekende | nieuwe Kaarten en kunstige Printverbeeldingen. | [Vignette] In
s> Gravenhage. | By P. van Thol en R. C. Alberts, Boekverkopers, 1727. | sm.
4°. 11. 20, pp. 1-392, 11. 7, 6 maps, 7 pll. (and frontispiece?)

The copy examined lacks the frontispiece of the first edition, which must, however, have
heen lost, as the poem explanatory of it backs the half-title leaf.

This edition differs from the first (1720) through the addition of some 60 pp. of new matter,
including nearly 20 pp. on the Newfoundland Cod-fishery. To the second part (Tweede Deel)
six chapters are added, giving nearly 20 pp. of new matter ; there are, besides, considerable
additions at other points, together with omissions of matter contained in the first edition, so
that portions of Part ii are practically rewritten. The account of the Potvisch or Cachelot is
transferred from the Appendix to near the middle of Part ii, but the plate illustrating the
"Walrus, Seal, and Cachelot is omitted (at least ia lacking in the copy collated). The only new
illustration added is the plate facing p. 21, giving figures of an Eskimo boat. The statistical
portion is brought down to 1725.

The chapters apparently newly added are : IT Deel. I. Hoofdt. Strekking der Kusten in en
omtrent de Straat-Davis, en welke koes men om de zelve te bevaren, te homlen heeft, enz.,
pp. 71-73. II. Hoofdt. Aart en hoedanigheit, kleeding en gedrag der Inboorlingen omtrent de
Straat-Davis Kusten, enz., pp. 74-79. III. Hoofdt. Landdieren en 't Gevogelte der Straat-
Davis Gewesten ; hoe verre. zich de ge woone "Wischplaats uitstrokt, enz. , pp. 79, 80. IV. Hoofdt.
"Verraaderschen aart van eenige Bewooners der Straat-Davis Kusten, en hoe men zich daar
voor te wachten heeft, enz., pp. 81-83. Y. Hoofdt. "Westkust van de Straat-Davis en den aart
der Bewoonders Beschreeven, pp. 83, 84. XVI. Hoofdt. Yerscheiden middelen aangewent,
uitgevonden en in 't werk gestelt om de lengte van Oost en West daar nit te vinden, doch to
vergeess, pp. 153-157.

For further list of contents and comments see the first edition (1820).

Thia edition was reissued, according to bibliographers, at Amsterdam the following year
(1728), witli a new title-page but otherwise unchanged, forming the third Dutch edition. [192.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 439

1728. HERRARA, ANTONIO DE. Historia general | de las | Indian ocidentales; | 0 j de
los Hechos | De los Castellanos en las Islas y Tierra iirme | del Mar Oceano, |
Escrita | por | Antonio de Herrara | coronista mayor de su Magestad | de las
Indias y de Castilla. | En ocho decadas. | Sigue a la ultima decada | la | De-
scripcion de las Indias | por el mismo Atitor. | Tomo Primero[-quarto], | que
contiene las decadas | primera y segtinda. | Nueva Impression enriquecida coa
lindas Figuras | y Retratos. | En Amberes, | Por Juan Bautista Verdussen,
Mercador de Libros. M. D. CC. XXVIII. 4 vols. fol. Vol. i, 11. 2 (iucl. eng.
title-page;, pp. 1-496, 11. 12, pll.

The first edition of this work (given above from Field) appeared in 1726, q. v.

El Manati, vol. i, dec. i, cap. xi, p. 118 (one-third page). A slightly abridged paraphrase of
Gomara's account (see 1554. GOMABA, L. F. DE). [193.]

1730. HERRARA, A. DE. Historia gene | ral de los Hechos | delos Castellanos | enlas
Islas i Tierra Fi | rme del Mar Oceano. Es | crita por Antonio de | Herrara
Coronista | Mayor de sv Md. de las | Indias y sv Coronis- | fade Castilla | En
quatro Decadas des de el Aiio de | 1492 basta el de [1]531. Decada priuaera —
Al Rey Nuro. Seiior, | En Madrid | en la Irnprenta | Real | de Nicolas Rodi-
guez [sic] | franco | Aiio de 1730. 4 vols. fol. *

Los Manati, dec. i, pp. 141, 142. [194.]

There is another edition of this date differing apparently only in the title-page, as follows :

1730. HERRARA, A. DE. Descripcion de j las Indias ocide | ntales de Antonio | de

Herrera coro- | nista mayor de | sv Magd. de las Indias, y su Coronista j de
Castilla. | Al Rey Nro Seiior | En Madrid enla Oficina Real | de Nicolas Rodri-
guez Franco Aiio de 1730. Eng. title-page. 4 vols. fol.

Los Manati, dec. i, pp. 141, 142. [195.]

1731. LA PEYRERE, — . Relations | de | 1'Islande, | et du | Greenland, Par la Peyere,

Auteur des Prasadamites. <^Eecueil de Voyages au Nord, Coutenant divers
Mdmoires tres utiles au Commerce & a la Navigation. Tome premier. Nouvelle
Edition, corrigee & mise en meilleur ordre. Amsterdam, 1731.

The letter is dated "De la Haye le 13 Juin, 1646."

Pp. 93-107 are devoted to a discussion of the question xvhether the so-called hom of the
Narwhal is a tooth or a horn, and whether therefore the Narwhal is a fish. The conclusion
reached is that the "horn " is a tooth "de ce poisson, que les Islandois apellent Narhual, &,
que ce n'est point une corne" (p. 100). The etymology of the Icelandic word NarJiual is said
to be Hual, whale, and Nar, signifying a cadaver, because this whale feeds on cadavers (p. 97).
The animal and skull are figured in the plute facing p. 186. with the following legends:
Poisson nomm6 par les Islandois Narwal qui porte la corne, ou dent, que Von dit de Licorne.
Teste de Poisson Narwal, avec un troncon de sa dent, ou de sa corne, long de quatre pieds.
The figures are copies from Tulpius, 1672 (q. v.). [196.]

1732. "JANICON, F. H. De republiek der Vereenigde Nederlanden. ' Uithet Fransch.

>s Gravenbage, J. van Duren, 1732. 4 din. 16°."

Kompagnie van 't noorden of van den walvischvangst, ii, pp. 280-*291.

Not seen ; title and reference from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 239, no. 3485. [197.]

1732. MARTENS, F. Journal d'un Voyage au Spitzberguen &c. par Fre'de'ric Martens

de Hambourg, traduit de 1'Allemancl. <^Recueil de Voyages au Nord, ii (nou-
velle Edition), 1732, 1. 1, pp. 1-282.

Du Dauphin, pp. 185-187. Du Butskopf, ou Tete do Plie, pp. 187-189. Du Poisson blanc,
pp. 189, 190. De la Licorne, pp. 190, 191. De la Balcino, pp. 196-221, pi. fac. p. 196. De la ma-
niere dont on prend les Baleines, pp. 221-238, pi. fac. p. 222. Ce qu'on fait d'une Baleine morte,
pp. 239-247. De la maniere dont on tire 1'huile . . . de la graise, pp. 248-251. Du Poisson a
nageoires, autrement Winne-fish, pp. 251-256. Addition qui concerne la Peche de la Baleine,
pp. 267-282. [198.]

1733. BAJER, JOH. JAC. "De pisce praegrandi Mular. <Acia Acad. Leap. Carol Nat.

Civ., iii, 1733, pp. 2-6, pi."
Not seen ; title from Carus and Engelmann. [199.]

1734. BOYLSTON, Dr. Ambergris found in Whales, communicated by Dr. Boylston of

Boston in New England. <^Philos. Trans., Abridged by Eames and Martyn, 1719-
1733, vii, pt. 3, 1734, pp. 423, 424.

From Philos. Trans. Lond., no. 385, p. 193. See supra, BOYLSTON, at 1724. [200.]

440 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1734. DUDLEY, P. An Essay upon the Natural History of Whales, with a particular

Account of the Ambergris found in the Sperma Ceti Whale. <^Philos. Trans.,
Abridged by Eames and Marti/n, 1719-1733, vii, pt. 3, 1734, pp. 424-431.

From Philos. Tram. Lond., no. 387, p. 256. See suprtt, DUDLEY, P., at 1725. [201.]

1735. ATKINS, J. A | Voyage | to | Guinea, Brazil, and the | West-Indies; | In His

Majesty's Ships, the Swallow | and Weymouth. | Describing the several
Islands and Settlements, viz- | Madeira, the Canaries, Cape de Verde, Sierra-
leon, Sesthos, | Cape Apollonia, Cabo Corso, and others on the Guinea Coast; |
Barbadoes, Jamaica, &c. in the West Indies. | The Colour, Diet, Languages,
Habits, Manners, Customs, | and Religions of the respective Natives and In-
habitants. | With Remarks on the Gold, Ivory, and Slave-Trade; | and on
Winds, Tides, and Currents of the several Coasts. | — | By John Atkins, j
Surgeon in the Royal Navy. | — | . . . [= quotation, 4 lines.] | [Vignette —
ship.] London: J Printed for Caesar Ward and Richard Chandler, at the |
Ship, between the Temple-Gates in Fleet-Street ; And Sold at their | Shop in
Scarborough. M. DCC. XXXV. 8°. 1. 1, pp. i-xxv, 1-265.

The Manatea (in the Sierraleon River), pp. 42, 43. Its external characters and mode of its
capture by the Negroes. [202.]

1735. EDITOR. Editoris Itecensio Experiruentorum circa Ambram Gryseam a Domino
Joh. Browne, R. S. S. &* a Dno. Ambrosio Godofredo Hauckewitz, R. S. S.
institutorum, cum D. Neumanni, R. S. S. Experiment! sui vindicatlone. <^Phi-
los. Trans., Lond., xxxviii, no. 435, 1735, pp. 437-440. [203.]

1735. NEUMANNO, C. De Ambra Grysea. <^Philos. Trans., Lond., xxxviii, no. 433,

1735, pp. 344-370; no. 434, pp. 371-402; no. 435, pp. 417-437. [204.J

1736. D [ESPARS]., N., en F. R. "Chrouyke van Vlaenderen, vervattende haere vin-

dinge, naem, enz., alsook eene generale beschryvinghe van g'heel haer
bestreck, steden, casteelen, heerlyckbedeu, enz. Beginnende van 't jaer 621-
1725. Door N. D(espars) en F. R. Met kopere platen. Brugge, Andr. Wijdts,

1736. 3 din., 4 stukken folio."

"Zie aldaar: Greenland's vaerders, d' eerste in see gesonden door van Brugge. Ao. 1665,
iii, 1)1. 728, 731, 747. De visscherij belooft een goeden uitslag. De Franschen nemen eenige
visschers met hunne schepen, die sy beswaerlyk doen af kopen, ii, bl. 432.

Not seen; title and references from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 249, no. 3579. [205.]

1736. LANGEN, Jo. JAC. "Nachricht von dem Unicornu marino, oder Meereinhorn,
welches in Halle 1736 ist zu sehen gewesen. <^Halliscken Anzeiger, no. 19,
1736."

Not seen ; title from Egede. [206.]

1736. QVELLMALZ, SAM. TiiEOD. " Observations de unicornu marino, ex vicinia

Bremensi Lipsam delato. <^Commerc. litter. Nortv., 1736, hebd. xxii, no. 4,
pp. 171-273.",

Not seen ; title from Egede. [207.]

1737. BRICKELL, J. The Natural | History | of | North-Carolina. | With an | Account

| of the | Trade, Manners, and Customs of the | Christian and Indian Inhab-
itants. II- | lustrated with Copper-Plates, whereon are | curiously Engraved
the Map of the Country, | several strange Beasts, Birds, Fishes, Snakes, |
Insects, Trees, and Plants, &c. | — | By John Brickell, M. D. | — | Nostra nos
in urbe peregrinamur. Cic. | — | Dublin. | Printed by James Carson, in Cog-
hill's-Court, Dame- | street, opposite to the Castle-Market. For the Author,

| 1737. 1 vol. 8°. pp. i-vii, 1-408, woodcuts, map, and 2 folding plates of
animals.

Of the Fish of North Carolina, pp. 215-249. The cetological matter occupies pp. 215-226.
Pages 215-220, including the first half of the latter, appear to relate in a general and rather
vague way to the Eight Whale of the North Atlantic (Balcena cisarctica, Cope), but beyond
a few particulars respecting their capture near Ocacock Island, there is nothing of much
value. The two pages next following are merely a paraphrase of Lawson's account of differ-
ent "sorts of "Whales ; " there then follow two paragraphs of original matter, the latter treat-
ing of "the Porpoise, or Sea-Hog." The next reference to Cetaceans is at p. 226, which is
devoted to an account of "the Dolphin," and is also new matter.

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 441

1737. BRICKELL, J. — Continued.

Field states that Brickcll "stole the material1' for his work from Lawson, "with scarcely
• any disguise," and Coues refers to "a 4th ed. [of Lawson], Dublin, 1737, attributed to Brick-
ell." It is true that Brickell stole much of his material from Lawson, but to speak of
Brickell's work as a 4th edition of Lawson is quite misleading, since for the first CO pp. of
Lawson there is nothing to correspond in Brickcll. The part relating to the Indians is not
only substantially the same in both, but considerable portions are identical in phraseology.
The "Description of North Carolina" and the "Natural History of North Carolina" given
by Lawson form the basis of the Natural History portion of Brickell's work, the latter having
incorporated nearly all that the former has said, generally in Lawson's own words, but with
the matter more or less transposed and augmented by often merely verbal additions. Brickell
has, however, added much that is now, and based evidently on his own observations, some
of Lawson's paragraphs being expanded by Brickell to several times their original length by
the addition of wholly new and often important matter. [208.]

1738. ARTEDI, P. Petri Artedi | sveci, Medici Ichthyologia | sive | opera omnia | de |

Piscibus | scilicet: | Bibliotheca Ichthyologica. | Philosophia Icbthyologica. |
Generum Piscium. | Synonymia specierum. | Descriptionesspecierum. | Oinnia
in hoc genera perfectiora, | quam Anthea ulla. | Posthnma | Vindicavit, Re-
cognovit, Cooptavit & Edidit | Carolus Linnasus, ,| Med. Doct. & Ac. Iraper.
N. C. | — | Lugduni Batavorum, | Apud'Conradurn Wishoff, 1738. 8°. 11. 10.
Pars i, 11. 2, pp. 1-66, 11. 2. Pars ii, 11. 2, pp. 1-92. Pars iii, 11. 4, pp. 1-84,
11. 2. Pars iv, 11. 2, pp. 1-118, 11. 11. Pars v, 1. 1, pp. 1-102 (i. e., 112), 11. 2.

[Pars Prima.] Petri Artedi | Angermaunia-Sveci | Bibliotheca | Ichthyo-
logia | seu | Historia litteraria Ichthyologue | in qua | Recensio fit Auctorum,
qui de Piscibus | scripsere, librorum titulis, loco & editionis | tempore, addi-
tis judiciis, quid Quivis | Auetor prjjestiterit, quali metho- | do & successu
scripserit, | disposita secundum | Secula | in quibus quisquis author floruit. |
IchthyologisB Pars I. | — | Lugduni Batavorum, | Apud Conradum Wishoff,
1738. 11. 2, pp. 1-66, 11. 2.

[Pars Secunda.] Petri Artedi | Sveci | Philosophia | Ichthyologica | in qua
quidquid fundamenta artis | absolvit: Characteribus scilicet genericorum,
Differentiarum | Specificarum, Varietatum et No- | miuum Theoria rationibus
de- | monstratur, et Exemplis | coniprobatur. | Ichthyologiai Pars II. [Vi-
gnette. ] Lugduni Batavorum | Apud Conradum Wishoflf, 1738. 11. 2, pp. 1-92.

Pisces Cetacei, passim.

[ParsTertia.] Petri Artedi | Sueci | Genera | Piscium. | In quibus | Sys-
tema totuin Ichthyologiae propoiiitur | cum | Classibus, Ordiuibus, | Generum
Characteribus, | Specierum differentiis, | Observation} bus plurimis. | redactis
| Speciebus 242 ad Genera 52. | Ichtbyologiae Pars III. | — | Lugduni Bata-
vorum, | Apud Conradum Wishoff, 1738. 8°. 11. 4, pp. 1-84, 11. 2.

Ordo v. Plagiuri, pp. 74-81. [Gen.] xlii [lege xlvi]. Physeter (p. 74), cum spp. 2 [= Physctcr
macrocephalus]. xlvii. Dclphiuus (p. 75), cum spp. 3 [— 1 . Phoccena communis; 2. Delphinus
delphis,- 3. Orca sp.]. xlviii. Balcena, (p. 76), cum spp. 4 [= 1. Balcena myaticetus ; 2. Phy-
salus antiquorum? 3. Balcenoptera rostrata? 4. Physalus antiquorum ?] xlix. Monodon
(p. 78), cum 1 sp. [= Monodon monoceros]. 1. Catodon (p. 78), cum spp. 2 [~ I.? Beluga cato-
don ; a. Physeter macrocephalus}. li. Thrichcchus [vel Tiichechus] (p. 79), cum sp. 1 [= genn.
Manatus et Halicore]. Iii. Siren (p. 81), cum 1 sp. [= sp. fab.].

[Pars Quatuor.] Petri Artedi | Angerinannia Sveci | Synonymia | Nomi-
num Piscium | fere omnium; | in qua recenwio lit | nominum Piscium, omnium
facile Au- | thorum, qui umquam de Piscibus scri- | psere: Uti Gra?corum,
Romanorum, | Barbarorum, nee non omnium in- | sequentium Ichthyologo-
rum, | una cum Nomiuibus inquili- | nis variarum Nationum. | — Opus sine
pari. | Ichthyologise Pars IV. | [Vignette.] Lugduni Batavorum, | Apud Con-
radum Wishoff, 1738. 11. 2, pp. 1-118, 11. 11.

Ordo v. Plagiuri, pp. 104-108.

[Parsquinque.] Petri Artedi | Sveci | Descriptlones | Specierum Piscium J
Quos vivos prsesertim dissecuit et | examinavit, inter quos primario | Pisces J
Regni Suecias | facile omnes ('accuratissime describuntur | cum non paucia

442 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1738. ARTEDI, P.— Continued.

aliis | exoticis. | Ichtbyologiae Pars V. | [Vignette.] Lugduni Batavorum, |
Apud Conradum Wishoff, 1738. b°. 1. i, pp. 1-102 (i. e., 112), 11. 2.

Ordo v. Plagiuri, Balaena, G. Pise. 48, pp. 10G-107. [209.]

1738. EGEDE, HAXS. Omstaandelig og udf0rlig | Relation, | Angaaende | den Gr0n-
landske Missions | Begyndelse og Fortsasttelse, | samt | hvad ellers mere der
ved Landets Recognoscering, | dets Beskaffevhed, og Indbyggernes Vaesen
og | Leve-Maade vedkommende, er befunden; | Af | Hans Egede, | F0rst Guds
Ords u-vserdig Lserere for Bogens Menigheder | udi Nord-Landene derester
Kongelig Dansk | Missionair udi Gr0nland. | [Vignette.] | Kjobenhaven.
1738. | Trykt hos Job. Cbrist. Groth, boende paa Graabr0dre-Torv. 4°. 11. 10,
pp. 1-408.'

Contains passing references to "Whalefishing by the Greenlanders. There is a German
translation, Hamburg, 1740, 4°. [210.]

1738. HAMPE, JOHN HENRY. A Description of the same Narhual, communicated by
John Henry Hampe, M.D.F.R. S. <P/nZ. Trans., Lond., xl, no. 447, 1738, pp.
149-150.

A further and rather more explicit account of the external characters of the specimen re-
ferred to below (see next title). [211.]

1738. STEIGERTAHL, Dr. Part of a Letter from Dr. Steigertahl, F. R. S., to Sir Hans
Sloane, Bart. Pres. R. S., giving an Account of a Narhual or Unicorn Fish, lately
taken in tbe River Ost, Dutcby of Bremen, dated at Hanover ^-^ 1736. Trans-
lated from tbe French by T. S. M. D., &c. <^PUlos. Trans., Lond., xl, no. 447,
1738, pp. 147-149, pi. i, fig. 1.

Monodon monoceros,- account of capture and external appearance of a specimen taken
January, 1735, in the river Ost, Bremen. PI. i, fig. 1, animal, from "the Figure engrav'd and
printed at Hamburg.'' [212.]

1739-1804. WAGENAAR, J. , and others. " Staat (Tegenwoordige) der Vereenigde Neder-
landen (door J. Wagenaar e. a.). Amsterdam, Tirion, 1739-1804. 23 din.
gr. 8°. Met platen en kaarten."

"... "Walvischvangst, door de West-Indische maatschappij zonder voordeel ondernomen, i,
1)1. 533. Beginsels der walvischvangst, bl. 588. Wetten omtrent dezelve, bl. 592. Waar zij
geschiede, bl. 593. Onderzoek of er de reeders voordeel bij hebben, bl. 599. Kosten op de
uitrustinfi, enz., bl. 501, 506. "Walvischbaarden, bL 597, 599, 608. Walvischspek, hoe dik,
bl.598."
Not seen ; title and references from Bosgoed, op. tit., p. 210, no. 3170% [213.]

1740. FRISCH, JOHANN LEONHARD. De Phocsena in Fomeranise lacu quodam inventa.
<^Miscel. Berolinensla, vi, 1740, p. 124, pi. vi.

Phoccena communis. 1 page of text and fig. of animal. [214.]

1740. HERRARA, A. DE. Tbe General | History | of the vast | Continent and Islands |
of | America, | Commonly call'd, Tbe | West-Indies, | from | Tbe First dis-
covery tbereof : | With the best Accounts tbe People could give of their |
Antiquities. | Collected from the Original Relations | sent to tbe Kings of
Spain. | — | By Antonio de Herrara, | Historiographer to His Catholick Ma-
jesty. | — | Translated into English by Capt. John Stevens. | — | Vol. I[-VI].
| — | Illustrated with Cuts and Maps. | — | The Second Edition. | — | Lon-
don, | Printed for Wood and Woodward in Paternoster-Row. | MDCCXL.
6 vols. 8°.

The Manati, vol. i, p. 278. For additional comment, see edd. of 1728. [215.]

1740. KLEIN, J. T. lacobi | Theodori Klein | Historise | Piscium | Naturalis | Promo-
vendse | Missus primus | de | Lapillis eorumqve Numero | in | Craniis Pisci-
um, | cum Praefatione: | de | Piscium auditu. | Accesserunt | I: Anatome Tur-
sionum | II. Observata in Capite Raise. | — | Virgil. V. ^Eneid. 239. | Dixit:
eumque imis sub fluctibus audiit omnis Nereidum Phorcique Chorus. | Cum
Figuris. | [Vignette.] | — | Gedani, Litteris Schreiberianis. 1740. 4°. 1. 1,
pp. 1-35.

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 443

1740. KLEIN, J. T.— Continued.

i. Anatome Phocaenae, auctoro Dn. de la Motto; Gedanensi, M. D., pp. 24-28. Additiones
[auctore J. T. Klein], pp. 28-32, tab. iv [i. «., v], figg. A, B, cranium; fig. C, penis; fig. r>,
ductus thorac. ; flgg. 1-4, 7-9, ossa aud ; flg. 5, vermiculi ; fig. 6, lobi et nervi olfatt. [210 ]

1741. EGEDE, H. Det gamle | Gr0nlantis | Nye | Perlustration, | Eller | Natnrel His-

torie, | Og | Beskrivelse over det gamle Gr0nlands Situation, | Luft, Tempera-
ment og Beskaffenhed ; | De gainle Noorske Coloniers Begyndelse og Undergang
der | Samme-Steds, de itzige Indbyggeres Oprindelse, Vsesen, | Leve-Maade og
Handta3ringer, sanit Hvad ellers Landet | Yder og giver af sig saasom Dyer,
Fiskeog Fugle &c. med | hosf0yet nyt Land-Caartog andre Kaaber-Stykker |
over Landets Naturalier og ludbyggernis | Handtseringer, | Forfattet af |
Hans Egede, | Forhen Missionair udi Gr0nland. | — | Kj0benbavn, 1741. |
Trykt hos Joban Christoph Grotb, bvende paa Ulfelds-platz. 1 vol. sm. 4°.
6 11., pp. 1-131, 1.1, map, and pll. 11.

Cap. vi. Hvad Slaps Diur, Fiske og Fugle den Grenlandske, See giver af sig etc., pp. 36-55,
pll. facing pp. 37 and 42.

Finnefisk, p. 36, fig. pi. facing p. 37. Hvalvisk [Balcena mysticetus], pp. 36-40, fig. pi.
facing p. 37. Nordknpper, p. 40. Sverdfisk [Orca], p. 40, fig. pi. facing p. 37. Cacheloter, p.
41. Hviid-Fisk, p. 41, fig. pi. facing p. 42. Buts Kopper, pp. 41, 42. Enhierning, pp. 42-44,
flgg. of animal, three views of skull, and of detached horns. Marsvin, p. 45.

Cap. vii. Om Grenlaendernes Handtrerenger, Naerings Brag og Kedskab, saa vel soin
Boerkab, pp. 56-62, pll. facing, pp. 57, 59. Page 57 describes how the Greenlanders kill "Whales,
and the plate facing the same page is a Whaling scene.

"Egede's work is still one of the best existing on Greenland, and claims most of all the
title of truthfulness, the author having been no less than 15 years in that country."

The present is the editio princeps, of which there are numerous subsequent ones in various
languages.

A German translation appeared at Copenhagen in 1742 (q. v.) ; an English in 1745 (q. v.) ; a
Dutch in 1746 (Delft) ; a French in 1763 (Geneva and Copenhagen) ; a German in 1763 (q. v.),
and in 17G9 (Berlin) ; and probably, also, others, besides various abridgments to be found in
collections of voyages. [217.]

1741. KLEIN, J. T. lacobi Tbeodori Klein | Historiae | Piscium | Naturalis | promo-
vendse | Missus Secundus | de | Piscibus per Pulmones | spirantibus | ad ius-
tum numerum et ordinem | redigendis. | Acccsserunt singularia : | de | I. Den-
tibus Balsenarum et Elepbantinis. | II. Lapide Manati et Tiburonis. | — |
Horatius : | Delphinum sylvis appingit, fluctibus Aprum, qvi variare cupit
rem | prodigialiter uuain. | Cum Figuris. | [Vignette.] — | Gedani, Litteris
Schreiberianis. 1741. 4°. 11. 3, pp. 1-38, 1. 1.

De Piscibus, per Pulmones spirantibus . . . [etc.], pp. 1-27, tabb. i-iii. i. De Dentibus
Balsenarum et Elephantinis, pp. 28-32, tab. iv, figg. 1-4 (teeth of Physeter). ii. De Lapide
Manati et Tiburonis, pp. 33-38, tab. iv, figg. 5-7 (ossa petrosa Manati).

Horum Synoptica Tabula [p. 9] :

(1. In Dorso la?vi apinnes.
I. Edcntulse </ 2. In Dorso gibbo apinnes.
[ 3. In Dorso pinnatse.

PHYSETERES

(1. Dorso Isevi apinnes.
2. Dorso Itevi pinnate.
3. Dorso gibbo apinnes.
4. Dorso gibbo pinnatse.
II. NAKWHAL s. Monodon.

1. Capite in rostrum porcinum, simurn,

exeunte : Orca :

III. DELPHACES s. Porcelli

2. Capite in rostrum porcinum rectum & Ion-

gum protenso : Delphinus.

3. Eostro recto, brevi.&obtuso: TursioB.Pho-

EDENTUL^E [=3fysticete, auct. mod.] In Dorso Icevi apinnes. 1. Balaena vera
Zorgdrageri, p. 11 (=B. mysticetus]; 2. Balsena albicans; Weisfisch Martensii & Zorgdr.
[= Beluga catodon] ; 3. Baliena glaciali8 = Eisfisch, Zud-Eisfisch, West-Eisfisch, Nordkapper,
Zorgdr. [= B. mysticetus, part,]. In Dorso gibbo apinnes. 1. Gibbo unico propo caudam
[= " Bunch or Hump-back Whale " of Dudley, hence Balcena gibbosaauct. var., nee. Erxleben]
2. Bal£enamacra[= "Scrag Whale "of Dudley]. In Dorso pinnatce. 1. OreBala'nsevulgaris,
a, Balsena edentula, corpore strictioro, dorso pinnato Raji; bjubartes [—?Physaluf antiquo-
rum] ; 2. Ore rostrate [=Hyperoodon bidens].

444 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1741. KLEIN, J. T.— Continued.

BAL^EN^E DEXTATVE. Dorso Icevi apinnes. 1. Ccte Clnsii [=Physeter macrocephalus].
2. Cachclot s. Potfish Zorgdrageri [=Physeter macrocephalus]. Dorso Icevi pinnatce. 1. Ba-
lama major . . . Sibbaldi [=?Physeter macrocephalus]; 3. Hular Nierembergii [=Physeter
macrocephalus]; 3. Linckii [=?]. Dorso gibbo apinnii. 1. DudlejiBalaena [="SpermaCeti
"Whale" of Dudley, hence Physeter macrocephalus]. Dorso gibbo pinnata. Bala?na, Tigridis
instar, variegata [=1 sp. fict.].

NAUWHAL. Monodon Artedi, etc., p. 18, tab. ii, C, anim. [=Monodon monoceros].

DELPHACES s. PORCELLI. 1 . Orca itaqve est, qvie Sibbaldo dicitur Balaena minor in utraqve
mandibula dentata, p. 23, tab. i, no. i, cranium ; 2* Delphinus, p. 24, tab. i, no. ii, cranium,
tab. iii, A, anim. [= Delphinus delphis]; S* Tursio sive.Phoca3na, p. 26, tab. i, no. iii: cra-
nium, tab. ii, A, B, foetus, tab. iii, lit. B, anim. ad. [=Phoccena communis], [218.]

1741. KUHN, JOHANN MICHAEL. "Merkwurdige Lebens- und Reisebescbreibung,

dessen Schiffahrten nach Gronland und Spitsbergen. Gotha, 1741. 8°.

"Zie aldaar o. a. : Erste (und zwote) auf einem hamburgischen Schiffo nach Spitsbergen ge-
thane Reise, 1720-22. Adelung geeft in z\jn: ' Geschichte der Schiffahrten' van beide reizen
ecn uittreksel. bl. 429-438."

Not seen; from Bosgoed, op. tit., p. 240, no. 3496. See 1768. ADELUNG, J. C. [219.]

1742. EGEDE, H, Des altcu | Gr6nlandes | Neue | Perlustration, | Oder | Naturell-

Historie | Und | Besclireibung | Der Situation, Bescbaffeubeit, Lufft und des
Temperaments | dieses Landes; | "Wie aucb | Yom Anfauge und Untergange
derer alten Nor- | wegischen Colonien dnselbst; vom Ursprunge, der Sitten
Le- | bensart and den Gebrauchen derer jtzigen Einwohner, und was | Dieses
Land an Thieren, Fischen, V6geln, etc. heget und mittbeilet; Deine beyge-
fuget | Eine neue Land Cbarte und andere in Kupfer gcstocbene Figu- | reu
und Abbildungen der Natural! en und Handtbierungen | derer dasigeii Einwoh-
ner; | Verf asset und bescbrieben | von | Hans Egede, | Vormaliger Missionair
in Gronland, | — | Aus den Daniscben ins Teutscbe ubersetzr. | — | Copen-
hagen, gedruckt bey Jobann CbristopbGrotben, 1742. sm. 4°. 11. 6, pp. 1-144,
pll. 11, map.

This edition appeared almost simultaneously with the original Danish, and was issued
at Copenhagen by the same publisher. The plates are from the original etchings, not even
the page references being changed, they still referring to the Danish edition instead of the
present one. In this edition chap, vi occupies pp. 44-66, and the account of how the Green-
landers kill whales occurs at p. 68. For fuller annotation see EGEDE, at 1741. [220.]

1742. LAB AT, R. P. Nouveau | Voyage | aux Isles | de 1'Amerique, | contenant | I'His-
toire Naturelle de ces pays, | 1'Origiue, les Mceurs, la Religion & le Gou- |
vernement des Habitans auciens & modernes. | Les Guerres & lesEvenemens
singuliers qui y sont | arrivez pendant le pejourque FAnteur y a fait. | Par le
R. P. Labat, de FOrdre | des Freres Pr6cbeurs. | Nouvelle Edition augD.ent^
conside"rablement, & en- | ricbie de Figures en Tailles-douces. | Tome premier
[-huitieme]. | [Design.] A Paris, Rue S. Jacques, | Cbez Cb. J. B. Delespiue,
Imp. Lib. ord. du i Roy, a la Victoire &- au Palmier. | — | M.DCC.XLII. |
Avec Approbation & Privilege du Roy. 8 vols. 12°.

Description d'un poisson appelle Lamantin ou Manati, vol. ii, pp. 256-263, pi. fac. p. 256.
For comment see edition of 1722. [221 . ]

1744. CHARLEVOIX, P. F. X. DE. Histoire | et | Description generale | de la | Nou-
velle France, | avec | le Journal bistorique j d'un Voyage fait par ordre du
Roi dans | FAinerique Septentriounale. | Par le P. [Pierre-Francois Xavier]
de Charlevoix, de la Compagnie de Jesus. | Tome premier[-tvoisieme]. —
[Vignette.] A Paris, Cbez la Veuve Ganeau, Libraire, rue S. Jacques, pres
la rue | du Platre, aux Arnies de Dombes. | — | M. DCC. XLII. | Avec Appro-
bation et Privilege du Roi. 3 vols. 4°. Vol. i, 11. 4, pp. i-lxj, 11. H, pp. ix-
xxvj, 1-644, 9 maps. Vol. ii, 11. 2, pp. i-xvj, 1-582, 1-56, 8 maps, 22 pll. (of
plants). Vol. iii, 11. 2, pp. i-xix, i-xiv, 1-543, 10 maps.

The "Histoire," etc., comprises the first two volumes only, the title changing with the
third to the following :

Journal | d'un | Voyage | fait par ordre du Roi | dans | FAmerique sepeutri-
onnale; | Adresse" a Madame la Ducbesse | De Lesdiguieres. | Par le P. de
Cbarlevoix, de la Compagnie de Jesua. | [etc. as above.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 445

1744. CHARLEVOIX, P. F. X. DE.— Continued.

Ill the "Huitieme Lettrc" occurs important cetological matter, as follows: De la Pecho
du Loup Marin, do la Vache Marine, du Marsouin, & des Baleincs, pp. 143-149 (Maraouins,
pp. 147-149 ; Baleines, p. 149). The account relates mostly to the "Marsouin blanc " (Beluga
catodon] and its capture, from which it appears that there were two points, a few miles be-
low Quebec, in the Saint Lawrence River, at which these animals were then taken in consid-
erable numbers. A few "Whales were still caught at the mouth of the Bay of Saint Lawrence.

Two editions of this work were issued at Paris, by different publishers, in the year 1744,
one in 3 vols., 4°, of which the title and collation are above given ; the other in C vols., 12°, both
with the same titles, differing only in the breaking of the lines and in the publisher's im-
print. The collation of the 12° ed. here follows: [222.]

1744. CHAKLEVOIX, P. F. X. DE. Histoire | et | Description generate | de la | Nouvelle
France, | avec | le Journal historique | d'un Voyage fait par ordre du Roi |
dans 1'Amerique sepentrionnale. | Par le P. [Pierre Francois Xavier] de Char-
levoix, de la Compagnie | de Jesus. | Tome premier[-sixieme]. | [Design.]
A Paris, | Chez Pierre-Francois Giftart | rue Saint Jacques, & Sainte Therese.
| — j M DCC XLIV. | Avec Approbation & Privilege du Roi. 6 vols. 12°.
Vol. i, 11. 3, pp. i-viii, 1-454, C maps. Vol. ii, 1. 1, pp. 1-501. 3 maps. Vol. iii,
1. 1, pp. 1-465, 2 maps. Vol. iv, 1. 1, pp. 1-388, pll. 22,,6 maps. Vol. v, 1. 1, pp. i-
xxviij, 1-456, 7 maps. Vol. vi,l. l,pp. 1-434, 11. 2, 3 maps.

In this edition the title changes with the fifth volume, the title of vols. v and vi of this edi-
tion being the same as that of vol. iii of the 4° ed., save, of course, the publisher's imprint.

The cetological matter is the same (as is the text in general) as that of the 4° ed. (q. v.),
and occurs in vol. v, pp. 217-220.

Of ihe "Journal d'un Voyage," etc., there are two early English versions, each in 1 vol.,
8° (London, 1701 and 1703, q. v.). There is a recent English translation of the "Histoire" by
Dr. J. G. Shea (8 vols., roy. 8°, Xew York, 1865), but this does not include the "Voyage,"
and consequently not the cetological matter. [228.]

1744. [DESPELETTE, — ]. Cachalot dchoue' pres de Baionne. <^Hist. de VAcad. roy. des
Sci. de Paris, ann. 1741 (1744), pp. 26-28.

This is perhaps editorial, based on a communication from M. Despelette. [224.]

1744. [DOORGEEST, E. Az. VAN.] " Kort Verhael van eenige merkwaerdige geschie-
denissen van Holland [door E. Az. van DoorgeestJ. Amsterdam, K. de Wit,
1744. 8°."

Beschrijving van de haringvisscherij en walvischvangst, pp. 78-96.

Not seen ; title and reference from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 249, no. 3577. Said to be a short
extract from "Den Hijper Zee-postil," etc., 1669, Doorgeest and Posjager. [225. j

1744. GREEX, J. Abstract of a Natural History of Greenland, by Hans Egedius, inti-
tuled, Det gamle Gronlands Perlustration, eller Naturel-Historie, af Hans Egede,
Kiobenhabn, 1741. 4°. Communicated by John Green, M. D., Secretary of the
Gentlemans Society, at Spalding. <^Philos. Trans. Lond., xlii, no. 471, 1744, pp.
607-615.

Chapter vi enumerates the Cetacea, Fish, and Birds common to Greenland. [226.]

1744. OEXMELIN, A. O. [— EXQUEMELIN, A. O.] Histoire | <9es | Avanturiers | Fli-
bustiers | Qui se sont signaled dans les Indes. | Contenant | ce qu'ilsy ont fait
de remarquable, | avec | La Vic, ]^s Mo3iirs & les Coutumes des Boucaniers, |
& des Habitaus de S. Domingiie & de la Tortue; | Une Description exacte de
ces lieux; Et un Etat | des Offices taut Ecclcsiastiques que Sdculieres, | &
ce que les plus grands Princes tie 1'Europe y | Possedent. | Le tout eurichi de
Cartes Gdographiques & de Figures | en Taille-douce. | Par Alexander-Oli-
vier Oexmelin. | Nouvelle Edition Corrige'e | & Augmente'e de 1'Histoire des
Pirates | Anglois depuis leur Etablissement dans | 1'Isle de la Providence
jusqu'a present. | Tome Premier[-Quatrieme.] | [Design.] . A Trevoux, | Par
la Compagnie, | — | M. DCC. XLIV. 4 vols. 12°. Vol. i, 11. 7 (incl. eng.
and plain title), pp. 1-394, 1. 1, map and plates.

Histoire des Aniniaux et des Plantes qui sont sur les Isles de la Tortuo & de Saint Domin-
gue, vol. i, pp. 315-383. Chap, vi, Des Reptiles do 1'Islo de St. Domiugue, pp. 359-383,
pi. fac. p. 373. Anatomie du Lamentin, pp. 372-370 (nearly 4 pp.), avec tig. du Lamentin.
This is an original account (at least written in the first person and evidently from observa-

446 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1744. OEXMELIN, A. O. — Continued.

tion) of the external characters and internal structure of the Manatee, its habits, capture,
etc. , with an (apparently) original figure. The figure, like Labat 's, represents an old Manatee
with a young one in her firms; the figure is more artistic than Labat's, and has the head of
the young one directed forward instead of backward.

The first French edition, said to be of "extreme rarity," and a translation from the Eng-
lish, was published at Paris in 1686, 2 vols., 12°. This I have not seen, and therefore cannot
say wherein the matter relating to the Manatee differs from that of the present "corrected
and enlarged" edition. This is the first edition of the Buccaneers I have seen which con-
tains a figure of the Manatee. The matter in this edition is almost entirely different through-
out from that of the Spanish, Dutch, and English editions (see anted,, 1678. EXQUEMELIN, A.
O.), and covers many points relating to the Manatee not mentioned in those. This is doubt-
less explained by the following transcript from the translator's preface of the present editions
"La Relation qu'il a ecrite de ce que la nature produit dans les Isles de Saint Domingue & de
la Tortue se trouve & la fin du premier Tome, on a choisi cet ordre pour ne pas interrompre le
fil de 1'Histoire des Flibustiers; on 1'a meme augmentee sur de nouveaux M6moires conte-
nant la Relation du naufrage de Monsieur d'Ogeron a Puerto Ricco, 1'Histoire du Capitaine
Montauban; les Expeditions de Campeche, de la Vera Cruz, de Cartage1 ne, & les courses de
plusieurs Capitaines Flibusters, dont la valeur est presentement aussi connue en Europe
qu'elle est estim6e dans les Indes." The plate illustrating the chapter vi here cited rep-
resents (upper half) the "Maniere de Pecher la Tortue." Below this is the figure of "le
Lamantin," and at the bottom of the plate three different forms of harpoon used in captur-
ing Turtles and Lamantines.

The engraved title of this edition is dated 1743. The following is a transcript :

Histoire | des | Avanturiers | des | Boucaniers | et | de la Chambre J des
Comptes, | e'tablie | dans les | Indes | 1743.

Respecting the various translations and editions of Oexmelin [=Exquemelin; also written
EsquemelingJ, see Sabin, JBibl. Amer., vi, pp. 309-318, 328, nos. 23468-23494; also, supra, 1678.

EXQUEMELEt, A. O. [227. 1

1744. "ROEDE, — . Diss. de pisce qui lonam deglutivit, cuiusnam specie! fuerifc.
Hafn. 1744. 4°."

Not seen; title from Donndorff, Zool. Beytr., i, 1792, p. 776. [228.]

1744. "WiJBO, J. CANZIUS. Dissertatio de balaenarum piscatu. Lugd. Bat., 1774.

4°."

Not seen; from Bosgoed, op. tit., p. 253, no. 3G09. [229.1

1745. "EGEDE.H. A | Description | of | Greenland. | Shewing | The Natural History,

Situation, Boundaries, | and face of the Country; the Nature of the | Soil; the
Eise and Progress of the old Nor- | wegian Colonies ; the ancient and modern |
Inhabitants; their Genius and Way of Life, | and Produce of the Soil; their
Plants, Beasts, | Fishes, &c. | with | A new Map of Greenland. | And | Several
Copper Plates representing different Animals, | Birds and Fishes, the Green-
landers Way of Hunting | and Fishing; their Habitations, Dress, Sports |
and diversions, &c. | — | By Mr. Hans Egede, | Missionary in that Country
for twenty-five Years. | — | Translated from the Danish. | — | London: |
Printed for C. Hitch in Paternoster Row; S. Austen in | Newgate-Street; and
J. Jackson near St. James's Gate. | MDCCXLV. 1 vol. sm. 8°. pp. xvi-J-2
11., 220, with 12 copperpll."

"Chap, vi, pp. 65-99, ' Of the Greenland Sea Animals, and Sea Fowl and Fishes.' "

Not seen; title from Cones, Birds Colorado Valley, 1878, p. 578. [230.]

1745. GUMILLA, J. El Orinoco | Ilustrado, y Defendido, | Historia Natural, | Civil, y
Geographica | De este Gran Rio, | y de sus caudolosas vertientes: | Govierno,
Usos, y Costumbres de los Indies | sus habitadotes, con neuvas, y utiles noti-
cias de Animates, Arboles, | Fiutos Aceytes, Refinas, Yervas, y Raices medici-
nales ; y sobrestodo, se hallaran couvetsiones muy singulares a N. Santa F<5, |
y casos cle mucha edificaciou. | Escrita | Por el Padre Joseph Gumilla, de la
Coma-ilia de Jesus | . . . [= titles, 6 lines] | Segunda Impression, Revista y
Augmentada | por su mismo Autor, y dividida en dos Partes. | Toino [Seal]
Primero | — J En Madrid: Por Manuel Fernandez, Impressor de el Supremo |

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 447

1745. GUMILLA, J.— Continued.

Consejo de la Inquisicion, y de la Revereuda Camara Apostolica, | en la Caba
Baxa. Ano M. DCC. XLV. 2 vols., 4°. 11. 24, pp. 1-403, 11. 2, map, and pll.

Variedad de Peces, y singulares industrias de los Indies para pescar: Piedras, y buessos
medicinales, qne se ban descubierto en algunos pescados, torn, i, cap. xxi, pp. 314-330.—
Manati, pp. 319-327. Account of the abundance of these animals in the Orinoco and its tribu-
tary waters, the manner of their capture by the Indiana, their habits and external appearance,
and the wonderful medicinal properties of their ear bones.

First edition, not seen; there is a later Spanish edition published in 1791 (q. r?.>; also a
French edition (1758, q.v.), and doubtless others. [231.]

1745. SMITH, [W.] A | Natural History | of | Nevis, | And the rest of the English Lee-

ward Charibee Islands | in | America. | With many other Observations on |
Nature and Art ; | Particularly, An Introduction to | The Art of Deciphering. |
In | Eleven Letters from the Revd. Mr. [William] Smith, | sometime Rector of
St. John's at Nevis, and | now Rector of St. Mary's in Bedford ; to the | Revd
Mr. Mason, B. D. Woodwardian | Professor, aud Fellow of Trinity- College, in
Cambridge. | — | Cambridge: | Printed by J. Beutham, Printer to the Uni-
versity; | ... 1= names of four booksellers.] | MDCCXLV. 8°. 11. 3, pp. 1-
318, 11. 5.

Natural history, passim. Account of "Millions of Porpusses" seen near the "Leeward
Charibbee Islands," pp. 185,186; two species, one of them "with Noses in the exact form,
and full as big as Quart Glass-bottles, on which account they have justly acquired the name
of Bottle-noses." Account of a fight between the "Grampus" and the "Sword-Fish and
Thrasher as Allies," pp. 198, 199. Also account of a Baleen Whale, 35 feet long, stranded at
Burgh, Lincolnshire, pp. 199-201. [232.]

1746. "ANDERSON, J. Herrn Johann Anderson, | I. V. D. | und weyland ersten Bur-

germeisters der freyen Kayserlichen | Reichstadt Hamburg, | Nachrichten |
von Island, | Gronland und der Strasse Davis, | zum wahren Nutzen der Wis-
senschaften | und der Handlung. | Mit Kupfern, und einer nach den neuesteu
und in diesem Werke ange- | gedeneu Entdeckungen, genau eingerichteten
Landcharte. | Nebst eiuem Vorborichte | von den Lebensumstiinden des Herrn
Verfassers. | [Vignette.] | Hamburg, | verlegts Georg Christian Grnnd,
Buchdr. 1746. 1 vol. son. 8vo, 8 leaves to a sig. Vignette facing title, title,
reverse blank, 14 unpaged 11. ('Vorrede' and ' Vorbericht'), pp. 1-328, 3 un-
paged 11. ('Register'); map, and 4 pll., at pp. 43."

"... There are numerous editions; besides the three I here give (see 1750 and 1756),
there are these: German, Frankfurt u. Leipzig, 1747; Danish, Copenhagen, 1748; English,
London, 1758, folio; and two or three French versions of later dates than 1750. — tfeeCuv.,
It. A., iii, 331; BOHM., Bibl., i, 769; AG. & STUICKL., Bibl., i, 127."

Not, -von; title and comment from Coues, Birds Col. Vail., App., 1878, p. 579.

Amlei sou's work, from its early date and the detailed information it gives, is one of im-
portance in its relation to Cetology. See later editions, especially the Dutcn versions of 1750
and 1756.

Strange as it may seem, I have been unable to find any edition of Anderson in any of the
principal libraries of Cambridge and Boston, the collations here given being all at second
hand. [233.]

1746. AXON. ? " Lijst (Naauwkeurige) van Nederlandsche schepen die sedert 1061 naar
Greenland, en sedert 1719 tot op dozen tegenwoordigen tijd naar de straat
Davis ziju uitgevaren. Amsterdam, C. van Tongerloo. 1746. kl. 8°. Een
vervolg op dezo lijst vindt men bij : Honig."

"In Fr. Muller's Catalogue of books on America, wordt onder No. 17&1 een Hollandsch MS.
vermeld, bevattende aanteekeningen.vande schepen, inde jaren 1753-1773 naar Greenland en
de straat Davids, ter walvischvangst vertrokken; en onder No. 1782 eene Lijst in welcke
jaaren de meeste en weinigste visschen uit Greenland en de straat Davids zijn aangebragt
(1669-1792). 1 vel. folio. No. 663: Lijst van de Hollandsche en Hamburger Groenlands- eu
Straat Davids vaarders Ao 1764 uitgevaaren. Amst., J. M. lirouwer. 1765. 8°."

Not seen; title and note from Bosgoed, op. cit.., pp. 241, 242, no. 3505. See, also, 1807. Ho-
NIG, J. [234. j

1746, "EGEDE, HANS. Beschrijving van Oud-Groenland, of eigentlijk van de zooge-
naainde Straat Davis; behelzcnde deszelfs uatuurlijke historic, stands gele-

448 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1746. "EGEDE, HANS. — Continued.

genheid, gedaante, greusscheidingen, veld-gewassen, dieren, vogelen, visschen,
enz. Mitsgaders den oorsprong en voortgang der aeloude Noorweegsche volk-
plantingen in dat gewest; beneveus den aart, inborst, woonigen, levenswijze,
kleding, enz. der hedendaagsche inboorlingen. Eerst in de Deensche taal
beschreven door Mr. Hans Egede, en nu in 't Nederduitsch overgebragt. Met
een nieuwe kaart van dat landschap en (10) aardige printverbeeldingen ver-
siert. Te Delft, bij R. Boitet, 1746. 4°."

"Zie aldaar: Van de zec-dicren, zoe-vogels en visschen, walvisschen, en/., bl. 54-67 . . .
Van de gewono bezigheden als jagen en visschen en de noodigo gereedscbappen daartoe, bl.
84-94."

Not seen ; title and references from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 235, no. 3451. For reference to the
matter relating to Cetaceans, see the original Danish edition of 1741. [235.]

1746. LIXNE, C. Caroli Linnaei | . . . [=titles, 2 lines] | Fauna | Svecica | Sistens |

Animalia Sveciae Regni: | Qvadrupedia, Aves, Amphibia, | Pisces, Insecta,
Vermes, | Distributa | Per | Classes & Ordines, | Genera & Species. | Cum |
Differentiis Specierum, | Synonymis Auctorum, | Nominibus Incolarum, | Lo-
cis Habitationum, | Descriptionibus Insectorum. | — | Stockholmiae | Sumtu
& literis Laurentii Salvii | 1746. 8°. 14 11., pp. 1-411, pll. i, ii.

Classis iv. Pisces. I. Plagiuri — Cetacea, pp. 98-100, 4 genn., 6 spp., to wit: 1. Catodon
fistula in cervice, p. 98 =Physeter macrocephalus ; 2. Mouodon, p. 98; 3. Balcena fistula in
medio capite, dorso caudam versus acuminato, p. 98 ; 4. Balcena fistula in medio capite, tubero
pinniformi in extreme dorso, p. 99; 5. Delphinus corpore subconiformi, dorso lato, rostro sub-
acuto, p. 99; 6. Delphinus rostro sursum repando, dentibus latis serratis, p. 100. [236.]

1747. BROWNE, J., and others, or EDITOR. An Account of the Experiments relating to

Ambergris, made by Mr. John Browne, and Mr. Ambrose Godfrey Hauckwitz,
FF. R. S., with Mr. Nnvmarfs Vindication of his Experiment, drawn up by
C. Mortimer, R. S. Seer. <^Philos. Trans., Abridged by Martyn, 1732-44, ix, pt. 3,
1747, pp. 366-368.

From Philos. Trans. Lond., no. 435, p. 437. See 1735. EDITOR. [237.]

1747. HAMPE, J. H. A Description of the same Narhual [as forms the subject of Dr.
Steigertahl's communication]. <^Philos. Trans., Abridged by Martyn, 1732-44,
44, ix, pt, 3, 1747, p. 72.

From Philos. Trans. Lond., no. 447, p. 149. See 1738. HAMPE. [238.]

1747. NEUMAN, C. Of Ambergris . . . <Phil. Trans., Abridged by Martyn, 1732-44,
ix, pt. 3, 1747, pp. 339-346, 346-358, 358-366.

From Philos. Trans. Lond., no. 443, p. 344; no. 434, p. 371; no. 435, p. 417. See 1738. NEU-
MANN. [239.]

1747. [PREVOST, A. F.] Sierra-Leona, par Atkins. <^Hist. ge'ner. des Voy., du Prfcost,
iii, 1747, pp. 239-252.

Manat6e ou Vacho marine, pp. 240-241. External characters and mode of capture, based
on Atkins, Voy. en Guinee, etc., p. 43. (See ATKINS, under 1735.)

La Vache do mer ou le Lamantin, ibid., pp. 315-316. A compiled account, based largely on
Atlcins, op. cit.

Poisson de mer & do rivieres [de la C6te d'Or], ibid., iv, pp. 256-262. Le Grampus ou le
Souffleur, pp. 259, 2GO. Le Marsouin, p. 260.

Poisson de mer & d'eau douce [de Congo <fc d' Angola], ibid., v, 1748, pp. 91-95. L'Ambize
Angulo, pp. 92-93. Account of external characters, etc., compiled from Dapper. |240.]

1747. SCILLA, AUGUSTIXO. De | Corporibus Marinis | Lapidescentibus | quss defossa

reperiuntur, | AuctoreAugustinoScilla | addita dissertatione | Fabii Columnae

| de Glossopetris. | [Vignette.] Romse, Typis Antonii de Rubeis in via Semi-

narii Romani. | MDCCXLVII. | — | Superiorum permissu. 4°. 11. 5, pp. 1-73,

11. 3, pll. i-xxviii-f-frontispiece.

In this first Latin version of Scilla (see 1670. SCILLA) the description of Squalodont remains
occurs at p. 47. The plates are the same as those of the original edition, the Squalodout
remains being represented in fig. 1, pi. xii. [241.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 449

1747. STEIGERTAHL, [J. G.] Account of a Narhual or Unicorn Fish, by Dr. Steigertahl,

F. R. S., dated at Hanover Apr. 20, O. S. 1736. Translated from the French
by T. S. M. D., &c. <P/utos. Trans., Abridged by Martyn, 1732-44, lx, pt.3,
1747, pp. 71, 72, pi. v, fig. 42. '

From Philos. Trans. Lond., no. 447, p. 147. See 1738. STEIGERTAHL. [242.]

1748. BAECK, ABR. "De cornu Piscis piano singular! carinae navis impacto. <^Acta

A cad. Caes. Nat. Cur., viii, 1748, pp. 199-217."

Not seen; perhaps not Cetacean. Title from Carus and Engehnann. 1243.]

1748. ELLIS, H. A | Voyage | to | Hudson's-Bay, | by the | Dobbs Galley and Cali-
fornia, | In the Years 1746 and 1747, | For Discovering a | North West Pas-
sage; | with | An accurate Survey of the Coast, and a short | Natural History
of the Country. | Together with | A fair Vievr of the Facts and Arguments
from | which the future finding of such a Passage is | rendered probable. | By
Henry Ellis, Gent. | Agent for the Proprietors of said Expedition. | To which
is prefixed, | An Historical Account of the Attempts hitherto made | for the
finding a Passage that Way to the East Indies. | Illustrated with proper Cuts,
and a new and correct Chart | of Hudson's-Bay, with the Countries adjacent.
| — | London: | Printed for H. Whitridge, at the Royal Exchange. |
M.DCC.XLVIII. 1 vol. sm. 8°. pp. i-xxviii, 1-335, map, and cuts.

The plate facing p. 132 gives a figure of "The Great Harpoon for Whales, with its Barb,
Coil, & Bouy" used by the Eskimo. On the plate facing p. 134 are figures of "A Sea Uni-
corn" and "A Whale." In the text there are merely incidental allusions to these animals.
The figure of the Whale was doubtless intended for that of Balcsna mysticetus, but the head
is very short in proportion to the whole length of the animal.

A German translation of Ellis appeared at Gottingen in 1750, and a French and a Dutch
translation at Leiden the same year, each in 8°, q. v. [244.]

1748. LINNE, C. Carol! Linnaji | Archiatr. Reg. Met. et Bot. Profess. Upsal. | Sys-

tenia | Naturaj j sistens | Regna tria Naturae. | in | Classes et Ordines | Genera
et Species | redacta | Tabulisque a^uis illustrata. | [Monogram.] — [Cum
privilegio S. R. M. PolonicsB ac Electoris Saxon. | — | Secundum sextain
Stockholmiensem eineudatam & auctam | cditionem. | — | Lipsiae, Impensis
Godofr. Kiesewetter. | 1748. 11. 3, pp. 1-224, 11. 15, pll. i-vii.

Pisces plagiuri (= Sirenia+ Cete), p. 39. Genera Trichecus (1 sp.), Catodon (2 spp.), Mono-
don (1 sp.), Ealcena (3 spp.), Delphinus (3 spp.), Physeter (2 spp.). Reference only to Artedi
and Faun. Suec.

PL iv, fig. 1, Plagiurus cum cauda horizontali = Delphinus ? [245.]

1748-56. " MEYER, J. D. Angenehmer und niitzlicher Zeitvertreib mit Betrachtung
curioser Vorstellung allerhaud kriechcnder, fliegender und schwemmender,
auf dem Land und irn Wasser sich befmdender und niihrender Thiere. Sowohl
nach ihrer Gestalt und ausserlichen Beschaffenheit nach der Natur gezeich-
net, gemahlet und in Kupfer gestochen von J. D. Meyer. Niirnberg, 1748-
1756. 3 din. folio. Met 240 gekleurde platen."

Not seen; title from 'Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 11, no. 120. [24(3.]

1749. COXDAMINE, M. DE LA. Relation abregde d'un Voyage fait dans I'intdrieur de

FAmerique m6ridionale, depuis la Cote de la Mer du Sud, jusques aux Cotes
du Bresil & de la Guiane, en descendant la riviere Amazones. <^Hist. de
VAcad. roy. des Sci. a Paris, ann. 1745 (1749), pp. 391-492, pi. ix.

Lamentin ou Poisson-boeuf, pp. 464, 465. [247.]

1749. GOMARA, F. L. DE. Francisco Lopez de Gomara, Historia de las Indias. <His-
toriadores | primitives | de las Indias occidentales, | que junto, traduxo en
parte, | y faco a luz, ilustrados con eruditas No- | tas, | y copiosos Indices, |
el ilustrissimo Seuor | D. Andres Gonzalez Barcia, | del Consejo, y camara de
S. M. | Divididos en tres Tornos. j Tomo 1[-III]. | [Design.] Madrid. Ano
MDCCXLIX. 3 vols. fol.

Del Pez, que llaman en la Espauola Manati, vol. ii, cap. xxxi, p. 25. External characters
and habits, one half page. [243. ]

29 GB

450 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1750. "ANDERSON, J. Histoire | Naturelle | do 1'Islande, | du Greenland, | du Dd-
troit do Davis, | Et d'autrcs Pays situe's sous le Nord, | Traduite de PAlle-
-mand | De M. Anderson, de l'Acad6mie | Impcriale, Bourg-mestre en Chef | de
la Ville de Hanabourg. | Par M * *, de I'Academie Impe"riale, & | de la Societe
Royale de Londres. | Tome Premier [Second]. | [Device.] | A Paris, | Chez
Sebastien Jorry, Imprimeur- | Librairo, Quai des Augnstins, pres | le Pont S.
Michel, aux Cigogues. | — | M. DCC. L. | Avec approbation & Privilege du
Roi. 2 vols. 18°. Vol. 1, vignette facing title, pp. i-xl, map, pp. 1-314, fold-
ing pll. i, ii, opp. p. 84 (birds) and p. 188. Vol. 2, 1 p. 1. (title), pp. i-iv, 1-391,
unnumbered pll. opp. pp. 54 (birds), 78, 108, 1G8, 220."

"Seo the orig. cd., 1746; there are said to be later French eds., of 1734 and 1764."

Not seen; from Cones, Birds Col. ValL, App., 1878, p. 580. [249-1

1750. "ANDERSON, Joh. Beschrijving van IJsland, Greenland en de straat Davis.
Verrijkt met (6) platen en een nieuwe kaart van de ontdekkingeii. Benevens
een voorberigt, bevattende de levensbijzonderheden van den schrijver. Uit
Let Hoogduitsch vertaald door J. D. T. Te Amsterdam, bij St. van Esvaldt.
1750. 4°."

"... "Walvisch. Baarden, spek, traan, bl. 78-82. "Waarin van andere visschen to onder-
scheiden, bl. 137. Onderschcidene soorten en nachrichcen van dien viseh, bl. 158. Wal-
vischdoder, bl. 194.

''"Walvischvangst. Hoe de Groenlanders dezelve verrichten, bl. 221. "Waarom de Hollan-
ders daarin beter slagen dan de Denen, bl. 129."

Not seen ; title and references from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 231, no. 3418. There is a later Dutch
edition (Amsterdam, 1756, q. v.), to which are appended Horrebow's observations. [250.]

1750. " BRING, S. Do piscaturis in Oceano Boreali. Lund., Goth. 1750. 4°."

Title from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 234, no. 3435. [251.]

1750. ELLIS, H. Voyage a la Baye de Hudson, en 1744-47, pour la do"couverte d'un
passage au Nord-Ouest. Trad, fie 1'Angl. augmented, Leide, 17cO. 8°. pll. 9.
This French translation is said to have been made by C. Sellius.
For account of the Cetological matter, see the original English ed. of 1748. [252.]

1750. ELLIS, H. Reize naar de Baal van Hudson, ter ontdekkinge van eenen Noord-
Wester doorfogt. Leiden, 1750. 8°. pll. 9, cuts in text.

Dutch translation of the English edition, 1748, q. 'v. [253.]

1750. ZORGDRAGER, C. G. Cornelius Gisbert Zorgdrager's | Beschreibung | des |
Grdulandischen | Walllischfangs | und | Fisehery, | nebst einer grfindlichen
Nachricht | von dem | Bakkeljau-und Stocklischfang | bey | Terreneuf, | und
einer kurzen Abhandlung | von | Gronland, Island, Spitzbergen, Nova Zem-
bla, | Jan Mayen Eiland, der Strasse Davids u. a. | Aus dem Hollandischen
ubersezt, und mit accuraten Kupfern und Land- | Charteu gezieret. | — |
Nurnberg, bey Georg Peter Mouath, 17 vO. 4°. Frontispiece, 11. 3, pp. 1-370,
11.5.

Frontispiece title-page, printed title-page, plain back. Vorrede des Verlegers, 2 11., with
the last backed by Erklaruug des Kupfer-Blates. Einleitung. Yon den ersten Erfindern
der neuen Kiisten und Lande insgemein, pp. 1-15. Then follows the Alte und neus Grou-
l&ndischen Fischery, pp. 16-302. Ztigabe (account of the Cachelot oder Potfisch), pp. 302, 303.
GrSnlandischen Wnllflsch-Fang, pp. 30J-346. Summarischo Nachricht von dem Bakkeljau-
und Stockfisch-Fang bci Terreneuf, in don nordliclion Theilen von America, aus den Schrift-
ten des IJerrn Denys gezogen. pp. 346-3C5. Erklarung etlicher fremd- und unbekaunten
WSrter, etc., pp. 363-370. Eegister, 5 leaves.

This is apparently a translation of the Dutch edition of 1720, with more or less abridg-
ment, especially the omission of the rhymed passages of the original, and the statistical lists
of the Greenland Whale-fishery, with the addition of the Account, of the Codfish-fishery of
later editions. The copy handled, although apparently in the original binding, lacks all the
maps and plates except the frontispiece. [254.]

1751. [DAUBEXTON, L. J. M.] Cachalot. <^Encycl., ou Diet. rais. des ScL, des Arts ct
des Metiers, ii, 1751, pp. 502, 503. [255.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 451

1751. KLEIX, J. T. Jacobi Theodori Klein | Sccr. Civ. ged. | Soc. reg. Lend, ct Acad.
Scient. Bonon. | Mernbri | Qvadrvpedvm | dispositio | brevisque j Historia
Natvralis. | [Vignette.] — | Lipsiae | apvd lonam Schmidt, bibl.Lvbec. | 1751.
4°. 11. 2, pp. 1-127, pll. i-iii + 2 unnumb.

Hanatcs, pp. 94, 95. [256.]

1751. STELLER, GEORG. WILHELM. De Bestiis marinis. <JVbr. Comm. Acad. sci. imp.
Petropolitanae, ii, 1749 (1751), pp. 289-398, pll.

Descriptio Manalt seu Vaccae marinao Hollantloriim, sea-cow Anglornm, Russorum Mor-
skaia Korowa. Occisad. 12. lul. 1742, in insula Bcringii American! inter ct Asiam in canali
sita, pp. 294-330. Descriptio partium externanim. pp. 296-309. Descriptio internarum par-
tium, pp. 309-318. Ossium brevis descriptio, pp. 318-320. Descriptio inorum et naturae, pp.
320-330. [257-1

1751. [VANDENESSE, M. DE.] Baleiue. <^EncycL, on Diet. rais. des ScL, des Arts et des

Metiers, ii, 1751, pp. 32-3(5.

Baleine, pp. 32, 33. Pcche tie la baleine, pp. 33-36. Le l)lanc de la baleine, p. 36. [258.]

1752. HILL, JOHN. An | History J of j Animals. | Containing Descriptions of the |

Birds, Beasts, Fishes, and Insects, | of the | Several parts of the World ; | and |
Including Accounts of the several Classes of Animalcules, | visible only by
the Assistance of Microscopes. | In these | The Characters, Qualities, and Forms
of the several Creatures are | described, the names by which, they are com-
monly known, as well as those by j which Authors, who have written on the
Subject, have called them are explained : | And each is reduced to the Class to
which it naturally belongs. | Illustrated with Figures, j — | By John Hill,
M. D. | Acad. Reg. Scient. Burdig. &.c. Soc. | — | London: | Printed for Thomas
Osborne, in Gray's-Iim. | — | MDCCLII. 2C. 11. 4, pp. 1-584, 11. 2, pll.
i-xxviii, colored. •

Fishes. Class the Fifth. Plagiuri, Cetaceous Fishes, pp. 310-317. Physeter, 2 spp., p. 310;
Dclphinus, 3 spp., pp. 310, 311; Balama, 4 spp., pp. 312-314; Monodon, 1 sp., p. 314, pi. xvi;
Catodon, 1 sp., p. 31 5 ; Trichechus, p. 317. A short but very good general account of the subject.
The specific names adopted are English, but the species are referred to Linntean genera. [259.]

1752. SCILLA, AUGUSTIXO. De | Corporibus Marinis | Lapidescentibus | quse defossa

reperiuiitur | Auctore Augnstiuo Scilla | additadissertatione | de Glossopetria
| Editio altera emendatior. | [Vignette.] Romse. MDCCLII. j Sumptibus Te-
nantiiMonaldinaBibliopolie in via Curfus. | — | — | Ex Typographia Lingua-
rum Oriental ium | Augeli Rotilii, et Philippi Bacchelli. | In ^Edipus Maxi-
mornm. j Superiorvm permissv. | 4°. pp. i-viii, 1-84, 11. 3, pll. i-xxviii -f I
& frontis.

In this edition (see SCILLA at 1670 and 1747) the description of the Squalodont remains is at
p. 55. The plates are apparently from the original etchings. [260.]

1753. Axox. "Naamlyst . . . van alle de Commandeurs, die sedert 1700 op Groen-

land en de Straat Davids voor Holland hebben gevaren . . . hoeveel vissen en
vaten spek ieder heeft aangebragt. Zaandam, 1753. 4°."

Not seen; title from Fr. MuUer's Cat. Amer. Books, 1877, p. 127, no. 2214. For an appar-
ently later edition of the same work, see 1770. SANTE, (>. VAN. [261.]

1753. BOND, J. An account of a machine for killing of Whales, proposed by John Bond,
M. D. <Philos. Trans. Lond., xlvii, art. Ixxi, 1753, pp. 429-435.

On account of the difficulty in propelling the harpoon to a sufficient distance, the \vriter
recommends the use of the ancient balista, with certain modifications to suit the exigencies
of the occasion. [262.]

1753. STELLER, G. W. Georg Wilhelm Stellers | ausfnhrlicbe | Beschreibung | von
souderbaren [ Meerthieren, | mit Erlauterungen und nothigen Kupfern | ver-
sehen. | [Vignette.]— | Halle, | in Verlag, Carl Christian Kummel. | 1753. | 8°.

11. 9, pp. 1-48.

Beschreibung eincs Manati odcr Meertuh, welches Thierden 12ten Julii 1742 auf der TnsiU
Bering, die zwischen America und Asieo im Canal gelegen ist, getodtet werden, pp. 48-107.

Detailed account of its external and internal anatomy. This work contains, (1) " Zur Ein-
leitung. Anatomie eines Meerkalbes, von Johaun Adam Kulmus, in Aciis Nat. Cur., vol. i,
obs. 5," pp. 1-41; (2) "Georg Wilhelm Stellers Abhandlung von Meerthieren," pp. 41-218,
a translation of De Bestiis marinis. See 1751. STELLEU, G. W. [263.]

452 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1753-54. PONTOPPIDAN, E. Erich Pontoppidans, D. | Bischofs uber das Stift Bergen in
Norwegen und Mit- | glieds der Konigl. Dan. Societat der Wissenschaften |
Versuch | einer | naturlichen | Historie | von Norwegen, | Worinnen die Luft,
Grund und Boden, Gewas- | ser, Gewachse, Metalle, Mineralien, Steinarten,
Thiere, | V6gel, Fische und endlichdas Nature!, wie auch die | Gewohnheiteu
nnd Lebensarten der Einwohner | dieser Konigreichs beschrieben werden. |
Erster Theil. | Aus dem Danischen ubersetzt | von | Jobann Adolph Scheibeu,
| K. D. C. | — | Mit Kupfern. | — | Kopenhageu, | Bey Franz Christian
Murame, | 1753. Zweiter Theil, 1754. 8°. Erster Theil, pp. 1-367, mit 16
Tafeln; Zweiter Theil, pp. 1-56, 1-536, mit 14 Tafeln.

Wallfisch, Zweiter Theil, pp.,223-234.

The species designated are: 1. Hvalfisk, pp. 223-232. This relates mainly to the Green-
land "Whale (Balcena mysticetiis), but also contains some reference to the Sperm "Whale ; the
figure (pi. facing p. 209) is that of Physeter macrocephalus. "2. Tuequal (the Plockfisch of the
Germans), p. 232. 3. Rorqval, p. 232. 4. Troldqual, p. 232. 5. Springhv'al, pp. 232, 284, pi.
facing p. 285. 6. Xebbe-HvaL p. 233, pi. facing p. 209, fig. orig. This last, named also Ba-
lcena rostrata, is evidently one of the Beaked "Whales, but the others are too briefly mentioned
to be identified. 7. Marsvin, p. 257. 8. XarhVnl, p. 359, pi. facing p. 247.

For further comment see infra (1755), the English ed. [264.]

1753-54. WAGENAAR, JAN. Vaderlandsche | Historie, | vervattende de | Geschiede-
nissen | der Vereenigde Nedcrlanden, | inzonderheid die van | Holland, | van
de vroegste tydenaf : | Uit de geloofwaardigste Schryvers en egte Gedenk- |
stukken samengesteld. | Met Konst plaaten en Karten opgehelderd. j . . . Te
Amsterdam, j By Isaak Tidrion. | 21 vols. 8°. 1749-1759.

Potwalvisch, by Kalwyk, gestrnnd, ix, 1753. pp. 37, 38. Begensels der Walvischvangst,
x, 1754, pp. 67 et seq. "Walvisschen voor Schevemngeii gestrand, x, p. 158. [265.]

1754.. AN ON. ? "Seeeinhorn. -^Berlin, icochentl. llelat. der Merlcw. Sachen a. d. Natur-
reiche, 1754, p. 719."

Xot seen; title from Donndorff, Zool. Beytr., i, 1792, p. 756. [266.]

1754. CATESBY, M. The | Natural History | of | Carolina, Florida, and of the Bahama
Islands : | Containing the Figures of | Birds, Beasts, Fishes, Serpents, Insects
and Plants: | Particularly the Forest- Trees, Shrubs, and other Plants, not
hitherto described, | or very incorrectly figured by Authors. | Together with
their Descriptions in English and French. | To which are added, | Observa-
tions on the Air, Soil, and Waters: | With Kemarksupon | Agriculture, Grain,
Pulse, Roots, &c. | To the whole is prefixed a new and correct Map of the
Countries treated of. | By the Late Mark Catesby, F. R. S. | Revis'd by Mr.
[George] Edwards, of the Royal College of Physicians, London. | — | Vol. I
[II]. [French version of the title follows.] London: | Printed for C. Marsh,
in Round Court in the Strand; T. Wilcox, over-against the new Church, in
the Strand; and B. Stichall in Clare-Court. | — | MDCCLIV. 2 vols. fol.
pll. col.

This is said to be identical with the original edition of 1731-33. Coues (op. cit.) gives a col-
lation of the 1771 ed.

Page xxxii of the "Account of Carolina and the Bahama Islands" contains 2 lines about
"Whales " and 10 lines about "The Porpesse,'' neither of any importance. [267.]

1754. DAUBENTON, L. J. M. Dauphin, delplrinus. <^Encycl., on Diet. rais. des Sci., des

Arts et des Metiers, iv, 1754, p. 645. [268.]

1755. ANON. ? "iTree and impartial remarks on the real importance of the Whalefish-

ery. London, Cooper. 1755. 8°."

!Not seen; from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 251, no. 3600. [269.]

1755. PONTOPPIDAN. The | Natural History | of | Norway: | containing | A particular
and accurate Account of the Temperature of the Air, the | different Soils,
Waters, Vegetables, Metals, Minerals, Stones, Beasts, | Birds, and Fishes;
together with the Dispositions, Customs, and | Manner of Living of the In-
habitants : Interspersed with Physiological | Notes from eminent Writers, and
Transactions of Academies. I In Two Parts. I Translated from the Danish

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 453

1755. PONTOPPIDAN — Continued.

Original of the | Right Revd. Erich Pontoppidan, | Bishop of Bergen in Nor-
way, and Member of the Royal Academy | of Sciences of Copenhagen. | Illus-
•trated with Copper Plates, and a General Map of Norway. | — | [Vignette.]
— | London: | Printed for A. Linde, Bookseller to Her Royall Highness the
Princess Dowager of Wales, in Catherine-Street in the Strand. | — | MDCCLV.
ibl. Pt. i, pp. i-xxiv, 1-206; pt. ii, pp. i-viii, 1-292, 11. 6, map, pll. 18, mostly
unnumbered.

Part ii, pp. 118-151, Cetacea, passim. 1. Hval-fisk, or Qua!, the Whale, pp. 118-123 =
Balcena mysticetus, principally, but in the account of this species several others are inci-
dentally mentioned; 2. Herring-Whale, pp. 120, 145, doubtless some kind of Finuer Whale;
3. Tuequal, or Bunch-back'd Whale, p. 123 = ? Megaptera longimana,- 4. Spring-bval, or
Springeren, p. I23 = Balcenoptera rostrata (cf. Fabricius, Faun. Groenl., p. 40); 5. Baloena,
rostraia, or Nebbe-hval, the Beaked Whale, p. 123 = Hyperoodon rostrata; 6. Doglingen, p.
124=? Globiocephalus melas ,• 7. Marsvin, or Porpesse, which is here called Nice, and also
Tumler, the Tumbler, p. 136 = Phoccena communis, at least in part; 8. Narhval, Unicornu
Marinum, the Unicorn Fish, p. 137, pi. marked "no. 4," but apparently no. 22 of the list at the
end of the volume = Monodon monoceros ; 9. Spek-hugger, or Yahu, pp. 122, 150, figured on
pi. "no. 5"(=no. 21 of the list at the end of the volume), described as "in shape much like a
Porpesse, and about four feet long," with a sharp snout and "very keen teeth," and "long
projecting jaws," and is said to prey upon the Whales, but the account as a whole cannot be
referred to any known species. It is impossible to say whether it be really a Cetacean.

Plates described as "20, 21, 22, Of Fishes, page 103" in the directions to the binder on the
reverse of p. 291 of pt. ii, embrace, among numerous other figures not Cetacean, 1 . The Whale
= Physeter macrocephalus, 2. " The Goosebilled Whale, " a caricature of probably some species
of Hyperoodon, 3. A Whale with two speta buggers, apparently a Delphinoid, attacked by
two of the " Spek -buggers " described at p. 150. There is no reference to these figures in the
text, and the names of none of them exactly correspond with those of the species there
described. 4. The Narwhal — an odd caricature copied from an earlier author. None of the
figures are in fact original.

Pontoppidan's account of the Whale tribe is largely derived from preceding authors, the rest
being- based mainly on accounts received from fishermen. The author frankly states that he
never saw a Whale except once, and then only the back of one as it came to the surface of the
water to breathe. It is of interest chiefly as a record of the myths then prevalent respecting
these creatures. His notices of them are interspersed among those of the Viviparous Fishes.
One specific name still current (Balcena ROSTEATA) for a species of Hyperoodon dates from
Pontoppidan. [270.]

1756. ''ANDERSON, J. Beschryving | van | Ysland, j Greenland | en de Straat Davis.

| Bevattende zo wel ene bestipte bepaliug van de ligging en | grote van die
Eilandeu, als een volledige ontvouwing van hunue | inwendige gesteltenis,
vuurbrakende Bergen, heete en war- | me Bronnen enz. een omstandig Bericht
van de Vruchten | en Kruiden des Lands; van de wilde en tamrne Landdie- |
ren, Vogelen en Visschen, de Visvangst der Yslanders | en hunne onderscheide
behaudeling, toebereiding en | drogen der Visschen, voorts het getal der In-
woon- | ders, hunnen, Aart, Levenswyze en Bezigheden, | Woningen. | Kle-
dingen, Handteering, Arbeid, | Veehoedery, | Koophandel, Maten en Ge- |
wichten, Huwelyks Plechtigheden, Opvoe- | ding hunner Kiuderen, Gods-
dienst, Ker- | ken en Kerkenbestuur, Burgerlyke Rege- | ring, Wetten, Straf-
oeifeningen en wat | wyders tot de Kennis van een Land | vereischt word. |
Door den Heer j Johan Anderson, | Doctor der Beide Rechten, en in Leven
eerste Burgerraeester | der vrye Keizerlyka Ryksstad Hamburg. | Verrykt met
Platen en een nieuwe naauwkeurige Landkaart der | ontdeKkinge, waar van
in dit Werk gesprokeu word. | Hit het Hoogduits vertaalt. | Door | J. D.'J. |
Waar by gevoegt zyn de Verbeteringen | Door den Heer Niels Horrebow, |
Opgemaakt in zyn tweejarig verblyf op Ysland. | [Designs.] | Te Amsterdam,

| By Jan van Dalen, Boekverkoper op de Colveniersburgwal | by de Staal-
straat. 1756. 1 vol. sm. 4°. Full-page vignette, title, both backed blank,
7 more unpaged 11. ('Voorbericht'), map, pp. 1-285+3 11. ('Bladwyzer'); with
5 pll. at pp. 34 (birds), 149 (birds), 172, 189, 216. To which is appended: Verbe-
teringen | Wegeus de | Beschryving | Van het Groot Eyland | Ysland, | Be-
schreven | Door den Heer | Johan Anderson. | Opgemaakt in een tweejarig

454 BULLLTIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1756. "ANDERSON, J. — Continued.

verblyf | op dat Eyland, | Door den Heer | Niels Horrebow. 5 unpaged 11.,
pp. 1-158."

Not seen; title from Cooes, Birds Col. Vail., 1878, p. 581. This is the later Dutch edition
referred to above at 1750. It is by the same translator, with the addition of Hoixebow's me-
moir, but is issued by a different publisher. See the references to the cetological matter
given from Bosgoed for the ed. of 1750. See, also, HOUIIEBOW, N., at 1769. [271.]

1756. BRISSOX, M. J. Kegnum animate | in Classes IX distributum, | sive | Synopsis
Methodica | sisteus generalem Aniuialiuni | distribution em in Classes IX, &
duarum priroarurn | Classium, Quadrupedum scilicet & Cetaceorum, parti- |
cularem divisionem in Ordines, Sectiones, Genera & | Species, | Cum brevi
cujusque Speciei, | descriptione Citationibus Auctorum de iis tractautium, |
Nomiuibus eis ab ipsis & Nationibus impositis, Nominibus- | que vulgaribus. |
A D. Brisson, Historic Naturalis Musei Realmuriaiii | Demonstratore. | Cum
Figuris seneis. | -r- | [Vignette.] | Parisiis. | Ad Ripam Augustinorum. | Apud
Cl. Joannem-Baptistam Bauche, Bibli(»polam, ad | Insigne StiE. Genovefaj &,
St!. Joannis in Deserto. | M. DCC. LVI. | — | Cum privilegio Regis & Approba-
tione. pp. i-vii, 1-382.

[Or],

Le Regne Animal | divise* en IX Classes, | ou | Mdthode | contenant la divi-
sion generale des | Animaux en IX Classes, & la division particuliere | des deux
premieres Classes, scavoir de celle des | Quadrupedes & de celle des Cetace'es,
en Ordres, | Sectiones, Genres & Espe"ces. | Aux quelles on a joint une |
courte description de chaqne Esp6ce, avec les Citations | des Auteurs qui en
'ont traite", les Noms qu'ils leurs orit | donnes, ceux que leurs ont donnes les
differentes | Nations, & les noms vulgaires. | ParM. [Mathuriu Jacques] Bris-
son, D6monstrateur du Cabinet d'Histoire | Naturelle de M. de Reaumur. |
Avec Figures en taille douce. [Vignette.] A Paris, | Quay des Augustins. |
Chez Cl. Jean-Baptiste Bauclie, Libraire, a I'Image Sainte | Genevie"ve & S.
Jean dans le Desert. | M. DCC. LVI. | — | Avec Privilege du Roi & Approba-
tion. 4°. 11. 2, pp. i-vj, 1. 1. pp. 1-382, 1. 1. Text in both Latin and French.

Genus Odobeni=Sirenia + Wall-uses, pp. 48-51. — Le Lamantin, Jfana£ws(=genn. Manatus
et Halicore), pp. 49-51.

Classe ii. | Les Cetace'es. | [ou] Classis ii. | Cetacea. [half-title, p. 341], pp. 341-382.

The Cetacea are divided into fouK orders:

Order I. Cetacea edentula. with 1 genus, Balcena, and 7 species, to wit: 1. Balcena vulgaris
Groenlandica, p. 347 = 13. mysticetus ; ii. Balcena Ixlandica. p. 350 = JR. biscayensis; J*. Balcena
Novce Anglice, p. 351 — " Bunch or Hump-back-wbnlc" of the English; 4. Balscna bipinnis, sex
in dorso gibbis, p. 351 = 1?. gibbosa, Erxleben or "Scrag Whale" of Dudley; Agaphelus gibbo-
sits, Cope; 5. Bala3na tripinnis, ventri levi, p. 352; 6. Balaena tripinnis, ventre rugoso, rostro
rotundo, p. 353=Physalus antiquorum ,• 7. Balajna tripinnis, ventre rugoso, rostro acuto,
p. 355=Balcenoptera rostrata.

Order II. Cetacea dentata in maxilld inferiore tantiim, with 1 genus, Cetus, and 7 species.
1. Cetus, p. 358 = Physeter macrocephalus; '5. Cetns albicans, p. 3ZQ = Beluga catodon ;
3. Cetus Novce Anglice, p. 360="Sperma Ceti Whale" of Dudley, hence Phyiseter macro-
cephalus; 4. Cetus minor, p. 36l = Physeter macrocephalus, juv. ; 5. Cetus tripinnis, deutibus
acutis, rectis, p. 36°2 = Physeter macrocephalus ; 6. Cetus tripinnis, dentibus acutis, ai'cuatus,
falcifornus, p. 363 = PAi/se<<?r macrocephalus; 7. Cetus tripinnis, dentibus in planum desinen-
tibus, p. 3G4 = Physeter macrocephalus.

Order III. Cetacea dentata in maxilld superiore tentum, with 1 genus, Ceratodon, and 1 spe-
cies: Ceratodon=3fonodon monoceros.

Order IV. Cetacea dentata in utrdque maxilld, with 1 genus, Delphinus, and 5 species, to
wit: 1. Delphinus, p. 369 = Delphinux delphis ; 2. Phoccena, p. 31l = Phoccena communi* ;
3. Delphinus pinna in dorso un& Gladii recurvi semula, dentibus acutis, rostro quasi trun-
cato, p. 372 = Physeter macrocephalus; 4. Orca, p. 373 = Orco gladiator; 5. Physeter, p. 374
= Physeter macrocephalus.

Total, 4 genera, 20 species. Of the latter no less than 7 are based on different accounts of tho
Sperm Whale, the aiithor compiling indiscriminately from Sibbald, Artedi, Klein, etc. [272.]

1756. LINXE, C. Caroli Linnsei | Archiatr. Reg. Med. et Bot. Profess. Upsal. | Sys-
tema | Nature | sisteus Regna tria Naturae | in | Classes et Ordines j Genera

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 455

1756. LINN£, C. — Continued.

ct Species | redaeta, | tabalisqae seneis illustrata. | Accednnt yocabula Gal-
lica. | Editio ranlto auctior & emendatior. | [Vignette.] Lugduui Batavo-
rum, | Aptid Theodorain Haak, | MDCCLVI. 8°. 11. 4, pp. 1-2*27, 11. 9+4,
pll. i-viii.

Classis iv. Pisces. Ordo 8. Plagiuri. Genn. Trichecvs, Catodon, Monodon, Balcena, Del-
phinus, Physeter (pp. 39, 40). Trichecus here includes the single species "1. Manatus ... la
Lamantin." Catodon has 2 species; Monodon, 1; Balccna, 4; Delphinw, 3; Physeter, 2 —
geun. 6, spp. 13. [273.]

1757. BOND, JOHN. Bericht wegens een Werktuig omWalvissente Schieten. <^Hou-

tuyn's Uilyezogte Verhandl. nit dc Aicmcste JFerken van de Sovietieten der We-
tensch. in Europa, etc., i Band, ii Deel, 1757, pp. 1-10.

From: Phil. Trans., 1757, vol. xlvii, pp. 429 et seq. See 1751. BOND, J. [274.]

1757. "DEBES, L. JAC. Naturliclie and Politische Historic der Inseln. Faroe, woriun
die Luft, Grand and Boden, Gewasser, Thiere, Vogel, Fische, etc., das Nata-
rel, die Gewobnheiten, Lebensart der Eimvobner dieser Inseln and ibre Ver-
fassang beschrieben werden. Aas dem DUniscbcn ubersetzt. Kopenbagen
and Leipzig, Pelt, 1757. 8°. Met kopergrav."

Xot seen; from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 50, no. 773. For account of the cetological matter of
Debea's work, see English version, at 1676. [275.]

1757. HORREBOW, N. Tbe | Nataral History | of | Iceland: | containing | A particular

and accarate Accoant of tbe different Soils, barning Moan- | tains, Minerals,
Vegetables, Metals, Stones, Beasts, Birds, and Fisbes; | together with the
Disposition. Castoms, and Manner of Living of | the Inhabitants. Interspersed
•with an Accoant of the Island, by | Mr. Anderson, late Burgo-master of Ham-
bargh. | To which is added, a Meteorological Table, with Remarks. | Trans-
lated from the Danish Original of N[iels]. Horrebow. And illastrated with a
New General Map of the Island. | — | London: | . . . [= names of booksellers,
4 lines]. MDCCLVII. 2°. pp. i-xx, 1-207, map.

Chap. Ixv. Concerning the Whale. Chap. Ixvi. Concerning the porpus, pp. 85-87. Brief
account of the capture and ust-8 of these animals. 1 276. |

1758. BORLASE, WILLIAM. The | Nataral History | of | Cornwall. | The | Air, Climate,

Waters, Rivers, Lakes, Sea, and Tides; | Of the Stones, Semimetals, Metals,
Tin, and the Manner of Mining; | The Constitation of the Stannaries; | Iron,
Copper, Silver, Lead, and Gold, foand in Cornwall. | Vegetables, Rare Birds,
Fishes, Shells, Reptiles, and Quadrupeds: | Of the Inhabitants, | Their Man-
ners, Customs, Plays or Interlades, Exercises, and Festivals; | the Cornish
Langaage, Trade, Tenares, and Arts. | Illastrated with a new Sheet Map of
the Coanty, and Twenty-Eight Folio | Copper- Plates from Original Drawings
taken on the Spot. | — | By William Borlase, A. M. F. R. S., | Rector of Ludg-

van, and Aathor of the Antiquities of Cornwall. | — | Natale

solnni dalcedine captos | Dacit. | — | Oxford, | Printed for the Aathor ; by W.
Jackson: | Sold by W. Sandby, at the Ship in Fleet-Street London; and the
Booksellers of Oxford. | — | MDCCLVIII. fol. pp. i-xix, 1-326, 1. 1.

Sect. ii. Sea-fish, and first cetaceous, pp. 2C3, i:64, pi. xxvii, figg. i, 2.

The "blower, or fin-fish (Physeter of authors)," p. 263. "The grampus, or Porcus marinus
major of Raj'," p. 263. "The por-pesse, Porcus marinus seu Phoccuna vel Tursio," etc., p. 264,
pi. xxvii, fig. 2. "The dolphin, tbe Delphinus of the .ancients and moderns," p. 264, pi. xxvii,
fig. 1. The figures are from the drawings "of thai accurate Ichthyologist, the late Reverend
Mr. Jaso of Loo." [277.]

1758. GUMILLA, J. Histoire | Natarelle, Civile | Et Geographiqae | de j L'Orenoqae. |
Et des principales Rivieres qui s'y jettent. | Dans laqaelle on traite da Goa-
vernement, | des asages & des coatarnes des Indiens | qai 1'habitent, des ani-
manx, des arbres | des fraits, des rdsines, des herbes & | des racines mddici-
nales qai naissent dans | le Pai\s. On y a joint le detail de plusiears | Conver-
sions remarquables & 6diiiantes. j Par le Pere Joseph Gamilla, de la | Com-
pagnie de Jesus, Saperiear des Missions de TOrenoqae. | Tradaite de 1'Espaguol

456 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1758. GUMILLA, J. — Continued.

sur la Secomle | Edition, par M. Eidous ci-devant | Ingenieur des Arrndes de
S. M. C. | Tome Second. ([Ornament.] A Avignon, | Chez la Veuve de F.
Girard, Imprimeur. j Et se vend, | A Marseille, | Chez D. Sibie", Imprinieur du
Roi, | & Jean Mossi, Libraire. | — | M. DCC. LVIII. 3 vols. 12°.

Poissons de FOrenoque. Moyens industrieux <lont les Indiens se servent ponr lea prendre.
Vertus Medicinales des Pierres & des Os qu'on trouve dans quelques uns. Tom. ii, chap, xxi,
pp. 36-58.— Manati, pp. 43-55.

For comment, see the Spanish edition of 1745. [278.]

1758-77. "GMELLNT, Pn. F., und CHRI&TMAXN, G. F. Onomatologia medica completa,
seu Onomatologia liistoriae natural is, oder vollstiind. Lexicon das alle Bencn-
nungen der Kunstworter der Naturgesch. uach ihrem ganzen Urnfang erkliiret
u. den reiclien Schatz der ganzen Natur durch deutliche u. riclitige Beschrei-
bungen des niitzlichen u. soiiderbaren von alien Thiereu, Pflanzen u. Mine-
ralien sowohl vor Aerzte als andere Liebhaber in sich fasst zu allgemeiuera
Gebr. von einer Gesellschaft naturforschender Aerzte nach den richtigsteu
Urkunden zusammengetragen. 7 Bde. A-Z. (1-4 von Ph. F. Gmelin, 5-7 von
G. F. Christmann). gr. 8°. Ulm ; Frankfort n. Leipzig, 1758, '61, '66, 73, '75, 77."

Xot seen ; title at second hand, but source not noted.

Cetaceen, passim. [279.]

1759. SCILLA, AUGUSTIXO. De | Corporibus Marinis J Lapidescentibus | qua3 defossa

reperiuntur | Auctore Augustine Scilla | addita dissertatione | Fabii Co-
lumuai | de Glossopetris | Editio altera eineudatior. I [Vignette.] Romas
MDCCLIX. | Sumptibus Venantii Monaldini Bibliopolae iu via Cursus.
| — | — | Ex Typographia Joannis Zempel | Prope Montem Jordanum. |
Svperiorvm pennissv. 4°. 11. 4, pp. 1-82. 11. 3, pll. i-xxviii-j-1 and frontis.

This third Latin edition (see SCILLA, at 1670, 1749, and 1752) seems to be textually the same

as the first and second, with modifications of title-page and accessories. The matter relating

to the Squalodont remains occurs at p. 54 ; the plates are identical with those of the earlier

. editions. [280.]

1760. DOUGLASS, W. A | Summary, | Historical and Political, | of the | First Plant-

ing, Progressive Improvements, | and Present State of the British Set- | tle-
ments in North America. | Containing |

I. Some general Account of ancient |
and modern Colonies, the grant- j
ing and settling of the British |
Continent and West India Island j
Colonies, with some transient |
Remarks concerning the adjoin- I
ing French and Spanish Settle- |
ments, and other Remarks of |
various Natures.

II. The Hudeon's-Bay Company's |
Lodges, Fur and Skin Trade. |

III. Newfoundland Harbours and I

IV. The Province of L'Acadie or
Nova Scotia; with the Vicissi-
tudes of the Property and Ju-
risdiction thereof, and its present
State.

V. The several Grants of Saga-
dahock, Province of Main, Mas-
sachusetts-Bay, and New- Ply-
mo nth, united by a new Char-
ter in the present Province of
Massachusetts - Bay, commonly
called New- England.

Cod-Fishery.

By William Douglass, M. D. | Vol. I. [-II] | — | Ne quid falw dicere audeat,
ne quid veri non audeat. -Cicero. | — | London, | Printed forR. & J. Dodsley,
in Pall-mall. | MDCCLX. | 2 vols. 8°.

The title-pages of the two volumes differ only in respect to the matter detailing the con-
tents of the volumes. There appears to have been an earlier [1755] edition, from which this
seems to be not textually different.

A digression concerning whaling, vol . i. pp. 56-G1. Ambergris and spermaceti are described ;
eight different kinds of "Whales are briefly described, with some account of the products of
each of the habits of Whales, and of whaling.

A digression concerning fisheries, ibid., pp. 294-304. I. Whales, pp. 296-298. This gives
an account of the Xew England Whale-fishery as it existed in 1748, with remarks on the
habits of the Whales pursued, and is of especial importance. [281.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 457

1761. CHARLEVOIX, P. [F. X. DE]. Journal | of a | Voyage | to | North- America. |

Undertaken by Order of the | French King. | Containing | The Geographical
Description and Natural | History of that Country, particularly | Canada. |
Together with | An Account of the Customs, Characters, | Religion, Manners
and Traditions | of the original Inhabitants. | In a Series of Letters to the
Duchess of Lesdiguieres. | Translated from the French of P. de Charlevoix. |
In two volumes. | Vol. I.f | — | London : | Printed for R. and J. Dodsley, in
Pall-Mali. | — | MDCCLXI. 2 vols. 8°. Vol. i, pp. i-viii, 1-382, 1 map.
Vol. ii, pp. i-viii, 1-380, 11. 13.

The passage about Porpoises, and Whales is in vol. i, pp. 227-230. See, also, CHARLEVOIX,
at 1744 and 1763. [282.]

1762. HOUTTUYN, F. Natuurlyke Historic | of | Uitvoerige Beschryving | der | Die-

reu, Planten | en | Mineraalen, | Volgens het Sameustel van den Heer | Lin-
naeus. | Met naauwkeurige Af beeldiugen. | — | Eerste Deels, Derde Stuk. |
Vervolg der | Zoogende Dieren. | [Vignette.] Te Amsterdam, | By F. Hout-
tuyn. | M D CC LXII. 8°. 11. 3, pp. 1-554, 11. 2-, pll. xxii-xxviii.

Cetacea, pp. 423-534. 1. Eenhoorn-Visch, pp. 423-441; 2. Mysticetus, Groenlandsche Wai-
visch, pp. 442-477 (Historic der Walvisch-Vangst, pp. 457^77) ; 3. Physalus, Vinvi.sch, pp.
477-485; 4. Hoops, Ossen-Oog, pp. 485-487 ; 5. Musculus, Breedsmoel, 487-500 ; 6. Catodon,
pp. 503-505 ; 7. Macrocephalus, Potvisch, pp. 505-530 ; 8. Microps, Klein-Gog, pp. 530-53G ;
9. Tursio, Mustvisch, pp. 536-539; 10. Phoccena, Bruinvisch, pp. 540-543; 11. Delphis,
Dolphyn, pp. 543-547; 12. Orca, Botskop, pp. 547-554. [283.]

1762. "JoNAEUs, W. Dissertatio de piscatura, cujus particula prima, de quibusdam
Balaenis in mari Islandico captis vel ad littora ejectis, earumque usu, praeci-
pue occasione libri, dicti Su Konunglega Skuggsja, sive speculum regale,
resp. J. Jonaeus. Hafniae, 1762. 10 bladz."

Not seen; from Bosgoed, op. tit., p. 239, no. 3489. [284.]

1762. SPILMAN, H. "Cachelot, gestrand tusschen Zandvoort en Wyk op Zee, 1762.

Naar J. Augustini door H. Spilman. br. folio."

From Bosgoed, op. tit., p. 176, no. 2777. [285.]

1762 (circa"). VINNE, V. VAN DER. "Cagelot, lang 61 voeten, den 20 Febr. 1762 tussen
Zantvoort en Wijk-op-Zee aangedreeven. Door V. van der Vinne. br. 4°."

From Bosgoed, op. tit., p. 176, no. 2778. [285.]

1763. BELLIN, S. Description | Geographique de la Guyane. | Contenant | les Posses-

sions et les Etablissemens | des Francois, des Espagnols, des Portugais, | des
Hollandois dans ces vastes Pays. | Le Climat les Productions de la Teire et les
Animaux [ Leurs Habitans, leurs Moeurs, leurs Coutumes. | et le Commerce
qu'ou y peut faire. | Avec des Remarques pour la Navigation et des | Cartes,
Plans, et Figures, | Dresse"es au D6post des Cartes et Plans de la Marine | Par
Ordre de M le Due de Choiseul Colonel | General des Suisses et Grisons, Mi-
nistre de la | Guerre et de la Marine. | Par le S. Bellin Ingenieur de la Marine et
du | Depost des Plans, Censeur Royal, de PAcademie de | Marine et de la So-
ciete" Royale de Londres. | M. DCC. LXIII. 4°. pp. i-xiv (pi. title and engr.
title, which is the one here given, and "Avertissement"), 1. 1, pp. 1-294, 1. 1,
maps, numerous plans, and pll. i-x.

Le Manati, pp. 65, 66, pi. v (Peche du Lamentin par les Indiens ; Lamenum, Manate, Yacho
Marine). 'Description apparently original; figure a copy from Labat (see 1724. LABAT
K. R.). [287.]

1763. CHARLEVOIX, [P.F.X.DE]. Letters | to the | Dutchess of Lesdiguieres; | Giving
an Account of a | Voyage to Canada, | and | Travels through that vast Coun-
try, | and | Louisiana, to the Gulf of Mexico. | Undertaken | by Order of the
present King of France. | By Father Charlevoix. | ... [=28 lines of small
type in 2 columns, giving description of contents of the work.] Printed for
R. Goadby, and Sold by R. Baldwin, in Pater- | Noster-Row, London. 1763.
8°. pp. i-xiv, 1 1., pp. 1-384. Without maps.

The passage relating to Porpoises and "Whales is at pp. 81-88.

See the original edition, 1744; also the earlier (1761) English edition. [288.]

458 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1763. EGEDE, H. Herrn Hans Egede, | Missionars und Bischofes in Gronland, |
Beschreibung | und | Natur-Geschichte | von j Grfinland, ubersetzet | von | D.
Joh[ann]. Ge[org]. Krunitz. | [Vignette.]— | Mit Kupfern. | — | Berlin, |
verlegts August Mylius. \ 1763. 8C. pp. i-xii, 1-237, i-xi Tafeln.

Cetacea, pp. 89-100, iv, v Tafeln. 1. Fin-Fisch, p. 89, Taf. iv ; S2. Bart-Fisch, p. 90, Taf. ir ;
3. Nordcaper, p. 95; 4. Schwerdfisch, p. 96; 5. Cachelot, oder Pot-Fisch, p. 97 ; 6. Weiss-
fisch, p. 98, Taf. V; 7. Buttskopf, p. 98 = Hyperoodon, sp.; 8. Seeeinhorn. Einhornfish.
Narwal, p. 99, Taf. v, animal and skull; 9. Der Niser oder das Meerschwein, p. 105. "Wall-
fischfang, pp. 124-127. [289.J

1763. GRONOVIUS, LAUR[ENTIUS] THEOD[ORUS]. Zoophylacii | Gronoviani | Fasci-

culus primus | exliibens | Aninialia | Quadrupeda, | Amphibia | atque |
Pisces, | quae in | Museo suo adservat, rite examinavit, syste- | matice dispo-
suit, descripsit, atque | iconibus illustravit | Laur. Theod. Gronovius, J. U. D.
| Civitatis Lugduno-Batavae Senator, Societatis Physico- | medicae Regiae
Londinensis, Basilaeensis, | atque Hollanoficae Socius. | [Ornament.] Lug-
duni Batavorum | sumptibusAuctoris. fMDCCLXIII. fol. Fasc. I. 2 11., pp.
1-136; Fasc. II. Insectorum. 1764. pp. 137-236, i-iv,pll.i-xvii-fviiia.

Plagiuri, pp. 29, 30.— The only species described is (no. 139) Balcena dorso impenni,
(nearly =Balcena mysticetus), of which there is a detailed account of the external%characters,
including measurements. [290. J

1764. HORREBOW, N. Nouvelle | Description | physique-historique, | civile et poli-

tique | de Flslande, | avec | des observations | critiques | sur 1'Histoire natu-
relle | de cette Isle, | Donne"e par M. [ Johann] Anderson. | Ouvrage traduit de
FAllemand, de M. | [Niels] Horrebows [sic], qui y a 6i€ envoy6 | par le Roi
de Danemarck. | Tome premier [et second]. | — | A Paris, | Chez Charpen-
tier, Libraire, rue du Hurepoix, | a Fentrde du Quai des Augustines. | — |
M. DCC. LXIV. | Avec Approbation, & Privilege du Roi. 2 vols. 12°. Vol. i,
pp. i-xlij, 1-368 ; vol. ii, pp. i-v, 1-372.

De la Baleine, i, pp. 305-311. Du Marsouin, pp. 311-313.

This work is a critical commentary upon that portion of Anderson's " Nachrichten von
Island, Gronland," etc., relating to Iceland. The matter relating to Cetacea is not of high
importance.

This French version, as the translator himself avows, is more or less abridged, and very
freely rendered. — Yol. i is wrongly paged from p. 264 to the end, through an omission in the
pagination of 9 numbers (265-272 inclusive). [291.]

1764. [KRASHENINNIKOF, S.P.] The | History | of) Kamtschatka, | and the | Kurilski
Islands, | with the | Countries adjacent; | Illustrated with | Maps and Cuts. |
[By Stepan Petrovitch Krasheninnikof.] Published at Petersbourg in the
Russian Language, by Order of her Imperial Majesty | and translated into
English | By James Grieve, M. D. | Glocester: | Printed by Raikes | for | T.
Jefferys, Geographer to his Majesty, London. | M. DCC. LXIV. 4°. 11. 4, pp.
i-vii, 1-280, 5 pll. and two maps.

Manati or Sea Cow, pp. 132-136. Whales, pp. 137-142.

Krasheuinnikof'swork is of special importance from its detailed account of the Sea Cow
(Rhytina borealis), its habits, abundance, and products.

Grieve's version is a greatly abridged and condensed translation, but was the first and tho
only one prior to 1768, when a French translation direct from the original Russian appeared
at Paris (q. v.), far superior to Grieve's. Of Grieve's abridged English version there appeared
a German translation in 1766, by J. T. Kohler (Lemgo), a French, by M. E[idous] (Lyon), in
1767 (q. v.), and also, it is said, a Dutch (Amsterdam), in 1770. See especially infrd, KHA-

BHENIXNIKOF, at 1768. [292.]

1764. NOORDE, C. VAN. "Cagelot of potwalvis, gestrand by Egmond op Zee, 1764.

Door C. van Noorde. br. folio."
From Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 176, no. 2780. [293.]

1765. ANON. Lamantin. <^JZncycL, ou Diet, des Sci., des Arts et des Metiei's, ix, 1765,

p. 225. [294.1

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 459

1765. [BUFFON, G. L. LECLERC, Compte de, et L. J. M. DAUBENTON]. Histoire |
Naturelle, | Ge"ndrale et Particulie're, | Avec la description | du Cabinet du
Roi. | — | Tome Treizieme. | — | [Vignette.] A Paris, | de L'Impriinerie Ro-
yale.. | — | M. DCC. LXV. 4°. 11. 3, pp. i-xx, 1-441, 1. 1, pll. i-lix.

Les Phoques, les Morses, et les Lamantins, pp. 330-441, pll. xliv-lix. Le Dugong, pp. 374-
377 (par Buffon). Lo Lamantin, pp. 377-394 (par Buffon). Description d'un embryon de La-
mantin de la Guiane, pp. 425-430, pll.lvii-lix (par Daubenton). Description d'une tete de la
Lamantin du Senegal, pp. 431, 432 (par Daubenton). La tete d'un Dugon, pp. 437-440, pi. Ivi
(par Daubenton).

See later editions at 1792, 1802, and 1826. [295.]

1765. CRANZ, DAVID. David Cranz | Historie | von | Gronland | enthaltend | Die.
Besclireibung des Landes und | der Einwohner &c. | inbesondere | die |
Geschichte | der dortigen | Mission | der | Evangelischen Bruder | zu |
Neu-Herrnhut | und | Lichtenfels. | — | Mit aclit Kupfertafeln und einem
Register. | — | Barby bey Heinricli Detlef Ebers, und in Leipzig | in Commis-
sion bey Weidmanns Erben und Reich. | 1765. 8°. 11. 17, pp. 1-1132, 11. 13.

IH. Abschnitt. Yon den See-Thieren, pp. 140-160. 1. GrfinlSndiscbe Wallfisch (=Balcena
mysticetus), pp. 141-145; 52. Nord-Caper (=B. biscayensis), p. 145; 3. Finnfisch, p. 145; 4.
Jupiter-Fisch, p. 146; 5. Pflok-Fiscb, p. 146; 6. Knoten-Fisoh, p. 146; 7. Einhorn-Fisch,
Oder Narhval, Monoceros, pp. 146-148; 8. Sag-Fisch, Pristig, p. 148 (not a Cetacean) ; 9. Ca-
schelot Oder Pottflscb, pp. 148-150 ; 10. Weisstisch, p. 150; 1 i . Butzkopf, p. 151 ; 12. Meer-
schwein, p. 151; 13. Delphin, p. 152; 14. Schwerdtfisch (=Orca), p. 152; 15. Eine andre
Art Schwerdt-Fische, p. 152. Wallfiscli-Fang, pp. 155-160.

Of the 15 species here distinguished 14 are Cetaceans, and nearly all are recognizably
described. [296.]

1765. "FERMIN, PH. Histoire naturelle de la Hollande e'quinoxiale ; ou description

des animaux, plantes, fruits, etc., que se trouvent dans la colonie de Surinam;
avec leurs noms diff6rents, tant francois, que latins, hollandais, iudiens et
n6gre-anglais. Amsterdam, M. Magerus, 1765. gr. 8°."

Not seen; title from Bosgoed, op. cit.t p. 56, no. 872. 1297.]

1766. LINNE, C. Caroli a Linn6, | . . . [—titles, 5 lines] | Systema | Naturae | Per

| Regna tria Naturae, | Secundum | Classes, Ordines, | Genera, Species, | cuui

j Characteribus, Differentiis, | Synonymis, Locis. | Tomus I. | — | Editio

Duodecima, Retbrmata | — | Cum Privilegio S:se R:SB Mrtis Svecise & Electoris

Saxon. | — | Holnrise, | Impensis Direct. Laurentii Salvii, | 1766. 8°. pp.

1-532.

' II. Bruta. > Sirenia. Trichecus Manatus, pp. 49, 50 = Manatus et Halicore. Gen. Trichecus
inter Elephas et Bradypuin sistens spp. 1. T. Rosmarus ; 2. T. Manatus.

VII. Cete, pp. 105-108. 1. Monodon Monoceros ; 2. Balcena Mysticetus, p. 105; 3. Balcena
Physalus; 4. Balcena Boops; 5. Balcena Musculus, p. 106; 6. Physeter Catodon; 7. Phy-
seter macrocephalus ; 8. Physeter microps ; 9. Physeter Tursio, p. 107; 1O. Delphinus Pho-
ccena; 11. Delphinus Delphis,- l5j. Delphinus Orca, p. 108.

Genn. 4 ; spp. 12.

In the Vindobonae reprint (1767), styled "Editio decima tertia, ad Editionem duodecimam
reformatam Holmiensem," the pagination and matter relating to these groups is the same as
here. [298.]

1767. "BECKMANN, JOH. Anfangsgriinde der Naturhistorie. 8°. Gottingin u. Bre-

men, 1767."

!Not seen; title from Carus and Engelmann. Cited by Doundorff in connection with Ceta-
ceans.

A new and improved edition, 8C, Breslau, 1813, is also mentioned. [299.]

1767. CRAXZ, DAVID. The | History | of | Greenland: | containing | A Description

| of | the Country, | and | Its Inhabitants: | and particularly, | A Relation of

the Mission, carried on for above | these Thirty Years by the Unitas Fratrum,

| at | New Herrnhuth and Lichtenfels, in that Country. | By David [Cranz]

Crantz. | Translated from the High-Dutch, and illustrated with | Maps and

other Copper-plates. | — | In two volumes. | — | Vol. I. | — | London, |

Printed for the Brethren's Society for the Furtherance of the | Gospel among

the Heathen: | And sold by J. Dodsley, in Pall-Mall ; . . . [= names of seven

460 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1767. CRANZ, DAVID— Continued.

other booksellers] and at | all the Brethren's Chapels. | MDCCLXVII. 8C.
11. 2, pp. i-lix, 1-405, 2 maps, pll. iii-vii ; vol. ii, 1. 1, pp. 1-498, pi. 2.

Of other singular Sea- Animals, i, pp. 106-122: 1. The Greenland Wh'ale, pp. 107-109
(avowedly from Martens and Zorgdrager), and pp. 118-121 (the Dutch "Whale-fishery— "rela-
tion from the mouth of a Missionary"). 2. The North-caper, p. 110. 3. The Fin-fish, p. 110.
4. The Jupiter-whale, p. 110. 5. The Bunch, or Humpback-whale, p. 111. «. The Knotted-
whale, p. 111. 7. The Unicorn-fish, monoceros, also called narhval, pp. Ill, 112. 8. The
Saw-fish, pristis, p. 112 (not a Cetacean). 9. Cachelot, Catodon, or Pott-fisch, pp. 112-114.
10. The White-fish, p. 114. 11. The Grampus, p. 114. 12. The Porpoise, pp. 114, 115.
13. The Dolphin, called also Tumbler, p. 115. 14. The Sword-fish (Orca), p. 115. 15.
Another kind of Sword-fish, the ardluit of the Greenlanders (Orca), pp. 115, 116. Whale-
fishery of the Greenlanders, pp. 121,122.

See above (1765. CKAXZ, D.) for the first (German) edition. Also the following: [300.]

1767. CRANZ, D. " Historic van Greenland. Haarlem (or Amsterdam). 1767. 3vols.
8°. pll. 12, 2 maps."

Dutch translation of the first German edition. The maps are said to be larger and better
than in the German edition. A later Dutch edition appeared in 1786, q. v.

Not seen; abridged title from a bookseller's catalogue. 1301.]

1767. [KRASHENINNIKOF, S. P.] Histoire | de | Kamtschatka, | des Isles Kurilski, | et

des contre"es voisines, | Publiee a Petersbourg, en Langue Russienne, par |
ordre de Sa Majeste" Impe'riale. | [Par Stepan Petrovitch Krasheninnikof.] Ou
y a joint deux Cartes, 1'une de Kamtschatka, & | Pautre des Isles Kurilski. |
Traduite par M. E***. [Marc Antoine E'iclous.] | Tome premier [et second].
| [Design.] ALyon, | Chez Benoit Duplain, Libraire rue | Merciere^ al'Aigle.
| — | M. DCC. LXVII. | Avec Approbation & Privilege du Roi. 2 vols. 12°.
Vol. i, 11. 4, pp. i-xv, 1-327, 1 map ; vol. ii, 11. 4, pp. 1-359, 1 map.
Manati ou la vache marine, i, pp. 313-325. Baleines, ii, pp. 1-13.
This is merely a retranslation from Grieve, 1764, q. v. See, also, under 1768. [302 ]

1768. "ADELUNG, JOH. CHR. Geschichte der Schiffahrten und Versuche welche zur

Entdeckung des Nordostlichen Weges nach Japan nnd China von verschiede-
nen Nationen unternommen worden. Zum Behufe der Erdbeschreibung und
Naturgeschichte dieser Gegenden entworfen. Halle, bey Joh. J. Gebauer.
1768. 4°. Met 19 gegrav. platen en kaarten."

"Zie aldaar: Geschichte des Spitzbergischen Wallfischfanges. bl. 269-438."

Not seen; title from Bosgoed, op. cit, p. 231, no. 3416. [303.]

1768. "EBERHARDT, JOH. PET. Versuch eines neuen Entwurfs der Thiergeschichte.
Nebst ein. Anh. von einigen seltenen u. noch wenig beschrieb. Thieren. Mit 2
Kpfrtaf. 8°. Halle, 1768."

Not seen ; title from Cams and Engelmann. [304.]

1768. KRASHENINNIKOF, [S. P.]. Voyage | en Sibe'rie, | contenant | la Description | du
Kamtchatka, | ou 1'ou tronve j I. Les Mceurs &. les Coutumes des Habitants
du Kamtchatka. | II. La Ge'ographie du Kamtchatka, & des Pays circonvoi-
sins. | III. Les avantages & les de'svantages du Kamtchatka. | IV. La re"duc-
tion du Kamtchatka par les Russes, les re" voltes arrivdes en | different s temps,
& I'e'tat actuel des Forts de la Russie dans ce Pays. | Par M. Kracheninnikow,
Professeur de 1'Acade'mie des Sciences | de Saint P6tersbourg. | Tradnit du
Russe. | Tome Seconde. | [Design.] A Paris, | Chez Debure, pere, Libraire,
quai des Augustius, a Saint Paul. | — | M. DCC. LXVIII. | Avec Approbation,
& Privilege du Roi. 4°. pp. i-xvi, 1-627, 11. 2, pll. i-xvii, maps i-vi.

' ' L'Ouvrage que 1'on publie aujourd'hui, est du tl 1'esprit eclaire de M. de * * *, & a son amour
pour le travail: il 1'a traduit a Saint Petersbourg . . . "— Avis de I'lUditeur, p. x.

Des Vaches marines, pp. 446-454. De la Baleine, pp. 455-462.

A comparison of this work with Grieve's English translation, and the French translation
from Grieve, shows at a glance that Grieve's rendering is greatly defective. All the plates
arid maps of the original, the editor tells us, are here reproduced, some of them, however,
from new designs. The work forms vol. ii of the Voyage en Siberie of M. l'Abb6 Chappe
d'Auteroche, published by Debure at Paris in 1768.

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 461

1768. KRASHENINNIKOF, [S. P.] — Continued.

Muller refers to a French edition published in two volumes at Amsterdam in 1770 as having
T>een made directly from the Eussian original. Is it other than a reprint of that of 1'Abbo
Chappe d' Auteroche ? [305.]

1769. [BANCROFT, EDWARD.] An | Essay | on the | Natural History | of | Guiana, |

In South America. | Containing | A Description of many Curious Productions j
in the Animal and Vegetable Systems | of that Country. | Together with an
Account of | The Religion, Manners, and Customs | of several Tribes of its
Indian Inhabitants. | Interspersed with | A Variety of Literary and Medical
Observations. | In Several Letters | from | A Gentleman [Edward Bancroft]
of the Medical Faculty, | During his Residence in that Country. | — | — Ad res
pulcherrimas ex tenebris ad lucem erutas alieno | labore deducimur. | Seneca,
De brevitate vitae, cap. xiv. | — | London, | Printed for T. Becket and P. A.
De Hondt | in the Strand. MDCCLXIX. 8°. 11. 2, pp. i-i v, 1-402, 1. 1.

Manatee or Sea-Cow, pp. 186-187. Original account. Of this work there is a German edi-
tion of same date (see next title), and also a Dutch translation from the English (Utrecht,
1782, 8°). [306.J

1769. BANCROFT, E. Naturgeschichte | von | Guiana | in | feud-Amerika. | worinn |
von der natiirlichen Beschaffenheit und den vor- | nehmsten Naturproducten
des Landes, ingleichen der Re- | ligion, Sitten und Gebrauchen verschiedener
Stamme | der wilden Landes-Einwolmer, Nachricht | ertheilet wird. | — |
In vier Briefen. | Von Eduard Bancroft, Esq. | — | Aus dem Englischen. | — j
Ad res pulcherrimas ex tenebris ad lucem eruras | alieno labore deducimur.
Seneca. | — | Frankfurt und Leipzig, | bey J. Dodsley und Compagnie, 1769.
8°. pp. i-x, 1. 1, pp. 1-248.

Manati oder Meerkuh, pp. 112,113. See last title. [307.]

1769. FERMIN, P. Description | gene'rale, historique, | ge'ographique et physique | de
la | Cokmie de Surinam, | Contenant | Ce qu'il y a de plus Curietix & de plus
Remarquable, tou- j chant sa Situation, ses Rivieres, ses Forteresses ; son |
Gouvernement & sa Police; avec les mceurs & les usa- j ges des Habitants
Naturels du Pa'is, & des Europeans | qui y sont e"tablis; ainsi que des Eclair-
cis,sements sur 1'ce- | conomie g6n6rale des Esclaves Negres, sur les Planta- |
tions & leurs Produits, les Arbres Fruitiers, les Plan- | tes Me'de'ciuales, &
toutes les diverses Especes d'animaux | qu'ou y trouve, &c. | Enrichie de Fi-
gures, & d'une Carte | Topographique du Pa'is. | Par | Philippe Fermin, | Doc-
teur en M6decine. | Tome Premier [et second]. | [Design.] A Amsterdam,
| Chez E. van Harrevelt. | MDCCLXIX. 2 vols. 8°. Map and plates. Vol.
i, pp. i-xxiv, 1-252, map; vol. ii, 11. 2, pp. 1-352, pll. 3.

De I'lchthyologie, ou Description des Poissons, vol. ii, chap, xxii, pp. 248-281. Le Marsouin,
pp. 250, 251.

The second volume of this work is largely zoological, but the only passage strictly citable
in the present connection is that above given. In the chapter " Des Quadrupedes" (vol. ii,
chap, xix, pp. 88-140) are two pages (I. c., pp. 122-124) on the " Veau marin," in which the
author evidently describes the Common Seal (Phoca vitulina), in which he says: "Tel est le
Veau Marin, qu'on appelle improprement, dans le pays, Zee-Hond ou Zee-Eou." This seems
to be a confused reference to the Manatee, or Sea-Cow, and, strangely, the only one in the
work. The author also describes "Buffles" (I. c., pp. £9, 90) as inhabitants of the country.
These two facts seem to show that the author's zoological matter is not wholly trustworthy.
Tet Sabin cites Kich as saying: "One of the best books at the time it was written in regard to
the colonies," which, doubtless, in other respects, may be true enough. [308.]

1769. S., J. A. "Stradavits Reyse ter Walvis-Vangst, rijmsgewijze beschreven door
J. A. S. Chirurgijn op het schip Zaandijker Hoop. Antwerpen, P. J. Parys.
1769. 4°."

"Curious and rare." Kot seen ; title at second hand. [309.]

1769-92. " PORTE, DELA. DenieuweReisiger: of Beschryving van de oudeen nieuwe
werelt. Uit het Fransch. Te Dordrecht, bij Abr. Blusse en zn. 1769-1792,
32 din. gr. 8°."

"De walvischen do walvischvangst, viii, pp. 213-218 enz."

Not seen; title and reference from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 246, no. 3545. [310. j

462 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1770. CRAXZ, DAVID. David Cranz | Historic | von | Grdnland | enthaltend \ Die
Beschreibung des Landes nnd | der Eiuwohner etc. | iiibesondere | die | Ge-
schichte | der dortigen | Mission | der | Evangelischen Brtider | zu | Neu-
Herrnhut | und | Lichtenfels. | — | Zweyte Auflage. | — | Mit acht Kupferta-
feln imd ein Register. | — ] Barby bey Heinricli Detlef Ebers, | und in Leip-
zig | in Commission bey Weidmanns Erben und Reich. | 1770. 3 Theilen. 8°.
Tli. i, 11. 19, pp. 5-512.

Von den See-Thieren, Th. i, pp. 140-160. For further remarks in relation to cetological
matter, see orig. ed., 1765, and the English ed. of 1767. 1311.]

1770. " JANSSEX, JAC. Merkwiirdige Reise, welcher mit dem Schiffe die Fran Elisa-
beth den 7teu April nach Grouland auf den Walltischfang gegangen, etc.
Hamburg, 1770. 4°. Met een plaat."

"Hiervan een kort Verslag in: JAndeman, Arktische Fischerei, bl. 46-48."

Not seen; from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 239, no. 3487. [312.]

1770. " JAXSSEN, JAC. Verhaal der merkwaardige reize met het schip : de vrouw Ma-
ria Elizabeth, den 7 April 1769, van Hamburg uaar Greenland ter walvisch-
vangst uitgezeild, tot den 20 Nov. in het ijs bezet geweest, den 21ste" dier
maand daaruit geraakt en den 13 Dec. de-zelfden jaars gelukldg weder te
Hamburg aangekomen. Uit het Hoogd. vertaald. Haarlem, 1770. 4°. 24
bladz. Meet eene plaat."

Not seen; from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 239, no. 3488. Apparently a translation of the work
last above cited. [313.]

1770. "PIETERSZ., FR. Omstandig journaal of reysbeschrijving op het schip 'De
vrouw Maria,' gedestineerd ter walvischvangst na Greenland, in den jaare
1769. (Amsterdam), K. van Rijschooten. (1770.) 4°."

Not seen ; title from Bosgoed, op. cit, p. 245, no. 3538. [314.]

1770. " SANTE, G. VAX. Alphabetische naamlSjst van alle de Groenlandsche en Straat-

Davissche commaudeurs, die sedert het jaar 1700 op Groenland en sedert het
jaar 1719, op de Straat Davis voor Holland en andere provincien hebben
gevaren. Waarin men met eenen opslag kan zien, hoeveel visschen, vaten
spek en quardeelen traan yder commandeur uit Groenland en uit de straat
Davis heeft aangebragt en voor wat Directeurs dezelven hebben gevaren.
Haarlem, J. Euschede", 1770. Met titelplaat. 4°."

"Dit exempl. is met de pen bijgewerkt tot het jaar 1802."

Not seen; title and comment from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 247, no. 3550.

There appears to have been a much earlier (anonymous?) edition of the "Naamlijst" (4°,
Zaandam, 1753, q. v.).

Scoresby observes that this work, "notwithstanding the unpromising title, is in reality an
instructive work. It is from it, indeed, that the most interesting details of the success of
the Dutch fishery during a period of more than a century, included between 1669 and 1779,
are derived." — Arctic Regions, ii, p. 155. [315.]

1771. FORSTER, J. R. A | Catalogue | of the | Animals | of | North America | Con-

taining, | An Enumeration of the known Quadrupeds, Birds, | Reptiles, Fish,
Insects, Crtistaceous and | Testaceous Animals; many of which are New,
and | never described before. | To which are added, | Short Directions | for
Collecting, Preserving, and Transporting, | all Kinds of | Natural History
Curiosities. | By John Reiuhold Forster, F* A. S. | — | . . . [Motto.] | — | Lou-
don: | Sold by B. White, at Horace's Head, in Fleet-Street. | — | M.DCC.
LXXI. 8°. pp. 43. Frontispiece, pi. of Falco sparverius, Linn.

Classis iv. Fish. Section i. Cetaceous. A nominal list of 9 spp., under English names. [316.]

1771. FORSTER, J. R. See OSBECK, PETER, 1771. [317.]

1771. OSBECK, PETER. A | Voyage | to | China and the East Indies, | By Peter Os-
beck, j Rector of Hasloef and Woxtorp, | Member of the Academy of Stock-
holm, and of the | Society of Upsal. | Together with a Voyage to Suratte, | By
Olof Toreeii, | Chaplain of the Gothic Lion East Indiaman. | And | An Ac-
count of the Chinese Husbandry, | By Captain Charles Gustavus Eckeberg. |
Translated from the German, | By John Reinhold Forster, F. A. S. | To which

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 463

1771. OSBECK, PETER— Continued.

are added, | AFaunula and Flora Sinensis. | In two Volumes. | Vol. ![-!!]. |
London, | Printed for Benjamin White, | at, Horace's Head, in Fleet-street. |
M DCC LXXI. 8C.

" Sxow- WHITE Dolphins (Delphinus Chinensis) tumbled about the ship; but at a distance
they seemed in nothing different from the common species, except in the white colour"
(vol. ii, p. 27).

Under the name Delphinus Orca (vol. i, p. 7) is a quotation from Egede in reference to the

"Northcaper" ! 1318.]

1771. [PENNANT, T:] Synopsis | of | Quadrupeds | [By Thomas Pennant.] [Vignette.]

Chester | Printed by J. Monk | MDCCLXXI. | M. Griffith Del*. R. Murray

Sc*. [Engraved title-page.] 8°. pp. i-xxv, 1-382, pi. i-xxxi-f-xiii bis.

The author's name does not appear on the title-page, but the "Preface" is signed " Thomas
Pennant, Downing, March 20, 1771."

Manati, pp. 351-358. A general account of the Sirenians as then known, which were thought
to constitute a single species. Pennant's references are here, however, mainly to Steller's Sea-
Cow and the American Manatee. There is also reference to the " Sea Ape " and the "Beluga,"
the account of which, as here given, is a curious mixture of truth and fiction. [319.]

1771. ROBERTSON, J. Description of the blunt-headed Cachalot. <PMos. Trans.
Land., Ix, art. xxvii, 1771, pp. 321-324, 1 pi.

The plate represents the animal, the head, and the head in transverse section of "Physeter
Catodon Linnaei "=Physeter macrocephalus. [320.]

1771. "TRAMPLER, J. C. Umstiindliche Beschreibung des Gronllindischen Walfisch-
fanges, ingleichen von den Ursachen und Eigenschaften des Nordlichts. Leip-
zig, Miiller, 1771. 8°."

Not seen ; title from Bosgoed, op. tit., p. 248, no. 3570. [321.]

1773. BONANNIO, P. P. Rervm Natvralivm | Historia | nempe | Qvadrvpedvm Insec-
torvm Piscivm variorumqve marinorvm | Corporvm fossilivm Plantarvm exo-
ticarvm | ac praesertim | Testaceorvm | exsistentivm | in Mvseo Kircheriano |
edita iam | A P. Philippo Bonannio | nvnc vero nova methodo distribvta notis
illvstrata | in tabvlis reformata novisqve observatiocibvs locvpletata | a
lohanne Antonio Battarra Ariminiensi | Philosophiae Professore. | Pars Prima
[et Segvnda] | [Vignette.] Romae MDCCLXXI1I. | In typographic Zempelli-
ano | Aere Venantii Monaldini Bibliopolae. | — | Praesidvm Facvltate. 2°.
pp. i-xl, 1-260, pll. i-xlvii.

Piscis generis Cetacei, quern Capodoglio Itali appellant [—Physeter macrocephalus], i, pp.
157, 158, pi. xxxviii, figg. 34 (anim.), 35 (mand. infer.), 36 (vertebra). Description, with
measurements, and an original figure of a Cachalot 48 feet long, taken in the Mediterranean
18 April, 1715. [322.]

1773. MULLER, P. L. S. Des | Ritters Carl von Linne" | K6niglich Schwedischen, Leib-
arztes etc. etc. | vollstandiges | Natursystem | nach der | zwolf ten lateinischen
Ausgabe | und nach Anleitung | des hollandischen Houttuynischen Werks |
mit einer ausfuhrlichen | Erklarung | ausgefertiget | von | Philipp Ludwig
Statius Muller | Prof, der Naturgeschichte zu Erlang und Mitglied der Rom.
Kais. | Akademie der Naturforscher etc. | Erster Theil. | Von den | saugen- |
den Thieren. | — | Mit 32. Kupfern. | — | Nurnberg, | bey Gabriel Nicolaua
Raspe, 1773. 8°. 11. 11, pp. 1-508, 11. 7, pll. i-xxxii.

II. Ordnung. Bruta.> Trichecus Manatus, pp. 174-176. Tab. xxix, fig. 3.

VII. Ordnung. Wallfischartige oder s&ugende Seethiere. Cete. 1. Monodon Monoceros,
p. 477; 2. Balcena Myslicetus, p. 481; 3. Balcena Physalus, p. 491 ; 4. Balcena Boops, p. 492;
5. Balcena Musculus, p. 492; 6. Physeter Katodon, p. 497; 7. Physeter Macrocephalus, p.
498; 8. Physeter Microps, p. 501; 9. Physeter Tursio, p. 503; 10. Delphinus Phoccena, p. 504;
11. Delphinus Delphis, p. 505; la. Delphinus Orca, p. 506. Auch der Pflockfisch, p. 493;
der Knotenfisch, p. 493; der Nordkaper, p. 494; der Sabelfisch (Epee de Mer), p. 507; der
Murder (Killer), p. 507; der Blaser (Souflieur), p. 508. [323.]

1773. PISCATOR, LUBERTUS. "Brief van Lubertus Piscator over de visscherij, die bij
een loterij vergeleken wordt. — Oorzaaken van derzelver afneemen. — Weder-
legging. — Middelen ter verbetering op de Walvischvangst."

" Zie: De Koopman of bijdr. ter opbouw van NeGrlands koophandel en zeevaard. Amat.j
1773, iv. No. 5, 12, 13, 25, 26."

Not seen ; from Bosgoed, op: cit., p. 250, no. 3588. [324.]

I

464 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1773. SIBBALD, ROBERT. Phalainologia nova; | sive | Observations | de | rarioribus
quibusdam Bahenis | In Scotise Littus nuper ejectis: | in quibus, | nupcr con-
spectse Bakenue per Genera & | Species, secundum Characteres ab ipsa | Natura
impressos, distribuuntur; | qusedam nunc primum describuntur; crrores
etiam | circa descriptas deteguntur ; & breves de Dentium, | Spermatis Ceti,
& AmbraB Grisese ortu, natura & \ usu, dissertatio^es traduntur. | [By Sir
Robert Sibbald. Edited by Thomas Pennant.'j — |
Mirac'lum ponti narrant ingentia Cete |
Viribus invictis, & vasta mole moventur. |
In littus pauca exiliunt, quce corpore vasto |
Stint. — | Oppianus de Pise. lib. I. | — |

Edinburgi, | Typis Joannis Redi, M DC XCII. | Veneunt apud M. Ro-
bertum Edward, verbi divini ministrum, in | vico dicto, The Bishop's Land
Gloss. | Iterum iinpressi, Londini, | Apud Benj. White, in Vico Fleet-Street.
MDCCLXXIII. 8°. 11. 2, p. 1-105, tal>b. 1-3.

Observationes de Balaenis quibusdam in Scotise Littus nuper ejectis. Praefatio. De Balaenis
in Genere, pp. 7-14. Sectio prima. De Balsenis, quae Dentes in Ore habent, minoribus.
Praefatio de Dentatis in Genere, pp. 15-17. Caput i. De Balaenis Minoribus in utraquo Ma-
xilld Dentatis, quae Orcae vocantur, pp. 17-24. Caput ii. De Balsenis Minoribus in Inferiore
Maxilld tantum Dentatis, sine Pinnd, aut Spina in Dorso, pp. 24, 25. Caput iii. DC Baloenis
omnium Minimis, incertaj Classis, pp. 25, 26. Sectio secunda. De Balcenis Majoribus, in Infe-
riore Maxilla tantum Dentatis. Praefatio de hujusmodi Bakcnis in genere, pp. 27-30. Caput
i. De Balaena Macrocephald quae Binas tantum Pinnas Laterales habet, pp. 30-33. Caput ii.
De BalsenA Macrocephala, quce Tertiara in Dorso Pinnam sive Spinam habet, & dentcs in Ma-
xilla inferiore Arcuatos Falciformis, pp. 33-43. Caput iii. De Balaena Macrocephala Tripinni,
quse in mandibuia inferiore dentes habet minus inflexos, & in planum desincntes, pp. 43-45.
Caput iv. De Spennate Ceti, pp. 45-52. Caput v. De oleo quod ex his Belluis paratur, pp.
52-54. Caput vi. De Dentibus harum Balaenarum, *pp. 54-57. Sectio iii. Do Balaenis Majori-
bus Laminas Corneas in Superiore Maxillfi habentibus. Praefatio. De hnjusmodi Belluis in
genere, pp. 58-64. Caput i. De Balaenis hujusmodi Bipinnibus, tarn quae carent fistuld, quam
quae earn habent, pp. 64-66. Caput ii. De Balaenis Tripinnibus, quae narcs habent, in genere,
pp. 67-68. Caput iii. De Baleens; hnjusmodi Tripinni qua? rostrum acutum habet, &, plicas in
Ventre, pp. 68-78. Caput iv. De Balaend Tripinni qua? maxillam inferiorem rotundam, & su-
periore multo latiorem habuit, pp. 78-84. Caput v. De Balaena hujusmodi praegnmdi in littus
Bofinae nuper ejecta, pp. 84, 85. Caput vi. De laminis corneis, de plicis, & de oleo hv.jusmodi
Belluaruin, pp. 85-93. Appendix. De iis quae Balaenis communia sunt. Proefatio, pp. 94, 95.
Caput i. De Pinguedine Balaenarum, p. 96. Caput ii. De Came harum Belluarum, p. 97.
Caput iii. De Balaenarura priapo, p. 97. Caput iv. De Ambr.1, Grised, pp. 98-104. Caput
ultimum. De tempore quo Balaenas maxime conspiciuntur, pp. 104, 105.

Tab. 1. Balaena Macrocephala. Balasna cum laminis corneis in ore. Vertebrae caudae, etc.

Tab. 2. Lamina cornea cum pilis. Dens Orcse. Dens Balaense Macrocephala) Orcadcnsis.
Dens Macrocephalae falciformis, etc.

Tab. 3. Baleena tripinnis maxilla inferiore rotunda.

Plate i, upper figure, is a very faulty representation of Fhysetcr macroccphalus, the blow-
hole being at the posterior part of the head and the upper jaw rather small and pointed.
Plate i, lower figure, is a better representation of a Finner Whale, probably Dalcenoptcra ros-
trata. Plate ii, fig. of a blade of baleen of a Finner whale, of a much worn tooth, and a young
tooth of Physeter macrocephaltis, etc. Plate iii, probably Physalvs antiquorum.

The edltio princeps of Sibbald's " Phalainologia " (which I have been unable to see) ap-
peared in 1692 (4°, Edinburgh). The early systematists trusted implicitly in Sibbald, who
unfortunately described diiferent examples of the common Cachalot as different species,
resulting in the introduction into systematic zoology of several nominal species, which were
not effectually weeded out till comparatively late in the present century. The confusion
resulting from Sibbald's work may be considered as more than balancing the much really
new information he contributed to the subject. This is perhaps less his fault than that of
later compilers, who knew too little of the subject of which he wrote to have any power of
discrimination, or even, in some cases, to understand the author whom they blindly followed.
(O/. Eschricht, "Kecent Memoirs on the Cetacea," Ray Soc., 1866, pp. 161-163.) [325.]

1774. ANON. The | Journal of a Voyage | undertaken by order of | His present Ma-
jesty, | For making Discoveries towards the | North Pole, | by the | Hon.
. Commodore Phipps, | and | Captain Lutwidge, | in His | Majesty's Sloops |
Racehorse and Carcase. | To which is prefixed, | An Account of the several

ALLEN S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 465

1774. Axox. — Continued.

Voyages undertaken for | the Discovery of a North-east Passage to China ]
and Japan. | — | London: | Printed for F. Newbery, at the Corner of St.
Paul's | Church Yard. | — | MDCCLXXIV. SJ. 1. 1, pp. i-xxviii, 29-113.

The author's name is not given, but the work was apparently written by an officer of the
expedition.

Smearingburgh harbour [Spitzbergen], p. 45. "A View of the Whale-fishery," pi. facing p.
81. There are, however, only a few incidental and unimportant allusions to the "Whale-
fishery in the text. [326.J

1774. "HooGERDtnx, DIRK CORXELISSE. Singulieren of byzonderen Historien
wegeus het verongelukkeu van het Groenlands Schip, de jufvromveii Anna
Cornelia en Anna, waarop commaudeerde D. C. Hoogerduin van de Helder,
gedestineerd na Greenland ter Wallevisvangst, met 45 zieleu uit Texel gevaeren ;
in het gepasseerde jaer 1773 op den 8 April en na een fatigante Rys te hebben
gehad, hetzelve schip op de te Huisrys, ua alvorens duizende van gevaere te
hebbe oudergaen, eiudelijk met drie sloepen op den 21 Aug. deszelfs jaers op
Egmond gestraud, \vaervau 29 man op eeri wonderbaerlijke wys het leven
hebbeu behouden en de rest verdronken ; vervult met zeltzame en byna nooit
gehoorde gevalleu. Amsterdam, W. A. Leeuwendasil. 1774. 4°."

Not seen ; from Bosgoed, op tit., p. 238, no. 3479. [327-.]

1774. Hfrpscn, Baron ron. Beschreibung eiuiger neuentdeckten versteinten Theile
grosser Seethiere. <Der Naturforscher, iii, 1774, pp. 178-183.

Ueber Gehorknocben uud andere Knochen der Seekuh und einige Knochen von Walfischen
bei Antwerpen entdeckt. [328.]

1774. OEXMKLIX, A. O. [=EXQUEMELIN, A. O.] Histoire | des | Adventuriers | Fli-
bustiers | qui sc sout signals dans les Indes; | Contenant ce qu'ils y ont fait
de remarqnable, | avec la vie, les mccurs & les coutumes des Bou- | caniers,
& des habitans de S. Domingue & de | la Tortue; une description exacte de
ces lieux, | & un 6tat des Offices, tant Eccldsiastiques que | Se"culiers, & ce
que les grands Princes de | 1'Europe y possedent. | Par Alexandre-Olivier
Oexmeliu. | Nouvelle Edition, | Corrige"e & augmente'e de 1'Histoire des Pi- |
rates Auglois, depuis leur 6tablissement dans | 1'Isle de la Providence jusqu'd,
present. | Tome Premier [-Quatrie'me]. | [Design.] A Lyon, | Chez Benoit &
Joseph Duplain, | Pere & Fils. | — | Avec Privilege du Roi. | M.DCC.LXXIV.
4 vols. 12°. Vol. i, 11. 6, pp. 1-394, 1. 1.
Anatomie du Lamentin, i, pp. 372-376.

This edition is textually the same as that of 1744, q. v., and appears to be identical with
that given by Sabin as published in 1775. [329.]

1774. PHIPPS, C. J. A | Voyage | towards | the North Pole | undertaken | by His
Majesty's Command | 1773 | — | By Constantine John Phipps | — | London ;
Printed by W. Bowyer and J. Nichols, | for J. Nourse, Bookseller to His Ma-
jesty, | in the Strand. | MDCCLXXIV. 4°. pp. i-viii, 1-253, 1. 1, pll. i-xiv.

Mammalia, App., pp. 183-186. — Balcena mysticetus, p. 185; JBalcena physalus, p. 184. There
is a short account of Smeerenberg, pp. 68, 69. The cetological matter is unimportant.

There is a French translation (Paris, 4°, 1775, q. v.), and a German (Berne, 4°, 1777,
q. v.). [330.]

1774. "WiJBO, J. CAXZIUS. Dissertatio de balaenarum piscatu. Lugd. Bat. 1774. 4°."

Not seen ; title from Bosgoed, op. tit., p. 253, no. 3609. [331.]

.1774-75. OLAFSEX, EGGERT. Des | Bice-Lamands Eggert Olafsens | und des | Land-

physici Biarne Povelsens | Reise durch Island, | veranstaltet | von der Konig-

lichen Societat der Wissenschaften | in Kopenhagen | mid beschrieben | von

bemeldtem Eggert Olafseu. | — | Aus dem Danischen ubersetzt. | — | Mit 25

Kupfertafeln und einer neuen Charte fiber Island | versehen. | — | Erster

Theil. | — | Kopenhagen und Leipzig, | bey Heinecke und Faber. | 1774. 4C.

Erster Theil, 11. 8, pp. 1-328, pll. i-xxv, und Charto; zweiter Theil, 1775,

pp. i-xvi, 1-244, pll. xxvi-1.

Wallflache, Th. i, p. 35, §90; Vom Wallfische, Th. i, pp. 287-291, §§ 657-663; Wallfische,
Th. ii, p. 200, § 895. 1332.1

30 a B

466 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUKVEY.

1775. PHIPPS, C. J. Voyage | an Pole Bordui, | fait en 1773, | par ordre du Roi d'An-
gleterre, | par Constautiu-Jean Phipps. | Traduit de PAnglois. | [Design.] A

Paris, |

( Saillant & Nyon, me Saint Jean de Beanvais.

62 < Pissot. Qnai des Augnstins, pres la rue Glt-le-Cceur. |
— | M. DCC. LXXV. | Avec Approbation et Privilege dn Roi. 4°. pp. i-xij,
1-257, 1. I, pll. and maps.

Manimiferes du Spitsberg, pp. 187-190.— Balcena mysticetus, Balcena physalus, p. 190. [333.]

1775. [STAUNING, JORGEX.] Kort | Beskrivelse | over | Gr<J>nland. j [Af Jorgen Stau-

niiig.] | [Vignette.] — | Biborg, 1775. | Trykt udi det Kongelige privilegerede
Bogtrykkerie | ved C. H. Maugor. 8°. 11. 7, pp. 1-328, 1. 1.

Fierde Kapitel, Om See Dyrene, pp. 121-140, contains an account of the Cetacea. 1. Gren-
landske Hvalfisk, pp. 124-129 = Balcena mysticetus; 2. Nordkapper, et Slags Hval, p. 129
= ? B. biscayensis; 3. Fintisken, p. 129 = Physalus antiqiiorum ; 4. Jnpiterfisk eller rettero
Gurbartas eller Gibbar, p. 130 = Balcenoptera jubartes et gibbar, Lecepedc, etc., hence prob-
ably Physalus antiquorum; 5. Flogtisk, p. 130=3Iegaptera longimana; 6. Knudefisk, p. 130
= ? Balcenoptera rostrata; 7. Eenliierning eller Narhval, Monoceros, p. 131; 8. Snabelfisk,
p. 132 = ? [af Gronlrenderne kaldes den Sigukitsok; cf. Fabricius, Faun. Groenl, p. 52]; 9.
Kaschelot eller Potfisk, p. 133 = Physetermacrocephalus ; 10. Hvidfisk, p. 134 = ? Beluga catc-
don; 1 1. Butskopper, p. 135 =? Orca gladiator; 12. Marsviin, p. 136 =Phoccenacommuni8;
1 3. Delphin, p. 137 = Delphinus delphis; 14. Svrcrdfisk, p. 137 = Orca gladiator. [334.]

U775. VALMONT DE BOMARE. Baleine, lalcena. <^Dict. rais. universel ffHistoirc nat.,
i, 1775, pp. 438-463 (8° eU, 1775).

"On ne s'attachera ici, suivant le plan qu'on s'est propose, qu'^l jeter un coup d'oeil general
sur les especes de baleines les plus curieuse, & sur celles dont on retire le plus d'utilite. On
ne petit rien laire de mieux que de parler d'apres le cnrieux Anderson, ainsi que 1'ont fait
tous ceux qui, depuis lui, ont traite des baleines" (pp. 438-439). The Baleines are termed
"faux poisson de nier."

General history, under vernacular names, of the species then known. Baleine de Green-
land, pp. 441-446; Licorne de mer, ou Narhwal, pp. 446-448; Cachalot, ou la petite Baleine,
pp. 448^52; Pecho des Baleines, pp. 455-456; Eunemis des Baleines, p. 456; Epeo de mer do
Greenland, ou Poisson Empereur, p. 457; Espadon ou Poisson h scie, p. 458; Marsouin ou
Souffleur, p. 459 ; Dauphin, p. 460 ; Autres especes de Baleines, p. 462.

Note.— The Sirenia are treated in the article " Vache marine," torn, ix, p. 178, the Dugong
being the only species recognized, under which is included the African Manatee as well as
the American Manatee. "Le dugon est une fausse espece de morse de la mer de 1'Afrique &
•des Indes Orientales. ..."

There is an earlier (1764) ed. of Bomare not seen by me. [335.]

1776. ANON. P6cne de la Baleine. <^Suppl. a VEncycl. ou Diet. rais. des ScL, des Arts

et des Ne'tiers, i, 1776, pp. 763, 764. [336.]

1776. [FABRICIUS, O.] <Hulleri Zoologice Danicce Prodromus, 1776, pp. viii, ix.

Cetacea, p. viii, Balcena Hoops (= Icelandic, Hrafu-Reydur / Greenlandic, Kcporkak) ;
Physeler tursio (— Balcena albicans, Klein ; Greenlandic, Pernak).

"Sequentia animalia, qua3 impressis jam primis libelli paginis, suppeditabat venerabilia
Otho Fabricius," etc., p. viii. [337.]

1776. MULLER, O. F. Zoologize Danicae | Prodromns, | sen | Animalium | Dani{e et
NorvegiiB indigenarum | characteres, noniina, | et | synonyma inij)rimis popu-
larinm. | Auctore | Otlione Friderico Miiller, | . . . [= titles, 3 lines]. — | Im-
pensis Auctoris. | — | Havniae, | Typis Hallageriis. | CIo DCC LXXVI. 8°.
pp. i-xxxii, 1-282.

*Cete, pp. 6-8, spp. 44-57 = 14 spp. 1. Monodon Monoceros, p. 6: 2. Balcena Mysticctus, p. 6;
3. B. Physalus, p. 7; 4. B. Musculus, p. 7; 5. B. rostrata, p. 7; 6. B.glacialis, p. 7; 7. B. al-
bicans, p. 7; S« Physeter Catodon, p. 7; 9. Ph. macrocephalus, p. 7; 10. Ph. microps, p. 7;
ll^DelpfiinusPhoccena^.l; 12. D. Delphis, p.7; 13. D. Orca,p.8; 14. D. Orca[hi«], [338.]

1776. ^PENNANT, THOMAS.] British Zoology. | Vol. III. | Class III, Reptiles. | IV,
Fish. | — | Warrington: | Printed by William Eyres, | for Benjamin Wliito,
at Horace's Head, | Fleet-Street, London. | MDCCLXXVI. 8°. 11. 4, pp. 1-
425, 11. 3, pll. i-xii, xii*-lxxiii.

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 467

1776. [PENNANT, THOMAS] — Continued.

Div. i. Cetaceous Fish = Cetacea, pp. 47-74, spp. 16-26 = 11 spp. 1 . Common Whale, p. 50 =
Balcena my sticetus; 2. Pike-headed Whale, p. 56=? Phy solus antiquorum ; 3. Fin Fish, p. 57
= 1 Phy solus antiquorum; 4. Hound-lipped Whale, p. 58 = ? Physalus antiquorum; 5.
Beaked Whale, p. 59, pL v, fig. l=Hyperoodon bidens,- 6. Blunt-headed Cachalot, p. 61, pi. vi,
animal from Robertson = Physeter macrocephalus ; 7. Round-headed Cachalot, p. 63, pL vii,
fig. 22, tooth; 8. High-finned Cachalot, p. 63 = Physeter macrocephalus ; 9. Dolphin, p. 65=
Delphinus delphis ; 1O. Porpesse, p. 69=Phoccena communis; 11. Grampus, p.72 = Orca
gladiator.

The references to the plates in the text do not correspond with the numeration on the
plates. [339.]

1776. . "Artikler hvorefter Commendeurerne og Mandskabet paa Skibene, der

udsendes for den Gronlandske Handel og Fiskefangst, skulle rette sig (1776).
(Reglementen waarnaar de Kommandeurs zich te gedragen hebben.)"

Not seen; title from Bosgoed, I. c., p. 232, no. 3421. [340.]

1777. ERXLEBEN, J. C. P. Io[hannus]. Christ[ianus]. Polyc[arpus]. Erxleben 1

. . . [=titles, 5 lines] | Systema | Regni Animalis | per | Classes, Ordines, Ge-
nera, | Species, Varietates | cvm | Synonym! a et Historia Animalivm. | — |
Classis I | Mammalia. | [Vignette.] | — | Lipsise | Impensis | Weygandia-
nis. | MDCCLXXVII. 8°. pp. i-xlviii, 1-636, 11. 32, unpaged. Preface dated
Goettingae, mense Nouembri, CIoIoCCLXXVI = 1776.

Collation: Dedicatio ad Georgio III, pp. iii-vi; Praefatio, pp. vii-x; Catalogns volumi-
num eorumque editionem quibus vsus sum, pp. xi-xxviii ; Synopses et diagnoses generum, pp.
xxix-xlviii; Species, pp. 1-628; Additamenta, pp. 629-631; Nomina Hvngarica mammalivm,
pp. 632-636; Index generum,! p.-)-3 11. unnumbered; Index synonymorvm, 28 11. unpaged;
Index synonymorvm Graecorvm, et Index synonymorvm Kvssicorvm, 3 11. unpaged;
Errata, 1 p.

Trichechus (=Sirenia+ Walruses), pp. 593-600. 1. T. Rosmarus, pp. 593-596; 2. T. Hana-
tus, pp. 596-599 (=genn. Manatus et Rhytina); 3. T. Dugung, p. 599. Species obscura
(=Bieluga, Steller, et Sea Ape, Pennant = sp. fict.), pp. 599, 600.

[ Cetacea], pp. 601-628; genera 48-51 =4; spp. 13, to wit: 1. Balcena My sticetus, pp. 601-605;
2. B. Physalus, 605-607; 3. B. Boops, pp. 608, 609; 4. B. Musculus, pp. 609, 610; 5. B. gib-
bosa, pp. 610, 611 ; Species obscura, p. 611 ; 6. Physeter Catodon, pp. 611, 612 ; 7. P. macrocepha-
lus, pp. 612-614; 8. P. microps, pp. 614, 615; 9. P. Tursio, pp. 615, 616; Species obscurae (=
Beluga catodon ; Physeter macrocephalus = Spermaceti Whale of Dudley ; Anderson's Second
species of CaGh&lot= Physeter macrocephalus), pp. 616, 618; 10. Delphinus Phoccena, pp.
618-621; 11. D. Delphis, pp. 621-623; 12. D. Orca, pp. 623-626; 13. Monodon Monoceros,
pp. 626-628.

Balcena gibbosa, p. 610, sp. n. ; not Scrag Whale, Dudley, as usually stated, which is one
of the "Species obscure" not formally recognized, although some of the synonyms cited
under B. gibbosa may cover Dudley's ScragnWhale, which Erxleben cites (or the species based
on it) at p. 607, at the end of his account of his Balcena physalus.

The author very justly observes: "Cetorum species pauciores recte cognitae: videtur
horum historia denuo fere inchoanda" (p. 601). His treatment of the subject is judicious,
being superior, perhaps, to that of any other systematist of the eighteenth century. While
still retaining a few species proved later to be merely nominal, he relegated to the list of
4 ' Species obscurae' ' several which had been current! y recognized by previous compilers. [ 341 . ]
1777. "HERMANN, JOA. Tabula affinitatum animalium; brevi commentario illus-
trata. 4°. Argentorati, 1777."

Not seen ; title from Carus and Engelmann. [342.]

1777. PHIPPS, C. J. Reise | nach dern Nordpol. | Auf Befehl Ihro KSnigl. Grossbrit-
tannischen Majestat. | Unternommen im Jahr 1773. | Vcn C. J. Phipps, | aus
dem Englischen, | Mit | Zusatzen und Anmerkungen von Herrn Landvogt
[Samuel] Engel. | — | MitKupfern. | — | [Design.] Bern, | — | beydertypo-
graphischen Gesellschaft 1777. | 4°. 11. 3, pp. i-x j 1. 1, pp. 1-122 ; 11. 2, pp. 1-304 ;
1. 1, maps and pll.

Mammalia [of Spitzbergen], pp. 95-97. 1. Balcena mysticetus; 2. Balcena physalus,
p. 97. [343.]

1777. SCOPOLI, J. A. loannis Ant. Scopoli | Philos. et Med. Doct. Caesareae Regiae-
qve | Maiestatis a consiliis in rebvs metallicis, | chemiae ac botanices Profes-
soris in | regio archigymnasio Ticinensi &c. | Introdvctio | ad | Histoiiam |
Natvralem | sistens | genera j Lapidvm, Plantarvm, | et |« Animalivm | hac-

468 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1777. SCOPOLI, J. A. — Continued.

tenvs detecta, | caracteribvs essentialibvs donata, | in tribvs divisa, | svbinde
ad leges natvrae. | [Vignette.] | — | Sur un plan uouveau, toutes couuois-
sances anciennes | & nouvelles. Adanson. | — | Pragae | Apvd Wolfgangvm
Gerle, Bibliopolam. | MDCCLXXVII. 8°. 11. 5, pp. 1-506, 11. 17.

Tribus xii, Kleinii (Mammalia). Gens i, Cetacea, p. 486, [general 428-431, viz : Balcna
(=Mysticete auct. mod.), Physeter, Monodon, Delphinvs. Gens ii. Quadrvpedia. Divisio i,
Aqvatilia.— [Genus] 432. Manatvs, Rondelet, p. 490. [344-]

1778. ANON. "Echt historisch Verhaal zo nit de mond als pen, van drie zeelieden,

wegens het verongelukken van het scbip, de Wilbelmina van de Helder, al-
sook de noodlottige en droevige ongelukken van nog negen andere schepen,
dewelke alle verongelukt ziju in Greenland, door de bezettiug van het West-
ijs, in den jare 1777. Amsterdam, 1778. 4°. 36 bladz."

Bosgoed, from whose work (op. tit, p. 249, no. 3575) the above title is taken, states that a
German translation appeared at Bremen in 1779, of which Lindeman gives an abstract in his
"ArktischeFischerei," pp. 37-46. See 1778. ANON. [345.]

1778. CZENPINSKI, P. DE. Pauli de Czenpinski, | Nobilis Poloni Varsoviensis. | Dis-
sertatio | inauguralis | Zoologico-Medica, | sistens | totius Regni Animalis |
Genera, | in Classes et Ordines Linnseana | Methodo digesta, | Preefixa cnilibet
classiterminorum | explicatione. | [Vignette.] — | Viennse, | typis Joan Thorn,
nob. de Trattnern, | Sac. Cses. Reg. Maj. Typog. et Bibl. | — | 1778. 8°. 11. 4,
pp. 1-122, 1. 1.
i. Cete, p. 114. Genera 1. Monodon; 2. Delphinus; 3. Physeter; 4. Balcena. [346.]

1778. FERBER, — . ["Bereitung des Wallraths."] <^Neue Beytrdge zur Mineralge-
schichte, i, 1778, p. 366.

Not seen; reference from Donndorff, Zool. Beytr., i, 1792, p. 777. [347.]

1778. "JANSEN, MARTEN. Kort, doch echt verhael wegens het verongelukken van
zyn schip, genaemt : het "Witte paard, en nog negen andere schepeu, dewelke
alle verongelukt zijn in Groenlandt ten jaere 1777. Waarby nog copia van
een brief van commandeur Hidde Dirks Kat, aan zijn huisvrouw, geschreven
uit straat Davis. Amsterdam, Nic. Bijl. 1778. 4°. 18 bladz."

"Eene andere uitgave, Leeu warden, 1778. 4°. 23 bladz."

Not seen; from Bosgoed, op. tit., p. 239, no. 3486. [348.]

1778. [ROPER, JURGEN.] "Wahrhafte Nachricht von den im Jahre 1777, auf den

Walfischfang nach Gronland aufgegangenen und daselbst verungliickten fiinf

. Hamburger Schiffen gezogen aus,dem Journal des Kiipers Jtirgen Roper, auf

dem Schiffe genannt Sara Cecilia, Kommandeur Hans Pieters. Altona, 1778."

"Lindeman geeft in zijne ' Arktische Fischerei,' bl. 49, een uiltreksel van dit Journaal."

Not seen ; title and comment from Bosgoed, op. tit., p. 251, no. 3596. [349.]

1778-83. ZIMMERMANN, E. A. W. Geographische | Geschichte | des Menschen, | und
der | allgemein verbreiteten vierfiissigen Thiere, | nebst einer hieher gehori-
gen | zoologischen Weltcharte, | von | E[berhard]. A[ugust]. W[ilhelm],
Zimmermann, | Professor am Kollegio Karolino zu Braunschweig. | — | Erster
Band. [Vignette.] — | Leipzig, | in der Weygandschen Buchhandlung | 1778.
8°. 11. 8, pp. 1-308. Mit ein Chart. Tabvla Mvndi | Geographico Zoologica |
sistens | Qvadrvpedes | hucusque notos sedibus suis adscriptos | edidit j
E. A. W. Zimmermann. | Aug. Wilh. Knoch delineavit.

Achtzehnter Abschnitt. Der Manate, pp. 253-255.

[Zweiter Band.] Geographische | Geschichte | des Menschen, [ und | der
vierfussigen Thiere. | — | Zweiter Band. Enthalt ein vollstandiges Verzeich-
niss aller | bekannten Quadrupeden, | von | E. A. W. Zimmermann, | Professor
der Mathematik und Naturlehre am Kollegio Karolino | zu Braunschweig. |
[Vignette.] — | Leipzig, | in der Weygandschen Buchhandlung. | 1780 8°.
11. 4, pp. 1-432.

XLIII. Geschlecht. Das Walross, Trichechus. Enthalt das Wallross ( T. Rosmarus), und der
Dugong (T. Dugung). XLIV. Geschlecht. Der Manate. Enthalt Der Manati von Kamt-
schatka (Afanati gigas), und der kleinere Manati (Trichechus Hanatus, Linn.). ,

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 469

1778-83. ZIMMERMANN, E. A. W.— Continued.

[Dritter Band.] Geographische | Geschichte | des Menschen, | und dei |
allgemein verbreiteteu vierfussigen Thiere, | — | mit einer hiezu gehorigen
zoologischen Weltcharte, j — | von | E. A. W. Zimmermann, | Professor der
Mathematik und Pliysik in Braunschweig und Mitglied | verschiedener ge-
lehrten Gesellschaften. | — | Dritter Band. | — | Leipzig, | in der Weygand-
sclien Buchhandlung | 1783. 8°. 11. 5, pp. 1-278. [350.]

1779. AXON. "Historisch wahre Nachricht von dem Eland und Drangsalen des im
Jahre 1^77 auf den Waliischfang nach Gronland abgefahrenen, verungliickten
Schiftes " Wilhelmina" unter dem Commandeur Jakob Henrich Broertjes, aus
dem Hollandischen Tagebuch und miindlicher Erziihlung der drei Matrosen
Harm Heurich Kroger, Harm Henrich Kroger der Sohn, beide von Altenesch
im Delmenhorstischen, und Kasten KUlke aus Lessum, eine Meile von Bre-
men,— ubersetzt. Bremen, George Ludwig Forster. 1779."

Not seen ; title from Lindeman, Arktische Fischerei, 1869, p. 37. A German translation of
the Dutch "Echte historisch Verhael," etc., 1778, q. v. 1351.]

1779. CHEMNIZ, T. H. Von der balaena rostrata oder dem Schnabelfische. <^Beschafl.
d. Berlmi8chen Gescllsch. Naturf. Freunde, iv, 1779, pp.' 183-189.

Hyperoodon rostrata. 1352.]

1779. "GRAUMANN, PETR. BENED. CHSTI. Brevis introductio in historiam naturalem
animalium mammalium in usum auditorum, cui accedit nomenclatura omnium
hujus classis civium, uua cum charactere generico»et specifico, denominatione
germanica ac designatione iconum. 8°. Rostochii, 1779. pp. 90."

Not seen ; title from Cams and Engelmann. Cited by Donndorff, Zool. Beytr., i, 1792. [353.]

1779. "HIJLKES, R. Merkwaardig verhaal van Reinier Hijlkes als matroos, met het

schip : de hopende Visser, commandeur Volkert Jansz. ten jare 1777 na Green-
land uitgevaren op de walvisvangst en aldaar met 9 andere schepen veronge-
lukt. Amsterdam. 1779. 4°. 11 bladz."

Not seen; from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 239, no. 3484. [354.]

1780. CLAVIGERO, F. S. Storia antica | del Messico | cavata da' migliori storici Spa-

gnuoli, | e da' manoscritti, e dalle pitture antiche degP Indiani : | Divisi in dieci
Libri, | e corredata di carte geografiche, | e di varie figure: | e | Disserta-
zioni | Sulla Terra, sugli Animali, e sugli abitatori del Messico. | Opera j dell
Abate | D. Francesco Saverio | Clavigero | — | TomoI[-IV.] | — | [Design.]
In Cesena MDCCLXXX. | — | Per Gregorio Biasni all' Insegna di Pallade |
Con Licenza de' Superiori. 4°. 4 vols. Vol. i, pp. i-viii, 1-302, map, pll. ;
vol. ii, pp. 1-276; vol. iii, pp. 1-260; vol. iv, pp. 1-331.

IlManatiosiaiaraenJino, vol. i, pp. 100, 101. See Cullen's English transl. under 1787. [355.]
1780. FABRICIUS, O. Favua | Groenlandica, | systematice sistens | Animalia Groen-
landiae occiden- | talis hactenvs indagata, qvoad nomen | specificvm, triviale,
vernacvlvniqve ; synonyma avcto- | rvm plvrivm, descriptionem, locvm, vic-
tvm, genera- | tionvm, mores, vsvm, captvramqve siugvli, provt | detegendi
occasio fvit, uiaximaqve parte secvn- | dvm proprias observationes | Othonis
Fabricii | Ministri Evangelii, qvondam Groen- | landis ad Coloniam Friderichs-
haab, posthac Norvagis | Drangedalise, nvnc vero Danis hopvnti ivtiae,
Mem- | bri Societatis Scientiarvm qvae est Hafuiae. | [Vignette.] — | Hafniae
et Lipsiae, | Impensis loanis Gottlob Rothe, | avlae atqve vuivers. Reg. Bib-
liopolae. | MDCCLXXX. 8°. pp. i-xvi, 1-452, pi. 1.

Cetacea, pp. 29-52, spp. 18-32, to wit: 1. Monodon Monoceros, p. 29; 2. Monodon Spvrivs,
p. 31 = Hyperoodon rostratus; 3. Balaena Mysticetvs, p. 32; 4. Balatna Physalvs, p. 35 =
Physalusantiquorum; 5. Balaena Boops,p.36=l Phy solus antiquorum ; 6. Balaena mvscvlvs,
p. 39 = B. biscayensis; 7. Balaena rostrata, p. 40= Balcenoptera rostrata; 8. Physeter macro-
cephalvs, p. 41 ; 9. Physeter Catodon, p. 44 = Physeter tursio, L. ; 10. Physeter microps, p. 44;
11. Delphinvs Orca, p.46 = Orca gladiator; 12. Delphinvs Phocaena, p. 46 = Phoccena com-
munis; 13. Delphinvs Delphis, p. 48; 14. Delphinvs Tursio, p. 49 = Orca gladiator,- 15.
Delphinvs albicans, p. 50 = Beluga catodon.

Monodon spurius, Balcena rostrata, spp. nn. 15 spp., 12 valid. Synonymy, diagnoses, dis-
tribution, etc. [356.]

470 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1780. "&ATTERER, CHPH. WILH. JAC. Breviarum zoologiae Pars I. Mammalia.
8 maj. Gottiugae, 1780."

Not seen ; title from Carus and Engelmann. Cited by Donndorff, Zool. Beytr., i, 1792. [357. ]
1780. LAUNAY, M. DE. M6moire sur Torigine des Fossiles accidentels des Provinces
Belgiques. <Jfm. de VAcad. imp. et roy. des Sci. et Bell.-Lett. de Bruxelles, ii,
1780, pp. 531-585.

Brief reference (p. 335) to remains of a supposed skeleton of a Crocodile, here identified as
that of an Orca, and also to other Cretacean remains. [358.]

1780. MANN, L'Ablt. Me'moire snr 1'Histoire naturelle de la Mer du^Xord, & sur la
Peche qui s'y fait. < Mem. de VAcad. imp. et roy* des. Sci. et Bell.-Lett. de Bru-
xelles, ii, 1780, pp. 157-220.

Cetaces, p. 197.

"26. Les especes de poissons qui habitent ou qui frequentent la mer du nord, sont les sui-
vantes.savoir:

' Cete—lQ Cachelot.

1 Balcena — la Baleine.

'Physeter — la Sedenette.

' Monoceros — le Narhwal.

'Ces quatres especes de poissons n'habitent point la mer du nord, mais ils y viennent
quelquefois de 1'ocean septentrional, surtout dans les hyvers rudes. On a eu 1'exemple de
baleines jettees sur la cote de Flandre "... (p. 197). [359.]

1780. "SERIONNE, A. DE. Hollands rijkdom, behelzende den oorsprong van den
koophandel, en van de magt van dezen staat ; de toenemende vermeerdering van
deszelfs koophandel en scheepvaart, enz. Uit net Fransch vertaald. Vervol-
gens overgezien, merkelijk veranderd, vermeerderd en van verscheiden miss-
lagen gezuiverd door El. Luzac. Leyden, Luzac en van Dame, 1780. 4 din.
gr. 8°."

Noordsche visscherij en koophandel, i, pp. 345-350. "Walvischvangst, ii, pp. 275-280.

Not seen; title and references from Bosgoed, op. tit., p. 210, no. 3167. [360.]

1780. WITRY, L'AbMDE. Me'moire sur les fossiles du Tournaisis, et les petrifactions

en ge'ne'ral, relativement a leur utilite" pour la vie civile. <^Mem. de VAcad.
imp. et roy. des Sci. et Bell.-Lett. de Bruxelles, iii, 1780, pp. 11-44, pi. i-iii.

A reference of four lines to remains of "poissons marina . . . qui paroissent avoir appar-
tenu a des animaux cetaces" (p. 21). [361.]

1780-84. "BoROWSKi, G. H. Gemeinnutzige Naturgeschichte des Thierreichs, darin-
nen die merkwiirdigsten und niitzlichsten Tliiere in systemat. Ordnung be-
schrieben und alle Geschlechter in Abbildungen nach der Natur vorgestellt
werden. Mit den Kupfertaf. 1-228. Berlin und Stralsund, Lange, 1780-64.
5 din. gr. 8°."

"1. Bd. Saugethiere. Mit 48 Kpfrtaf. 2. Bd. TTallfische, Vogel. Mit 48 Kpfrtaf. 8.
Yogel. Mit 48 Kpfrtaf. 4. Amphibien. Mit 36 Kpfrtaf. 5. Fische. Mit 42 Kpfrtaf."

Not seen ; title from Cams and Engelmann. Cited by Donndorff, Zool. Beytr. , i, 1792. [362.]
1780-84. "GiLii, FILIPPO SAL v ADORE. Saggio di Storia Americana, o sia Storia Na-
turale, Civile, e Sacra de Eegni, e delle provincie Spanuole di Terra-ferma
nelF America Meridionale. 4 vols. 8°. Koma, 1780, '81, ?82, '84."

!Not seen ; title from Carus and Engelmann. Have seen this work referred to as containing
(vol. i, p. 84, fig. 1) an account of the Manatee, with a figure. [363.]

1781. E [RIKSSON], J. Um Marsvina rekstr. <^Rit dess IslenzTca Lcerdoms-Lista Felags

[ii], 1782, pp. 73-96.

I. Kap. Um adferd Medalfarar manna, pp. 73-85; U. Kap. Tim adferd Fo3reyinga og Sunn-
maera, pp. 85-96. [364.]

1781. FABRICIUS, OTHO. Om Hvalaaset. <^Nye Saml. Kong. Danslce Videnskabers Sel-
slcals Skrifter, 1781, pp. 557-378 (i. e. 578), figg. 1-4. [365.]

1781. GRONOVIUS, LAUR [ENTIUS] THEOD [ORUS]. %Zoophylacium | Gronovianum, |
exliibeus | Animalia | Quadrupeda, Amphibia, | Pisces, Insecta, Vermes, |
Mollusca, Testacea, | et Zoopliyta, | Quae in Museo suo adservavit, examini |
subjecit, systematice disposuit | atque descripsit | Laur. Theod. Gronovius,

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 471

1781. GRONOVIUS, LAUR[ENTIUS] THEOD[ORUS] — Continued.

J. U. D. | Civitatis Lugduno Batavse Senator, Societatis physico- | medicae
reghe Londinensis, Basilaeensis, | atque Hollandicae Socius. | Additis rarissi-
morum objectorum iconismis. | — | Lugduni Batavorum, | Apud | Theodoruni
Haak et Socium | et | Samuelem et Joliannem Luclitmans. | MDCCLXXXI.
[3 fuse, paged continuously. ] fol. 11. 5, pp. 1-380, 11. 10, pp. i-vi, pll. 21.

This is a reissue of the first and second fasc. of the Zoophylacii [pp. 1-236] -ffasc. iii,
Vermes, etc., 1781, pp. 237-380.

The Cetacean matter is therefore the same as in the editio princeps, q. «., at 1763. [366.]

1781. [PENNANT, THOMAS.] History | of | Quadrupeds. | Vol. I [II]. | [Coat of arms.]
London. | Piloted for B. White, Fleet Street. | MDCCLXXXI. 2 vols. 4°.
Vol. i, 1. 1, pp. i-xxiv, 1-284; vol. ii, 1. 1, pp. 285-566, 11. 7.

Sirenia, pp. 536-545, to wit: 3 . Whale-tailed Manati, pp. 536-539; 2. Round-tailed Manati,
pp. 540-544 ; 3. Sea Ape, pp. 544, 545. The first is primarily Steller's Sea Cow; the second
includes both the American and African Manatees ; the last is a sp. myth. [367.]

1781. "WESTERWOUT, J. DIBBETZ. Beknopte besclirijving der XVII Nederlandsche

provincien, waarin den oorsprong en opkomst dezer landen aangetoond wordt.

Nijmegen, Is. van Cainpen, 1781. gr. 8°." "

"... Visscherij; Haringvangst ; Walvischvangst, pp. 467-486."
Title and reference from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 213, no. 3188. [368.]

1782. BUFFON, [G. L. LECLERCDE.] Histoire | Naturelle, | ge'ne'rale et particuliere. |

Par M. le Compte [George Louis Leclerc] de Buffon, Intendant du | Jardin &
du Cabinet du Roi, de PAcade'mie | Franchise, de celle des Sciences, &c. | — |
Supplement, Tome Sixieme. | — | [Arms.] A Paris, | de 1'Imprimerie Ro-
yale. | — | M. DCCLXXXII. 4°. pp. i-viij, 1-405, i-xxv, pll. i-xlix.

Les Lamantins, pp. 381-384. Le grand Lamantin de Kamtschatka, 385-395. Le grand
Lamantin des Antilles, pp. 396-398. Le grand Lamantin de la mer des Indes, p. 399. Le
petit Lamantin d' Am6rique, pp. 400-402. Le petit Lamantin du Senegal, pp. 403-405. [369.]

1782. DUHAMEL DU MONCEAU, M. Traitd Ge'ne'ral | des Peches, | et | Histoire des
Poissons | qu'elles fournissent, | tant pour la subsistance des bommes, | que
pour plusieurs autres usages | qui out rapport aux Arts et an Commerce. | Par
M. Dtibamel duMouceau, de FAcade'mie Roy ale des Sciences; | . . . [= titles,
3 lines]. | — | Suite de la Seconde Partie. | — | Tome Quatrieme. | [Design.]
A Paris, | Chez Veuve Desaint, Libraire, rue du Foin Saint-Jacques. | — |
M. DCC. LXXXII. | Avec Approbation, et Privilege du Roi. 4 vols. 2°.

Trait6 general des Peches et Histoire des Poissons, on des animaux qui vivent dans 1'eau.
Suite de la seconde Partie. Tome iv. Dixieme Section. Des Poissons Cetacees, & des Am-
phibies. pp. 1-73, pll. i-xv.

Introduction, pp. 1, 2. Chap. i. De la Baleine, & des Poissons qui y ont rapport, pp. 2, 3.
Art. i. De la Baleine f ranche ; Cete ; Balaena vulgaris, edentula, dorso non pinnato, Raii, pp.
4-9, pi. i, figg. 1, 2. Art. ii. Des differents lieux ou Ton trouve des Baleines, pp. 9-11. Art.
iii. Details relatifs aux Navires qu'on destine pour faire la peche des Baleines au Nord dans
les glaces, p. 11, pi. i, fig. 3, pi. iii, fig. 3. Art. iv. Detail sommaire des utensils n6cessaires
pour la p6che, pp. 11, 12, pi. ii. Art. v. De la disposition des glaces au Nord, pp. 12, 13.
Art. vi. De la nourriture des Baleines, p. 13. Art. vii. De la peche des Sardes, ou petites
Baleines, que je soupconne etre le Nord-Kaper, p. 14. Art. viii. Des endroits ou Ton fait les
Armements, p. 14. Art. ix. Sur les gages des Equipages, pp. 14, 15. Art. x. Etat dos effets,
dont ceux qui forment 1'equipage doivent se fournir pour faire une campagne de peche, p. 15.
Art. xi. De la Nourriture des Equipages, p. 15. Art. xii. De la peche des Baleines en gene-
ral, pp. 16-18. (§ 1. Des Harpons. § 2. Des Lances. § 3. Des Crocs. § 4. Des Couteaux.)
Art. xiii. De la peche des Baleines, particulierement avec les harpons, pp. 18, 19. Art. xiv.
De VEmbarquement des Chaloupes, pp. 19, 20. Art. xv. De la maniere de lever le gras, ou
de decouper les grandes Baleines pour en retirer 1'huile, pp. 20, 21. Art. xvi. Methode pour
retirer 1'huile des Baleines, p. 22. Art. xvii. Sur lajauge des futailles, p. 23. Art. xviii. Des
differentes qualite &. nature des huiles do Baleiue, pp. 23, 24. Art. xix. Expose sommaire
de la peche des Baleines en differents Parages, & de la peche accidentelle de ces poissons,
pp. 24-29. (§ 1. De la peche aux cotes de Biscaye, de Galice & de Saint-Jean-de-Luz. § 2. De
la Peche aux C6tes d'Angleterre. § 3. De la peche des Baleines par les Groenlandois. § 4.
De la peche en Schetland, ou Hithland. § 5. De la peche en Norwege. § 6. De la peche de la
Baleine en Kussie. § 7. De la peche par les Hollandois a Spitzberg. § 8. De la peche des
Baleines au Japon. § 9. De la peche des Baleines a la Cor6e. § 10. De la maniere de prendre

472 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1782. DUHAMEL DU MONCEAU, M. — Continued.

les Baleines £ la Floride, dans l'Am6rique Septentrional e, par les Sauvagcs du pays. § 11.
Description des Chaloupes qui servent pour prendre des Baleines dans les environs du Canada.
§ 12. Idee generate des peches qu'on fait a Sinigaglia, jolie petite Villo situee au bord de la
Mer Adriatique.) Art. xx. Sur les ennemis des Baleines, pp. 29-31. Art. xxi. De 1'Ambre
gris; Ambra grisea, pp. 31, 32.

Chap. ii. Des Cetacees. Art. i. Du Cachalot, pp. 33-36. Art. ii. Des Souffleurs, pp. 36-37.
Art. iii. Des Marsouins, Tursio ; en Breton Meroch ; par quelques-uns, Souffleur, pp. 38-42.
(§ 1. Du grand Marsouin, quo plusieurs nomment Souffleur, p. 41. §> 2. Du Marsouin & museau
arrondi; Tursio ou Phoccena, qu'on regarde comme le vrai Marsouin (flgg. 5 & 6).) Art. iv.
Des Dauphins, pp. 42-45.

Chap. iii. Des Amphibies, p. 45. Art. i. Du Loup, Veau Marin. ou Phoque ; Phoca, pp.
45-51. Art. ii. Description d'un petit Phoque noir, & poil fin & onde, pp. 51, 52. Art. iii.
D'un petit Phoque, copie sur le dessein qui est dans 1'Histoire Naturelle de M. de Buffon,
tome xiii, p. 52. Art. iv. Lettre de M. Frameris, sur les Phoques qu'on prend dans les Mers
du Nord, pp. 52,53. Art. v. Description d'un Pboque qui avoitete pech6 dans notre Ocean
Septentrional, & apporte a Dieppe en 1723, fig. 5, p. 53. Art. vi. Description d'un Phoquo
de la Mediterranee, envoy6 de Marseille, pp. 53, 54. Art. vii. De quelques Phoqiies, qu'on a
conserve vivans dans plusieurs endroits, pp. 54-56. Art. viii. Du Lamentin, pp. 56, 57. De la
peche des Lamentins, pp. 57-59. Art. ix. De la Vache marine, ou Poisson & la grande deut,
Morse d'Islande & du Greenland ; Odobenus, ou Rosmarus, pp. 59-61. Art. x. De plusieurs
autres Amphibies, & particulierement du Lion Marin ; Leo Marinus, p. 61.

Explication des planches, pp. 62-66. Notice geographique des principaux lieux dont il est
fait mention dans cette dixiemo Section, pp. 67-70. Table Alphabetique, p. 71. Table des
Chapitres et Articles, pp. 72, 73. Errata, etc., p. 73.

PI. i. Baleine franche, fig. 1, male; fig. 2, femelle ; fig. 3, deux chaloupes qui poursuivent une
Baleine; figg. 4-6, fanons. PL ii. Instruments pour la peche des Baleines. PI. iii-viii.
Peche des Baleines. PL ix, fig. 1, Cachalot d' Anderson ; fig. 2, 3, Souffleurs ; fig. 4, Souffleur du
fleuve Saint-Laurent ; fig. 5, Marsouin ; fig. 6, Mulard do Rondelet ; fig. 7, squelette de la
maehoire inferieure d'un Cachalot. PL x. Des Marsouins, 8 figg. Pll. xi, xii. Des Loups
Marins, ou Phoques. PL xiii. Du Lamentin et du Peche du meme. PL xiv. De la Vache
Marine : fig. 1, Vache Marine avec son petit ; fig. 2, aquelette d'une tete de Vache Marine ; fig.
3, Tuerie de difierents Cetacees. PL xv, fig. 1, Pescheurs Groenlandois ; fig. 2, Lion Marin
avec sa Lionne ; fig. 3, Cachalot Male.

Duhamel's work was, for its time, a thorough presentation of the subject, relating, as its
title implies, to the subject of the fisheries rather than to the natural history of fishes, al-
though of importance in this relation, especially from the numerous original figures given.
Those of the Cetacea, however, are in part copies from those of earlier writers, some of them
more or less modified. His account of the Whalefishery, in relation to the capture and sub-
sequent treatment of the animals, is detailed and very fully illustrated in the plates, and
forms a valuable contribution to the history of the subject. [370.]

1782. LE GRAND D'AussY. "Histoire de la vie prive'e des Francais, depuis Torigine
de la nation jusqu'a nos jour. Paris, Imprimerie de Ph. D. Pierres. 1782.
• 3 din. gr. 8°."

Peche de la Baleine chez les Basques, ii, pp. 68-77.

Not seen; title and reference from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 237, no. 3465. [371. J

1782. ST. JOHX [DE CREVECCEUR], J. HECTOR. Letters | from an | American Farmer ; |
describing | certain provincial situations, | manners, and customs, | not gen-
erally known; | and conveying | some id^a of the late and present | interior
circumstances | of the | British Colonies | in | North America. | — | Written
for the information of a Friend | in England, | By J. Hector St. John [de
Crevecoeur], | A farmer in Pennsylvania. | — | London, | Printed for Thomas
Davies in Russel Street, Covent- | Garden, and Lockyer Davis in Holborn. |
M DCC LXXXII. 8°. 11. 8, pp. 1-318, 2 maps.

Letter v. Customary Education and Employment of the Inhabitants of Nantucket, pp.
150-158 (relates mainly to the Whalefishery of this island). Letter vi. Description of the
Island of Martha's Vineyard; and of the Whale Fishery, pp. 159-176. Pp. 162-176 relate to
the Whalefishery, describing the character, size, and outfit of the vessels employed, the man-
ner of capturing Whales, "cutting in," and care of the products, etc. At p. 169 is a list of
' ' the names and principal characteristics of the various species of Whales known to these peo-
ple" ofNantucket; 11 species being enumerated and briefly described. There are also sta-
tistics of the Nantucket Whalefishery for the year 1769. [In the French ed. of 1767 the letter
about the Whalefishery is dated "Nantucket, 17 Octobre 1772."]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 473

1782. ST. JOHN [DE CREVECCEUR], J. HECTOR — Continued.

A " New Edition, with an Accurate Index," appeared in 1783, textaally the same as the
present. There are also later editions in English (that of 1793 is given infra), and in French,
the author himself translating and publishing his "Letters" in that language in 1784 (q. v. ;
see, also, under 1787). Also cf. Rich, Bibliotheca Americana Nova, p. 302. [372.]

1782-84. "BocK, FRIEDR. SAM. Versuch einer wirtschaftl. Natnrgesch. von Ost-u.
West-preussen. 5 Bde. Mit Kpfrn. gr. 8°. Dessau, 1782-84."

Not seen; title from Cams and Engelmann. Cited by Donndorff, Zool. Beytr., i, 1792, p.
782. [373.]

1783. "HERMANN, JOA. Tabula affinitatum animalium, per totum aniinalo regnura

in tribus foliis exposita, olim academico specimine edita, nunc uberiore com-
mentario illustrata, cum annotationibus ad historiam naturalem aniinalium
augendam fascientibus. 4°. Argentorati, 1783."

Not seen; title from Carus and Engelmann. Cited by Donndorff and others. [374-]

1783. [LONDON SOCIETY FOR, etc.] [Gun Harpoons.] < Trans. London Soc. for En-
cour. Arts, Man., and Com ., i, 1783, pp. 42, 215.

"Whale-Fishery," p. 42 (announcement of the successful introduction of the gun har-
poon). "Gun for throwing Harpoons," p. 215 (prize offered for improvement in its construc-
tion). "Harpoon to be thrown by a Gun," p. 215 (prize offered for improvements in its con-
struction). These offers, as also a prize for the capture of Whales by use of the harpoon
gun. were annually renewed by the society for many years. See the society's Trans., 1784
et seq. [375.]

1783. SCHWEDIAWER, F. X. An Account of Ambergrise. . . . <^Philos. Trans. Land.,

Ixxiii, pt. 1, art. xv, 1783, pp. 226-241.

A detailed account of nature, mode of occurrence, and use of ambergris and sperma-
ceti. [376.]

1784. BODDAERT, P. P. Boddaert med. doct. | . . . . [= titles, 7 lines] | Elenchus

Animalium. | Volumen I. | Sistens Quadrupedia hue usque nota, | eorumque
varietates. | Ad ductum Naturae, quantum fieri potuit disposita. | — | ....
[= motto, 6 lines]. | — | Roterodaini, | Apud C. R. Hake. | MDCCLXXXIV.
8°. pp. i-xxxviii, 1-174.

The Cetacea are not included. The Sirenia are : I. Rosmarus Indicus, p. 169 = Indian
Walrus, Pennant and Dugon, Buffon; ii. Manati Trichechus, p. 173= The Broad-tailed
Manati, Pennant; 3. Manatus Balcenurus, p. 173 = Whale- tailed Manati, Pennant, there-
fore =Rhytina borealis. [377.]

1784. CHEMNITZ, T. II. Auszug aus einem Schreibeii des Herrn Garnisonprediger
Chemnitz zu Coppenhagen, an den Herrn O. C. R. Silberschlag, vom 29sten
July, 1783. 5 Taf. Fig. 4 bis 7. <^Schriften der Berlinisclien Gesellschaft na-
turforscher Freunde, v, 1784, pp. 463-469.

Account of the capture of a "Nordkaper" "etwa zwischen Neufundland und Issland,"
from the head of which were obtained examples of the Balanus polythalamius compressus,
the same being here described and figured, etc. [378.]

1784. FOORD, HUMPHREY. A short Account of the Invention of the Gun Harpoon,
which has been introduced into the Greenland Fishery, by means of the Re-
wards bestowed by the Society; the utility of which will be manifested, by
the Facts related in the following Letters. < Trans. London Soc. Encour. Arts,
Man., and Com., ii, 1784, pp. 191-222, pi.

Account of "an Harpoon to be fired from a Swivel Gun," invented by Abraham Staghold,
in 1771, with a plate giving figures of the harpoon and gun, pp. 191-196. Six letters from
Captain Humphrey Foord, giving accounts of the capture of Whales by the Gun Harpoon,
and claiming premiums therefor, pp. 197-222. The account gives also the "length of bone"
and yield of oil of several of the Whales thus taken. [379.]

1784. "LESKE, NATHAN. GTFR. Aufangsgriinde der Naturgesch. 1 Th. Allgem.
Natur- u. Thiergeschichte, mit 12 Kpfr. 2 Aufl. gr. 8°. Leipzig, 1784."

Not seen ; title from Carus and Engelmann. Cited by Donndorff. The first edition is said
to have appeared in 1779. [380.]

1784 (circa). LICHTENBERG, GEO. CHPH. Potfisch. <^Mag. fur Neuste aus der Phys. u.
Naturg., ii, (1784?), p. 204.

Not seen; title and reference based on Donndorff, Zool. Beytr., i, 1792, p. 777. [3«J ,]

474 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1784. [ST. JOHN DE CREVECCEUR, J. HECTOR.] Lettres | d'un | Cultivateur | Ameri-
cain, | [ J. Hector St. John Crevecceur] ficrites a W. S. Ecuyer, | Depuis PAn-
ne~e 1770, jusqu'a 1781. | Traduites de PAnglois par * * *. | Tome Premier Let
Second]. | [Design. ] A Paris, | Chez Cachet, Libraire, me & hotel Serpente.
| — | M. DCC. LXXXIV. 2vols. 8°. Vol. i, pp. i-xxiv, i-iv, 1-422, 1. 1;
vol. ii, 11. 2, pp. i-iv, 1-400, 1. 1. [The copy here collated (Harvard College
Library, 15332-22) contains manuscript corrections of numerous typographi-
cal errors and additions by the author, with his autograph.]

Septieme Lettre. Peche de la Baleine, vol. ii, pp. 147-157.

This is a much altered and enlarged version, more or less changed throughout, rather than
a "translation," as the title-page implies, of the "Letters from an American Farmer" (Lon-
don, 1782), with a dedication to the Marquis de Lafayette, which is dated "New Yorck, 24
Septemhre 1781," and signed "L'auteur & Traducteur," with, in manuscript, the word "Cre-
vecoeur " added in the copy examined. The matter relating to the Nantucket "Whaleflshery
is substantially the same as that of the English ed. of 1782 (q. v.), of which it is, however, by
no means a strict translation. [382.]

1784. " SCHNEIDER, J. G. Sammlung vermischter Abhandlungen zur Aufkliirung der

Zoologie und der Handelsgeschichte. Berlin, 1784. 8°."

" Zie aldaar : Kritische Sammlung von alten und neueren Nachrichten zur Naturgeschichte

der Wallfische, nebst der Geschichte ihres ranges und des damit verbunden Handels,

bl. 125-303."

Not seen; title and comment from Bosgoed, op. tit., p. 173, no. 2728. [383.]

1784-86. ANON. "De Walvischvangst met veele bijzonderheden daartoe betrek-
kelijk. Amsterdam en Harlingen, bij P. Conradi en V. van der Plaats, 1784-
86. 4 din. 4°."

Not seen; title from Bosgoed (op. cit., p. 250, no. 3583), who gives as a new edition of this
work the Nieuwe beschrijving der Walfischvangst, etc., 1791, q. v. [384.]

1785. DAUBENTON, [L. J. M.] Observations sur un grand os qui a 6t6 trouv6 en terre

dans Paris; et sur la conformation des Os de La tete des Ce'tace'es. <^JHst. de
I'Acad. roy. des Sci. de Paris, ann. 1782 (1785), pp. 211-218, pll. iv-vi.

PI. iv, tete d'un petit Cachalot ; pll. v, vi, tete du Dauphin. [385.]

1785. " GATTERER, CHPH. WILH. JAC. Naturhist. A-B-C-Buch, od. Abbild. u. Be-
schreib. merkwurd. Thiere. 1785. 3 Aufl. 1799. Mit Kpfr. 8°."

Not seen ; title from Cams and Engclmann. [386.]

1785. HALCROW, SINCLEAR. [Account of capture of a Whale by use of the Harpoon
Gun.] < Trans. London Soc. Encour. Arts, Man., and Com., iii,1785, pp. 154-
157. [387.]

1785. MONRO, A. The | Structure and Physiology | of | Fishes | explained, | and |
compared | with those of | Man and other Animals. | — | Illustrated with
Figures. | — | By Alexander Monro, M. D. | Fellow of the Royal College of
Physicians, | and of the Royal Society, | and | Professor of Physic, Anat-
omy, and Surgery, in the University | of | Edinburgh. | CE | Edinburgh: [
Printed for Charles Elliot, Edinburgh ; And G. G. J. and J. Robinson, Lon-
don. | — | M, DCC, LXXXV. 2°. pp. 1-128, pll. i-xliv.

Of the Ear in Cetaceous Fishes, pp. 45, 46, 109-112, pi. xxxv, figg. 19 ("Nose, mouth, ear,
and larynx of a Porpess "). [388.]

1785. PONTOPPIDAN, C. Hval- og Robbefangsten | udi | Strat-Davis, ved Spitsbergen,
og under | Eilandet Jan Mayen, | samt | dens vigtige Fordele, | i Anledning |
af den Kongel. allern. Placat af 13 Octbr. 1784 ; | tilligemed | nogle oplysende
Efterretninger om Fangsten, Behandilings- | inaaden, m. m. | ved | Carl Pon-
toppidan, | Kongel. Maj. virkelig Justiceraad og medadministrerende Direc-
teur | ved den Kongel. Islandiske, Finmarske, &c. &c. Handel. | [Vignette.]
| — | Hermed fylger et Kobber. | — | Ki0benhavn 1785. | Trykt paa Sylden-
dals Forlag, | hos Frid. Wilh. Thiele. 8°. 11. 3, pp. 1-124. [389.]

1785. "WITSEN, NIC. Noord en Oost Tartarijen; behelzende eene beschrijving van
verscheidene Tartersche en nabuurige gewesteu, in de noorder en oostelijke
deelen van Azien en Europa. Zedert naauwkeurig ouderzoek van veele Jaren,

UNIVERSITY

OF

ALEffl^-BiBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 475

1785. " WITSEN, NIC.— Continued.

en eigen ondervinding oatworpen, beschreven, geteekent en in 't licht gege-
ven. Tweede druk, nieuwe uitgaaf, verryckt met eene Inleidiug (door P.
Boddaert) en met eene meenigte (105) afbeeldingen (platen en kaarten) ver-
sierd. Te Amsterdam, bij M. Schalekamp, 1785. 2 din. folio.

"Zie aldaar: Grocnlandt; Nova-Zembla; Straet Davids; Waygats, bl. 45, 93, 762, 782, 832,
834, 892, 897-906, 915, 919-926, 928, 940, 951, waar tevens van de vischvangst, vooral van de wal-
visch- en walrusvangst gesproken wordt. Witsen heeft zich in zijne berigten dikwijls van
de mondelinge mededeelingen van walvischvaarders bediend. Verder: Visch in do Kas-
pische zee, bl. 614, 690. Visch in Siberie, bl. 787. Vischvangst in 't Samoyeden-landt, bl. 955.
Haringvangst in Siberie, bl. 745.

"Vergelijk: Fr. Muller, Essai d'une bibliographic !N"eerlando-Russe, bl. 58, waar eenige
belangrijke bijzonderheden en eene naauwkeurige bibliographische beschrijving van dit werk
te vinden zijn."

Not seen; title and references from Bosgoed, op. tit., p. 252, no. 3607. [390.]

1785-88. "GOEZE, JOH. AUG. EPHR. Nutzliches Allerley aus der Natur u. dem ge-
meiuen Leben fur allerley Leser. 6 Bde. 8°. Leipzig, 1785-88."
"Neue verbess. Ausg. in 3 Bdn. 8. Leipzig, 1788."
Not seen; title from Cams and Engelmann. Cited by Donndorff. [391.]

1785-92. FISCHER, F. C. J. Friedrich Christoph Jonathan Fischers | Geschichte |
des | teutschen Handels. | — | Der Schiffarth, Fischerei, Erfindungen, Kunste,
Gewerbe, Manufakturen, | der Landwirthschaft, Polizey, Leibeigenschaft, des
Zoll- Munz- | und Bergwesens, des Wechselrechts, der Stadtwirthsckaft | und
des Luxus. | — | Erster [-Vierter] Theil. | — | Hannover, | in der Helwing-
schen Hof buclihandlung. | 1785 [-1792]. 4 vols. 8°. Theil i, 1785 ; Theil ii,
1785; Theil iii, 1791; Theil iv, 1792.

Wallfischfang, Theil iv, pp. 265-272.— Geschichte des "Wallflschfangs, der seit der Sltesten
Zeit von den aussersten Nordischen V6lkern getrieben wird. Noch giebt es weder bey der
Hansa noch in Holland formliche "Wallfischjager. Nachricht von Wallfischen, die auf die
Klederlandische K&ste gerathen sind. Erst gegen Ende des [sechzehnten] Jahrhunderts
fangen die Biseayer und Engliinder an, auf den "Wallflschfang auszugehen: und die Hol-
lander werden erst bey der versuchten NordSstlichen Durchfarth mit dem "Wallfischfange
bekannt. . [392.]

1785. CAMPER, P. Conjectures relative to the Petrifactions found in St. Peter's

Mountain, near MaestricJit. <^Philo8. Trans. Lond., Ixxvi, pt. 2, art. xxvi, 1786,
pp. 4413-456, pll. xv, xvi.

Descriptions and figures of various fossil remains, including bones and teeth of Phoccena
and Physeter and part of lower jaw of Squalodon. [393.]

1786. "CRANZ, D. Hedendaagsche historic, of tegenwoordige staat van Greenland

en Straat Davids, benevens eene uitvoerige beschryving van de walvisch- en
robbenvangst. Amsterdam, 1786. 3 vols. 8°. Maps and pll."

"Exactly the same work as the preceding [Dutch ed. of 1767], only the title reprinted."
F. Muller, Cat. Am. Books, 1877, no. 836. [394.]

1786. [ JARMAN, NATHANIEL, WILLIAM BROWN, and others.] [Letters and Certificates
in reference to the capture of Whales with the Gun-Harpoon.] < Trans. Lon-
don Soc. Encour. Arts, Man., and Com., iv, 1786, pp. 179-182. [395.1

1786. MOHR, N. Fors^g | til | en Islandsk | Naturhistorie, | med | adskillige oekono-

miske samt andre | Anmcerkuinger, | ved | N[iels]. Mohr. | — | Siquid

novisti rectius istis, | Candidus imperti; si non, his utere mecus. | Horat,
Epist. Libr. I. 6. | — | Ki0benhavn, | trykt hos Christian Friderik Holm, |
1786. 8°. pp. i-xvi, 1-414.

VII. Cote, Hvale, pp. 12-17, spp. 22-32. 1. Monodon monoceros; It* Balama Mysticetus;
3. B. Physalus; 4. B. Boops ,- 5. B. Musculus ; 6. B. Rostrata, p. 13; 7. Physeter Hacro-
cephalus; 8. P. Microps,- 9. Delphinus orca ; 1O. D. Phoccena; 11. D. Delphi*; 12. Z>.
Albieans, p. 14.

List with brief notes. [396.]

1787. CLAVIGERO, F. S. The | History | of | Mexico. | Collected from | Spanish and

Mexican Historians, | from | Manuscripts, and Ancient Paintings of the In-

476 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1787. CLAVIGERO, F. S.— Continued.

dians. | Illustrated by | Charts, and other Copper Plates. | To which are
added, | Critical Dissertations | on the | Land, | the Animals, | and Inhabit-
ants of Mexico. | By Abbe* D. Francesco Saverio Clavigero. | Translated
from the Original Italian, | By Charles Cullen, Esq. | In Two Volumes. | Vol.
I [II]. | London, | Printed for G. G. J. aud J. Robinson, No. 25, Puter-noster
Row. | MDCCLXXXVII. 2 vols. 4°. Vol. i, 11. 2, pp. iii-xxxii, 1-476, pll.
i-xxiv, map. Vol. ii , 11. 2, pp. 1-463.

The Manati or Lament-in, i, pp. 62, 63. The text gives but 10 lines to this animal, to which
are added foot-notes to the amount of 18 lines.

There is a second English 4° ed., London, 1807, with the same pagination for the body of
the work. A later American reprint in 3 vols., 8°, appeared at Philadelphia in 1817, in which
the passage about the Manati or Lamentin occurs in vol. i, p. 83. There are German and
other translations given by bibliographers, not seen by me. . [397.]

1787. [HoLLiNGSWORTH, S.] The I Present State | of | Nova Scotia: | with a brief |
Account of Canada, | and the | British Islands | on the coast of | North Amer-
ica. | — | The Second Edition, corrected and enlarged. | Illustrated with a
map. | — | . . . . [_= quotations, 3 lines]. [ Edinburgh: | Printed for William
Creech, Edinburgh; | and sold by | T.'Cadell, and G. Robinson & Co. Lon-
don. | — M, DCC, LXXXVII. 8°. pp. 1-6, vii-xii, 1-221.

On the importance of giving every possible encouragement to the Canadian Whale-fisherv,
pp. 153-155. It is predicted that the Whale-fishery from Canadian ports "will soon put an
end to that of Nantucket " ! [398.]

1787. HUNTER, JOHN. Observations on the Structure and Oeconomy of Whales. <^Phil.
Trans. Lond., Ixxvii, pp. 371-450, pll. xvi-xxiii. Read June 28, 1787.

[General Remarks], pp. 371-381; Of the Bones, pp. 381-386; Of the Construction of the
Tail, pp. 386,387; Of the Fat, pp. 387-394; Of the Skin, pp. 394-397; Of the Mode of catching
their Food [includes descriptions of the digestive organs], pp. 397-416; Of the Larynx, pp.
416-418; Of the Lungs, pp. 418-420; The Blow-hole, or Passage for the Air, pp. 420-426; Of
the Sense of Touch, p. 426; Of the Sense of Taste, pp. 426, 427; Of the Sense of Smelling,
pp. 428-430; Of the Sense of Hearing, pp. 430-437; Of the Organ of Seeing, pp. 437-441; Of
the Parts of Generation, pp. 441-446 ; Explanation of the Plates, pp. 447-450.

The observations relate to the following species: 1. " Delphinus phoccena, or Porpoise"; 2,3.
"Grampus," two species, pll. xvi, xvii, animal; 4. " Delphinus delphis, or Bottle-nose Whale,"
pi. xviii, animal; X. Another, but of a different genus, having only two teeth in the lower
}B,w=Hyperoodon, pi. xix, animal; 6. "Balcena, rostrata of Fabricius," pi. xx, animal.pl. xxi,
external parts of generation, pi. xxii, one of the plates of whalebone, pi. xxiii, a perpendicular
section of several plates of whalebone ; 7. "Balcena mysticetus, or large Whalebone Whale ";
8. "Physetermacrocephalus, or Spermaceti Whale"; 9. "Monodon monoceros, or Xarwhale."

These species are treated passim, under the sub-headings above given.

Hunter's celebrated memoir was for many years the principal source of information respect-
ing the anatomy of Cetaceans, and is even still quotable. His observations were repeatedly
copied, more or less extensively, by many subsequent writers, and his figures were reproduced
in many of the older works, notably by Bonnaterre (1789), who faithfully copied all but one
(pi. xix), which he also reproduced with modifications, e. g., the insertion of the two teeth in
the lower jaw. [399.]

1787. MONRO, A. Vergleichung | des | Baues und der Physiologie der Fische | mit
dem | Bau des Menschen und der ubrigen Thiere | durch Kupfer erlautert |
von | Alexander Monro. | — | Aus das Englischen ubersezt | uud mit eignen
Zusatzen und Anmerkuugen von P. Campern vermehrt | durch | Johanu Gott-
lieb Schneider. | — | Leipzig, bey Weidmanus Erben uud Reich. 1787. 4°.
11. 4, pp. 1-192, 11. 2, pll. i-xxxiii.

Yon dem Ohre der Wallfischarten, pp. 53, 54, 65-71, pi. xxv.

In this version the text is greatly increased and the plates much changed and reduced in
number. For the original ed., see 1785. MOXKO, A. [400.]

1787. "Mooi, MAARTEN. Journael van de reize naer Groenlaudt, gedaen door com-
maudeur M. Mooi met het schip Frankeudaal, behelzende zijue uitreize van
Amsterdam 22 April 1786, bezetting in het ijs, zedert den 10 Junij, het voor-
gevalleue met de commandeurs H. C. Jaspers, M. Weatherheacl, W. Allen en
Volkert Klaassen of Jung Volkert Knudsten, welke twee Eugelsche comm.

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIREKIA. 477

1787. "Mooi, MAARTEN — Continued.

beide hunue schepen verloren hebben; de gelukkige verlossiug van den Altoo-
naasvaarder Gottenburger en van hem M. Mooi, met veel aanmerkelyke by-
zonderheden. Amsterdam, David Weege, 1787. 4°. 71 biz."

Not seen ; title from Bosgoed, op. cit, p. 243, no. 3518. [401.]

1787. ST. JOHN DE CREVE COEUR, [HECTOR]. Lettres | d'un Cultivateur | Am6ricain

| addressees a Wm. S ... on, Esqr. | depuis I'Anu^e 1770 jusqu'en 178(5.—
Par M. St. John | De Creve Coeur, | Traduites de PAnglois, | Keen feelings
inspire resistless thoughts. | Tome I[-III]. | [Vignette.] A Paris. | Chez Cu-
chet Libraire, Rue et Hotel Serpente. | 1787. 3 vols. 8°. Vol. i, front., eugr.
title, pp. i-xxxij, 1-478, 1. 1, map and 2 pll. ; vol. ii, 1. 1, pp. 1-438, 11. 3,
3 maps; vol. iii, 1. 1, pp. 1-592, 1 map and 1 pi.

Septieme Lettre. Peche de la Baleine, pp. 153-163.

Vols. i and ii appear to be the same as the two-volume edition of 1784, with the addition of
maps and of several pages of new matter at the end of each volume. Vol. iii is wholly addi-
tional. The matter relating to the Whalefishery is the same as that of the 1784 ed. (q. v.),
except that the " lettre " here bears the date " Nantucket, 17 Octobre 1772." [402.]

1788. "BATSCI?, AUG. JOH. GEO. KARL. Versuch einer Ajileit. zur Kenntniss u. Ge-

schichte der Thiere u. Mineralien, fiir akad. Vorlesungeii entworfen u. mit
den nothigsten Abbildgn versehen. 2 Thle. Mit 7 Kpfrtaf. gr. 8°. Jena

1788, '89."

"1 Thl. Mit d. Kpfrtaf. 1-5, 1788. 2 Thl. Besondere Geschichte der luseeten, Gewiirmo
u. Mineralien. Mit den Kpfrtaf. 6 u. 7, 1789."

Not seen ; title from Cams and Engelmann. Cited by Donndorff, Zool. Beytr., i, 1792. [403.]

1788. BLUMENBACH, J. F. D. Joh. Friedr Blumenbachs | der Med. Prof. ord. zu Got-
tingen | Handbuch | der | Naturgeschichte. | — | Mit Kupfern. | — | Multa
tiunt eadem sed aliter. | Qvintilian. | — | DrittesehrverbesserteAusgabe. | — |
Gottingen, | bey Johann Christian Dieterich, | 1788. sm. 8°. pp. i-xvi, 1-715,
pll. i-iii.

IX. Palmata, pp. 137-143. Includes Trichecus Manatiis, p. 143.

XII. Cetacea, pp. 143-147. 1. M onodon Narwhal, p. 144 ; 2. BalaenaMysticetu8,-p.lM; 3.
B.Physalus, p. 146; 4. Physeter Macrocephalus, p. 146 ; 5. Delphinus Phocaena, p. 147 ; 6. D.
Delphis, p. 147; 7. D. Orca, p. 147. [404.]

1788. GMELIN, J. F. Caroli a Linne", | . . . [= titles, etc., 4 lines] | Systema | Naturae |

per | Regna tria Naturae, | secundum | Classes, Ordines, | Genera, Species, |
cum | Characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. | Tomus I. | — | Editio
decima tertia, aucta, reformata. | — | Cura | Jo[annis].Frid[erico]. Gmelin, |
. . . [titles, 4 lines] | — | Lipsiae, 1788. | Impensis Georg. Emanuel. Beer. 8°.
7 11. unpaged, pp. 1-500. Mammalia, pp. 1-232.

Sirenia [<ii Bruta], arranged under the genns Trichechus (pp. 59-61). 1. T. Rosmarus =
"Walruses, p. 59; 2. T. Dugong — Indian Walrus, Pennant, p. 60; 3. T. Manatus, a. australis
("Habitat in mari africano et americano"), p. 60; 3 a. T. Manatw, /3. borealis (—Rhytina
gigas), p. 61.

Cete, pp. 222-232; genera 37-40 = 4; species 15, to wit: 1. Monodon Monoceros, p. 222; 2.
Balaena Mysticetus, p. 223; 3. B. Physalus,p.224; 4. B. Boops, p. 225; 5. B. gibbosa, p. 225;
6. B.3rusculus,i>.226; 7. B. rostrata, p. 226; 8. Physeter Catodon, p. 226; 9. P. macrocepha-
lus, p. 227; 10. P. microps, p. 228; 11. P. Tursio, p. 229; 12. Delphinus Phocaena, p. 229;
13. D. Delphis, p. 230; 14. D. Orca, p. 231; IS. D. Leucas, p. 232. [405.]

1789. "BECHSTEIN, JOH. MATTH. Gemeinnutz. Naturgesch. Deutschlands, nach alien

3 Keicheu. 4 Bde. Mit 65 Kpfr. gr. 8°. Leipzig, 1789-95."

"1. Bd. welcherdie niithigen Vorkenntnisse u. die Geschichte der Saugethiere enthalt.
Mit 16 Kpfrtaf. 1789."

Not seen ; title from Carus and Engelmann. An improved later edition is said to have
appeared in 4 vols. 1801-09 (Mammals, 1801). [406.]

1789. BONNATERRE, — . Tableau | Encyclop6dique | et Mdthodique | des trois Regnes
de la Nature, | De'die' et pr6sent6 a M. Necker, Ministre d'Etat, | & Directeur
Gdneral des Finances. | — | Cetologie. | — | Par M. TAbb6 Bonnaterre. | . . . .
[= motto, 2 lines]. | [Vignette.] | A Paris, | Chez Panckoucke, Libraire, H6tel

478 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1789. BOXNATERRE — Continued.

de Thou, rue des Poitevins. | — | M. DCC. LXXXIX. | Avec Approbation et
Privilege du Roi. j 4°. pp. i-xlj, 1-28, pll. 1-12. ^Encyclopedic Methodique,
tome 183.

Tome 183 of the Encyclopedic Methodique also includes :

Tableau | Encyclope'dique | et Methodique | des trois Regnes de la Nature.
| — | Quadrupedes et Ce"tace~s. | Par MM. Daubenton et Desinarest. | [It bears
the same imprint as tome 182, and the date M. DCCCXXVI (1826)]. 4°. pll.
1-112; pll. suppl. 1-14 = 126 pll. See 1822. DESMAREST, A. G.

"Le Recueil des planches de V Encyclopedic, destinees a repr6senter les principales espdces
de mammiferes, a ete publie, sans texte, il y a environ trente ans." Avertissement, tome 182,
1820, p. v.

"Avertissement," pp. iii-vi, reviewing the history and difficulties of the subject; "Intro-
duction," pp. vii-xli, denning the "Differences entre les cetaces et les poissons" (pp. vii, viii),
and describing in detail the different parts of the various types of Cetaceans (pp. viii-xx), their
distribution, migrations, habits, etc. (pp. xx-xxiii), and the Whale-fishery, as carried on by
different nations (pp. xxiii-xxx). Then follows "Precis anatomique des Cetactis, Avec
1'explication de quelques mots techniques qu'on emploie ordinairement dans les descrip-
tions" (pp. xxxi-xl), with "Table methodique des Cetac6s" (p. xli), giving the characters of
the "Classes" and "genres."

Cetologie, pp. 1-28. Genn. 4; spp. 26. Premiere Classe. Baleines. Ier. Genre. Baleine,
Balena. Linn., p. 1. 1. La Baleine-Franche, B. Mysticetus, p. 1, pi. ii, fig. 1, from Martens = .
Balcena mysticetus ; 2. Le Nord-Caper, B. Glacialis, p.3 = J?. "biscayensis"; 3. LeGibbar, B.
Physalus, p. 4, pi. ii, fig. 2, from Martens = Physalus antiquorum; 4. La Baleine-tampon, B.
Nodosa, p. 5 = ? Balcenoptera rostrata; 5. La Baleine a bosses, B. Gibbosa,~p.5 = Agaphelu8
gibbosus, Cope ; 6. La Jubarte, B, Boops, p. 6, pL iii, fig. 2, from Sibbald = ? Megaptera longi-
mana; 7. Le Rorqual, B. Musculus, p. 7, pi. iii, fig. 1, from Sibbald = ? Physalus antiquo-
rum; 8. La Baleine a bee, B. Rostrata, p. 8, pi. iv, from Hunter =. Balcenoptera rostrata.

Seconde Classe. Monodons. Ier. Genre. Monodon, Monodon. Linn., p. 9; 9. LaNarhwal,
M. Monoceros, p. 10, pi. v, fig. 1, animal, figg. 2, 3, bidentate skull, from Cope=.3f. monoceros ;
10. L'Anarnak, M. Spurius, p. 11 = ? Hyperoodon bidens,

Troisieme Classe. Cachalots. Ier. Genre. Cachalot, Phiseter. Linn., p. 12 ; 11, Le Grand
Cachalot, P. Macrocephalus, p. 12, pi. vi, fig. 1, pi. vii, fig. 2, original = Physeter macrocepha-
lus; 12. Le petit Cachalot, P. Catodon, p. 14, pi. vi, fig. 4, tooth = Physeter macrocephalus-
juv. ; 13. Le Cachalot trumpo, P. Trumpo, p. 14, pi. viii, from Robertson = Physeter macroce,
phalus; 14. Le Cachalot cylindrique, P. Cylindricus, p. 16, pi. vii, fig. 1, from Anderson =
Physeter macrocephalus ; 15. Le Cachalot Microps, P. Microps, p. 16 = Physeter macrocepha-
lus; 16. Le Cachalot Mular, P. Mular, p. 17, pi. viii, fig. 5, tooth = Physeter macrocephalus.

Quatrieme Classe. Dauphins. Ier. Genre. Dauphin, Delphinus. Linn., p. 18; 17. Le
Marsouin, D. Phoccena, p. 18, pi. x, fig. 1, copy of an early figure ; 18. Le Dauphin, D. Del-
phis, p. 20, pi. x, fig. 2, from Klein = Delphinus delphis,- 19. Le N6sarnak, D. Tursio, p. 21,
pi. xi, figg. 1,2, from Hunter = Tursio truncatus,- 20. L'Epaulard, D. Orca, p. 21, pi. xii,
fig. 1, from Hunter = Orca gladiator ; 21. L'Epaulard ventru, p. 23, pi. xii, fig. 2, from Hun-
ter =? Orca sp. ; 2*. L'Ep6e de Mer, D. Gladiator, p. 23= Orca gladiator,- 23. Le B6-
luga, D. Albicans, p. 24 = Beluga catodon,- 24. Le Dauphin a deux dents, D. Bidentatus,
p. 24, pl.xi, fig. 3, from Hunter, altered = Hyperoodon bidens -, 25. Le Butskopf, D. Butskopf,
p. 25 = JET. bidens (not the Butskopf of the Dutch and Germans, which is an Orca); 26. Le
Dauphin feres, D. Feres, p. 27 = ? Orca gladiator.

Balcena nodosa, Phiseter trumpo, P. cylindricus, P. mular, Delphinus bidentatus, D. buts-
Jcopf, D. feres, spp. nn.

Systematic names are given to 25 species, 7 of them new. Bonnaterre's memoir, although
essentially a compilation, became at once the authority on the subject, and was so recognized
till the appearance of Lacepede's work in 1804. "With one exception (Physeter macrocephalus)
the figures of the animals are all copies from those of previous authors, notably Sibbald, An-
derson, and Hunter. The memoir, however, may be taken as the best presentation of the
general subject up to that date, and is especially important for the considerable number of
new names introduced. [407. J

1789? "GROOT, J. J. Beknopt en getrouw Verhael, van de reys van Commandeur
Jeldert Jansz. Groot, uit Texel na en Groenlandt. Desselfs verblijf op de
kust van Oud- Groenlandt, nae het verongelukken van deszelfs onderhebbend
schip, voorgevallen in Anno 1777 en 1778. Amsterdam, Wed. van A. van Rij-
schooten en zn. 4°, (16 pag.)."

Not seen; from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 237, no. 3467. [408. |

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 479

1789. MERCK, HENRY. Me'moire sur les Ce'tace's. <^Hist. et Mtm. de la Soc. des Sci.
phys. de Lausanne, ii, 1784-86 (1789), pp. 339-344, pi. vii.

PI. vii, fig. 1, crdne de labaleine ordinaire; fig. 2, da monodon; fig. 3, du dauphin; fig. 4,
du physeter; figg. 5, 6, de une espece de baleine inconnue [= Hyperoodon]. [409.J

1789. [WHEATLEY, JOHN, and others.] [Certificates of Capture of Whales by use of

the Gun-Harpoon. ] <^Tram. London Soc. Encour. Arts, Man., and Com., vii, 1789,
pp. 175-186.

Gives accounts of the capture of various "Whales, with generally a statement of the ' ' length
of bone"; one "Whale is stated to have had "thirteen fjeet ten inch bone"; others had "ten
feet bone," "eleven feet bone," etc. [410.J

1790. ANDERSON, [ — ], and COOMBE [ — ]. Anderson's | Historical and Chronological

Deduction | of the | Origin of Commerce, | from the earliest accounts, | con-
taining | an History | of the | great commercial interests | of the | British
Empire, | to which is prefixed, | an introduction, | exhibiting | a view of the
ancient and modern state of | Europe ; of the importance of our Colonies; |
and of the commerce, shipping, manu- | factures, fisheries, &c., | of | Great
Britain and Ireland ; I and their influence on the landed interest. | with an |
Appendix, | containing | the modern politico-commercial geography of | the
several countries of Europe. | Carefully Revised, Corrected, and continued to
the year 1789, | By Mr. Coornbe. | — | In six volumes. | Vol. I[-VI]. | — |
Dublin : | Printed by P. Byrne. | — | M. DCC. XC. 6 vols. 8°.

The treatment of the "Whalefishery is chronological, and therefore runs through the work
and cannot be conveniently cited definitely. The references are generally brief, consisting of
summaries, necessarily at second-hand. Vols. i-iii contain the " original part of the histori-
cal and chronological work of Mr. Anderson"; vol. iv consists of the "Appendix" (pp. 1-208)
and "An Alphabetical and Chronological Index" (pp. 209-577) to Anderson's work; vols. v
and vi contain the continuation by Mr. Coombe. The copious and well-arranged indexes
greatly facilitate reference to the subjects treated. [411.]

1790. " BOWENS, JAC. Nauwkeurige beschry ving der beroemde zeestad Oostende, van

haeren oorsprong af tot het jaar 1787. Brugge, J. de Busscher. 1790. 2 din.
4°."

"Zie aldaar: Oesterbank wanneer gemaakt. U, bl. 139. Eeglementen raekende de vis-
scherijen binnen Oostende. I, bl. 21, 28, 30. II, 143. Acht walvisschen aangespoeld. I, bl.
17. Walvischvangst na Greenland, opgeregt te Brugge. II, bl. 37, 150."

Not seen; title and comment from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 234, no. 3432. [412.]

1790-95. "DONNDORFF, JOH. AUG. Natur u. Kunst. Eiu gemeinnutz. Lehr- u.
Lesebuch. 4 Bde. 8°. Leipzig, 1790-95."

Not seen ; title from Cams and Engelmann. [413.]

1791. ANON. ? [or JONG, H. DE, H. KOEBEL, and M. SALIETH.] "Nieuwe Beschrijving

der Walvischvangst en der Haringvisscherij. Met XXII fraaije platen en
kaarten vercierd. Amsterdam, J. Eoos, 1791. 4 din. 4°."

Not seen; from Bosgoed (op. cit., p. 250, no. 3584), who gives it as a new edition of "De
Walvischvangst met veele bijzonderheden," etc., 1784-86, q. v.

Scoresby gives this work as "door H. de Jong, H. Koebel, en M. Salieth."— Arct Reg., ii,
p. 153, note. There is a French translation by B. de Eeste, Paris, 1799, entitled "Histoire
des Peches," etc., q. v. [414.]

1791. FAWKENER, W., and LORDS OF THE COMMITTEE OP COUNCIL, etc. On the pro-
duction of Ambergris. A Communication from the Committee of Council ap-
pointed for the Consideration of all Matters relating to Trade and Foreign
Plantations; with a prefatory Letter from William Fawkener, Esq. to Sir Joseph
Sanies Bart. P. R. S. <^Philos. Trans. Lond., Ixxxi, pt. 1, art. ii, 1791, pp.
43-47.

Mainly a series of questions by the Council, with answers by Capt. Joshua Coffin,
examined by the Council in reference to the circumstances of his finding ambergris in a
Whale. [415.]

1791. GUMILLA, J. Historia Natural, | Civil y Geografica | De las Naciones | Situadas
en las Riveras | Del Rio Orinoco. | Su Autor | El Padre Joseph Gumilla, |

480 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1791. GUMILLA, J. — Continued.

Misionero que fu6 de las Misiones del Orinoco, | Meta y Casanare. | Nueva Im-
presioii: | Mucho mas correcta que las anteriores, y adornada con ocho | l&mi-
nas finas, que manifiestau las costurabres y ritos de | aquellos Americanos. |
Corregido por el P. Ignacio Obregdn, de los Cle'rSgos Menores: | Tomo I. j
Barcelona: | En la Imprenta de Carlos Gibert y Tut6 | Aiio MDCCLXXXX1.
2 vols. sm. 4°. pp. i-xvi, 1-360, map and pll.

Variedad de pecos y singulares industrias de los Indies para pescar ; piedras y buesos raedi-
cinales quo so ban descubferto en alganos pescados. Tom. i, cap. xxi, pp. 277-292.— Manati,
pp. 281-289. (See anted,, edd. of 1745 and 1758.) [416.]

1791. [HULLOCK, TYZACK, JOHN WHEATLEY, and others.] [Accounts and Certificates
of taking Whales with the Gun-Harpoon. ] <[ Trans. London Soc. Enconr. Arts,
Man,, and Com., ix, 1791, pp. 158-166. [417.]

1791. [LONDON SOCIETY, etc.] [Award of Premium for improved Gun Harpoon.]

<^Trans. London Soc. Encour. Arts, Man., and Com., ix, 1791, pp. 167, I68.pl.iv.

Account of "Mr. Charles Moore's improved Harpoon Gun, with figures of the gun." [418.]

1791. "MEARES, J. Voyages | Made in the Years 1788 and 1789, | from China to the
N. W. coast of America: | with | an introductory narrative | of | a voyage |
Performed in 1786, from Bengal, f in the Ship Nootka. | To which are an-
nexed, | observations on the probable existence | of | a north west passage. |
And some account of | the trade between the north west coast of America |
and China; and the latter country and | Great Britain. | — | By John Meares,
Esq. | — | Vol. I [II]. | — | London: | printed at the Logographic Press; | and
sold by | J. Walter, No. 169, Piccadilly, opposite Old Bond Street. | 1791. 2
vols. sm. 8vo. pp. i-xii, i-lxxii, 1-363, maps, pll. Vol. II, 2 p. 11., pp. 1-332 -f 32
unpaged 11. (Appendix), maps."

Not seen; title from Coues, Birds Col. Vail, App., 1878, p. 589. For reference to the ceto-
logical matter, see the French version under 1795. [419;]

1791. OVERBEEK, L. "Vinvis, gestraud tusschen Wijk aan Zee en Zandvoort. 1791.
Door L. Overbeek. br. folio."

From Bosgoed, op. tit., p. 176, no. 2781. [420.]

1791. REDACTEUR. M6moire [par C. Cuvier] sur 1'organe de Fouie dans les ce"tace"s.

p. 99. <Bull. de la Soc. philom., 1791, p. 99.

Notice. [421.]

1791 (circa). SCHWEDIANER, — . ["Ueber den Ursp rung des Ambers."] <^Samml. zur
Phys. und Naturgescli., iii, (1791?), p. 336. Aus d. Phil. Trans., Ixxiii, pp. 226
et seqq.

Not seen; title based on a reference in Donndorff, Zool. Beytr., i, 1792, p. 777. [422.]

1792. BUFFON, [G. L. LECLERC DE]. Histoire | Naturelle | des | Quadrupedes.

| — | Par M. L. Compte de Buffon, | — | Tome septieme. | Avec Planches,
j — | [Design.] Berne, ( chez La.Nouvelle Socie"te" Typographique. | — |
M.DCC.XCII. 8°. 11. 2, pp. 5-296.

Les Phoques, les Morses et les Lamantins, pp. 136-203, pll. xv-xvii. Le Dugong, pp. 181-
185. Le Lamantin, pp. 185-203, pi. xvii.

The text is the same as that of the original edition (1765, q. v.), with the omission of Dau-
benton's anatomical observations. The additions made in the "Supplement" (vol. vi, 1782)
are not included. [423.]

1792. DONNDORFF, J. A. Zoologische | Beytriige | zur | XIII. Ausgabe | des Linn6-
ischen | Natursystems | von | Johann August Donndorff. | — | Erster Band. |
Die Saugthiere. | — | Leipzig, | in der Weidmannschen Buchhandlung. j
1792. [Zweyter Band | Die Vogel. | Erster Thiel, 1794. Zweyter Theil, 1795.]
8°. pp. i-xx, 1-840, 11. 30.

Siebente [und letzte] Ordnung. Cete (Saugende Seethiere), pp. 755-790. 1. Monodon Mo-
noceros, p. 755 (/3. Spurius? Der Anarnak? p. 760) ; ti. Balaena Mysticetus, p. 761 (ft. Islandica,
et y. Maior, p. 765) ; 3. B. Physalus, p. 765; 4. B. Boops, p. 767; 5. B. Gibbosa, p. 769; 6. B.
Musculw, p. 770; 7. B. Jlostrata, p. 772; 8. Physeter Catodon, p. 773; 9. P. Macrocephalue,

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 481

1792. DONNDORFF, J. A.— Continued.

p. 774; 1O. P. Microps, p. 778; 11. P. Tursio, p. 780; 12. Delphinus Phocaena, p. 781 ; 13. D.
Delphis, p. 784; 14. D. Orca, p. 786; 15. D. Leucas, p. 789.

D. leucas, nom. sp. n. = Z>. albicans, Fabric.

Sirenia. All the then known Sireniana are arranged with the Walrus in the genus Triche-
chug, forming the second species, T. Manatus, pp. 128-131. [424.]

For fullness and care in citation of bibliography this work is comparable with Erxleben's
Syst. Reg. Anim. No diagnoses are given of the species, but there is noteworthy commen-
tary in foot-notes.

1792. KERR, ROBERT. The | Animal Kingdom, | or | Zoological System, | of the
Celebrated | Sir Charles Linnseus ; | — | Class I. | Mammalia : | containing | a
complete Systematic Description, Arrangement, and Nomencla- | ture, of all
the known Species and Varieties of the Mammalia, | or Animals which give
suck to their Young; | being a translation of that part of the | Systema Na-
turas, | as lately published, with great improvements, | By Professor Gmelin
of Goettingen. | — j Together with | Numerous Additions from more recent
zoological writers, | and illustrated with Copperplates: | — | By Robert Kerr,
F. R. & A. SS. E. | Member of the Royal College of Surgeons, and of the Royal
Physical Society, | and Surgeon to the Orphan Hospital of Edinburgh. | — |
London: | Printed for J. Murray, N°. 32. Fleet-street; | and | R. Faulder,
N°. 42. New Bond Street. | — | 1792. 4°. [Part I, Mammals.] pp. i-xii, 11. 14,
pp. 1-400. The | Animal Kingdom, | or | Zoological System, | of the cele-
brated j Sir Charles Linnams. | — | Vol. I, Part II. [Or] The | Animal King-
dom. | — | Class II. | Birds. 1. 1, pp. 401-644, pll. 3?

This is a rare work in American libraries. The only copy I have handled (that in the
library of the Boston Society of ^Natural History) is obviously imperfect, lacking pp. 433-468,
and apparently several of the plates, and ending abruptly with Corvus brachyurus (p. 376 of
Gmelin's edition of the " Systema Naturae "), with a catch- word for the next page. The plates
are unnumbered, and there is no list of them in the work, nor, apparently, any reference to
them in the text, so that the exact number cannot be given from the copy of the work at hand.
The figures on the plates, however, have numerals referring to the current number of the
species in the text. The work is an important one in respect to nomenclature, since a num-
ber of systematic names originated here which have been currently attributed to Shaw and
Turton. Cf. Oldfield Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., vol. iv, 1879, pp. 396-397.
Also, J. A. Allen, Hist. North Amer. Pinnipeds, 1880, p. 434.

It is noteworthy that a trinomial system of nomenclature was adopted by Kerr for the des-
ignation of varieties, as has recently been done by Schlegel, and still later by most American
ornithologists and mammalogists.

[Order] vii. Cete, pp. 355-365, spp. 785-808, pi. facing p. 355, spp. nn. 785, 796, 802, 805.

1. Monodon Monoceros, p. 355, fig.; 2. Balcena Mysticetus, p. 356; 2 a. B. Mysticetus groen-
landica, p. 356; 2/3. 1?. Mysticetus islandica (=Nordkapper, Egede, etc.), p. 357; 2y. B. Mysti-
cetus major, p. 357; 3. B. Physalis, p. 358; 4. B. Boops, p. 358; 5. B. gibbosa, p. 359; 5 a. B.
gibbosa gibbo unico, p. 359; 5/3. B. gibboso gibbis sex, p. 359; 6. B. Musculus, p. 359; 7. B. ros~
trata, p. 360 ; 8. Physeter Catodon (= Beluga ca(odon), p. 360 ; 9. P. macrocephalus, p. 360, fig. ;
9 a. P. macrocephalus niger, p. 369; 9/3. P. macrocephalus albicans (=Beluga catodon), p. 361 ;
1O. P. microps, p. 361; 10 a. P. microps falcidentatus, p. 361; 1O /3. P. microps rectidenta-
tus, p. 362; 11. P. Tursio, p. 362; 12. Delphinus Phoccena, p. 362, fig.; 12 a. D. Phoccena
albus, p. 363; 12/3. D. Phoccena fuscus, p. 363; 13. Delphinus Delphis, p. 363, fig.; 14. D.
Orca, p. 364; 14a. D. Orca ensidorsatus, p. 364; 15. Delphinus leucas, p. 364=15 spp. + 11
varr. [425.]

1792. WHEATLEY, JOHN. An Account of the Whales shot with the Harpoon-Gun, by

the undermentioned Harpooners, in the Ship Queen Charlotte, of London, under
my command, in Davis's Straights this present year [1791]. <[ Trans. London
Soc. Encour. Arts, Man., and Com., x, 1792, pp. 238-241.

In the same connection is a list of premiums paid for the capture of "Whales with the har-
poon-gun in the year 1791 (p. 238), and certificates of capture relating to the same (pp. 241-
245). L426.]

1793. BELL, JOHX. Observations on throwing a Gun-Harpoon. <^ Trans. London Soc.

Encour. Arts, Man., and Com., xi, 1793, pp. 185-192, pi. v.

The " Observations " .are preceded by a letter from Mr. Bell to the society and followed by
"Description of the Plate of Mr. Bell's improved Gun and Harpoon." Fig. 1, the Gun fitted
for firing ; fig. 2, the form of the Harpoon. [427.J

31 a B

482 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1793. " DONNDORFF, JOH. AUG. Handbucli der Thiergeschi elite. Nacli den besten
Quellen u. neusten Beobachtungen zum gemeinniitz. Gebrauche. gr. 8°.
Leipzig, 1793."

Not seen; title from Carus and Engelmann. [428.]

1793. [LONDON SOCIETY, etc.'] [Premium for] Gun for throwing Harpoons, [and for]
Taking Whales by the Gun-Harpoon. <^ Trans. London Soc. Encour. Arts,
Man., and Com., xi, 1793, pp. 335, 336.

These offers of premiums were annually renewed by the society for many years. See sub-
sequent volumes of the society's Trans. [429.]

1793. " PASTEUR, J. D. Beknopte natuurlijke historic der zoogende dieren. Leyden,
Honkoop en Mortier, 1793. 3 din. met pi. 8°."
"Ziealdaar: iii, bl. 305-393: Zoogende waterdieren. "
Not seen; title and comment from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 170, no. 2689. [430.]

1793. ST. JOHN [DECREVECCEUR],J. HECTOR. Letters | from an | American Farmer, |
describing | certain provincial situations, | manners, and customs, | and con-
veying | some idea of the state | of the people of | North America. | — | Writ-
ten to a friend in England, | By J. Hector St. John, [de Crevecoeur]. | A
Farmer in Pennsylvania. | — | Philadelphia : | From the Press of Matthew
Carey. | March 4,— M. DCC. XCIII. 12°, pp. i-viii, 9-240.

Substantially the same as the ed. prin., 1782, with, however, the omission of the maps and
the references to them. The "letters" relating to the Nantucket Whalefishery, etc., are at
pp. 118-136. For the character of the matter see ed. of 1782. [431.]

1793. SINCLAIR, JOHN. The | Statistical Account | of | Scotland. | Drawn up from

the Communications | of the | Ministers | of the | Different Parishes. [ — |
By Sir John Sinclair, Bart. | — | Volume Fifth. | " Ad consilium de republica
dandum, caput est nosse reinpublicam." | Cicero de Orat. lib. ii. | — | Edin-
burgh: | printed and sold by William Creech; | . . . . [=5 lines, names of
other booksellers]. | — j M,DCC,XCIII. 8°. pp. i-vii, 1-591.

A "list of the different kinds of Fish, which are found in the river and frith of Clyde,"
pp. 535-538. A nominal list, including the following species of Cetaceans (p. 533) : Blunt-
headed Whale, Physeter mierops,- Grampus, orBucker, Delphinus orca; Porpoise, or Pellock,
D. phoccena. [432.]

1793-96. "EBERT, JOH. JAC. Naturlehre (n. Naturgesch. ) fur die Jugend. 3 Bde.,
3Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 1793-96. (1,2 Aufl., 1776-87.)"
"Not seen ; title from Carus and Engelmann. Cited by Donndorff and others. [433.]

1794. ANON. Progress of the Whale Fishery at Nantucket. <Coll. Mass. Hist. Soc.

for the year 1794, iii, 1794, p. 161.

A brief chronological history, 1690 to 1785. [434.]

1794. MACY, Z. A short Journal of the first settlement of the island of Nantucket,

with some of the most remarkable things that have happened since, to the

present time. By Zaccheus Macy. <^Coll. Mass. Hist. Soc. for the year 1794,

iii, 1794, pp. 155-156 (». e.,160).

Of the Whale Fishery, pp. 157, 158. A brief but important original account of the origin
of the Nantucket Whale-fishery. [435.]

1794. PALLAS, S. P., et J. B. LAMARCK. Voyages | du | Professeur Pallas, | dans
plusieurs Provinces | de PEmpire de Kussie | et | dans 1'Asie septentrionale ; |
Traduitsdel'allemandparleC. Gauthier | de la Peyronie. | Nouvelle Edition, |
Revue et enrichie de Notes par les CC. Lamarck, profes- | seur de Zoologie au
Museum national d'Histoire naturelle; | et Langles, Sous-Garde des Manu-
scrits de la Biblio- | theque natiouale, pour les Langues Arabe, Persane,
Tatare- | Mantchou, &c. | Tome Premier [-huitieme]. | — | A Paris, | Chez
Maradau, Libraire, rue du Cimetiere | Andr6-des-Arcs; n°. 9. | — | L'Au II de
la R6publique [= 1794]. 8 vols. 8°.

The title of vol. viii varies from the above by substitution of the following between "Nou-
velle edition" and the number of the volume:

Appendix, | Contenant les descriptions des Animaux et des Ve'ge'taux obser-
ve"s | dans les Voyages du Professeur Pallas, et cite"s ou mentionne"s | dans les

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 483

1794. PALLAS, S. P., ct J. B. LAMARCK — Continued.

volumes pre'ce'dens; | Avec des Notes et Observations par le C. Lamarck, |
Professeur de Zoologie aa Mus6um national d'Histoire naturelle.

"Description du Poisson blanc," vol. v, pp. 192-197 (par M. Pallas). "Defyhinus leucas
[Dauphin blauc], Lo B61ouga de mcr ou poisson blanc, pi. Ixxix," vol. vxi, pp. 25, 26 (par M.
Lamarck). [436. J

1795. FORSTER, J. R. Faunula Indica | id est | Catalogus animalium | Indiae Orien-

talis | quae liactenus | Naturae curiosis | innotuerunt; | concinnatus | a \
Joanne Latham, | ChirurgoDartfordiaeCantii, | et | Hugone Da vies, | pastore
in aber | provinciae Caernarvon, | Secundis curis editus, correctns et auctus |
a Joanne Reinholdo Forster, | LL. Med. et phil. D. et LL. AA. M. Med. Philos.
et imprimis Hist. Nat. | et Rei Metallicae. Prof. P. O. in Universitate | Lit-
teraria Halensi. | — | Halae ad Salam, | impensis Joannis Jaeobi GebauerL j
CIoIoCCLXXXXV. 2°. 11. 3, pp. 1-38.

Ordo ix. Cete, p. 5 = Trichcchus Manatus, Trichechus Dugong. Phoca ursina, Delphinus
Phocaena, Delphinus Dclphis. Merely a nominal list. [437-]

1795. HEARNE, S. A | Journey | from | Prince of Wales's Fort in Hudson's Bay, | to |
the Northern Ocean. | Undertaken | by order of the Hudson's Bay Company, |
for the Discovery | of Copper Mines, A Northwest Passage, &c. | In the Years
1769, 1770, 1771, & 1772. | — | By Samuel Hearne. | — | London: | printed for
A. Strahan >md T. Cadell: | And Sold by T. Cadell Jun. and W. Davies, (Suc-
cessors to | Mr. Cadell,) in the Strand. | 1795. 4°. pp. i-xliv, 1-458, map and
pll. i-viii.

Sea TJnicorn, pp. 391, 392. Black Whale (three killed in 20 years as far south as Churchill
River), pp. 392, 393. White Whales, pp. 393-395.

There is a later edition, Dublin, 1796, 8°. Also translations in French (Paris, 1799, 2 vols.,
8°), Dutch (Hague, 1798, 2 vols., 8°), and German (Berlin and Halle, 1797, 8°). (See Sabin,
Bibl. Amer, viii, pp. 188, 189, nos. 31181-31186). [438.]

1795. MEARES, J. Voyages | de la Chine | a la cote Nord-Oust | d'Amerique, | faits
dans les ann6es 1788 et 1789; | Prece'de's de la relation d'un antre Voyage exe"-
cut6 en | 1786 sur le vaisseau le Nootka, parti du Bengale; | D'un Recueil
d'Observations sur la Probability d'un | Passage Nord-Ouest; | Et d'un Traitd
abre*g6 du Commerce entre la Cote Nord-Ouest et la Chine, etc. etc. | Par le
Capitaine J[ohn]. Meares, Commandant | le Vaisseau la Felice. | Traduits de
1'Anglois | Par J. B. L. J. Billecocq, Citoyen Francais. | Avec une Collection
de Cartes g<5ographiques, Vues, Marin | Plans et Portraits, graves en taille-
douce. | — | Tome premier[-troisieme]. | — | A Paris, | Chez F. Buisson,
Libraire, rue Hautefeuille, n°. 20. | — | An 3e. [1795] de la Republique. 3 vols.
8°. Vol. i, pp. i-xxiv, 1-391. Vol. ii, 11. 2? pp. 1-388. Vol. iii, 11. 2, pp. 1-371.

La peche de la baleine est la branche de commerce la plus avantageuse qu'offre la cGte
nord-ouest d'Amerique, vol. i, pp. 163-166. Description de la maniere dont los naturels de
Nootka tuent la baleine, etc., vol. iii, pp. 21-24.

The copy of this work examined (Harvard College Libr.) lacks the collection of maps,

views, etc., called for in the title. [439.]

1795. "SAVARY, J. Dictionnaire uuiversel de commerce, d'histoire naturelle et des

arts et metiers. Nouvelle Edition. Copenhague, C. A. Philibert. 1795. 5 din.

folio. "

" . . . . Peche de la Baleine, i, bl 310-316."

Not seen; title from Bosgoed, op, cit, pp. 229, 247, nos. 3394, 3554. [440.]

1795. WALCOTT, S. A | New and complete | Natural History | of |

Quadrupeds,
Beasts,
Birds,
Fishes,

Reptiles,
Insects,
Waters,
Earth,

Fossils,
Minerals,
Vegetables,
Shells,

Winds,

Sun,

Moon,

Planets, &c., &c.

Containing | a New History and Description | of the several Classes and Spe-
cies of Animals which inhabit | The Air, the Earth, and the Water, | in the
several parts of the Universe. |. . . [=21 lines, giving further description of

484 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1795. WALCOTT, S. — Continued.

contents.] | Forming an | Universal Display of Nature, | Animate and Inani-
mate. | ... [=3 lines]. | — | By Sylvanus Walcott, Esq., F. R. S. | Assisted
by many gentlemen of eminence. | — | Elegantly embellislied with a superb
group of folio prints: | Representing several Thousand different Objects . . .
[=2 lines]. | — | London : | Printed for Alex. Hogg, No. 16, in Paternoster-
Row, and sold by all the Booksellers of | Bath, Bristol, . . . [=8 lines, names
of other towns in alphabetical order]. No date. fol. pp. 1-542, pll. i-clix [?]

The plates are not nearly all numbered ; the number of the last one is clix. There is no
date on the title-page, but at the bottom of the frontispiece page is engraved in small letters :
Published March 21, 1795, by Alex. Hogg, No. 16 Paternoster Row.

Book III. A New and Complete History and Description of Fishes in general, pp. 200-
253, pll. Iviii, Ixi, Ixii, +3 pll. unnumbered. Chap. I. Natural History of Fishes of the Ceta-
ceous kind, viz. : The "Whale and its varieties, the Cachalots, the Dolphin, the Grampus, and
the Porpus, pp. 202-206. 1. Greenland Whale, pp. 202-204, pi. Ixii, fig. 66. 2. Pike-headed
"Whale, p. 204. 3. Round-lipped "Whale, p. 204. 4. Cachalot, or Spermaceti "Whale, pp. 204,
205. 5. Great-headed Cachalot. 6. Round-headed Cachalot, p. 205. 7. Dolphin, 8. Gram-
pus, and 9. Porpus, pp. 205, 206. There is a figure of the Narwhal, but apparently no descrip-
tion. The work is of most interest as a literary curiosity, being a popular compilation, of no
scientific value. [441.]

1796. ABERNETHY, J. Some particulars in the Anatomy of a Whale. <^Philo8. Trans,

Lond., [Ixxxvi], pt. 1, art. ii, 1796, pp. 27-33.

On the structure and function of the lymphatic glands. [442.]

1796. "POSSELT, K. F. Ueber den Gronlandischen Wallfischfang, herausgegehen von
A. Niemann. Kiel, 1796. 8°."

Not seen; from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 246, no. 3546. [443.]

1796. STEDMAN, J. G. Narrative, | of a five years' expedition against the | Revolted

Negroes of Surinam, | in Guiana, on the Wild Coast of | South America; | from
the year 1772, to 1777: elucidating the History of that Country, and | describ-
ing its Productions, Viz. | Quadrupeds, Fishes, Reptiles, Trees, Shrubs, Fruits,
& Roots ; | with an account of the Indians of Guiana, & Negroes of Guinea. |
By Captn. J[ohn]. G[abriel]. Stedman. | Illustrated with 80 elegant Engrav-
ings, from the drawings made by the Author. | — | Vol. I. [-II]. | — | [Vi-
gnette.] .... [= quotation, 7 lines]. London. Printed for J. Johnson, S*.
Paul's Church Yard, & J. Edwards, Pall Mall. 1796. 2 vols. 4°. Engr.
title-page, maps and plates.

Manatee, voL ii, p. 175, fig. pi. facing p. 176 (general description). [444.]

1796-1810. BLUMENBACH, J. F. Abbildungen | naturhistorischer Gegenstiinde | her-
ausgegeben | von | Joh. Fried. Blumenbach. | — | Nro 1-100. | — | Gottingen |
bey Heinrich Dieterich. | 1810 | [1796-1810]. 8°.

Cetaceen. No. 44, Monodon narhwal, text, 2 pp. "Die Abbildung stellt denjenigen Nar-
hwal vor, der 1736 in der Hundung der Elbe gestrandet war, und ist aus einem periodischen
Blatte jener Zeit, den Hamburgischen Berichten von gelehrten Sachen, genommen."

No. 74. Balcena loops on plate, U. rostrata in text. Original figure of a specimen 52 feet
long stranded on the coast of Holland, between Sandfort and "Wyk op Zee, in Dec., 1791. Also
figure of the head of another example, copied from Sibbald's "Phalainologia."

No. 84. Physeter macrocephalus. ' ' Hier diese Abbildung ist von dein meisterhaften grossen
aber seltnen Blatte genommen, worauf der vortrcffliche Kunstler J. Saenredam den 60 Fuss
langen Pottfisch der im Dec. 1601 am Ufer von Beverwyk gestrandet war, nach dem Leben
vorgestellt hat."

No. 94. Balcena mysticetus, "aus Hesel Gerard's descriptio geograpMca transitus supra
terras A mericanas in Chinam."

No. 95. Delphinus delphis. "Die Abbildung ist von einer trefflichen Zeichnnng unsers
unvergesslichen G. Forster's genommen."

Eigner Tafel ist mit zwei Seiten von Texte vorsehen. [445.]

1797. ABERNETHY, JOH. Eiuige Eigenheiten in der Zergliederung des Wallfisches.

<Reil'8 Arch.fiir Physiol., ii, 1797, pp. 232-239.

Uebersetzung aus der Phil. Trans, roy. Soc. London for 1796, pt. 1, pp. 27 et seqq. [446.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 485

1797. " BORKHAUSEN, MoR. BALTH. Deutsche Fauna, oder kurzgefassfce Naturge-
schichte der Thiere Deutschlands. 1 Thl. Siiugetliiere uud Vogel. 8°.
Frankfurt a. M. 1797."

Not seen; title from Carus and Engelnaann. 1447.]

1797. CUVIER, G. Sur les narines des ce"tace"s. <^Bull. des Sci. par la Soc. philom.
de Paris, i, 1797, pp. 26-29. [448.]

1797. [CuviER. G.] M6moire sur Porgane de 1'ouie dans les Ce"tace"s. <^Bull. des

Sci. par la philom. de Paris, i, 1797, p. 99.

Extrait. [449.]

1798. COLNETT, JAMES. A | Voyage | to the | South Atlantic | and round | Capo

Horn | into the | Pacific Ocean, | for the purpose of extending the | Sperma-
ceti Whale Fisheries, | and other objects of Commerce, by ascertaining | the
Ports, Bays, Harbours, and Anchoring Berths, | in certain Islands and Coasts
in those Seas, | at which the ships of the British merchants might be refit-
ted. | — | Undertaken and performed | By Captain James Colnett, | of the
Royal Navy, in the ship Rattler. | — | London : | Printed for the Author, | by
W. Bennett, Marsham Street, Westminster. | . . . . [=3 lines, names of book-
sellers]. | — | 1798. 4°. pp. i-iv, i-vi, i-xviii, 1-179, maps and plates.

Contains passim references to "Whales seen or taken at various points, etc. Also a plate .
giving an outline figure of "Physeter, or Spermaceti Whale, Drawn by Scale, from one killed
on the coast of Mexico, August, 1793, and hoisted in on Deck," giving the topography of the
animal with reference to manner of cutting in, etc. There is also a half-page of descriptive
text (engraved on the plate), with also reference to its food, habits, etc. The figure has been
many times copied in works relating to Whaling. [450.]

1798. CUVIER, [G.] Ueber die Naseul&cher mid das Geruchsorgan der Cetacecn;
aus eiiier vom B. Cuvier im Nationalinstitut vorgelesenen Abhandlung. Mag.
Encycl. < Foigt's Mag. der NaturTcunde, i, St. 3, 1798, pp. 34-40.

TJebersetzung aus Mayas, encycl. de Millin, iii, 1797, pp. 299. . [451.]

1798. CUVIER, G. Tableau | ele"mentaire | de PHistoire naturelle | des Animaux. |
Par G. Cuvier, | de 1'Iustitut national de France, | . . . . [titles, 7 lines]. | — |
A Paris, | Baudouin, Imprimeur du Corps le"gislatif et de ] 1'Iustitut national,
place du Carrousel, N°. 662. | An 6. [=1798.] 8°. pp. i-xvi, 1-710, pll. i-xiv.

Des Mammiferes, pp. 83-179 : Mammiferes Amphibies (pp. 170-173) = Pinnipedia + Sirenia.
Sirenia: 1. Trichecus dugong, p. 172 ; 2. Trichecus manatus, p. 173.

Mammiferes C6tac6s = Cetacea (pp. 173-179): 1. Delphinus phoccena; 2. D. delphis ;
3* D. orca, p. 175; 4. Physeter macroce&halus (="Le cachalot trumpo, Bonnaterre, Encycl.,
planches des cetaces, pi. 8, f. 1") ; 5. P. maximus, sp. n. (= "idem., ibid., pi. 7, fig. 2"), p. 176;
6. Balcena mysticetus, L., p. 177; 7. B. physalus; 8. Monodon, p. 178.

Physeter maximus, sp. n. [452.]

1798. [LONDON SOCIETY, etc.'] [Premiums offered for "Taking Porpoises" and for
"Oil from Porpoises."] <^ Trans. London Soc. Encour. Arts, Man., and Com.,
xvi, 1798, pp. 84, 85.

These oifers of premiums were annually renewed for a considerable period. See later vols.
of these Trans. [453.]

1798. THUNBURG, C. P. Beskrifuing | pa | Svenske Djur. | — | Forsta Classen, | om |

Mammalia | eller Daggande Djuren, | af | Carl Peter Thunburg, | Riddare af
Kongl. Maj its Wasa-Orden, | Medicinje och Botauices Professor | i Upsala. |
[Vignette.] | — | Upsala, | Tryckt hos J. F. Edman, K. Acad. Boktr. | 1798.
8°. 11. 6, pp. 1-100.

Cete, pp. 90-100. 1. Jialcena, mysticetus, p. 96; 2. B. physalus, p. 97; 3. Physeter macro-
cephalus, p. 98; 4. Delphiniis phocania ; 5. D. Orca, p. 99. [454.]

1799. ANON. "Histoire des peches, des decouvertes et des dtablissemens des hollan-

dois dans les mere du Nord. Ouvrage traduit du Hollandois par B. de Reste.
Avec des notes, (t^S) cartes et ligures. Paris, We. Nyon, 1799. 3 dlu. 8°."

"Eene vertaliuj: van liet werk: De AValvischvangst, Amst. 1784 [7. vT\. Vermeerderd met
aanteekeningen eu eeue historische vcrhandcling over Groenland en IJsland, volgens Crantz
[sic], Egede, de la Peyrcre, Horrebow e. a."

Not seen; title and comment from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 244, no. 3528. [455.]

486 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1800. BUFFOX, [G. L.] LECLERC \_Compte de, et C. S. SONNINI]. Histoire Natu-
relle, | Generale et Particuliere, | Par Leclerc de Buffon; | Nouvelle Edition,
accompagnde de Notes, et dans laquelle | les Supple"mens sont inse're's dans lo
premier texte, a la | place qui leur convient. L'on y a ajout6 Phistoire | natu-
relle des Quadrupedes et des Oiseaux d6cou verts | depuis la mort de Buffon,
celle des Reptiles, des Poissons, | des Insectes et des Vers; enfin, 1'histoire des
Plantes dont | ce grand Naturaliste n'a pas eu le terns de s'occnper. | Ouvrage
formant uu Cours complet d'Histoire Naturelle; | Redige Par C. S. Sonnini, |
Membre de Plusieurs Socie'te's Savantes. | Tome Trente-Quatrieme. | [Mono-
gram.] A Paris, | de L'Imprimerie de F. Dufart. | — | An VIII. [1800.] 8°.
11. 2. pp. 1-324, 1. 1.

Le Dugon, pp. 184-189 (note par Sonnini, p. 184). Le Lamantin, pp. 190-196 (note par Son-
nini, p. 191). Le Grand Lamantin da Kamtschatka, pp. 197-211 (note par Sonniui, p. 197).
Le Grand Lamantin des Antilles, pp. 212-226 (note par Sonnini, p. 212). Le grand Lamantiu
de la mer des Indes, pp. 327-330 (note par Sonnini, p. 327). Le Petit Lamantin d'Amerique, pp.
231-239 (note par Sonnini, pp. 238, 239). Le Petit Lamantin du Senegal, pp. 240-246).

The matter here given is that of the original edition (1765, q. v.), followed by that of the
" Supplement '' (vol. vi, 1782, q, v.), with notes on the nomenclature of the species by Sonnini.

[456.]

1800. LATREILLE, [P. A.]. Exposition methodique des Quadrupedes, Specialement
mentionne's dans cette Edition de PHistoire Naturelle de Buffon. <^Hist. nat.
de Buffon, edit, de Sonnini, xxxvi, an VIII (1800), pp. 251-321.

Onzieme Ordre. Les Cetacees, pp. 288, 289. Gcnn. : Manatus, Delphinus, Physeter, Monodon,
Balama. [457.]

1800. MARUM, M. VAX. Beschryving van het BeKkeneel van een jongen Walvisch,

geplaatst in het Naturalien Cabinet van deeze maatsehappy. <^Natuitrk. Verli.

van de Roll Maatsch. der Wetensch., Haarlem, i. Deel, ii. Stuk, pp. 199-202, pi. v.

Description and figure of a skull of a newly- born Balcena mysticetus. [458.]

1800. NOEL, S. B. J. Tableau historique | de la P6che | de la Baleine; | Par S. B. J.
Noel, | .... [== titles, 7 lines]. | — | A Paris, | Chez Fuchs, Libraire, maisou
de Cluny, | rue des Mathurins. | — | Thermidor an VIII. [1800.] 8°. pp.
1-108.

Yues gen6rales sur 1'antiqtiite de la p6che de la Baleine, pp. 3-22. Etat present des p&ches

de la Baleine chez les diverses nations d'Europe et d' Am6rique, qui s'en occupeiit, pp. 23-32.

Reflexions sur les moyens de ranimer en France cette branche precieuse d'economie maritime,

pp. 53-96. Preuves et Tableaux relatifs a la peche de la Baleine, pp. 97-108. [459.]

An historical work of well-known value.

1800. RETZIUS, A. J. Faunae Suecicae | a Carolo a Linne" Equ. | inchoatae | Pars
prima | sistens | Mammalia, Aves, Amphibia | et Pisces Sueciae | quain | recog-
novit, emendavit et auxit | Andreas Joannes Retzius | in Academia Lundensi
HistoriaeNaturalis, | Oeconomiae etChemiae Professor R. O. | — | Cum Tabula
aeri incisa. | — j Lipsiae MDCCC. | Apud Siegfried Lebrecht Crusium. 8°.
pp. i-x, 1-362, pll. col. ( Fringilla flavirostris et F. lutensis).

Cete, pp. 48-51. 1. Monodon Monoceroe, p. 48; 2. Balaena Mysticetus; 3. B. Physalus,
p. 49; 4. Physeter macrocephalus ; 5. Delphinus Phocaena, p. 50; 6. D. Orca, p. 51. [460.]

1800. V., C. Sur les Ossemens fossiles de la Montagne de St. Pierre, pres Maastricht,
par Adr. Camper. <^Bull. de la Soc. plrilom. de Pai is, ii, no. 42, an 8 de la Re-
pub. (1800), p. 142.

Extrait de cette memoire, signe "C. V." [461.]

1800-01. SHAW, GEORGE. General Zoology | or | Systematic Natural History | by |
George Shaw, M. D. F. R. S. &c. | With plates | from the first Authorities and
most select specimens | Engraved principally by | Mr. Heath. | [Vignette.]
Vol. I[-II, each in 2 parts.] Part 1. | Mammalia. | — | London Printed for G.
Kearsley, Fleet Street. | 1800[-1801]. 2 vols. in 4 parts. 8°. The ^vhole work
comprises 14 vols., 1800-1826.

Vol. i, pt. 1, 1800, 1. 1 (engr. title-page), pp. i-xiii, 1. 1, pp. 1-248, pll. i-lxix + Ixviii* ; pt. 2, 1800,
pp. i-viii, 249-552, pll. Ixx-cxxi. Vol. ii, pt. 1, 1801, 1. 1 (engr. title-page), pp. i-vi, 1-226, plL
cxxii-clxv ; pt. 2, 1801, pp. i-vi, 1. 1, pp. 229-560, plL clxvi-ccxxxii + xciv*.

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIKENIA. 487

1800-01. SHAW, GEORGE— Continued.

Trichechus, Walrus [— Sirenia+ "Arctic "Walrus"], vol. i, pt. 1, 1800, pp. 233-248. 1. Tri-
chcchus Dugong, p. 239; 2. Trichechus Borealis [=Rhytina borealis mainly], pp. 240-244; 3.
Trichechus Australis [=Manatus australis], pp. 244, 245, pi. Ixix; 4. Trichechus Manatus, pp.
245-248 (includes also, as "var.," Trichechus Clusii, from the "West Indies; Trichechus Ama-
zonius, from South America; and Trichechus ? Hydropithecus, or Steller's "Sea-Ape."

Order Cete. Whales, or Fish-formed Mammalia, vol. ii, pt. 2, 1801, pp. 471-560, pll. ccxxv-
ccxxxii. 1. Monodon Monoceros, pp. 473-476, pi. ccxv, animal and skull; 2. Monodon Spu-
rius, pp. 476, 477, from Fabricius; 3. Baloma, Myisticetus, pp. 478-490, pi. ccxvi, animal — plate
and most of the text from Martens; 4. Balcena Physalus. pp. 490-491, pi. ccxxvii, lower fig.,
animal, from Martens; 5. Balcena Boops, pp. 492-494, pi. ccxxvii, lower fig.; 6. Balcena
Gibbosa,p.49i; 7. Balcena Musculus, p. 495; 8. Balcena Rostrata, p. 496 ; 9. Physeter Macro-
cephalus, pp. 497-500, pi. ccxxviii, animal, two figg., from Schreber; 10. Physeter Catodon, p.
501; 11. Physeter Microps, p. 502 ; 12. Physeter Tur&io, p. 503; 13. &£lphinus Phoccena, pp.
504-506, pll. ccxxix, lower fig., animal, pi. ccxxx, animal laid open to show internal organs, pi.
xxxi, skull, skeleton, and fore limb; 14. Delphinus Delphis, pp. 507-512, pi. ccxxix, upper
fig., animal; 15. Delphinus Orca, p. 513, pi. ccxxxii, lower fig., animal; 16. Delphinus B idem,
p. 514, from Hunter; 17. Delphinvs liostratw, p. 514; IS. Delphinus Leucas, pp. 515, 516,
pi. ccxxxii, upper fig., animal. Appendix to Whales pp. 517-560, abridged version of Hunocr's
celebrated memoir on the anatomy of Whales. See 1787. "HUNTER, J.

Delphinus Widens, p. 514, sp. n. = Bottle-nose Whale of Dale, hence Delphinus "bidentatusr
Bonuaterre, 1789; Delphinus rostratus, p. 514, sp. n., locality unknown, but "supposed to
inhabit the Indian Ocean" ; species indeterminable.

The history of the Sirenia and Cetacea is, like most of that part of the work relating to

Mammals, purely a compilation. [451.]

1802. ANON. A Calculation of the State of the Cod and Whale Fisheries, belonging

to Massachusetts in 1783: copied from a Paper published in 1764. <^CoU.

Mass. Hist. Soc., viii, 1802, pp. 202, 203.

A statistical table, less than a page in length. The following is all that relates to Whale-
fishing : " 180 sail of "Whale-fishing vessels, the exportation to Great Britain amounting, in oil
and bone, to £123,366 06" (p. 203). [462.]

1802. BUFFON, [G. L.] LECLERCDE, [eiC.S. SONNINI]. Histoire naturelle, | ge"ne"rale
et particuliere, | par Leclcrc de Buffon ; | Nouvelle Edition, accoinpagnee de
Notes, et dans laquelle | les Supple'mens sout inse're's dans le premier texte, a
la | place qui leur convient. L'on y a ajout-6 1'histoire | naturelle des Quadru-
ples et des Oiseaux de~couverts | depuis la niort de Buffon, celle des Reptiles,
des Poissons, | des Insectes et des Vers; enfin, Fhistoire des Plantes,dont | ce
grand Naturaliste u?a pas eu le terns de s'occuper. | Ouvrage formant un Cours
complet d'Histoire Naturelle; re"dig6 par C. S. Sonuiui, | Membre de plusieurs
Society's savantes. | Tome trente-quatrieme. [Les Phoques, les Morses, et les
Lamantins.] | [Monogram.] A Paris, | de rirnprimerie de F. Dufart | — j
An X. [=1802]. 8°. 11. 2, pp. 1-316, pll. ccxxxii-ocxxxv.

A reissue of the An VIII edition, with only, so far as relates to the body of the work, a
change of date on the title-page, but the "Exposition methodiqiie" by Latreille (see 1800.
LAXKEILLE) is printed in smaller type and occupies 7 less pages (pp. 251-314), thus giving to
the volume a different collation. [463. J

1802. "GiJLiBERT, J. EMM. Abrdge" du systeme de la Nature de Liun6; histoire
des Mammiieres ou des Quadrupedes et Cctac^s; contennant 1° la tra-
duction libre du texte de Linnd et de Gmelin; 2° Textrait des observations de
Buffon, Brisson, Pallas et autres cdlebres zoologistes ; 3° 1'auatomie compar^e
des principales especes ; le tout relatif aux Quadrupedes et aux C^taces les
plus curieux et les plus utiles. Avec portr. et 18 pi. in- 8. Lyon, an X (1802),
ou 1805, Matheron et Co."

Not seen ; title from Cams and Engelmann. [464. ]

1802. KLEIN, J. T. "Ichthyologia, seu Historiae piscium naturalis quinque missus.
Cui accedit Ichthyologia Kleiniana euodata, sive index rerum ad Historiam
piscium naturalem, cum synonymis recentissimorum systematicorum Artedi,
Linnaei, Gmelini, Blochii, etc. explicatam. Lipsia3, in libraria Gleditschiana.
1802. 4°. Met 53 platen."

Not seen; title from Bosgoed, op. tit., p. 10, no. 113. [465.]

488 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1802. OZERETSKOVSKY, N. De speciebus systematicuru genus Trichechi constituenti-

bus. <#ov. Act. Acad. Scien. imp. Petropolitance, xiii, 1802, pp. 371-375.

Chiefly about the relationship of the Walrus, Steller's Sea Cow, and the Dugong. [4C6.

1803. CAMPER, PIERRE. (Euvres | de Pierre Camper, | qui ont pour objet | Fhistoire]

naturelle, | la physiologie | et 1'anatomie comparee. [ [Trad, par Henri J. Jan-
sen.] | — | Tome premier [-troisieme]. | — | A Paris, [ Chez H. J. Jansen,
rue des postes. No. 6, | pres de Pestrapade. | — | An XI.— 1803. 3 vols. 8°.
Vol. i, pp.- i-civ, 1-392; vol. ii, pp. 1-503; vol. iii, pp. 1-502. Avec une
Atlas des planches en-fol.

Conjectures sur les petrifactions trouv6es dans la Montagne de S. -Pierre pres de Maas-
tricht, torn, i, pp. 357-3.77, pll. vi, vii, (Vertebres et dents de Cetaces, etc.). Du Dugon du
Comte de Buffon, torn, iii, pp. 479-491, pi. vii, figg. 2, 3, animal. [467.]

1803. u GRUBER, J. G. Beschreibung von Gronland und Spitsbergen mit den Wundern

der Natur- und Menschenweit um den Nordpol. Zurich uud Leipzig, 1803. 4°."

~Not seen; title from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 237, no. 3468. [468 ]

1803. ROXBURGH, [W.] An account of a new Species of Delphinus, An Inhabitant of

the Ganges. <^Asia1ic Researches, vii, 1803, pp. 170-174, pi. iii.

Delphinus gangeticus, sp. n., p. 171. [469.]

1804. BORY DE ST. VINCENT, J. B. G. M. Voyage | dans | les quatre principals

lies | des mers d'Afrique, | fait par ordre du Gouveruemeut, | pendant les an-
n6es neuf et dix de la | Rdpublique (1801 et 1802), | Avec 1'Histoire de la Tra-
versde du Capitaine Baudin jusqu'au Port- | Louis de File Maurice. | Par
J[ean]. B[aptiste]. G[eorge]. M[arie]. Bory de S'-Vmcent, | Officier d'Etat-
major; Naturaliste en chef sur la | Corvette le NaturaUste, dans I'Exp^ditiou
.de | De"couvertes comniaudde par le Capitaine Baudin. | Avec la Collection de
58 Planches, grand in-4°., dessindes sur les lieux par 1'Auteur, | et gravies
en taille-douce | Tome Premier [Seconde et Troiseme]. | — | A Paris, | Chez
F. Buisson, Impriineur-Libraire, rue Hautefeuille, n°. 20. | An XIII. (1804.)
8°. Tom. 1™, pp. i-xvi, 1-412; torn. 2e, 11. 2,pp. 1-431 ; torn. 3e,ll. 2, pp. 1-473.

Cetac6s, passim : Delphinus phoccena, de se chasse aux poissons volans et de se moaurs,
etc., torn, i, pp. 88, 89; description de dauphin [= Delphinus Boryi, Desni. ?], pp. 104-10G; Ba-
Icena physalus, Linn., pp. 145, 146; "un bane de dauphins . . . plusieurs milliers," toin. iii, p.
293 ; dauphins tres-gros, pp. 293, 294.

Contains nothing of importance relating to Cetaceans. [470.]

1804. FR — P. [ — FRORIEP, L. F. VON]. TabellederUnterordnungen, Geschlechten und
Gattungen der Wallnsche. Von Lacepede. < Foil's Mag. der Naturk., vii,
1804, pp. 445-450.

" Aus einem so eben erschienenen "Werke von Lacepede, und vom Hrn. Prof. Froriep mit-
getheilt."— Siehe op. tit., p. 475. [471.]

1804. LACEPEDE, [BERN. GERM. ETIENNE]. Histoire naturelle | des C6tac6es, |
dedie'e a Anne-Caroline La Cepede: | par le Citoyen La Cepede | .... [—ti-
tles, 11 lines.] | — | A Paris, | Chez Plassan, Imprimeur-Libraire, | Rue de
Vaugiard, N° 1195. | — | L'an XII de la Re'publique [1804]. 4°. pp. i-xliv,
1-329, pll. i-xvi. (Pll. vi, vii, xi, xii, xiv, xvi, d6sign(5es d'apres nature.)

Dedicace, p. v. Table des Articles, pp. vi-viii. Avertissement, et explication de quelques
planches, pp. ix, x. Vue general des Cetacees, pp. xi-xxxiii. Tableau des ordres, genres et
especes de Cetacees, pp. xxxv-xliv.

Les Baleines, pp. 1-113. 1. La Baleine franche (Balcena mysticetus), pp. 1-102, pi. i, fig. 1
(d'apres Martens), ii. La Baleino Nordcaper (Balcuna nordcaper), pp. 103-110, pll. ii, iii,
(d'apres Bachstrom; fig. —Balcena mysticettis) . 3. La Baleine noueuse (Balcena nodosa),
pp. Ill, 112. 4. La Baleine bossue (Balcena gibbosa), p. 113.

Les Baleinopteres, pp. 114-141. 5. La Baleinop;ere gibbar (Balcenoptera gibbar), pp. 114-
119, pi. i, flu:. 2 (d'apres Martens). 6. La Baleinoptere jubarte (Balcenoptera jubartcs), pp.
120-125, pi. iv, fig. 1. 7. La Baleinoptere rorqual (Balcenoptera rorqual), pp. 126-133, pi. i,
fig. 3, animal, pi. v, fig. 1 (" grave d'apres un dessiu de Jacques Quine), pi. vi, tete osseuse,
pi. viii, vertebres cervieales et autres vertebres et fanons (pll. vi-viii d'apres nature). 8»
La Baleinoptere museau-pointu (Balcenoptera, acuto-rostrata), pp. 134-141, pi. viii, figg. 1, 2,
animal, fig. 3, mdchoire sup6rieure.

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 489

1804. LACEPEDE, [BERN-. GERM. E"TIEXNE]— Continued.

Les Narwals, pp. 142-163. 9. Lo Narwal vulgairo (Narwalus vulgaris), pp. 142-158, pi. iv,
fly;. 3. 10. Le Narwal microcephalo (Narwalus microcephalus), pp. 159-162, pi. v, fig. 2, ani-
mal, d apres tin dessin par W. Brand), pi. ix, fig. i, tete osseuse. 11. Le Xarwal Anderson
(Narwalus Andersonianus), p. 163.

Les Anarnaks, p. 164. 12. L'Anarnak groenlandoise (Anarnak Groenlandicus) , p. 164.

Les Cachalots, pp. 165-218. 13. Lo Cachalot mucrocephale (Catodon macrocephalus),^.
165-211, pi. x, fig. 1, animal (d'apres Bounaterro), pi. xi, tote osseuse, pi. xii, vertebres et
cote (pll. xi, xii d'apres nature). 14. Lo Cachalot trumpo (Catodon trumpo), pp. 212-215, pi.
x, fig. 2 (d'apres Robertson). 15. Le Cachalot svineval (Catodon svineval), pp. 216,217, pi.
ix, fig. 2, teto osseuse [— Olobiocephalus melas]. 16. Le Cachalot blanchatre (Catodon albi-
cans) [= Beluga catodon], p. 218.

Les Physales, pp. 219-226. 17. Le Physale cylindriquo (Phy solus cylindricus), pp. 219-
226, pi. ix, fig. 3 (d'apres Anderson).

Les Physeteres, pp. 227-24 i. 18. Le Physetero microps (Physeter microps), pp. 227-235.
19. Le Physetere orthodon (Physeter orthodon), pp. 236-238. 20. Le Physetere mular (Phy-
seter mular), pp. 239-242.

Les Delphinapt6res. pp. 243-249. 21. Le Delphinaptere beluga (Delphinapterus beluga),
[= Beluga catodon], pp. 243-24S. 22. Le Delphinaptere seuedette (Delphinapterus sene-
detta), p. 249.

Les Dauphins, pp. 250-317. 23. Le Dauphin vulgai re ( Delpldnus vulgaris), pp. 230-286, pi.
xiii, fig. 1, animal, pi. xiv, fig. 1, tete. 24. Le Dauphin marsouiu (Delphinus phoccena), pp.
287-297, pi. xiii, fig. 2, pi. xiv, fig. 2, squelotte (pi. xiv d'apres nature). 25. Le Dauphin orque
(Delphinus orca), pp. 298-301, pi. xv, fig. 1, pi. xvi, crane (d'apres nature). 26. Le Dauphin
gladiateur (Delphinus gladiator), pp. 302-30G, pi. v, fig. 3. 27. Le Dauphin Nesarnack (Del-
phinus nesarnack), pp. 307, 308, pi. xv, fig. 2. 28. L'o Dauphin diodon (Delphinus diodon), pp.
309, 310. 29. Le Dauphin ventru (Detyhinus ventricosus) , p. 311, pi. xv, fig. 3 (d'apres Hunter).
SO. Le Dauphin feres (Delphinus feres), pp. 312, 313. 31. Le Dauphin de Duhamel (Delphi-
nus Duhameli), pp. 314, 315. 32. Le Dauphin de P6ron (Delphinm Peronii), p. 316. 33. Lo
Dauphin de Commerson (Delphinus Commersoni), pp. 317, 318.

Les Hyperoodons, pp. 319-324. 34. L'Hyperoodon butskopf (Hyperoodon butskopf), pp.
319-324, pi. xv, fig. 3.

Table alphab6tique, pp. 325-329.

The text is an elaborate compilation ; the figures of the animals, with the two or three
obove-noted exceptions, are copies; all the osteological figures, except one, are original.
Viewed in the light of to-day, the work is a striking commentary on the poverty of the author's
resources, and on the inexact information of the times in all that related to the history of
Cetacea. Compared with Bonnaterre's work (1789), the number of species is greatly increased,
while the generic nomenclature differs to a very large degree, through the introduction of new
genera and the substitution of new names for others. The prominent feature is therefore the
classification, which, considering the state of Cetological knowledge at this time, is entitled to
praise. Its weakness lies in the recognition of a largo number of species now known to be
nominal or fictitious, but which, supported by Lacepede's endorsement, figured prominently
for many years in the works of later compilers.

Lacepede's new genera are the following: 1. Balcenoptera, 2. Narwalus (=Monodon),
3. Anarnak (based on Monodon apurius, Fabr.), 4. Catodon (ex Artedi?), 5. Physalus,
6. Delphinapterus, and, 7. Hyperoodon. His new specific designations are : 1. Baloinoptera
gibbar(=Balcenaphysahis,'Liun.),'-Z. Balcenopteraji(barte8(=Balcenaboop8,~Limi.), 3. Balce-
noptera acuto-rostrata (=Balcena rostrata, Miill.), 4. Narivalus vulgaris, 5. N. microcepha-
lus, 6. N. Andersonianus ( = Monodon monoceros), 7. Anarnak groenlandicus (= Mono-
don spurius, Fabr.), 8. Catodon svineval (= Globiocephalus melas), 9. Physeter orthodon,
JO. Delphinapterus beluja (—Beluga catodon), 11. Delphinus vulgaris (-D. delphis), 12.
Delphinus nesarnack (= D. tursio,Fa,l>i:), 13. Delphinus diodon (= Hyperodon butzkopf), 14.
Delphinus ventricosus (=? Grampus griseus), 15. Delphinus Duhameli, sp. n., 16. Delphinus
Peronii (= D. leucorhamphus, Peron, Ms.), sp. n., 17. Delphinus Commersoni (ex Commerson,
Ms.), sp. n.

Besides the Sonnini version of 1804 (q. v.), Lacepede's Hist. nat. de C.'taces was republished
in 1805, in two vols. 12°, in the 90 vol. 12° ed. of Buffbn, forming vols. 89, 90; in Lacepede's
8° ed. of Buffon published in 1819 (not seen by me), and in later editions of the same. Also
in the collected works of Lacepede (ed. Desmarest, 11 vols. 8°, 18-26-31), and in the later editions
of his works published in 1830, 1836, 1839, and 1844 (not seen by me). Cf. Carus and Eugel-
mann, Bibliotheca hist, nat., i, 1846, p. 332. [472.]

1804. SOXNINI [DE MANNONCOURT], C. [N.] S. Histoire naturelle, | g6n6rale et par-
ticuliere, | des C6tace"es. | Ouvrage fasaint suite t\ FHistoire naturelle, ge'ne'-
rale | et particuliere, composde par Leclerc de Buffou, et | mise dans un nouvel
ordre par C[HARLES]. [NICOLAS] S[IGISBERT]. SONNINI [DE MANNONCOURT],

490 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1804. SONNINI [DE MANNONCOURT], C. [N.] S. — Continued.

avec | des Notes et des Additions. | Par C. S. Sonnini, | Membre des plusieurs
Socie'tes savautes | et Iitt6raires. | [Monogram.] A Paris, | de riuiprinierio
de F. Dufart. | — | An XII [=1804]. 8°. pp. 1-446, pll. i-v.

' Vue generate des Cetacees, pp. 5-30 ; Tableau des Ordres, Genres et Especcs do Cetacees,
pp. 31-42.

Les Baleines, pp. 43-192. 1. La Baleine franche (Balcena mysticetus), pp. 43-179, pi. i. 2.
Le Nord caper (lialcena nordcaper), pp. 180-188. 3. La Baleine noueuse (Balcena nodosa),
pp. 189, 190. 4. La Baleine bossue (Balcena gibbosa), pp. 191, 192.

Les Baleinopteres, pp. 193-226. 5. Lo Gibbar (Balcenoptera gibbar), pp. 193-199, pi. ii,
fig. 1. 6. La Jubarte (Balcenoptera jubartes), pp. 200-207. 7. La Baleinoptero rorqual
(Balcenoptera rorqual), pp. 208-217. 8. Le Museau-poiutu (Balcenoptera acuto-rostrata),
pp. 218-226.

Les !N"arwals, pp. 227-251. 9. LeXarwal vulgaire (Nanvalus mdgaris), pp. 227-245, pi.
ii, fig. 2. 10. Le Narwal microcephale (Narwalus microcephalies), pp. 246-25 J. 11. Le Xar-
wal Anderson (Narwalus andersonianus) , p. 251.

Les Anarnaks, pp. 252, 253. 13. L'Anarnak Groenlands (Anarnak groenlandicus), pp.
252, 253.

Les Cachalots, pp. 254-319. 13. Le Cachalot macrocephale (Catodon macrocephalus),
pp. 254-311, pi. iii, fig. 1. 14. Lo Cachalot trumpo (Catodon trumpo), pp. 312-316. 15.
Lo Cachalot svinoval (Catodon svineval), pp. 317, 318. 16. Le Cachalot blanchatre (Catodon
albicans), p. 319.

Les Physales, pp. 320-328. 17. Le Physale cylindrique (Physalus cylindricus), pp. 320-
328, pi. iii, fig. 2.

Les Physetercs, pp. 329-346. IS. Le Physetere microps (Physeter microps), pp. 329-338.
19. Le Physetere orthodon (Physeter orthodon), pp. 339-342. 20. Le Mular (Physeter mu-
lar), pp. 343-346.

Les Delphinapteres, pp. 347-355. 21. Le Beluga (Delphinapterus beluga), pp. 347-353.
22. Le Senedette (Delphinapterus senedette), pp. 354, 35o.

Les Dauphins, pp. 356-437. 23. Le Dauphin vulgaire (Delphinus vulgaris), pp. 356-399,
pi. iv, fig. 1. 24. Le Marsouin (Dclphinusphoccena), pp. 400-412, pi. iv, fig. 2. 25. L'Orque
(Delphinus orca), pp. 413-417. 26. Le D;iuphiu gladiateur (Delphinus gladiator), pp. 418-422.
27. Le Nesarnack (Delphinus nesarnack), pp. 423-425, pi. v, fig. 1. 28. Le Diodon (Del-
phinus diodon), pp. 426, 427, pi. v, fig. 2. 21). Le Dauphin ventrti (Delphinus ventricouus) ,
pp. 428,429. 30. Lo Dauphin feres (Delphinus feres), pp. 430-432. 31i Le Dauphin de
Duhamel (Delphinus Duhameli), pp. 433, 434. 32. Le Dauphin de P6ron (Delphinus Pcro-
nii), p. 435. 33. Le Dauphin de Commorson (Delphinus Commersonii), pp. 436-437.

Les Hyperoodons, pp. 438-444. 34. Lc Butskopf (Hyperoodon butskopf ), pp. 438-444.

Although this work bears the same date (an XII) as Lacepede's Hist. nat. des Cetacees
(see 1804. LACI^PEDE), it is merely a slightly abridged version of that work, with here and
there slight additions. Although the text is mostly inclosed in marks of quotation, I foil to
find any acknowledgment of the source. The work is currently attributed, however, to Son-
nini. The arrangement of the matter, the number of species treated, their order of succes-
sion and nomenclature, are identical in the two works. [473.]

1804. " WIEDEMANN, C. R. W. Beschreibung des Schadols vom. Lamautin oder Ma-

nati. <^Wiedemann'8 Arcli. fiir Zool. und Zoot., iv, 1804, pp. 67-77."

Not seen ; title from Cams and Engelmann. [474 ]

1805. CARLISLE, ANTHONY. The Physiology of the Stapes, one of the Bones of the

Organ of Hearing ; deduced from a comparative View of its Structure, and
Uses, in different Animals. <^Phllos. Trans. Lond., [xcv], pt. 2, art. xi, 1805,
pp. 198-210, pi. iv.

The plate gives figures of the stapcdes and colnmellae of various animals, including Phoca
vitulina, Phoccena communis, and Odobcenus roamarus. [475.]
1805. HOLMES, A. American Annals; | or | a Chronological | History of America |
from its Discovery in MCCCCXC1I to MDCCCVI. | In two Volumes. | By
Abiel Holmes, D. D. A. A. S. S. H. S. | Minister of the First Church in Cam-
bridge. | Suum quajque in annum referre. | Tacit. Annal. | — [Vol.

I | Comprising a period of T\vo Hundred Years. | — | Cambridge, Printed and
Sold by W. Billiard. | — | 1805. 2 vols. 8°.

The title of vol. ii differs from the above as follows :

Vol. II. | Comprising a Period of One Hundred and Fourteen Years.

Whale-fishery in 1730, vol. ii, p. 125— a brief statement embraced in 6 lines. Also brief
reference to Morse-fishing and Whalo-fishing in the Gulf of St. Lawrence in 1593, vol. i, p. 133.

L476-]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIEENIA. 491

1805. MACPHERSOX, D. Annals | of | Commerce, | Manufactures, Fisheries, and Nav-
igation | with | brief notices of the Arts and. Sciences connected with them. |
Containing the | Commercial Transactions | of the | British Empire and other
Countries, | from the earliest accounts to the meeting of the Union Parlia-
ment in January 1801 ; | and comprehending the most valuable part of the late
Mr. Anderson's History of Commerce, viz. from the year 1492 | to the end of
the reign of George II, King of Great Britain, &c. | With a largo Appendix, |
containing |

Chronological Tables of the Sover-
eigns of Europe, | Tables of the al-
terations of money in England and
Scotland, |

A Chronological Table of the prices of
Corn, &c. and | A Commercial and
Manufactural Gazetteer of the | Uni-
ted Kingdom of Great Britain and Ire-

laud |

With a general chronological Index. | The Antient Part composed from the most
authentic Original Historians and Public Records, | printed and in Manuscript,
and the Modern Part from Materials of unquestionable | Authenticity (mostly
unpublished) extracted from the Records of Parliament, | the Accounts of
the Custom-house, the Mint, the Board of Trade, the" | Post-Office, the East-
India Company, the Bank of England, | &c. &c. | By David Macphersou. | — |
In Four Volumes. | — | Vol. I [-IV]. | — | Printed for Nichols and Son, . . .
1= nearly 4 lines of names of booksellers]. | London; | and for Mundell and
Son, Edinburgh, j — | 1805. 4 vols. 4°.

The chronological arrangement of the work precludes reference to special topics, §ince tho
same subject may be briefly mentioned in many places. A very detailed and thorough index*
however, renders the matter readily accessible, and to this index the present writer would
refer the investigator of matters relating to tho Whalefishery and Mndred topics. The work
is one of great research and labor, and is standard authority on the subjects treated. [477.]

1806. DUMERIL, A. M. C. Zoqlogie analytique, | ou | Me'fchode naturelle | de | Classi-
fication des Animaux, | rendue plus facile | a 1'aide de Tableaux synop-
tiques; | Par A[ndrc]. M[arie]. Constant Dnmeril, | . . . . [titles, 6 lines of
small type]. Parva scd apta. | — | Paris | Allais, Libraire, quai des Augustius,
N°. 39. | — | M. DCCC. VI. 8°. pp. i-xxxii, 1. 1, pp. 1-344.

XIIF6. FamiHe, Amphibics [=Pinnipedia-{-Sireni(t], pp. 2G, 27. Genera 3, under French
and Latin names, viz: 1. Phoca, 2. Trichocus, 3. Dugong, 4. Manatus.

XIVe. Famille, Cetaces, pp. 28, 29. Genera 10, under French and Latin names, viz: 1.
Salcena, '2. Balenoptera, 3. Narwhalus, 4. Ananarcux, 5. Catodon, 6. Phylasus (sic), 7. Phy-
seterus, 8. Delphinapterus, 9. Delphinus, 10. Hyperodon. [478.]

1806. TURTOX, W. A general | System of Nature, j through the | Three Grand King-
doms | of | Animals, Vegetables, and Minerals, | systematically divided | into
their several | Classes, Orders, Genera, Species, and Varieties, | with their

| Habitations, Manners, Economy, Structure, and Peculiarities. | By Sir
Charles Linue: | Translated Gmeliu, Fabricius, Willdenow, &c. | Together
with | Various Modern Arrangements and Corrections, derived from the |
Transactions of the Liuneau and other Societies, as well as from the Classical

| Works of Shaw, Thornton, Abbot, Donovan, Sowerby, Latham, Dillwyn |
Lewin, Martyri, Andrews, Lambert, &c. &c. | with a- life of Linne, | Appro-
priate Copper-plates, and a Dictionary explanatory of the Terms which |
occur in the several Departments of Natural History, | by William Turton,
M. D. | Fellow of the Linnean Society, Author of the Medical Glossary, &c.
&c. | — | In Seven Volumes. | — | Animal Kingdom. — Vol. I. | Mammalia.
Birds. Amphibia. Fishes. | — | London: | Printed for Lackington, Allen,
and Co. | Temple of the Muses, Fires bury- Square. | — | 180o. 8°. pp. i-vii,
1-944. ("Printed by Voss and Morris, Castle-Street, Swansea. 1800," p. 943.)
Order vii. Cete, pp. 127-130. 1 . ^lonodon Monoccros, 2. Balcena Mysticetus, p. 127; 3. If.
Phy solus, 4. B. Boops, 5. B. Gibbosa, 6. B. Musculus, 7. B. Itostrata, 8. Physeter Catodon,
9. P. Macroc"phalua, p. 128; 10. P. Microps, 11. P. Turtrio, 14. Delphinus Phocccna, 13. D.
delphis, p. 129; 14. D. Orca, 15. D. Leucas, p. 130. Short, nearly worthless, descriptions,
and no references to previous authors.

492 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1806. TURTOX, W. — Continued.

Sirenia: 1. Trichechus Durong (sic), 2. T. Manatus, with var. 1. Australia (= African and
American Manatees), var. 2. Borcalis (= Ehytina borealis), var. 3, Siren (fabulons), pp. 36,
37. The following complete transcript of the account of the Trichechus Manatus Sirenus is a
sufficient commentary on the character of the work :

"3. Siren. Ears erect, sharp-pointed. Inhabits the north-west coast of America, swims
around ships with antic gestures. Head resembling a dog ; eyes large ; lips whiskered : body
thick, round, tapering downwards; tail divided into 2 unequal lobes; length about 5
feet." [479.]

1807. HOME, E. Observations on the structure of the different Cavities, which con-

stitute the Stomach of the Whale, compared with those of ruminating Animals,
with a View to ascertain the Situation of the digestive Organ. <^Philos. Trans.
Lond., [xcvii], pt. 1, art. iv, 1807, pp. 97-102, pll. iii, iv.

Investigation based on "a Delphinus Delphis of Linnaeus, or small bottle-nose whale of
Mr. Hunter." [480.]

1808. Axox. A Short and true Account of Forty-two Persons [Whalers] who per-

ished by shipwreck near Spitzbergen, in the year 1G46. <^PinkertonJs Coil.
Voy. and Trav., i, 1808, p. 535. [481.]

1808. Axox. Third Voyage of the Dutch and Zealanders, by the North, along Nor-
way, Moscovy, and Tart'ary, to pass to the kingdoms of Cathay and China,
by permission of the Council of the city of Amsterdam, 159G. <^Pinkerton's
Coll. Voy. and Trav., i, 1808, pp. 90-127.

"Newly translated from the Recueil des Voyages, qui ont scrvi a I'etablissement ct aux
progrez de la Compagnie dos Indes Orientales. Tom. i, p. 53."

"Whales described, pp. 93, 94. Very good description of the Northern Right TVhale. [432 ]

1803. BACSTROM, S. Account of a [Whaling] Voyage to Spitzbergen in the Year
1780. By S. Bacstrom, M. D. <Pinkerton's Coll. Voy. and Trav., i, 1808, pp.
614-620.

From Phil Mag., July, 1799. [483.]

1808. BLUMEXBACH, J. F. Manuel | d'Histoirenaturelle, \ traduit de 1'Allemand, | Do
J. Fr. Blumenbach, Professeur a FUuiversito | de Gottingue. | Par Soulange
Artaud. | Avec figures. | — | Multa fiunt. eadem, sed aliter, | Quiatilian. | — |
Tome Premier. | [Monogram.] | A Metz, | Chez Collignou, Imprimeur-Li-
braire. | . . . [= Names of 3 other publishers.] | — | An XI.— 1803. 8°. pp.
i-xvi, 1-528.

Trichechus manatus, p. 1G4, Les Cetacees (Cetacea), pp. 165-169. A translation of one of the
early editions, but which is not stated. The matter relating to the Cetacea is substantially
the same as that of the 3d ed., 1788, q. v. [484.]

1808. LEEMS, K. An Account of the Laplanders of Finmark, their language, man-
ners, and religion,by Knud Lecins, Professor of the Lnplandic, with the notes
of Gunner, Bishop of Dronthciin, and a Treatise, by Jessen, on the Pagan Re-
ligion of the Finns and Laplanders. <^Pinkcrton's Coll. Voy. and Trav., i,
1808, pp. 376-490.

Chap, xiii. Of the Fishery, pp. 431-446. Contains a short account of the "Whales and
"Whaleflshery of Finmark, pp. 431-433.

The original edition of Leems (not seen by me) was published in Danish and Latin r.t

Copenhagen in 1767, 4°, with plates. [485.]

1808. PHILIPS, C. J. A voyage towards the North Pole, undertaken by his Majesty's

command, in 1773, by Constantino John Phipps. <^Pinkerton's Co£. Voy^ and

Trav., i, 1808, pp. 538-594.

Natural history, pp. 578-585. Balcena Mysticetus, Balcena Physalus, p. 579 (=7 lines of no
importance). [486.]

1808. TIEDEMAXX, D. F. Zoologie. | — | Zu seinen Vorlesungen entworfen | von | D.
Friedrich Tiedemann, | Professor der Anatomie und Zoologie an der Univer-
sitat zu | Landshut. | — | Erster Band. | Allgemeine Zoologie, Mensch und
Siiugthiere. | — | Landshut, in der Weberschen Buchhandluug. | — | 1808.
8°. pp. i-xvi, 1-610, 1. 1.

XII. Ordnung. Fischartige Saugthiere. "Wallfische. Cetacea (Cetaces), pp. 557-585.

Generalities, 557-570; genera and species, pp. 570-585. 1. Balaena mysticetus, 2* B. islan-

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIREXIA. 493

1808. TIEDEMAXX, D. F.— Continued.

dica (Xordkaper) ; 3. Der TVallflsch mit einem Hb'cker, B. nodose, p. 571 ; 4. B. gibbosa,
5* Balaenoptcra gibbar, 6. B. rostrata, p. 572; 7. B. boops, 8. 1?. rorqual, p. 573; 9. JYar-
walus vulgaris (— Afonodon-monoceros), 1O. N. rnicrocephalus, 11. N. Andersonianus,p.5~4;
12. Anarnacus fjroenlandicus, p. 575; 13. Catodon macrocephalus, p. 576; 14. C. albicans,
15. C. trumpo, 16. C.svineval, p. 577; 17. Physalus ci/lindricus, p. 578; 18. Phi/set er tnicrops,
19. P. orthodon, iJO. P. mular, p. 579; til. Ddphinapterus beluga, 22. D. senedetta, p. 580;
23. Delphinus delphiv, 24. D.phocaena, p. 581 ; 25. -D. (Mra, 26. Dcr Dolpliiu rait dor kohen
Huckenflosse, p. 582; 27. .D. tursio, 28. />. diodon, 23. .£>. Bonnaterrei, sp. n. (=le dauphin
f6res, Bonnaterre), p. 583; 30. D. vetitricosns, 31. D. Duhamelii, 32. -D. Peronii, 33. -D.
Comersonii, 34. Hyperoodon butzkopf, p. 584.

Delphinus Bonnaterrei. sp. n., p. 583. Genn. 11, spp. 34.

Numberof speciesand nomenclature same.asLacepedo's, excepting "D. Bonnaterrei." [487.]

1808. WILLOUGHBY, H. The Voyages of Sir Hugh Willoughby, Richard Chancclor,

aud others, to the Northern parts of Russia and Siberia. <^Pinkerton's Coll.
Voi/. and Trav., i, 1808, pp. 1-80.
From ILickluyt's Voy. and Trav. [483.]

1809. ABERXETHY, J. Some Particulars in the Anatomy of a Whale. <^Philo8. Trans. ,

abridged by Hutton, Shaw and Pearson, 1665-1800, *xvii (1791-1796), 1809,
pp. 673-677.

From Philos. Trans. Lond., Ixxxvi, 1798, pp. 27 et seqq., q. v. • [483.]

1809. Axox. Of the New American Whale- Fishing about Bermudas. <^Philos.
Trans., abridged by Hutton, Shaw and Pearson, 16o5-1800, i (1655-1672),
1809, pp. 6, 7.

From Philos. Trans. Lond.',\, no. 1, 1G65, p. 11, q. v. [490.]

1809. ANOX. A further Relation of the Whale-Fishing about the Bermudas, and on

the Coast of New-England and New-Netherland. <^Philos. Trans., abridged

by Hutton, Shaw and Pearson, 1635-1800, i (1665-1672), 1809, p. 46. [With

supplementary note.]

From Philos. Trans. Lond., i, no. 8, 1666, p. 132, q. v. [491.]

1809, AXGN. Description de la Piece d'Ainbre^ris que la Chambre d' Amsterdam
a recue des Indes Orientales, pesant 182 Livres; avec un petit Traite" de
son Origine et de sa Vertu, par Nicolas Chevalier, a Amsterdam chez 1'Auteur,
1700. 4°. <^Philos. Trans., abridged by Huttou, Shaw and Pearson, 1665-
1800, iv (1694-1702), 1809, p. 500.

From Philos. Trans. Lond., xxii, no. 263, 1700, p. 573, q. v. See 17CO. CHEVALIER, U". [492.]

1809. BOYLE, [R.] On Ambergris. <P/iiZos. Trans., abridged by Hutton, Shaw and

Pearson, 1665-1800, ii (1672-1683), 1«09, pp. 94, 95. [Wilh suppl. foot-note.]

From Philos. Trans., Lond., vii, no. 97, 1673, pp. 6113-6115, q. v. [493 ]

1809. BOYLSTOX, — . Ambergris found in Whales. <^Pliilos. Trans., abridged by

Plutton,' Shaw and Pearson, 1665-1800, vii (1724-1734), 1809, p. 57.

From Philos. Trans. Lond., xxsiti, no. 385, 1724, p. 193, q. v. [494.]

1809. "CoRTESi. Sugli Sceletri d'tm Rhinoceronte afric. et d'una Balena. Milan,
1809."

Xot seen; title from Van Beneden, Otss.fosa. des environs d'Anvers, ii, 1880, p. 17. [495.]

1809. CUYIER, G. Sur Tost^ologie du Lamantiu, sur la place quo le Lamautin et le

Dugong doivent occuper dans la rue'thode naturelle, et sur les os fossiles de

Lamantins et de Phoques. <^Ann. du Hus. d'Hist. Nat., xiii, 1808, pp. 273-

312, pi. xix.

Eistorique, pp. 273-282 ; Art. I. Da lamantin d'Ameriquc, pp. 282-293; Art. IT. Dcsespeces
nominates du petit lamantin des Antilles et du lamantin des G-randes Indes, pp. 293, 294;
Art. III. Du lamantin du Senegal, pp. 294-29G; Art. IV. Du pretendu lamantin du Xurd, do
Stellcr, pp. 296-299 : Art. V. Dudugong, pp. 300-302; Art. VI. Ossemens fossiles de lamantins,
pp. 303-309 ; Art. VII. De quelques os de phoques trouves avec ceux de lamantins, dans lo
departement de Maine-et-Loire, et des prutendus os do morse annonces par quelques uatura-
listcs, pp. 309-312. PL xix, Ostcolo£ie des lamantins et du dugoag.

This celebrated memoir marks an epoch in the literary history of the Sirenia. After giving
a detailed history of the views respecting the affinities of these aniraals entertained by pro-

494 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1809. CUVIER, G.— Continued.

vious writers, including the absurdities of mermaids and mermen, the author closes Ins his-
torical resume by stating that the Sirenia form three distinct genera, the Lamantins (of which
he recognizes two species), the Dugong, and Stcller's Sea-Cow, and that these three genera
constitute a separate family, very different from the Seals, with which they had been previ-
ously placed, and a little nearer to the Cetascct than the Pachyderms are to the Carnivores.
Buffon's four species of"LamantinNhe reduces to two. Then follows an account, with figures,
of the osteology of the Brazilian Manatee ; a comparison of the skulls of the African and
American Manatees, and a resume of tko distinctive1/ structural features of Srellcr's Sea-Cow,
whereby it is geuerically separated from the Dugong and Manatees. Cuvier's results agree
closely with the modern interpretation of the affinities and generic relations of these animals.
It was left, however, for Desmarest to bestow technical names upon the species here lirst
clearly distinguished, Cuvier throughout his memoir employing only the French vernacular
names. [496.]

1809. CUVIER, G. Stir les Lamantins et les Os fossilos de ces animaux. <^Xouv.
Ball, des Sci. par la Soc. Philom., no. 24, Sept. 1809, pp. 395, 396.
Extrait d' Ann. du Mus. d'Hist. 'Nat., xiii, pp. 273-312. See last title. [497.]

1809. DUDLEY, P. An Essay on the Natural History of Whales; with a particular
Account of the Ambergris found in the SpermaCeti Whale. <^ Philos. Trans.,
abridged by Hutton, Shaw and Pearson, 1355-1800, vii (1724-1734), 1809, pp.

78-84.

From Philos. Trans. Lond., xxxiii, no. 387, 1725, pp. 256-269, q. v. [498.]

1809. EDITOR. The Editor's Account, with Observations, of Experiments on Am-
bergris, made by Mr. John Browne, F. R. S., and by Mr. Ambrose Godfrey
Hauckewitz, F. R. S. To which are subjoined Dr. Neuman's Vindicatory
Remarks. <P/n?os. Trans., abridged by Huttou, Shaw and Pearson, 1665-
1800, vii (1724-1734), 1609, pp. 668, 6o9.

From Philos. Trans. Lond., xxxviii.no. 435, 1735, p. 437. See 1735. KEUMAXN, C. [499.]

1809. EDMONDSTON, A. A | View | of the | Ancient and Present State | of the | Zet-
land Islands; | including their | Civil, Political, and Natural History; | An-
tiquities; | and | An Account of their Agriculture, Fisheries, Commerce, | and
the state of Society and Manners. | By | Arthur Edmondston, M. D. | — | In
two volumes. | — | Vol. I [-II]. | — J Edinburgh: | Printed by James Ballan-
tyne and Co. | For Longman, Hurst, Rees, and Orme, London; and | John
Ballantyue and Co. Edinburgh. | — | 1809. 2 vols. 8°. Vol. i, pp. i-xiv, 1-
364, with map; vol. ii, pp. i-vii, 1-345.

The Zetlands not so favorable a point from which to carry on the "Whale Fishery as sup-
posed, vol. i, pp. 290-293. Of Whales and Wrecks. Section I, Of the Division of Whales,
vol. ii, pp. 154-174. Fishes [— Pisces + Cctacea]. vol. ii. pp. 29G-31G. 1. Balama Mysticetus,
2. Balczna Boops, 3. Balcena Musculus, 4. Physeter Catodon, 5. Physeter Micrnps, 6.
Physeter Tursio, p. 398; 7. Dclphinus Plwcccna, p. 399; S. Dclphinus Orea,- 9. Balcena ro8'
train, Poutoppidan [= " Dclphinus mclas, Traill"], p. 300; 10. Monodon Monoccros, pp. 301,
302. A Monodon monoceros "run on shore in Wecsdale voo in Zetland in September, 1808."
Yast multitudes of Ca'ing Whales .are noted as appearing regularly on the coast. The other
notes relating to Cetacea are of little importance. [500.]

1809. FAWKENER, W. On the Production of Ambergris. A Communication from the
Committee of Council appointed for the Consideration of all Matters relating
to Trade and Foreign Plantations; with a prefatory Letter from William
Fawkener, Esq., to Sir Joseph Banks, Bart., P. R, S. <PM1os. Trans.,
abridged by Hutton, Shaw and Pearson, 1665-1800, xvii (1791-179G), 1809,
pp. 6-8.
From Philos. Trans. Lond., Ixxxi, 1791, pp. 43-47, q. v. [501.]

1809. HAMPE, J. H. A Description of the same Narhwal [as mentioned in Dr. Stei-

gertahl's communication] <^Philos. Trans., abridged by Hutton, Shaw

and Pearson, 1635-1800, viii (1735-1743), 1809, p. 161.

From Philos. Trans. Lond., xl, no. 447, 1738, pp. 149, 150, q. v. [502.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 495

1809. HUNTER, J. Observations on the Structure and Economy of Whales.

Trans., abridged by Button, Shaw and Pearson, 1665-1800, xvi (1785-1790),
1809, pp. 306-351, pi. 5.

From Philos. Trans. Lond., Ixxvii, pt. 2, art. xxxviii, 1787, pp. 371-450, pll. xvi-xxiii, q. v.

[503.]

1809. LEUWEXHOECK, [A. VAN]. Concerning the Flesh of Whales, and the Crystal-
line humour of their Eye. <^Phllos. Trans., abridged by Huttou, Shaw and
Pearson, 1635-1800, v (1703-1712), 1809, pp. 155-157.

From Philos. Trans. Lond., xxiv, no. 293, 1704, pp. 1723-1730, q. v. [504-1

1809. NEUMAN, C. On Ambergris ..... ^Philos. Trans., abridged by Hutton, Shaw
and Pearson, 1635-1800, vii, (1724-1734), 1801), pp. 661-663.

From Philos. Trans. Lond., no. 433, 1734, p. 344, etc., q. v. [505-1

1809. RAY, J. Account of the Dissection of a Porpoise. <^Philos. Trans., abridged
by Hutton, Shaw and Pearson, 1635-1800, i (1655-1675), 1809, pp. 639-643. [With
supplementary note.]

From Philos. Trans. Lond., vi, no. 76, 1671, p. 2274, etc., q. v. [506.]

1809. ROBERTSON, J. Description of the Blunt-headed Cachalot. <^Philos. Trans.,
abridged by Hutton, Shaw and Pearson, 1665-1800,' xiii (1770-1776), 1809,
pp. 57-59, pi. 1, tig. 6.

From Philos. Trans. Lond., Ix, 1771, art. xxvii, pp. 321-324, q. v. [507.]

1809. SCHWEDIAWER, [F. X. ] An Account of Ambergris. <P/u?o*. Trans. , abridged by
Hutton, Shaw and Pearson, 1635-1800, xv (1781-1785), 1809, pp. 339-393.

From Philos. Trans. Lond., Ixxiii, art. xv, 1783, pp. 226-241, q. v. [508.]

1809. SIBBALD, R. Description of the Pediculus Ceti, &c. <^Philos. Trans., abridged
by Hutton, Shaw and Pearson, 1665-1800, v (170:3-1712), 1809, pp. 317, 318.

From Philos. Trans. Lond., xxv, no. 308, 1707, pp. 2314-2317, q. v. [509.]

1809. STAFFORD, R. Of the Tides at Bermudas, also Whales, Spermaceti .....
<^PIiitos. Trans., abridged by Hutton, Shaw and Pearson, 1G35-1800, i (1665-
1672), 1809, pp. 283, 284.

From Philos. Trans. Lond., Hi, no. 40, 1668. pp. 792-795, q. v. [510.]

1809. STEIGERTAHL, Dr. Of a Narhwal or Unicorn Fish [ Monodon monoceros'], taken in

the River Ost, in the Duchy of Bremen. <^Philos. Trans., abridged by Hut-

ton, Shaw and Pearson, 1665-1800, viii (1735-1743), 1809, pp. 160, 161, pi. 6,

fig. 1.

From Philos. Trans. Lond., xl, no. 447, 1738, pp. 147-149, q. v. [511.]

1809. TRAILL, THOMAS STEWART. Description of a new Species of Whale, Delphinus
melas. <^Nicholson's Journ. Nat. Phil., Chem., and Arts, xxii, Feb., 1809, pp.
81-83, pi. iii.

Ninety-two "Whales of this species were driven ashore in Scapay Bay, in Pomona, one of the
Orkneys, in December, 1806, at which time the drawing was taken by James "Watson, esq.
Account of the external characters and habits of the now well-known "Blackfish." [512.]

1809. TYSON, E. Phocsena; or, The Anatomy of a Porpus, dissected at Gresham Col-

lege ; with a preliminary Discourse concerning Anatomy, and a Natural His-
tory of Animals. <^Philos. Trans., abridged by Hutton, Shaw and Pearson,
1635-1800, ii (1672-1883), 1809, pp. 500, 501.

From Philos. Collections, no. 2, p. 37. See 1681. TYSOX, E. [513.]

1810. ALBERS, J. A. Undersogelse over Eeuhiorniugens (Monodon Narwal) Hierte.

<^Kongel. DansJce Fidenskab.-Sels. Skrivltr for aar 1808, 3C Rek., v, 1810, pp. 179-
183. ' [514.]

1810. LEDRU, A.-P.,et[C. N. S.]SoNNixi. Voyage | auxlles | deT6ne"riffe, | la Trinite",
Saint-Thomas, | Sainte-Croix et Porto-Ricco, | exdcutd par ordre du Gouverne-
ment Francais, | Depuis le 30 Septembre 1796 jusqu'au 7 Juin 1798, sous la |
Direction du Capitaiue Baudin, pour faire des Recherches | et des Collections
relatives a 1'Histoire Naturelle; | Contenant | Des Observations sur le Climat,
le Sol, la Population, | 1'Agriculture, les Productions de ces lies, le Caractere,
les | Mceurs et le Commerce de leurs Habitants, | Par Andre'-Pierre Ledru, |

496 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1810. LEDRU, A.-R, et [C. N. S.] Soxxixi— Continued.

L'un cles Naturalistes de 1'Expedition, Membre de la Socie"t6 des Arts | du
Mans, de l'Acade"inie Celtique de Paris, du Mus6e de Tours, | Ex-Pro fesseur de
Legislation pres TEcole Centrale de la Sartho. | Ouvrage accompagne' de Notes
et d'Additions, | Par M. [C. S.] Sonnini. j Avec une tres-belle Carte gravde
par J. B. Tardieti, d'apres Lopez. | Tome Premier [et Second], | A Paris, |
Chez Arthus Bertrand, Libraire, rue Hantefeuille, n°. 23. | — | 1810. 2 vols.,
8°. Vol. i, 1, 1. pp. i-xlvij, 1-315, 1. 1 ; vol. ii, 1. 1, pp. 1-324, 1. 1. Map.

Dauphin (Delphinus delphis Linii.), p. 2 (par Ledru), pp. 24-27 (par Sonniui). Marsouin
(Delphinus phoccena L.), p. 214 (par Ledru), pp. 221-224 (par Sonnini). Combat entre line
Baleino (Le Gibbar, Balcuna physalus L.) ot Scie (Squalus pristis L.), pp. 217, 218 (par Leclru),
Le Gribbar, pp. 220, 221 (par Soimini). Le Lamantin (Manatus australis Gm.), p. 238 (par
Ledru), pp. 294, 293 (par Sonuini). [515.]

1810. PEROX, [FRAxgois], e< [CHARLES ALEXAXDER] LE LESUER. Notice sur 1'habi-

tatiou des Animaux Marius. < Ann. du Mm. d'Hist. nat., xv, 1810, pp. 287-292.

Balcena my'sticetus, p. 288. [516.]

1810. VIBORG, E. [Supplementary note to J. A. Alber's " Undersogelse over Eenhior-

ningens (Monodon Narwal) Hierte."] <^Kongel. Danske Fidensloab.-Selslc.
Slcrivter, for aar 1808, v, 1810, pp. 183, 184. [517.]

1811. Axox. A Description of the Feroe Islands, containing an Account of their Sit-
} uation, Climate, and Productions ; together with the Manners and Customs

of the Inhabitants, their Trade, &c. By the Rev. G. Laiidt. <^Quar. Eti'.,
iv, 1811, pp. 333-342.

Contains a few lines (pp. 338, 339) respecting the dread of the Feroese fishermen of "Whales,

and their method of driving them away by the use of unpleasant odcrs, as castoreum and oil

* of juniper! [518.]

1811. Axox. ? [REXAUDOT, Abbe, translator.] An Account of the Travels of two Mo-
hammedans through India and China in the Ninth Century. Translated from
the Arabic by the Abbe" Renaudot. <^Plnlcer ton's Coll. Voy. and Trav., vii,
1811, pp. 179-230.

Of Ambergris, pp. 222, 223. Ambergris is cast upon the coast of the Indian Ocean, and
is also found floating on the surface of the sea. "When a certain fish of the Whale Idnd,
called Tol, sees these floating lumps, he swallows the same, and is killed thereby." Then
men seize the dead whale and tow it ashore and take out the Ambergris. [519.]

1811. FLEMIXG, JOHX. Description of a Small-headed Narwal, cast ashore in Zetland.
<Mem. We.rn. Soc. Nat. Hist., i, 1811, pp. 131-148, 1 pi.

A short diagnosis, with synonymy of Monodon vulgaris and M. microcephalus. The plato
gives two figures of M. microcephalus. [520.]

1811. G. Recherches d'anatomie compar<5e sur les dents, par 1. C. Cuvier. <^BulL de
la Soc. Philom. de Paris, iii. 1811, No. 62, pp. 1S5*-169* (i. e., 265-269).

Dans le dugong et le narval, p. 165. [521 . ]

1811. HERAUSGEBER. E. Home iiber eiuige Eigenthumlichkeiten des Gehororgans des
Wallfisches (Balaena mysticetus). (Ausden Philosoph. Tr., 1811, p. i.) <Deut-
sches Archiv f. d. Physiol., iii, 1817, pp. 137-139.

Auszug. [522.]

1811. ILLIGER, C. Caroli Illigeri D. | Acad. Reg. Scient. Berolinens. et Bavaricae
sod. | Museo Zoologico Berolin. Praefecti, | Professoris extraod. | Prodromus |
Systematis | Mammalium et Avium | additis | Termiuis zoographicus utrius-
que Classis, | eorumque | versioue Germanica. | — | . . . . [ = Motto, 3 lines. ]
| — | Beroliui | Surnptibus C. Salfeld | 1811. 8°. pp. i-xviii, 1-302.
Sirenia, pp. 140, 141. Genera, 1. Manatus, 2. Halicore, 3. Itytina. 2 et 3 genn. nn.
Cete, pp. 141-144. 1. Balaena [Linn, et auct. var.] ; 2. Ccratodon (ex Briss. — Monodon,
Linn., Diodon, Storr, Narwalus, Lac6p.); 3. Ancyclodon [gen. n. — Anarnacus, Lacep.]; 4.
Physeter [Linn, et auct. var.] ; S. Delphinus [Linn, et auct. var. ] ; 6. Uranodon [gen. n. = Hy-
peroodon, Lac6p.]. Cum charac. gener. [523. |

1811. K^MPFER, E. The History of Japan. By Engelbert Kempfer, M. D. Physician
to the Dutch Embassy to the Emperor's Court; and translated from his orig-

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 497

1811. K^MPFER, E. — Continued.

inal Manuscript, in the German Language, never before printed. By J. G.
Scheuchzer, F. R. S. And a Member of tbe College of Pbysicians, London.
<PinJcerton's Coll. Voy. and Trav., vii, 1811, pp. 652-821.

Chap. VIII. Of Fish and Shells, pp. 705-712. At pp. 706, 707 is a short account of "several
sorts of whales," to wit: 1. Sebio, "the largest fish of the Whale kind,— probably Balcena,
mysticetus, 2. Awo sangi or kokadsura, a small gray or ash-colored whale, probably Hhachi-
anectes glaums, 3. Nagass, "twenty to thirty fathoms long," 4. Sotoo-kadsura, 5. Moko,
"three or four fathoms in length," 6. Iwasikura, "that is, sardin's-eater,"— doubtless a
Balcenoptera. The Satsifiko, also mentioned, may be an Orca, but as described is certainly a,
myth.

The original work, of which merely an extended abstract is here given, was published
in 1727 (London, fol.). The Appendix, containing the observations on Ambergris, is omitted.

For notice of the original work, see Addenda, 1727. K^JMPFBB. [524.]

1811. MARSDEN, "W. The | History of Sumatra, | containing an account of | the-Gov-
ernment, Laws, Customs, and Manners | of | the Native Inhabitants, | with | a
description of the Natural Productions, | and a relation of the | Ancient Polit-
ical State of that Island. | — | By | William Marsden, F. R. S. | — | The third
edition, with corrections, additions, and plates. | — ' | London: | Printed for
the Author, | by J. M'Creery, Black-Horse-Court, ( And sold by | Longman,
Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown, Paternoster-Row. | — | 1811. 4°. pp. i-viii,
1-479, 11. 4.
Duyong or Sea Cow, p. 122. Grampus "Whale (Delphinus sp.), p. 122. [525.]

1811. NEILL, PATRICK. Some account of a Fin- Whale stranded near Alloa. <^Mein.
Wern. Soc. Nat. Hist, i, 1811, pp. 201-214.

Identified as Balcenoptera acuto-rostrata. [526.)

1811. PARKINSON, J. Organic Remains of a Former World. | — | An | Examination
of the Mineralized Remains | of the | Vegetables and Animals | of the | Ante-
del uvian World ; | generally termed | Extraneous Fossils. | — | By James Park-
inson. | In three volumes. | [Vignette.] The third Volume ; | containing | the
Fossil Starfish, Echini, Shells, Insects, Amphibia, Mammalia, &c. | — | Lon-
don: | Printed by Whittingham and Rowland, | Goswell Street ; | and pub-
lished by Sherwood, Neely, and Jones, Paternoster-Row; | . . . . [=3 lines,
names of other publishers.] | — | 1811. 4°. pp. i-xvi, 1-479, pll. i-xxii.
Vol. i, The Vegetable Kingdom, 1820; vol. ii, The Fossil Zoophytes, 1808.
"Cete, or Ceti," and "Amphibia" [—Pinnipedia-}- Sirenia], vol. iii, pp. 309, 310, pi. xx, fig.
1 (supposed Cetacean tooth). [527.)

1811. SCORESBY, W., jr. Account of the Balsena mysticetus, or Great Northern or
Greenland Whale. <Mem. Wern. Soc. Nat. Hist., i, 1811, pp. 578-586, 1 pi.
Description, measurements, and habits. [528.]

1811. ZIMMERMANN, E. A. W. Die I Erde und ihre Bewohner | nach | den neuesten

Entdekkungen | — | Ein Lesebuch fur Geographic, V61kerkunde | Produkten-
lehre uud den Handel | von | E[berhard]. A[ugust]. W[ilhelm]. Zimmer-
mann. | — | Dritter Theil. | Die westliche arctische Welt. | — | Mit eineni
Titelkupfer und einer Karte. | — | Leipzig bei Gerhard Fleischer dem Jun-
gern. | 1811. 8°. pp. i-viii, 1-327.

Die grossen Fischereien der arctischen Erde.— 1) Der "Wallfischfang, pp. 239-261. 1. Der
gemeine "Wallfisch (Balaena Mysticetus), p. 241-245. 2. Der Finnfisch (Balaena Physalus
L.), p- 245. 3. Der ]S"ordkaper, Das Breitmaul (Balaena Musculus), pp. 245, 246; [4.] Der
Cachelot oder Pottfisch (Physeter macrocephalus), pp. 246, 247. [5.] Der Narwal (Monodon
Monocoros), p. 248. [Wallfischfang], pp. 249-261. (The Seal-fishery is treated, pp. 261-
266.) [529.]

1812. C., F. [=CuviER, FREDERIC]. Description des C6tace"s 6chou6s dans la baye

de Paimpol ; par M. G. Cuvier. <^Nouv. Bull, de la Soc. Philom. de Paris, iii,
5C anu6e, no. 56, mai 1812, pp. 69-91.
Extrait. [530.]

32 OB

498 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1812. C., F. [= CUVIER, FREDERIC]. Notice sur une espece de Dauphin observed dans
la mer glaci.ile; par M. Fre"minville, lieutenant de vaisseau. <^Nouv. Bull,
de Sci. par la Soc. Philom. de Paris, iii, 5e annde, no. 56, mai 1812, p. 71.

Extrait. [531.]

1812. CUVIER, [G.]. Rapport fait a la classe des Sciences mathe"matiques et physi-
ques, sur divers Ce'tace's pris sur les c6tes de France, principaleraent sur ceux
qui sont e'choue's pros de Paimpol, le 7 Janvier 1812. <^Ann. du Mus. d'Hist.
mat., xix, 1812, pp. 1-16, pi. i.

Kemarques g6n6rals snr les especes de la famille des Dauphins, qni sont divis6 de la
maniere suivante : 1°. Les Delphinapteres (Lacep.); 11°. Les Marso uins; III0. Les Dauphins
proprement dits; IV°. Les Hyperoodons.

Delphinus griseus, Delphinus globiceps, Delphinus dubius, spp. nn., p. 14.

PI. i, Delphinus griseus, D. globiceps (2 figg.), D. Aries ? [532.]

1812. HOME, EVERARD. An Account of some Peculiarities in the Structure of the
Organ of Hearing in the Balaena Mysticetus of Linnaeus. <^Philos. Trans. Lond.,
[cii], pt. 1, art. iii, 1812, pp. 83-89, pll. i, ii.

Description of the membrana tympani, with figures of the external and internal parts of
the organ of hearing. [533.]

1812. LA HoxTAN, Baron de. Travels in America, etc. <^Pinkerton's Coll. Voy. and

Trav., xiii, 1812, pp. 254-273.

Reprinted from the second English ed., London, 1735, 2 vols., 8°.

The Cetacean matter is at pp. 356, 357. See 1703. LA HONTAN. [534.]

1813. HOME, EVERARD. On the Tusks of the Narwhale. <Philos. Trans. Lond., [ciii],

pt. 1, art, xviii, 1813, pp. 126-130, pi. vii.

Figures are given of the young skull of a male Narwhal, a female skull, milk tusks, lower
jaw, and section of a full-grown tusk. [535.]

1813. SCORESBY, WILLIAM, Jr. Account of the Balaena Mysticetus, or Great Northern

or Greenland Whale. (Illustrated by an Engraving.) <^Annals of Philos., i,
1813, pp. 51-55, pi. 1.

Reprinted from the Mem. Wern. Soc., vol. i, p. 578 et seqq., q. v. [536.]

1814. BLUMEXBACH, J. F. Handbuch | der | Naturgeschichte | von | Joh. Fried. Blu-

menbach. | — | Multa nunt eadem sed aliter. | Quintilian. | — | Neunte Aus-
gabe. | — j Gottingen, 1814. | Bei Heinrich Dieterich. 8°. pp. i-xiv, 1-754,
11. 20, pll. i, ii.

IX. Cetacea, pp. 134-137. 4 genera, 6 species. The eighth order, Palmata, includes Tri-
chechus, of which the Manatees form the second "species" (Tricliechus Manatus, p. 134), the
habitat being(given as the rivers and sea coasts of the warmer parts of the earth. [537.]

1814. LEWIS, M., and W. CLARKE. History | of | The Expedition | under the command
of | Captains Lewis and Clark, | to | the sources of the Missouri, | thence |
across the Rocky Mountains | and down the | River Columbia to the Pacific
Ocean. | Performed during the years 1804-5-6. | By order of the | Government
of the United States. | Prepared for the press | by Paul Allen, Esquire. | In
two Volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | Philadelphia: | Published by Bradford and Ins-
keep; and | Abm. H. Inskeep, Newyork. | J. Maxwell, Printer. | 1814. 2 vols.
8°. Vol. i, pp. i-xxviii, 1-470, maps; vol. ii, pp. i-ix, 1-522, maps.

"This is the editio princeps of the authentic narrative." Coues (Bull. U. S. Geol. and Oeog.
Surv. Terr., 2d set., no. C, Feb. 8, 1876, pp, 417-444) gives a detailed account of the different
editions and versions of this important work, with a commentary on its zoological matter.

At pp. 105-111 are passing references to a stranded Whale met with near the mouth of tho
Columbia River, tho skeleton of which (p. Ill) was found to measure 105 feet in length. At
p. 1 196, same volume, is a short account of "the whale" and "the porpoise." I omit reference
to the numerous subsequent editions. [533.]

1814. RAFINESQUE, C. S. Precis | des ddcouvertes et travaux | somiologiques | de
Mr. C. S. Rafmesque Schmaltz. | eiitre 1^00 et 1814 | Ou choix raisonnd de sea
principales Decouvertes | en Zoologie et en Botanique, pour servir | d:intro-
duction a ses ouvrages | futurs | — | De Linnd le g6nie il a choisi pour

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 499

1814. RAFINESQUE, C. S. — Continued.

guide. | — | Palermo | Royale Typographic militaire. | 1814. | Aux d<5pens de
TAuteur. 16° (4° by sig.). pp. 1-56.

"III. Cr. EPIODON* (Cetace). Plusieurs dents & la, machoire superieure, aucune a 1'iufe-
rieure ; aucune nageoire clorsale, 6vents r6unis sur la tete.

"5. Epiodon urganantus. Corps oblong, attenu6 posterieurement : muscau arrondi, ma-
choire superieure un peu plus lougue, dents egales obtuses. — Obs. Ce Cetace fut pris vers
1790 sur les cotes de la Sieile, j'en ai eu le dessin. Dans ma Mastologie Sicilieune je flxerai
et decrirai plusieurs autres C6tac6s des mers de la Sieile, figures par Mongitore, je les ai nomrne
Delphinus dalippus, Physeter urganantus, Oxypterus mongitori N. G. a deux nageoires dor-
sales, &c." p. 13.

The above is a full transcrip t of that portion of this rare work relating to Cetaceans. [539.]

1815. ANOX. Notes on Nantucket, August 1st, 1807. <Coll. Mass. Hist. Soc., 2d ser.,

iii, 1815, pp. 19-38.

Hunting of Seals, Whalo Fishery, pp. 29, 30. Number of vessels employed in Sealing and
"Whaling, and where cruising. [540.]

1815. ANOX. Size of the Whale. <Ann. of Philos., vi, 1815, pp. 74, 75.

A proposof a statement by \V. Scoresby (op. cit., i, 1813, 51-55) on the size of the "Whale is
here cited Capt. Clarke's measurement of a Whale's skeleton n6ar the Columbia River, " 105
feet in length." (See 1814. LEWIS, M., and W. CLARKE.) [541.]

1815. BLAIXVILLE, H. DE. Note sur 1'existence des nerfs olfactifs dans le dauphin, et,
par analogic, dans les autres ce'tace's. <^BulL des ScL, par la Soc. Philom.,
1815, pp. 193-195. [542.]

1815. HUBBARD, WILLIAM. The General History of New England, from the first dis-
covery thereof, till the year 1680. <^Coll. Mass. Hist. Soc., 2d ser., vols. v, vi,
1815, pp. 1-676.

Whales killed on the south side of Long Island, near Southhold, vi, pp. 668, 659, 673. [543. ]

1815. ILLIGER, [C.]. Ueberblick der Sliugthiere nach ihrer Vertheilung iiber die
Welttheile. <Abhandl. d. Ron. AJcad. d. Wissens. in Berlin, 1804-181.1 (1815),
pp. 39-159.

Gete und Sirenia passim. Die Ordnung Natantia enthalt 2 Familien (Sirenia und Cete), 9
G-attungen und 47 Arten (p. 52). Sirenia, 1 Arten; Cete, 40 Arten (p. 53).

Of the "40" spp. of Cete enumerated in his several tables of distribution a considerable
proportion are nominal, they including such names as Monodon microcephalies and M. an-
dersonianus. Ancylodon anarnak, Physeter orthodon, cylindricus, trumpo, etc., Delphinus
senedetta, ventricosus, feres, etc. ; in addition to a Delphinus bidens we have Hyperodon re-
tusus. There is also a ' ' Manatus ? Simia," a Manatus fluvialis, and M. Sphaerurus, in addition
to M. australis. There is also a Rytina cetacea as well as a Rytina borealis. The lists are, so
far at least as the Cete and Sirenia are concerned, worthless conglomerations, which, as in
the case of other groups treated in the same connection, appear to contain some names coined
for the occasion, without descriptions or textual references. The paper may be safely ig-
nored so far as Cetology is concerned. [544.]

1815. SCORESBY, WILLIAM, jr. Description of the Woaps : and Observations on the

Size of the Whale. <Annals of PMlos., vi, 1815, pp. 313, 314.

In reply to previous remarks in the Annals (1. c., p. 74) on the size of the Whale. [545.]

1815-18. "LAING, JOHX. Voyage to Spitsbergen ; containing a full description of that
country, of the zoology of the North, and of the Shetland isles, with an ac-
count of the Whale-fishery. London, 1815-1818. 8°."

Not seen; from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 240, no. 3497. [546.]

1816. BLAINVILLE, H. DE. Prodrome d'nne nouvelle distribution systematique du

regne animal. <^Bull. de la Soc. Pliilom. de Paris, 1816, pp. 105-124.

Mammiferes, p. 109. Sous-Classe Ire. Monodelphes, III6 degre ou Ordre, les Eden-

* ' a ? 5 Normaux

' i Anormaux, pour nager . . Cetac.'s 1 [547.]

1816. G[ERADIN], S. Baleine. <Dict. des Sci. Nat., iii, 1816, pp. 417-468.

[Considerations generates] , pp. 417-432. 1. La Baleine franche (Balcena mysticetus, Linn.),
pp. 433-438. 2. La Baleine nord-caper (Balcena mysticetus, Linn., var. B. edit, de Gmelm),
pp. 438, 439. 3. La Baleine uoueuse (Balcena nodosa, Lacep.), pp. 439, 440. 4. La Baleine
bossue (Balcena gibbosa, Lacep.), p. 440. 5. La Baleiuoptere gibbar (Balcmoptera gibbar,

500 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1816. G[ERADIN], S. — Continued.

Lacep.), pp. 441, 442. 6. La Baleinoptere jubarte (Baleenoptera jubartes, Lacep.), pp. 442-444.
7. La Baleinoptere rorqual (Baleenoptera rorqual, Lacep.), pp. 444, 445. 8. La Baleinoptera
museau-pointu (Baleenoptera acuto-rostrata, Lacep.), pp. 446, 447. [Sur lea organs du sens,
des moeurs et de Peche des Baleines, etc.], pp. 447-468.

We find here again the carious myth about the Indians of Florida capturing Whales by
getting astride them and plugging their blowholes with conical pieces of wood, etc., here bor-
rowed from Duhamel. See 1590. ACOSTA, J. DE, and 1602. DE BRY. [548.]

1816. PITKIX, T. A | Statistical View | of the | Commerce | of the | United States of
America : | its connection with | Agriculture and Manufactories : | And an Ac-
count of the | Public Debt, Revenues, and Expenditures | of the | United
States. | With a brief Review of the Trade, Agriculture, and | Manufactories
of the Colonies, previous to | their Independence. | Accompanied with Table
illustrative of the | Principles and Objects of the Work. | — | By Timothy
Pitkin, | a Member of the House of Representatives of the United States, |
from the State of Connecticut, f — | Hartford : | Printed by Charles Hosmer.
| — | 1816. 8°. pp. i-xii, 1-407, i-xx.

Tho Whale Fishery, pp. 42-47. Table no. viii. State of the Whale Fishery in Massachu-
setts, from 1771 to 1775, inclusive, p. 78. Table no. ix. State of the Whale Fishery, from 1787
to 1789, both inclusive, p. 79. Table 110. x. Whale Oil— gallons, p. 80. Table no. x— continued.
Spermaceti Oil— gallons, p. 81.

A succinct history of the American Whalefishery, • with statistica tables of its pro-
ducts. [549.]

1816-17. VIREY, — , et [A. G.] DESMAREST. [Des Baleines, des Baleinopteres, des Ca-
chalots et des Dauphins.] <tfouv. Diet. ff Hist. Nat., iii, 1816, pp. 164-201;
iv, 1816, pp. 525-534 ; ix, 1817, pp. 146-180.

This is a joint production by Virey and Desmarest, written mainly, however, by "Virey,
under the words "Baleine," "Baleinoptera," and under the same words with various specific
modifications, signed respectively "Virey" and "Desm." In the list of authors facing the
title-page of the several volumes of the Nouv. Diet., etc., the articles on "Les Quadru-
pedes, les Cetaces et les Animaux fossiles," are said to be written by Desmarest, and Virey is
stated to have written "Les articles generaux de 1'Hist. nat., particulierement de 1'Homme,
des Animaux, de leur structure, de leur physiologie et de leurs facultes." In the following
collation each author's share in the work is indicated.

Baleine, Baleena, generalities of the subject, and account of the species, pp. 164-194, signed.
Virey. 1. Balcena mysticetus, Linn., pp. 1G8-183, pi. cxl, fig. 1, juv., fig. 2, ad. from Scoresby ;
2. Balcena glacialis, Bonn., pp. 183-185 ; 3. Balcena gibbosa, Linn, et Bonn., pp. 185-186; de la
Peche de la Baleine, pp. 186-194. Thus far by Virey. Then follows a nominal list of six
species under French names, by Desmarest.

Baleinoptere, Baleenoptera, pp. 194-201, mostly by Virey, with the interpolation of para-
graphs by Desmarest. 1. Baleenoptera gibbar. Lac6p., pp. 195-196, by Virey; 2. Balcenop-
tera jubartes, Lacep., B. boops, Ginel., pp. 196-198, by Virey ; 3* Baleenoptera rorqual, Lacep. ;
B. musculus, Gmel., p. 198, partly by Desraarest and partly by Virey ; 4. Baleenoptera acuto-
rostrata, Lacep., Balcena rostrata, Gmel., p. 200, partly by Desmarest and partly by Virey.

.Cachalot, Physeter, t. iv, 1816, pp. 525-534, signed, " Virey et Desm." General history of the
group, pp. 525-532 ; 1. Physeter macrocephalus, Shaw, pp. 532, 533; 2. Physeter trumpo, Bonn.,
pp. 533; 3. Physeter catodon, Linn, et Bonn., pp. 533, 534.

Dauphin, Delphinus, t. ix, 1817, pp. 146-180, pirtly by Virey and partly by Desmarest.
External characters and general history (the first paragraph signed "Desm.," then about
four pages signed "Virey," and about another page signed "B. V."), pp. 146-151; [ler
Sous-genre, Delphinoryhnchus, Blaiuv.]. 1. ''Delphinus Geoffrensis, Blainv., pp. 151, 152;
2. *DelpMnu8 coronatus [Freminville], pp. 152, 153; 3. * Delphinus Shawensis, Blainv. (D.
rostratus, Shaw), pp. 153, 154; 4. Delphinus Pernettensia, Blainv., p. 154; [2e Sous-genre, Dei-
phinus, Blainv.]. 5. * Delphinus delphis, pp. 154-158; 6. D. chinensis, Osbeck, p. 158; 7. *D.
dubius, Cuv., p. 158; 8. *D. tursio, Bonn., p. 158; 9. D. tursio, Fabr., p. 159; 10. *D. ros-
tratus, Cuv., p. 160; 11. *D. orca, p. 161; 12. D. feres, Bonn., p. 162; 13. D. canadensis,
Blainv., p. 163; 14. D. Bertini, Duhamel, p. 163; [3« Sous-genre, Oxypterus, Rafines.]. 15.
O. Mongitori, Ratines., p. 163; [4e Sous-genre, Phoccena, Cuv.]. 16. * Delphinus phoccena, Linn.,
p. 163; 17. D. Peronii, Licep., p. 165; 18. D. Cominersonii, Lacep., p. 1G6; 19. *D. gladia-
tor, Lacep., p, 166; 2O. D. grampus. Hunter, p. 168; 21. *D.griseus, Cuv., p. 169; 22. D.
ventricoms, Blainv., p. 169; 23. *D. globiceps, Cuv., p. 170 ; 24. Dauphin de Risso, Cuv., D.
arits? p. 172; [5e Sous-genre, Delphinopterus, Lacep.]. 25. D. leucas, Gmel., p. 173; [6«
Sous-genre, Heterodon, Blainv.]. 26. Anarnacus groenlandicus, Lacep., p. 175; 27. D. Chem-
nitzianus (Balcena rostrata, Chemu.), p. 175; 28. D. edentulus, Schreb.,p. 175; 29. D.biden-

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 501

1816-17. VIREY, — , et [A. G.] DESMAREST— Continued.

tatun, Hunter, p. 176; 3O. Hyperodon Butskopf, Lacep., p. 176; 31. T). Sowerbensis, Blainv.,
p. 177; 32. Epiodon urganantus, Rafines., p. 177 ; 33. *D. densirostris, sp. n., p. 178 (based on
a fragment of upper jaw) ; Dauphins fossiles, p. 179; French names of Dolphins, pp. 179,
180.

Species 1-25 are described by Virey, with the interpolation of a short paragraph by
Desmarest in the account of no. 19, p. 167 ; species 26 to 33, as well as the remaining pages
of the article, are by Desmarest.

Delphinus densirostris, Desrn., sp. n., p. 178. The 14 species marked with an asterisk, the
authors state (p. 151, note), are those whose validity is considered to be well established.
Jn concluding, they state (p. 178) : " Pour rectifer convenablement la synonymie de ces especes,
de nouveaux reneignemens nous soiit absolument indispensables " ; and for this purpose in-
vite travelers and naturalists to give special attention to their descriptions, and direct atten-
tion to points to be observed.

In these articles the compilers have brought the subject thoroughly up to date ; they not
only include the species described since the time of Lacepede, but reject a few admitted by
that author. Although strictly a compilation, it well represents the state of the subject at
this date. [550.]

1816-29. CUVIER, F. Dictionnaire | des | Sciences naturelles. | — | Planches. | 2«
Partie: Regue organise. | Zoologie. | — | Mammiieres. | Par | M. Frederic
Cuvier, | Membre de 1' Academic des sciences, charge" en chef de la Mdnagerie
royale. | — | Paris, | F. G. Levrault, libraire-eVliteur, rue de la Harpe, n°. 81, |
Meme maison, rue des Juifs, n°. 33, a Strasbourg. | 1816-1829. 8°. pp. 1-13,
pll. col., i-c.

Cetaces (=Sirenia -\-Cete), pi. xcvi, fig. 1, Lamantin ; pi. xcvii, fig. 1, Dugong des Indes,
fig. 2, Delphinorhynque (= Platanista) ; pi. xcviii, fig. 1, Dauphin vulgaire, fig.^2, Heterodon
a deux dents; pi. xcix, fig. 1, ^Narwal vulgaire, fig. 2, Cachalot macrocephale1; pi. c, fig. 1,
Baleine tranche (altered from Martens?) fig. 2, Baleinoptere Rorqual.

The plates themselves are not numbered, but iu the "table des planches" (p. 4-13) these
are numbered consecutively from 1-100, with a list of the names engraved on the plates and
reference to the volume and page of the Dictionnaire where the species are describe. [551.]

1817. CUVIER, G. Le | Regne animal | distribue" | d'apres son organisation, | pour
servir de base a Phistoire naturelle des ani- | maux et d'iutroduction a 1'ana-
tomie compared. | Par M. le Cher. Cuvier, | . . . . [titles, 5 lines]. | Avec Fi-
gures, desine"es d'apres nature. | Tome I, | contenant | 1'iutroduction, les Mam-
miferes et les Oiseaux. | Chez Deterville, Libraire, rue Hautefeuille, 11°. 8.
| — | De 1'imprimerie de A. Belin, | 1817. 8°. pp. i-xxxvii, 1-540.

This is the editio princeps of the celebrated Regne animal.

Huitieme Ordre des Marnmife'res. Les Cetaces, pp. 271-287.

Les Cetaces herbivores = Sirenia ; genera 1. Manatus, p. 273, 2. Halicore, p. 274, 3. By-
Una, p. 275 ; species not formally designated.

Les Cetaces ordinaires=(?etae0a: Les Dauphins (Delphinus, L.), pp. 277-280. Les Dau-
phins propremeut dits (Delphinus, Cuv.), pp. 277,278. 1. Delphinus delphis, L., p. 278; 2.
D. rostratus, Shaw, p. 278; 3* D. tursio, Bonn., p. 278. Les Marsouins (Phoccena, Cuv., gen.
n.), p. 279; 4. Le Marsouin commun (D. Phoccena, L.), p. 279; 5. L'Epaulard (D. orca et D.
gladiator, Lacep.), p. 279. Les Delphiuapteres (Lacep.); 6. Le Beluga ou Epaulard blanc
(D. leucas, Gm., D. albicans, Pabr.), p. 280; Les Hyperoodons (Lacep.), p. 280; [7. D. eden-
tulus, Schreb.], p. 280. Les Narwals (Monodon, L.), pp. 280-282; 8. Monodon monoceros,
Lin., p. 281. Les Cachalots (Physeter, L.), pp. 282-284; [9. Cachalot macrocephale de Shaw
et de Bonn, non le macrocephale de Linne], p. 283. Les Physeteres (Lacep.), p. 284 [no species
formally recognized]. Les Baleines (Balcena, L.), pp. 284-286; 10. La Baleine franche (B.
mysticetus, L.), pp. 285, 286 ; 11. Le Xord-Caper (B. glacialis, Klein), p. 286. Les Balenopteres
a ventre lisse, pp. 287, 288; 12. Le Gibbar (Balcena physalus, L.), p. 287. Les Balenopteres
a ventre plisse, p. 287 ; 13. La Jubarte des Basques (Bal. loops, L.), p. 287.

Phoccena, gen. n., p. 279.

The treatment of the Cetacea here presented is strongly in contrast with that of Bouna-
terre, Lacepede, and their followers, and even with that of still earlier systematists. "While
Cuvier rejects many of the fictitious species of the early authors, recognizing but a single
species of Narwhal, and sagaciously hinting at the existence of only a single species of Ca-
chalot, he runs to the opposite extreme among the Fin-Whales, rejecting species as too
vaguely known that have since proved well-founded. "We have here the foreshadowing of
the wholesome conservatism later displayed by the author in his treatment of the Sirenians
and Cetaceans in his Ossemtens fossiles. [552. |

502 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1817. DESMAREST, A. Dugorig. <Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., ix, 1817, pp. 603-604.

Ptesume of its affinities as variously maintained by previous authors, with the recognition
of the single species "Trichecus dugong, Gmel. [553.]

1817. DESMAREST, A. G. Lainantin. <^Nouv. Diet. ffHist. Nat., xvii, 1817, pp. 258-
234.

Generalities, pp. 258-261 ; Species, 262, 263 ; Lamantius fossiles, pp. 263-264. Spp. 2, Man-
atus americanus et M. senegalensis, Desm. [554.]

1817. DESMAREST, A. G. Maiumalogie. <Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., xviii, 1817, pp.
483-542.

History, including synopsis of classifications, pp. 483-526; external characters, pp. 526-542.

[555.]

1817. EDITOR. Narrative of a Voyage to Hudson's Bay, in His Majesty's Ship Rosa-
mond, containing some Account of the North-eastern Coast of America, and
of the Tribes inhabiting that remote Region. By Lieut. Chappell. <^Quart.
Eev., xviii, 1818, pp. 199-223. Map.

Review of the work. Contains a paragraph (p. 212) on "Whales struck with the harpoon
on the coast of Spitzbergen and afterward killed in Davis Strait. [556.]

1817. G[ERARDIX], S. Cachalot. <Dicf. des Sci. Nat., vi, 1817, pp. 38-83.

[Considerations generales], pp. 38-44. Premiere famille, Les Narwals, Narwali, pp. 44-49.
1. Le Narwal vulgaire (Monodon monoceros, Linn.), pp. 45-48. 'J. Le Narwal microcephale
(Narwalus microccphalus, Lacep.), p. 48. 3. Le Nai-wal andersonien (N. andersonianus),
p. 49. Deuxierae famille. Les Anarnaks, Anarnaci,i>p. 49, 50. 4. L'Anarnak grocnlandois
(Anarnak grcenlandiciis, Lac6p.), p. 49. Troisieme famille. Les Cachalots proprement dits,
Catodontes, pp. 50-59. 5. Le Cachalot macrocephale (Physeter macrocephalus, Gm.), pp. 50-
56. 6. Le Cachalot trumpo (Catodon macrocephahis, Gm.), pp. 56-58. 7. Le Cachalot svi-
neval (Physeter catodon, Gm.), p. 58. 8. Le Cachalot blanchatre (Catodon macrocephalus,
Var. B., Gm.), p. 58. Quatrieme famille. Les Physales, Physali, pp. 59-61. 9. Le Physalo
cylindrique (Physalus cylindricus, Lacep.), pp. 59-61. Ciuquieme famille. Les Phys6teres,
Physeteres, pp. 61-65. 10. Le Physetere mycrope (P. mycrops, Gm.), pp. 61, 62. 11. Le
Phys6tere orthodon (B. mycrops, Var. B., Gm.), pp. 63, 04. 14. Le Physetere mular (P. tur-
sio, Gm.), pp. 64, 65. Sfeieme famille. Les Delphinapteres, Delphinapteri, pp. 65-67. 13. Le
Delphinaptere beluga (Delphinapterus leucas, Gm.), pp. 65-G7. 14. Le Delphinaptere sen6-
dette (Delphinapterus senedetta, Lacep.), p. 67. Septieme famille. Les Dauphins, Delphini,
pp. 67-81. 15. Le Dauphin vulgaire (Delphinus delphis, Gm.), pp. 68-71. 16. Le Dauphin
marsouin (D. phoccena, Gm.), pp. 71-74. 17. Le Dauphin orque (D. orca, Gm., Var. A.),
pp. 74,75. 18. Le Dauphin gladiateur (D. orca, Gm., Var. B.), pp. 75-77. 19. Le Dauphin
nesernack (D. nesarnack, Lacep.). p. 77. 20. Le Dauphin diodon (D. diodon, Lacep.), p. 78.
21. Le Dauphin ventru (D. ventricosus, Lacep.), p. 78. 22. Le Dauphin feres, D. feres.
Lacep.), p. 79. 23. Le Dauphin de Duhamel (D. Duhamelii, Lacep.), p. 79. 24. Le Dau-
phin de Peron (D Peronii, Lacep.), p. 80. 25. Le Dauphin de Commerson (D. Commersoni,
Lacep.), p. 81. Huitieme et derniere famillo des cachalots. Les Hyperoodons, Hyperoodon-
tes, pp. 81-82. 26. L'Hyperoodon butskopf (D. orca, Gm., Var. C.), pp. 81-83.

A compilation, mainly from Lacepede, whose nomenclature is followed. The species are
the same as those recognized by Lacepede. [557. J

1817. [MILLAR, or MILLER, JAMES.] Cetology. <^Encycl. Brit., 5th ed., v, 1817, pp.
327-360, pll. cxl, cxli.

Chap. i. Of the Classification and Natural History of Cetaceous Fishes, pp. 328-341 . Chap,
ii. Of the Anatomy and Physiology of Cetaceous Fishes, pp. 341-353. Chap. iii. Of the "Whale
Fishery, pp. 353-359.

The genera recognized are, i, Balcena, ii, Monodon, iii, Physeter, iv, Delphinus. The species
are the following: 1. Balcena Mysticetus, pp. 329, 330, pi. cxl, fig. 1. 2. JBalcena Gladalis, pp.
330, 331. 3. Balcena Physalus, p. 331. 4. Balcena Nodosa, p. 331. 5. Balcena Gibbosa, p. 332.
6. Balcena Boops. p. 332. 7. Balcena Musculus, p. 333. S. Balcena Bostrata [sic], p. 333.
9. Monodon Monoceros, p. 334, pi. cxl, fig. 2. 10. Monodon Spuriiis, p. 335. 11. Physeter
Macrocephalus, pp. 334, 335, pi. cxl, fig. 3. 12. Physeter Catodon, p. 336. 13. Physeter
Trumpo, p. 336. 14. Physeter Cylindricus, p. 337. 15. Physeter Microps, p. 337. 16. Phy-
seter Mular, p. 337. 17. Delphinus Pfioccena, p. 338. IS. Delphinus Delphis, pp. 338, 339.
39. Delphinus Tursio, p. 339. 20. Delphinus Orca, p. 339, pi. cxl, fig. 4. 21. Delphinus
Gladiator, p. 310. 22. Delphinus Lcucas, p. 340. 23. Delphinus Bidentatus, p. 340. 24. Del-
vhinus Butskopf, pp. 340, 341. 25. Delphinus Feres, p. 341.

PI. cxli gives views in profile of two skulls of Whales, and views of baleen from side,
above, etc. The 4 figures of Whales given in pi. cxl are copies of well-known figures.

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 503

1817. [MILLAR, or MILLER, JAMES] — Continued.

This article appeared originally in the 4th ed. of the Encycl. Brit. (1810), according to the
preface of the present (5th) ed., and is by the editor, Dr. James Millar. It is as fair a pre-
sentation of the subject as could be expected from a writer merely qualified to glean from
respectable sources. [558.]

1818. BLAINVILLE, [H.] DE. Mammiferes, Mammalia. <Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat.,

xix, 1818, pp. 1-152. [559.]

1818. DESMAREST, A. E. Mammiferes fossiles. <Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., xix, 1818,

pp. 152-156. [560.]

1818. DKSMAREST, A. E. Narwhal, Narwhalus. <^Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., xxii, 1818,

pp. 224-228.

Species: 1. Narwhalus vulgaris, Lacep., p. 224; 2. N. microcephalus, Lac6p., p. 227; 3. N.

andersoni, Lac6p., p. 228. [561.]

1818. EGEDE, HANS. A | Description of Greenland. | By Hans Egede, | who was a
Missionary in that country | for | twenty-five years. | — | A New Edition.
| — | With an | Historical Introduction | and | a Life of the Author. | Illus-
trated ] with a map of Greenland, and numerous engravings on wood. | Sec-
ond Edition. | [Vignette.] London: | Printed for T. 'and J. Allman, | Frances
Street, Hanover Square; | W. H. Reid, Charing Cross; and Baldwin, Cradock
and Joy, | Paternoster Row. | 1818. 8°. pp. i-cxviii, 1-225, map and wood-
cuts.

Chap. vi. Of the Greenland Sea Animals, and Sea Fowls and Fishes, pp. 66-99. Cetaceans
are treated pp. 66-82.

For the editio princeps, see 1741. [562.]

1818. FABRICIUS, OTHO. Zoologiske Bidrag. <^Kongcl. Danske Videnskab.-Selsl.
Skrivter, vi, Deel 1 (for 1809-1810), 1818, pp. 57-138.

2det Bidrag. Om Stub- Hvalen, Balcena Boops, Linn., pp. 63-83. [563.]

1818. FABRICIUS, OTTO. Nojogtig Beskrivelse over Gronlaeudernes Landdyr-, Fugle-
og Fiskefangst med dertil horende Redskaber. <^Kongel. Danske Fidenskab.-
Stlsk. Skrivter, vi, Deel 2 (for 1811-1812), 1818, pp. 231-272.

III. Fiskefangst og dertil horende Kedskaber, pp. 253-272. H valfangst, pp. 253-256. [564. ]

1318. FREMINVILLE, [C. P. DELAPOIXDE.] Sur une nouvelle espece de Dauphin.
<BM. des Sci. par la Soc. philom. de Paris, 1818, pp. 67, 68.

Delphinus globiceps ? [565 . ]

1818. HERAUSGEBERS. Ueber den Bau des Beluga (Delphinus albicans Linn. Delphi-
napterus beluga Lacdpede). Von Barclay. (Aus Thomson's Annals of Philoso-
phy. Vol. ix, p. 233 ff.) <Deutsche8 Archivf. Physiol, iv, 1818, pp. 296-298.

Auszug. . [566.]

1818. HOME, E. A description of the teeth of the Delphinus Gangeticus. <Philos.
Trans. Land., [cviii], pt. 2, art. xxi, 1818, pp. 417-419, pi. 20.

Figures of the upper and under jaws and of isolated teeth.

1818. "KAT, H. D. Dagboek eener reize ter walvisch en- robbenvangst, gedaan in
1777 en 1778. Haarlem, Wed. P. Loosjes, 1818. 8°. Met eene Kaarfc eii
portret."

Not seen; from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 240, no. 3493. [568.]

1818. LACEPEDE, [B. G. F,T.]. Note sur des Cdtacdes des niers voisines du Japon.
<^Mem. du Mus. d'Hist. nal., iv, 1818, pp. 467-475.

Balcena japonica, Balcena lunulata, Balamoptera punctulata, Balcenoptera nigra, Balcenop-
tera ccerulescens (p. 473), Balcenoptera maculata, Physeterus sulcatus (p. 474), Delphinus niger
(475), spp. nn.

"Les dessins colories d'apres lesquels j'ai decrit ces huit especes de cetac6es japonois, ont
6t6 communiqu6s au Museum royal cl'Histoire naturello, par M. Abel de Remusat, membre
de 1'Academie des Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres. Us presentent pour les caracteres distinc-
tifs, une grande nettet6, et tous ces signes de 1'authenticite et de 1'exactitude que les zoolo-
gistes sont maintenant si accoutumes a reconnoitre ; et voici les traits particuliers dc ces huit
especes" (p. 409).

This highly reprehensible piece of work has received just condemnation at the hands of
most writers who have had occasion to treat of the Cetacea of the Japan seas, and the spe-

504 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1818. LACEPEDE, [B. G. ET.]— Continued.

cies, when not wholly ignored, go to swell the list of those "which are indeterminable. Allow
ing that the drawings were reasonably correct, which is far from probable, the characters
drawn from them are so vague and general that the diagnoses are valueless as a scientific
basis. There is, furthermore, no assurance that the drawings were even attempts at fac-
simile representations of natural objects. "With the nine species described six years later by
Chamisso from Japanese wooden models, and those described by Rafinesque, Lesson, and
others, from observation of animals swimming in the sea, they form altogether a fine rubbish
pile, but one which need give little trouble, since the species are quite unworthy of any at-
temp at recognition, only showing to how great a depth of folly the vanity of authorship may
sometimes lead. [569.]

1818. O'REILLY, B. Greenland, | the | Adjacent Seas, | and | the North-west Passage
| to | the Pacific Ocean, | illustrated in a voyage to Davis's Strait, | during
the Summer of 1817. | — | With charts and numerous plates, | from drawings
of the author taken on the spot. | — | By | Bernard O'Reilly, Esq. | — | Lon-
don: | printed for Baldwin, Cradock, and Joy, | 47, Paternoster-Row. | — |
1818. 1 v. 4°. pp. i-viii, 1-293, pll. i-xviii+3 charts.

Chap, v, Arctic Zoology, pp. 96-148. Monodon Monoceros, pp. 104-107. "Balcena Mysti-
cetus (the common "Whale)," pp. 107-130. pi. x, fig. 3, transverse section of body at lumbar
region, fig. 4, section of tail, fig. 5, animal, flag. orig. "Balcena Mysticetus (the finner)," pp.
130, 131. Delphinus Orca, pp. 132-134. Delphinus Leucas, pp. 134, 135, pi. x, fig. 1. There
are incidental allusions to other species at pp. 131. 132.

Although the author was not without opportunity of observing the northern Cetacea, and
especially the Balcc.na mysticetus, he contributes nothing of importance to the subject, but
on the other hand, displays gross ignorance respecting many points touched upon. The
name Balcena mysticetus is first employed in its correct sense (p. 107), but later, doubtless by
inadvertence, is used to designate "the finner "Whale." From one who describes the "Sword
Grampus" as having the dorsal fin long and bony, growing longer with age, etc., and who
states that the Balcena mysticetus "received its specific name from the Scriptural record of
the adventure of Jonas," little can be expected in the way of new information. [570.]

1818. &AABYE, HANS EGEDE. Greenland: | being | Extracts from a Journal | kept in

that Country | in the Years 1770 to 1778. | By HansEgede Saabye, | Formerly
ordained Minister in the Districts of Clanshavn and Christianshaab ; | now
Minister of Udbye, in the Bishopric of Fiilmen ; and | Grandson of the cele-
brated Hans Egede. | (Now first published.) | — | To which is prefixed | An
Introduction; containing some | Accounts of the Manners of the Greeulanders,

| and of the | Mission in Greenland ; | with various interesting information
respecting | the Geography, &c., of that Country; | And illustrated by a |
Chart of Greenland, | By G. Fries. | — | Translated from the German. | — |
London : | Printed for Boosey and Sons, | 4 Broad Street, Royal Exchange,

| — | 1818. 8°. pp. i-viii, 1-293.

There is a short account of the Whalefishery, as carried on by the Greenlanders, at pp. 29,
30. Reference to trade in "unicorn horns," p. 161. Chapter xiii. The Whale found, pp. 190-
195, recounts the behavior of the Greenlanders on finding a "Whale, and their manner of pro.
cedure in saving its products.

For the ed. prin. see 1741. Besides the German edition of this work, of which the present
is a translation, a Dutch version appeared in 1818. See Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 247, no. 3552. [571.]

1819. ANON. Skeleton of a Whale found in Clackmaunanshire. <^Blaclcwood?8 Edln.

Mag., v, 1819, p. 737.

Account of the exhumation of the skeleton, with measurements of some of the principal
bones. [572.]

1819. ANSPACH, L. A. A | History | of the | Island of Newfoundland : | containing a
| Description of the Island, | The Banks, the Fisheries, | and | Trade of New-
foundland, | and the | Coast of Labrador. | Illustrated with Two Maps. | — |
By the | Rev. Lewis Amadeus Anspach, | Late a Magistrate of that Island
and Missionary for the District | of Conception Bay. | — | London : | Printed
for the Author, | And Sold by T. and J. Allman, Princes-Street, Hanover- |
Square ; and J. M. Richardson, 23, Coruhill, opposite | the Royal Exchange.
| — | 1819. 8°. pp. i-xxviii, 1-512.

Contains, pp. 396-399, a short notice of the "Whale-fishery formerly carried on along the
eastern coast of North America. [573.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 505

1819. ARNAULT, M. Sur les coquilles et des ossements fossiles, de"couverts et observes
dans les environs d'Anvers. <^Ann. generates des Sci. phys., ii, 1819, pp. 124-
128.

Trois vertebres enormes; "elles furent evidemment celles de quelque cetac6e de la plus
grande taille " (p. 127). [574.]

1819. BALD, ROBERT. Notice respecting the discovery of the Skeleton of a Whale on
the Estate of Airthrey, near Stirling, the property of Sir Robert Abercroniby,
Baronet. <^Edinb. Philos. Journ., i, no. 2, art. xxxii, 1819, pp. 393-396.

Particulars of the finding and exhumation of a skeleton "which is evidently that of a
Whale," which "appears to have been about 72 feet in length." [575.]

1819. CO-RTESI, GIUSEPPE. Saggi Geologici | degli Stati di Parma e Piacenza | Dedi-
cati | a Sua Maesta | la Priucipessa Imperiale | Maria Luigia | Arciduchessa
d' Austria | Duchessa | di Parma Piacenza Guastalla ecc. ecc. | dal guidice |
Gioseppe Cortesi | Professore Onorario | di Geologia | Piacenza | Dai Torchj
del Majno | MDCCCXIX. 4°. 11. 4, pp. i-x, 1-165, pll. i-vii.

Articolo IV. Degli Scheletri di Balene e di altri Cetacei, pp. 45-67, pll. ii-iv.

Description (p. 48) and figure (pi. ii, fig. 1, skull) of a fossil Dolphin, which later waa
named Delphinus Cortesii by Desmoulin, and a fossil "Whato (p. 61, pi. v, fig. 1, skeleton),
afterwards named Balcena Cortesii by Desmoulins. [576.]

1819. DESMAREST, A. G. Rytine, Eytina, 111. <^Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. nat., xxix, 1819,
pp. 573-576. [577.]

1819. "HELLWIG, JOH. CHR. LUDW. Tabellarische Uebersicht der Ordnungen, Fa-
milien u. Gattnugen der Siiugethiere, nach Illigers prodromus system. Mam-
malium, mit Auffiihrung aller Arten, welche der Verf. nach den Schreberschen
Siiugthieren u. nach den Werken Anderer zu seinen Gattuugen zog, in 65 Ta-
belleu. gr. 8°. Helmstiidt, 1819."

Not seen: title from Carus and Engelmann. [578.]'

1819. HUMBOLDT, ALEXANDER VON. Voyage | aux Rdgions fiquinoxiales | du Nou-
veau Continent, | fait en 1799, 1800, 1801, 1802, 1803 et 1804, | par Al. de
Humboldt et A. Bonpland; | redige" | Par Alexandre de Humboldt. | Avec
deux Atlas, | qui renfermeiit, 1'un les vues des Cordilleres et les monumens
des peuplcs indigenes | de 1'Amdrique, et 1'autre des cartes ge"ographiques et
physiques. | — | Tome [premier, ] second [et troisieme]. | — | A Paris, | Chez
N. Maze, Libraire, rue Git-le-Coeur, N°. 4. | — | [1814,] 1819 [1825]. Vol. ii,
3 11., pp. 1-722. 3 vols. 4°. Vol. i, 1814; vol. ii, 1819; vol. iii, 1825.

Soufllenrs, ii, pp. 201, 202. Manati ou Lamantin, ii, pp. 226-228, 606. [579.]

1819. "MATTHIESEN. Ein Steindruck [Balaenoptera rostrata]. Hamburg, 1819."

Not seen; reference from Reichenbach, Walthiere, p. 22, note. [580.]

1819. PSEUDON. Journal | of a | Voyage of Discovery, | to the | Arctic Regions, |
performed between the 4th of April and the 18th of | November, 1818, | in His
Majesty's Ship Alexander, | W[illia]m Edw[ard]. Parry, Esq., Lieut, and
Commander. | — | By an officer of the Alexander. | — | London: ^Printed for
Richard Phillips; by G. Sidney, Northumberland-street, Strand. | [No date.
"March 15, 1819" in MS.] 8°. pp. i-viii, 1-104, map, and pll. i-iii. The
signature mark is "Voyages and Travels, No. 1, Vol. I."

Appendix, Uo. viii. A brief Sketch of the Quadrupeds, Birds, and Fishes, seen by those
employed on the late Expedition to Davis' Straits and Baffin's B.iy, pp. 99-104.

"Fishes" (i.e., Ce.tacea and Pinnipedia!), p. 104. JSalcena mysticetus, Balcena Physalus,
Phoca, Monodon Monoceros. Brief remarks on each. At pp. 42-44 is given a rather detailed
account of the "female fish" (Balcena mysticetus) taken by a Hull whaler, giving account of
external characters, baleen, measurements, etc. [581.]

1819. Ross, J. A | Voyage of Discovery, | made under the orders of the Admiralty,
| in | His Majesty's ships | Isabella and Alexander, | for the purpose of | ex-
ploring Baffin's Bay, | and inquiring into the probability of a | North-west
Passage, j — j By John Ross, K. S. Captain Royal Navy, j — | London: | — |

506 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1819. Ross, J.— Continued.

John Murray, Albemarle-street. | — | 1819. 1 vol. 4°. 11. 2, pp. i-xl, 1-252,
1 1., pp. i-cxliv, maps, plates.

Appendix ii. Zoological "Memoranda. Mammalia, pp. xli-xlvii.

Balcena Mysticetus, pp. xlvi, xlvii. Description of a specimen 46 feet long. No other Ceta-
cean mentioned. [582.]

1819. Ross, J. A I Voyage of Discovery, | made under the orders of the Admiralty, |
in | His Majesty's Ships | Isabella and Alexander, | for the purpose of | Ex-
ploring Baffin's Bay, | and enquiring into the probability | of a | North- West
Passage. | — | By John Ross, K. S. Captain Royal Navy. | — | Second edition.
| In two volumes. | Vol. I [-II]. | — | London: | Printed by Strahan and
Spottiswoode, Printers -Street; | for Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown,
| Paternoster Row. | 1819. | 2 vols. 8°. Vol. i, pp. i-lxix, 1-265, 1 double
map ; vol. ii, pp. i-ii, 1-258, 1 double plate.

Appendix no. iv. Zoological Memoranda, vol. ii, pp. 145-179. Mammalia, pp. 145-153.
See the 4° ed. (last title). [583.]

1819. SCORESBY, WILLIAM, jr. Remarks on the Size of the Greenland Whale, or Ba-

lcena Mysticetus, designed to show that this animal is found of as great dimen-
sions in the present day as at any former period since the establishment of
the whale-fishery. <Edinb. Philos. Journ., i, 1819, pp. 83-88. [584.]

182(/. ANON. Grosse des groiilandischen Wals, Balcena mysticetus L. <^Isis von OJcen,
vi, 18.20, pp. 506,507.

Auszug aus Edinb. Phis. Journ., i, 1819, pp. 83-88. [585.]

1820. CAMPER, PIERRE. Observations Anatomiques | sur | la structure iiite'rieure et

le squelette | de plusieurs especes | de Ce'tace's. | Par Pierre Camper, | . . .
[= titles, 4 lines.] | Publie"es par son tils, Adrien-Gilles Camper, | . . . [=titles,
3 lines]. | Avec des Notes par M. G. Cuvier, | . . . [= titles, 1 line]. | On y a
ajoute" un Atlas compose de 53 Planches, dont 3 sont en couleur. | Ouvrage
qui peut faire suite aux Annales et Memoires du Mus6um | d'Histoire naturelle,
et aux Recherches sur les Ossemens | fossiles des Quadrupedes, par M. Cu-
vier. | — | Paris, | Chez Gabriel Dufour, Libraire, | Rue de Vaugirard, N°.
34. | — | 1820. 4°. 11. 2, pp. 1-218.

The Atlas has the following title:

Recueil de Planches | pour servir | aux observations anatomiques | sur j la
structure inte"rieure et le squelette | de plusieurs especes | de Ce'tace's, | Par
MM. Camper, Pere et Fils. | cinquaute-trois planches, dont trois en cou-
leur. | — | A Paris, | Chez Gabriel Dufour, Libraire, | Rue de Vaugirard, N°.
34. | — | 1820. 2°. 11. 2, pll. i-liii. [1. 2, Table.]

Discours preliminaire, pp. 1-8. Observations anatomiques, etc. Premiere Partie. Cha-
pitre premier. Vues generates sur la nature des Cetaces, pp. 9-18. Chapitre II. Sur la Classi-
fication des Cetaces, pp. 18-25. Chapitre III. Sur les Cetaces du premier ordre, ou Cetaces
a fanons. pp. 26-41. Chapitre 1Y. Snr la Forme exterieure et la Structure des parties inte-
riewres de la Baleine franche, pp. 41-52. Chapitre V. Sur la Structure de 1'appareil digestif,
circulatoire et sexuel, ainsi que sur quelques Particularites du squelette, pp. 52-58. Chapitre
VI. Sur 1'Osteologie du crane des Baleines, pp. 58-73. .Chapitre VII. Sur 1'osteologie d'un
Baleinoptere Gibbar, Physalus de Linne, pp. 74-77. Chapitre VIII. Sur 1'Osteologie du crane
d'un Cetace que nous croyons etre le Baleinoptere Museau pointu, ou Balcena rostrata de
Linn6, pp. 78-8C. Note g6nerale sur la premiere partie, pp. 86, 87.

Seconde Partie. Chapitre Ier. Sur la Classification du second ordr.e, ou du genre du Cacha-
lot, pp. 88-94. Chapitre II. Sur 1'OsteOlogie du crane des Cachalots, pp. 94-110.

Troisidrae Partie. Sur les Cetaces du troisieme ordre, ayant les machoires sup6rieures et
inferieures armees de dents. Chapitre Ier. Sur les Dauphins en general, pp. 111-114. Cha-
pitre II. Sur la premiere famille des Dauphins, ou les Narwals, pp. ] 14-118. Chapitre III. Sur
1'Osteologie du crane du Narwal monodon, pp. 118-121. Chapitre IV. Sur le crane du Nar-
•wal edente, du Museo royal de France, pp. 121-124. Chapitre V. Sur les Dauphins arines de
dents dans les machoires superieures et inferieures, pp. 124-126. Chapitre VI. Sur 1'Oudre,
pp. 126-130. Chapitre VII. Observations anatomiques sur le Dauphin vulgaire, pp. 131-141.
Chapitre VIII. Description anatomique du Dauphin Marsouin, Delphinus Phocsena, pinna in

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 507

1820. CAMTER, PIERRE — Continued.

dorao una, rostro brevi obtuso de Brisson, pp. 142-157. Chapitre IX. Sur la Structure du
CrAne des diversea families de Cetacea, conaider6e dans sea rapports avec celle du crane de
1'Homme, pp. 157-163.

Explication dea Planchea, pp. 164-216. Table des chapitres contenua dans cet ouvrage, pp.
pp. 217, 218.

Sujetsfigur6es: Embryon d'une baleine franche, pll. i-iii; crane d'une jeune baleine francbe,
pll. iv-vi ; profile du crane d'une autre baleino, dans laqnello on a conserve les fanons, pi. vii ;
de 1'organe de 1'ou'ie des baleinea, pll. viii, ix; mdchoires inferieures d'une baleine, pi. x; le
crane d'un Baleinoptere Gribbar (Physalus <Ie Linne), pll. xi, xii; crane dubaleinoptere museau
pointu (Balcena rostrata de Liniie), pll. xiii-xvi ; crane d'un cachalot conserv6 dans le cbceur
de r6glise do Schevelinge, procho la Haye, pll. xvii, xx-xxii ; crdne d'un cachalot macroc6-
phale, pll. xviii, xix ; ost6ologie de 1'oreille du cachalot, pll. xxiii-xxvi ; les machoires inferieures
d'un cachalot, pi. xxvii; vertebres cervicales d'un cachalot et 1'atlaa d'uno baleine, pi. xxviii;
crane du narwal, pll. xxix-xxxi; crane d'un narwal edente, pll. xxxii-xxxiv; crane d'uu
dauphin vulgaire, xxxv-xl; vertebres cervicalea dea plusieura especea de dauphins, pi. xli;
vertebres cervicales d'un maraouin, et d'une vertebre cervicale d'un grand cetace du Musee
britannique, avec quelques vertebres lombaires, aacrees, etc. d'un dauphin vulgaire, pi.
xlii; myologie de I'extremit6 pectorale du dauphin vulgaire, pi. xliii; lea 6paulea de diff'e-
rentes especes de c6taces, ainsi que les os du bras du dauphin yulgaire, pi. xliv; le dauphin
marsouin, en profll et onvert, pll. xlv-xlvii ; la structure des narinea, de 1'ceil et de larynx,
du dauphin marsouin, pi. xlviii; crane du marsouin, pi. xlix; tete d'un marsouin, pi. 1; cer-
veau d'un marsouin nouveau-n6, pi. li ; profil d'un foetus male du marsouiu ; les parties
sexuelles d'un foetus femelle; osselets pelvienne; portion sup6rieure du tube alimentaire;
1'omoplate, tous du ineme espece, pi. lii ; aualogie du crane des c6tac6s avec uelui de 1'homme,
etc., pi. liii. [586.]

1320. DONOVAN, E. The | Natural History | of | British Quadrupeds; | consisting of
coloured figured, | accompanied with | Scientific and general descriptions, |
of all the species that are known to inhabit | the British Isles: | including |
as well those found in a wild as in the domesticated state ; | and also such as
<are | clearly authenticated to have been originally indigenous, but are uo\v |
extirpated, or become extremely rare ; the whole arranged in systematic order,
after the manner of Linnaeus. | — | By E. Donovan, F. L. S. W. S. | Author
of the Natural Histories of British Birds, Fishes, Insects, Shells, &c. | — | In
three volumes, | Vol. I [II, III]. | — | London: | Printed for tho Author: and
for F. C. and J. Rivington, 62, St. Paul's Church-yard, and 3, Waterloo-Place,
Pail-Mall. | — | 1820. 8°. pll. i-lxxii, with several unpaged folios of text to
each.

1. Balcena rostrata, pi. xxiv, and 1 p. of text. 2. Balcena phyaalus, pi. xxxv, and 3 pp.
of text. 4. Delphinus orca, pi. Ivii, and 3 pp. of text. 5. Delphinus ? bidens, pi. Ixvii, and
3 pp. text. [587.]

1820. GOLDFUSS, G. A. Handbuch | der | Zoologie. | Von | Georg August Goldfuss, |
. . . [ = titles, lllines, and monogram.] | Zweite Abtheilung. | — | Nfirnberg, |
bei Johann Leonhard Schrag. | 1820. <Handbuch | der Naturgeschichte, j
Zum Gebrauch | bei Vorlesungen. | Von | Dr. G[otthilf ]. H[einrich von].
Schubert. | — | Dritter Theil. | Zweite Abtheilung. | — | Nurnberg, | bei
Johann Leonhard Schrag. | 1820. | 8°. pp. i-xxiv, 1-510.

Systematiache TJebersicht der Gattungen, pp. v-xxiv (Cetce and Sirenia, p. xix,— list of
genera and subgenera).

Erste Ordnung, Cete, "Walle, pp. 3GO-336. t . Balaena mysticetus, 2. Balaenoptera rostrata,
3. B. boopx, 4. Physeter (Physalus) gibbosus, 5. Physeter (Catodori) macrocephalus, 6. Phy-
seter (Physeter) Microps, 7. Ancylodon groenlandicus, 8. Ceratodon monoceros, 9. Delphinus
(Hyperoodon) bidens, 10. D. (Delphinapterus) Leucas ; .11. D. (Delphinus) Delphis, 12. D.
(Phocaena) Phocaena, 13. D. (Phocaena) Orca; =6 genera, 7 subgenn., 13 app.

Zweite Ordnung. Sirenia, Sirenen, pp. 338-339, J . Rytina Stelleri, 2. Manatus australis,
3. Halioone (lege Halicore) indica. [588.]

1820. HOME, E. On the milk tusks, and organ of hearing of the Dugong. <^Philos.
Trans. Lond., [ex], pt. 2, art. ix, 1820, pp. 144-155. pll. xii-xiv.

The plates give profile and basilar views of the akull, aection of the tusk, milk dentition,
lower jaw, incisors, and section of molara. [589.]

508 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1820. HOME, E. Particulars respecting the anatomy of the Dugong, intended as a
Supplement to Sir T. S. Raffles' Account of that animal. <^Philos. Trans. Lond.,
[ex], pt. 2, art. xx, 1820, pp. 315-323, pll. xv-xxxi.

The observations were made on a young female, and the viscera of a male, eight feet long.
PI. xxv, animal; pll. xxvi, xxvii, stomach, tongue, and caecum; pi. xxviii, heart; pi. xxix,
part of trachea and portion of lungs; pi. xxx, sexual organs; pi. xxxi, sternum and pelvic
bones. [590.]

1820. "KOHLER, FR. GOTTL. Reise ins Eismeer und nach den Kiisten von* Gronlaud
und Spitsbergen im Jahre 1801, und Beschreilnmg der Wallfischfang. Leipzig,
18-20. 8°."
Not seen'from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 240, no. 3494. [591.]

1820. " KOHLER, FR. GOTTL. Reis naar de IJszee en naar de kusten van Greenland
en Spitsbergen, in het jaar 1804. Benevens eene beschrij ving van de walvisch-
vangst. Naar het Hoogduitsch. Te Amsterdam, bij J. C. van Kesteren 1820.
gr. 8°."

Not seen; from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 240, no. 3495. Apparently a translation of the last,
although the date' of the voyage is in the one case 1801, and in the other 1804. [592.]

1820. RAFFLES, T. S. Some account of the Dugoug. <^Philos. Trans. Lond., [ex],
pt. 2, art. xiii, 1820, pp. 174-182.

External characters, anatomy, and habits. [593 ]

1820. RANZANI, CAMILLO. Elemeuti | della | Storia naturale | dei Mammiferi | dell'
abate | Camillo Ranzani | Professore di Miueralogia, e di zoologia | nella pon-
tificia University | di Bologna. | — | Volume Primo [Secondo e Terzo, mnt.
mut.]. I — I Bologna. | — | Per le Stampe di Annesio Nobili | 1820. 8°. pp.
1-736, 1. 1, pll. i-xiii (the three volumes are continuously paged).

Ordine ottavo de Cetacei, pp. 668-708.

Famiglia prima. De Cetacei erbivori, pp. 670-677. 1 . Manatus americanus, p. 673 ; 2.
Halicore Dugong, p. 674; 3. Rytina Stelleri, p. 676.

Famiglia seconcla. De Cetacei carnivori, pp. 677-708. 1. Delphinus Geo/rensis,p. 682; 2.
Delphinus coronatns, p. 682; 3. Delphinus Ddphis, p. 683; 4. Delphinus Tursio, p. 685; £»•
Delphinus Zfongitori, p. 686 ; O. Delphinus Phocaena, p. 687 ; 7. Delphinus Beluga, p. 688 ;
8. Delphinus Urganantus, p. 689; 9. Delphinus Diodon, p. 690; 10. Ceratodon vulgaris, p.
691; 11. Physeter macrocephalus, p. 695; 12. Balaena Mysticetus, p. 701 (pi. xiii, fig. 1) ; 13.
Balaena Fisalis, p. 705; 14. Balaena Boops, p. 706. [594.]

1820. SCORESBY, W.,jr. An | Account | of the | Arctic Regions, | with a | History and
Description | of the [Northern Whale-Fishery. | By W[illiam]. Scoresby Jun.
F. R. S. E. | Illustrated by Twenty -four Engravings. | In Two Volumes.
| — | Vol. I [-II]. | — | Edinburgh: | Printed for Archibald Constable and
Co. Edinburgh : | and Hurst, Robinson & Co. Cheapside, London. | — | 1820.
2 vols. 8°. Vol. i, pp. i-xx, 1-551+1-82 and frontisp. ; vol. ii, pp. i-viii, 1-
574, pll. i-xxii (including maps)-J-xii.*

A Sketch of the Zoology of the Arctic Regions, i, pp. 446-551. Sect. I. A Description of
Animals, of the Cetaceous Kind, frequenting the Greenland Sea, pp. 449-501. 1. Balcena
Mysticetus, pp. 449-478, pi. xii, figg. 1, 2, xii [bis] ; 2. Balcenoptera Gibbar, La Cepede ; B. Phy-
salis of Linnv, pp. 478-482. 3. Balcena Rorqual (La Cepede) Balcena Miisculus of Linne, or
Broad-nosed "Whale, pp. 482, 483. 4. Balcenoptera Jubartes (La Cepede) — Balcena Boops of
Linne, or Finner of the Whale-fishers, pp. 484, 485. 5. Balcenoptera Acuto-rostrata (La
Cepede) —Balcena rostrata of Linne, or Baaked Wh-ile, pp. 485, 486, pi. xiii, fig. 1. 6. Monodon
Monoceros (Linne) — Narwal, or Unicorn of the Whalers, pp. 486-495, pi. xii, fig. 3, pi. xv, figg.
1, 2. 7 . Delphinus Deductor (Traill)— Ca'ing or Leading Whale, pp. 496-500, pi. xxii, fig. 1. 8.
Delphinapterus Beluga (La Cepede) — Delphinus leucas of Linne; Beluga of Pennant, or
White Whale of the fishers, pp. 500, 501, pi. xiv.

PI. xvi, Medusai, &c., (i. e., "Whale's Food "). Pll. xvii, xix-xxii, Instruments and Appara-
tus used in the Whalefishery.

Account of the Northern Whale-Fisheries, &c., ii, pp. 1-537. Chap. i. Chronological His-
tory of the Xorthem Whale-Fisheries, pp. 1-95. Chap. ii. Comparative View of the Origin,
Progress, and Present State of the Whale-Fisheries of the different European Nations,
pp. 96-171. Chap. iii. Situation of the Early Whale-Fishery, — Manner in -which it was
conducted. — and the Alterations which have subsequently taken place, pp. 172-186. Chap,
iv. Account of the Modern Whale-Fishery, as conducted at Spitzbergen.pp. 187-381. Chup.

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 509

1820. SCORESBY, W., jr.— Continued.

v. Account of the Davis' Straits Whale-Fishery, and a comparison with that of Greenland,
with Statements of Expences and Profits of a Fishing Ship, pp. 382-396. Chap. vi. Methods
of Extracting Oil and Preparing Whalebone, with a Description of these Articles, and
remarks on the uses to which the several products of the Whale-Fishery are ap-
plied, pp. 397-437. Uhap. vii. Narrative of Proceedings on board of the Ship Esk, during
a Whale-Fishing Voyage to the coast of Spitzbergen, in the year 1816, pp. 438-488.
Appendix, pp. 489-558.— I. Abstract of the Acts of Parliament at present in force for
the Regulation of the Whale-fishery of Greenland and Davis' Straits, pp. 491-505. II.
Some Remarks on the most advantageous Dimensions of a Whale-Ship, [and] Further No-
tices respecting the Fortifications of a Greenland Ship, pp. 506-509. III. Schedule of the
Principal Fishing Apparatus necessary for a Ship, of 300 tons burden or upwards, intended
to be employed in the Greenland Trade, pp. 509-511. IV. . . . Manner of Mustering the Crew
of Whale-Ships ... pp. 512-518. V. Account of a Trial respecting the right of the Ship Ex-
periment, to a Whale struck by one of the Crew of the Neptune ; Gale v. Wilkinson, pp. 518-
521. VI. Signals used in the Whale-fishery, pp. 521-525. VII. Account of Some Experiments
for determining the Relations between the Weight and Measure, in certain quantities of
"Whale-Oil, pp. 525-528. VIII. Some account of the Whale Fishery conducted in the Southern
Seas, pp. 529-537. IX. On the Anomaly in the Variation of the Magnetic Needle, as observed
on Ship-board, pp. 537-554. X. Explanation of the Plates, pp. 554-558.

Scoresby's Arctic Regions is well known as one of the most important contributions to the
history of the Greenland Whale (Balcena mysticetus) and the Northern Whale-fishery extant,
and as the source whence many later writers on the subject have largely derived their mate-
rials. His figures of the Greenland Whale are the best published prior to 1874, and those of
the Narwhal are also excellent. Those of the other species were copied from previous
writers, and his brief notices of the other Cetaceans he describes were mostly given at
second hand, and indicate that he knew little about them from personal observation. His
four species of Balcenoptera are all to be referred to Physalus antiquomm, anct.(=Ba-
Icenoptera rmisculus). His nomenclature is that of Lacepede. Failing to recognize the
Nordkaper (Balcena biscayenais of recent. European cetologists) as a distinct species, he has
confounded its history, in his historical summary of the Northern Whale-fishery, with that
of Balcena mysticetus. Not meeting with the former, for now obvious reasons, in any of his
Whaling expeditions, he was very naturally led to disbelieve in its existence as a species
distinct from the Greenland Whale. [595.]

1821. BLUMENBACH, J. F. Handbuch | der | Naturgeschichte | von | Joh. Fried.

Blumenbacli. | — | Multa fiunt eadem sed aliter. | Quintilian. | — | Zehute
Ausgabe. | — | Gottingen, | in der Dieterichschen Buchhandlung. | 1821. sm.
8°. pp. i-xiv, 1-814, pll. i, ii.

VIII. Palmata, pp. 131-136. Trichechus Manatus, p. 136.

Cetacea, pp. 137-140. 1. Monodon Nanokal, p. 137; 2. Balcena Mysticetus, p. 137; 3. B.
Re-strata, p. 138; 4. Physeter Macrocephalus, p. 139; 5. Dclphinus Phocaena, p. 139; 6. D.
Delphis, p. 140; 7. D. Orca, p. 140.

If. Rostrata replaces B. Physalus of the early editions, and the text is greatly changed. [596.]

1821. BOWDICH, T. E. An Analysis | of the | Natural Classifications | of | Mamma-
lia, | for the use of | Students and travellers. | By T. Edward Bowdich, Esq. |
Conductor of the Mission to Ashantee, Member of the Wettervian Society of
Natural History. | — | Paris, | Printed by J. Smith. | — j 1821. 8°. pp. i-iv.
5-115, pi. i-xv (osteology).

"The first part [pp. 5-89] of the text is a translation of almost all but the specific descrip-
tions of the Mammiferes of Cuvier's Regne Animal, . . . interwoven with additions from his
Comparative Anatomy, Fossil Remains, the works of Frederic Cuvier, Dumeril, etc. . . .
The second part contains a general outline of the system of Illiger. . . ." (p. iv).

Order VIII. Cetacea, pp. 84-89, 105, pi. xii, skulls of Balcena boops and Physeter macroce-
phalus ; pi. xiii, fig. 3, skull of Dugong ; pi. xiv, fig. 6, skull of American Manatee, fig. 7, do. of
African Manatee. [597.]

1821. DELAVOIPIERE, — . Faits | relatifs | a la | Peche de la Baleine, | Par Mr. De-
lavoipiere, Capitaine francais du Navire-Baleinier La Ce're's, du Havre. | — |
Au Havre, | Chez Stanislas Faure, Impriineur du Roi. | — | 1821. 8°. pp.
1-30.

Difference qui existe entre les Baleines, et le moycn de les reconnnitre, p. 3. De la Baleino
proprement dite, pp. 3, 4. De la Baleine a bosse, p. 4. De la Baleine a aileron, p. 5. Du Cacha-
lot, p. 6. Parages et saison ou se trouvent plus communement les poissons dont on extrait
1'huile, pp. 6-8. Armement des piroques, pp. 8-10. De la poursuite, p. 11. De I'attaque, pp.

510 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1821. DELAVOIPIERE— Continued.

12-15. De 1'amarrage, p. 15. Observation & 1'egard du Cachalot, p. 16. De 1'amarrage h bord,
pp. 16-19. Maniere de decouper la Baleine, p. 19. Disposition des caillornes et courans des
garans, pp. 20-22. Manure de faire 1'Huile, — Extraction du Sperme et des Fanons, pp. 22-26.
Attaque de la Baleine dans les baies, pp. 26-28. Semarques sur la peche, pp. 28-30. [598.]

1821. EDITORS. Analysis of a Journal of a Voyage for the Discovery, &c. of a
North- West Passage from the Atlantic to the Pacific, in the years 1819-20.
By Captain W. E. Parry, R. N., F. R. S. Lond. 1821, 4to., p. 479, with 20 Plates
and Charts ; and of A Journal of a Voyage of Discovery to the Arctic Regions.
By Alexander Fisher, Surgeon, R. N. 8vo. pp. 320. <^Edinb. Pliilos. Journ.,
v, no. 9, art. xxviii, 1821, pp. 177-196.

A review of the works containing incidental references to Arctic Cetacea, including a
description of musical sounds made by the Beluga (p. 181). See 1821. FISHER, A. [599.]

1821. EDITORS. Clay-slate Axe found in a Whale. <^Edinb. Philos. Journ., iv, no. 7,
1821, p. 216, pi. 3, tig. 11.

Apparently the head of an Esquimaux lance, cut out of the blubber of a Whale in Davis's
Strait. [600.]

1821. FISHER, A. A | Journal | of a | Voyage of Discovery | to the | Arctic Regions, j
in | His Majesty's ships | Hecla and Griper, | in the years 1819 & 1820. | — |
By | Alexander Fisher, Surgeon R. N. | — | Fourth edition, corrected. | Lon-
« don : | Printed for | Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown, Paternoster-
Row. 1821. 8°. pp. i-xi, 1-320, chart, map, and cuts.

Notices of Cetacea passim, to wit : Balcena Physalus, p. 23 ; Balcena Mysticetus, p. 31 ; Be*
luga or "White "Whale, pp. 72-74 ; Monodon Monoceros, pp. 74, 83-87 (cut, p. 84, external char-
acters, and anatomical observations).

The "Journal", though rarely cited in zoological literature, is worthy of attention, con-
taining many intelligent observations in natural history, and especially in reference to birda
and Mammals. In regard to the latter, particularly important is the account of the Walrus
(pp. 38-43, with a cut), which gives weight and detailed measurements of a specimen taken;
also those of the Polar Bear (pp. 44-46, cut and measurements), and the Musk -Ox (pp. 249-233,
259, cut, measurements, external characters, and habits). [601.]

1821. HOME, E. An account of the skeletons of the dugong, two-horned rhinoceros,
and tapir of Sumatra, sent to England by Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles, Governor
of Bencoolen. <PMlos. Trans. Lond., [cxi], pt. 2, art. xviii, pp. 268-275, pll.
xx-xxiv.

Dugong, pp. 268-269; PI. xx, skeleton of a female. [602.]

1821. JAMESON, WILLIAM. Narrative of a Voyage to Davis' Straits in 1820. <^Edinb.
Philos. Journ., v, 1821, pp. 309-318.

A passing reference to Delphinus leucas (p. 312) and a short description of Monodon mono-
ceros (p. 317). [603.]

1821. MONTAGU, GEORGE. Description of a Species of Delphinus which appears to be
new. <Mem. Wern. Soc. Nat. Hist., iii, 1821, pp. 75-82, 1 pi.

Description of Delphinus truncatus. Figures are given of the head and teeth. [604.]

1821. NEILL, PATRICK, and [JOHN] BARCLAY. Account of a Belugia, or White Whale,
killed in the Frith of Forth. <Hem. Wern. Soc. Nat. Hist., iii, 1821, pp. 371-
394, 2 pll.

Description, measurements, and anatomy. [Also separate.] [605.]

1821. RAFFLES, T. S. Descriptive Catalogue of a Zoological Collection, made on ac-
count of the Honourable East India Company, in the Island of Sumatra and
its Vicinity, under the Direction of Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles, Lieutenant-
Governor of Fort Marlborough ; with additional Notices illustrative of the
Natural History of those Countries. <^Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiii, pt. 1, art.
xvii, 1821, pp. 239-274.

On page 272 are five lines on "Halicora Dugong." [606.]

1821. RAFFLES, THOMAS STAMFORD. Some Account of the Dugong. <^Philo8. May.,
Ivii, 1821, pp. 341-346.
External characters and anatomy. [607.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGKAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 511

1821. RAFFLES, THOMAS [STAMFORD]. Einige Nachrichten fiber den Dugong.
<^Froriep's Notizen aus dem Gebiete der Natur-und Heilkunde, i, no. 8, Sept.
1821, pp. 113-117.

Aus den Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. for 1820, pt. ii, pp. 174-182. [608.]

1821. Rossi LY, — and ROSSEL, [E. P. E.]. Analysis of Mr. Scoresby's Account of the

Arctic Regions, being a Translation of the Official Report of MM. Rossily and
Rossel, to Baron Portal, Minister of the French Marine. <^Edirib. Philos.
Journ., iv, no. 8, art. viii, 1821, pp. 285-294.

Includes remarks on the Whale-fishery of the Arctic Seas. [609.]

1822. C., F. [CuviER, F.] Lamantin. <Dict. des Sci. nat., xxv, 1822, pp. 169-173.

Le Lamantin d'Ameriquo (Manatus americanus), pp. 171, 172. Le Lamantin du S6negal
(M. senegalensis) , p. 172. Lamantin (foss.), pp. 172, 173. [610.]

1822. DEMAREST, A. G. Mammalogie | ou | description des especes de Mammeifres. —
Premiere Partie, | contenant les ordres des Biinanes, des Qnadrumanes et des
Carnassiers. | Par M. A. G. Desmarest, | Professenr de Zoologie a 1'ficole royale
d'Economie rurale et vete'rinaire d'Alfort; . . . [= additional titles, 3 lines].
| — | A Paris, | Chez Mme Veuve Agasse, Impriraeur-Libraire, rue des Poite-
vins, n°6. | — | 1820. | 4°. pp. i-viij, 1-276. | — | Sec'onde Partie, | contenant
les ordres des Rongeurs, des EVlente's, des Pachyderines, des Ruminans | et des
Ce"tac<Ss. | . . . A Paris, | . . . | — | 1822. 4°. pp. i-viij, 277-556 = Encyclo-
pǤdie methodique, tome 182. 46. 1820. (See 1789. BONNATERRE.)

Huitieme Ordre. Cetaces, Cetce, pp. 506-530. Premiere Famille, Cetaces herbivores.
Sirenia, pp. 506-511. 1. Manatus americanus, p. 507; 2. Manatus Senegalensis, p. 508, 3*
Halwore indicus, p. 509 ; 4. Stellerus borealis, p. 510.

Seconde Famille, Cetaces ordinaires, Cete, pp. 511-530. Ire Division, Cetac6s a petite teto.
1. Delphinus [Delphinorhynchus] Geoffroyi [=D. Geo/rensis, Blainv.], p. 512. 2. D. [Delphi-
norhynchus] coronatus, p. 512. 3. D. [Delphinorhynchu.i] gangeticus, p. 513. 4. D. [Delphi-
norhynchus] Perneltyi[—D.Pernetliensis,l$lsimv.], -p. 513. 5. D. [Delphinus] -Borr/iC'espece
nouvelle"), p. 513. 6. D. [D.] delphis, p. 514. 7. D. [D.] sinensis, p. 514. 8. D. [Z>.]
dubius [— Dauphin douteux, Cuv.], p. 514. 9. D. [D.] tursio, p. 514. 10. D. [D.] nesarnac,
p. 515. 11. D. [D.] niger (Lacep.), p. 515. 12. D. [D.] rostratus, p. 515. 13. D. [D.] orca,
p. 515. 14. D. [D.] feres, p. 516. 15. D. [D.] canadensis [— Dauphin Wane du Canada,
Dnhsime\ = Beluga catodon]. p. 516. 16. D. [D.] Bertini [= Dauphin de Bertin, Duhamel],
p. 516. 17. D. [Oxypterus] Mongitori, p. 516. 18. D. [Phoccena] phoccena, p. 516. 19. D.
[Ph.] Peronii, p. 517. 20. D. [Ph.] Commersonii, p. 517. 21. D. [Ph.] gladiator, p. 517.
22. D. [Ph.] grampus, p. 517. 23. D. [Ph.] griseus, p. 518. 24. D. [Ph.] ventricosus, p.
518. 25. D. [Ph.] globiceps, p. 519. 26. D. [Ph.] Rissoanus [= Dauphin de Risso, Cuv.J, p.
520. 27. D. [Delphinaplerus] leucas [= Beluga catodori], p. 523. 28. D. [Heterodon] anarna-
cua, p. 521. 29. D. [ff.J Chemnitzianus (=Balcena rostrata, Chemnitz) ^= Hyperoodon butz-
kopf, auct. recent.), p. 520. 30. D. [H.] Hunteri [=-D. Udentatus, Hunter], p. 521. 31. D.
[H.] edentulus, p. 521. 32. D. [H.] hyperoodon [—D. butskopf, BonnaterreJ, p. 521. 33. D.
[H.] Sowerbyi [—D. Sowerbensis], p. 521. 34. D. [H.\ epiodon [—Epiodon urganantus,
Baf.], p. 521. 35. Monodon monoceros, p. 523. 3<i. M. microcephalus, p. 523. 37. M. ander-
sonianus, p. 523. 38. Physeter [Catodon] macroccphalus, p. 524. 39. P. [C.] trumpo, p. 524.
40. P. [C.] catodon [Bonnat.= Catodon svineval, Lacep.], p. 525. 41. P. [Physalus] cylin-
dricus, p. 525. 42. P. [Physeter} microps, p. 525. 43. P. [P.] orthodon, p. 526. 44. P. [P.]
mular, p. 526. 45. P. [P.] sulcatus (Lacep.), p. 526. 46. Balcena [Balcena] mysticetus, p. 527.
47. B. [B.] glacialis, p. 527. 48. B. [B.\ nodosa, p. 527. 49. B. [B.] gibbosa, p. 528. 50.
B. [B.] japonica (Lacep.), p. 528. 51. B. [B.] lunulata (Lacep.), p. 528. 52. B. [Balcenop-
tera] gibbar, p. 528. 53. B. [Balcenop.] boops, p. 528. 54. B. [Balcenop.] musculus, p. 529.
55. B. [Balcenop.] rostrata, p. 529. 56. B. [Balcenop.] punctata (Lacep.), p. 529. 57. B.
[Balcenop.] nigra (Lacep.), p. 529. 58. B. [Balcenop.] ccerulescens (Lacep.), p. 529. 59. B.
[Balcrnop.] maculata (Lacep.), p. 530.

Delphinus Boryi (p. 513), D. dubius (p. 514), D. Bertini (p. 516), D. canadensis (p. 516), D.
Rissoanus (p. 519), spp. nn., D. Hunteri (p. 520), D. hyperoodon (p. 521), D. epiodon, nomm. nn.

"Le tableau de 1'ordre des cetaces que nous aliens tracer, est particulierement destine a
faire connoitre les progres de 1'histoire naturclle de ces animaux, depuis 1'epoque ou Bonna-
terre (1789) a publie sa description des planches de Cetologie. Nous ne ferons qu'indiquer
tres-sorninairement les especes dont il a rapport 6 les caracteres, en renvoyant a son texte et
en indiquant ses figures. En un mot, le travail de Bonnaterre ne doit pas etre consider^
comme un double emploi du notre; mais celui-ci doit 1'etre, au contraire, comme son comple-
ment " (p. 500, note 1).

512 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1822. DEMAREST, A. G. — Continued.

The plan here unfolded the author carried out in detail, every species added since the date
of Bonnaterre's work being apparently included, regardless of its merits. Although many
new specific names were introduced, only one species (Delphinus boryi) was given as "espece
nouvelle." Pew of those described by Bonnaterre are here redescribed, or only briefly so,
the author adding : ' ' DESCRIP. Voyez la Cetologie de Bonnaterre, loc. cit.," to which work refer-
ence is always duly made. 1.611.1

1822. DESMOULINS, A. Cachalot. <Dict. class. d'Hist. nat., ii, 1822, pp. 615-619.

Cachalot, Physeter: generalities, pp. 615-617; species, pp. 617-619. 1. Physeter [Catodon
Lac6p.] macrocephalus, Shaw, p. 617; 2. Catodon macrocepTialus, var. B. Bonn. ( = Physeter
gibbosus, Schreb., pi. 338), p. 618; 3. Ph. catodon, L., p. 618; 4. PA. australianus, Quoy, p.
318; 5. Ph. [Physeter] microps, Schreb.. pi. 339, p. 618; 6. Ph. Tursio ou mular, p. 619; T.
PA. sulcatus, Lacep., p. 619.— The Cachalot's are divided into two groups or genera, as above.—
Catodon, spp. 1, 2, and Physeter, spp. 3-7. The article is an indiscriminate compilation. [612.]

1822. EDITORS. Extracts from Dr. Hibbert's Description of the Shetland Islands.
<Edinb. Pliilos. Joiirn., vi, no. 11, art. vii, 1822, pp. 240-255.

Account of the pursuit and capture of a drove of "Whales [Globiocephalus melas], pp. 240-

243. [613.]

1822. HOME, EVERARD. Ueber die Eigenthumlichkeiten, wodurch sich de Manati

der Westindischen Meere A'on dem Dngong der Ostindischen unterscheidet.

<^Froriep>8 Notizen, ii, Jun. 1822, pp. 260, 261.

Aus den Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Loud. [614.]

1822. MANBY, G. W. Journal | of a | Voyage to Greenland, | in the year 1821. | — |

With graphic illustrations. | ByOeorge William Manby, Esq. | — | London: |

Printed for G. and W. B. Whittaker, | 13, Ave-Maria Lane. | 1822. 4°. pp.

vii, 143, maps, pll., and \vooclcc.

Remarks upon the Failure which has for some years attended the "Whale-Fishery; with
Considerations for removing the Obstacles which have occasioned the same. Appendix, pp.
123-143, numerous cuts of gun-hai-poons and other harpoons, etc. Account of the common
Greenland Whale (Balcena Mysticetus) and "of the early state of the fishing," pp. 29-37, with
cuts. Also allusions to whaling and to the habits of various Cetaceans passim. Plate facing
p. 60, "A boat going on the tail of a "Whale " ; plate facing p. 61, "A "Whale upsetting a boat" ;
plate facing p. 81, "Lancing the Whale."

A German translation was published at Leipzig in 1823, and a Dutch version o,t Amsterdam
in 1825. [615.]

1822. MOURT, — . Mourt's Eelation. <Coll. Mass. Hist. Soc., 2d ser., ix, 1822, pp.
26, 73.

Cape Cod "a place of good fishing; for we saw daily great whales of the best kind for oil
and bone come close aboard our ship, and in fair weather swim and play about us; . . ."
p. 36. This relates to the first visit of the Puritans to Massachusetts Bay in 1620. [616.]
1822. PRESIDENT AND COUNCIL OF NEW ENGLAND. A brief Relation of the discovery
and plantation of New England: . . . <^Coll. Mass. Hist. Soc., 2d ser., ix,
1822, pp. 1-25.

Originally published in London, 1622.

"Ambergris, [and] great numbers of whales along the coast," p. 20. [617.]

1822. [Riccio, ANTONIO, et autres'}. Les Pecheurs | Strangers, | domiciles et station-
ne"s | a Marseille, | a MM. les Deputes des De"partemens. 8°. 1. 1, pp. 16.

Le brochure est sign6e par Antonio Puccio, Joseph Vila et cinque autres, Billard, Avocat.

Marseille, le 6 Aout 1822. [618.]

1822. RUDOLPHI, D. K. A. Einige anatomische Bemerkungen liber Balaena rostrata.

<Abhandl. d. plujs. Kl. d. K.-P. AJcad. d. Wissensch. zu Berlin, 1820-1821 (1822),

pp. 27-40, pll. i-v.

PI. i, Skelet, pll. ii-iv, Schadel, pi. v, Kehlkopf, Rippe, Schwanzwirbelbein, n. s. w. [619.]

1822. WHATTON, W. R. [Note respecting the capture of a female Monodon monoceros

in the North Seas in 1821.] <Trarzs. Linn. Soc. Lond., xiii, pt. 2, 1822, p. 620.

[620.J

1823. BAER, K. E. VON. De | Fossilibns Mammalium Reliquiis | in | Prussia | adja-

centibusque regionibus | repertis. | — | Dissertatio, | quam j ad Professoris
ordinarii munus | in Academia Albertina | rite capessendum | scripsit | Ca-
rolus Ernest us a Baer | . . . [—titles, 4 lines]. | — | Cum icoue. | — | Regio-
mouti 1823. | In Libraria Academica. sm. 4°. 1. 1, pp. 1-38, 1. 1, pi.

§ 8. Cetorum reliquiae fossiles, pp. 34, 35. [621.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 513

1823. CUVIER, G. Reclierclies | sur les | Ossemens fossiles, | ou Ton re"tablit | les
caracteres de plusieurs animaux | dont les revolutions du Globe detruit les
especes; | Par M. le B°". G. Cuvier, | . . . [= titles, 5 Hues.] | Nouvelle Edi-
tion, | entierement refondue, et considdrableinent augmeute'e. | — | Triom-
phante des eaux, du tre'pas et du temps, | La terre a cru revoir ses premiers
habitants. | Delille. | — | Tome cinquieme, Irc. partie, | conteftautlesrougeurs,
les etente's, et les mammif eres marins. | Paris, | Chez G. Dufour et E. d'Ocagne,
Libraires, | Quai Voltaire, N°. 13. | Et a Amsterdam, chez les memes. | 1823.
4°. 11. 2, pp. 1-405, pll. i-xxvii.

Chapitre II. Des Lamantins et des genres qui appartiennent a la memo famille, pp. 235-
271, pll. xix, xx. Premiere Section. Des Especes vivantes et de leur Osteologie, pp. 235-265,
Article premiere. Du lamantin d' Amerique et de son osteologie, pp. 242-253. Article II. Des
especes nominales du petit lamantin des Antilles et du lamantin des Grandes-Indes, p. 254.
Article III. Du lamantin du Senegal, pp. 254-256. Article IV. Du pretendu lamantin du
nord de Steller, pp. 256-259. Article V. Du dugong, pp. 259-265.

Section II. Ossemens fossiles de Lamantins pp., 266-271.

PI. xix, Lamantins et Dugong. PL xx, Osteologie du Dugong. Lamantin d' Amerique, pi.
xix, fig. 1, squelette; figg. 2, 3, crane; figg. 8-10, 1'os de 1'oreille; fig. 11, une de ccs dents;
figg. 14-16, avant-bras ; figg. 17, 18, hum6rus. Lamantin du Senegal, pi. xix, figg. 4, 5, ci ano.
Dugong, pi. xix, figg. 6, 7, crane; pi. xx, fig. 1, squelette; figg. 2-4, crane ; figg. 5, 6, humerus;
figg. 9-11, avant-bras ; figg. 12-14, 1'os de 1'oreille; fig. 15, atlas. Lamantin fossile, pi. xix, fig.
12, vertebre ; figg. 22, 23, partie superieure du crane ; figg. 19-21, avant-bras. PL xix contenaut
aussie (figg. 24-28) os fossiles des phoques.

[Cbapitre II is a reprint of the same author's memoir entitled " Sur I'Osteologiedu Lamantin,"
etc., published originally in tome xiii (1809) of the Annales du Mus'.um d'Higtoire naturelle,
(pp. 273-312) -with the omission of Article vii, and the addition of new matter (the additions
occurring at pp. 244-248, 261-265, 270, 271, with alterations at p. 266, of the Ossemens fossiles.)
PL xx is also added, but pi. xix is the same as pi. xix of the Annales, I. c.]

Chapitre III. Des Ossemens de Dauphins, pp. 273-318. Premiere section. Des Dauphins
vivans, pp. 273-308. Article premier. Determination des especes de dauphins. § 1. Les dau-
phins a bee, pp. 275-280. §2. Les dauphins & tete obtuse, pp. 280-287. § 3. Les dauphins sans
dorsale ou delphinapteres de M. de Lacepede, pp. 387-389. Article II. Osteologie comparative
des diffe rentes especes. §1. Tete de dauphins, pp. 290-302 [remarques generates, pp. 290-295;
Delphinus delphis ou le dauphin vulgaire, p. 295, pi. xxi, figg. 9, 10, crane ; Le Delphinaptere d
museau blanc ou dauphin de Peron, p. 295, pL xxi, figg. 5, 6, crane. Le frontatus, p. 296, pi.
xxi, figg. 7, 8, crane, pL xxiii, figg. 6-8, coupes transversales du museau. Le tursio, p. 296, pi.
xxi, figg. 3, 4. crane. Le marsouin, p. 296, pi. xxi, figg. 1, 2, crane. Le griseus, p. 297, pi. xxiii,
figg. 1, 2, crane. Le grampus ou epaulard, p. 297, pi. xxii, figg. 3, 4, crane. Le globiceps, p. 297,
pi. xxi, figg. 11-13, crane. Le beluga (D. leucas), p. 297, pL xxii, figg. 5, 6, crane. Le dauphin
du Gange, pp. 298-300, pi. xxii, figg. 8-10, crane. Principales dimensions des diverses tetes de
dauphins, p. 302. J §2. Durestedu squelette des dauphins, pp. 303-308. [Le Dauphin vulgaire,
pp. 303-305, pi. xxiii, fig. 23, atlas, fig. 25, quatrieme cervicale, fig. 26, huitieme cervicale, fig. 27,
deuxieme lombaire, fig. 28, neuvieme lombaire, fig. 29, quatrieme caudale, fig. 18, omoplate, fig.
22, humerus. Le tursio, p. 305, pi. xxiii, fig. 17, omoplate. Le globiceps, p. 305, pi. xxiii, fig. 16,
omoplate. Le griseus, p. 306, pi. xxiii, fig. 15, omoplate. Le marsouin, p. 306, pi. xxiii, fig. 13,
omoplate : le dauphin du Gange, p. 307, pi. xxiii, fig. 19, omoplate. Le leucorhamphux, p. 307,
pi. xxiii, fig. 20, omoplate. Principales dimensions de quelque squelette de dauphins, p. 308.]
Section II. Des Dauphins fossiles. Article premier. D'un dauphin voisin de I' epaulard et du
globiceps, dont le squelette a ete deterre en Lombardie, pp. 309-312, pi. xxiii, fig. 1, squelette,
fig. 2, tete en dessous, fig. 3, sternum, fig. 15, os styloi'dien. Article II. D'un dauphin & longue
symphyse de la machoire inferieure, deterre dans uue faluniere du departement des Landes,
pp. 312-315, pi. xxiii, figg. 4, 5, machoire ; figg. 9-11, un fragment du meme. Ariicle ILL D'un
dauphin fort voisin de 1'espece Commune, trouve egalement dans les falunieres du departement
des Landes, p. 316. Article IV. D'un dauphin dont une portion de machoire superieure a ete
trouvee dans calcaire grossier du departement de 1'Orue, pp. 317, 318, pi. xxiii, fig. 38.

Chapitre IV. Des Ossemens de ISTarwals, d'Hyperoodou et de Cachalots, pp. 319-357. Pre-
miere Section. Des Especes vivantes, pp. 319-348. Article premier. Des Narwals. §1. De-
scription de 1'animal, pp. 319-322. § 2. Osteologie, pp. 322, 323, pi. xxii, fig. 7, craue. Article II.
De 1'Hyperoodon. §1. Caracteres exterienrs, pp. 324-326. §2. Osteologie, pp. 326-328, pi.
xxiv,figg. 19-21, crane, fig. 23, omoplate. Article III. Des Cachalots, pp. 328-34 8. §1. Reca-
pitulation des caracteres indiques pour leurs especes; incertitude de ces caracteres [histori-
quc et critique], pp. 328-342. §2. Osteologie des Cachalots. 1°. De la Tete, pp. 342-346, pi.
xxiv, figg. 1-5, crane. 2°. Du reste du squelette, pp. 3,46-348, pi. xxiv, fig. 13, atlas, fig. 12, les
six autres vertebres cervicales, fig. 15, la deuxieme dorsale, fig. 16, la neuvieme dorsale, fig. 17, la

33 a B

514 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1823. CUVIER, G. — Continued.

troisieme lombaire, fig. 18, quatrieme lombaire, fig. 11, omoplate ; fig. 14, hutn6rus et avant-bras,
figg. 6-10, machoire inferieure, exemplaires differens. Section II. Des Ossemens fossiles de
Narwals et de Cetaces voisins des Hyperoodons et des Cachalots, pp. 349-357. Article
premier. Fragmens fossiles de Narval, pp. 349, 350. Article II. Sur une tete petrifiee de
C6tace d'un genre inconnu, voisin des cachalots et des hyperoodons, trouvee sur la c6te de
Provence, pp. 350-352, pi. xxvii, fig. 3, crane. [Cette espece est nomme Ziphius cavirostris.]
Article III. Sur des tetes du genre caracterise dans 1'article precedent, completement petvi-
fiees, deterrees en creusant les bassins d'Anvers, pp. 352-356, pi. xxvii, figg. 4-6, crane. [Cette
espece est nomm6e Ziphius planirostris.] Article IV. D'un morceau qui indique une especo
voisine des precedentes, mais & museau plus allonge, pp. 356-357, pL xxvii, figg. 9, 10, partie du
rostre. [Cette espece e?t nominee Ziphius longirostris.]

Chapitre V. Des Ossemens de "Baleines, pp. 359-396. Premiere Section. Des Especes vi-
vantes, pp. 359-388. Article premier. Determination des especes, pp. 360-370 [historique et
critique]. Article II. Osteologie. § 1. De la tete, pp. 370-377, pi. xxvi, figg. 1-4, crane de ror-
qual du Cap ; fig. 5, crane de rorqual de la Mediterranee ; fig. 6, crane de rorqual de la mer du
Xord; pi. xxv, figg. 1-4, crane d'une baleine proprement dite d'apres un jeune individu du
Cap ; figg. 5-8, d'apres un adulte de la memo espece ; figg. 9-11, d'apres un adulte du Green-
land ; pi. xxvii, figg. 10-15, os de 1'oreille d'apres 1'espece du Cap. § 2. Du reste du squelette.
1°. Dans les baleines proprement dites, pp. 378-381, pi. xxvi, fig. 13, vertebres cervicales, fig.
14, quartrieme dorsale, fig. 15, onzieme dorsale, fig. 16, premiere lombaire, fig. 17, une des pre-
mieres caudales, fig. 11, sternum, fig. 7, omoplate, fig. 23, humerus, avant-bras et manus — toutes
les figures d'apres la grande baleine du Cap ; fig. 18, vertebres cervicales d'apres une autre
espece, fig. 8, omoplate, d'apres de baleine franche. 2°. Dans les rorquals, pp. 381-385, pi.
xxvi, fig. 19, atlas, fig. 21, quatrieme cervicale, fig. 9, omoplate, fig. 22, humerus et os de na~
geoire, tontesles figures d'apres le rorqual du Cap; [quelques observations sur 1'osdu bassin et
sur 1'os hyoi'de des c6taces], pp. 385-388, pi. xxvi, fig. 24, os du bassin d'apres le rorqual, fig, 25,
os du bassin d'apres la grande baleine, pi. xxv, fig. 12, os hyoi'de d'apres les dauphins, fig. 14,
os hyoi'de d'apres la grande baleine du Cap, fig. 15, os hyoi'de d'apres le cachalot d'Audierne(?).
Section II. Des Baleines fossiles, pp. 389-396. Article premier. D'une baleine du sous-genre
des rorquals, dont il a ete deterre deux squelettes en Lombardie, pp. 390-392, pi. xxvii, fig. 1,
squelette, copiee de M. Cortesi. Article II. D'un fragment considerable de tete de Baleine
deterre dans le sein de la ville de Paris, pp. 393-396, pi. xxvii, fig. 16.

Resume de cette septieme partie, pp. 397-399. Addition importante a cette septieme partie
[relative au Delphinus frontatus, nomme & p. 278], p. 400.

Delphinus frontatus, pp. 278, 296, 400, D. griseus, p. 284, note 1, p. 297, spp. nn. ; Ziphius cavi-
rostris, p. 352, Z. planirostris, p. 356, Z. longirostris, p. 357, gen. et spp. nn.

Cuvier, in his classic memoir on the recent and fossil Cetacea, thoroughly sifted the litera-
ture of the subject, critically separating, for the first time, the few grains of wheat from the
vast amount of chafi7 that had already accumulated, placing the subject on a solid basis, be-
sides adding, in both his plates and text, a large amount of new and well-considered informa-
tion respecting the osteology of the species. In his historical resume, no less than in the
technical portions of the work, is seen the hand of the master. Unfortunately, however, for
the nomenclature of the subject, the species are largely treated under simply vernacular
names, but they may be easily identified with their proper systematic cognomens. A single
new genus (Ziphius) with three new species, and two or three new species referred to Del-
phinus, are for the first time defined, while the untenability of various nominal species is
clearly shown. In some instances, however, he appears to have overstepped the bounds of
judicious criticism, but not to the extent claimed by Dr. J. E. Gray, who says that Cuvier, in
examining previous authorities, approached "the work with a predisposition to reduce the
number of species, which his predecessors had described, to the smallest number . . . To
make this reduction: first, he believes that the Hump- backed Whale, of Dudley, is only a
whale that has lost its fin, not recognizing that the Cape Rorqual, which he afterwards de-
scribed from the fine skeleton now shown in the inner court of the Paris Museum, is one of
this kind; secondly, that the Black-fish [Physeter Tursio, Gray], and the Sperm Whale are
the same species ; an error which must have arisen from his not having observed that Sib-
bald had figured the former, for he accuses Sibbald of twice describing the Sperm Whale;
and when he came to Schreiber's [sic] copy of Sibbald's figure, he thinks the figure represents
a Dolphin which had lost its upper teeth, overlooking the peculiar form and posterior posi-
tion of the dorsal fin, and the shape of the head, which is unlike that of any known Dolphin.
This mistake is important, as it vitiates the greater part of Cuvier's criticism on the writings
of Sibbald, Artedi, and others, on these animals."— (Cat. Mam. Brit. Mus., pt. i,. Cetacea,
1850, 3. Cf. also Gray, I. c., p. 54. )

Gray's criticism, however, lacks the support of the best modern Cetologists, who discard
Gray's Physeter Tursio, based on Sibbald as above, and still known only from Sibbald's figure
and description, and the grotesque figure of Bayer's Mular. He for the first time reduced
the Cachalots to a single species, —a conclusion amply sustained by later investigators. [622 . ]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 515

18'33. DESMOULINS, ANTOIXE. Ce'tace's. <^Dict. class. d'Hist. nat., iii (Cad-Che),
1823, pp. 411-417.

General account of the order, according to the classification of (T. Cuvier (Regne Animal,
tome i). Contains a correction of the article Baleine (op. cit., t. ii,p. 165), and adds the fol-
lowing, previously described (Mem. du Museum, t. iv) hy Lacepede from Japanese paint-
ings: 14. Balanopterapunctata; 15. Sal. nigra; 16. Hal. ccerulescens ; 17. Sal. macu-
lata, p. 417. [623.]

1823. " EBERT, FRZ. Das Thierreich. Eine belehrende Darstell. der bekannten leben-
den Geschopfe der Erde. 4 Thle. Mit 8 Kpfrtaf. 8°. Wien, 1823."

Not seen ; title from Carus and Engelmann. [624.]

1823. EDITORS. [Vertebra of a Whale found near Dingwell. ] <^Edinb. Philos. Journ.,
ix, no. 17, art. xxii, 1823, p. 185.

Notice (10 lines) in a report of the Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh for March
27, 1823. [625.]

1823. FLEMING, JOHN. Gleanings of Natural History, gathered on the Coast of Scot-
land during a voyage in 1821. <^Edinb. Philos. Journ., viii, no. 16, art. x, 1823,
pp. 294-303.

Mentions seeing Balcenoptera rottrata, p. 303. , [626.1

1823. HOME, EVERARD. Lectures | on | Comparative Anatomy; | in which are ex-
plained | the Preparations | in | the Hunterian Collection. | — | Illustrated
by Engravings. | — | To which is subjoined, | Synopsis Systematis Regui
Animalis, | nunc primum ex ovi modificationibus propositi. | — | By Sir Eve-
rard Home, Bart. | V.P.R. S. F.S.A. F.L.S. | . . . [= titles, 8 lines]. | — | In
Four Volumes. | Vol. Ill [-IV]. | London: | Printed for Longman, Hurst, Rees,
Orme, and Brown, | Paternoster-Row. | 1823. 4°. Vol. iii, text, 1. 1, pp. i-
xvii, 1. 1, pp. 1-586; vol. iv, plates, pp. i-viii, 1. 1, pll. i-clxxi, each with an
explanatory leaf.

The whole work consists of 6 vols., 3 of text and 3 of plates, published as
follows : vol. i, ii, 1814 ; vols. iii, iv, 1823 ; vols. v, vi, 1828.

Cetacea and Sirenia, passim, in lectures Fifth, Sixth, Seventh, Ninth, and Tenth. The fol-
lowing is a list of the plates relating to these groups:

PI. xvii, jaws of Delphinus gangeticus,- plL xxi-xxiii, skull and teeth of Dugong; pll. xxiv,
xxv, tongue, stomach, and caecum of Dugong ; pi. xxvi, stomach of Manatee ; pi. xxvii, caecum
of Manatee; pi. 1, heart of Dugong; pi. li, portion of trachea and section of lungs of Dugong;
pi. Iii, Dugong (animal); pi. liii, sternum and pelvis; pi. liv, skeleton of Dugong; pi. Iv,
Manatee (animal) ; pi. Ivi, skeleton of Manatee ; pi. c, ear bone of Balcena mysticetus, external
view ; pi. ci, do., internal view ; pi. cxvi, uterus and penis of Dugong.

The plates here noted all first appeared in the Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London. See HOME,
E., at 1818, 1820, and 1821. [627.]

1823. JONKAIRE, M. DE LA. Notice g6ologique sur les environs d'Anvers. <^Mem. de
la Soc. d'Hist. Nat. de Paris, i, 1823, pp. 110-126.

Ossemens de Cetaces, p. 117. [628.]

1823. "MANBY, G. W. Journal | of a | Voyage to Greenland, | in the year 1821. | With
graphic illustrations. | — | By George William Manby, Esq. | — | The Second
Edition. | London : | Printed for G. and W. B. Whittaker, | Ave-Maria Lane.
| — | MDCCCXXIII. 1 vol. 8vo. pp. xi, 225, maps, pll., and woodcc."

A reprint in 8° of the 4° edition of 1822. Not seen ; title from Coues, Bds. Col. Vail., p.
606. For notice of cetological matter see supra, 4° ed., 1822. [629.]

1823. SCORESBY, WILLIAM, jr. Journal | of a Voyage to the | Northern Whale-fish-
ery ; | including | researches- and discoveries on the Eastern Coast | of | Green-
land, | made in the Summer of 1822, in the ship | Baffin of Liverpool. | By |
William Scoresby, Junior, \ F. R. S. E., M. W. S. &c. &c. | commander. | — |
Edinburgh : | Printed for Archibald Constable and Co. Edinburgh : | and
Hurst, Robinson and Co. Cheapside, London. | — | 1823. 8°. pp. i-xliii, pp.
1-472, pi. i-viii.

List of Animals met with on the Eastern Coast of Greenland, with Notes and Memoranda.
I, Mammalia, pp. 416-420. Cetacea, 1. Balcena Mysticetus, 2. B. gibbar, 3. Monodon Mono-
ceros, p. 420.

516 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1823. SCORESBY, WILLIAM, .;>.— Continued.

Whalefishery and Whales, passim, in text, to wit: A "Whale captured, p. 41; Narwhals,
pp. 75, 76 ; capture of Whales, pp. 123-130, 134-136 ; Narwhal taken, — description of the ani-
mal, including measurements, p. 132 ; further account of the Narwhal, including its anatomy,
pp. 136-142, figg. at pp. 14o, 141, illustrative of structure of blow -hole ; anatomy of the Whale,
pp. 148-158, figg. showing structure of blow-holes at pp. 152, 153 ; Whales taken, pp. 285-290.

[630.]

1824. ANON. Udtog af en Dagbog, lioldet paa en Rejse i Gronland i Sommeren 1823.

<^Orsted, Tidsskrift for NaturvidensJcaberne, 1824, no. 9, pp. 271-289, no. 10, pp.
l-:>5.

References passim to various Cetaceans, e. g., no. 10, pp. 2, 4, 20, 26, 29, etc. [631.]

1824. ANON. A Voyage to Cochin China. By John White, Lieutenant in the United
States Navy. <Edinb. Eei\, xii, 1825, pp. 123-142.

An extended review of the work (see 1824. WHITE, J.), containing, at pp. 136-142, some
account of the Southern Whale Fishery. [632.J

1824. CHAMISSO, ADELBERTUS DE. Cetaceorum maris Kamtschatici imagines, ab
Aleutis e ligno fictas, adumbravit recensuitque Adelbertus de Charuisso, Dr.
<^Nou. Act. Phys.-med. Acad. Cces. Leop.- Carol. Nat. Curios., xii, 1, 1824, pp.
249-280, pll. xvi-xx; xii, 2, p. 873 (corrigenda).

1. Balaena Kuliomoch, pp. 249-256, pi. xvi, fig. 1 (i. e., pi. xvii, fig. 3). 2. Balaena Abugu-
lich, pp. 256, 257, pi. xvi, fig. 2 (i. e., pi. xvii, fig. 1). 3. Balaena Mangidach, p. 257, pi. xvii, fig. 3
(i. e., pi. xvi, fig. 1). 4. Balaena Agamachtschich, pp. 257, 258, pi. xviii, fig. 4. 5. Balaena Alio-
moch vel Aliama, p. 256, pi. xviii, fig. 5. 6. Balaena Tschickagluk, p. 257, pi. xix, fig. 6. 7.
Physetcr Agidagich vel Agdagjach, pp.257, "260" (i. e , 258), pi. xix, fig. 7. 8. Ancylodon?
Alugninich, pp. "261, 262," pi. xx, fig. 8. 9. Delpinus [sic] Aguluch, p. 260, pi. xx, fig. 9.

A more barbarous piece of work was doubtless never perpetrated in natural history than
the burdening of Cetology by Chamisso with nine "species" of Cetaceans based on wooden
images made by the Aleuts. In the light of present knowledge of the Cetacea of the Japan
seas most of them may be determined generically, mainly, however, on the basis of exclu-
sion. The delineations and descriptions are of interest as showing the proficiency of sav-
ages in carving natural objects in wood, but as diagnoses of actual species they are not enti-
tled to recognition, and the barbarous names by which they are specifically designated may
well drop from the system as indeterminable synonyms. A page of errata in the second part
of the volume shows that the references in the text to the first three figures are erroneous,
while, to further complicate the citation of the paper, pp. 256 and 257 and p. 260 are duplicated,
while there are no pp. 258 and 259.

Balaena Kuliomoch (fig. iii, not fig. i, as given in the text) relates quite evidently to
some species of Balcena. Balcena Abugulich (fig. i, not fig. ii, as given in the text), Balcena
Mangidach (fig. ii, not fig. iii, as given in the text), and Balcena Agamachtschich (fig. iv), all
apparently relate to Fin- Whales. The size of the pectoral fin in Balcena Aliomoch (fig. v)
seems to indicate that it is a species of Megaptera. Balcena Tschikagluck (fig. vi) is unrecog-
nizable even generically ; it may, however, relate to Rhachianectes. Physeter Agidagich (fig.
vii) has a general resemblance only to Physeter. The Ancylodon ? Alugninich (fig. viii) is un-
recognizable. Delp[h]inu8 Aguluch (fig. ix) is apparently some species of Orca. [633.]

1824. CUVIER, G, Sur la d6termination des di verses especes de Baleines vivantes.
<Ann. des Sci. nat., ii, 1824, pp. 27-41.

Extrait de Hecherches sur les Ossemens Fossiles, v, pp. 360-370. [634.]

1824. DESM[ARE]ST, [A. G.] Revue et representation d'images sculpte'es en bois par
les habitans des lies Aleoutes, repre"sentant diverses especes de Ce'tace's des
mers du Kamtschatka ; par A. de Chamisso; av. 5 pi. litogr. (Nov. Ada Acad.
Cces. Leop. Carol. Nat. Cur., to. xii, lre partie). <^FerussacJs Bull, des Sci. nat.,
iii, 1824, pp. 70-75.

Resum6. [635.]

1824. DESMOULINS, A. Dauphin. <DiW. class. tfHist. nat., v, Cra-D, 1824, pp. 348-301.
Dauphin, Delphinus: generalities, pp. 348-353 ; species, pp. 353-361. 1. Delphinus Delphis,
L., p. 363; 2. D. Tursio, Fabr., p. 354; 3. D. frontatus, Guv., p. 354; 4. D. Bredanehs'.s,
Guv., p. 355; 5. D. coronatus, Fr6m., p. 355; 6. D. gangeticus, Lebeck, p. 355; 7. D. dubius,
Cuv., p. 356; 8. D. Boryi, Desm., p. 356, pi. cxli, fig. 1 (original); 9. D. Phoccena, L., p. 557
(i. e., 357); 1O. D. Orca, Fabr., p. 557 (i. e., 357); 11. D. griseus, Cuv., p. 557 (L e., 357); J2.
D. globiceps, Cuv., p. 358; 13. D. Leucas, Pall., p. 358; 14. D. Peronii, Lacep. ( = D. leuco-
rhamphus, Peron), p. 359; 15. Dauphin Rhinoc6ros, Quoy et Gaim., p. 359; 16. Dauphin

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 517

DESMOULINS, A. — Continued.

crucigere, Qnoy et Gaiin., p. 359; 17. Dauphin albigere, Quoy et Graim., p. 360; 18. Dauphin
do Cortesi, Cuv. (foss.), p. 3GO; 19. Dauphin k longue symphise, Cuv. (foss.), p. 360; 20.
[not named], foss., p. 361; 21. [not named], foss., p. 361.

Tho genus Delphinus is divided into three sections, to wit, "t Dauphins & bee," including
spp. 1-8; "tt Dauphins a tete obtuse," spp. 8-12; "ttt Dauphins sans dorsale, Delphinap-
teres de Lacepede, " spp. 13, 14. Numbers 15-17 (I-III in the original) are entered incertce cedis,
between spp. 14 and 15 of the original article ; and then follow "Dauphins fossiles, " spp. 18-21
(15-18 in the original). [636.]

1824. DESMOULIXS, A. Dugong, Trichechus Dugong, Gmel. <^Dict. class. cVHlst. nat.,
v, Cra-D, 1824, pp. 640, 641, pi. cxli, fig. 2. [637.]

1824. D. [? DESMOULINS, A. ] De Pexistence du nerf olfactif ou ethmoidal dans les Ba-
leines; par A. Desmoulins. (Diet, class. d'Hist. nat., t. 2, art. Baleinc.) ^Ferns-
sac's Bull, des Sci. nat., ii, 1824, pp. 362, 363. [638.]

1824. EDITORS. Habits of the Whale. <Edinb. Philos. Journ., xi, no. 21, 1824, pp.
220, 221.

Note on the occurrence of a "Whale in the St. Lawrence River, near Montreal. [639.]

1824. EDITORS. Notice in regard to a Fossil Whale disco'vered in Dunmore Park.
<Edinb. Phil. Journ., xi, no. 21, 1824, p. 220.

Its position similar to that of Airthrie; estimated length, "70 or 75 feet." (See infra, 1824.
KEDDOCH.) [640.]

1824. EICHWALD, E. Observationes nonnullae circa fabricam Delphini Phocsenae aeta-
tis nondum provectae. <^Mem. de TAcad. imp. des Sci. de &t.-Petersbourg, v°
s6r., ix, 1824, pp. 431-452. [641,]

1824. FABER, [FRIEDRICH]. Udtog af en Skrivelse fra Regiinents-qvarteermester og
Auditeur Faber til Prof. Reinhardt, dateret Horsens d. 28 Juli 1824. <^0rsted,
Tidsskrift for Naturvidenskaberne, iv, no. 10, 1824, pp. 110-118.

A slight reference to Balcena Hoops at p. 110. [642.]

1824. HARLAN, RICHARD. On a species of Lamantin resembling the Manatus Senega-
lensis (Cuvier) inhabiting the Coast of East Florida. <^Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., iii, 1824, pp. 3'JO, 394, pi. xiii, ligg. 1-3.

Manatus latirostris, sp. n., based on "two skulls, two ribs, and a strip of skin, seven feet
six inches in length, half an inch thick." Skulls described in detail, with figures (pi. xiii,
figg. 1-3), and compared with skulls of M. americanus (pi. xiii, fig. 5) and M. senegalen&is
(pi. xiii, fig. 4). No characters are found in the skull to separate M. latirostris from M.
senegalensis, but the name latirostris is proposed for adoption in case further investigation
should reveal external differences sufficient to separate the Florida Manatee from the
African ! [643.]

1824. HERAUSGEBER. Rudolphi; anatomische Bemerkuugen fiber Balaena rostrala.
</sis von Oken, xiv, 1824, pp. 620, 621.

Auszug aus Abhandl. d. phys. Classe d. k. p. Acad. d. Wissen. zu Berlin, 1820-1821 (1822),
pp. 27-40. [644.]

1824. HERAUSGEBER. Uber die Strecken, welche die Walfische durchschwimmen.
<^Froriep's Noiizen aus dem Gebiete der Natur- und Heilkunde, viii, no. 8, Sept.,
1824, pp. 121, 122.

Abstract aus Hr. Baron vom Zach's Correspondence astronomique, geographique, hydro-
graphique et statistiqite, ix, no. 1, 1823, p. 95. [645. J

1824. KEDDOCII, — . Further particulars in regard to the Fossil Whale of Dunmore.
<Edinb. PMlos. Journ., xi, no. 22, 1824, pp. 415-417.

A letter supplementing an editorial communication in the preceding number, giving a de-
tailed account of the situation of the skeleton. [646.]

1824. KNOX, [ROBERT]. Anatomische Beobachtungen Uber die Milchgefass im Seehuud
uiid Wai, aus Briefen von Dr. Knox an Dr. Duncan. •^Frorlep's Notizcn aus
dcm Gebiete der Natur- und Heilkunde, viii, no. 4, August, 1824, pp. 49-53.

Uebersetzet aus Edinburgh Med. and Surg. Journ., July, 1824, p. 23. [647.]

518 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

18£4. EAINE, THOMAS. Notice in regard to Macquarie Island. <^Edinb. Philos. Journ.,
xi, no. 21, art. iii, 1824, pp. 46-50.

Reference (p. 49) to "the. black or proper whale," and to the ''fish called by whalers the
Killer," which "is said to kill its prey by goring it in the belly with its dorsal fin, which is
sharp, and sometimes from 8 to 10 feet long, shaped like a scythe." [648.]

1824. SABIXE, E. A | Supplement | to | the Appendix of Captain Parry's Voyage for
the | Discovery of a North- West Passage, | in the years 1819-20. | Contain-
ing | an account of the subjects | of | Natural History. | — | London; | John
Murray, Albemarle-street. | — | MDCCCXXIV: 4°. 11. 5, pp. clxxxiii-cccx,
pll. 6.

Mammalia, by Edward Sabine, pp. clxxxiii-cxcii.

Monodon monocerog, p. cxcii (short description of a specimen killed). [649.]

1824. SCHLEEP, [B. C.] Einige zoologische Bemerkungen. <^Isis von OJcen, xv, 1824,

pp. 891-899.

Delphinus phocaena, p. 892. Die Schwanzflosse horizontal und nicht vertical war (!) wie
Block und Bechstein gesagt haben. [650.]

1825. BLAINVILLE, H. DE. Note sur un ce*tac6 e'choue' an Havre, et sur un ver trouv6

dans sa graisse. <ATouv. Bull, des Sci. de la Soc. pliilom. de Paris, 1825, pp.
139-141.

Caracteres externes, etc., d'un cetac6 sans nom scientiflquo. [651.]

1825. BLAINVILLE, H. DE. tiber ein bei Havre gestrandetes fischartiges Siiugethier
und einen in dem Speck desselben gefunden Wurm. <^Froriep'8 Notizen, etc.,
xii, No. 256, Dec. 1825, pp. 212-214. [652.]

1825. BLUMENBAOH, J. F. Handbuch | der | Naturgeschichte | Von | Joh. Fried.

Blumenbach. | [Vignette.] Eilfte rechtmasige Ausgabe. | — | Gfittingen,

1825. | In der Dieterich'schen Buchhandluug. 8b. pp. i-xii, 1-668, pll. i, ii.

Trichechus manatus, p. 112. Cetacea, pp. 113-115. Genn. 4, spp. 7. Text substantially the

same as in the 10th ed., 1821, q. v. |653.]

1825. CUVIER, F. Des | Dents des Mammiferes, | conside"re"es | corame caracteres
zoologiques. | Par M. F. Cuvier. | — | Le Cabinet d'anatomie forme" par M. G.
Cuvier, | au JardinduRoi, pouvaitseuldonnerTide'e et | fournirlesmate'riaux
de cet ouvrage. | [Monogram.] | F. G. Levrault, E\liteur, a Strasbourg, | et
rue de la Harpe, N°. 81, a Paris. | Le Normant, rue de Seine, N°. 8, a Paris. |
1825. 8°. pp. i-lv, 1-258, 1.1, pll. i-ciii -f- iii &*s> xi&is, xxii bis, xxxiv bis,
Ixxxvi bis, xci bis, xciii bis = ex.

Cctaces herbivores, pp. 236-239. PI. xcvi, Manatus amerivanus ; pi. xcvii, Halicore dugong.

C'taces piscivorea, pp. 240-246, pll. xcviii-ciii. PI. xcviii, Delphinus sp. ; pi. xcix, D. gange-
ticus; pi. c, " Marsouins " ; pi. ci, Grampus sp. ; pi. cii, Monodon monoceros; pi. ciii, Physeter
macrocephalus.

The descriptions are brief; there are no textual references to the plates, nor is there any
exact indication of what species are figured. The work is of little importance in reference
to Cetaceans. [654.]

1825. CUVIER, G. Recherches | surles | Ossemens fossiles, j ou Ton re"tablit | les carac-
teres de plusieurs anirnaux | dont les revolutions du Globe ont de" trait les
especes; | Par M. le Bon. G. Cuvier, | . . . 1= titles, 5 lines]. | Troisieme
Edition. | — | Triomphante des eaux, du tr^pas et du temps, | La terre a cru
revoir ses premiers habitants. | Delille. | — | Tome Premier [-Cinquieme]. |
[Seal.] Paris, | Chez G. Dufour etE. D'Ocagne, Libraires, Quai Voltaire, N°.
13. | Et a Amsterdam, chez les m6ine. | 1825. 4°. 11. 2, pp. 1-405, pll. i-xxvii.
This is apparently a reissue of the "Nouvelle [Edition," 1823, q. v,t from the same plates,
with a new title-page, altered as above. [655.]

1825. DESM[ARE]ST, A. G. Sur une nouvelle espece de Lamantin, qui ressemble au
Manatus senegalensis de M. Cuvier, et habite les c6tes de la Floride orientale ;
par M. R. Harlan. (Journ. of the Acad. Nat. Sc. of Philadelph., vol. iii, no. 13,
mai 1824.) <^Feru8sa<f8 Bull, des Sci. nat., iv, 1825, pp. 106-108.

K6sum6. [656.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 519

1325. EDITORS. Remains of a Fossil Whale brought from the Apennines, by Lord
Glenorchy. <Edinb. Philos. Journ., xiii, no. 26, 1825, p. 385. [657.]

1825. F. Lamantine. <^Edinl>. Journ. Set., ii, 1825, p. 186.

A brief abstract of Harlan's paper (Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Hi, pp. 390 et seqq.)
on Manatus latiroatris. (See 1824. HAKLAN, K.) [658.]

1825. HARLAN, RICHARD. Fauna Americana: | being | a Description | of the | Mam-
miferous Animals | inhabiting North America. | — | By Richard Harlan,
M. D. | . . . [--= titles, 6 lines]. | — | . . . [= motto, 3 lines]. | — | Philadel-
phia : | published by Anthony Finley. | J. Harding, Printer. | 1825. 8°. pp.
i-x, 11-320.

"Order Ceta" (pp. 274-301) includes: "1. Family Cetacea Herbivora, Sirenia" (pp. 274-281),
and, "2. Family Ceta, or Whales proper" (pp. 281-301).

Sirenia: 1. Manatus latiroatris, p. 277; tf. Fossil Manatus, p. 278; 3. Stellerus borealis,
p. 279.

Cetacea: 1. Delphinus [Dclphynorhynchua] coronatus, p. 282; '2. Delphinus [Delphinus]'
delphis, p. 284; 3. Delphinus [Delphinus] canademis [— Beluga catodon], p. 285; 4. Del-
phinus [Phoccena] phoccena, p. 286; 5. Delphinus [Phoccena] gladiator, p. 286; 6. Delphinus
[Phoccena] grampus [=D.orca auct.J, p. 287 ; 7. Delphinus [Delphinapterus] leucas [—Beluga
catodon], p. 288 ; 8. Delphinus [Heterodon] anarnachus, p. 289; d. Monodon monoceros, p. 290;
10. Monodon microcephalus, p. 291; 11. Physeter [Catodon] macrocephalus, 294; 12. Phy-
seter [Catodon] trumpo,p. 294; 13. Balcena [Balcena] mysticetus, p. 292; J4. Balcena[Ba-
Icena] glacialis, p. 297; 15. Balcena [Balcena] nodosa, p. 298; 16. Balcena [Balcenoptera]
gibbar, p. 299; 17. Balcena [Balcenoptera] boops, p. 300; 18. Balcena [Balcenoptera] rostrata,
p. 301.

The matter relating to the Cotacea is wholly compiled. • There is no "internal evidence"
that specimens were examined in any case, but the general subject is intelligently handled.

[659.]

1825. HARLAN, RICHARD. Notice of the Pleisiosaurus and other Fossil Reliquiae, from
the State of New Jersey. <Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., iv, pp. 232-236, pi.
xiv, fig. 1.

First notice of the Cetacean remains, here erroneously referred to a Saurian, which be-
came later the basis of Priscodelphinus harlani, Leidy. Cf. Leidy, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Phila., 1851, p. 326. [660.]

1825. LATREILLE, [P. A.] Families | naturelles | du Regne Animal, | expose'es suc-
cinctement et dans un ordre analytique, | avec Pindication de leurs genres. |
Par M. [Pierre Andre"] Latreille, | Membre de 1'Institut (Academic royale des
Sciences), de la Le"gion-d'Honneur, etc., etc. | — | . . . [= motto, 5 lines]. | — |
Paris j J.-B. Bailliere, Libraire, | Rae de 1'ficole de Me"decine, N° 14. | Bau-
douin freres, Rue de Vaugirard, N° 36. | — | 1825. 8°. 11. 3, pp. 1-570.

Onzieme Ordre, Cetaces. Cetacea, pp. 64, 65. Premiere Famille, Herbivores, Herbivora
(= Sirenia). Seconde Famille, Souffleurs, Hydraula (= Cetacea). Genera enumerated
under French names — Herbivora, 3 genn.; Hydraula, 2 primary unnamed divisions, each
•with two unnamed subdivisions ; genn. 10. [661.]

1825. LYNGBYE, CHR. Von dem Fange der Meerschweine auf den Ferroe-Inseln,
nebst einem Beitrag zur Naturgeschichte derselben. <^Froriep'a Notizen, etc.,
xii, no. 245, Okt. 1825, pp. 33-41.

Chiefly about the Grindelwalen, of which two species are distinguished, differing in size.
Measurements of these are given at p. 40, as well as also of "Balcena rostrata." There is a
detailed account of their external characters, etc. [662.]

1825. RICHARDSON, J. Appendix | to | Captain Parry's .Journal | of a | Second Voy-
age | for | the discovery of a Northwest Passage from | the Atlantic to the
Pacific, | performed in | his Majesty's Ships Fury and Hecla, | in | the years
1821-22-23. | — | Published by authority of the Lords Commissioners of the
Admiralty. | — | London: | John Murray, | Publisher to the Admiralty and
Board of Longitude. | — | MDCCCXXV. 4°. 11. 2, pp. 1-432. >Zoological
Appendix. — No. I. Account of the Quadrupeds and Birds, by John Richard-
sou, M. D., M. W. S. pp. 287-399.

Mammalia, pp. 288-341. Balcena mysticetus, p. 336. Monodon monoceros, p. 336. Delphi-
napterus beluga, p. 337. [663.]

520 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1825. "ROSENTHAL, F. C., et F. HORXSCHUH. De Balaeuopteris quibusdani ventre
sulcato distinctis; epist. gratul. ad J. F. Bluraeubachium, 4 uiaj. Gryphis-
wald., Koch, 1825."

Not seen; title from Cams and Engelmann. [664.]

1825. " SCORESBY, W. Tagebuch eiuer Reise auf den Wallfischfang, ubers. von Kries,
1825. pp. 178."

Not seen. See the original English edition of 1823. [665.]

1825. THAARUP, F. Statistisk ITdsigt | over | den danske Stat | i Begyndelsen a£
Aaret 1825. | — | Sorn Haandbog for Forretniugsmomd og Bejiledning for |
StatistikensDyrkere. | — | Af | Fr[ederick]. Thaarnp. | Statsraad. | — j . . .
1= quotation, 9 lines]. | — | Kj7»benhavn. | Forlagt af Fr. Brummer. | Trykt
hos C. Graebe. | 1825. 8°. pp. i-xxiv, 1-739, og tab. i-xxxviii.

Marsvinet, Delphinus phocaena, pp. 200-202. Hvalfislc-Fangst, pp. 380, 381, 660. [666,]

1825. THOMPSON, J. L. Bottle-nose Whales. <^Edinb. Philos. Journ., xiii, no. 26,

1825, p. 389.

Short description of two specimens, male and female, stranded in East Lothian, Scotland ;
the female contained two foetuses. [667.]

1826. ANON. Whale killed in the River St. Laurence, GOO miles from the Sea.

<Edinb. New Philos. Journ,, [i], 1828, pp. 193-195.

Account of a species of "Finner,"42 feet 8 inches in length, captured near Montreal;
"Extract of a letter from Montreal, dated September 13, 1823." [668.]

1826. BAER, [K. E. VON]. Ueber den Brauntisch (Delphinus phocaena) . . . (Als Vor-
laufer einer vollstandigen anatomischen Monographic dieses Thiers.) <Im
von Oken, xix, 1826, pp. 807-811. [669.]

1826. BAER, [K. E. VON]. Die Nase der Cetaceen erlautert durch Untersuchung der
Nase des Braunfisches (Delphinus phocaena). <^Isis von Oken, xix, 1826, 811-
847, pll. v, vi. [670.]

1823. BAER, [K. E. VON]. Nachtragliche Bemerkung fiber die Riechnerven des
Braunfisches. <Isis von Oken, xix, 1826, p. 944. [671.]

1828. BAKKER, G. Eenige woorden over de waarde der ondervinding, ter geleide van
waarneiningeii over Wormen, bijzonder in het hart en de luchtvaten van
Bruinvischen [Delphinus pliocaena~\. <^Bijd. tot de natuurk. Wetensch., i, 1, 1826,
pp. 449-475. [672.]

1825. "BLOCQUEL, SIM. Ichthyologie de la jeunesse, ou beaut6s de Fhistoire natu-

rello des Poissons, C6taces et Crustacea. Avec 60 fig. in-16°. Lille et Paris,
1826."

Not seen; title from Cams and Engelmann. [673.]

182(5. BUFFON, [G. L. LECLERC] DE, et [G.] CUVIER. OEuvres | completes | de Buf-
fon | mises en ordre et pre'cdde'es d'une notice historique | par M. A. Richard, |
Professeur agr6g<5 a la Facultd de M6decine de Paris ; | Suivies de deux Vo-
lumes | sur les progres des Sciences physiques et naturelles | depuis la mort de
Buffon, | par | M. le Baron Cuvier, | Secr6taire perpdtuel de PAcade'mie ro-
yale des Sciences. | [Medallion.] A Paris | Chez Baudouin Freres, fiditeurs, |
Rue de Vaugirard, N° 17, | et chez N. Delangle, jfiditeur, | Rue du Battoir, N°
19. | — fM.DCCC.XXVl. 8°. 11. 3, pp. 1-350.

Les Phoques, les Morses, ct les Lamantins, pp. 188-334. Le Dugong, pp. 294-297. Le La-
mantin, pp. 297-313. Sur les Lamantins, pp. 313-316. Le Grand Lauiantin du Kamtsehatka, Stel-
lurus borealis, Cuv., pp. 316-326. Le Grand Lamantin des Antilles, Manatus Americanus
Desm.,pp. 326-329. Le Grand Lamantin do la Mer des Indes [ = Dugong], p. 329. Lo Petit
Lamantin d'Am6rique, pp. 330-332. Le Petit Lamantin dvi Senegal, Manatus Senegalensis
Desrn., pp. 332-334.

In this edition we have the text of the original edition (1765, q. v.), with the omission of the
references to authorities, followed by the text of the Supplement (1782, q. v.), with here also
omission of reference to authorities. There are a few brief notes by the editor, signed "A. E."

[674.J

1826. DESM[ARE]ST, [A. G.]. Note sur un C6tac6 dchono a Havre, et sur un Ver

trouve dans la graisse ; par M. H. de Blainville. (Bull, de la Soc. pliilom., sept.
1825.) ^Ferussac's Bull, des Sci. nat., vii, 1826, pp. 370-373. 1675.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 521

1826. DRUMMOND, H. H. Notice regarding Fossil Bones of a Whale discovered in the

District of Montieth. < Mem. Wcrn. Soc. Nat. Hist., v, pt. ii, 1826, pp. 440, 441.

Brief description of the remains, which are not specifically determined. [676.]

1826. EDITORS. Whale-Fishery at Van Dieman's Land. <^Edinb. New Pldlos. Journ.,

[i], 1826, p. 393.

Initiation of the enterprise at Van Dieman's Land, May, 1824. [677.]

1828. LESSON, R. P. Indication de quelques Ce"tace"s nouveaux observes dans le vo-
yage autour du inonde de la corvette la Coquille. <^Ferussac's Hull, des Sci.
nat. et de geol., vii, 1826, pp. 373, 374.

Delphinus bivittatus, D. super ciliosus, D. leucocephalus, D. lunatus, D. minimus, D. malaya
nus, p. 373 ; D. maculatus, Delphinapterus Peronii, p. 298.

The "indications" are very brief, and, in some cases, so general as to be valueless. See
next title for further comment respecting these species. [678.]

1826. LESSON, R. P., and P. GARNOT. Voyage | autour du Monde, | Execute" par
Ordre du Roi, | Sur la Corvette de Sa Majeste", La Coquille, pendant | les an-
ne~es 1822, 1823, 1824 et 1825, | sous le Ministere et couforme"ment aux instruc-
tions de S. E. M. le Marquis | de Clermont-Tonnerre, Ministre de la Marine; |
Et publie" sous les auspices | de son Excellence M^ le Cte de Chabrol, | Mini-
stre de la Marine et des Colonies, | Par M. L[ouis]. I[sidore]. Duperrey, | Ca-
pitaiu de Fr6gate, Chevalier de Saint-Louis et Membre de la Le"gion d'Hon-
neur, | Commandant de 1'Expedition. | — | Zoologie, | Par MM. [Rene" Pri-
mevere] Lesson et [Prosper] Garnot. | — | Tome Premier. = lre Partie. |
[Seal.] Paris. J Arthus Bertrand, Libraire-Editeur, | Rue Hautefeuille, N°
23. | — | 1826. 4°. Tome Premier, lre Partie, 11. 2, pp. i-iv, 1-360. Tome Pre-
mier = 2e Partie, 1828, 11. 2, pp. 361-743. Tome Second = lre Partie, 1830, 11.
2, pp. 1-471. Tome Second = 2e Partie, 1830, 11. 2, pp. i-xii, 1-319, 1-155.

Atlas 2°, 1826. Engraved title-page, 11. 4, pll., mammiferes, 1-9; Oiseaux,
10-50 + 21bi8, 31bis, 35bis; Reptiles, 1-7; Poissons, 1-38; Mollusques, 1-16; Crus-
tace"s, 1-5; Insectes, 1-21 -f 14bis ; Zoophytes, 1-16.

Chap. IV. Observations g6nerales sur quelques Cetac6s, par R. P. Lesson, pp. 177-186. 1.
Delphinus bivittatus, sp. n., p. 178, pi. ix, fig. 3 ; described and figured from specimens seen
swimming in the sea! 2. Delphinapterus Peronii, p. 179, pi. ix, fig. 1 — Delphinus peronii
Lacep.= Delphinus leucorhampfius, Peron; description and figure of a specimen taken. 3.
Delphinus superciliosus, sp. n., p. 181, pi. ix, fig. 2. 3. Physeter macrocephalus, p. 182. 4. Del-
phinus lunatus, sp. n., p. 183, pi. ix, fig. 4 ; described and figured from specimens seen swim-
ming in the sea ! 5. Delphinus maculatus, sp. n., p. 183, not figured; described from speci-
mens seen swimming in the sea ! 6. Delphinus leucocephalus, sp. n., p. 184, described from
examples seen in the sea! 7. Delphir»us malayanus, sp. n., p. 184, pi. ix, fig. 5; described and
figured from a specimen captured. 8. Delphinus minimus, sp. n., p. 185 ; described from ani-
mals seen in the sea. [679.]

1826. MACKENZIE, G. S. Notice respecting the Vertebra of a Whale, found in a Bed
of bluish clay, near Dingwall [Scotland]. <^Trans. Eoy. Soc. Edinl., x, pt. 1,
art. v, 1826, pp. 105, 106.

A short communication concerning the position in which the bone was found and the ma-
terial inclosing it. [680.]

1826. O. [= OKEN, LORENZ]. Schlussworte an den Herausgeber der Is^s [zu von Baer's
"Die Nase der Cetaceen" u. s. w.] </sis von Oken, xix, 1826, pp. 840-842.
Cf. 1826. BAER, K. E. vox. [681.]

1826. PANDER, CHR., und E. D'ALTON. Die Skelete | der Robben und Lamantine, |
abgebildet und verglichen | von | Dr. Chr[istian Heinrich]. Pander und Dr.
E[duard] d' Alton. | — | — | Bonn, | in Commission bei Eduard Weber, 1826.
obi. 2°. 11. 2, pp. 1-10, pll. i-vii. <Vergleichende Osteologie, von Pander
und d' Alton, 1821-1831.

Die Lamantine, pp. 8-10, pi. v, (das Skelet des Dugong, Halicore indica). Auch pi. vi, das
Skelet ernes jungen Narwals (Monodon monoceros). PL vii, Schadeln vom Delphinus (Del-
phinus Phocaena, D. delphis, D. leucas). [682.]

1826. PREVOST, CONSTANT. Mammiferes fossiles. <^Dict. class. d'Hist. nat., x, Macl-
Mn, 1826, pp. 127-129. [683.]

522 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1826. Eisso, A. Histoire naturelle | des principales productions j de | 1'Europe me*ri-
dionale | et particuliereinent de celles des environs | de Nice et des Alpes inari-
times; | par A. Risso, | . . . [= titles, 7 lines]. | Servandis et instruendis via-
toribus. | Tome Troisieme. | — | A Paris, | Chez F.-G. Levrault, Libraire, |
Rue de la Harpe, N. 81 ; | et memo Maison, Rue des Juifs, N. 33, a Strasbourg, |
1826. 8°. 11. 2, pp. i-xvi, 1-480, figg. 1-50, en 16 pll., sans numeros.

Enumeration des Mammiferes, Oiseaux et Reptiles .des Alpes mari times, suivie de 1'histoire
naturelle des Poissons de la Mediterranee qui frequentent leurs cotes et qui vivent dans le
golfe de Nice = torn. III. Mammiferes, pp. 1-25.— Ordre cinquieme, Cetacee, pp. 21-25.— Del-
phinus delphis, D. turtrio, p. 21; D. Bayeri, p. 22; D. globiceps (fig. 1), D. Risso (Cuv.), (fig. 2),
p. 23 ; D. Desmaresti, p. 25, fig. 3.

Delphinus Desmare&ti, sp. n. [684.]

1826. Ross, J. C. Journal | of a | Third Voyage for the discovery of a | North-west
Passage | from the Atlantic to the Pacific ; | performed in the years 1824-25, |
in His Majesty's Ships | Hecla and Fury, | under the orders of | Captain Wil-
liam Edward Parry, R. N., F. R. S., | and commander of the expedition. | — |
Illustrated by plates and charts. | — | Published by authority of the Lords
Commissioners | of the Admiralty. | — | London: | — | John Murray, | pub-
lisher to the Admiralty, and Board of Longitude. | — | MDCCCXXVI. 1 vol.
4°. pp. i-xxviii, 1-186, 1 1., 1-151, maps, pll., and woodcc. > Appendix.
Zoology. By Lieut. James Clark Ross.

Mammalia, pp. 92-95. Balcena mysticetus, p. 94. Honodon monoceros, p. 94. [685.]

1826. SAINT-HILAIRE, Is. G. Lamantin, Manatus. <^Dict. class. d'Hist. nat., ix, lo-
Macis, 1826, pp. 177-181.

General history of the group, pp. 177-180 ; species, 180, 181. 1. Manatus americanus, Desru.,
p. 180; 2. M. Sencgalensis, Desm., p. 180; Lamantins fossiles, pp. 180, 181.

M. latirostris, Harlan, is considered as not well distinguished. [686.]

1826. SAINT-HILAIRE, Is. G. Mammalogie, Mammalogia. <^Dict. class. d'Hist. nat.,
x, Macl-Mn, 1826, pp. 63-73.

Historique. [687.]

1826 (circa?). SLUYTER, D. "Vinvisch, in 1826 gestrand, naar H. Schlegel door D.
Sluyter. br. folio."

From Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 176, no. 2782. [688.]

1826. VROLIK, W. "Waarneming van Wormen, in de Long-aders en Slagader, de tak-

ken der Luchtpijp en de Longzelfstandigheid van eenen Bruinvisch, (Delphi-
nus phocaena). <Bijd. tot de natuurk. Wetensck., i, 1, 1826, pp. 77-84. [689.]

1827. ALDERSON, J. An Account of a Whale of the Spermaceti Tribe, cast on shore

on the Yorkshire Coast, on the 28th of April, 1825. <^Trans. Canib. Philos. Soc.,
ii, pt. 2, art. xv, 1827, pp. 253-266, pll. xii-xiv.

External measurements and description of internal parts of a male specimen. Two views
of the animal (pi. xii), skull (pi. xiii), side view of skull, eye, etc. (plL xiv). [690 ]

1827. ANON. ? " lets over de Walvisch-vangst in de Zuidzee en den Indischen Oceaan.
<Nederl. Hermes. Tijdschr. v. kooph. en zeev., 1827, no. 2, bl. 44-60."

Not seen; title from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 250, no. 3589. [691. J

1827. ANON. I " De Groenlandsche en Straat Davidsche Walvischvangst. <Nederl.
Hermes. Tijdschr. v. kooph. en zeev., 1827, no. 4, bl. 39-55."

Not seen; title from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 250, no. 3589. [692.]

1827. BOITARD, [P.]. Manuel | d'Histoire | naturelle, | comprenant | les trois regnes
de la nature; | ou | ge~nera complet des animaux, des ve"g6taux | et des mi-
ne"raux; | par M. [Pierre] Boitard. | — | Premiere Partie [et seconde par-
tie]. | — | Paris, | Roret, Libraire, Rue Hautefeuille, | au coin de celle du
Battoir, | 1827. 12°.

Les Cetaces (i, pp. 45-49) = Sirenia + Cete. Briefly mentioned under (mostly) French
generic names; species enumerated passim, under the Latin names then current. [693.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 523

1827. DESM[AREST, A. G.]. Rytiue; Eytina, HI. <Dtd. des Sd. nat., xlvi, 1827, pp.
476, 477. [694-1

1827. EDITORS. Professor Harlan on the Mammalia of North America. <Edinb.
Journ. Sd., vi, 1827, p. 328.

Brief notice of Harlan's Fauna Americana, 1825, q. v. [695.]

1827. EDMONSTONE, LAWRENCE. On the Origin of the Power of suspending Respira-
tion, possessed by Aquatic Mammalia and Birds. <^Philo8. Mag., 2d ser., ii,
1827, pp. 126-130.

Relates mostly to Seals, but contains a paragraph of 7 lines about Whales. [696.]

1827. FABER, [FRIEDERICH]. Ueber das Blasen der Wale. </8is von Okert, 1827,
858-860.

Gegen Baer, Isis von Oken, 1826, Heft 8. [697.]

1827. GRAY, J. E. Description of the Skulls of two apparently undescribed Species
of Dolphins, which are in the British Museum. <^Phil. Mag. or Ann. of Ghent.,
Math., Astr., Nat. Hist., and Gen. Sd., ii, 1827, pp.375, 376.

Delphinus (Delphinapterus ?) Kingii, p. 375; Delphinus intermedium, p. 376. [698.]

1827. LESSON, R.-P. Manuel | de | Mammal ogie, | ou | Histoire naturelle | des Mam-

miferes, | Par Re'no'-Primeverre Lesson, | . . . [= titles, 11 lines in small type].

Multa paucis. | — | Paris, | Roret, Libraire, rue Hautefeuille, | au Coin de

celle du Battoir | 1827. 12°. pp. i-xv, 1-442.

VIII* Ordre. Les Cetac6es ou Bipedes, Cetce, pp. 401-432. lre Tribu. Les Herbivores, pp.
401,402. Genre CCXVHIe-CCXXe [ = 3 genn.]. Especes 1049*-1053e [ = 5 spp.]. 2« Tribu.
Les Sonffleurs (Hydraula) ou Cetacees ordinaires piscivores, pp. 404-432. Genres CCXXI8-
CCXXXII« [= 12 genn.] . Especes 1054e-1124e [= 70 spp.] . Heterodon dalei, sp. n.

Sirenia: 1. Manatus americanus, Cuv.; 2. If. senegalensis, Cuv.; 3. M. latirostris, Har-
lan; 4. Halicore dugong, F. Cuv.; 5. Stellerus borealis, Desin.

Cetacea: Delphinorhyncus, Blainv., 4 spp.; Delphinus, L., 18 spp.; Oxypterus, Rafinesque,
2 spp. ; Phoccena, Cuvier, 11 spp. ; Delphinapterus, Lacep., 3 spp. ; Heterodon, Blainv., 7 spp. ;
Monodon, L., 3 spp. ; Catodon, Lacep., 4 spp. ; Physalus, Lac6p., 1 sp. ; Physeter, Lacep., 4 spp. ;
Balcena, L., 6 spp. ; Balcenoptera, Lacep., 8 spp. Cetacees decrits par M. de Chamisso, d'aprea
des images sculptees en bois par les habitans des lies Aleoutiennes, pp. 429-432, 9 spp., not
technically named.

"Monsieur, L' excellent Trait6 de Mammalogie que vous avez r6dige pour 1 'Encyclopedic, et
ou vous avez coordonn6 avec autant d'habilete que de savoir les connaissances zoologiques
modernes, a et6 mon principal guide. En suivant toutes les divisions de 1'ouvrage fonda-
mental et justeinent celebre du regne animal, vous y avez rattache avec soin tons les tra-
vaux modernes nationaux et 6trangers. . . ." — Dedication, a M. A. G. Desmarest, pp.
vii, viii.

Like the rest of the "Manuel," the part devoted to the Cetacea is an indiscriminate com-
pilation, useful mainly as giving a list of the species described tip to this date. [699.]
1827. [LESSON, R. P.] Atlas | de j Mammalogie, | ou | Histoire naturelle | des Mam-
miferes; | compose* de 80 planches | Repr^sentant la plupart des Animaux
demerits dans j le Manuel de Mammalogie et dans celui ff Histoire naturelle. \ [By
R6ne Primevero Lesson.] — | Paris, | Roret, Libraire, rue Hautefeuille, | au
Coin de Celle du Battoir, | 1827. 12°. pp. 1-16, pll. 1-80. Deux 6d. : d'une
avec figures noires, de 1'autre avec figures colorizes.

Cetacea, pll. Ixxvi-lxxx. PI. Ixxvi, fig. 1, le Marsouin (Phoccena commwnis) ; flg. 2, le Dau-
phin (Delphinus delphis) ; fig. 3, lo Dauphin a 2 Dents (Heterodon hunteri). PI. Ixxvii, fig. 1,
le Gibbar (Balcenoptera gibbar); fig. 2, la Jubarte (B. jubartes); fig. 3, le Narval (Monodon
monoceros). PI. Ixxviii, fig. 1, le Trumpo (Catodon trumpo) ; fig. 2, le Microps (Physeter mi-
crops); 1'Epaulard (Phoccena grampus). PI. Ixxix, la Baleine franche (Balcena mysticetus).
PL Ixxx, fig. 1, le Rorqual (Balcenoptera rorqual) ; fig. 2, la Baleine a bee (Balcena acuto ros-
trata) ; fig. 3, le Grand Cachalot (Catodon macrocephalus).

None of the figures are new, being simply reduced copies from Sibbald, Martens, Hunter,

etc. [700.1

1827. "LINDEN, P. J. VAN DER. Notice sur un squelette de Bale'iioptere. Lue a la

Soc. des Scienc. m6dic. et natur. de Bruxelles et publie'e se'pare'ment. Bru-

xelles, 1827. 8°."

Not seen; title from Cams and Engelmann, Bibl. Hitt. nat., ii, p. 1312. [701.]

524 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1827. PANDER, CHR. [H.], und'E. D'Ai/rox. Die | Skelete der Cetaceen, | abgebilded
und beschrieben | von | Dr. Chr. [H.] Pander und Dr. E. d' Alton. | — | — |
Bonn, | In Commission bei Eduard Weber. | 1827. obi. 2°. 11. 2, pp. 1-10,
pll. i-vi. <Vergleichende Osteologie, von Pander und d' Alton, 1821-1831.

Einleitung, pp. 1-3. Vergleichende Beschreibung des Skeletes der Walfisshartigen, pp.
3-9. Erklarung der Kupfertafeln, p. 10.

PI. i, Skelet des Brauntisches (Delphinus phocaena). PI. ii, pi. iii, figg. a-d, Skelet des
schnabelkiefrigen Walfisches (Balaena rostrata). PI. iii, figg. e, f, Hand und Brnstbein vom
Jupiterfisch (Balaena boops). PI. iv, figg. a-d, Schadel vom gronlandischen Wale (Balaena
mysticetus) ; figg. e. /., die f iinf Hals- und drei Riickenwirbel, Shulterblatt, Ober,- und Vorder-
arm vom Jupiterfisch. PL v, figg. a. b., Schadel des Narwales; figg. c, c, c, Schadel des Butz-
wales (Hyperoodon edentulus) ; figg. d, e, Shulterblatt und Ober- und Vorderarm vom Pott-
fisch (Physeter macrocephalus) . [702.]

1827. "ROSENTHAL, FR. CHR., u. F. HoRNSCHUCH. Einige naturhistorische Bernerkgn.
iiber die Walle, nebst 1 (lithogr.) Abbild. Dem Hru. Landrath u. ersten.
Biirgermeister Dr. S. J. Meyer zur Feier seines 50jiihr. Amts- Jubiliiurns gewid-
med. gr. fol. Greifswald, 1827 (Koch)."

Not seen; title from Cams and Engelmann. [703.]

1827. SAINT-HILAIRE, Is. G. Narval, Monodon. <^Dict. class. d'Hisi. nat., xi, Mo— Nso,
1827, pp. 439-443.

History, affinities, and critical remarks on the nominal species of earlier authors, all the
species previously described being referred to one, the Monodon monocerog. [704.]

1827. TIEDEMANX, F. Hirn des Delphins mit dem des Menschen vergleichen.
<^Tiedemann u. Treviranus, Zeitsclir. fur Physiologic, ii, H. 2, 1827, pp. 251-
263, pi. xii. [705.]

1827. TIEDEMAN, F. The Brain of the Common Dolphin compared with that of Man.

<Edinb. New Fhilos. Journ., [iii], 1827, pp. 296-298.

Abstract from Zeitschr.fur Physiologic, ii, p. 251, q. v. [706.]

1828. BAER, [K. E. VON]. Noch ein Wort uber das Blasen der Cetaceen. <Ists von

Oken, 1828, pp. 927-931.

Gegen Faber, ISIK, 1827, Bd. xx, p. 858. [707.]

1828. [BROOKES, J.] "A prodronms of a Synopsis Animalinm, comprising a cata-
logue raisonne" of the zoological collection of Joshua Brooks. 8°. London,
1828."

Not seen ; title from Carus and Engelmann.

As cited by J. E. Gray (Cat. Cetacea Brit. Mus.) appears to contain matter of some impor-
tance in relation to Cetacea. [708. J

1828. "DUBAR, J. Ost6ographie de la Baleine echoue"e a 1'Est du port d'Ostend, le 4
Nov. 1827; pr6cede"e d'une notice sur la de"couverte et la dissection de ce ce'tace'.
Bruxelles, Laurent freres, 1818. 8°. Met 13 platen."

Not seen; title from Bosgoed, op. cit, p. 161, no. 2544. [709.]

1828. EDITORS. Fossil Rib of a Whale, discovered in Diluvium near Kemp Town,
Brighton. <^Edinb.New Plrilos. Journ., [v], 1828, pp. 198, 199. [710.]

1828. GODMAN, J. D. American | Natural History. | — | Vol. III. | Part I.— Mastol-
ogy. | — | By John D. Godman, M. D. | . . . [ = titles, 4 lines]. | — | Phila-
delphia : | Carey, Lea & Carey— Chestnut street. | — | 1828. [ Vols. I, II, 1826. ]
8°. 1 1. (engraved title-page), pp. 1-264.

Order VIII. Cete, pp. 39-145.— Family I, Sirenia, pp. 39-55. 1. Manatus Americanus,
p. 43, pi. facing p. 43, fig. 3 ; 53. Stellurus Barealis, p. 49.

Family II. Cetce, pp. 55-145.— 1. Delphinus Delphis, p. 59, pi. facing p. 59; 2. D.Gladiator,
p. 67; Fabulous History of the Dolphin, pp. 72-80; 3. Monodon Monoccros. p. 81 ; pi. facing
p. 43, figg. 1, 2, from Scoresby; 4. Physeter Macrocephalus, p. 94; 5. Balcena Mysticetus,
p. 98, pi. facing p. 98, from Scoreslry ; 6. Balcena Physalis, p. 134 ; 7. Balama Musculus, p. 141 ;
8. Balcena Boops, p. 142 ; 9. Balcena Itostrata, p. 144.

The Whale Fishery, pp. 145-237, pi. facing p. 160, Instruments used in the Capture of the
Whale, from Scoresby.

A compilation, mainly from Scoresby, without acknowledgment and generally without cita-
tion of authorities. The account of the Eight Whale, of the Narwhal, and of "The Whale
Fishery," is from Scoresby's "Arctic Regions." The latter is a transcript from Scoresby,

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 525

1828. GODMAX, J. D.— Continued.

vol. ii, pp. 207-310, with the omission of a few paragraphs and additions from other parts of
Scoresby's work, the reprint including most of the sub-headings and the foot-notes, without
stating the source from which the matter was appropriated. [711.]

1828. GRAY, J. E. Part I.] [Price 7s. | Spicelegia Zoologica; | or | Original jjgures
and short Systematic Descriptions | of | New and Unfignred Animals. | By
John Edward Gray, F. G. S. M. R. S. L. | Honorary Member of the Philo-
sophical Society of Colchester, Corresponding Member of the Maclnroan Ly-
ceum, &c., &c. | — | London: Published by Treiittel, Wiirtz and Co., Soho
Square; and W. Wood, Strand. | [1828.] 4°. pp. l-8,pll.i-vi. [The title
occupies the upper fourth of the first page. The date ("British Museum, |
July 1, 1828") occurs at the bottom of p. 8.]

Mammalia, pp. 1, 2. Family Delphinidce. Subgenus Delphinus, p. 1. 1 . Delphinus longi-
rostris, p. 1 ; 2. Delphinus Capensis, p. 2, pi. ii, fig. 1, animal. Subgenus Grampus, p. 2 ; 3. Del-
phinus (Grampus) acutus,p.2; 4. Delphinus (Grampus) Hf-avisidii, p. 2, pi. ii, fig. 6, animal ;
5. Delphinus (Grampus) obscurus, p. 2, pi. ii, fig. 2, animal (young), fig. 3, animal (adult), figg.
4, 5, skulls. Subgenus Beluga, p. 2. Subgenus Phoccena, p. 2.

Delphinus longirostris, p. 1 ; D. Capensis, D. (Grampus) acutus, D. (Grampus) Heavisidii,
D. (Grampus) obscurus, p. 2, spp. nn. ,

To the subgenus Delphinus are referred, besides D. longirostris and D. capensis, ' D. Del-
phis, leucorham,phus, dubius, frontatus, and lursio (D. truncatus, Montagu in Wern. Trans.,
iii, t. 3)," p. 2. To the subgenus Grampus are referred, besides the new species here de-
scribed under this section, "Z>. griseus, Cuv., D. Grampus, Linn., D. globiceps (which is the
D. melas of Traill, the D. deductor of Scoresby)," p. 2. The suf>genus Beluga " is formed by
the D. leucas, Pall.," p. 2. The subgenus Phoccena, "comprehending the D. Phoccena of
Linn6," p. 2. These subgenera, like the species, are followed by the letter "«." (—nobis).

This work, announced to appear in parts, was not continued beyond Part I. [712.]

1828. HAGELSTAM, — . On the Regions of Perpetual Snow in Norway and Sweden.
<Ediiib. New PUlos. Journ., [v.], 1828, pp. 305-308.

Contains a reference to the abundance of Whales on the coast of Nordland. [713.]

1828. HARWOOD, J. Communication on the Structure and Economy of the Greenland
Whale, made at the Royal Institution of Great Britain. <^Quart. Journ. of
Science, xxvi, 1828, pp. 10-24. ("To be continued.")

A popular general account of Balcena mysticetus, based largely on the author's own obser-
vations. At the close of the paper are the words "To be continued," but the remainder
appears not to have been published. [714.]

1828. "LINDEN, P. L. VAN DER. Notice sur un squelette de Baleinoptere exposed,
Bruxelles en Juin et Juillet 1828; in-8°. Bruxelles, 1828."

Not seen ; title from Van Beneden. Cf. 1827. LINDEN, P. J. VAN DER. Can this be the
same work ? [715.]

1828. L[UROTH]., S. G. Recherches anatomiques sur quelques organes des Ce"tace"s ;
par W. Rapp. CNaturwissenschaftl. Abhandl. ; Tom. I, 2e cah., 1827, pag.
259.) <^Ferus8ac>8 Bull, des Sci. nat., xiv, 1827, pp. 253,254.

Resume. [716.]

1828. REDACTEURS. Sur le phe"nomene du soufflage chez les C6taces; par M. Faber.

(Ms, 1827, Tom. xx, 11°. 10, pag. 858.) <^Ferussac's Bull, des Sci. nat., xiv,
1828, pp. 252; 253.

Eesum6. [717.]

1829. "BERNAERT, MATHIEU BENOIT FELIX. Notice sur la Baleine e"choue~e pros

d'Ostende le 5 novembre 1827, et sur les fetes donne"es par M. Kessels, a 1'occa-
sion de la prise de possession au nom de S. M. le roi des Pays-Bas du sque-
lette de ce ce'tace', in- 8. Paris. 1829, imp. de la Normant, 1829. (64 pag.) "
Xot seen; title from Carus and Engelmann. [718. j

1829. BRANDT, J. F., und J. T. C. RATZEBURG. Medizinische Zoologie | oder |
getreue | Darstellung und Beschreibung | der | Thiere, | die | in der Arznei-
mittellehre in betracht kommen, | in systematischer folge herausgegeben |
von | J. F. Brandt and J. T. C. Ratzeburg, | Doctoren der Medizin und Chi-
rurgie, berechtigten Arzten zu Berlin, Docenten an der Friedrich-Wilhelins- |

526 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1829. BRANDT, J. F., und J. T. C. RATZEBURG — Continued.

Universitiit daselbst, Mitgliedern und Ehrenmitgliedem mehrerer Gelehrten-
Gesellschaften, etc. | = | Erster Band. | Mit 24 Kupfertafeln unter XXIII
Nummern. | = | Berlin | bei den Verfassern und in Commission bei A. Hirsch-
wald. | = | Gedruckt in der Druckerei der Koniglichen Academie der Wisseii-
schaffcen und bei Trowitzsch und Sohn. | 1829. J Der Titel des ersten Bandes
wird ausgeschnitten und dieser dafiir eingeklebt. | 4°. pp. i-iv, 1-198, pll. i-
•xxiii-|-iva and one unnumbered = 25.

Cetacea, pp. 90-134, pll. xii-xvi. Physeter macrocephalus, pp. 91-94, pi. xii, fig. i, fern, (nach
Bonnat. ), fig. 2, mas (nach Jonston), pi. xiii, Schad el (nach Cuvier). Physeter Trumpo, pp. 94-99,
pL xiv, fig. 1 (nach Robertson). Physeter polycyphus, p. 99, pi. xiv, fig. 1 (aus Freycinets Toy.).
Die Cachalot- Anatomie, pp. 99-104. Die Verbreitung der Pottwalle, pp. 104-106. Die Le-
bensart der Pottwalle, pp. 106-108. Sperma ceti und Amber, pp. 108-111. Balaena Mysticctus,
pp. 111-116, pi. xiv, fig. 4, fern, et juv. (nach Scoresby),pl. xvi, fig. 3, Schadel (fig. orig.). Ba-
laena Boops, pp. 116-118. Balaena rostrata, pp. 119-122, pi. xv, fig. 3, fern, (nach dem Steindruck
von Matthiessen), fig. 4, mas (nach Rosenthal), pi. xvi, fig. 1, Skelet, figg. 2-4, Schadel (figg.
orig.). Balaena longimana, pp. 122-124, pi. xvi, figg. 5-8 (Schnauzentheils des SchSdel, Kopfe
und Barten— figg. orig.). Die Verbreitung der Walle, pp. 125-127. Die Lebensart der "Walle,
pp. 127-132. Der Nutzen der "Walle, pp. 132, 133. Das Fischbein, pp. 133, 134. Erklarung der
Kupfertafeln, pp. 134, 135.

Zweifelhaftere Arten: Physeter cylindricus, p. 95, pi. xii, fig. 3 (nach Anderson). Physeter
catodon, p. 95. Physeter orthodon, p. 98. Physeter ? pi. xiv, fig. 3 (aus Colnett's Voy.).

Other species incidentally noticed in foot-notes are ; Balaena glacialia, Balaena nodosa,
Balaena gibbosa, Balaena japonica, Balaena lunulata, p. 114, Balaena punctata, Balaena
nigra, Balaena physalu^, Balaena musculus, p. 117.

The synonymy and bibliography of the species formally treated are given in great full-
ness, as are the external characters and anatomy, so far as then known ; also their geograph-
ical distribution, habits, and products. Many of the figures are original, and those copied
have the originals explicitly indicated. Especially noteworthy is the figure of the skull of
Balcena mysticetus, from the sp'ecimen in the Berlin Museum. Notwithstanding the large num-
ber of nominal species of Cachalots admitted, this treatise is one of much importance. As
already said, the bibliographical references are very full. [719.]

1829. C[uviER]., F. Zoologie = Mammalogie. <Dic*. des Sci. nat., lix, 1829, pp.
357-519.

XIe Ordre. Les Cetaces, pp. 514-519. Ire Famille. Les Cetaces herbivores. Genres:
1. Manatus, 2. Halicon [sic = Halicore], 3. Rytina. IIe Famille. Cetaces piscivores.
Genres: I. Delphinus, 2. Delphinorhynchus, 3. Phoccena, 4. Delphinopterus [sic], 5. Hy-
peroodon. IIIe Famille. Les Narvals. Genre : Monodon. IVe Famille. Les Cachalots.
Genre: Physeter. Ve Famille. Les Baleines. Genre: ]. Balcena, 2. Balenopterus [sic].

Famm. 5; genn. 13. [720.]

1829. CUVIER, [G.]. Le | Regne Animal | distribue" d'apres son organisation, | pour
servir de base | a Thistoire naturelle des Animaux | et d'introduction a Fanato-
mie compare"e. | Par M. le baron Cuvier, | . . . [= titles, 5 lines] | avec figures
dessine'es d'apres nature. | Nouvelle Edition, revue et augmented. | Tome I.
| — | Paris, | Chez De"terville, Libraire, | rue Hautefeuille, N°. 8 ; | et chez
Crochard, Libraire, | cloltre Saint-Benoit, N°. 16. | — ] 1829. 8°. pp. i-xxxviii,
1-584.

Neuvieme ordre des Mammiferes. Les Cetaces, pp. 281-298.

Les Cetaces herbivores=£irenia, pp. 283-285. The same as in the first edition (see 1817.
CUVIER, G.) save the addition of a few words to the account of the Dugong.

LesCetac6s ordinaires = Cetacea, pp. 285-298.— "II n'est point de famille de mammiferes
plus difficile a observer, et dont les descriptions soient plus incompletes et la synonymie plus
vacillante que celle des cetaces. J'ai cherche a ne donner que des esp6ces authentiques "
(p. 287, note 1). Much new matter is now added, and the number of species is considerably
increased ; the fabulous or very uncertain basis of others is pointed out. The species recog-
nized may be indicated as follows: 1. Delphinus delphis L., 2« D. tursio Bonnaterre, p. 287;
3. D. dubiitsCuv., sp. n., 4. D.frontalisDuss., 5. D.frontatusCnv., 6. D. plumbeus Duss.
(1=D. malaianus Less, et Garn.), 7. D. veloxDuss., 8. D. longirostris Duss., 9. D. microp-
terusCnv., p. 288; 1O. D. rostratus Cuv., 11. D. gangeticus Eoxb., p. 289 ; 12. D. phoccena
L. (12-17 form the genus Phoccena Cuv.), 13. D. capensis Dus&.; 14. D. orca, 15. D. gladi-
ator, p. 289; 16. D. aries Kisso, 17. D. globiceps, p. 290; 18. D. Uucas Gm. (18-20 are given
as Delphinapteres) ; 19. D. leucorhamphus P6ron, JiO. D. phoccenoides Duss., p. 291

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 527

1829. CUVIER, [G.]— Continued.

21. Hyperoodon (D. edentulug Schreb.), p. 292 ; 22. Monodon monoceros L., p. 292 ; 23-P/ii/-
geter (cachalot macrocephale de Shaw et Bonnaterre, n'estpasde Linne), p. 294; 24, 25. Lea
Phys6teres de Lacep., deux especes, microps et tursio ou mular), p. 295; 26. Balcena mysti-
cetus, p. 296; 27. B. physalus L., 28. B. boops L., 29. B. musculus L., p. 298.

In foot-notes are mentioned the following species, which are considered as indications of
what may exist, but which are not sufficiently known to be introduced into the work: 1. J>.
albigena Quoy et Gaym., 2. D. gupercillosus Less, et Garn., 3. D. cruciger Quoy et Gayin.,
4. D. bivittatus Less, et Garn., 5. D. lunatus Less, et Gam., p. 288, note 2. D. griseus
is referred to Z>. aries Risso., p. 290, note 1.

Other species are criticised and rejected, as notably "le dauphin & deux dorsales" of Ra-
finesque and the D. rhinoceros Qnoy et Gaym., "ce qui peut faire craindre quelque illusion
d'optique," p. 291, note 3.

Compare G. Cuvier (Recherches sur leg ossemens fossiles) at 1823, where the Cuvierian spe-
cies here mentioned were first named. [721.]

1829. DESNOYERS, J. Observations sur un ensemble de d6p6ts marins plus re"cens que
les terrains tertiaires du bassin de la Seine, et constituant une Formation
ge"ologique distincte; prdce*de"es d'un Apercu de la non simultaneity des bas-
sins tertiaires. <^Ann. des Sci. nat., xvi, 1829, pp. 171-214, 402.

Mammiferes marins (Lamantin, Dauphin, Dugong, Rorqual, Baleine et Cachalot), pp.
446-448. [722.]

1829. EDITORS. An enormous Whale. <Loudon'8 Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1829, p. 283.

Brief notice of the "Ostcnd Whale," the skeleton of which was prepared by M. Kessels of
Gheiit, exhibited there and in London. From New Monthly Mag., no. xcii, p. 357. See 1832.
DEWHUKST. [723.]

1829. HARLAN, RICHARD. Description of a new species of Grampus, (Delpbinus, Cuv.)
inhabiting the coast of New England. <^Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vi, pt.
i, 1829, pi. 51-53, pp. i, fig. 3.

D. intermedius, sp. n. (= Olobiocephalus melas) ; Salem Harbor. Mass. [724.]

1829. HARWOOD, [JOHN]. Hands of the Whale. ^London's Mag. Nat. Hist, ii,
1829, p. 487.

Popular account— ten lines. [725.]

1829. HOLL, FRIEDRICH. Handbuch | der | Petrefactenkunde, | von Friedrich Holl |
Mitglied der Academia Truentina zu Ascoli. | — | Mit | einer Einleitung |
iiber die | Vorwelt der organischen Wesen | auf der Erde, | von | Dr. Ludwig
Choulant | Professor an der chirurg. medicin. Akademie | zu Dresden | — |
Erstes [-viertes] Biindchen | — | — | Dresden, | P. G. Hilscher'sche Buchhand-
lung. | — | 1829. <Allgemeine | Taschenbibliothek | der | Naturwissen-
schaften. | — | Neunter Theil. | — | Handbuch der Petrefactenkunde. |
Erstes Biindchen. | Dresden, | P. G. Hilscher'sche Buchhandlung. | — |
1829. sin. 8°. pp. i-viii, 1-115.

The four "Bandchen" are paged consecutively (pp. 1-489) with interpolated title-pages
for vol. ii-iv. Bandchen iii and iv are dated 1830. The title-pages of vol. ii-iv differ from
that of the first by the omission of the second [Einleitung] portion of the title.

Manatusfossilis, p. 69; Delphinus Delphi*, D. Bordae, D. platyrhynchusCnv., D. stenorhyn-
chus Cuv., p. 70; Ziphius cavirostris Cuv., Z. longirostris Cuv., D. planirostris Cuv., Monodon
monoceros, p. 71; Physeter, p. 71; Balaena, p. 72. [726.]

1829. HUNTER, PERCIVAL. A Male Spermaceti Whale, Physeter Catbdon (kato, be-
low, odous, a tooth; teeth in lower jaw only) Lin. <^Loudotfs Mag. Nat. Hist,
ii, 1829, pp. 197, 198.

Brief account of a specimen taken near Whitstable, south coast of England, Feb. 15, 1829.

[727.]

1829. KNOX, [ROBERT]. Notice regarding the Osteology and Dentition of the Du-
gong. <Edinb. Journ. of Sci., i, n. s., no. 1, 1829, pp. 157, 158. [728.]

1829. LESSON, R. P. Rytine ou Stellere, Rytina. <Dict. class. d'Hist. nat., xv, Rua-S,
1829, pp. 25-28/ l?29.]

1829. MAYER, [F. J. C.] Ueber die Geruchsnerven des Delphins, <^Froriep's Noti-
zen, xxiv, no. 516, Mai 1829, p. 150. [730.]

528 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1829. MORREN, CHARLES F. A. Over de Balacnoptera rosirata van Fabricius en beoor-
deeling der Werken, welke over een Dier dezer sort., den 4den November 1827,
ten oosten van de haven van Ostende gestrand, uitgegeven zijn. <^Bijd. tot
de Natuurk. Wetenscliap., iv, 1829, pp. 52-84, fig. 2 (p. 60, tongbeen). 1731. j

1829. REDACTEURS. M6moire sur un Ce"tace" e"chou6 le 27 novembre 1828, sur la cdte
de"pendanto de la coniniune de Saint-Cyprien (Pyre"ne"es-orientales); par MM.
Farines et Carcassonne. In-8°, de 27 pages, Perpiguan ; 1829, Tastu, Avec
une planche representant la tote de Tanimal an trait. •^Ferussac's Bull, des
ScL nat., xix. 1829, pp. 349, 350.

Resume. [732.]

1829. REDACTEURS. Notice sur uu Cachalot (Physeter macroceplmlus L. ), trouve" sur
la cote du York-shire, le 28 avril 1825, avec fig. ; par James Alderson. (Trans-
act, of the Cambridge Philosoph. Society; ii, 1827, p. 253.) <^Ferussac's Bull, des
Sci. nat., xvii, 1829, pp. 282, 283.

Resume. [733.]

1829. REDACTEURS. Description d'une nouvelle espece de Dauphin [Delphinus inter-

medius] ; par M. R. Harlan. (Journ. of the Acad. of Nat. Sci. of Philadelphia ;

Tom. vi, cah. 2, p. 51, 1827.) Avec 1 fig. <^Ferussac'8 Bull, des Sci. nat., xviii,

1829, pp. 281, 282.

Resume. [734.]

1829. REDACTEURS. Sur deux tetes osseuses de Dauphin appartenant a des especes

])robablement noil de"crites; par J. E. Gray. (Philos. Magaz. and Annals of

Philos. ; nov. 1827, p. 375.) <Ferussac' 's Bull, des Sci. nat., xviii, 1829, p. 282.

R6suine.— Delphinus Kingii, Gray, et D. intermedius, Gray (non Harlan). [735.]

1829. SMITH, A. Additions a la zoologie du Sud de FAfrique. <^Fei'ussacJs Bull, des

tici. nat., xviii, 1829, pp. 272-278.

Traduc. du Zoological Journal, no. 16, Jan.-May, 1829, pp. 433 et seqq.

Phoccena Homeii, p. 276. [736.]

1829. STEIN, C. G. D. Handbuch | der | Naturgeschichte | fur | die gebildeten Stande,
Gynmasien | uud Schulen, | besonders in Hinsicht auf Geographie | ausgear-
beitet | von | D. Christian Gottfried Daniel Stein, | . . . [titles, 4 lines]. |
Erster [Zweiter] Band. | — | Dritte verbesserte und vermehrte Auflage. | Mifc
135 Abbildungen auf 15 Kupfertafeln. | — | Leipzig, 1829. | T. C. Hinrichsche
Buchhandlung. 8°. Erster B., pp. i-viii, 1-382, 1. 1; zweiter B., 11. 2, pp.
i-xxxii, 1. 1, pp. 1-274, pll. i-xv.

Achte Ordnung, . . . Palinata, pp. 78-83. Triihecus (pp. 82, 83) includes the Sirenians.

Neunte Ordnung, . . . Cetacea, pp. 83-87, pi. iv, figg. 28-32. Genn. 4 ; spp. 10. [737.]

1829. THOMPSON, THOMAS. Physeter catbdon. ^London's Mag. Xat. Hist., ii, 1829, p.
477, fig. 114.

Original figure of a specimen cast on the Holdernesa coast in 1825; its skeleton is reported
to be in the possession of Sir Clifford Constable, and was latt r described by Beale (Nat . Hist.
Sperm Whale, 1839, q. v.). [738.]

1829. WOODS, HENRY. Capture of a Cachalot on the South Coast. <^Loudon's Mag.
Nat. Hist, ii, 1829, 198-202.

Particulars of its capture, dimensions, and external characters, mainly from the observa-
tions of Mr. John Gould of the Zoological Society. The skeleton was presented to the mu-
seum of the Zoological Society by Messrs. Enderby and Sturgc, "but government having
put in a claim to the 'royal fish,' the whole proceeds of it arc under arrest, and the bones
now lie whitening on the shore" (p. 200). [739.]

1829. YARRELL, WILLIAM. Notes on the internal appearance of several Animals ex-
amined after death, in the collection of the Zoological Society. <^Zoolog.
Journ., iv, Jan., 1829, pp. 314-322.

Note on the anatomy of Phoccena ^communis at pp. 318, 319. [740.]

1829-30. FISCHER, J. B. Synopsis | Mauinialium. | — | Auctore | Joanne Baptista
Fischer, | Med. et Chir. Doctore. | — | Stuttgardtiae | Sumtibus, J. G. Cot-
tae | MDCCCXXIX. 8°. pp. i-xlii, 1-528.

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 529

1829-30. FISCHER, J. B.— Continued.

Addenda, Emendanda et Index | ad | Synopsis | Mamalium. | — | Auctore \
Joanne Baptista Fischer, | Mod. et Chir. Doctore. | — | -Stuttgardtiae, | Sum-
tibus J. G. Cottae. | MDCCCXXX. 1. 1 (bastard title), pp. 329-456, 657-752.
Tabb. i-vii, inter pp. 666, 667. Pp. "329" et seqq. ad p. "456" Addend., etc.,
]ege 529-656.

P. ii, motto ; p. iii, Dedicatio ; pp. v-x, Praefatio ; pp. xi-xxii, Catalogus voluminum earum-
que editionum, quae in hoc opere citantur; pp. xxiii-odii, Conspectus Ordinum et Generum;
pp. 1-527; Addenda et Emendata, pp. "329" (i. e., 529)-666; tab. i-vii, Conspectus distribu-
tionis Mammalium geographicae ; pp. 667-745, Index; pp. 747-752, Corrigenda.

Cete. A.'Artubus anticis apparentibus brachiiformibus posticis compedibns, pp. 501-504.
= Sirenia. 1. Manatus australis, p. 501 ; 2. M. senegalensis, p. 502; 3. Halicore Dugung,-p.
503; 4. Rytina Stelleri, p. 504. Species dubiae: M. latirostris Harl., M.I Hydropithecus
Shavr, p. 502.

Cete. B. Pinnis Pectoralibus. Artubus, etc., pp. 504-527, "455" (i. e., 655)-657. = Cetacea.
1. Delphinus Geoff royi Desm., p. 504; 2. D. coronatus Fremin., p. 505; 3. D. Bredanensis
Cuv., p. 505; 4. D. macrogenius, sp. n., p. 505; 5. D. Gangeticus Lebeck, p. 506; 6. D. longi-
rostris Gray, p. "455" (i. e., 655); 7. D. velox Dussum., p. "455" (i. e., 655); 8. D. Boryi
Desm., p. 506; 9. D. Delphi* Linn., p. 506; 1O. D. crueiger Q. et G., p. 507; 11. D. macit-
latuslj. etG., p. 507; 12. D. dubius Cuv., p. 508; 13. D. frontalis Dussum, p. "455" (i.e.,
655); 14. D. Tundo Fabr., p. 508; 15. D. niger La Cep., p. 508; 16. D. Malayans L. et
G., p. 508; 17. D. plumbeus Dussum., p. "455" (i.e., 655); 18. D. lunatus L. etG., p. 509;
19. D. minimus L. et G., p. 509; 2O. D. Rhinoceros Q. et G., p. 509; 21. D. Phoccena
Linn., p. 509: 22. D. Dussumieri (=D. capensis Dussum.), p. "456" (i. e., 656); 23. D.
Homei (=Phoccena Homei A. Smith), p. "456" (i. e., 656); 24. D. leucoccphalus L. et G.,
p. 510; 25. D. bivittatus L. et G., p. 510; 26. D. superciliosus L. et G., p. 510; 27. D. acu-
tus (= Grampus acutus Gray), p. "456" (i. e., 656); 28. D. Heavisidii (Grampus Heavisidii
Gray), p. "456" (i. e., 656) ; 29. D. obscurus (= Grampus obscurus Gray), p. "456" (i. e., 656)[;
30. D. Orca Linn., p. 511; 31. D. griseus Cuv., p. 512; 32. D. Harlani (=D. intermedium
Harlan), p. "456" (i. e., 656); 33. D. globiceps Cuv., p. 512; 34. D. Cortcsii (fossil), p. 512;
35. D. leucas Pallas, p. 513; 36. D. Peronii La Cep., p. 513; 37. D. phocceno'ides Dussum..
p. 657; 38. D. Dalei p. 514; 39. D. capensis Gray, p. 657; 40. D. Hyperoodon Desm., p.
515; 41. D. ? spurius (—Monodon spurius Fabr.), p. 515; 42. Monodon monoceros Linn.,
p. 516; 43. Physeter macrocephdlus Shaw; ? ft Trumpo, ? y Catodon, p. 518, 44. Ph. polycy-
phus Q. et G., p. 518; 45. Ph. cylindricus Bonnat., p. 519; 46. Ph. Tursio Linn., / /3 Microps,
p. 519 .? y Orthodon, p. 520; 47. Ph. sulcatus La Cep., p. 520; 48. JBalaena Nystwetus Linn.,
p. 521 ? /3 Glacialis, p. 522; 49. B. australis Desmoul., p. 522; 50. B. Japonica La Cep., p.
522; 51. B. lunulata La Cep., p. 522; 5vJ. B. Physalus Linn., p. 523; 53. B. borealis (=--B;
rostrata Tludol.), ? a. Boops Linn., p. 524 ? /3 Musculus Linn., ? y Rostrata "Mull.," p. 525.
54. B. Antiquorum (= Rorqual de la Mediterrance, Cuv.), p. 525; 55. B. Lalandii (= Rorqual
du Cap de Bonne Esperance Cuv.), p. 525; 56. B. Quoyi (=B. rostrata australis Dcvsmoul.),
p. 526; 57. B. punctulata Desm., p. 526; 58. B. nigra Desm., p. 526; 59. B. caerulescens,
Desm., p. 526; 60. B. maculata Desm., p. 526; 61. B. Cuvicri Desmoul. (fossil), p. 527; 62.
B. Cortessii Desmoul. (fossil), p. 527.

Species dubiae: 1. Delphinus canadensis Desm., p. 505; 2. D. Pernettyi Desm., p. 507; 3.
D. albigena Q. et G., p. 507; 4. D.Mongitori Desm., p. 509; 5. D. intermedius Gray, p. 511;
6. D.J?moanM*Desm.,p.512; 7. D. Feres Bonnat,, p. 513; 8. D. Kingii Gray, p. 514 ; 9. D.
Epiodon Desm., p. 515; 10. Balaena nodosa Bonnat., p. 525; 11. B. gibbosa Erxl.,p. 525.

Delphinus macrogenius, p. 505; D. Dussumieri, p. "456" (i. e., 656); D. Cortesii, p. 512; D.
Harlani, p. "456" (i. e., 656); D. Dalei, p. 514; Balaena borealis, p. 524; B. Quoyi, p. 526,
nomm. spp. nn.

62 spp. verse ; 11 spp. dubiaa; 7 spp. nn. [741.]

1829-32. FISCHER, G. Prodromus Petromatognosiae animalium systematicae, coiiti-
nens bibliographiam animalium fossilium. <^Nouv. Mfai. de la Soc. imp. des
Nat. de Moscou, i, 1829, pp. 301-374 ; ii, 1832, pp. 95-277, 447-458.

In Pars II, Monographia Animalium fossilium, mammals occupy ii, pp. 100-129. [742.1

1830. "BRESCHET, GILBERT. Organ auditif du Marsouin. Avec. 1 pi. in-4°. Paris
1838. (llpag.)"

Not seen. [743.]

1830. CHEEK, H. H. On the natural history of the dugong (Halicore indicus Desm.),
the mermaid of early writejs; and particularly on the differences which occur
in its dental characters. <Edirib. Journ. Nat. and Geol. Sci., i [1829], 1830, p.
161-172.

34 a B

530 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1830. COMPANYO, L. M<5moire descriptif | et \ Ost^ographie | de | la Baleine, |
e'choue'e | sur les cotes de la mer, pres de Saint Cyprien, | DcSpartement des
Pyre'ne'es-orientales, | Le 27 Novembre 1828, | Par L. Company o, Docteur en
Me"decine, | Membre dn Comite" central de Vaccine, Membre correspondant de
la Socidte" \ linndenne de Paris. .| Avec figures dessine'es d'apres nature. |
[Vignette.] A Perpignan, | Chez J. Alzine, Imprimeur du Roi. | 1830. 4°.
pp. 1-71, pll. i-v.

Avant-Propos, pp. 3-8. Pi'emiere Partie. Chap. I". Considerations generates sur les Co-
tacees, pp. 9-14. Chap. II. Notice historique, pp. 15-18. Chap. in. Description, pp. 19-22.
Chap. IV. Determination, pp. 23-31. Seconde Partie. Osteographie. Chap. I". Generality,
pp. 32-34. Chap. II. De la tete, pp. 34-46. Chap. III. Du tronc, pp. 47-58. Conclusions, pp.
59-68. Explication des planches, pp. 09-71. PI. i. Profll de la tete. PI. ii. Ensemble de la
tete. PI. iii. Base du crane, machoire inferiexire. PI. iv. Os hyoi'de, axis, atlas, sturnum,
cotes. PL v. Omoplates, os pelvien, nageoires pectorales.

"Nous pensons done que la Baleinoptere que nous avons observee est un jeune individu de
la JBaleinoptere Rorqual" (=Balcena musculus, Linn.), p. 23. [745. 1

1830. G.,A. Natural History of the Neighborhood of Cromer [Norfolk, Engl.].
•^London's Mag. Nat. Hist., iii, pp. 155-158.

At p. 157 is a notice of the capture of two Baleen Whales, with a statement of their meas-
urements. [746.1

1830. JONKAIRE, A. DE LA. " Consid6ratious sur la Pe'che de la Baleine. Paris, 1830.

8°."

Not seen. See Foreign Quart. Rev., vii, 1831, pp. 355-370, for an extended review of this
"respectable pamphlet." [747.!

1830. KAUP, J. Versuch einer naturlichen Eintheilung der Saugethiere. <^Isi8 von
Oken, 1830, pp, 799-^02.

Sirenien, p. 801. [748.]

1830. KNOX, [R.], and [D.] BREWSTER. Notice regarding the nature of a peculiar
Structure observed in the Second Stomach of certain Cetacea, generally con-
sidered as simply glandular, but seemingly analogous to the Electric Organs
of the Torpedo and Gyinnotus ... To which is annexed the Microscopical
Examination of the Structure by Dr Brewster. <^Edirib. Journ. of Set., iii,
n. s., no. 6, 1830, pp. 325-388.

Based principally on the Porpoise. [749.]

1830. KUHN, [J.] Description de Tappareil mammaire du Marsouin (Delpliinus Pho-
cena). ^Fe'russac's Bull, des Sci. naL, xxii, 1831, pp. 322, 323. [750

1830. QUOY, J. R. C., et P. GAIMARD. Voyage | de d^couvertes | de | 1' Astrolabe
execute" par ordre du Roi, pendant les Anne"es 1826-1827-1828-1829, | sous ]
Commandernent | de M. J. Dumont D'Urville | — | Zoologie | par j M&
[Jean Reu6 Constant] Quoy et [Paul] Gaimard. | — | Tome Premier. | —
Paris | J. Tastu, ^diteur-Imprimeur, | N° 36, Rue de Vaugirard. | 1830. 8°
pp. i-1, 1-268. Avec uu Atlas de 200 Planches an rnoins.

Cetac6es, pp. 149-152, pi. xxviii, Delphinus Novce-Zealandice (sp. n.) et D. obscurus. [751

1830. RAPP, W. Beitriige zur Anatomie und Physiologic der Wallfische.
Archiv f. Anat. u Pliys., 1830, pp. 358-368.

Hauptsachlich iiber Delphinus phoccena. [752.

1830. ROUSSEAU, EMMANUEL. Sur 1'Existence de moustaches chez les foetus de Dau
phiDS et de Marsonins. <Ann. des. Sci. not., xxi, 1830, pp. 351,352.

"Tels sont les Dauphins et les Marsouins, qui alors portent au-dessus de la levre sup6
rieure une ligne de poils raides, prolongee snr les cot6s, et y formant line petite paire d
moustache.'1 [753.

•1830. WAGLER, Jon. Natiirliches System | der | Amphibien, | mit | vorangehende
Classification | der [ Saugthiere und Vogel. | Ein | Beitrag zur vergleichen
den Zoologie. | Von | Dr. Job. Wagler, | Professor der Zoologie und Mitglied
der Koniglichen Akademie der | Wissenschaften in Miinchen. | — | [Motto.
,| — | Mit Kupfern und einer Verwandtschaftstafel. | — | Munchen, Stutt

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 531

1830. WAGLER, JOH.— Continued.

gart und Tiibingen. j In der J. G. Cotta'schen Buchhandlung. | 1830. 8°.
pp. i-vi, 1-354.

Mammalia. Ordo XVI. Ceti, Walle, pp. 32-35, 53, 54. Familia I. Hedraeoglossi. A. G.
naribus anticis in rostri apice. Gonus 1. Manatus Rondel., p. 32 ; genus 2. Halicore Illig., p.
33; genus 3. Rytina Illig., p. 33. B. C. naribus superiis in rostri basi. Genus 4. Balcena
Linn., p. 33; genus 6. Physeter Linn., p. 33; genus 7. Cetus (species: Delphinus globiceps
Cuv.), p. 33; genus 8. Delphi* (= Beluga), p. 34; genus 9. Tursio [— Delphinapterus Less.]
(species: Delphinus Peronii Cuv.), p. 34; genus 10. Nodus [= Heterodon Less.] (species:
Delphinus edentulus Schreb.), p. 34; genus 11. Ceratodon Briss. [=Monodon Linn.], p. 34;
genus 12. Orea (species : Delphinus Udentatus Hunt.), p. 34; genus 13. Phocaena, Cuv., p.
34; genus 14. Delphinus Linn., p. 35; genus 15. Platanista [=Susu Less.], (species: Del-
phinus gangeticus), p. 35. Hedraeoglossi, fam. n. (=Sirenia et Cetce), p. 32.

Cetus (p. 33), Delphis, Tursio, Nodus, Orca (p. 34), Platanista (p. 34), genn. nn.

Critical remarks respecting various genera and species of authors are given in foot-notes..

[754.]

1830. WATSON, J. F. Annals | of | Philadelphia, | being a collection of | Memoirs,

Anecdotes, & Incidents | of the | City and its Inhabitants | from | The days
of the Pilgrim Founders. | Intended to preserve the recollections of Olden
Time, and | to exhibit society in its changes of manners and | customs, and
the city in its local changes | and improvements. | To which is added | An
Appendix, | containing | Olden Time Researches and Reminiscences of | New
York City. | — | "Oh! dear is a tale of the olden time!" | — | "Where peep'd
the hut, the palace towers; | Where skimni'd the bark, the war-ship lowers: |
Joy gaily carols, where was silence rude ; | And cultur'd thousands throng the
solitude." | — | By John F. Watson, | Member of the Historical Society of
Pennsylvania. |»— | Philadelphia, | E. L. Carey & A. Hart; | New York, | G.
& C. & H. Carvill. | 1830. | 8°. pp. i-xii, 1-740 + 1-78 pll.

Whales and Whalery, pp. 667-668. On the early Whaleftshery of the Delaware, with
records of the stranding or capture of Whales in the river down to 1809. [755.]

1831. ANOX. Considerations sur la P£che de la Baleine. Par A. de la Jonkaire.

<For. Quar. Rev., vii, 1831, pp. 355-370.

An extended account, in part statistical, of the "progress and present state of the Whale

Fishery, " apropos of the appearance of the brochure, the title of which forms the caption of

the paper. [756.]

1831. C., F. D. Notice sur l'oste"ologie et la dentition du Dugong; parle Dr. Knox.

(Edinb. Journ. of Sci., i, 1829. ) <Ferwsac>8 Bull, des Sci. nat., xxv, 1831, p. 350.

Resume. [757.]

1831. CRAIGIE, DAVID. Observations on the History and Progress of Comparative
Anatomy. . . . Section III. Early Zootomical Authors to Eustachius, 1501-
1576. <Edinb. New PUlos. Journ., [xi], 1831, pp. 42-56.

Contains an extended critical resum6 of Belon's account of the anatomy of the Dolphin as
given in that author's "L'Histoire Naturelle des Estranges Poissons Marins, avec la vraie
Peincture et Description du Daulphin et de plusieurs autres de son espece. Paris 1551," q.'v.

[758.]

1831. CUVIER, G. The | Animal Kingdom | arranged in conformity with its organiza-
tion, | by the Baron Cuvier, | Perpetual Secretary to the Royal Academy of
Sciences, etc. etc. etc. | — | The Crustacea, Arachnides and Insecta, | by P.
A. Latreille, | member of the Royal Academy of Sciences, etc. etc. etc. | — | •
Translated from the French, | with Notes and Additions, | by H. M'Murtrie,
M. D. &c. &c. | — | In four volumes, with plates. | Volume I. [Mammals
and Birds.] | New York: | G. & C. & H. Carvill. | MDCCCXXXL 8°. pp.
i-xxxii, 1-448, 1. 1, pll. i-iv.

Order ix. Cetacea (=Sirenia + Cete), pp. 202-214.

This is a scholarly translation of the "nouvelle Edition" (1829), q. v. Says the translator:
"An immaculate book is perhaps rather to be wished for than expected, and that errors should
have crept into the Regne Animal is not at all surprising. These I have endeavoured to cor-
rect, not by erasure or altering the text (those cases always excepted where the mistake was
evidently and purely typographical), but by note, either on the page itself or in the appendix.
Thus, whatever has been added, nothing has been taken away, and the text of my author
remains as I found it" (pp. v, vi). [759.)

532 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1831. GODMAN, JOHN D. American | Natural History. | — | Vol. III. | Part I.— Mas-
tology. | — | By John D. Godman, M. D. | . . . [—titles, 4 lines]. | Second
Edition. | Philadelphia: | Stoddart and Atherton, 60, N. Front Street. | 1831.
8°. pp. 1-264, 9 plates, cuts.

Order viii. Cete; Cetaceous Animals, pp. 37-237. For analysis and comment see the ed.
prin., 1828, with which this is textually identical. [760.J

1831. GRAVES, R. J. An account of a Peculiarity not hitherto described in the Ankle,
or Hock-joint of the Horse; with Remarks on the Structure of the Vertebra)
in the Species of Whale, entitled Delphinus Diodon. <^Trans. Roy. Irish Acad.,
xvi, pt. 2, 1831, pp. 85-91.

On the separation of the vertebral epiphysesin maceration, and the degree of union useful
as an index of the age of the animal among Cetaceans, pp. 88-91.

Reprinted in Edirib. Journ. Sci., new ser., iv, 1831, pp. 47-52, and in Edirib. New Philos.
Journ., [x], 1831, pp. 59-64. [761.]

1831. JOHNSTON, GEORGE. Some account of a Whale stranded near Berwick-upon-
Tweed. <\ Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. of Northumberland, Durham and Newcastle
upon Tyne, Vol. I, 1831, pp. 6-8, pi. I.

Account of the external characters and figure of a specimen apparently referable to Me-
gaptera longimana; believed by the author to be the Balcena Boops of Turton's "British
Fauna." [762.]

1831. KNOX, [ROBERT]. Notiz uber die Natur einer eigenthumlichen Structur, welche
im zweiten Magen gewisser Cetaceen beobachtet worden ist und die man in
der Regel als bloss drusiger Beschafifenheit betrachtet hat, die aber offenbar
den electrischen Organen des Torpedo und Gymnotus analog ist; mitgetheilt
in eiuem Briefe von Dr. Knox. Demselben ist beigef&gt die mikroscopische
Untersuchang der Structur von Dr. Brewster. <^Froriep>s Notizen, xxix, no.
629, Jan. 1831, pp. 193-196.

Aus Brewster' s Edinburgh Journ. Sri., new ser., no. 6, July, 1830. See 1830. Kxox, R. [763.]

1831. Kxox, R. Observations to determine the Dentition of the Dugong; to which
are added Observations illustrating the Anatomical Structure and Natural
History of certain of the Cetacea. < Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb., xi, pt. 2, art.
xxiii, 1831, pp. 389-417, pi. xv.

[Preliminary remarks on the osteology and dentition of the Dugong], pp. 389-397. The
zoological arrangement of the Dugong, pp. 398-400. True Cetacea, pp. 400, 401. Skeleton 01
the !N"arwhal, pp. 401-404. Delphinus phoccena, pp. 404, 405. Other specimens of the genus
Delphinus, pp. 405, 406. Of the size of the Foetus of the Cetacea at the time of birth, pp. 406-
413. Digestive Organs, pp. 413-416. The plate represents the cranium of adult and young
Narwhal, the atlas dentata and third cervical vertebra of the Narwhal, the tooth and gastric
cavities. [764.]

1831. LENZ, H. O. Naturgeschichte | der | Saugethiere, | nach Cuvier's Systeme bear-
beitet | von Dr. Harald Othmar Lenz, 1 Lehrer an der Erziehungsanstalt zu
Schnepfenthal. | — | (Preis: 1 Thlr. oder 1 fl. 48 fr. Rhnl.) | — | Gotha, |
Beckersche Buchhandlung. | 1831. 8°. pp. 1-324.

Neunte Ordnung der Saugethiere: Fischsaugethiere.— Cetacea, pp. 294-306.

Sirenia: 3 genera, 4 species. Cetacea, 4 genera, 24 species, to wit: Delphinus, 14 spp.;
Monodon, 1 sp. ; Physeter, 3 spp. ; Balcena, 6 spp. The notices of the species are very short;
the references relate only to figures. The technical names are marked for accent and their
etymology is given. Evidently prepared for use as a concise hand-book of Mammalogy. [765.]

1831. LESS[ON]., [R. P.]. Quelques details sur un ce'tace' e'choue' pres Berwich [sic],
sur la Tweed; par Georges Johnston. (Trans, of the nat. hist, society of
Northumberland; part I, torn. I, pag. 6, avec une planche.) ^Ferussac's
Bull, des Sci. nat., xxvii, 1831, pp. 184-186.

Kesume". [766.]

1831. M'MURTRIE, H. See 1831, CUVIER, G.

1831. MANTEL, Mr., of Lewes. Large [Baleen] Whale recently found in the Channel
near Brighton [England]. ^London's Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1831, pp. 163, 164.

[767.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 533

1831. M[ANTEL?], G. Some Account of a Grampus (Delphinus Orca) recently cap-
tured in Lynn Harbour [England]. <^LoudonJs Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1831, pp.
338-341, fig. 56.

Description and figure of the specimen. [768.]

1831? PALLAS, P. [S.]. Zoographia | Rosso- Asiatica, | sistens | omnium animalium \
in extenso Imperio Rossico | et | adjacentibus maribus observatorum | recen-
sionem, domicilia, mores et descriptioues, | anatomen atque icones plurimo-
rum. | Auctore | Petro [Simones] Pallas, | Eq. Aur. Academico Petropoli-
tano. | — | Volumen Primum. | — | — | Petropoli | in officina Caes. Acade-
miae Scientiarum impress. MDCCCXI. | Edit. MDCCCXXXI. 3 vols. 4°,
with folio atlas. Vol. i, 11. 2, pp. i-xxii, 1-568, 11. 2.

Imperil Rossici Animalia Lactantia, i, pp. 1-296. Ordo VII. Cetacea (=Sirenia + Cetacea),
pp. 271-296, pll. "xxx-xxii," spp. 142-151. 1. Manatus borealis, p. 272, pi. xxx; 2. Delphinus
Leucas, p. 273, pll. xxxi (auditus organum), xxxii; 3. Delphinus Delphis, p. 284; 4. Delphi-
mis Phocaena, p. 284; 5. .Delphinus Orca, p. 285; 6. Physeter macrocephalus, p. 287; 7. Ba-
laena Physalus, p. 289; 8. Balaena Boops ? p. 291; 9. Balaena Musculus, p. 293; 1O. Cera-
todon Monodon, p. 295.

At p. 286 three species of Physeter are mentioned under Aleut names, and at p. 288 six
species of Balaena. These are cited by Chamisso (Nov. Act. Acad. Caen. Leop.-Carol. Nat.
Curios., xii, 1, 1824, pp. 249-260), who refers to volume and page of Pallas's -work, showing
that this portion of the work, at least, was accessible to Chamisso as early as 1824, although
not commonly recognized as "published" till 1831. On this point see Coues, Birds Col. Val-
ley, 1878, p. 615. [769.]

1831. "SANDIFORT, G. Bijdragen tot de ontledkundige Kennis der Walvisschen.
<^Nieuwe VerJiandl. der eerste Klasse van het Xederl. Inst, 3 D., 1831, pp. 223-
270, pll. 5."

This important memoir I have been unable to see. Title from Cams and Engelmann. [770.]
1831. SMITH, A. Beytrage zur Naturgeschichte von Sud Africa. <^ Isis von Oken, 1831,
pp. 1359-1362.

Uebersetzung aits der Zoological Journal, iv, no. xvi, 1829, pp. 433 et seqq.

Phocaena homeii, p. 1362. [771.]

1831. SNELLING,W. J. The | Polar Regions | of the | Western Continent Explored; |
embracing a | Geographical Account | of j Iceland, Greenland, the Islands of
the Frozen Sea, | and the | Northern Parts of the American Continent, | in-
cluding | a particular description of the Countries, the Seas, In- | habitants,
and Animals of those Parts of the World ; | also, a minute account of the Whale
Fisheries, | and the dangers attending them ; | with remarkable adventures of
some of the Whale Fishers, | descriptions of Mount Hecla, and the other vol-
canoes of Iceland ; | [Vignette.] Together with the | Adventures, Discoveries,
Dangers, and Trials | of | Parry, Franklin, Lyon, and other Navigators, | in
those Regions; | — | By W[illiam]. J. Snelling, | author of Tales of the North-
west. | — | Illustrated by a map and engravings. | — | Boston: | Printed for
W. W. Reed. | — | 1831. 8°. 11.2 (title-pages), pp.i-xii, 1-501.

Chap. iii. Early History of the Whale Fishery.— Of the Manner in which a Whale Ship is
manned.— The Crow's Nest.— Whale Boats.— Implements used in the Whale Fishery.— Whale
Killing.— Danger of Striking, pp. 77-82. Chap. iv. Further Account of Whale Killing.—
Length of Time required to kill a Whale.— Character of the Whaleman.— Anecdotes of the
Greenland Fishery, pp. 82-88.

Appendix, pp. 485-501,— being an account of the Mammals, with numerous cuts, forming
8 pll. (not all zoological), entitled "Illustrations for Polar Region," with references to the
descriptions of the species in the text. The Narwal, pp. 494, 495. There is a cut of a " Sperma-
ceti Whale."

" The object of this work . . . is . . .to give the reader a condensed account of what is
known of the northern regions of the new world, from the latest and best authorities. To
this end the compiler has availed himself of the writings of Henderson, Crantz, Parry, Frank-
lin, Kichardson, Kotzebue, and others, and, in many instances, has used their own words."—
Author's preface. [772.]

1831. SPIX, JOH[ANN] BAPT[IST] VON, und CARL FRIEDR. PHIL. VON MARTIUS.
Reise | in | Brasilien | auf Befehl Sr.Majestat | Maximilian Joseph I. | Konigs
von Baiern | in den Jahren 1817 bis 1820 | geniacht | von | weiland Dr. Joh.
Bapt. von Spix, j . . . [= titles, 3 lines] | und | Dr. Carl Friedr. Phil, von

534 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1831. SPIX, JOH[ANN] BAPT[IST] VON, et al.— Continued.

Martins, | . . . [—titles, 4 lines.] | [Erster-] Dritter und letzter Theil, | bear-
beitet und herausgegeben von | Dr. C. F. P. von Martius. | Mit sieben Blattern
Charten und zweiTafeln Abbildungen. | — | Munchen, [1823-]1831, | bei dem
Verfasser. Leipzig, in Comm. bei Friedr. Fleischer. 3 vols. 4°. mut. mut.
Vol. iii, pp. i-lvi, 883-1388.

Vol. i, 1823; vol. ii, 1828; vol. iii, 1831.

Delphin vom Amazonas (Delphinus amazonas, sp. n.), pp. 1118-1120, 1133. Lamantin oder
Manati (Manatusamericanus), pp. 1121, 1122. [774.]

1832. BRONX, H. G. Delphinus (Palaontologie). <^Ersch und Gruber>s Allgem. EncyMop.

der Wissensch. und K&nste, Erste Sect., xxiii, 1832, pp. 420-422.

4spp. [775.]

1832. CUVIER, F., et Dr. DUMEZILLE. Histoire naturelle | des | Mammif eres, | Par M.
F. Cuvier, | Membre de I'lustitut (Academic royale des Sciences), etc. | et | Le
Docteur Dumezille. | — | Tome premier [et second]. | — | Paris, | Rue et place
Saint-Andre'-des- Arts, N° 30. | — | 1832. 12°. Vol. i, pp. 1-108 ; vol. ii, 1. 1, pp.
1-100.

Dixieme ordre. Les Cetaces, vol. ii, pp. 48-56. [776.]

1832. DEWHURST, HENRY WILLIAM. Observations on the Zoology and Comparative
Anatomy of the Skeleton of the Balsendptera Rorqual, or Broad-nosed Whale,
now exhibiting at the Pavilion, King's Mews, Charing Cross. <^Loudon's Mag.
Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 214-233.

General History of the Whale Tribe, pp. 214-219; History of the Bal£en6ptera Rdrqual, pp.
219-233. This is the "Ostend "Whale," found floating dead Nov. 4, 1827, between the coasts
of England and Belgium, prepared under the direction of M. Kessels and exhibited at Ghent,
London, and elsewhere, and which was the subject, in part or wholly, of several earlier me-
moirs. [777. J

1832. "MAREC, — . Dissertation surla p6che de la baleine, faisant suite a celle sur

la peche de la morue, pour servir a la discussion du projet de loi pr6sent6, sur

1'une et 1'autre peches a la chambre des Deputes. Paris, Giraudet. 1832. 4C."

Not seen ; title from Bosgoed, op. cil., p. 242, no. 3509. [778.]

1832. MEYER, HERMANN VON. Palaeologica | zur | Geschichte der Erde | und | ihrer
Geschopfe. | Von | Hermann von Meyer, | . . . [= titles, 4 lines]. | — | — |
Frankfurt am Main. | Verlag von Siegmund Schmerber. | 1832. 8°. pp. i-
xii, 1-560.

Cetaceen, pp. 98-100. Manatust (Lamantin) fossilis, Cuv., p. 98; Delphinus Cortesii, D.

macrogenius, D. , D. longirostris, p. 99; Monodon fossilis (?) Cuv., p. 99; Ziphius cavi-

rostris, Cuv., p. 99; Z. planirostris, Cuv., Z. longirostris, Cuv., p. 100; Balcena Cuvieri, Des-
moul., B. Cortesii, Desmoul., p. 100. [779.]

1832. RAFINESQUE, C. S. Remarks on the Monthly Journal of Geology and Datura]
Science of G. W. Featherstonaugh, for May, 1832, (but only published in
July.) ^Atlantic Journ., i, no. 3, autumn of 1832, pp. 110-114.

"As to the bone called Nephrosteon, I acknowledge that it maybe the Epiphysis of
Whale, as Dr. Hfarlan]. did tell me in 1831, after my pamphlet was published. But it is,
perhaps a new Whale, since he could not find it in Cuvier's (ossemens fossiles) . Nephrosteon
is however a very good name, and may become specific " (p. 112). Cf. Harlan, Trans. Geol.
Soc. Penn., i, pt. i, 1834, p. 75. [780.]

1832. ROSENTHAL, FRiEDRiCH CHRISTIAN, tJber die Barten des Schnabel-Walfisches
(Balaena rostrata). <^Abhandl. der Kon. Akad. der Wissensch. zu Berlin, 1829
(1832), pp. 127-132, pll. i-v. [781.]

1832. RUDOLPHI, [D. K. A.], tfber Balaena longimana. <^Abliandl. d. phys. Kl. d.
Ron. Akad. d. Wissensch. zu, Berlin, 1829 (1832), pp. 133-144, pll. i-v.

Osteologische. PI. i, Skelet; pll. ii, iii, Schadel; pi. iv, linker Beckenknochen in nat.
Grosse; pL v, der Walfisch selbst. [782.]

1832. ScntiBLER, [G. ?]. [Ueber Fossilen aus der Molasse von Baltringen.] <^Jahrb.
fiir Mineral, G-eogn., Geol. und PetrefaJct., iii, 1832, pp. 79, 80.

Bruchstiicke eines Unterkiofers einor Balaena, p. 79. [783.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 535

1832. THACHER, J. History | of the | Town of Plymouth^, Mass. ] ; | from its first
settlement in 1620, to | the year 1832. | — | By James Thacher, M. D., A. A. S.,
&c. | — | "Ask thy fathers, and they will show thee; thy elders, and they
will tell thee." j — | Boston: | Marsh, Capen & Lyon. | 1832. 6°. pp;i-xi,
12-382, map, and frontispiece.

Whales at Plymouth, p. 20. Whale Fishery, pp. 343, 344. [784.]

1832. THON, D. Delphinus Linn6 (Mammalia), Delphin. <^ErscTi und Gruber's

Allgem. Encyklop. der Wissemch. und K&nste, Erste Sect., xxiii, pp. 413-420.

Twenty-eight species are given, divided among 6 subgenera, as follows : Delphinorhynchus
Lacep., 4 spp. ; Delphinus Blainv., 10 spp.; Oxypterus Eaf., 2 spp.; Phoccena Cuv., 7 spp. ;
Delphinapterus Lacep., 2 spp. ; Hyperoodon, 2 spp. [785. 1

1833. BRANDT, J. F. Uber den Zahnbau der Stellerschen Seekuh (Bytina Stelleri)

nebst Bemerkungen zur Charakteristik der in zwei Unterfamilien zu zerfal-

lenden Familie der pflanzenfressendeu Cetaceen. <^Me'm. de VAcad. imp. des

Sci. de St.-Petersbourg, vie ser., ii, 1833, pp. 103-118, pi.

Halicoreae, Kytinece, tribb. nn. [786.]

1833. [BRESCHET, GILBERT, et VAUSELLE. Observations anatomiques sur la tete

d'une baleine. ] <^Nouv. Bull, des Sci., public par la Soc. philom de Paris, Ann.

1833, 4e se"r., ii, 1833, p. 82. [787.]

1833. D'ORBIGNY, A. Notice sur un nouveau genre de C6tac6, des rivieres du centre

de I'Ame'rique nae"ridioiiale. <^Nouv. Ann. du Mus. d'Hist. nat., iii, 1834, pp.

28-36, pi. iii.

Inia boliviensis, gen. et sp. n., p. 31. PI. iii, fig. 1, vu. de profil ; fig. 2, tete osseuse ; fig. 3,

dents. [788.]

1833. DUFRENOY, — . [Note sur la ddcouverte re~cente faite par M. Harlan, dans
l'Ame~rique, de plusieurs nouvelles especes de Sauriens fossiles.] <^Bull. Soc.
ge'ol. de France, iv, 1833-34, pp. 123, 124.

Basilosaurus (=Zeuglodon, Owen), p. 124. [789.]

1833. EDITORS. Antediluvian Ambergris. <^Edinb. New Philos. Journ., xv, 1833, p.
398.

Said to occur in the clay ironstone of the coal-formation near Bathgate, Burntisland. [ 790.]
1833. "FisscHER, J. F. VAN OVERMEER. Bijdrage tot de kennis van het Japansche
Rijk. Met platen. Amsterdam, J. Muller, 1833. 4°."
"Ziealdaar: De walvisch en andere visschen. bl. 217-18."
Not seen; title from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 163, no. 2572. [791.1

1833. LECOMTE, JULES. Pratique | de la Peche | de la Baleine J dans | les Mers du
Sud. | — | Par Jules Lecomte. | Redacteur en chef du Navigateur. | [Vi-
gnette.] Paris. | Lecomte et Pougin, ^diteurs, | Quai des Augustins, 49. [
t Bachelier, Libraire e"diteur, meme quai. | — | 1833. 8°. pp. i-xvi, 1-280.

Coup d'ceil historique sur la pfiche de la Baleine, depuis les premiers essais jusqu'a nos
jours, pp. ix-xvi. De la Coque du Navire, pp. 1-14. Observations sur le gr6ement, pp. 15-18.
Du materiel, pp. 19-28. Suite du materiel, pp. 29-35. Des vivres et secours mMicaux, pp.
36-43. Du personnel, pp. 44-47. Travaux du mer, pp. 48-58. Suite des travaux de mer, pp.
59-66. Anatomie de la Baleine (de la franche), pp 67-85. Des autres especes de Baleines,
pp. 86-102 (du Cachalot, pp. 86-94; de la Baleine a aileron = La Baleinoptere gibbar de Lace-
pede, pp. 95-97 ; de la Baleine a bosse, p. 97 ; le Soufleur, p. 98 ; du Requin, du Dauphin gladia-
teur et de 1'Espadon, pp. 99-102). Lieux de peche, pp. 103-125. Suite des Parages de pfiche,
126-136. Introduction a la peche, pp. 137-140. De la peche, pp. 141-171. De la manceuvre
des piroques, pp. 172-179. De 1'amarrage de la Baleine, pp. 180-196. Des autres travaux, pp.
197-219. De 1'emploi ult6rieur de 1'huile de Baleine, pp. 220-223. Lois et ordonnances sur la
peche de la Baleine, pp. 224-278. [792.]

1833. LESLIE, [JOHN], [ROBERT] JAMESON, and HUGH MURRAY. Harper's Stereotype
Edition. | — | Narrative | of | Discovery and Adventure | in the | Polar Seas
and Regions: | with illustrations of their | Climate, Geology, and Natural
History: | and an account of | the Whale-Fishery. | — | By Professor [John]
Leslie, Professor [Robert] Jameson, | and Hugh Murray, Esq. F. R. S. E
j _ | New-York: | Printed by J. & J. Harper, 82 Cliff St. | . . . [=six lines,

536 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1833. LESLIE, [JOHN], [ROBERT] JAMESON, and HUGH MURRAY— Continued.

names of booksellers]. | — | 1833. 12°. Prelim, title-page, with vignette
"Perils, attending the Whale-Fishery," pp. i-viii, 9-373, map, and cuts.= The
Family Library, no. xiv.

Chap. ii. Animal and Vegetable Life in the Polar Regions, pp. 53-82.— Cetacea, pp. 55-61,—
a popular compiled general account of "the "Whale" (Balcena mysticetus), Finner Whales,
the Cachalot and: "Narwal," with a cut (facing p. 57) entitled "Whale with its Cub, Narwal,
etc.," the principal figures from Scoresby.

Chap. ix. The Northern Whalefishery, pp. 297-351 ; cuts of harpoons, lance, etc., p. 315.
Based largely on Scoresby 's account of the Northern Whalefishery.

There are later reprints from the same stereotype plates, the title-page only modified. The
work appeared originally at Edinburgh (8°, Oliver and Boyd), as vol. i of the Edinburgh
Cabinet Library (not seen by me), probably in 1832 or 1833, of which the Harper edition is a
literal reprint. A fifth Edinburgh edition appeared in 1845, and a German translation in 1834.
See BOSGOED, op. tit., p. 241, no. 3501. [793.]

1833. LESSON, [R. P.]. Allgemeine Bemerkungen uber einige Wale. <^Isis von Oken,
1833, pp. 42, 43.

Uebersetzung aus " Yoyage autour du monde ex6cut6 par ordre du Roi sur la Corvette La
Coquille pendant les ann6es 1822-1825, Zoologie par Lesson, cap. 4, p. 177." 1794.]

1833. MEYEN, F. J. F. Beitrage zur Zoologie, gesammelt auf einer Reise um die
Erde. Zweite Abhandlung. Siiugethiere. <^Nova Ada Phys.-med. Acad.
Cces. Leop.- Carol. Nat. Curios., xvi, p. ii, 1833, pp. 549-610, pll. xl-xlvi.

Delphinus coeruleo-albus, sp. n., pp. 609, 610, pi. xliii, fig. 2. Gegend des Rio de la Plata.

[795.]

1833. PARKINSON, JAMES. Organic Remains of a Former World. | — | An Examina-
tion of the | Mineralized Remains of the Vegetables and Animals | of the |
Antediluvian World; | generally termed extraneous fossiles. | — | By James
Parkinson. | In three Volumes. | [Vignette.] Encrinus. Stone Lilly. | The
third Volume; | containing | the fossil Starfish, Echini, Shells, Insects, Am-
phibia, Mammalia, &c. | Second Edition. | — | London : | M. A. Natali, 24,
Tavistock-Street, Covent-Garden. | — | M. DCCC. XXXIII. | T. Combe,
Junior, Gallowtree-gate, Leicester. 4°. Frontispiece, 1. 1, pp. ix-xii, 11. 2, pp.
1-467, 11. 2+11. 8, pll. i-xxii.

A few remarks about Cetaceans and Sirenians occur at pp. 321, 322, and a tooth presumed
to be Cetacean is figured in pi. xx, fig. 1. [796.]

1833. ROUSSEL DE VAUZEME. [Presentation d'un modele en platre d'un -foetus de
Baleine extraite en sa presence du sein de sa mere, aux environs de File
Tristan d'Acunha.] <L'Institut, lre ann., no. 13, 10 aout 1833, p. 106.

Avec remarques historiques. [797.]

1833. SAINT-HILAIRE, BOURJOT. Considerations sur le nerf facial, dans ses rapports
avec les Events, et sur son influence dans Facte de la respiration chez le>mar-
souin. <L'Institut, lre ann., no. 32, 21 de"c. 1833, p. 266.

R6sum6. [798.]

1833. SAMPSON, WILLIAM. Notice of a Cetaceous Animal supposed to be new to the
American coast. <^Am. Jour. Sci. and Arts, xxv, 1833, pp. 301-303, fig.

"Phoccena globiceps" = Globiocephalus melas. Short description and figure of the animal,
with synonymy and general remarks. ' [799.]

1833. SERRES, MARCEL DE. M6moire sur la question de savoir si des animaux terres-
tres ont cesse" d'exister depuis Fapparition de Fhomme, et si Fhomme a 6t6
contemporain des especes perdues, ou du moins qui ne paraissent plus avoir
de reprdsentans sur la terre. <^Bibl. univ. des Sci. et Arts, liii, 1833, pp. 277-314.

II. Des etres reels et actuellement existans, r6present6s ou sculptes sur les monumens
antiques, et dont on peut reconnaitre les especes, pp. 295-314.— Marnrniferes marins ou C6-
taces, p. 303 (Trichcchus manatus. Le lamantin d'Afrique. Delphinus delphis, Balccna
mysticetus). [800.]

1833. "SIEWALD, H. VON. De cranii formatione in Delphino Phocaena. Cum 2 tab.
Dorpati, 1833. 8°."

Not seen ; title from Carus and Engelmann. [801 .]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 537

1833-34. T.-C. [= THEODORE COCTKAU.] Baleine. <Z)ic£. pittoresque d'Hist. nat. et
des PUnom. de la Nature, i, livrr. xlvi, xlvii [1834?], pp. 365-373.

[Observations gen6rales], pp. 365-368, 370-373. [Especes]: 1. Balcena mysticetus, p. 368,
pi. xxxix, fig. 1 ; 2. JB. Physalus, p. 368; 3. B.Boops, 4. B. Musculus, 5. B. rostrata, 6.
B. nodosa, p. 369. [802.]

1833-34. P. G. [— PAULGENTIL.] Cachalot, Physeter. <Dict. pittoresque d'Hist. nat.
et des Phenom. de la Nature, i, livr. Ixx [1834?], pp. 557-559.

[Observations g6n6rales], pp. 557-559. [Especes] : 1. Le Grand Cachalot, Physeter macro-
cephalus, p. 559, pi. Ixiii, fig. 1 ; 2. Cachalot trumpo, Catodon macrocephalus, p. 559; 3. Cacha-
lot australasien, p. 559; 4. Physeter microps, p. 559; 5* Physeter tursio ou mular, p. 559; 6.
Cachalot sillonne, p. 559. [803. J

1834. ANON. Animal and Vegetable Physiology considered with reference to Natural
Theology. By Peter Mark Roget, M. D. <Edinb. Rev.,\x, 1835, pp. 142-179.

A review of the work, giving, at p. 171, an extract from it describing the "Filter of the
Whale, " or the "curious contrivance" of the "Whale-bone Whales by which they are ena-
bled to capture their food. [804.]

1834. [BENNETT, E. T. On the structure and use of the Monotrematic glands, and
particularly on those glands in the Cetacea.] <^Proc. Zool. Soc. Zond.,1834,
pp. 26, 27.

A brief resume of the views of Geoffrey Saint-Hilaire on this subject. [805.]

1834. BRESCHET, G., et ROUSSEL DE VAUZEME. Recherches anatomiques et physiolo-
giques sur les appareils te"gumentaires des animaux. <^Ann. des Sci. nat., 2e
se"r., Zool., ii, 1834, pp. 167-238, 321-370, 2 pll.

Cetaces passim. [806.]

1834. BRONGIART, ALEX., et F. CUVIER. Rapport fait a l'Acade"mie des sciences sur un
Me"moire de M. Christol ayant pour objet de ramener au genre Dugong lea
de"bris fossiles que M. G. Cuvier avait rapproche"s des Hippopotames. <^Ann.
des Sci. nat., 2e se"r., i, Zool., 1834, pp. 282-290.

Sur V Hippopotame moyen de G. Cuvier. See 1834. CHRISTOL, J. DE. [807.]

1834. CHAUVIN, — . [Sur les mamelles de Ce"tace\] <L'Institut, 2e ann., no. 48, 12
avril 1834, p. 118. [808.]

1834. [CHRISTOL, J. DE.] Extrait d'un Mdmoire intitule": Comparaison de la popula-
tion contemporaine des mammif eres de deux bassius tertiaires du ddpartemeut
de rHe"rault, present6 a 1'Acad^mie des Sciences de Paris, le 24 f6vrier
1834, par M. J. de Christol. <L'Instttut, 2e ann., no. 42, 1 mars 1834, pp.
75, 76. 1809.]

1834. CHRISTOL, JULES DE. Me'moire sur le Moyen Hippopotame fossile de Cuvier,
replac6 au genre des Dugongs. <^Ann. des Sci. nat., 2e se'r., ii, Zool., 1834,
pp. 257-277, pi. xiii.

Halicore Cuvierii, gen. et sp. n., p. 274 = Hippopotamus medius, Cuvier. PI. xxiii, ma-
choire inf6rieure et molaires de Moyen Hippopotame fossile de Nantes (Hippopotamus me-
dius, Cuv., Halicore Cuvierii, Christol) ; machoire inferienre et molaires de Dugong fossile de
Montpellier (Halicore Cuvierii, Christol) ; tete et machoire inferieure de Dugong vivant, et
d'Hippopotame, etc. . [810. J

1834. DEWHURST, H. W. The | Natural History | of the | Order Cetacea, | and the j
oceanic inhabitants | of the | Arctic Regions. | — | By William Henry Dew-
hurst, Esq., | ... [=titles, etc., 10 lines]. | — | . . . [=mottoes, 7 lines].
| — | Illustrated with numerous lithographic | and wood engravings. | — |
London: | Published by the Author, | 16, William Street, | Waterloo Bridge
Road. | — | MDCCCXXXIV. 8°. 11. 2, pp. i-xx, 1-331.

Natural History of the order Cetacea, pp. 1-204. Order I. Edentatae, or Toothless Cetacea.
General hiwtory and character of Whales, pp. 10-15. 1. Balcena mysticetus* pp. 15-85. 2.
Balcena islandica vel nordcaper, pp. 86-91. 3. Balcenoptera gibbar, pp. 92-97. 4. Balcenop-
tera acuto-rostrata, pp. 97-101. 5 . Balcenoptera jubartes, pp. 101-107. 6. Balcenoptera rorqual,
pp. 107-129.

* The specific names are in all cases capitalized, both in the text and on the plates.

538 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1834. DEWHURST, H. W. — Continued.

Order U. Predentate Cetacea, or those with teeth only in the anterior part of the upper
jaw, pp. 130, 131. 7. Monodon monoceros, pp. 131-142. 8. Monodon microcephalus, pp. 142-
144. 9. Arnanacus groenlandicus, pp. 145, 146.

Order III. Subdentate Cetacea, or those having teeth only in the lower jaw, p. 147.

10. Physeter macrocephalus, pp. 148-157. 11. Physeter cetadon [sic], p. 158. 13. Physetcr
trumpo, pp. 159-1GO. 13. Physeter cylindricus, p. 161. 14. Physeter microps, pp. 162-164.
15. Physeter mular, p. 164 16. Physeter bidens sowerbyi, pp. 165-167. 17. Physeter gib-
bosa, p. 168.

Order IV. Ambidentate Cetacea, or those having teeth in both jaws, p. 169. 18. Del-
phinus phoceana [sic] communis, pp. 170-174. 19. Delphinus didelphis [sic], pp. 174-178. 3O.
Delphinus orca communis, pp. 178-181. 31. Delphinus gladiator, pp. 181, 182. 33. Delphinus
bideniatus, p. 182. 33. Delphinus feres, p. 183. 34. Delphinus tursio, p. 184. 35. Hyperoo-
don butskopf, vel Delphinus deductor, pp. 185-190. 36. Delphinapterus beluga, pp. 190-193.

Concluding observations on the Cetacea, pp. 194-204.

The book closes with a fitting and diagnostic ''Appendix" devoted to "Testimonials, Cer-
tificates, Letters, etc., etc.," which, as the saying is, "should be seen to be appreciated."

Besides numerous wood-cuts, there are plates of the flowing species, none of them origi-
nal, and most of them are even poor copies— almost too poor to render the originals from
which they were taken recognizable in them : Balcena mysticetus, Balcena islandica, Balce-
noptera gibbar, pi. to face p. 15. Balcenoptera acuto-rostratus, pi. to face p. 97. Balcenoptera
jubartes and Balcenoptera rorqual, pi. to face p. 107. Skeleton of Balcenoptera rorqual, pi. to
face p. 115. Monodon monoceros (two figures), pi. to face p. 131. Physeter macrocephalus
and Physeter microps, pi. to face p. 148. Physeter cylindricus, pi. to face p. 161. Physeter
bidens sowerbyi, pi. to face p. 165. Physeter gibbosa, pi. to face p. 169. Delphinus didelphis
[sic] and Delphinus phoceana [sic], pi. to face p. 170. Skull and Skeleton of Porpoise (too
wretched for criticism), pi. to face p. 174. Delphinus orca communis, pi. to face p. 178. Del-
phinus gladiator and Delphinus tursio, pi. to face p. 184. Delphinus deductor and Delphinus
bidens, pi. to- face p. 185. Delphinapterus beluga, pi. to face p. 190.

Prom the standpoint of systematic zoology, the present work merits little consideration ;
it contains, however, a modicum of information based on the author's own observations,
which in some degree redeems it from being merely an indiscriminate compilation, which is,
however, its general character. [811 ]

1834. DUMERIL, [AuGUSTE]. Extrait d'un rapport fait a I'Acad^mie des Sciences par
M. Dume"ril sur un me'moire ayant pour titre: Considerations sur le nerf
fascial et sur son influence dans 1'acte de la respiration chez le Marsouin ; par
Bourjot Saint-Hilaire. <Ann. des Sci. nat., 2e se'r., ii, Zool., 1834, pp. 255-
257. [812.]

1834. DUMERIL, [A. M. C.]. Eapport fait a 1'Acade'mie des Sciences par M. Dume'ril,
sur un Memoire intitule : Description d'un organe vasculaire d^couvert dans
les ce'tace's, suivie de quelques considerations sur la respiration chez ces ani-
maux et chez les Ainphibies, par M. G. Breschet. <^Ann. des Sci. naL, 2e se'r.,

11, Zool., 1834, pp. 376-380.

Voici les conclusions du memoire de M. Breschet par les redacteurs, loc. cit., p. 379. [813.]
1834. [DUMERIL, A. M. C.]. Rapport verbal sur une lettre de M. le Piez, D. M. a
Sainte-Germain-en-Laye, relative a 1'anatomie du marsouin; lu a la stance de
1'Acade'mie royale des sciences du lundi 8 fe"vrier 1835. <^Ann. des Sci. nat.,
2e se'r., ii, Zool., 1834, pp. 380-382. ' [814.]

1834. DUMERIL, [A. M. C.], P. CUVIER et [ J. B. ] DUMAS. [Rapport sur les organes
ge"nitaux externes du Delplrinm globiceps, cl'apres les pieces adress^es par M.
Le Maout.] <L'In8titut, 2e ann., no. 48, 12 avril 1834, p. 117. [815.]

1834. EDWARDS, H. MILNE. Siemens | de Zoologie, | ou | Lecons | sur 1'anatomie, la
.physiologie, | la classification j et les moeurs des Animaux, | par j H. Milne
Edwards, | Docteur en M^decine, | Professeur d'Histoire naturelle au College
royal de Henri IV | et a 1'Ecole centrale des Arts et Manufactures. | — |
Paris. | Chez Crochard, Libraire, | Place do l'E"cole de Medecine, N. 13. | — j
1834. 8°. pp. i-viii, 1-1066, 1. 1. Numerous cuts in the text.

Ordre des Cetac6s, pp. 468-486. Famiile des Cetaces herbivores, pp. 471, 472. Famille des
Cetaces ordinaires ou Souffleurs, pp. 471-486. Divisee en 1. Tribu des Delphiniens ; 2. Tribu
des Cetaces a grosse tete.

A brief review of the genera and species, mostly under French names. [816.J

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 539

1831. FELT, J. B. History | of | Ipswich, Essex, and Hamilton. | — | By Joseph B.
Felt. | — | Magno usui est meraoria reruin gestarum. | Sallust. | — | Cam-
bridge: | Printed by Charles Folsom. | 1834. 8°. pp. i-xvi, 1-304.

Whaletishery engaged in at Ipswich, 1707, on a small scale, p. 109. [817.]

1834. " GEOFFROY-SAINT-HILAIRE, ETIENNE. Philosophie anatomique : fragmens sur
la structure et les usages des glands mammaires des Ce'tace'es. Avec 2 pi. in
8°. 88 pp. Paris, 1834, Deville-Cavelliu."

Notaeen; title from Cams and Engelmann. [818.]

1834. HARLAN, RICHARD. Notice of Fossil Bones found in the Tertiary Formation of
the State of Louisiana. < Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 2d ser., iv, 1834, pp. 397-403,
pi. xx. figg. 1, 2.

First account of the Cetacean (then supposed to be Saurian) genus Basilosaurus. Basilo-
saurus gen. n., p. 403. PL xx, vertebra, fragment of jaw, etc. [819.]

1834. HARLAN, RICHARD. Critical notices of various organic remains hitherto dis-
covered in North America. < Trans. Geol. Soc. .Pennsylvania, \ , pt. i, Aug. , 1834,
pp. 46-112.

"Order Cetaeea" pp. 73-75. Genus Manatus, p. 73. "Cetacea proper," pp. 74, 75. Re-
mains of Spermaceti Whale from an estuary at mouth of Mississippi ~RiveT=Megisto8auru8,
G-odman, Ms. Neophrosteon, Raffinesque, affirmed to have been founded on an epiphysis of a
Whale vertebra, p. 75. [820.]

1834. HARLAN, R. Critical Notices of various Organic Remains hitherto discovered
in North America. <^Edinb. New PMlos. Journ., xvii, 1834, pp. 342-362, xviii,
pp. 28-40.

Order Cetacea, xvii, pp. 361, 362. Genus Basilosaurus, xviii, pp. 29-31.

From advance sheets of the Trans. Geol. Soc. Penn., i, pt. 1, 1834, q. v. [821.]

1834. KNOX, ROBERT. Observations on the Anatomy of the Rorqual (a Whalebone
Whale of the largest magnitude), drawn up from the dissection of a specimen
found dead off North Berwick. <^Edinb. New Philos. Journ., xvi, 1834, pp.
181, 182.

Abstract of a paper having this title read before the Royal Society of Edinburgh, March
18, 1833. % [822.]

1834. LE MAO^TT, [E.] [Details relatifs aux vingt- neuf Dauphins (Delphinus ylobi-
ceps} e'choue's sur les c6tes de Bretagne.] <// 'Institut, 2e ann., no. 43, 8 mars
1844, pp. 77, 78.

Voyez aussi op. cit., pp. 95, 102. 117. [823.]

1834. LE MAOUT, [E.] [Sur les Dauphins (D. gloUceps) Rhone's sur les sillonsde Tal-
bert.] <J} 'Institut, 2e ann., no. 46, 29 mars 1844, p. 102.

Sur la v6rification des observations. [824.]

1834. MILNE-EDWARDS, H. See 1834. EDWARDS, H. MILNE.

1834. "D'ORBIGNY, A. Notice sur un nouveau genre de Ce'tace', des rivieres du centre
de PAme'rique Me"ridionale. Avec une planche. Paris, 1834. Jules Didot
I'aine'. 4°. pp. 9."

Not seen; title at second hand. [825.]

1834. D'ORBIGNY, A. Nouveau genre de Ce'tace'. <^V Institut, 2 ann., no. 62, 19 jnillet
1834, p. 240.

Inia Boliviensis, D'Orb. [826.]

1834. REDACTEURS. [Observations sur 1'anatomie du Rorqual par M. Robert Knox.]
<L' 'Institut, 2e ann., no. 61, 12 juillet 1834, p. 224.

Resume. [827.]

1834. REDACTEURS. [Rapport sur le dissection d'uu jeune Rorqual (Balcena rostrata),
accompagne' de quelques observations sur I'anatoinie d'un foetus de Mijsticctus,
par le Dr. Knox.] <£' 'Institut, 2e ann., no. 74, 11 octr. 1834, p. 336.

R6sum6. [828.]

1834. ROUSSEL DE VAUZEME. Note sur les Polypes qu'on trouve sur les fanons des

Baleines. <^Ann. des Sci. nat., 2 se"r., Zool., i, 1834, 331-333, pi. ix. [829.]

540 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1834. E[O]USSEL DE VAUZEME. Ueber die an den Barfcen der Walfische vorkommen-

den Polypen. <^Froriep>8 Notizen, xliii, no. 925, Dec. 1834, pp. 5-7, figg.

3A-7A. [830.]

1834. ROUSSEL DE VAUZKME. Auatomie d'un foetus de Baleine. ^IS Inslitut, 2e ann.,

no. 69, 6 sept. 1834, pp. 289, 290. [831.]

1834. EOUSSEL DE VAUZEME. Recherches anatomiques sur un foetus de Balaine.

<Ann. des Sci. nat., 2e s6r., ii, Zool., 1834, pp. 125-127.

Extrait du Journ. de Vlnstitut. [832.]

1834. SAINT-HILAIRE, GEOFFROY. Lecture des anciens en ce qui touche la naissance
et la premiere Education des C6tac<Ss. <^L'Institut, 2e ann., no. 40, 15 fevr.
1834, p. 54.

K6sume. [833.]

1834. SAINT-HILAIRE, GEOFFROY. Anatomie des glandes mamraaires d'un marsouin,
observed sur un sujet venu de Honfleur. <^L'In8titut, 2e aim., no. 45, 22
mars 1844, pp. 95, 96.

Avec discussion au sujet par MM. de Blainville, M*de Serres et G-. St.-Hilaire. [834.]

1834. SAINT-HILAIRE, GEOFFROY. Traite" physiologique ou 1'on considere 1'eraploi
des diverses parties des glandes inammaires des Ce*tac6s. <^L'Imtitiit} 2e ann. ,
no. 46, 29 mars 1844, pp. 102, 103. [835.]

1834. SAINT-HILAIRE, GEOFFROY. M6moire sur les glandes mammellaires pour e"tablir
que les Ce"tace"s n'allaitent point comme a 1'ordinaire leurs petits, et qu'ils
pourraient s'en tenir a les nourrir de mucus hydrat6! <^Ann. des Sci. nat., 2°
se"r., i, Zool., 1834, pp. 174-188. [836.]

1834. SAINT-HILAIRE, GEOFFROY. Extrait de deux Merits sur la lactation das C6tac£s.
<^Ann. des Sci. nut., 2e se~r., Zool., 1834, pp. 188-192. [837.]

1834. SERRES, [M. DE], et BOURJOT SAINT-HILAIRE. Considerations sur le nerf facial et
sur son influence dans 1'acte de la respiration chez le Marsouin. <^L'In8titut,
2e ann., no. 76, 25 oct. 1834, pp. 347, 348. [838.]

1834. SHEPARD, CHARLES U. Geological observations upon Alabama, Georgia and
Florida. <^Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, xxv, 1834, pp. 162-173.

Mention of fragments of teeth and bones of Manatus americanus from Suannee Spring; in
Florida, p. 164. [839.]

1834. TRAILL, [T. S.]. On some of the Cetacea. <^Edlnb. New Pliil. Journ., xvii, 1834,
pp. 177-180.

On the questions, "1. Have the Cetacea mammce? 2. If they have, do they secrete milk ?
3. Have they a nipple? And, 4. Do the young derive their nourishment from the teats?" in
reference to the positions taken by von Baer and Geoffroy St.-Hilaire. Dr. Traill answers
these questions affirmatively, adducing proofs. He also gives measurements of his "Delphi^-
nus Deductor" from the manuscript notes of Mr. James Watson, corrects a misprint in the
measurements given by him in his original description of the species, and affirms that the
Delphinus globiceps of "the French savans" is only his "-D. Deductor." There is also a cor-
rection of the measurements ofSalcena Rostrata given by Scoresby ( Arct. Reg.) from Watson's
notes. [840.]

1834. [WILLIAMS, J. E.] The Whale Fishery. <North Amer. Eev., xxxviii, 1834,

pp. 84-115.

Devoted mainly (pp. 94-115) to a general history of the American Whale Fishery. [841. |

1835. BAER, K. E. v. Uber das Gef ass-system des Braunfisches. <^Nova Acta Phys.-

med. Acad. Cces. Leop.-Carol. Nat. Curios., xvii, p. i, 1835, pp.* 394-408, pi. xxix.

[842.]

1835. "BEALE, THOMAS. A few Observations on the Natural History of the Sperm
Whale, with an account of the rise and progress of the Fishery and of the
modes of pursuing, killing and cutting that animal. London, 1835. 8°."

Not seen. [843.]

1835. CHRISTOL, JULES DE. Comparaison de la population contemporaine des Mam-
mif eres de deux bassins tertiaires du departement de PHe'rault. < Ann. des
Sci. nat., 2e s6r., iv, Zool., 1835, pp. 193-238.

Mammiferes marins, pp. 216-220. Lamantin, p. 216. [844.]

Ordre xv. Cetaces

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 541

1835. DUMERIL, [A. M. C.]. [Surunelettre par M. Lepiez danslaquelle il donnait les
details anatomiques d'une Marsouin femelle.] <^L'Institut, 3e ann., no. 92,
11 fe>r. 1835, pp. 46, 47. [845.]

1835. DUVERXOY, [G. L.]. Tableaux des ordres, des families et des genres de Mam-
mif eres, adopte's pour le cours de zoologie de la Facult6 des Sciences. <M^m.
de la Soc. du Mus. tfHist. nat. de Strasbourg, ii, 1835, Me'm. K K, 10 pp., avec 5
feuilles grosses.

Fam des (Manatus M. americanus.

. Amphibies triremes. 5 . ^ Halicore H. dugung.

(Rytina [R.] borealis.

Faraille. Les Delphinus D. delphis.

Dauphines. Delphinorhynque D. micropterus.

Inia I. boliviensis.

Phoccena P. communis. .

Hyperoodon H. Butzkopf.

Monodon . . . M. monoceros.

2e Faraille. t Platanista P. gangeticus.

Les Cachalots . . Physeter P. macrocephalus.

3e Famille C Balcena , B. mysticetus.

Les Baleines t Rorqual R. Boops. [846.]

1835. DUVERNOY, G. L. Plusieurs notes sur quelques ossemens fossiles de PAlsace et
du Jura. <^Mem. de la Soc. du Mus. d'Hist. nat. de Strasbourg, ii, 1835, Me'm.
E E, pp. 12, avec 1 pi.

I. Sur un Cetace fossile, voisin des Dugongs et des Lamantins, trouv6 ;\ Rcedersdorf, dans
le D6partement du Haut-Rhin, pp. 1-9, figg. 1, 2. [847.]

1835. DUVERNOY, [G. L.]. [Sur le squelette d'un Ce"tace* fossile de*couvert dans une
carriere de Roedersdorf, village du de'partement du Haut-Rhin.] <L! 'Institut,
3e aim., no. 126, 7 oct. 1835, pp. 326, 327.

Its affinities, not fully determined by the author, appear to be Sirenian. [848.]

1835. EDITORS. Descriptive Catalogue of the Preparations in the Anatomical De-
partment of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland.
<Edinb. Neiv Philos. Journ., xviii, 1835, pp. 369-372.

Extracts from Dr. Houston's " Descriptive Catalogue of the Preparations in the Anatomi-
cal Department of the Royal College of Surgeons of Ireland," here taken from the Dublin
Journ. ofMed. and Chem. Science, vi, no. xviii, p. 435, respecting the respiration of diving
animals, as exemplified in the Cetacea, Seals, the Otter, et\ [849.]

1835. GERV. [= PAUL GERVAIS.] Dugong, Halicore. <^Dict. pittor. d'Hist. nat. et des
Phe'nom. de la Nature, ii, 1836, livr. civ, pp. 595-596.

Halicore indicus. [850.]

1835. GERV. [= PAUL GERVAIS.] Dauphin, Delphinus. <^Dict. pittor. ffHist. nat. etdes
Phenom. de la Nature, ii, 1835, livrr. Ix, Ixi, pp. 477-483.

[Observations generates], pp. 477-479. [Especes] : 1. Delphinus (Delphinorhynchus) Geof-
froyi, p. 479; 2. D. (D.) coronatus, p. 479; 3. D. (D.) gangeticus, p. 479; 4. D. (D.) pernet-
tensis, p. 479; 5. Delphinus Boryi, p. 479; 6. D. delphis, p. 480, pi. cxxxv, fig. 9 ; 7. D. sinen-
sis, p. 480; 8. D. dubius, p. 480; 9. D. tursio, p. 480; 10. D. Bayeri, p. 480; 11. D. orca,
p. 480; 12. D. (Oxypterus) mongitori, p. 481; 13. D. (O.) rhinoceros, p. 481 ; 14. D. (Plata-
nista) rostratus Shaw (D. gangeticus, Lebeck), p. 481; 15. D. (Inia) bolivensis, p. 481; 16.
D. (Phoccena) phoccena, p. 481; 17. D. (Ph.) grampus, p. 482; 18. D. (Ph.) rissoanus, p.
482; 19. D. (Delphinapterus) leucas, p. 482, (voy. aussi, tome i, p. 425); 20. D. (D.) sene-
detta, p. 482; 21. D. (D.) Peronii, p. 482; 22. D. (Heterodon) ananarcus, p. 482; 23. D.
(H.) Hunteri, p. 482; 24. D. (H.) edentulus, p. 482; 25. D. (H.) butskopf, p. 483; 26. D.
(H.) sowerbensis, p. 483. [851.]

1835. HARLAN, R[ICHARD]. Medical | and | Physical Researches: | or | original me-
moirs | in | medicine, surgery, physiology, geology, zoology, and | compara-
tive anatomy. | Illustrated with plates, containing 160 figures. | — | By R.
Harlan, M. D.,F. L. S. Lond., | . . . [= titles, 12 lines.] | — | . . . [^quotation,
6 lines.] | — | Philadelphia: | Printed by Lydia R. Bailey, | No. 26 North
Fifth Street. | 1835. 8°. pp. i-xxxix, 9-653, 1. 1', pll. (unnumbered).

1. Description of a new Species of Manatus, or Sea Cow [Manatus latirostris], inhabiting
the coast of East Florida, pp. 68-71, pi. — , fig. 1, skull in profile ; fig. 2, lower jaw ; fig. 3, an-

542 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1835. HARLAN, R[ICHARD] — Continued.

terior portion of skull from above; fig. 4, do. of Manatus senegalensis ; fig. 5, do. of M.
americanus, auct.

2. Description of the Delphinus intermedius — a new Species of Grampus, inhabiting the
Coast of New England, pp. 72, 73, fig. of animal.

3. Observations on a large Skeleton recently disinterred from the mouth of the Missis-
sippi River, pp. 76, 77. Identified as Physeter macrocephalus.

4. Revised Catalogue of the Hammiferous Animals of North America, pp. 78-83. Order
Cetacea : First family, Sirenia, or Herbivorous Whales, spp. 2 (Manatus latirostris, Stellurus
borealis) ; second family, Whales proper, genn. 4, spp. 14.

5. Critical Notices of various Organic Remains hitherto discovered in North America,
pp. 253-313. Order Cetacea, pp. 278-280 (fossil remains of Manatee and Spermaceti Whale).
Genus Basilosaurus, Harlan, pp. 282-283.

6. Observations on the Fossil Bones [of Basilosaurus] found in the Tertiary Formation in
the State' of Louisiana. Originally communicated to the American Philosophical Society,
pp. 337-343. [852.]

1835. HARLAN, RICHARD. [Announcement of the discovery of Basilosaurus. ] <^Bull.
Soc. geol. de France, iv (1833, 1834), 1835, p. 124.

Ten lines,— abstract of a verbal communication. [853.]

1835. HARLAN, RICHARD. Description of the remains of the Basilosaurus, a large
fossil marine animal, recently discovered in the horizontal limestone of Ala-
bama. <^Trans. Geol. Soc. Perm., i, 1835, pp. 348-357, pll. xxii-xxiv.

Cetacea "proper," pp. 74,75. "The 'New Fossil Genus' of Rafinesque, named 'Nephro-
steon,' (Vid. Atlantic Journal), and the bone on which the genus is constructed . . . has
no other foundation than one of these epiphyses from the remains of a recent spermaceti
•whale," p. 75. Basilosaurus, pp. 77-80, pll. xxii-xxiv. Plesiosaurus (=Priscodelphinus,
Leidy), p. 77. [854.]

1835. HERAUSGEBER. Knox, hesonderer Bau im 2ten Magen gewisser Wale. . . .
< Ms von Oken, 1835, pp. 302,.303.

Auszug aus dem Edinburgh Journ. Sci., iii, 1830, pp. 325-388. [855.]

1835. HERAUSGEBER. Alderson, uber einen mannlichen Walrath-Wal, der Ende
April 1825 an die Kuste von Yorkshire geworfen wurde. <^Isis von Oken,
1835, pp. 1006-1008.

Auszug aus Trans. Cambridge Phil. Soc., i, 1822, pp. 253-266, pll. xii-xiv. [856.]

1835. HERAUSGEBER. Harlan: iiber einige neue Arten fossiler Saurier (Bull geol.,
1833, iv, 124). <Neues Jahrb. fiir Mineral., 1835, p. 737.

Basilosaurus. [857.]

1835. HERAUSGEBER. Knox, uber die Knochen und das Zahen des Dugongs.
</s?'s von Oken, 1835, p. 290.

Auszug aus dem Edinburgh Journ. Sci., i, 1829, pp. 157, 158. [858.]

1835. HERAUSGEBER. Einige Beobachtungen uber die Naturgeschichte des Pott-
fisches, ec. Vom Chirurgen T. Beale. <^Froriep>8 Notizen, xliv, No. 961, Mai
1835, pp. 230-232.

TJebersetzung ans "The Literary Gazette." [859.]

1835. KAUP, J. J. Das | Thierreich | in seinen Hauptformen | systematise!! beschrie-

ben | von | Dr. J. J. Kaup, | Mitglied der K. K. Leopoldinischen Akademie in

Bonn, der naturforschenden Gesellschaften in Moskau, Zurich, Mannheim etc.

| — | [Mit in den Text eingedruckten | Abbildungen | von | L. Becker und

Ch. Schuler, | unter Mitwirkung | von | Wilheliu Pfnor. | — | Drei Bande.]

Erster Band. | Naturgeschichte der Menschen und der Saugethiere. | Mit 180

in den Text eiugedruckten Abbildungen. | — | Darmstadt, 1835. | Verlag von

Johann Philipp Diehl. 8°. 11. 2, pp. i-xxxv, 1-452, 1. 1.

Vierter Stamm. Dritte Ordnung. Delphine. Cetacea (incl.), pp. 372-376. 1. Monodon
Monoceros, p. 373, fig. ; 2. Delphinapterus leucas, p. 375; 3. Phocaena vulgaris, p. 375; 4. Ph.
Orca, p. 375; 5. Delphinus Delphis, p. 576.

Funfter Stamm. Zweite Ordnung. Pflanzenfressende Walthiere. Getacea herbivora,
Sirenia, pp. 426-430. 1. Halicore Dugong, p. 428, fig.; £. Manatus americanus, p. 429; 3.
Eytina Stetteri, p. 430.

Funfter Stamm. Dritte Ordnung. Wale. Hydraula, pp. 431^45. 1. Physeter macroce-
phalus, p. 433, fig. ; 2. Balaena Mysticetus, pp. 434-445, fig. ; 3. B. Physalus, p. 445.

Phoccena vvlgaris, nom. sp. n., p. 373. [860.1

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 543

1835. KNOX, [R.]. Account of the Dissection of a Young Rorqual, or Short Whale-
bone Whale, (the Balama Rostrata of Fabricius) ; with a few Observations
on the Anatomy of the Foetal Mysticetus. <^Edirib. New Philos. Journ., xviii,
1835, pp. 197-199.

Abstract of a paper read at the meeting of the Royal Soc. Edinb., April 21, 1834. 1861.]
1835. KNOX, ROBERT. Section eines jungen Nordkapers (Balaena rosirata, Fabr.),
nebst anatomischen Beobachtungen rucksichtlich eines Fdtus der B. Mysticetm.
<^Froriep>8 Notizen, xliii, No. 935, Feb. 1835, pp. 164-165.

Ans L'Institut, no. 74, 11. Oct. 1834. [862.]

1835. KtfSTER, H. C. Beytrago zur Naturgeschichte der Insel Sardinien. <^Isis von
OTcen, 1835, pp. 75-85.

Cetacea, p. 85 (Delphinus phocaena). [863.]

1835. KttSTER, H. C. Beobachtungen uber das Wasserausspritzen der Cetaceen. < J«i«

von Oken, 1835, pp. 85-87. [864.]

1835. LEXZ, H. O. Gemeinnutzige | Naturgeschichte, | von | Dr. Harald Othraar

Lenz, | Lehrerander Erziehungsanstalt zu Schnepfenthal. | — | ErsterBand:

Saugethiere. | Mit Acht Tafeln Abbildungeu. | — | (^otha, | Beckersche Buch-

handlung. | 1835. 8°. pp. i-vi, 1-450, pll. i-viii.

Neunte Ordnung der Saugethiere. Fischsaugethiere, Cetacea, pp. 426-440, pi. vii, figg. 59-62.
Erste Familie . . . Herbivora (=^Sirenia): 1. Manatus australis, p. 427 ; 2* M, senega-
lensis, p. 427; 3. Halicore cetacea, p. 428; 4. JRhytina Stelleri, p. 428.

Zweite Eamilie . . . Hydraula (= Cetacea): 1. Delphinus Delphi*, p. 428, fig. 59; 2.
D. Tursio, p. 429; 3. D. Phoccena, p. 429; 4. D. Orca, p. 429; 5. Monodon monoceros, p. 430,
fig. 60; 6. Physeter macrocephalus, p. 432, fig. 61; 7. Balcena Mysticetus, p. 433, fig. 62; 8.
B. Physalus, p. 440; 9. B. rostrata, p. 440. [865.]

1835. LEPIEZ. See supra, 1835. DUMEREL, in L'Instit*t,'1835, no. 92, pp. 46, 47.

1835. MACY, O. The | History of Nantucket; | being a compendious Account of the
first | Settlement of the Island by the English, | together with the | Rise and
Progress | of the | Whale Fishery; | and other historical facts relative to
said | Island and its Inhabitants. | In Two Parts. | — | By Obed Macy. | — |
. . . [= quotation, 3 lines.] | Boston: | Hilliard, Gray, and Co. | — | 1835. 8°.
pp. i-xi, 1-300, map and cut.

Whales and the Whale Fishery are noticed passim in Part I, as follows: pp. 27-33, 36-38,
50-55, 68-72, 110-117, 119-134, 137-145, 149-151, 154-172, 208-216. Adventures of two whalemen
(Part II), pp. 219-221. Description of the outfit and cruise of a Sperm Whale ship, pp. 22V-
228. The Eight Whale, p. 229. Description of a sixty-barrel Sperm Whale, pp. 229-232, pi.
(Physeter or Spermaceti Whale, copied from Colnett's "Voy. to South Atlantic and Pacific
Ocean" (18 , q. v.). Progress of the Whale Fishery at Xantucket, pp. 232-234 ("from the His-
torical Society's Collection"). Produce of the Whale Fishery carried on at Xantucket, between
the years 1804 and 1834, inclusive, p. 235 (statistical table). Accounts of the loss of various
whaling ships, pp. 236-253. Proposal from the French government to the people of Nantucket
to remove to Dunkirk, pp. 253-259. [866.]

1835. MULDER, CLAAS. Over de tanden van den Narwal of Eenhoorn (Monodon Mono-
ceros L.}. < Van der Hoeven en de Vriese's Tijdsch. voor Natuurl. Gesch. en Phys.,
ii, 1835, pp. 65-100, pi. ii.

The number, development, and functions of the teeth, treated historically and critically.
"Bij het ontleden van mijne meergemelmelde voorwerpen, heb ik weerzijds in de bovenkaak
eenen tand oiitdekt, zoodat daardoor de analogie van Narwal met Dolfijnen verstekt, de over-
gang geleidelijker wordt" (pp. 107, 108).

The plate gives figures of the tusks and back teeth of a foetal and an adult specimen, and
of the tusk, with sections of the latter. [867. ]

1835. PIEZ. [= LEPIEZ.] Ueber ein Meerschweinweibchen (Delphinus phocaena).
<Froriep>8 Notizen, xliii, No. 940, pp. 243, 244.

Anatomische Bemerkungen. Aus VInstitut, 3e ann., 1835, pp. 46, 47, (See 1835.DUM6RIL.)

[868.]

1835. REID, JOHN. Einige Beobachtungen rucksichtlich der Structur der Gekr6s-
drusen bei Balaenoptera rostrata. ^Froriep's Notizen, xliii, No. 938, Feb. 1835,
pp. 209-211.

Aus Edinb. Med. and Surg. Journ., No. cxxii, Jan. 1, 183S. [869.]

544 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1835. Ross, J. C. Appendix | to the | Narrative | of a | Second Voyage in search | of
a | North-west Passage, | and of a | Residence in the Arctic regions | during
the years 1829, 1830, 1831, 1832, 1833. | By | Sir John Ross, C. B., K. S. A.,
K. C. S., &c. &c. | Captain in the Royal Navy. | Including the reports of |
Commander, now Captain, James Clark Ross, R. N., F. R. §., F. L. S., &c. |
and | the discovery of the northern magnetic pole. | — | London: | A. "W.
Webster, 156, Regent street. | — | 1835. 4to. pp. i-xii, 1-120, i-ciii, pll.
Zoology, by James Clark Ross, pp. vii-c.

Delphinapterus Beluga, p. xxii; Monodon Monoceros, p. xxii; Balcena Mysticetus, pp. xxiii,
xxiv. There are valuable notes regarding the last two. [870.]

1835. SHARPEY, [W.]. Observations on the Anatomy of the Bloodvessels of the Por-
poise. <^Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sci., 4th meeting, Edinburgh, 1834 (1835), pp.
682,683. [87l.]

1835. SWAINSON,W. The | Cabinet Cyclopedia. | Conducted by the | Rev. Dionysius
Lardner, LL. D. F. R. S. L. & E. | M. R. I. A. F. R. A. S. F. L. S. F. Z. S. Hon.
F. C. P. C. &c. &c. | assisted by Eminent Literary and Scientific Men. | — |
Natural History. | — | A Treatise | on | the Geography and Classification |
of | Animals. | By | William Swainson, Esq. A. C. G. | Honorary Member of
the Cambridge Philosophical Society, | and of several Foreign Academies.
| — | London: | Printed for Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, & Long-
man, | Paternoster-Row; | and John Taylor, | Upper Gower Street. | 1835.
8°. pp. i-vii, 1-367, 1.1.

Part II. On the Else and Progress of Systematic Zoology (pp. 122-223), treats of the prin-
cipal systems of classification, with critical remarks thereon from the quinarian,standpoint.

[872.]

1835. THACHER, JAMES. History | of | the Town of Plymouth, [Mass. ] | from its first
Settlement in 1620, | to the present time : | with a concise [ History of the
Aborigines | of New England, | and their Wars with the English, &c. | By
James Thacher, M. D. A. A. S. | "Ask thy fathers and they will showthee;
thy elders and they will tell | thee." | Second Edition, enlarged and cor-
rected. | — | Boston : | Marsh, Copen & Lyon. | 1835. 8°. pp. i-iv, 1-16+13-
401, map.

"Whales in Plymonth Bay, p. 21. Whale Fishery, pp. 317, 318.

Tor first ed. see 1832. [873.1

1835. TILESIUS, [G.W.]. Die Wallfische. <Isis von Oken, 1835, pp. 709-752, 801-828.

Cete herbivora, pp. 709-719.

[Aechten Cetaceen], pp. 719-752, 801-828. Spec. 1. Der weisse Delphin arts Canada, p. 721 ;
Sp. 2. D. coronatus Freminville, p. 721 ; Sp. 3. D. bredanensis Guv., p. 721 ; Sp. 4. D. macro-
genius [Cuv.], eine fossile Species, p. 721 ; Sp. 5. D. gangeticus Lebeck, p. 721 ; Sp. 6. D. boryi,
p. 722 ; Sp. 7. Delphinus delphis Linn., p. 722; Sp. 8. Z>. cruciger, p. 722 ; Sp. 9. D. maculatus
Lesson et Garnot, p. 722; Sp. 10. D. dubius Cnv., p. 722; Sp. 11. D. Tursio Fabricii, p. 722 ;
Sp. 12. D. niger Lacep., p. 723; Sp. 13. D. malayanus Lesson et Garnot, p. 723; Sp. 14. D.
lunatus Less, et Garn., p. 724; Sp. 15. D. minimus Less, et Gam., p. 724; * D. Bertini Desm ,
p. 724; * D. Mongitori Desm., p. 724; Sp. 16. D. 'monoceros, Rhinoceros Quoy et Gaimard, p.
724; Sp. 17. D. Phocaena Linn., p. 724 ; Sp. 18. D. leucocephalus Less, et Garn., p. 724 ; Sp.
19. D. biviltatus Less, et Garn., p. 724; Sp. 20. D. superciliosus Less, et Garn., p. 725; Sp. 21.
D. orcct Fabric., p. 725; * D. intermedius Gray, p. 726; Sp. 22. D. griseus Cuv., p. 726;
* D. rissoanus, p. 726; Sp. 23. D. globiceps Cuv., p. 726; Sp. 24. D. cortesii, p. 726; * D. feres,
p. 726; Sp. 25. D. leucas Pallas, p. 728; Sp. 26. D. Peronii Lacep., p. 730; * D. KingiiGrT&y,
p. 730 ; Sp. 27. D. dalei, p. 730 ; Sp. 28. D. hyperoodon Desm., p. 731 ; Sp. 29. D. ? spurius,
p. 731; * D. Epiodon Desmar., p. 731; Monodon monoceros Linn., p. 731; Monodon microce-
phalus Lacep., p. 734; Monodon Andersonianus Lac6p., p. 734.

Thiere, deren Kopf sehr gross und voluminSs ist und daher mit dem Korper in keinem
Yerhaltnisse steht. A. Physeteres, Blaser. 1) Cachalot Lacep. Cetac. Gatodon, p. 735; 2)
Ziphius cavirostris, p. 735; 3) Gatodon macrocephalus, pp. 736-739; 4) Der Trumpo der Ber-
muden Brown, p. 739 ; 5) Catodon polycyphus, p. 739 ; 6) Gatodon suineval, p. 739 ; 7) Physalus
cylindricus Lac6p., p. 740: 8) Physeter microps Lacep., p. 740; Die zweyte Art der Caschelote
[Physeter microps}, pp. 740-743; Die dritte Species der Caschelote [Ph. tursio Linn.], p. 743;
Die vierte Species der Caschelote, p. 744. Ambra grisea, Ambergries der Kaufleute, pp. 745-
747. Vom Walrath oder Sperma ceti der Kaufleuto und Apotheker, pp. 747-751.

Von den eigentlichen "Walfischen mit Barten, pp. 801-820. Der gemeine gronlandische

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 545

1835. TILESIUS, [G. W.]— Continued.

Walfiscb, Balaena mysticetus Linn., pp. 801-807; Die zweito Species, der Finufisch (Balaena
physalus Linn.), pp. 807-810; 3. Spec., Balaena Hoops, pp. 810-813; 4. Spec., Der Xordkaper,
Balaena musculus, pp. 814-816; 5. Spec., Schnabelfisch, Balaena rostrata, pp. 816-819; 9)
Physeter orthodon Lac6p., p. 819; 10) Physeter mular Lac6p., p. 820; 11) Physeter suleatus
Lac6p, p. 820.

Balaenae. Eigentliche Walfische mit Barten in den Kieferbeinen. ... A. "Walfische ohne
Ruckenflossen und ohne Backel. 12) Balaena mysticetus Linn., p. 820 ; 13) Balaena glacialig
Klein, p. 821. B. Walfische, die einen oder mfherer Buckel auf dem R&cken haben. 14)
Balaena nodosa Bonnaterre, p. 821 ; 15) Balaena gibbosa Bonnaterrc, p. 821 ; 17) Balaena lunu-
lata, p. 821. Die Gattung Balaenoptera des Lacepede fuhrt eine Euckenflosse. A. Keine
Falten (?) weder nnter dum Bauche noch unter Kehle. 18) Balaenoptera, gibbar Lac6p., p.
822. B. "Walfischo mit Falten, die unter dera Bauche und der Kchle dcr Lange nach fortlaufen.
19) Balaenoptera jubarte Lesson, p. 822 ; 20) Balaenoptera acuto-rostrata Lacep., p. 822 ; 21)
Balaenoptera musculus Pallas, p. 822; 22) Balaenoptera punctata Lacep., p. 823; 23) Balae-
noptera nigra Lacep., p. 823 ; 24) Balaenoptera coerulescens Lacep., p. 8113 ; 25) Balaenoptera
maculata Lacep., p. 823.

Pallas russische Walfische oder Cetaceen [6 spp.], pp. 824-826 [and the following:] B. Die
Blaser, Physeteres. Springer, pp. 826-827 ; C. Ancylodon Illiger. Lesson Man. de Mammal.,
pag. 432, p. 827 ; D. Delphin, p. 828.

Of the many bad pieces of cetological composition there are few more worthless, viewed
from the stand-point of to-day, than this pretentious compilation of some fifty closely printed
pages of Oken'a Isis ; even Lacep6de's and Chamisso's baseless species, described respectively
from Japanese drawings and Aleut carvings in wood, to say nothing of many other purely
nominal species, being here formally introduced. The literal transcription of the sub-head-
ings and specific names above given renders further comment needless. [874.]

1835-36. CUVIER, F. Cetacea. <^Todffs Cyclopaedia of Anatomy and Physiology, vol.i,
1835-36, pp. 562-594, figg. 248-279.

At the end of the paragraph giving the "Bibliography" occurs the following: " (The pre-
ceding article has been derived from the work last named in the Bibliography, with the addi-
tion, of the extracts from Mr. Hunter's papers and the other passages between brackets.)"
The work "last named" here referred to is " Cuvier, Fr. Histoire naturelle des C6tace"s, 8vo.
Paris, 1836." The bracketed passages not from Hunter, giving the classification and charac-
ters of the group (pp. 562-564), and some other passages, are presumably by the editor, Dr.
Robert B. Todd.

Tribe I. Phytophaga: Manatw (2 spp.), Halicore (2 spp.), Rytina (1 sp.).

Tribe II. Zoophaga: Family Delphinidce, with genn. Delphinorhynchiis, Delphinits, Inia,
Phoccena, Monodon, Hy2Jeroodon, Platanista. Family Catodontvdce, with genn. Catodon, Phy-
seter. Family Balcenidce, with genn. Balcenoptera, Balcena.

The Zoophaga are divided into two groups, A and B, group A consisting of the Delphi-
nidce, and group B of the Catodontidce and Balcenidce. [875.]

1835-39. JAGER, G. F. Ueber die | Fossilen Siiugethiere [ welche | in | Wiirtemberg |
aufgefundeu vrorden sind | von | Mecl. Dr. Georg Fried. Jiiger, | . . . [= titles,
8 lines.] | [Erste Abtheiluug.] | — j Stuttgart, J Bei Carl Erhard. | 1835.

[Oder] Uber die | Fossilen Siiugethiere, | weleh6|| in | Wiirtemberg | in ver-
schiedenen Formationeu | aufgefunden worden sind, | nebst | geoguostischen
BemerkungeiiiiberdieseFormationen | von | Med. Dr. Georg Fried. Jiiger | . . .
[^titles, lllines.] | [ZweiteAbtheiluug.] | — | Stuttgart,, | Bei Carl Erhard. |
1839. 2°. Abth. I, 11. 3, pp. 1-70, 1. 1, pll. i-ix. Abth. II, 11. 2, pp. 71-212,
1. 1, pll. x-xx.

[N. B.— In "Bermerkung fiir den Buchbinder," affixed to the wrapper of Abth. II, the
author directs the second of the above-given titles (which is that of Abth. II) to be used in
binding as that of the completed work.]

Dedication to George Cuvier, 1. 3; Vorrede, 1. 4; Vorwort zu der Zweiten Abtheilung, 1. 5,
erste Seite; Inhalts-Anzeige, 1. 5, zweite Seite; Einleitung, pp. 1, 2; I. Die Ueberreste von
Saugethieren aus der Molasse Oberschwabens, pp. 3-10, 71. II. Die Ueberreste von Siiuge-
thieren aus den Bohnerzgruben der schwabischen Alb, pp. 11-59, 71-79. III. Die TJeben-este
von Saugethieren aus dem Susswasserkalk bei Steinheim, pp. 59-70. IV. Die Febcm-stc von
Saugethieren in der Hohle bei Erpfingen, pp. 80-94. V. Ueberreste von Saugethieren aus.
der Schellershohle bei Wittlingcn, pp. 94-98. VI. TJeberreste von Saugethieren aus dem
weicheren Kalktulfe der schwabischen Alb und aus der in ihm gebildeten Hohle bei Seelmrg,
pp. 98-105. VII. Die Ueberreste von Saugethieren der Diluvial- und altercn Alluvial-Forma-
tion, pp. 105-182. VIII. Ueberreste von Saugethieren ini Torf, pp. 183-197. VII (i. e., IX).

35 a B

546 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1835-39. JAGER, G. F.— Continued.

Ueberreste von Saugethiere aus alten Grabliiigeln und Gr.abern, p. 197. VIII (i. e., X). Die
Ueberreste von Saugethiere in dem neueren Alluvialboden, pp. 197-200. Resultate, pp. 200-
212. Erklarung der Tafeln und Druckfebler, 1 1.

Cetaceen, pp. 4-7. Figg. : pi. i, figg. 4-28, spp. incog., aus der Molasse ; pi. ix, figg. 1-6,
Cetaceum (sp. incog.), aus der Molasse.

The remains of Cetaceans here described and figured are not definitely referred to either
species or genus, though some are thought to be referable to Ziphius, others to Physeter, Del-
phinus, etc. [876.]

1835-44. " BE ALE, THOMAS. The Natural History of the Sperm Whale and a Sketch
of a South-Sea Whaling Voyage. London, J. van Voorst, 1835-44. 8°."

!Notseen; title at second hand. [877.]

1836. BAER, CAROLO ERN. A. Delphini Phocaenae anatomes sectio prima. <^Bull.
sci. de VAcad. imp. des Sri. de St.-Petersbourff, i, 1835, pp. 26-28.

E strait en langue fr.ingais du memoire de cet titre publie dans les Mem. de VAcad. imp. de
St.-Petersb. [878.]

1836. BAER, [C. E.] DE. Sur le pre"tendu passage de Peau par les Events des Ce'tace's.
<Bull. sci. de VAcad. imp. des Sci. de St.-Pe'tersbourg, i, 1836, pp. 37-40.

Historique et critique. " Voila, Messieurs, 1'histoire d'une idee que jo crois fausse, et que
s'est conservee dans la zoologie par 1'autorite des anciens, par la rarete de la connaissance de
la langue allemande parmi les autres peuples qui cultivent les sciences, par I'empressenient
des Allemands a apprendre toutes les langnes et a consulter la litteratmi'e de toute 1'Europe,
et paries mesentendus d'un traducteur." (p. 40.) [879.]

1836. BAER, [K. E.] VON. Ueber das ^Gefasssystem des Braunfisches (DelpMn. Pho-
caena). ^Froriep's Notizen, 1, No. 1081, Sept. 1836, pp. 37-39, fig. 33. [880.]

1836. BENEDEN, [P. J.] VAX. Observations sur les caracteres sp6cinques des grands
cetace"s, tirds de la conformation de 1'oreille osseuse. <^Ann. des Sci. nat., 2e
se"r., Zool., vi, 1836, pp. 158, 159. [881.]

1836. BENEDEN, [P. J. ] VAN. Os de Poreille conside"re" comme ayant une valeur carac-
teristique dans les Cdtaccs. <^L> Institut, 4e se"r., no. 177, 28 sept. 1836, p. 318.

[882.]

1836. BENNETT, FREDERICK DEBELL. Notes on the Anatomy of the Spermaceti
Whale (Physeter macrocephalus, Lac.). <^Proc. Zool. Soc. Loud., 1836, pp.
127-129. •

Dentition, structure of the eye, etc. [883.]

1836. "BODEL NIJENHUIS, J. T. Over de walvischaardige dieren, op de kusten van
Nederland van de vroegste tijden of gestrand of gevangen."
"Zie: Algem. konst en letterbode. 1836, i, bl. 153, 163, 331."
Xot seen; title from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 158, no. 2500. [884.]

1836. "BRUNS,V. DisquisitionesdenervisCetaceorumcerebralibus. Tiibiugen, 1836.
8°."

Not seen ; title from Cams and Engelmann. [885.]

1836. CAUCHY, [F. P.]. [Rapport sur un os fossile trouve" a Tuyvenberg. ] <^Bull.
de VAcad. roy. des Sci., etc., de Bruxelles, iii, 1836, pp. 42, 43.

Kemarques supplementaires au rapport par M. le professeur Fohmann. ( Voyez 1836. FOH-
MANN.) [886.]

1836. CUVIER, F. De 1'Histoire | naturelle | des Cdtace^s, | ou | Recueil et examen
des Faits | dont se compose 1'Histoire naturelle de ces Animaux; Par M. F.
Cuvier, | de l'Acade"mie des Sciences, de la socie'te' de Londres etc. | Paris. |
Libraire encyclop^dique de Roret, | Rue Hautefeuille, N° lObis. | — | 1836.
8°. 11. 2, pp. i-lii, 1-416, pll. i-xxii.

Discours preliminaire. Considerations g6n6rales sur 1'histoire naturelle des C6taces, pp.
i-lii.

Des Cetaces herbivores [Sirenia] en general, pp. 1-6. — Les Lamantins — Maiiatua, p. 6;
1. Manatus americanus, pp. 7-21 ; ti. Manatus Senegalensi8,pp.21-2o; 3* Manatus latiros-
tris, pp. 25-26 ; Mesures comparatives des tetes des trois especes de Lamantins, p. 27 ; Les
Dugongs — Halicore, pp. 27, 28 ; 4. Halicore Indicus, pp. 29-38, 375, 376, pll. iv, v, vi ; Rytina,
pp. 38-40; 5. Eytina borealis, pp. 41-71, 376 (une traduction du m6moire de Steller, sans
aucun retranchement), pp. 376, 377.

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 547

1836. CUVIER, F.— Continued.

Des Dauphins en g6n6ral, pp. 73-113, 377 ; Lea Delphinorhynques— Delphinorhyncus, pp.
113,378; 1, D. micropterus [Blainv.], pp. 114-117, pi. ix, fig. 1; 2. D. Coronatus [Freminv.],
pp. 117-120; 3. D. Frontatus, pp. 120-122 ; Lea Dauphins proprement dits— Delphinus, pp.
122, 123, pi. x, fig. 1, skull; 4. D. delphis [Linn.], pp. 123-142; 5. D. tursio [Bonn.], pp. 142-147 ;
6. D. Capensis [Gray], pp. 147-148; 7. D. superciliosus [Less, et Garnot], pp. 148, 149: 8. D.
nova* Zelandice [Quoy et Gaim.], pp. 149, 150; 9. D. malayanus [Less, et Garnet], pp. 150, 151;
10. D. plumbeus [Dussiim.], pp. 151-153; 11. D. dubius [G. Cuv.], pp. 153, 154; l£. D. velox
[Dussum.],pp. 154, 155; 13. D. frcenatus [F. Cuv.], pp. 155, 156, pi. x, fig. 1; 14. D. rostatus
(sic), [G. Cuv.], pp. 156-158, pi. x, fig. 2; 15. D. cephalorhyncus [sp. n. = Z>. heavisidii, Gray,
1828], pp. 158, 159; 10. D. Desmaresii [Risso], pp. 159-161 ; 17. D. hastatus [sp. n. = D. hea.
visidii, Gray, 1828], pp. Ifil, 162; 18. D. obscurus [Gray], pp. 162-1C4; 19. D. Peronii
[Lac6p.], pp. 164-166, pi. xv, fig. 2; Les Inias — Inia, pp. 166,167; 20. J. Boliviensis [D'Orb.],
pp. 167-170, pi. x bis; Les Marsouins— PAoccena, pp. 170, 171; 21. P. communis [Linn.], pp.
171-177; 22. P. orca [Wagl.], pp. 177-182; 23. P. griseus [Less.], pp. 182-186; 24. P. com-
pressi caudata [Less.], pp. 186-190; 25. P. globiceps [G. Cuv.], pp. 190-196,379; 26. P. ris-
sonnus (sic), [G. Cuv.], pp. 196-199, pi. xiii, fig. 6; 27. P. leucas [Pallas], pp. 199-211; Des
Dauphins dont 1'existence comnie espece est douteuse (=29 spp.), pp. 212-230, 381— voyez
sous, p. 379; Les Narvals— Monodon, p. 230; 28. M. monocerot [Linn.J, pp. 230-240, 380, pi.
xvii, figg. 2, 3; Les Hyperoodons— Hyperoodons, pp. 240, 241; 29. H. Butzkopf [Bonnat.],
pp. 241-231, pi. ix, figg. 1-3, pi. xvii, fig. 1; Les Platanistes— Ptatanista, pp. 251, 252; 30. P.
gangeticus [Lebeck], pp. 252-257, pi. viii, fig. 2, pi. xviii, figg. 1-3 ; DCS Cachalots en g6neral
— Physeter, pp. 259-286; 31. P. macrocephalus [Linn.], pp. 286-302, 381-386, pi. xix, figg. 1-3;
Des Baleines en general— Balcena, p. 303; Les Rorquals— Rorqualus [gen. n.], pp. 303-321;
32. R. Boops [Albers], pp. 321-334, 386, 387; 33. R. muxcuhis [Linn.], pp. 334-347 (conte-
nent une traduction d'une memoire de M. Companyo) ; 34. R. antarcticus [sp. n. — Balcena
lalandi, Fisch.], pp. 347-354; Les Baleines— Balcena, pp. 354-361; .35. B. antarctica [sp.
n.=JB. tustralis, Desmoul.], pp. 361-364; 36. B. mysticetus [Linn.], pp. 364-375.

Additions et corrections, pp. 375-391. Le Dugong, pp. 375,376; Le Stellere, pp. 376,377;
Anatomic des Dauphins, pp. 377,378; Le Delphinorhynque douteux, p. 378; 37. Delphitius
ceruleo-albus [Meyeu], pp. 378, 379; 38. Le Dauphin de Bory [D. Boryi], p. 379 [voyez p. 217] ;
Le Marsouiu globiceps [Ph. globiceps], pp. 379, 380; Du Narval, p. 380; Hyperoodon dans la
M6diterran6e, p. 381; Dauphins douteux, p. 381; Cachalots, pp. 381-386; Ambre gris, p. 386;
Le Rorqual jubarte, pp. 386, 337; Rorquals et Baleines douteuses, pp. 388-391 (relatives a des
quelques baleines de Pallas dans sa Zoog. Rosso-Asiat.) ; Baleine dans le Fleuve Saint-
Laurent, p. 391 ; Baloine du Cap, p. 391.

Table chronologique des ouvrages ou se trouvent les notions diverses qui servent au
jourd'hui de fondement a 1'histoire naturelle des Cetaces, pp. 392-405, titles 1-165+12 inter-
pol., et 1-10-— 187; Table alphabotique des auteurs, avec les num6ros de renvoi a la table
chronologique des ouvrages, pp. 407-409.

Table des matieres, pp. 411-413; Errata, pp. 415, 416.

Especes douteuses. 1. Delphinus senedetta, Lacep. ex Rondelet, p. 212; 2. D. sinensis,
Desm. ex Osbeck, p. 213; 3. D. Pernettyi, Desm., pp. 213, 214; 4. D. canadensis, Desra. ex-
Duhamel, pp. 214,215; 5. D. Bertini, Desm. ex Duhamel, p. 215; 6. D. spurius vcl anar-
nacus, O. Fabr., pp. 215, 216 ; 7. D. ventricoaus, Bonnat. ex Hunter, pp. 216, 217 ; 8. D. Com-
mersonii, Lac6p. ex Commerson, p. 217 ; 9. D. Boryi, Desm. ex Bory, pp. 217, 218 [voyez p.
379 ou ce dauphin est admette etre une especes distincte] ; 10. D. Sowerbyi, Desm. ex
Blainv., p. 218; 11. D. epiodon, Eafinesque, pp. 218, 219; 12. D. feres, Bonn., pp. 219-221 ;
13. D. niger, Lacep., p. 221; 14. D. longirostris, Gray, 15. D. acutus, Gray, 16. D. inter-
medius, Gray, 17. D. kingii, Gray, p. 122; 18. D. troncalus (sic), Montaigu, pp. 222, 223;
19. Lo Globiceps de Risso, p. 223; 2O. D. Bayeri, Less, ex Kisso, pp. 224, 225; 21. O[xyp-
terus}. mongitori, Rafinesque, p. 225; 22. D. cruciger, Quoy, 23. D. bivitatus, Quoy, pp.
225-227; 24. D. albigenus, Quoy et Gaim., p. 227; 25. I>. rhinoceros, Quoy et Gaim., pp.
227, 228; 26. D. lunatus, Less., p. 228; 27. D. maculatus, Less., p. 228, 229; 28. D. leuco-
cephalus, Less., p. 229; 29. D. minimus, Less., pp. 229-230.

Especea nouveaux: 1. Delphinus cephalorhyncus, p. 158; 2*. D. hastatus, p. 161 (tout
deux=D. heavisidi, Gray, 1828); 3. Rorqualus antarcticus, p. 347=Balcena lalandi, Fisch.,
1829; 4. Balcena antarctica, p. 361 — #. australis, Desmoul., 1822.

Genre nouveau, Rorqualus, p. d03=Balcenopteridce, auct. mod.

Especes admette, 38; especes doutouses, 28.

The work, as the title indicates, is a critical digest and compendium of the literature of
the Cetacea as then existing. Nearly everything of value relating to the various species is
noted, and often special papers are given nearly in full. The large number of species con-
sidered as of doubtful existence indicates a j udicious conservatism on the part of the author
rarely exhibited by his predecessors. [887 ]

548 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1836. CUVIER, G. Recherches | sur les | Osseraens fossiles, | ou Ton re"tablit les carac-
teres | de plusieurs animaux dont les r6 volutions du Globe | ont de"truit les
especes; | par | Georges Cuvier. | Qnatrieme Edition, | Approved et adopted
par le Conseil royal de 1'Instruction publique. | Triomphante des eaux, dn
tre"pas et du temps, | La terre a era revoir ses premiers habitans. | Delille. |
Tome Huitieme, Deuxieme Partie. | [Seal.] Paris. | Edmond d'Ocagne, I^di-
teur, | 12, Rue des Petits-Augustins. | . . . [=names of 4 other publishers.] |
1836. 8°. 11. 3, pp. 1-332. Atlas, 4°, pll. 220-228.

The title of the wrapper has, after "Quatneme Edition," in addition to the above:

Revue, et complete'e | An moyen de notes additionelles et d'un supplement |
laisse's par 1'Auteur. |

"Les additions qui se trouvaient & la fin de chacun des volumes des pr6cedentes editions,
sont classees parordrede mati6res; et, lorsque le sujet s'y pr6te, les faits nouvcaux recueillis
par M. Georges Cuvier sont joints au texte, mais en note seulement, afin de conserver au
texte son integrit6. Le plus grand noinbre de ces faits cependant est destine & trouver place
dans le- Supplement dont M. Cuvier avait prepare tous les mat6riaux, et que M. Laurillard
ajouteraaux Recherches sur lesos fossiles." — Extraitde 1'Avis do 1'editeur, which also states
that the plates were retouched for this edition. The prospectus states, " M. Frederic Cuvier,
de 1'Institut, a'est charge de suivro la reimpression de 1'ouvrage de son frerc."

Tome Huiti6me, Deuxieme Partie, contains chapters II and III of the Nouvelle 6dition
(1823), q. v. The additions consist of (1) note 1 to p. 86 (7 lines), respecting Delphinus fron-
tatus, signed "Fred. Guv."; (2) note to p. 121 (5 lines), explaining the substitution of the
word rostratus for frontatus, also Signed "Fred. Cuv."; (3) this note is followed by the "Ad-
dition a- 1'histoire des dauphins vivans," appearing at the end of the volume in the earlier
editions, with verbal changes in the first paragraph; (4) note (3 lines, signed "F. Cuv.") re-
ferring to the note at p. 121; (5) note (1 line, signed "Laur."') supplementing the text; (6)
note (14 lines, no signature), entitled ''Sur le Rorqual de la mer Adriatique au cabinet de
Bologne."

The references in the text to the plates are changed to correspond with their reissue with
consecutive numbering.

This Quatrieme edition of the Oasemens fossiles contains (Tome premier, 1834, pp. i-xxiv)
"Observations preliminaires, par M. Fr6d6iic Cuvier," and "Eloge de M. Le Baron Cuvier,
par C.-L. Laurillard " (loc. cit., pp. 1-78). The Atlas is accompanied by a detailed explanatory
table of the plates, an important desideratum which the other editions lack. [888. J

1836. CUVIER, GEORGES. Le | Regne animal | distribue" | d'apres son organisation, |
pour servir de base a 1'Histoire naturelle des Animaux, | et d'introduction a
PAnatomie compared, | par | Georges Cuvier. | — | Edition | accompaguee de
planches grav6es, | reprdsentant | les types de tous les genres, | les caracteres
distinctifs des divers groupes et les modifications de structure | sur lesquelles
repose cette classification ; | par | une reunion de disciples de Cuvier, | MM.
Audouin, Blauchard, Deshayes, Alcide D'Orbigny, Dozere, Duges, Duvernoy,
Laurillard, | Milne Edwards, Roulin et Valenciennes. | — | Paris | Fortin,
Masson et Cie, Libraires, | Successeurs de Crochard, | Place de l'£cole-de-
Me'decine, N. 1. | — | Imprim6 chez Paul Renouard, | Rue Garauciere, n. 5.
[183G ct seq.~\ 20vols. 4°.

Les Mammiferes. | — | Avec un Atlas, | par MM. | Milne Edwards, Lauril-
lard, et Roulin. | Texte, 1. 1, pp. i-xxxvi, 1-350; Atlas, pll. i-c, colorizes.

Les C6taces herbivores, pp. 329-331, pi. xcvi. Les Cetac6s ordinaires, pp. 331-346, pll.
xcvii-c.

PI. xcvi, fig. 1. Trichechus manatus, Linn., fig. orig.; fig. 2. Halicore Dugong (animal,
d'apres MM. Hombron et Jacquinot; squelette et crane, d'apres Cuvier, Oss.fos.). PL xcvii,
fig. 1. Delphinus Delpliis (fig. orig.); fig. 2. D. Globiceps (d'apres uue planche de Risso, Hist,
nat. de V Europe merid., t. iii) ; fig. 3. D. Phocama (fig. orig.). Pll. xcviii-xcix, Appareil
soufilant du Marsouin. PI. c, fig. 1. Balcena mysticetus, Linn, (d'apres Scoresby, Arct. Jteg.,
t. ii, pi. xii).

The text appears to be unchanged from that of the edition of 1829. [889.]

1836. DUMORTIEK, B. C. Meinoire sur le delphinorhynque microptere 6chou6 a Os-
tende. Lu ;\ la stance du 5 novembre 1836. <^Nouveaux men. de I'Acad. roy.
des Sti. et Belles-lettres de Bntxelles, xii, 1839, pp. 13, pll. 3.

Sur les caracteres exterieurs et anatomiques du Delphinorhynchus micropterus. PI. i,
vu de cote ; pi. ii, son squelette ; pi. iii, appareil hyoide, oreille osseuse, systeme urinaire, le
cceur, et la queue. [890.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 549

1836. EDITORIAL. The Black Whale. <Edinl. Phil Journ., xx, 1836, pp. 208, 209.

On the diminution in numbers of Balcena mysticctus. A brief general statement of tbo
matter, witb an extract of 16 lines accreditctl to "Ross's Voyage." [891-1

1836. FOHMAXX, [V.], et [F. P.] CAUCIIY. [Rapport sur deux fraginens d'un os fossile
trouvds a Tuyvenberg.] <L>In8tttut, 4C aim., uot 150, 23 mars 1836, p. 1)5.

Fragment de vertebre d'un Cetace. [892.]

1836. FOHMAXX, [V.]. Rapport snr un os fossile trouvd a Tuyvenberg.] <Bull. de
VAcad. roy. des Sci., etc., de Bruxelles, iii, 1835, pp. 40-42.

Un fragment d'uno vertebrc d'un Cetace du genre Balcena. [893.]

1836. GERV. [ = PAUL GERVAIS.] Lamantin, Mariettas. <^Dict. pittor. d'Hist. nat. ct
des Phenom. de la Nature, iv, 1836, livr. cclxxxii, pp. 331-333.

1. Manatus americanus, p. 331, pi. cclxxxviii, fig. 3; 2. M. sencgalensis, p. 332 ; 3. M. lati-
rostris, p. 332. [8S4.]

1836. GERV. [=PAUL GERVAIS.] Mamraalogie on Mastologie. <^Dict. pittor. d'Hist.
nat. ct des Phenom. de la Nature, iv, 1836, livr. cccxvii-cccxx,,pp. 614-610.

Cetaces, passim. Mammiferes do France, pp. 6.J9, 640. Cetaces, 1. Delphinorhynchus
sa'onicus. Less. ; '2. Delphinus micropterus; 3. D. dclphis; 4. D. tursio; 5. D. deductor on
globiceps; 6. D.edentulus, Scbreb. ; 7. Physeter macrocephalug ; 8. Ualcena musculus; O. 7?.
rostrata. [895. ]

1836. HERAUSGEBER. Harlau; kritische Bemerkungen iiber einige bislier in Nord-
Amerika gefuudene organische tlberbleibsel (nach dera Aushiiagebogen der
Transactions of the geological Society of Philadelphia, vol. i, in James. Edinb. n.
phil. Journ., 1834, xvii, 342-362; F. f.). <New» Jahrb. fur Mineral., 1836, pp.
99-109.

Manatus und eigentliche Cetaceen, p. 104; Basilosaurus, p. 106. [896.]

1836. JACOB, A. On the structure of the Mammary Glands in the Cetacea; with Ob-
servations on the mechanism of the Mouth and Soft Palate, as applied by the
Young Animal in Sucking. <^Fifth Report British Assoc. Adv. Kci. (Dublin
meeting, 1835). Notices of Corn., 1836, pp. 86, 87. [897.]

1836. LEMAOI)T, [E.]. Sur la nageoire dorsale du delphinus globiceps (Cuvier).
<^Compte rendu, de VAcad. des Sci., ii, 1833, p. 65. [898.]

1836. MULDER, CLAAS. Een word over het werk van Geoffroij Saint-Hilaire, den titel
voerende: Fragmens sur la structure et les usages des glands mammellaires
des Cetace's. Paris, 1834. 8°. avec 2 pi. in 4°. < Fan der Hoeven en de Vriese's
Tijdssch. voor Naturl. Gesch. en Phys., iii, 1836, ii, pp. 41 . [839.]

1836. RAPP, WILII. Bemerkungen ubor die Gehorwerkzeuge der Cetaceen. <^Froriep's
Xotizen, xlix, No. 1064, Juli 1836, pp. 116-121.

Auszug. [900.]

1836. RAVIN, F. P. Oservations anatomiques sur les les Fauons, sur leur mode d'in-
sertion entre eux et avec la membrane palatine. <^Ann. des Sci. nat., 2C ser.,
Zool., v, 1836, pp. 266-278, pi. xi.

Sur les fanons de " Balcenoptera acu to rostra ta, Lacepede." [901.]

1836. REDACTEURS. Histoire iiaturelle des Cdtacds, par M. Fre'de'rie Cuvier. <^Ann.
dcs Sti. nat., 2e ser., Zool., v, 1833, p. 379.

Notice. [902.]

1836. REDACTEURS. [M. K. E. von Baer. Sur Panatomiedu marsouin.] ^Ulnstitut,
4R anu., no. 177, 7 d^cem. 1836, pp. 401, 410.

K6sum6. [903.]

1836. ROBERT, [C.]. [Note sur quelques particularity observdes dans lesqueletted'uu
Lamantin du Senegal.] <L'Institut, 4C ann., no. 153, 13 avril 1836, p. 114.

[904.]

1836. ROBERT, [C.]. Lettre de M. Robert sur les spirules, sur le lamentin du Se"udgal
et sur 1'existence, dans cecte meme region de 1'Afrique, de hyene tachetde.
<Ann. des Sci. nat., 2e se"r., Zool., v, 1836, pp. 226, 227; Comp. rend, de VAcad.
dcs ScL, ii, 1836, pp. 362-364.

Donne quelques particularites dans le squelette d'un Lamantin du Senegal. [905. ]

550 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1336. SALACUOUX, A. Noveaux ]5l6mens | d'Histoire Naturelle | contenant | La
Zoologie, la Botanique, | la Min6ralogie et la G6ologie, | par A. Salacroux |
Docteur en Medecine de la Faculte" de Paris, | Professeur d'Histoire naturello
au College de Saint-Louis, | Membre de la Societe" des Sciences naturelles de
France. | Avec 44 planches gravies sur acier et reprdsentant | pres de 400
sujets. | — | Paris | Germer Bailliere, Libraire-F^diteur, | Rue de l'£cole de
Me'deciue, No. 13 (bis). | . . . [= names of 5 other booksellers.] | 1836. sm.
8°. pp. i-vii, 1-970, pll. i-xliv.

Xe Ordre.— C6taces, pp. 188-203, pi. xi. Ire Famille. C6taces herbivores, pp. 190, 191. He
Famille. Cetac6s souffleurs, pp. 191-203. Divisee en I™ Triba, Delphinoi'des avec genres
Delphimis, Phocaena, Monodon; IIe Tribu, Macrocephales, avec genres Physeter, Balcena.
Les especes no sont pas specialement indiqu6es. [905.]

1836. VANBENEDEN. [=BENEDEN, P. J. VAN.] Caracteres spe"cifiques des grands

cetace"s, tires de la conformation de 1'oreille osseuse. <^Compl. rend, de VAcad.
des Set., iii, 1836, pp. 400, 401. [906.]

1837. BELL, THOMAS. A | History | of | British Quadrupeds, | including the Cetacea. |

By | Thomas Bell, F.R.S. F.L.S. V.P.Z.S. | . . . [= titles, 3 lines.] | [Vi-
gnette.] | Illustrated by nearly 200 woodcuts. | London: | John Van Voorst, 1,
Paternoster Row. | M. DCCC. XXXVII. 8°. pp. i-xviii, 1-526.

Cetacea, pp. 452-526. Genera^ Structure, pp. 452-462. Spp. 1. Dclphinus delphis, p. 463 ;
2. D. tursio, p. 469; 3. Phoccena communis, p. 473; 4. P. orca, p. 477; 5* P. melas, p. 483;
6. Beluga leucas, p. 489; 7. Hyperoodon butzkopf, p. 492; 8. Diodon sowerbcei, p. 497; 9.
Monodon monoceros, p. 500; IO. Physeter macrocephalus, p. 506; 11. P. tursio, p. 512; 12.
Balcena mysticetus, p. 514; 13. Balcenoptcra boops, p. 520.

Except Physeter tursio, all the species are represented in wood-cuts, and include the skulls
of seven species, as well as the animal. The text forms a carefully prepared account of
the species as then known.

Sirenia,— notice at p. 525 of stranding of specimens of the Manatee ("Manatus borealis") on
the British coast, from Stewart and Fleming. [907.]

1837. BENNETT, F. DE BELL. On the Natural History of the Spermaceti Whale (Phij-
seter macrocephalus). <Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1837, pp. 39-42.

General account of habits. [908.]

1837 (circa). BONAPARTE, C. L. Synopsis | Vertebratorum Systematis | A Charolo L.
Bonaparte Muxiuiana Principe S. L. S. etc. etc. | Societati Linnaeanae ex-
hibit! | die septima Nov. 1837 [title occupying upper third of page 1], 8°.
pp. 1-30. [Apparently a separate publication.]

In the "Index Familiarum et Subfamiliarum," p. 7, is the following:

Ordo 4. Cete. (Natantia.)
9. Manatidae. • 18. Manatina.

10. Delphinidae." 19. Delphinina. 20. Monodontina.

11. Physeteridae. 21. Physeterina.

12. Balaenidae. 22. Balaenina. [909.]

1837. "BRESCHET, [G.], et ROUSSEL DE VAUZEME. Nouvelle recherches sur la struc-
ture de la peau. Paris, 1837."

Tire des Ann. des Set. nat., 2e ser./Zool., ii, 1834, pp. 167-238, 321-370? Voyez 1834. BRESCHET
et EOUSSEL DE VAUZEME.

Cetaces, passim. Not seen ; title at second hand. . [910.]

1837. BURMEISTER, H. Handbuch | der | Naturgeschichte. | Zum Gebrauch bei Vor-
lesungen | eutworfen | von | Hermann Burmeister | . . . [titles, C lines.] | — j
Berlin, 1837. | Verlag von Theod. Chr. Friedr. Ensliu. 8°, in zwei Abtheilun-
gen, 1. 1 (general title-page), pp. i-xxvi, l-8o8.

Cetacea, pp. 791-793. Divided into 3 families — Balaenodea, Delphinodea, Sireniformia.
Genera briefly characterized, with an enumeration of the species.

^Hyperoodon verus (Butskopf), atl. Ozean," nom. sp. n., p. 792. [911.]

1837. G., Z. Narval, Monodon. <Z)ic£. pittor. d'Hist. nat. et des PMnom. de la Nature,
v, 1837, livr. cccxciv, pp. 591, 592.

Narvalus vulgaris Lac6p., Monodon monoceros, Lin. [912.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 551

1337. GEI? v. [= PAUL GERVAIS. ] Mainmif ores fossiles. <Dict.pittor. ffKist. nat. etdcs
Phenom. de la Nature, v, 1837, livr. cccxxi, pp. 1-5.

Cetaces, passim. \913 ]

1837. "GRAAII, W. A. Narrative of an Expedition | to the | East Coast of Green-
laud, | sent by order of the King of Denmark, | in search of | the lost colo-
nies, | under the command of | CaptMV. A. Graah, of the Danish Royal Navy, |
Knight of Dannebrog, &c. | — | Translated from the Danish, | by | the late
G. Gordon Macdougall, F. R. S. N. A., | for the | Royal Geographical Society
of London. | With the | original Danish chart completed by the Expedition.
| — | London : | John W. Parker, West Strand. | — | M.DCCC.XXXVII. 1
vol. 8vo. pp. xvi, 199, map."

Not seen; title from Cones, Birds Col. Vail, App., 1878, p. 624. The Appendix is said to
contain zoological matter. [914.]

1837. HERAUSGEBER. G. Fr. Jliger: tiber die fossilen Siiugethiere, welche in Wiirt-
temberg aufgefunden worden siud. Erste Abtheilung. Stuttgart, 1835, 70
pp. und 9 lithogr. Tafeln in Fol. <^2feues Jahrb. fur Mineral, Geogn., GeoL
und Petrefakt., 1837, pp. 731-740.

Auszug. [915<j

1837. HERAUSGEBER. [Bemerkungen iiher die Anatomie des Pottfisches (Physeter
macrocephaliis).~\ <^Froriep's Neuc Notizen aus dem Gebiete der Natur- und Htil-
kunde, iv, No. 18, Dec. 1837, pp. 273-275.

Abstract von Bemerkungen des Hrn. Debell Bennett's in Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1836, pp.
127-129. [916.]

1837. JARDINE,W. The | Natural History | of the | Ordinary Cetacea | or | Whales. |
[By Sir William Jardine, Bart., F. R. S., etc.] Illustrated by thirty-two col-
oured plates, | numerous wood-cuts, with memoir | and portrait of Lacepede. |
Ediuburg: | W. H. Lizars, 3, St. James' Square; | S. Highley, 32, Fleet Street,
London; and W. Curry, jun. and Co. Dublin. | 1837. [Or,] The | Naturalist's
Library | conducted hy | Sir William Jardine, Bart. | F. R. S. E., F. L. S.,
&c. &c. | Mammalia. | Vol. VI. | On the | Ordinary Cetacea | or | Whales. |
"Ah! pour les peindre, il faudroit le pinceau de Buffon." | Lace~pede. j . . .
[= imprint as above. ] sm. 8°. pp. i-xvi, 17-264, pll. i-xxix -J- iv*, frontispiece
(portrait of Lac6pede), and engraved title-page (figures of Narwal) = 32 pll.
Figg. in text.

Title-pages, four in number, pp. i-viii; Advertisement, pp. ix-xii; Contents, pp. xiii-xv;
Memoir of M. le Comte de Lacepede, pp. 17-32 ; Introduction, pp. 33-42 ; Comparative Anatomy
of the Cetacea, pp. 43-75 ; the Greenland Whale (Balcena Mysticetus, Linn.), pp. 76-93, pi. ii ; the
Northern Whale Fishery, pp. 93-98 (pi. iii, whale's food) ; Proceedings and dangers in capturing
the Whale (pp. 99-121, pll. iv, iv*) ; Whale of the Southern Seas (Balcena Australia, Desmoul.),
pp. 122-124; Rorqualus Borealis, Cuv., pp. 125-141, pi. v, animal, pi. vi, skeleton; the Lesser
Korqual (Rorqualus Rostratus), pp. 142-146, pi. vii; Rorqual of the Southern Seas (Rorqualus
Australia, Cav.), pp. 146-150; Fossile Horquals, etc., pp. 150-153; the Spermaceti Whale (Phy-
seter Catodon, Linn.), pp. 154-1G9, pi. viii (from Robertson), pi. ix (from Beale); [South Sea
Fishery], pp. 169-180, pi. x, Dying Struggles of the Spermaceti Whale (from Beale) ; the Hetero-
dons,p. 181; the Narwhal, or Sea Unicorn (Narwhalus), pp. 182-190, pi. xi (from F. Cuvier), and
Vignette, p. iii; Diodons, or Two-teethed Whales, pp. 191-193 — Diodon Desmaresti (p. 191),
Diodon Sowerbi (p. 102), pi. xii; Hypr.roodon Honjloriensis, pp. 194-197, pi. xiii; Aodons — A.
Dalei, Less., pp. 198-200, pi. xiv (from F. Cuvier); Xiphius — X. Planirostris (fossil), p. 201;
Third Subdivision, pp. 202, 203; the Beluga, or White Whale (Beluga), pp. 204-209, p]. xv;
Delphinapterus Peronii, pp. 210, 211, pi. xvi, from Quoy and Gaim. ; tbe Deductor, or Ca'ing
Whale (Globiocephalus Deductor or Mclas), pp. 212-219, pi. xvii, from Scoresby; the Globioce-
phalus Ristii, p. 219, pi. xviii, from F. Cuvier; Fossile Globiceps, pp. 220, 221; the Common
Porpoise (Phoccena Communit), pp. 222-227, pi. xix, fig. 1, from F. Cuvier; the Porpoise of
the Cape of Good Hope (Phoccena Capensis Dussm. j, p. 227, pi. xix, fig. 2, from F. Cuvier;
the Grampus (Phoccena Grampus), pp. 228-232, pi. xx; the P[hoccena]. Griseus, pp. 233, 234,
pi. xxi, from D'Orbigny; the Striped Porpoise (P[hoccena}. Bivittatus), pp. 234, 235, pi. xxii,
fig. 2; Genus Delphinus, pp. 236-238; the Common Dolphin (Delphinus Delphis, Linn.), pp.
238-243, pi. xxiii, from Cuvier; Pernetty's Dolphin (Delphinus Pernettii, Desm.), pp. 244-246,
pi. xxiv; Lead-coloured Dolphin (Delphinus Plumbeus, Dussm.), p. 246, pi. xxv, fig. 1; the
Bridled Dolphin (Delphinus Frcenatus, Dussm.), p. 247, pi. xxv, fig. 2; Delphinus Supercilio-

552 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1837. JARDINE, W. — Continued.

sus, Loss., pp. 248, 249, pi. xxvi, from Less, and Gam.; the Fuenas of the Chilians, p. 250, pi.
xxii, fig. 2; Delphinus Youngii (Fossile), p. 251 ; Delphinorhynchus of Breda (Delphinorhynchus
Bredanensis, L(>ss.), p. 252, pi. xxvii, from Cuvier; the Soosoo of the Ganges (Soosoo Gauge-
ticus, Less.), pp. 254-256, pi. xxviii ; the Soosoo of M. Do Borda (Soosoo Bordaii, Fossile, Cuv.),
p. 257; I[nia]. Boliviensis, D'Orbigny, Fr. Cuvier, pp. 259-261, pi. xxix; the Rhinoceros
Whale (Oxyptcrus Rhinoceros, Less.), pp. 262-263, cut, from Quoy and Gaiinard.

A popular general account of the Cetacea.

About 32 species are described and figured, arranged in 17 genera. The figures are copied
from those of previous authors, sometimes more or less altered in position, and embellished
with "appropriate scenery." In many cases the original sources are indicated. The tech-
nical names above given in parentheses are those adopted in the table of contents ; these
generally correspond with the first name given in the body of the work in the lists of synon-
yms of the species, and the authority above added to the name is thence derived. [917.]

1837. McCuLLOCii, J. R. A | Dictionary, | practical, theoretical, and historical, |
of | Commerce | and | Commercial Navigation: | Illustrated with Maps and
Plans. | By J[ohn]. R[amsey]. McCulloch, Esq. | A New Edition. | Corrected
and improved: | With an enlarged Supplement, | containing many new Arti-
cles, and bringing down the information | contained in the work to | Decem-
ber, 1836. | — | . . . [=4 lines, quotation.] | — | London: | Printed for |
Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longman. | MDCCCXXXVII.
Large 8°. pp. i-xvi, 1-1269, +1-1 18.

Whalebone, p. 1238. Whale (Common) [Balaena mysticetus], p. 1238. Whale- Fishery,
pp. 1238-1245. Whale Fishery (Southern), Suppl., p. 116. Whale Fishery (Northern),
Suppl., p. 117. [918.]

1837. PUSCH, GEORG GOTTLIEB. Polens Palaoutologie | oder | Abbildung und Be-
schreibung | der | vorzuglichsten und der noch unbeschriebenen Petre-
fakten aus den | Gebirgsfonnationen in Poleu, Volhynien und den Karpa-
then | nebst | einigen allgemeinen Beitragen zur Petrefaktenkunde und
einem Versuch zur | Vervollstiindigung der Geschichte des europilischen
Auer-Ochsen. | Von | Georg Gottlieb Pusch, | Miiuzmeister zu Warschau,
ehemaligen konigl. polnischen Bergrath und Professor, Mitglied einiger
gelehrten Gesellschaften | zu Moskau, St. Petersburg, Paris, Dresden, Bres-
lau, Bonn und Altenburg. | — | Mit Abbildungen auf 16 lithographirten
Tafeln. | — | — | Stuttgart, j E. Schweizerbart's Verlagshandluug. | 1837.
4°. pp. i-xiii, 1-218.

Fossile TJeberreste von Wirbelthieren, pp. 167, 168. Ruckenwirbel eines Meer-Saugthiers
(pp. 167, 168, pi. xv, fig. 4) aus Jurakalk. Wahrscheinlich ein Cetaceen-Wirbel. [919.]

1837. RAPP, W. Die Cataceeu | zoologisch- anatomisch dargestelt | von | Wilhelm
Rapp, Professor der Anatomie in Tubingen. | — | Mit Abbildungen. | — |
Stuttgart und Tubingen, | Verlag der J. G. Cotta'schen Buchhandluug. j
1837. 8°. 1. 1, pp. i-vi, 1-182, 1. 1, pll. i-viii.

Geschichtliches, pp. 3-20. I. Zoologischer Theil, pp. 21-58.

A. Pflanzenfressende Cetaceen (Sirenia, 111.). 1. Manatus americanus Desmar., p. 25 (3/.
senegalensis et lalirostris, spp. dub.); 2. Halicore indica Desmar., p. 26; 3. Stellurus borealis
Desmar., p. 27.

B. Aechte Cetaceen. 1. Delphinus delphis Linn., p. 29; 2. D. longirostris Dussumier, p.
30; 3. D. velox Dussumier, p. 30; 4. D. Tursio Bonnat., p. 31; 5. D. capcnsis Gray, p. 31;
6. D. plumbeus Dussumicr, p. 32; 7. D. superciliosus Lesson et Garnot, p. 32; 8. D.frena-
tus Dussumier, p. 32; O. D. coeruleo-albus Meyen, p. 33 ; 10. D. rostratus Cuv., p. 33; 11. D.
dubius Gray, p. 33; 12. D. Boryi Desmar., p. 34; 13. D. lunatus Lesson et Garnot, p. 34;
14. D. Novae Zeelandiae Quoy et Gaimard, p. 34; 15. D. (Phocaena) globiceps Cuv., p. 34;
16. D. (Ph.) jRissocwus Cuv., p. 36; 17. D. (Ph.) griseus G. Cuv., p. 36; 18. D. (Ph.) Pho-
caena Linn., p. 36; 19. D. (Ph.) hastatus Fr. Cuvier, p. 37: 20. D. (Ph.) cruciger Quoy et
Gaimard, p. 38; 21. D. (Ph.) bivittatus Lesson et Garnot, p. 39; 22. D. (Ph.) compressicauda
Lesson, p. 39; 23. D. (Ph.) obscurus Gray, p. 39; 24. D. (Ph.) gladiator (—D. orcaFabr.uon
Linn.), p. 39; 25. D. (Delphinorhynchus) Geoff royi Desmar., p. 40; 26. D. (D.) coronatus
Freminvillc, p. 40 ; 27. D. (D.) micropterus Cuv., p. 40; 28. D. (Platanista) gangHicus Le-
beck, p. 41; 29. D. (Inia) Boliviensis ftOiltigny, p. 42; 30. D. (Delphinapterus) leucas Pallas,
p. 42; 31. D. (D.) leucorhamphus Peron, p. 43; 32. D. (D.) phocacnoidea Dussumier, p. 43 ;
33. D. (Heterodon) Dalei Lesson, p. 41; 3i. D. (H.) Desmaresti Kisso, p. 45; 35. Monodon

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 553

1837. RAPP, W.— Continued.

mowoccro* Linn., p. 40; 36. Physeter macrocephalu* Shaw, p. 49; 37. Balaenoptera borcalis
Lesson, p. 52; 38. B. longimana, p. 55; 39. Balaena mysticctus Linn., p. 55; 40. Balaena
antarctica Less., p. 58, = spp. 40.

II. Anatomiscber Theil, pp. 59-179. Von den Knochen, pp. 61-78. Von den Muskoln, pp.
79-91. Auge, pp. 92-97. Gehororgan, pp. 98-104. Nasenhohle, pp. 105-109. Allgemeine Be-
deckungen, pp. 110-114. Nervensystem, pp. 115-123. Verdauungswerkzeuge. pp. 124-145.
Athmungswerkzeuge, pp. 140-152. Haruwerkzeuge, pp. 153-155. Gefasssystein, pp. 156-168.
"Werkzeuge der Fortpflanzung, pp. 169-170.

Erklarung der Abbildungeu, pp. 181, 182. Erste Tafel, Eines 13 Par. Zoll langen Fotus des
Dugong (Halicore Indica). Zweite Tafel, Delphinus Capensis, Gray. Dritte Tafel, Del-
phinus hastatus F. Guv. Fig. A, von der Scite; fig. B, von unten. Vierto Tafel, Skelot
sines erwachsenen, mannlichen Ddphinus delphis aus dom mittellandischen Meere. Fiinfte
Tafel, Skelet eines Dclphinus Phocaena aus der Nordsee. Sechste Tafel, Der Magen der
Delphine iu den verschiedenen Lebensperioden ; drei Figuren. Siebente Tafel, Niere von
Delphinus delphis und eines fast reifen Fotus des Dugoiig. Achte Tafel, Herz des Dugoug-
Fotus. Alle Figuren sind nacb der Natur.

The historical introduction traces briefly the history of the subject from the time of Aris-
totle to date, with copious references to the literature in foot-notes.

Theil I gives a carefully prepared synopsis of the species, with brief diagnoses, the prin-
cipal synonymy, and references to the more important works relating to the species. Theil
II is devoted to a general account of the anatomy of the Sirenians and Cetaceans, largely
from original investigation. The eight plates are based on material studied by the au-
thor. [920.]

1837. RATHKE, [M. H. ]. Beraerkungen fiber ein angeblich bei Tannenberg ge fun-
denes Sclmlterblatt eines Wallfisches. <^Preu88. Proving.- Blatter, xviii, 1837,
562-565. [921.]

1837. RAVIN, [F. P.]. Anatomische Beobachtungen uber die Barten, fiber deren Ein-
fuguugsweise in Bezug auf einander und auf die Gauinenhaut. <^Froriep>8
Neue Notizen, i, No. 3, Jan. 1837, pp. 33-40, figg. 16-25.

Aus Ann. des Sci. Nat., 2« sen, v, 1836, pp. 266-278, 1 pi. [922.]

1837. REDACTEUR. [Notes sur 1'nnatomie de la Baleine an sperma-ceti (Physeter ma-
crocephalus, auct.), principalement sur sa dentition et sa structure ainsi que
1'aspect que pre"seiitent ses parties molles, par M. Debell Bennett.] <^L'In8ti-
tut, 5e ann., no. 221, novembre 1837, p. 359.

Kesum6. [923.]

1837. RICIIARDSOX, J. Report on North American Zoology. <^Eep. 6th Meeting Brit.
Ass. Adv. Sci. for 1836, v, 1837, pp. 121-224.

Ord. Cetacea, pp. 161, 162. Nominal list of 19 species of Sirenia and Cetacea. [924.]

1837. "SuCKOW, G. A. Osteologiscne Beschreibung des Walles [Balaena mysticetu?].
Mannheim, C. Lamina, 1837. 4°. 5 pll."

Not seen; title at second hand. [925.]

1837. VAXBEXEDEX, [P. J.]. [=BENEDEX, P. J. VAN]. On the Specific Characters
of the larger Cetacea, as deduced from the Conformation of the Bones of the
Ear. <Edinb. Neiv Philos. Joiirn., xxii, 1837. p. 198.

From Compte Eendu, iii, 1833, pp. 400, 401. [926.]

1837. VROLIK, W. Ontleedkundige aaumerkingen over den Noordschen Vinvisch

(Balaenoptera rostrata), in de maand September desjaars 1835 te Wijk aan
Zee gestrand. < Fander Hoeven en de Vriesds Tijdssch. vopr Natuurk. Gesch. en
Phys.t iv, 1837-38, pp. 1-24.
On various points in its anatomy.

1838. ANON. Notices of some of the specimens of natural history, which were col-

lected during the voyage of the Morrison to Lewchew and Japan. ^Chinese
Repository, vi, 1838, pp. 406-417.

Globioccphalug Rissii, pp. 411-413. Description of external characters with a page of ana-
tomical observations. [928.]

554 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1838. BAER, K. E. VON. Untersuchungen tiber die ehemalige Verbreitung und die
giinzliche Vertilgung der von Steller beobachteten nordischen Seekuh (Rytina,
111.). <Bull. dc VAcad. imp. des Sci. de Sl.-Petersbourg, iii, 1838, pp. 355-359.

Extrait en langue frangais du memoire de cet titre, imprim6 dans Ics MSm. de la meme
acad. [929.]

1838. BENNETT, F. DEBELL. Ueber Pliysetcr macrocephalus, besonders seiii Gebiss.
</8i* von Okcn, 1838, pp. 217, 218.

Auszug aus Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond., iv, 1836, pp. 127-129. [930.1

1838. BLAINVILLE, M. H. DE. Sur les Caclialots. <^Ann. franc, et etrang. d'Anat. et
de PJiys., ii, 1838, pp. 335-337, pi. x.

Physeter breviceps, sp. n. (p. 337), pi. x, crane. [931.]

1838. BRESCHET, G. Apercu descriptif de 1'organe auditif du Marsouin (Dclpliinus
phoccena L.). <Ann. des Sci. nat., 2e se"r., Zool., x, 1838, pp. 221-229, pi. v.

1° Conduit nuditif externe. 2° Os tympanal. 3° Cavit6 du tympan. 4° Oreille interne ou
labyrinthe. [932.]

1838. BRONX, HEINRICH GEORG. Lethaea Geognostica, | oder | Abbildungen und Be-
schreibungen | der | fur die Gebirgs-Forinatiouen bezeichneudsten | Verstei-
nerungen, | mit | lithographirten 47 Quart., 1 Folio-Tafel und 2 Tabellen, |
von | Heinrich Georg Bronn, | . . . [= titles, 7 lines.] | — | Zweite Auflage. |
Zweiter Band, | das Kijeide- und Molassen-Gebirge enthaltend. | — | Stutt-
gart. | E. Schweizerbart's Verlagshandlung. | 1838. 8°. 11. 2, pp. 545-1346,
11.2.

Cetacea, pp. 1175-1177, pll. xliii, fig. 6. Ziphius planirostris, p. 1176, pi. xliii, fig. 6. [933.]

1838. GLUGE, [THEOPHILE]. Sur la terminaison des nerfs. — 1° Sur leur terminaison
dans la peau de la baleine. <^Bull. de VAcad. roy. des Sci. et Bellcs-lett. de
Bruxelles, v, 1838, pp. 20-25. [934.]

1838. HUMBOLDT, ALEXANDER VON, und A. F. A. WIEGMANN. Ueber den Manati des
Orinoko. <^Wiegmann'8 Arch, filr Naturgesch., 1838, Bd. i, 4. Jahrg., pp. 1-10,
pll. i, ii.

Aus dessen franzosischen Manuscripten ubersetzt mit Bemerkungen vom Dr. A. ~F. A.
Wiegmann. Sehe HUMBOLDT, A. v., Voyag. aux rCg. equinox., vi, p. 235, pll.

Detailed account of its external characters, with measurements, of the mouth parts, and
some account of its digestive tract, food, and habits. PI. i gives views of the animal in pro-
file and from below; pi. ii, of the mouth, of the head from above and in profile, and an ideal
longitudinal section of the body. [935.]

1838. KAUP, J. J. [Ueber Ziihnen von HalytJierium und Pugmeodon aus Flonheim.]
<Neues Jahrl). fur Mineral, 1838, p. 319, pi. ii, D. figg. 1, 2, C. figg. 1, 2.

Halytherium dubium ; Pugmeodon Sehinzii. [936.]

1838. KAUP, J. J. [Ueber Zahiien von Halitherium. ] <^Neues Jahrb. fiir Mineral., 1838,
p. 536. [937.]

1838. "Kxox, F. J. Catalogue of Anatomical Preparations illustrative of the Whale,
by F. J. Knox, Conservator of the Museum in Old Surgeons' Hall. 8°.
Edinburgh, 1838."

Not seen; title and commentary here following from Gray (Cat. Mam. Brit. Mus., pt. i,
Cetacea, 1850).

"In 1828 Mr. F. J. Knox, the Conservator of the Museum of the Old Surgeons' Hall in
Edinburgh, published a catalogue of the Anatomical preparations of the Whale, in which ho
gives many interesting details on the anatomy of the Balcena maximus and B. minimus,
which had been stranded near Edinburgh, of the foetus of B. mysticetus from Greenland, and
of Delphinus Tursio (D. leucopleurus) , D. Dclplds and Phoccena eommunis, Soosoo gangeticun,
and Halicore Indicus; but the paper has been very generally neglected or overlooked," (loc.
cit., p. 3).

"Mr. Knox (Cat. Prep. Whale) gives the best account of the development, position and
distinction between the baleen of the "Whales of the North Sea which has come under my
observation" . . . (loc. cit., p. 7).

"But the pamphlet in which these observations were published, being a mere guide to the

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 555

1838. "KNOX, F. J."— Continued.

exhibition, has been overlooked, and I could only procure a copy last year after great trouble,
and from the family of the author" (loc. cit., p. 21).

Dr. Gray makes frequent quotations from this paper, "which seems to be one of consider
able importance. [938.]

1838. MEYER, HERM. v. [Halianassa.] <Neues Jahrb.fur Mineral, 1838, p. 667.

Halianassa, gen. n., zwischen Halicore uiid Manatus. [939.]

1838. OKEN, [L.]. Allgemeine | Natnrgeschichte | fur | alleStande, | von | Professor
Oken. | — | Siebenten Bandes zweyte Abtheiluug, | oder | Thierreich, vierten
Bandes zweyte Abtheilung. | Siiugthiere 1. | — | Stuttgart, | Hoffmann'sche
Verlags-Buchhandlung. | 1838. 8°. pp. i-viii, 689-1432.

Zweyte Stuffe. Obere Haarthiere. Vierte Ordnung. Hufthiere. [=Die Walfische,
Schweine und Kinder.] 10. Zunft. Die Wale oder Walflsche, pp. 993-1115.

Historische Bemerkungen, pp. 995-1012.

A. Die fleischfressenden Wale (= Cetacea), pp. 1012-1091. a. Die GrosskSpfe. I. Genus.
Die Bartenwale. 1. Balcena mysticetus, pp. 1014-1036; 1 b. Nordcaper (B. glaeialis, muscu-
lus), pp. 1036-1039 ; 1 c. B. australis, p. 1039 ; 2. B. physalus, boops, musculus, rostrata, pp.
1039-1047.

II. Genus. DiePottfischo . . . Physeter, pp. 1047, 1048. 1. Ph.'macrocephalus, pp. 1049-1058.
1 6. Ph. polycyphus, p. 1058.

C. Die Dunnkopfe, p. 1059. IH. Genus . . . Monodon, p. 1059. 1. M. monoceros, pp. 1059-
1067. IV. Genus . . . Delphinus, pp. 1067-1070. a. Die Spitzkopfe. 1. D. Delphis, p. 1070;
2. D. tursio, orcaL., pp. 1070-1072; 3. D. gangeticus, p. 1072. b. Stumpf kopf e ; 4. D.pho-
ccena, pp. 1072-1074; 5. D. aries, gladiator, orca, Fabr., pp. 1074-1078; 6. D. melas, globiceps,
pp. 1078-1085; [7.] D.leucas,albicans (Beluga), pp. 1085-1088; [8.] D.rostratussiveedentulus
(Hyperoodon), pp. 1088-1091.

B. Die pflanzenfressenden Wale (=Sirenia), pp. 1091-1115. V. Genus . . . Manatus.
1. M. borealis (Rytina), pp. 1091-1098; 2. Manatus attanticus, Trichechus manatus, pp.
1098-1106; 3. Die ostindische oder der Dujong (Halicore), pp. 1] 06-1115; 4. Dinotherium
giganteum, p. 1115.

Genn. Cetac., 4 ; spp. 11.

The references to writers of the 15th to the 18th centuries are especially full, as well as to
the still earlier classic authors. Only the more important species are treated at length.
Several species are in some cases obviously confounded under the same specific designation.

[940.]

1838. OWEN, [R.]. [On the Anatomy of the Dugong.] <Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.
1838, pp. 28-45.

Digestive Organs, pp. 29-34 ; Circulating System, pp. 34-36; Respiratory System, pp. 36-39;
TJropoietic System, p. 39 ; Generative System, pp. 30, 40 ; Osseus System, pp. 40, 41 ; Denti-
tion, pp. 41-43 ; Measurements of cranium, p. 44 : external measurements and measurements
of intestines, p. 45. [941.]

1838. SERRES, MARCEL DE. Note sur les animaux des terrains inarms supe'rieurs d6-
couverts dans le sol immergd des environs de Montpellier. <^Ann. des Sci. nat.,
2e se"r., Zool., ix, 1838, pp. 281-292.

Mammiferes marins, pp. 285, 286. 1° Lamantins (Manatus Cuv.), 2° Dauphin h longue
symphyse, Cuvier, 2° bis. Dauphin tres voisin du Dauphin ordinaire (Delphinus Delphis), p.
285; 3° Dugong (Halicore medius), 4° Baleine (Balcena), 5° Cachalots (Physeter), 6° Rorqual,
p. 286. [942.]

1838. THOMPSON, WILLIAM. Upon the Identity of Hunter's Delphinus bidentatus,
Baussard's Hyperoodon Honfloriensis, and Dale's Bottle Head Whale.
<Charle8worth's Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1838, pp. 221-223.

All referred to Hyperoodon honfloriensis (-H. bidens) ; brief account of the external charac-
ters and osteology of a specimen stranded at Hull, England. [943.]

1838. TRAILL, [T. S.]. Ueber einige Dinge bey den Cetaceen. <Jsis von Oken, 1838,
pp. 46, 47.

Auszug aus TJebersetzung aus Edinburgh New Phil. Journ., vol. xvii, 183, p. 177. [944.]

1838. TRAILL, [T. S.]. Ueber den Bau und die Yerrichtung der Milchdrusen der
Wale. </sis von Oken, 1838, pp. 47, 48.

Auszug aus dem Edinburgh New Phil. Journ., xvii, p. 263. [945.]

556 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1838. VROLIK, "WY Note sur 1' anatomic d'une Baleinoptcreabec (Baltenoptera rostrata)
e"chou<Se au mois de septembre de 1'annde 1835 sur les cotes do la Hollande, pres
du village de Wijk aan Zee. <^Ann. des Sci. nat., 2e se"r., Zool., ix, 1838, pp.
65-77.

Description des visceres de 1' animal du sese f6minin. [946.]

183$. VROLIK, [W.]. Ueber die Auatomie einer Balacnoplera rostrata, die im Septbr.
1835 an der Hollaudischen Kuste strandete. <^Froriep>8 Neue Notizen, vii, No.
152, Sept. 1838, pp. 304-313, 325-327. [947.]

1838. WATERHOUSE, G. R. Catalogue | of | the Mammalia | preserved in | the Mu-
seum | of | the Zoological Society | of London. | G. R. Waterhouse, | curator.
| — | Second edition. | — | London: | Printed by Richard and John E.
Taylor, | Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, | 1838. 8°. pp. 1-68.

Order IV, Cetacea, 4 spp., including Halicore Dugong. [948. j

1838. WATERHOUSE, [G. R.]. On a new Species of the genus Delphinus. <^Proc.
Zool. Soo. Lond., 18:58, pp. 23,24.

Delphinus fitzroyi; external characters; measurements by Charles Darwin. "Habitat,

Coast of Patagonia, lat. 42° 30' (April)". [949. J

1838. WIEGMANN, A. F. A. [Ueber den amerikanischen Manati.] <^Wiegmann'>8
Arch, fur Naturgesch., 18^38, Bd. i, 4. Jahrg., pp. 10-18.

Supplement to a paper entitled "Ueber den Manati des Orinoko," by A. von Humboldt
(see 1838. HUMBOLDT, A. vox), translated from French MSS. of A. von Humboldt. The trans
lation is annotated by the translator. The supplement is devoted to a discussion of the num-
ber of species of Manati inhabiting the coasts and islands of America, maintaining ' ' dass der
Manati Siidamerika's von denen der westindischen Gewasser specifisch verschieden ist." A
paragraph is also devoted to the etymology of the word Manati. [950. ]

1838. "ZIMMERMANN, W. T. A. W. De zee, hare bewoners en wonderen. Uit het

Hoogd. Amst., 1838. 2 din. 8°.

"Zie aldaar: De walvische en do walvischvangst. 3e stub. bl. 120-164."

Not seen; title and reference from Bosgoed, op. cit., p. 253, no. 3614. [951.]

1838-39. KR0YER, HENRIK. Nogle Bemaerkninger med Hensyn til Balsenoptera ros-
trata. ^Kryye.r's TidssTcrift, ii, 1838-39, pp. 617-638, fig. in text, p. 6^7.

Synonymy, external characters (with detailed measurements), and osteology. [952.]

1339. A., M. S. Recherches sur la structure et la formation des dents des Squalo'ides.
<Rev. zool., 1839, pp. 369-370.

Analyse d'un memoire de cet titre par M. Owen, presente a 1'Acad. roy. des Sci. de Paris,
seance du 16 deccmbre 1839. [953.]

1839. ANON. The Natural History of the Sperm Whale, &c. &c. To which is added,

a Sketch of a South-Sea Whaling Voyage. By Thomas Beale, Surgeon.
<Quart. Rev., Ixiii, 1839, pp. 318-341, cuts.

Keview of the work, with copious extracts. [954.]

1839. ANON. Histoire | naturelle | des Animaux | les plus remarquables de la classe
des Mammiieres | (Quadrupedes et Ce"tace"s); par | un Naturaliste du Mu-
seum; | Orne"e de soixante figures d' Animaux, | Dessin6es et gravees par C.
Franc, peintre d'histoire naturelle. | [Vignette.] Paris, | a la Libraire de
Pie"te", d'E\lucation, Sciences, | Arts; etMagasind'ObjetsPieux | deJ. Samson,
rue de SeVres, 17. | 1839. 12°. 11. 2, pp. i-viii, 1-232, pi. i-xii.

Maminiferes edentes. § ii. Cetaces, pp. 126-139, pi. vi, fig. 6, Dauphin, pi. VM, Cachalot.

[955.]

1839. BONAPARTE, C. L. Prodromus systematis Mastozoologise Caroli luciani Bona-
parte Muxiniani Principis. 8°. pp. 1-13.

The copy examined, although apparently complete, has neither title-page, imprint, nor
date.

Ordo4. Cete, pp. 4, 5,=Familia 9, Hanatidce. Subfamilia 18, Manatina. Familia 10, Del-
phinidce. Subfamilia 19, Delphinina. Subfamilia 20, Monodontina. Familia 11, Physeteridce.
Subfamilia 21, Physcterina. Familia 12, JBalcenidce. Subfamilia 22, Balcenina. Cum charac-
teribus. [956.]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 557

1839. BRUXO, GIOVANNI DOMENICO. Illustrazione di un nuovo Cetaceo fossile.
<Mem. delta Rcale Accud. delle Scienzc di Torino, ser. 2, i, 1839. pp. 143-160
pll. i, ii.

Part of skull, numerous vertebrae, ribs, etc., of a Sirenian. Chierotherium, gen. n., p. 160.

[957.]

1839. DESM., E. [ = ?DESMAREST, E. ]. Stellerc, Stellnrus. <Dicl. pittor. d'Hist. nat.
el des Phenom. de la Nature, ix, 1839, livr. clclxii, p. 173.

Stellurus [=Ithytina] borealis. [958.]

1839. DUMORTIER, B. C. M6moiro sur le Dalphinorhynquo microptere <5chou6 a Os-
tende. <Nouv. Mem. de VAcad. roy. des Sci. et Bellcs-lett. de Bruxellcs, xii,
1839. 17 pp. 3 pll.

Caracteres externes et ost6ologiques, et sur les organes internes. PL i, Delpliinorhynque
microptere, vu de cote. PI. ii, Son squelette. PL iii, Appareil hyo'ide, oreille osseuse, systemo
urinaire, le coeur, la queue, vuo en dessus. [959..]

1839. EDITORS. The Natural History of the Sperm Whale. By Thomas Beale. . . .
London, Van Voorst, 1839. <^Charlesu'orth'8 Mag. Nat. Hist., iii, 1839, pp.
. 249-252.

Review of the work. [960.]

1839. HARLAN, [R.]. Notice sur le Basilosaure et sur le Batrachiosaure. <^Ann. des
Sci. nat., 2e s6r., Zool., xii, 1839, p. 221.

Easilosaurus, "un noveau genre de Sauriens." Voyez 1839. OWEN, K. Sur le genre Sasilo
saurus, Harlan. [961.]

1839. HARLAN, RICHARD. [Sur le Basilosaurus. ] < J5uZZ. Soc. gtol. de France, x, 1839,
p. 89.
In an abstract of a letter to M. Verneuil. Doubts Basilosaurus being a true Saurian. [962.]

1839. HARLAN, [RICHARD]. [Sur les affinitds du Basilosaurus, etc.] <Bull. Soc. gtol.
de France, x, 1839, p. 91. [963.]

1839. HERAUSGEBER. R. Harlan: iiber die Entdeckung des Basilosaurus und des
Batrachiosaurus (Lond. Edinb. Phil. Mag., 1839, xix, 302). <^Neues Janrb. fur
Mineral., Geogn., Geol. und Pelrefakt., 1839, pp. 622, 623.
Auszug. [964.]

1839. HERAUSGEBER. R. Owen: Beobachtungen iiber die Ziihne des Zeuglodon, Har-
lan's Basilosaurus (\_Lond. Edirib. Phil. Mag., 1839], S. 302-307). <Neues Jahrb.
jur Mineral, Geogn., Geol. und PetrefaJct., 1839, pp. 623-626.

Auszug. [965.]

1839. LEIBLEIN, V. Grundziige | einer | methodischen Uebersicht | des | Thierrei-
ches | nach seinen Classen, Ordnungen, Familie'n und | Gattungeu, nebst
Aufziihlung ihrer Haupt- | Reprasentanten. | — | Ein Leitfaden beim zoologi-
scheu Studiuin. | Von | V. Leiblein, | . . . [= titles, 5 lines.] | — | Erstes
Bandchen. | DerMenschunddieSaugethiere. | — | Wurzburg. | In Commission
der StaheFschen Buchhandlung. | — | 1839. <Berichte | vom | zoologischen
Museum | der koniglichen | Julius -Maximilians Uuiversitiit | zu Wurzburg, |
enthaltend | eine methodische Uebersicht der Thiere | dieser Sammlung. |
Vom | Conservator dieses Attribut's | Prof. Dr. V. Leiblein. | — | Erster Be-
richt. | Eine kurze Geschichte des zoologischen Museum's, nebst | Aufriss der
Anordnung im Allgemeinen, und die | Aufziihlung der Siiugethiere umfassend.
| — | Wurzburg. | Druck der Carl Wilhelm Becker' schen Universitats-Buch-
druckerei. | — | 1839. 8C. 11. 4, pp. 1-182.

II. "Wassersiiugethiere. IX. Ordnung. Cetacea. Fischzitzthiere.

A. Pflanzenfressende, Hcrbivora. 1. Fam. Halicorea, Sirener. 2. Fam. Rytinca, Borken-
•walle.

B. Fleischfressende, Carnivora. 3. Fam. De[l]phinoidea. Delphine. 4. Fam. Balaenodea,
Bartenwalle.

Sirenia:—!. Manatus americanus, 2. M. Sencgalensis, 3. Halicore Dugong, p. 1G.">; 4.
Rytina Stelleri, p. 107. (Between Halicore and Rhytina is interpolated the extinct genus
Dinotherium.)

Cetacea:— I. Delphinus Delphis, 2. D. Phocaena, 3. D. cruciger, 4. D. albigcna, 5. D.
gangeticu8,-p.l68; 6. Oxypterus Mongitori, 7. O. Rhinoceros, 8. Delphinapterus leucorham-

558 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1839. LEIBLEIN, V. — Continued.

phus, 9. Epiodon Vrganantus (Raf.), 10. Ancylodon groenlandicus (= Monodon spuriug,
Fabr.), 11. Monodon Monoceros, p. 189; 12. Physeter macrocephalus. 13. P. polycyphus,
14. P. Trumpo, 15. P. cylindricus, 16. Mular (Klein) Tursio, 17. M.microps, p. 170; 18.
Balaena Mysticetus, 19. Balaenoptera Physalus, 20. U. longimana, 21. -B. rostraia, p. 171.

[966.]

1839. MEYER, HERM. v. [Pugmeodon Schinzii Kaup gehort zu Halianassa Studeri
Meyer.] <Neues Jahrb. fur Mineral, 1839, p. 77. [967.]

1839. MEYER, HERMANN v. Die fossilen Saiigethiere, Reptilien und Vogel aus den
Molasse-Gebilden der Scliweitz. <^Neuc.s Jahrb. fur Mineral., 1839, pp. 1-9.

Cetaceen, p. 4: Halianassa Studeri, H. v. Meyer, und ein ungestimmt Genus. [968.]

1839. MITCHELL, T. L. Three Expeditions | into the interior of | Eastern Australia; |
with descriptions of the recently explored region of | Australia Felix, and of
the present Colony of New South Wales: | Major T[homas]. L[ivingston].
Mitchell, F. G. S. & M. R. G. S. | Surveyor-General. | [Vignette.] Second
Edition, carefully revised. | — | In two volumes. | Vol. I [-II]. | London: |
T. & W. Boone, New Bond Street. | MDCCC XXXIX. 2 vols. 8°. pll. and
maps.

Whale Fishery, ii, p. 241; A Whale-chase, pp. 242, 243. [669.]

1839. OWEN, R. Recherches sur la structure et la formation des dents des Squalo'ides,

et application des faits observes a une nouvelle th<Sorie du d6veloppement des

dents. <Ann. des Sci. nat., 2e s6r., Zool., xii, 1839, pp. 209-220, pi. ix. [970.]

1839. OWEN, R. Observations sur les dents du Zeuglodon (Basilosaurus du Dr. Harlan).

<Ann. des Sci. nat., 2e s6r., Zool., xii, 1839, pp. 222-229.

Zeuglodon, gen. n. = Basilosaurus, Harlan. [971.]

3839. OWEN, [R.]. Ueber die Zahne des Zeuglodon, Harlans Basilosaurus. <^ Isis von
Oken, 1839, pp. 602-604.

IJebersetzuiig aus dein Londonand Edinburgh Phil. Mag. and Journ. Sci., xiv, April, 1839,
p. 302. [972.]

1839. OWEN, RICHARD. Ueber die Zahne des Zeuglodon, Basilosaurus des Dr. Harlan.
<Froriep's Neue Notizen, x, no. 210, Mai 1839, pp. 177-182.

Aus London and Edinb. Phil. Mag., xiv, April, 1839, p. 302. [973.]

1839. OWEN, RICHARD. Observations on the teeth of the Zeuglodon, Basilosaurus of
Dr. Harlan. <^CharlesworW s Mag. Nat. Hist., iii, 1839, pp. 209-213.
From Prnc. Geol. Soc. Lond., iii, 1838-42 (1839), pp. 24-28.

Shows the genus Basilosaurus to be Mammalian and not Saurian, and "proposes to sub-
stitute for the name of Basilosaurus that of Zeuglodon" (p. 213). [974.]

1839. RICHARDSON, WILLIAM. On the Fossil Remains of Cetacea. <^Charlcsioorth'8
Mag. Nat. Hist., iii, 1839, pp. 98, 99.

Account of Cetacean vertebrae from the brick earth of Herne Bay, Kent, England. [975.]

1839. THOMPSON, B. F. History of Long Island ; | containing \ An Account | of the |

Discovery and Settlement; [ with other | important and interesting matters |
to the | Present Time. | By Benjamin F. Thompson, | Counsellor at Law. | . . .
[= quotation, 5 lines.] | New York: | Published by E. French, 146 Nassau
Street. 1839. 8°. pp. i-x, 11-536, 2 pll.

Whaling business of Southampton (Sag Harbor), pp. 221-224. A brief, partly statistical,
account. [976. J

1840. BAER, K. E. VON. Untersuchung uber die ehemalige Verbreitung und die giinz-

liche Vertilgung der von Steller beobachteteu uordischeu Seekuh (Rytinalll.).
<^Mem. de VAcad. imp. des Sci. de St.-Petersbourg, vie s6r., Sci. Nat., iii, 1840,

53-80. [977.]

1840. BENNETT, F. DEBELL. Narrative | of a | Whaling Voyage [ round the Globe, |
from the year 1833 to 1836. | Comprising sketches of | Polynesia, California,
the Indian Archipelago, | etc. | With an Account of j Southern Whales, the
Sperm Whale Fishery, | and | the Natural History of the Climates visited, j
By | Frederick Debell Bennett, Esq. F. R. G. S. | Fellow of the Royal College
of Surgeons, London. J In two Volumes. | Vol. I [-II]. | London: | Richard

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SIRENIA. 559

1840. BENNETT, F. DKBELL — Continued.

Bentley, New Burlington Street, j Publisher in Ordinary to Her Majesty. | — |
1840. 2 vols. 8°. Vol. i. pp. i-xv, 1-402 ; vol. ii, pp. i-vii, 1-395. Map, wood-
cuts, and a fronticepiece plate to each volume.

Vol. i contains a Zoological Appendix, nearly 100 pp. of which are devoted to Cetaceans,
to wit:

Chap. I. General Remarks on Whales, pp. 145-152. Chap. TI. Whales of the Southern
Oceans (general ami anatomical description of the Cachalot, or Sperm Whale [" Catodon ma-
crocephalm, Lacep."]. its diseases, deformities, and parasites), pp. 153-170, fig. Chap. III. Nat-
ural history and habits of the Cachalot; Geographical distribution of the species; Natural
indications of its places of resort, pp. 171-183. Chap. IV. Historical notice of Sperm Whaje
Fishery; commercial details; equipment of vessels, etc., pp. 184-201. Chap. V. Pursuit and
capture of the Sperm Whale, pp. 202-212. Chap. VI. Dangers of the Sperm Whale Fishery,
pp. 213-222. Chap. VII. Commercial products of the Sperm Whale Fishery, pp. 223-228.
Chap. VIII. Southern Whales (concluded), pp. 229-241.— Batcena Australis, Desm., pp. 229-
231. Balcenoptera sp. (Humpback of southern whalers), pp. 231, 232. Phoccena sp. (Black
Fish of South Sea whalers), pp. 233-235, fig. Delphinus Peronii Lacep., pp. 235-237, fig. Del-
phinus delphis, pp. 237, 238. The Grampus, p. 238. Fin-backs, Cow-fish, and Killers, pp.
239-240.

There are also in vol. i various references to Sperm Whales 'and other Cetaceans, relating
mainly to their capture. [978.]

1840. CHRISTOL, J. DE. Recherches sur divers ossemens fossiles attribue's par Cuvier
a deux especes d'Hippopotames et rapport6s au Mdtaxytherium, nouveau
genre de Ce'tace's de la famille des Dugongs. <^Hev. zool., 1840, p. 283.

R6sum6 par d'auteur d'un memo ire de ce titre. [979.]

1840. CHRISTOL, J. DE. Recherches sur divers ossements fossiles attribue's par Cuvier

a deux Phoques, au Lamantin, et a deux especes d'Hippopotames, et rap-

porte's au Metaxytherium, noveau genre de Ce'taee' de la famille des Dugongs.

<L'Institut, 8e aim., no. 552, '24 sept. 1840, pp. 322, 323.

R6sum6. [980.]

1840. CONRAD, T. A. On the Geognostic position of the Zeuglodon, or Basilosaurus
of Harlan. <Am. Journ. Sci. and Arts, xxxviii, 1840, pp. 381, 382. [981.]

1840. [DANA, RICHARD H., Jr.] Two Years | Before the Mast. | A | personal narra-
tive of | Life at Sea. | — | . . . [= poetry, 0 lines.] | — | New York: | Har-
per & Brothers— 82 Cliff Street. | — | 1840. 12°. pp. 1-482.

Breathing of "shoals of sluggish whales and grampuses," near Falkland Islands, de-
scribed, p. 36. Whales off San Pedro, Lower California, pp. 169, 170.

There are numerous later editions. In that of 1876, the passages above cited occur at pp.
30 and 156, 157. [982.]

1840. DENNY, HENRY. Sketch of the Natural History of Leeds and its vicinity for
Twenty Miles. <Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., v, July, 1840, pp. 382-390.

Occurrence of Delphinus Phoccena and Delphinus Orca, recorded, p. 386. [983.]

1840. EDITORS. '[Notice of an extinct Dolphin, Delphinus karsteni, Von Olbers.]
<J/w. and Mag. Nat. Hist., v, May, 1840, p. 151.

Based on a skull from near Biinde, Westphalia. [984.]

1840. EICHWALD, ED. Notice sur Popuscule qui a pour titre : Le Monde primitif de
la Russie. <Bull. de la Soc. imp. des Nat. de Moscou, 1840, pp. 473-487.

Delphinus priscus, pp. 474, 481-483. [985.]

1840. EICHWALD, EDUARD. Die | Urwelt Russlands, | durch Abbildungen erlseu-
tert I von \ Eduard Eichwald, | der Phil., Med. und Chir. Dr, Akademiker
und gelehrten Secretarieu | der St. Petersburgischen Med. Chir. Akademie
u. s. w. | Erstes Heft. | — | Aus den Schriften der kaiserlichen St. Petersbur-
gischen mineralogischen Gesellschaft besonders abgedruckt. | — | Mit 4
lithographischen Tafeln. | — | Aus dem russichen uebersetzt. | — [ St.
Petersburg. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei des Journal de Saint-P6tersbourg.
| — | 1840. 4°. 11. 2, pp. 1-106, pll. i-iv.

II. Beschreibung einiger Knochen des Ziphius prisons, pp. 25-53, pll. i, ii (Wirbelbeine,

zwei Bruchstucke des Unterkiefers, ein Bruchstiick der ersteu Kippe, und Fingerknochen).

Ziphius prisons, sp. n. [986.]

560 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1840. ESCHRICIIT, [D. F.]. [Over Delphinernes og Saelhundes Karsysteiner. ]

handlingar vid det of Skandinaviska Naturforskare ocli Lakare liallna Mote i
Gothberg ar 1839 (1840), pp. 135J 136. [987.]

1840. GOSSE, P. H. The | Canadian Naturalist. | A Series of conversations | on the |
Natural History of Lower Canada. | By | P[hilip]. H[enry]. Gosse. | Cor.
Mem. of the Nat. Hist. Soc. of Montreal, and of the j Lit. and Hist. Soc. of
Quebec. | [Vignette.] u Every kingdom, every province, should have its
own monographer." | Gilbert White. | Illustrated by forty-four Engravings. |
London: John Van Voorst, 1, Paternoster Row. | M. DCCC. XL. 8°. pp. i-
xii, 1-372.

Observations on tho habits of Delphinus canadensis (= Beluga catodon) and D. delphis at
pp. 171-174. [988.]

1840. GRATELOUP, [J. P. S. DE]. Description | d'un fragment de machoire fossile, |
D'un genre nouveau de reptile (Saurien), de taille gigantesque, | voisin de
Tlguanodon, trouvd dans le Gres marins, a Le"ognan, | pres Bordeaux (Gi-
ronde); | Par le docteur Grateloup. 8°. pp. 1-8, 1 pi. [Bordeaux, le 1 inai
1840. Imprimerie d'H. Gazay, rue Gouvion 15.]

Squalodon, gen. n., p. 8. This is the original place of description of the genus Squalodon,
here regarded as Saurian, but later identified as Cetacean, and the basis of the Squalodon
grateloupi, auct. [989.]

1840. GRATELOUP, [J. P. S. DE]. Consid6rations g6n<$rales sur la G6ologie et la
Zoologie fossile de la commune de L6ognan, pres Bordeaux. Discours pro-
nonce' a, Poccasion de la fete Iinn6enne ce'le'brde le 25 juin 1840. <^Act. Soc.
linn, de Bordeaux, xi, 1840, pp. 335-346.

Squalodon, gen. n., p. 346. Also refers to the occurrence of remains "des Dauphins et au-
tres Cetaces." [990.]

1840. HARLAN, [RICHARD]. [On the Discovery of the Basilosaurus and the Batra-
chiosaurus.] <Proc. Geol. Soc.Lond., i, 1840, pp. 23, 24.

Abstract. • [991.]

1840. HERAUSGEBER. E. Eichwald: die Urwelt Russlands durch Abbildungen er-

liiutert, Heft I, 73 SS, 8° mit 4 lithogr. Tafeln, auf Kosten der uiineralog.

Gesellsch. in Petersb. 1840. <^Neues Jahrb. fiir Mineral., Geogn., Geol. und

Petrefakt., 1840, pp. 731,732.

Notiz. [992.]

1840. HERAUSGEBER. G. D. Bruno: Belenchtung eines neuen fossilen Cetaceum.
(Mem. d. Accad. di Turino, Class. Mat. Fis. B, 1 [20 Seiten] tab. 1, 2.)
<Neucs Jalirb.fur Mineral, 1840, pp. 49(5-501.

Auszug. * [993.]

1840. HERAUSGEBER. Harlaii: iiber einige fossile Wirbelthiere Nord Amerika,
(Bullet. g6ol., 1839, x, 89, 90). <Neues Jahrb. fur Mineral., 1840, pp. 741, 742.

Enthalt Bemerkungen iiber Basilosaurus, p. 741. [994.]

1840. JOHNSON, [H.]. Ueber den flaschennasigen Walfisch (Hyperoodon). <^Froriep's
Nem Notizen aus dcm Gebicte der Natur-und Heilkunde, xv, No. 4, Juli 1840,
p. 58.

External measurement, etc., of a specimen taken near Liverpool. [995 ]

1840. JOHNSON, HENRY. Bottle-nosed Whale. <^Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., v, Julys
1840, pp. 301, 38^. Communicated, with a note, by Win. Thompson.

Description of a specimen of Hyperoodon butzkopf taken near Liverpool, Feb., 1840. [996.]
1840. KAUP, J. J. Notizen. tiber die fossilen sogenannten Gras- fressenden Wale.
<.Neuca Jahrb. fur Mineral., etc., 1840, pp. 673-676.

Gegen Christol (Ann. des Sci. nat., 1834, ii, 257) uber den Cuvierschcn Hippopotamus
medius und H. dubius. Synonymie von Halithcrium Cuvieri Kaup und Halicorc Cuvieri
Christol, p. 675.

Pontotherium, gen. n. = Cheirotherium Christol, ein schon vergebenen Name. Manatusfos-
filis C uvier = Pug meodon Schinzii Kaup. [997. ]

ALLEN'S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CETACEA AND SJRENIA. 561

1840. KEYSERLING, A. GRAF, und J. H. BLASIUS. Die | Wirbelthiere | Europa's. |
Von | A. Graf Keyserling und Professor J. H. Blasius. | — | Erstes Bnch: |
Die unterscheideuden Charactere. | — | Braunschweig, | Druck und Verlag
von Friedrich Vieweg und Sohu. | — | 1840. 8°. 11. 4, pp. i-xcviii, 1-248.

Systematisches Verzeichniss der Europaischen Saugethiere, pp. i-xxiv. Cetacea, pp. xxii-
xxiv, spp. 158-175 = 18 spp.

Erstes Buch. Die unterscheidenden Charactere, pp. 1-248. Saugethiere, pp. 3-75. Ce-
tacea, pp. 72-75. Genn. 57-65, spp. 158-175. 1. Delphinorhynchus coronatus; 2. D. microp-
terus; 3. D. Delphis; 4. D. rostratus ,• S. D. Tursio ; 6. Phocaena communis; 7. Ph.
Orca ; 8. Ph. Melas ; 9. Ph. Eissoana,- 1O. Ph. grisea ,• 11. Delphinapterus Leucas ; 12.
Heterodon diodon,- 13. H. Desmarestii / 14. Ceratodon Monodon; 15. Physetcr macroce-
phaliis ; 16. Balaenopteralongimana; IT. B. Hoops; 18. Balaena Mysticetus. [998.]

1840. [LAXMAN, JAMES H.]. The American Whale Fishery. <^Hunt's Merchants'
Mag., iii, 1840, pp. 361-394, cuts.

An outline history of the "Whale fishery as conducted in the United States, recounting its
origin and progress, with an account of modes of capture (giving cats of the implements
used), and the preparation of the products. [999.]

1840. MEYER, HERM. v. [Ueber Halianassa-Reste.] <^Neues Jdlirl. fur Mineral.,
etc., 1840, p. 587 (6 Zeilen). ' [looo.]

1840. MEYER, HERM. v. [Ueber Cheirotherium Bruno und Squalodon Grateloup.]
<Ncue8 Jahrb. fur Mineral., etc., 1840, pp. 587, 588.

Cheirotherium subapcnninum ist Halianassa (=Halitherium). Squalodon ist nicht ein
Saurier-Genus, wie Grateloup glaubt, aber ein fleischfressenden Zetazeen. [1001.]

1840. NORDMANN, ALEXANDER VON. Voyage | dans la | Russie Me"ridionale | et la
Crim6e, | par la Hougrie, la Valachie et la Moldavie. | Execute' en 1837, sous
la direction | De M. Anatole de Demidoflf, | par MM. de Sainson, le Play, Huot,
Le"veille, Raffet, Rousseau, de Nordmann et du Ponceau; | De~di6 a S. M. Nicolas
Ier, Empereur de toutes les Russies. | Tome premier [-quatrieme]. | [Arms.]
Paris, | Ernest Bourdin et Ce, ISditeurs, | 51, Rue de Seine Saint-Germain. | — |
1840[-1842]. 4 vols. 4°. Vols. i, iii, 1840; vols. ii, iv, 1842. Avec Atlas in
fol.

Observations sur la Faune Pontique, [par A. von Nordmann], =vol. iii, 1840.— Catalogue
raisonn6 des Marnmiferes de la Fanne Pontique, ibid., pp. 9-65.— Cetacea: 1. Delphinus Pho-
ccma, p. 64. 2. Delphinus tursio, p. 65. 3. Delphinus delphis, p. 65. [1002.]

1840. OWEN, RICHARD. Observations on the Teeth of the Zeuglodon, Basilosaurus of

Dr. Harlan. <Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond., i, 1840, pp. 24-28.

Abstract. [1003.]

1840. SCHINZ, H. Europaischen Fauna | oder | Verzeichniss der Wirbelthiere |

Europa's | von | Dr. Heinrich Schinz | . . . [= titles, 8 lines.] | — | Erster

Band. | Saugethiere und Vogel. | — | Stuttgardt. | C. Schweizerbarts Verlags-

haudlung. j 1840. 8°. pp. i-xxiv, 1-448.

Achte Ordnung . . . Cetasea (sic), pp. 90-96. 1. Delphinus Delphin (sic), p. 91; 2. Del-
phinus Tursio. p. 91; 3. Delphinus phocaena, p. 91; 4. Delphinus griseus Cuv., p. 92; 5. Del-

pliinus Rissoanus,v.92; 6. Delphinus globiceps, p. 92 ; 7. Delphinus Feres Bonnat., p. 93; 8.

Delphinus Dalei, p. 93; 9. Delphinus Epiodon (=Epiodon Vrganantus, Rafin.), p. 93; 10.

Delphinus leucas, p. 94; 11. Monodon Monoceros, p. 94; 12. Physeter Tursio, p. 94; J3.

Physeter macrocephalus, p. 95; 14. Balaena, physalus, p. 95; 15. Balaena Boops, p. 96;

16. Balaena musculus, p. 96. [1004.]

1840. SERRES, MARCEL DE. [Note sur la de"couverte d'un squelette entier de Metaxy-

therium.] <L'Institut, 8C ann., no. 360, 19 nov. 1840, p. 392. [1005.]

1840. SWEETING, R. H. Dimensions \md Description of a supposed new species of

Balcsnoptera, stranded at Charmouth Beach, February 5, 1840. <^Charlea-

worlh's Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1840, pp. 341-343.

Balcenoptera tenuirostris, sp. n. Account of its external characters and brief notice of its

skeleton. [1006.]

1840. SWEETING, R. H. Notes relating to a female Rorqual Whale (Balcenoptera boops

of authors). <Proc. Zool. Soc. Loud., 1840, pp. 11,12. Ann. and Mag. Nat.

Hist., vi, Deo., 1840, pp. 301,302.

Brief account of external characters and osteology. Communicated by "W. Tarrell. [1007.]

36 a B

562 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1840. SWEETING, R. H. On a Species of Balssnoptera stranded on Charmouth Beach.
<Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, Sept., 1841, p. 72.

Correcting errors in former communications (see Charles. Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1840, pp.
341-343) on the same specimen, and stating his conviction "that it is nothing more nor less"
than the Rorqual, Halcenoptera boops. [1008.]

1840. THOMPSON, WILLIAM. Note on the Occurrence at various times of the Bottle-
nosed Whale (Hyperoodon Butzlcopf, Lacep.) on the coast of Ireland; and on
its nearly simultaneous appearance on different parts of the British coast in
the autumn of 1839. <Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist, iv, Feb., 1840, pp. 375-381.
Account of the capture of seven individuals at different times and places, with notice of
habits, dimensions, etc. [1009.]

1840. THOMPSON, WILLIAM. Additions to the Fauna of Ireland. <^Ann. and Mag.
Nat. Hist., v, March and June, 1840, pp. 6-14, 245-257.

Notice of the occasional stranding of herds of Delphinus melas, Traill, p. 6. [1010.]

1840. VROLIK, W. Anatomische Bemerkungen uber den nordischen Fmnfisch (Ba-
Icenoptera rostrata), welcher im Sept. 1835. zu Wyk aan Zee gestrandet ist.
<Ists von Oken, 1840, pp. 370-372.

Auszug aus Tijdschrift for natuurlijke Geschiedenias, nitgegeven door van der Hoeven en
de Briese, iv, 1837. 3 [1011.]

1840. WILDE, — . Wie das Junge der Cetaceen, wahrend es an den Zitzen hangt,

athmen k6nne ? <Froriep'a Neue Notizen, xv, No. 316, Juli 1840, pp. 121, 122.

Beantworten der Frage. [1012.]

1840. YARRELL, W. See 1840. SWEETING, R. H., title no. 1007.

1840-45. OWEN, RICHARD. Odontographpy ; | or, a | Treatise | on the | Comparative
Anatomy of the Teeth; | their physiological Relations, Mode of Development, |
and | Microscopic Structure, in the | Vertebrated Animals. | By Richard Owen,
F. R. S. | . . . Otitles, 2 lines.] | Volume I. | — | Texte. | [Volume II | — |
Atlas | containing one hundred and sixty-eight Plates. ] | — | London : | Hip-
polyte Bailliere, Publisher, | Foreign Bookseller to the Royal College of Sur-
geons. | 219, Regent Street. | Paris: J. B. Bailliere Libraire de I'Acade'mie de
Me*decine. | Leipzig : T. O. Weigel, | 1840-1845. Roy. 8°. pp. i-xx, 1. 1, pp.
i-lxxiv, 1-655. Atlas, Roy. 8°. pp. 1-37, pll. 1-150, -f Ibis, 2bis, 62bis, 62ter,
63bis, 63ter, 64bis, 64ter, 65bis, 65ter, 70bis, 73bis, 75bis, 87bis, 89bis, 113bis,
119bis, 122bis = 168.

Teeth of Cetacea, pp. 345-372, pll. Ixxxvii, Ixxxvii A., Ixxxviii, Ixxxix, Ixxxix A.,xci-xcvii
(includes Sirenia). PL Ixxxvii, Narwhal, skull, two examples, male and female, from below,
after Home. PI. Ixxxvii A., Balcenoptera boops ("Balcena" on plate), fig. 1, alveolar groove
of foetal specimen, figg. 2-C, teeth, nat. size, from Eschricht ; fig. 7, Platanista, lower jaw,
and two detached teeth, the latter nat. size. PI. Ixxxviii, fig. Hyperoodon, beak from below,
fig. orig. ; fig. 2, Delphinus delphis, part of lower jaw, fig. orig. PI. Ixxxix, Cachalot (Physeter
macrocephalus), lower jaw and teeth, figg. orig. PL Ixxxix, ibid., mag. sections of tooth, fig.
orig. PL xci, Zeuglodon cetoides, mag. sections of tooth, figg. orig.

Sirenians, pp. 364-372, pll. xcii-xcvii ; Halicore, pp. 364-371 ; Manatus, p. 371 ; Halitherium,
p. 372. PL xcii, Dugong ("Halicore indicus") , lower jaw, fig. orig. PL xciii, ibid., fig. 1, upper
jaw; fig. 2, part of lower jaw; figg. 3-6, teeth; figg. from Home. PL xciv, ibid., transverse
section of molar, fig. orig. PL xcv, ibid., section of tusk, fig. orig. PL xcvi, figg. 1-3, Ma-
natus americanus, teeth. PL xcvii, Halitherium brocchii, fragment of upper jaw, part of
lower jaw, and detached teeth. [1013. |

ARTICLE VIII. — Descriptions of a New Species and a New Sub-
species of the Genus Lepus. By J. A. ALLEN.

The American Museum has recently received from Mr. E. C.
Thurber a specimen of a Hare, allied to but very distinct from
Lepus trowbridgei) collected at San Fernando, Los Angeles Coun-
ty, California. It may be characterized as follows :

Lepus cinerascens, sp. nov.

Type, No. ffff, ? ad., San Fernando, Los Angeles Co., Cal., March 22,
1890; collected by E. C. Thurber. On the label is written^by the collector,
" Contained four foetuses."

Length (head and body), 294 mm. ; tail, 24 ; nose to ear, 72 ; nose to eye, 28
(collector's measurements from the specimen in the flesh) ; height of ear from
notch, 58 ; length of hind foot (to end of nails), 63 (last two measurements from
the skin).

Skull : basilar length, 48 mm. ; total length, 62 ; greatest breadth, 29 ; breadth
at postorbital construction, 10 ; length of nasals, 25 ; width of nasals at front
border, 7 ; greatest width of nasals posteriorly, 12 ; length of lower jaw, 42 ;
height of lower jaw at condyle, 27 ; length of upper molar series at alveolar bor-
der, 6 ; width of palatal shelf opposite first true molar, 9. 5 ; least length of
palatal shelf, 5.5.

Post-orbital processes very slender, not touching the brain case posteriorly.

General color above (in the spring or breeding pelage), gray mixed with black-
ish brown, the sides clear gray, the dorsal region pale buffy gray ; lower surface
grayish white, the hairs at base light plumbeous ; breast band brownish gray ;
nape pale brownish rusty ; anterior surface of fore limbs dull yellowish brown ;
upper surface of hind feet white, of fore feet soiled white ; sides of both fore
and hind feet grayish brown ; soles yellowish brown ; tail dark gray above, white
below with the terminal third gray ; ears very thinly haired, nearly naked (the
skin showing through over most of the surface, both externally and internally),
brownish gray, without black at the tip or any black or white edging (probably
with a narrow white fringe along the basal half of the anterior border in full
winter pelage); feet scantily furred ; eye enclosed by a whitish area, which
broadens into a distinct spot behind the posterior canthus, and also in front of
the eye.

This is a small, semidesert form, representing in the arid inte-
rior of Southern California the much larger, darker L. trowbridgei
of the coast region of Central California, from which it differs in
its coarse instead of soft, fine pelage, in the pale buffy gray instead
of dull chestnut brown of the upper surface, and its much smaller
size, L. cinerascens being but little more than half the bulk and
weight of L. trowbridgei.
{October, 1890.} [159]

160 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. III.]

Lepus sylvaticus floridanus, subsp. nov.

Type, No. |fff, ? ad., Sebastian River, Brevard Co., Fla., March 18, 1889 ;
collected by Frank M. Chapman.

Length of head and body, 455 mm. ; tail to end of hairs, 65 (collector's
measurements from the fresh specimen) ; length of hind foot (to end of nails),
84 ; height of ear from notch, 57 (last two measurements from the skin).

Skull : basilar length, 57 mm. ; total length, 72 ; greatest breadth, 44 ;
breadth at postorbital construction, 21 ; length of nasals, 29 ; width of nasals
in front, 9.5 ; greatest width of nasals posteriorly, 16 ; length of lower jaw, 58 ;
height of lower jaw at condyle, 37 ; length of molar series at alveolar border, 24 ;
breadth of palatal shelf opposite first true molar, 10.5.

Above mixed buffy gray and black, the black prevailing, especially posteriorly,
instead of yellowish brown slightly varied with black as in ordinary L. sylvaticus ;
nape and the usual brown areas of the fore and hind limbs much darker rufous
than in northern examples ; below the white areas are grayer, and the color of
the sides encroaches further upon the ventral surface ; breast band broader and
darker ; ears darker, more scantily haired, and more broadly edged and tipped
with black ; light area in front of and surrounding the eye grayish white instead
of creamy white. The feet are also much less heavily furred.

A young specimen, less than one-fourth grown, shows the same
dark colors as the adult, thus differing strikingly from young of
the northern form of corresponding age.

The skull indicates the size to be about one-tenth less than in
average northern specimens.

Specimens from Gainesville, central Florida, are darker than
specimens from North .Carolina and Louisana, but are nearer
the northern L. sylvaticus than the South Florida form above
characterized.

/3

ARTICLE XI. — Notes on Collections of
Mammals made in Central and
So^Lthern Mexico, by Dr. Audley C.
Buller, with Descriptions of New
Species of the Genera Vespertilio,
Sci^trus, and Lepus. By J. A. ALLEN.

Extracted from Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, Vol. Ill, No. 1. Author's edition
issued December 10, 1890.

ARTICLE XI. — Notes on Collections of Mammals made in Central
and Southern Mexico, by Dr. Audley C. Butter, with Descrip-
tions of New Species of the Genera Vespertilio, Sciurus, and
Lepus. By J. A. ALLEN.

Since the publication, in October, 1889, of my report on the
first collection of mammals made by Dr. Buller in Mexico, the
American Museum has received from him two additional collec-
tions, containing many species not included in his first shipment,
among them several apparently new to science. To make the list
complete to date, all of the species thus far received from Dr.
Buller are mentioned in the present paper, those contained in the
former paper being here briefly entered, with a reference to the
fuller record already published.

Dr. Buller's collection of mammals numbers 238 specimens,
representing 46 species and subspecies, of which seven proved
new to science. Several others were new to the fauna of Mexico,
and the habitats of others are extended much beyond their pre-
viously known limits. Finally, it is safe to say, Dr. Buller's collec-
tion of Mammals is one of the most extensive and important ever
received from Mexico from any single collector.

In the preparation of this paper I have been greatly indebted
to Dr. C. Hart Merriam, Chief of the Division of Economic
Ornithology and Mammalogy of the United States Department
of Agriculture, for the loan of material, and especially for the
opportunity of comparing some of the obscure species of Vesper-
tilio and Hesperomys with the types of species recently described
by him from Arizona, and also with De Saussure's types of all the
latter's Mexican species of " Hesperomys," fortunately just at
present in Dr. Merriam's possession, De Saussure's types having
been generously loaned him by the authorities of the Musee
d'Histoire Naturelle de Ville de Geneve for examination. I am
also indebted to Mr. F. W. True, Curator of the Department of
Mammals in the United States National Museum, for the oppor-
tunity of examining other authentic specimens of De Saussure's
species (some of them labeled by De Saussure himself), and also
the type of Dr. Coues's Hesperomys melanophrys, as well as a good
series of Merida specimens of Lepus.

[December, i8qo.~\ [r75]

176 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. Ill,

1. Ateles vellerosus Gray. — Female, skin and skull, and
male, skull, Chimalapa, Tehuantepec, March 17 and 26, 1890.

2. Fells onca Linn. — Skull of a female from the coast range,
below Colima, Jan. 15, 1890.

3. Felis tlgrina Erxl. — An imperfect hunter's skin, without
data.

4. Fells pardalls Linn.— An imperfect hunter's skin, male,
Colima, Jan. 15, 1890.

5. Fells yaguarundl Desm. —Two imperfect flat skins, without
data.

6. Putorius bras! 1! anus frenatus (Stew.). — One specimen,
Tepic. (See this Bulletin, II, p. 165.)

7. Urocyon virglnianus (Schreber). — One specimen (without
skull), male, Santo Domingo, Tehuantepec, April 25, 1890. It is
much smaller than United States specimens, and more strongly
colored throughout. It doubtless represents a form well worthy
of subspecific recognition.

8. Procyon lotor hernandezl (Wagler).— One specimen, a
female but little more than half grown, Tehuantepec City, Feb.
28, 1890. It agrees well with Arizona specimens in color, which
differ much in this respect, as well as in size, from speci-
mens from Eastern North America, and especially from Florida
specimens.

9. YesperugO filSCUS (jBeauv.). — Two specimens, males, Sierra
de Colima, Jalisco, Dec. 7, 1890. (See also this Bulletin, II, p.
165.) *f«

10. AntTOZOUS pallldus (Le Conte). — Eleven specimens, one
male and ten females, Sta. Cruz del Valle, Guadalajara, Jalisco,
Sept. 7 and 8, 1889. Not appreciably different from specimens
from Fort Verde, Arizona, collected by Dr. Mearns.

Not previously reported from south of the northern boundary
of Mexico.

11. Plecotus (Corinorhinus) townsendi (Cooper).— One
specimen, male, San Pedro, Guadalajara, September 27, 1889.

Not previously recorded from Mexico.

No. i.] Allen on Mexican Mammals. 1 77

12. Atalapha cinerea (Beauv.).—QKe specimen, male, Hidalgo
San Marcos, Tonila, Jalisco, Dec. 5, 1889. Apparently not
different from California examples. (See also this Bulletin, II,
p. 165.)

13. Vespertilio llicifugUS Le Conte. — One specimen, male,
Sierra de Colima, Jalisco, December 6, 1889.

14. Yespertilio nitidus H. Allen.— Two specimens, males,
Sierra "de Colima, Jalisco, Dec. 6, 1889. These specimens appear
to be not typical, either in size or color, and their, reference to
this species is provisional.

15. Yespertilio velifer, sp. nov.

Size of V. albescens, with nearly the coloration of V. nitidus, and the ears
of V. subulatus.

Above basal two-thirds of the fur blackish, passing into dark broccoli brown
at the surface ; below much paler, the surface pale buffy gray. Pelage full and
soft, extending on the membranes about as in V. lucifugus. Ears of medium
size, similar in general form to those of V. subulatus, but rather narrower and
more attenuate at the tip, the upper posterior third distinctly hollowed, the lower
third abruptly much expanded ; tragus long, rather narrow, fully or rather more
than half the length of the ear, the front border nearly straight, the posterior
border slightly rounded as far as a little beyond the middle, then sloping gradu-
ally to the rather narrow but rounded tip, with a distinct notch opposite the
anterior base.

Wings from the base of the toes ; calcaneun strongly developed ; feet large ;
thumb short, stout, with a rather thick claw ; tip of last caudal vertebra free.

Length of head and body (measurements from dry skin), 44 mm. ; tail, 33 ;
ear from base of inner margin, 14 ; tragus, 9 ; forearm, 42 ; thumb, 8 ; third
finger (metacarpal, 38 ; ist phal., 13 ; 2d phal., 12 ; 3d phal., 10), 73 ; tibia,
17 ; foot, n.

Skull broad, rather short ; basilar length 14; total length, 16 ; greatest width,
10.5 ; lower jaw (front border to condyle), 13. First upper premolar about
twice the size of the second, both placed on the inner border of the tooth row.

Type, 2696, $ ad., Sta. Cruz del Valle, Guadalajara, Jalisco, Sept. 7, 1889,
Dr. A. C. Buller.

Three specimens, one male and two females, and six additional
skulls, Sta. Cruz del Valle, Guadalajara, Jalisco, Sept. 7 and 8,
1889.

These specimens agree very closely in size and coloration, and
in all other characters, and represent an apparently new species,

1 78 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol.111,

quite different from any heretofore described. Its large size
readily distinguishes it from any other known Mexican or North
American species of the genus, except V. albescens Geoffroy,
which it appears to equal in size, while differing from it almost as
widely as possible in coloration, and also greatly in the size and
form of the ear, and in the very differently shaped tragus. For-
tunately a Maximilian specimen of V. leucogaster Wied, a species
currently synonymized with V. albescens (see Dobson, Cat. Chirop.,
pp. 326, 327), in the American Museum, enables me to make a
direct comparison of V. albescens with the present species.

16. Tespertilio melanorhinus Merriam— Seven specimens,
four males and three females, Sierra Nevada de Colima, altitude
7500 feet, Jalisco, Dec. 6 and 7, 1889. "Taken while drinking
at a water-trough."

The series varies in color above from golden brown to dull
yellowish brown, irrespectively of sex, the brightest specimens,
and also the darkest, including both males and females.

The series has been compared with the type of V. melanorhinus,
to which the specimens seem distinctly referable.

17. Saccopteryx plicata (Peters]. — This rare species, originally
described from a Costa Rican specimen, and only once before
reported from Mexico (cf. Alston, Biol. Centr.-Am., p. 29), is
represented by two skins (males), and eleven specimens in alcohol,
collected at Tehuantepec, Feb. 12, 1890. Of the thirteen speci-
mens nine are males and four are females. In the latter the wing
sac is rudimentary.

18. Nyctinomus brasiliensis /. Geoff r. — Nine skins and
skulls and eight additional skulls, about equally divided between
males and females, all from Sta. Cruz del Valle, Guadalajara, Oct.
5, 1889, except two, taken at San Pedro, Guadalajara, Oct. 16, 1889.
There appears to be no sexual variation in size.

The length of the forearm varies from 39 to 43 mm., averaging
41.3. Traces of a gular pouch are distinctly seen in four of the
five males, but there is no indication of it in any of the four
females.

19. PteronotllS davyi Gray. — One specimen, male, Plains of
Colima, Jan. 15, 1890.

No. i.] Allen on Mexican Mammals. 1 79

20. Macrotus bulleri H. Allen.

Macrotus calif ornicus J. A. ALLEN, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., II, No. 3, p.
166 (Oct. 21, 1889).

Macrotus bulleri H. ALLEN, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., XXVIII, p. 73 (April 14,
1890).

Five specimens (skins), three males and two females, and an
additional skull, San Pedro, Guadalajara, Sept. 27, 1889. These
are additional to the eleven specimens already recorded from
Bolanos (1. c.), and provisionally referred to M. calif ornicus.

The series from Bolanos, Northern Jalisco, were taken in July ;
the series from Guadalajara, Central Jalisco, were collected in
September. There is no appreciable difference in coloration in
the two series. Above the color is nearly uniform dark plum-
beous, with the basal half of the fur pure white ; below the color
is much lighter and more grayish. The length of the forearm
varies from 42 to 48 mm., averaging 45.

On sending the Bolanos specimens to Dr. H. Allen, the well-
known specialist in Chiroptera, some time after the publication
of my paper on Dr. Buller's first collection of Mexican mammals,
Dr. Allen found them to be specifically different from M. cali-
f ornicus, and later described them as above cited.

21. Macrotus mexicaims De Saussure.

Macrotus mexicanus DE SAUSSURE, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 2e Ser., XII, 1860,

p. 486.
? Macrotus bocourtianus DOBSON, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th Ser., XVIII,

1876, p. 436 ; Cat. Chirop., 1878, p. 467.

Eight skins with skulls, eight additional skulls, and six speci-
mens in alcohol, Tehuantepec City, Jan. 27, 1890.

This series of fourteen specimens differs strikingly in respect
to coloration from the series of thirteen specimens from Bolanos
and Guadalajara, State of Jalisco, but not appreciably in any
other external feature. In both forms the basal half or two-thirds
of the fur of the dorsal surface is pure white passing gradually
into the darker color of the terminal portion, with the extreme
tips of the hairs grayish. In bulleri the terminal third or more
of the fur is dark plumbeous, varying from dark clove brown to
plumbeous black ; in mexicanus it is dark brown, varying from
pale cinnamon to dusky chestnut. The same tints prevail respec-

180 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. Ill,

tively below in the two forms, where, however, the basal white
zone is more restricted, the dark subterminal portion is less
deeply colored, and the gray tips of the hairs are longer. In
bulleri the ears and wing-membranes are blackish ; in mexicanus
they are brown. The difference in the general coloration of the
two forms is thus very striking, with no tendency to intergrada-
tions, so far as the material in hand is concerned.

A comparison of the skulls shows well-marked cranial differ-
ences between the two forms, the skull in M. mexicanus being
much the larger, with the rostral portion much broader, and quite
different in general contour.

The type of De Saussure's M. mexicanus came from Yautepec,
in the tierra caliente south of the City of Mexico, and hence from
a region physiographically very different from that inhabited by
M. bulleri. His description appears to agree perfectly with the
Tehuantepec specimens above referred to M. mexicanus.

M. mexicanus, M. bulleri, and M. water housii (M. calif or nicus
is not at hand for comparison), differ very markedly from each
other in coloration, but only slightly in size or other external
features. The ears appear rather larger in both M. waterhousii
and M. bulleri than in M. mexicanus. M. waterhousii seems also
to be slightly the largest of the three forms, and M. bulleri the
smallest, the length of the forearm varying as follows : M. bulleri,
42 to 48 mm., averaging 45 ; M. mexicanus, 48 to 53, averaging
51 ; M. waterhousii, 51 to 53, averaging 52. In coloration M.
bulleri is much the darkest and M. mexicanus the lightest and
most rufescent, especially below. M. waterhousii is intermediate,
being darker and less rufescent than M. mexicanus, but not nearly
so dark above as M. bulleri, though of about the same tint below.
M. waterhousii, however, differs from both the others in having
the posterior third of the dorsal surface lighter and of a decided
yellowish brown, in contrast with the sooty grayish brown of the
rest of the dorsal surface, while in the others the whole dorsal
region is concolor.

The length of the free portion of the tail varies in all ; while
generally only the last caudal vertebra is wholly free, not unfre-
quently half or more of the antepenultimate is also free. This is
notably the case in both M. waterhousii and M. mexicanus. It

No. i.] Allen on Mexican Mammals.

hence seems not improbable that M. boucourtiatms, from Vera
Paz, based mainly on this last feature, may be referable to M.
mexicanus.

22. Sturnira lilium (E. Geofr.). — One specimen, Sierra
Nevada de Colima, Jalisco, Dec. 6, 1889.

This is apparently the first record for this species from any
point north of Honduras and Costa Rica.

23. Artibeus carpolegus Gosse (?).

Artibeus jamaicensis DE SAUSSURE, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1860, p. 438.
Artibeus perspicillatus ALSTON, Biol. Centr.-Am., Mam., 1879, P- 47 (Mexican
and Central American references).

Two specimens, male adult in alcohol, and female adult, skin,
Santo Domingo, Tehuantepec, May, 1890. (For remarks on these
specimens see this Bulletin, antea, pp. 170-172.)

24:. Sciurus aureogaster Cuv.

Sciurus aureogaster F. CUVIER, Hist, des Mam., Ill, liv. lix, 1829; ALLEN,
N. Am. Roden., 1877, p. 700; Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., IV, 1878, p. 882
(in part).

Sciurus variegatus ALSTON, P. Z. S., 1878, 660 (in part — the "aureogaster
type" only) ; Biol. Centr.-Am., Mam., 1880, p. 127 (in part, not the figure,
pi. xi).

Two skins with skulls and one additional skull, Sarabia, Tehu-
antepec, Mexico, April 19, 1890.

These are very red examples of this form, the whole ventral
surface being not only deep orange red, but the same color
extends high up on the sides of the body and across the shoulders,
so as to occupy the whole thoracic region from the nape to beyond
the scapulae, and including also both fore and hind limbs, except
the feet, which are dark gray more or less mixed with dark red.
The rest of the dorsal surface is varied with dark rufous, black,
and white, the hairs being tipped with white, then ringed narrowly
with black, and then broadly banded with deep chestnut red.

In Mr. Sennett's six specimens from near Tampico, to which
I have previously referred (Bull. Am. Mus., II, p. 166), the hairs
of the dorsal surface are much more broadly tipped with white
and the red of the ventral surface, while extending far up over
the shoulders and covering the fore limbs, scarcely reaches the
median dorsal line. It is worthy of note that Mr. Sennett's

182 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. Ill,

specimens were taken in May, and that among them is a suckling,
apparently only a few days old, which has the same pattern of
coloration and about the same tints as the adults. These speci-
mens of course represent the summer or breeding pelage.

25 Sciurus leucops (Gray].

Sciurus aureogaster GEOFFROY, Voyage de la Venus, Zool., 1855, p. 156, pll.

x, xi (not S. aureogaster F. Cuvier, 1829).

Macroxus leucops GRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Ser., XX, 1867, p. 427.
Sciurus leucops ALLEN, N. Am. Roden., 1877, p. 753.
Sciurus variegatus ALSTON, P. Z. S., 1878, p. 660; Biol. Centr.-Am., Mam.,

1880, p. 127, pi. xi (the " leucops type " only).

Six skins and skulls, Tehuantepec City, State of Oaxaca, Feb.
3 to March 9, 1890.

These specimens appear to typically represent the Macroxus
leucops of Gray, described from " Oaxaca." The material now
before me, taken in connection with that previously examined,
leads me to resume the position I took in 1877 (N. Am. Roden.,
PP- 75°~756) regarding the status of the forms then recognized
as S. aureogaster and S. leucops, from which I have since wavered,*
in deference to Mr. Alston's conclusions.! The pattern of color-
ation in the two forms is very different, in leucops there being
always a well-defined nuchal patch of rufous, and generally
another rufous area on the rump, the latter, however, sometimes
absent. While the color of the ventral surface may vary from
pure white, through buff and pale yellow to golden and even
orange rufous, it does not extend up the sides of the body at the
shoulders, nor encroach upon the outer surface of the limbs, as
in aureogaster, the line separating the colors of the dorsal and
ventral surfaces being a straight line at the usual point in other
mammals having the two surfaces differently colored. The skull,
while of nearly the same size in the two forms, is much heavier
and stronger in aureogaster, with the first premolar much larger
and the dentition much heavier.

The six specimens from Tehuantepec City vary considerably
in color above, and greatly in the color of the ventral surface.
All have a large fluffy conspicuous white patch behind the ear
(possibly disappearing later in the season). The nuchal patch is

* Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., IV, 1878, p. 882. t P. Z. S., 1878, pp. 660-662.

No. i.] Allen on Mexican Mammals. 183

strongly developed (about two inches long and nearly as broad),
varying in color, however, from rather pale rufous mixed with
gray to deep clear ferrugineous. The rump patch is less strongly
colored, less clearly defined, and in two specimens is quite obso-
lete. The ventral surface in two specimens is grayish white ; in
a third faintly washed with buff ; in a fourth deep yellowish buff ;
in a fifth orange rufous, and in the sixth deep orange rufous.

26. Sciurus cervicalis, sp. nov.

Sciurus aureogaster leucops ALLEN, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., II, Art. XVI,
Oct. 21, 1889, p. 166 (excluding synonyms).

Eight specimens, as follows : Sierra Nevada de Colima, Jalisco,
Dec. i-n, 1889, six specimens; Hacienda San Marcos, Volcan
de Fuego, Torfila, Jalisco, Dec. 30, 1889, one specimen ; Plains of
Colima, Jan. 10, 1890, one specimen. These with four previously
received and reported upon (1. c.) form a series of 12 specimens,
collected during the months of December, January, April, and
May. The series is remarkably uniform as regards coloration, in
this respect May and December specimens being indistinguishable,
while the range of individual variation is astonishingly narrow,
and is covered by the remarks on the four specimens in my former
paper on Mexican Mammals (1. c.).

In comparing the first four examples with a series of Tampico
specimens of S. aureogaster I said, "it seems hardly possible that
the two forms should be considered as conspecific, the style of

coloration being so radically different In view, however, of

former experience in respect to the variability of Mexican Squir-
rels, especially in color, it seems probable that Mr. Alston's view
that the S. leucops is only a form of S. aureogaster Cuv., occupying
a distinct habitat of its own, is correct."

1 then reluctantly identified this form with 6". leucops, under the
name S. aureogaster leucops, noting, however, that it differed from
any leucops specimens I had previously examined. I have since
(thanks to Mr. Buller's excellent work) received specimens of true
leucops from near the type locality, and also additional specimens
of aureogaster. This new material shows that not only are leucops
and aureogaster very distinct forms, each with its own habitat,
but that the specimens from Jalisco then referred to leucops repre-

184 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol.111,

sent still another form very different from either. This may be
characterized under the name above given, as follows :

Top of head black, generally varied more or less with gray, through the gray
tipping of some of the hairs ; general color above dark gray, the hairs plum-
beous at base, subterminally broadly ringed with black and narrowly tipped with
white ; a broad nuchal patch, extending generally from the hinder portion of the
crown to the shoulders, and more or less on to the sides of the neck, yellowish
rufous varied with black, the hairs here being tipped with rusty instead of white ;
a very broad area of the same color as the nuchal patch covers the lower back
and rump, extending from a point opposite the hips to the base of the tail, and
across from one hip to the other. (These patches vary somewhat in size and in
the tone of the rufous, which varies from yellowish rusty to brownish rusty. In
one specimen these patches are quite pale, and in another nearly obsolete, but
in the other ten are conspicuously developed.) Below pure white, in summer
pelage (May specimens) the hairs being pure white to the base, in winter speci-
mens with the basal portion ashy. The tail, both above and below, is black,
washed heavily with white, the hairs of the upper surface being generally wholly
black from near the tip to the base, with a long white tip, those of the lower
surface white at the extreme base, then narrowly ringed with black, followed by
a narrow band of white, and this with a broad band of black and a long white
tip. Feet varying from nearly pure white to grayish white ; ears gray varying
to blackish, generally more or less tinged with rusty, with a white woolly patch
at the posterior inner base, well developed in winter specimens.

Measurements. — Head and body, 250 mm. ; tail, 330 ; total length, 550-600
mm. (collector's measurements). Hind foot, 60-63 » height of ear from crown,
18-20 (from skin).

Type, No. 1991, Hacienda San Marcos, Tonila, Jalisco, $ ad., May 14, 1889.

Summer and winter specimens appear to differ only in the pelage in winter being
longer and softer than in summer, the fluffy white post-auricular patches better
developed, and in the white of the ventral surface being somewhat grayish, from
the basal portion of the pelage being ashy.

While both S. leucops and S. cervicalis have generally distinct
rufous nuchal and rump patches, they are very different in the
two forms, not only in color but in the position occupied by the
rufous portion of the hairs composing these patches. In S. cervi-
calis the rusty tint is restricted to the tips of the hairs, and simply
replaces the gray tipping of the hairs on the rest of the dorsal
surface ; in S. leucops the tips of the hairs of the rump patch are
gray, the rufous occupying the subterminal instead of the terminal
color zone of the hairs, while in the nuchal patch the rufous
occupies all but the extreme base of the hairs. In other words
the subterminal color zone in cervicalis is black ; in leucops rufous.

No. i.] Allen on Mexican Mammals. 185

Furthermore, in cervicalis the only rufous tint present is the tip-
ping of the hairs of the nuchal and rump patches, while in leucops
it more or less deeply suffuses the whole sub-apical portion of the
dorsal pelage.

S. cervicalis ranges from the Plains of Colima (to which, ac-
cording to Dr. Buller, it migrates in winter) up to the summits of
the neighboring Sierras, some of the specimens being labeled as
taken at an altitude of 12,000 feet, while S. leucops and S. aureo-
gaster both come only from the tierras calientes of eastern and
southeastern Mexico. These two occur together, however, in
the neighborhood of Tehuantepec, as shown not only by the
present collection, but by material which passed through my
hands in 1876. Then, as now, I considered them distinct
species.

Probably S. cervicalis has, like the next species, a rather re-
stricted distribution, the specimens received from Dr. Buller being
all from the mountains of Colima, except one taken in January,
on the plains at the base of the Sierra.

27. Sciurus nayaritensis Allen.

Sciurus alstoni ALLEN, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., II, No. 3, Art. XVI, Oct.

21, 1889, p. 167 (not S. alstoni Anderson, 1878).
Sciurus nayaritensis ALLEN, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., II, No. 4, Feb. 1890.

p. vii.

No specimens have been received since those already described
(1. c.). Attention, however, should be called to the change of
name, published Feb., 1890, in "Additions and Corrections" to
Volume II of this Bulletin, that originally given proving to be
preoccupied.

28. Spermophilus grammurus macrourus {Bennett}. — '
Three specimens, male and female adult, and a young (half-grown)
female, Zapotlan, Jalisco, Dec. 13, 17, and 23, 1889. (See also
this Bulletin, II, p. 170.) These scarcely differ from the four
April specimens previously recorded, although taken at the
opposite season of the year. They bear out all that was claimed
for this subspecies in my former paper.

29. Spermophilus spilosoma Bennett. — Two specimens,
Zacatecas. (See this Bulletin, II, p. 172.)

1 86 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. Ill,

30. Spermophilus annulatus Aud. & Back. — In addition
to the single specimen recorded in my former paper (this Bulletin,
II, p. 172), Dr. Buller has sent eight others, two males and six
females, and three additional skulls, collected at the Hacienda
Nogueras, Colima, Nov. 13-15, 1889.

Dr. Buller adds to his former notes as follows : " Local name,
Tesmo. Said not to occur above Ranch 'El Trapiche,' on road
between Colima and Tonila. Below Colima ranges to the base
of coast range, to where sand commences. Lives in holes in
sides of dykes. Also in stone walls and walls of barns, in the
vicinity of habitations. Food, maize, and seeds of Pasta Christi."

The extremes of the series vary somewhat in depth of color,
the light tipping of the hairs of the dorsal surface varying from
buff to yellowish rufous, with corresponding differences in the
intensity of color of the sides of the neck, limbs, and ventral
surface.

31. Tamias bulleri Allen.

Tamias asiaticus bulleri ALLEN, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., II, No. 3, Art.
XVI, Oct. 21, 1889, p. 173.

Tamias bulleri ALLEN, ibid., Ill, No. i, Art. IV, June, 1890, p. 92.

Eight specimens, Sierra de Valparaiso, Zacatecas (see this Bul-
letin as cited above). The later collections contain no additional
specimens.

32. Mus rattus Linn. — Two adult males, Zapbtlan, Jalisco,
Dec. 17 and 21, 1889. (See also this Bulletin, II, p. 179.)

33. Mus alexandrinus E. Geofr.—One adult male, Zapotlan,
Jalisco, Dec. 20, 1889.

34. Mus musculus Linn. — Four specimens, Tehuantepec
City, Feb. 12 and May 12, 1-8^9. 'Ho ,

35. Neotoma ferruginea Tomes. — Four specimens : three
females, Tehuantepec City, Feb. 27 and 28; one male, Santo
Domingo, Tehuantepec, April 25, 1890.

36. Sigmodon hispidus berlanderi (Baird).

Hesperomys (Deilemys) toltecus DE SAUSSURE, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 2e Ser.
XII, 1860, p. 98.

Four specimens, Colima Plains, Jan. 5-11, 1890 ; one specimen,
Santo Domingo, Tehuantepec, May i, 1890.

No. i.] Allen on Mexican Mammals. 187

These specimens seem to be indistinguishable from De Saus-
sure's types of his Hesperomys toltecus, from the " Cordiliere de la
province de Vera Cruz," which, through the kindness of Dr. C.
Hart Merriam, I have had an opportunity to examine.

37. Sigiiiodon fulviventer Allen.— One specimen, Zacatecas.
(See this Bulletin, II, p. 180.)

38. Hesperomys leucopus sonoriensis (Le Conte). — See this
Bulletin, II, p. 180.

39. Hesperomys aztecus De Saussure. — Two specimens,
Jalisco. (See this Bulletin, II, p. 179.)

A comparison of these two specimens (shown by the skulls to
be not fully mature) with two of De Saussure's three original speci-
mens of this species, shows their former reference to H. aztecus to
have been correctly made. They are a little smaller than De
Saussure's specimens, but agree with them almost exactly in color
and in all external details.

40. Hesperomys melanophrys Coues.

Hesperomys mexicanus ALLEN, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., II, p. 179 (not
H. mexicanus De Saussure).

The single specimen, from Zacatecas, formerly reported (1. c.),
has since been compared with De Saussure's type of H. mexicanus
and found to be very different. On the other hand, it agrees well
with the type of Coues's H. melanophrys^ to which species it is
now referred. H. mexicanus and H. melanophrys prove on com-
parison to be very different species.

41. Hesperomys (Nyctomys) sumichrasti De

specimens, three adult males, one adult female, and one immature
female, Santo Domingo, Tehuantepec, April 24 to May i, 1890.
The young specimen differs from the adults in being yellowish
ashy above instead of golden cinnamon.

These specimens have been compared with De Saussure's types
(see above, p. 175), with which they strictly agree.

42. Oryzomys COuesi (Alston).— One specimen, adult male,
Hacienda San Marcos, Tonila, Jalisco, Dec. 30, 1889.

BJ

OF THE

UNIVERSITY

OF

1 88 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. Ill,
43. Lepus sylvaticus aztecus, subsp. nov.

Smaller than L. sylvaticus of the Eastern States, with much longer ears (in
this respect resembling L. arizonce), and lighter in coloration.

Length (measurements from skins) of head and body, 300 mm. ; tail to end
of hairs, 37 ; length of hind foot, 82 ; height of ear from notch, 64.

Top of head and middle of back buffy cinnamon varied with black, the hairs
light plumbeous at base, subterminally ringed with pale buffy cinnamon and
tipped with black ; sides gray, the hairs ashy at base, broadly ringed with white
and tipped with black ; sides of neck brownish, nearly like the middle of the
back ; large nape spot and outer surface of limbs bright yellowish rufous ; upper
surface of fore feet yellowish white, of hind feet pure white, which extends
upward in a narrow band along the inner anterior edge of the Jeg to the inner
side of the thigh ; lower surface pure white, nearly to the base of the hairs ;
breast band yellowish white, the hairs brownish beneath the surface ; a well
defined supra- and subocular grayish white stripe, meeting in front and behind
the eye, giving the effect of a broad grayish white band through the eye, from
near the nose to the base of the ear ; cheeks gray, with a small spot of rusty
brown below the eye ; upper surface of the tail light cinnamon rufous, the same
color extending forward on to the rump, the hairs plumbeous (in some specimens
dusky plumbeous) at the base broadly tipped with light rufous. Ears very large,
scantily haired, dark brownish gray, darkening to blackish towards the tip and
along the anterior border externally ; anterior border towards the base fringed
externally with white.

Cranial Characters. — Skull, basilar length, 56 mm. ; total length, 72 ; breadth
at middle of zygomatic arch, 35 ; at base of occiput, 23, at postorbital constric-
tion, 12 ; nasals, length, 33, breadth at anterior border, 10, at posterior border,
17 ; length of malar bone, 31 ; length of upper molar series along the crowns,
12, at alveolar border, 14 ; lower jaw, length from front to angle, 53, height at
condyle, 36.

The posterior end of the postorbital process is in contact with the brain-case,
but not fused with it. In general features the skull is similar to that of L. sylvati-
cus, differing from it merely in being rather smaller than average northern skulls.

Type, f^if, $ ad., Tehuantepec City, Feb. 19, 1890.

Three adult males, skins and skulls, and one additional skull, as follows :
Salina Cruz, Feb. 17, Sta. Maria Petapa, April 29, Santo Domingo, April 30,
1890, Isthmus of Tehuantepec ; Tehuantepec City, Feb. 19, 1890.

This form differs from L. sylvaticus in having the middle of the
dorsal surface much paler, the sides grayer, and the upper surface
of tail and rump cinnamon rufous instead of dusky gray, and in the
very much larger size of the ears. In respect to the size of the ears
it closely resembles L. arizona, but differs from it in much larger
size, and greatly in coloration, through the almost entire absence
in the latter of any rufous in the coloration of the upper surface.

No. i.] Allen on Mexican Mammals. 189

44. Lepus insnl it us, sp. nov.

Similar in general appearance externally to Lepus sylvaticus, but much paler
in color, much larger, and with much larger ears, but especially different in the
structure of the malar bone, which is exceptional in its character. Also gener-
ally similar in size and color to L. verce-crucis Thomas, recently described from
Vera Cruz, but apparently different.

Length (of skin), 440 mm. ; tail to end of hairs, 40 ; hind foot to end of
claws, 92 ; height of ear from notch, 74, above crown, 78.

Above sandy buff mixed with black, more grayish on the sides, black prevailing
over most of the dorsal region, hairs at base dark plumbeous, ringed with black,
then with sandy buff, and tipped with black ; nape patch and fore limbs exter-
nally from shoulder to carpus deep rufous ; upper surface of fore feet brownish
yellow ; hind limbs posteriorly and externally yellowish brown ; upper surface
of hind feet white, continuous with a whitish band running up the front inner
edge of the leg ; light area surrounding the eye buffy gray ; upper surface of
tail and contiguous portion of rump pale rusty brown, the hairs plumbeous at
extreme base and slightly black tipped ; ears sparsely haired, externally rusty
brownish gray, blackish along the edge towards and at the tip ; internally ears
naked to near the tip, where they are sparsely covered with yellowish brown hairs
for the terminal fifth ; ventral surface pure white, the hairs wholly clear white to
the base ; a faint wash of yellowish along the sides bordering the white ventral
area ; breast pale yellowish brown, plumbeous beneath the surface. Feet not
heavily furred.

Skull, basilar length, 66 mm. ; total length, 83 ; greatest width (opposite
anterior end of orbital foramen), 39 ; interorbital breadth, 21 ; intertemporal
breadth, 20.5 ; nasals, length, 34, width anteriorly, 12, posteriorly, 18.5 ; length
of malar bone, 36 ; length of palatine foramen, 21 ; least length of palatal bridge,
8, width, 11.5 ; length of upper molar series at crown surface, 22.5 ; length of
lower jaw, 58 ; height at condyle, 40.

Type, ffff, $ ad., Plains of Colima, Jan. 15, 1890.

A second specimen ( $ ad., near City of Colima, Jan. 7, 1890), agrees essen-
tially in size, but is in thin, very worn pelage, and is less black above, doubtless
owing to the wearing away of the long black tips of the hairs.

While in a general way strongly resembling externally both
L. sylvaticus and L. vera-cructs, it differs from the former in much
larger size, disproportionately larger ears, the less amount of
rufous and greater prevalence of black above ; and from the latter
in the whiteness of the ventral surface, and in other minor details
of coloration. It differs from all of the species of Lepus known
to me in the peculiar structure of the malar bone, which is formed
on the general pattern of that of Lepus aquaticus, with, however,
its peculiarities greatly exaggerated. Externally for its anterior

Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. Ill,

half both the upper and lower borders are greatly produced,
especially the lower, which is somewhat everted or deflected
upward and incurved, the two produced borders thus forming
between them a deep groove on the external surface of the
anterior half of the malar bone, the groove being deepest anteri-
orly and there partly covered by the incurved lower edge of the
malar. The square process occupying the anterior fourth of the
malar in the L. sylvaticus group is in effect extended backward,
gradually narrowing till it becomes obsolete posterior to the
middle of the malar bone. The form of this bone is thus very
different in the two species when viewed either from below or
from the side. The postorbital processes touch the brain-case at
tip but are not fused with it, as in the L. aquaticus group.

In accordance with the great development of the external ear,
the auditory bullae are correspondingly enlarged.

The only species with which this needs comparison is apparently
the Lepus verce-crucis, from the opposite coast of Mexico.

45. Tatusia novemcincta (Linn.). — Male, Volcan de Fuego,
Tonila, Jalisco, Dec. 27, 1889.

46. Didelphys (Micoureus) murina Linn. — Six specimens,
four males and two females, Santo Domingo de Guzman, Tehu-
antepec, April 25 to May 2, 1890.

, These specimens are doubtfully referred to this species, which
they resemble in size. None of them, however, have the general
color above " bright rufous," or "deep dull rufous," as described
respectively by Alston and Thomas. Some are clear ashy, others
ashy brown, with a very faint fulvous or exceedingly slight
rufescent tinge.

Additional Notes on Mexican Leporidae.— Since the above
was put in type I have had opportunity, through the kindness of
Mr. F. W. True, Curator of the Department of Mammals in the
United States National Museum, of reexamining specimens of
Lepus from Merida, Yucatan, and Mirador, Mexico, referred by
me in 1877 (N. Am. Roden., pp. 365 and 361) respectively to
Lepus aquaticus and L. palustris.

No. i.] Allen on Mexican Mammals.

Lepus sylvaticus aztecus Allen.

Five adult and two young specimens of Lepus, belonging to the
U.. S. National MXiseum, from Merida, Yucatan, collected by Dr.
A. Schott in February and. March, 1865, were formerly referred
by me (N. Am. Roden., pp. 365-367) to Lepus aquaticus. Three
of these specimens are now before me, and while externally much
resembling L. aquaticus, a skull, now for the first time removed
from one of the skins for examination, shows that they are not
L. aquaticus but referable to my L. sylvaticus aztecus, described on
page 1 88 of the present paper, with which these specimens are
found to agree in both external and cranial characters. The
skins were badly prepared and somewhat overstuffed, and without
recourse to the skull might readily be mistaken for L. aquaticus,
the coloration being nearly the same, and the feet very scantily
furred for a member of the L. sylvaticus group. Other specimens
collected at Mirador, by Dr. Schott, and forming part of the same
collection, were referred by me to L. sylvaticus, as were specimens
from Tehuantepec, collected by Mr. F. Sumichrast (1. c., pp. 330
and 336). The latter series included a number of skulls, which
served for the ready identification of the Tehuantepec series.
Although these specimens are not now accessible for reexamina-
tion, I have little doubt of their being referable to" the form here
recognized as L. sylvaticus aztecus. A part of the Orizaba speci-
mens are referable to the following species :

Lepus verae-crucis Thomas.

Lepus vercB-crucis THOMAS, P. Z. S., 1890, p. 74, pi. vii.

Lepus aquaticus ALLEN, N. Am. Roden., 1877, p. 364 (in part, Orizaba speci-

mens only). — ALSTON, Biol. Centr.-Am., Mam., p. 180 (Dec. 1880), in

part, or so far as based on the preceding.

A reexamination of the Orizaba specimens referred by me in
1877 (1. c.) to L. aquaticus shows, on removal of the skull from
the skin, that they belong to the L. sylvaticus type instead of to
L. aquaticus. I have little doubt that they are identical with what
Mr. Oldfield Thomas has recently described as Lepus veraz-crucis,
based on specimens from Las Vigas, Jalapa, a locality not far
from Orizaba. In general size and in external characters it
closely resembles my L. insolitus, described above, but the skull

I92 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. Ill,

is very much broader, and the form of the malar bone very diff-
erent. Both species somewhat resemble L. aquaticus externally,
but are readily separable from it and from each other by the
cranial characters.

Lepus truei, sp. nov.

? Lepus paluslris TOMES, P. Z. S., 1861, p. 281 (Dueiias, Guatemala).

Lepus palustris ALLEN, N. Am. Roden., 1887, p. 360 (in part, the Mirador

specimen only). — ALSTON, Biol. Centr.-Am., Mam., p. 179 (Dec. 1880),

so far only as based on the above.

In 1877 a single specimen of Lepus from Mirador was referred
by me (1. c.) to Lepus palustris. This was the only specimen
thus referred, or then known to me, from any point outside of
South Carolina and Georgia. Florida has since been added to
its known range, but it has not yet been found at any point in the
Gulf States west of Florida, where considerable collecting has
since been done. Hence the single record from so remote a
point as Mirador, Mexico, has of late seemed open to serious
question. I am hence much gratified to be able to revise the
record by a reexamination of the Mirador specimen. It is in
poor condition, but is still 'available for study. The skull having
just now been removed by my request, it proves to represent a
very distinct type of the genus, so far as cranial characters are
concerned. Externally it so much resembles L. palustris, that on
seeing it again after a long interval the question arose as to
whether its alleged Mirador origin might not have resulted from
a transposition of labels. As soon, however, as the skull became
available it was evident that the resemblance of the Mirador
specimen to L. palustris was wholly superficial, and limited to
external characters. It differs, however, somewhat from L. pal-
ustris in coloration, as stated in my former reference to it, as fol-
lows : " By far the most highly-colored specimens is one from
Mirador (near Vera Cruz), Mexico, in which the black is consid-
erably more prevalent than in average specimens from the Atlantic
States. The grayish area below is also more restricted and more
suffused with brownish." Mr. Alston quotes this (1. c.), and adds :
" The same remarks apply to an example contained in Mr. Salvin's
Guatemalan collections in the British Museum," the specimen
here referred to being the one mentioned by Tomes (1. c.), from

No. i.] Allen on Mexican Mammals. 193

Duenas. These two specimens are apparently all thus far referred
to L. palustris from Mexico or Central America, or from any point
outside of the lowlands of the coast region of South Carolina and
Georgia, and the peninsula of Florida.

In now describing this new form, it gives me pleasure to name
it in honor of the Curator of Mammals at the U. S. National
Museum, to whose kind offices I have been many times indebted.

Similar to L. palustris in all external characters, except that it is rather darker
in color, and much more varied with black above, which is almost the prevailing
tint over much of the dorsal region. Feet quite as scantily furred as in L.
palustris. The skin is unfilled, and hence satisfactory measurements cannot
be taken. (The feet have been partially denuded by insects.) It is evidently
smaller than average full grown specimens of L. palustris. Length of hind
foot, 75 mm. ; of fore foot, 40 ; height of ear from crown, 54 ; from notch, 46.

Cranial Characters. — The skull is imperfect, lacking most of the occipital
portions. It shows the animal to have been fully adult. In dorsal outline it
much resembles skulls of L. sylvaticus aztecus, except that the cranial portion
is more depressed posteriorly ; the frontal and parietal bones much pitted, as
in L. palustris and L. aquaticus. The postorbital processes are slender, and
barely touch the cranium posteriorly, thus enclosing a large broadly oval foramen.
The zygoma is broad and short, flattened below anteriorly and not much ex-
panded, with the sinus on the lateral face anteriorly about as in L. sylvaticus.
The zygomatic and mastoid portions are vertically much expanded, the zygoma
being thus much shorter and relatively much broader than in any of the allied
forms ; with a length of 28 mm. the vertical breadth is 4.5, against 30 and 4
respectively in L. sylvat^c^^s aztecus, and 34 and 3.5 in L. palustris of corre-
sponding general size. The teeth are broad, the middle upper molars having a
transverse breadth at the crown surface of 4 mm. against a total length of the
upper molar series of 12. The palatal region is very broad (distance between
inner base of middle molars 12.5), with a very short palatal bridge (6 mm.) ;
there is a slender spiny process on the anterior border, with, however, no trace
of any on the posterior border. The palatal walls are widely separated, forming
a broad U-shaped arch instead of the narrower and more sharply V-shaped arch
of L. palustris and other allied forms. The basisphenoid stands at about the
usual angle with the axis of the skull, and the basioccipital lies in the same plane,
instead of forming, as in allied species, an obtuse angle with the basisphenoid.
The nasal bones are much flattened and much less than half as much arched in
front as in any allied form. The posterior half of the brain-case is very abruptly
depressed, in conformity to the depressed plane of the basioccipital below. The
middle portion of the skull is very broad in comparison with the width of the
brain-case, or with the total length of the skull.

The following are the principal measurements : Basilar length, 57 mm. ; total
length (?) ; greatest breadth (at zygomatic arch), 35 ; least interorbital breadth,

194 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. III.]

25 ; palatal breadth at middle of palatal bridge, n ; length of nasals, 27 ; width
of nasals posteriorly, 14 ; width at anterior border, 10 ; length of zygoma, 28 ;
length of upper molar series at alveolar border, 14 ; length of lower jaw (?) ;
height at coronoid process, 32.

TyPe> sVWa. U. S. Nat. Mus., Mirador, Mexico; C. Sartorius.

It hence appears that thus far no authentic specimens of either
L. palustris or L. aquaticus are known from Mexico, the habitat
of the former being, so far as now known, Florida and the coast
region of Georgia and the Carolinas, and of the latter, the Gulf
coast of the United States, from western Alabama to Texas, and
thence northward in the cane-brake region to southern Illinois.
Their introduction into the list of Mexican mammals, so far as
the present writer is concerned, is due to the fact that the skulls
of the Mexican specimens referred to these species were not
removed from the skins for examination, the determinations being
based on external characters, which proved very misleading.

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES

OF MICE FROM COSTA RICA AND MEXICO,

WITH REMARKS ON HESPEROMYS

MELANOPHRYS OF COUES.

BY

J. A. ALLEN,

Curator in the American Museum o/ Natural History, New York.

From Ihe Proceedings of the United States National Museum, Vol. XIV, pages 193-195.

[No. 850.]

WASHINGTON:

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.
1891.

DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES OF MICE FROM
COSTA RICA AND MEXICO, WITH REMARKS ON HESPEROMYS
MELANOPHRYS OF COUES.

BY

J. A. ALLEN,

Curator in the American Museum of Natural History, Nei.v York.

Having recently had iu hand a small collection of mammals from
Costa Rica for identification, I found it desirable to examine in that
connection as much material as possible from Central America and
Mexico bearing upon the Costa Rican Muridse. In response to my
solicitation, Mr. Frederick W. True, curator of mammals in the U. S.
National Museum, kindly secured for me the use of the specimens in
the collection under his charge. They not only were of great assist-
ance in the work in hand, but proved to include two forms apparently
new to science.

Oryzomys talamancae, sp. nov.

Pelage short, thick, soft, velvety. Above, russet-brown medially,
mixed with blackish brown, passing gradually into clear yellow-brown
on the sides; ^beneath, grayish white, the hairs being white or faintly
yellowish white at the tips and gray beneath the surfacer the basal
gray portion showing through the surface, giving the effect of grayish
white with a faint yellowish cast. Cheeks, sides of the neck, and flanks
deep yellowish brown or golden cinnamon. Sides of the muzzle, dull
soiled grayish white. Upper surface of fore and hind feet, dull pale
yellowish gray, very scantily haired, and the toes nearly naked, except
at the base of the claws. Soles entirely naked, tubercles 6. Ears large,
blackish, naked. Tail about as long as head and body, naked, black-
ish above, dark brown below, hence indistinctly bicolored.

Length (approximate from skins), head and body, 114.3 millimetres
(4.50 inches); tail, 114.3 millimetres (4-.50 inches); hind foot (with claws),
30.8 millimetres (1.15 inches); ear, from ccown, 13.7 millimetres (.54
inch) ; muzzle to eye, 17.8 millimetres (.70 inch).

Skull in general form very similar to that of Gryzomys palustris, but
much smaller. Basal length, 28.5 millimetres ^1.12 inches) ; total length,
31.2 millimetres (1.23 inches) ; palatal length, 16 millimeters (.63 inch) ;
greatest breadth, 15.8 millimetres (.63 inch) ; least interorbital breadth,

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XIV— No. 850.

Proc. N. M. 91 13 193

194 NEW SPECIES OF MICE ALLEN.

5.3 millimetres (.21 inch.) ; nasals, 12.7 millimetres (.50 inch) ; upper
molar series, 5.1 millimetres (.20 inch). (Lower jaw lacking.)

Type ilf-ff , U. S. National Museum, $ ad. Talamanca, Prof. W. M.
Gabb.

This species is based on two specimens, skins, in the Gabb collection,
belonging to the U. S. National Museum. One still retains the skull ;
from the other (the type) the skull has been removed, but, unfor-
tunately, lacks tbe lower jaw. The two skins differ somewhat in color-
ation, and apparently represent different seasons of the year, one being
in rather fuller and darker pelage than the other.

On the back of the labels I find written in pencil, " Near or = H.
laticeps Lund," a species based on specimens from Lagoa, Santa Brazil.
To say nothing of the wide separation of the habitats of the two, the
present species is very much smaller than H. laticeps^ and the resem-
blance in coloration is by no means close. Mr. Oldfield Thomas's Hes-
peromys (Oryzomys) laticeps var. nitidus, from central Peru (see P. Z. S.,
1884, p. 452, pi. xlii, fig. 1), is also much larger than the present species,
and evidently very different in coloration, as he speaks of its " dark,
rich, rufous color."

Hesperomys melanophrys Coues.

Hesperomys (Veaperimus) melanophrys Coues, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1874, p.
181 ; Mon. N. Am. Roden., 1677, p. 102 (in part only).

Dr. Coues in describing his Hesperomys ( Vesperimus) melanophrys con-
sidered it as doubtfully distinct from H. mexicanus of De Saussure. An
actual comparison of the types of the two species, which, through the
kindness of Dr. C. Hart Merriam, I recently had the opportunity of
making, in company with himself and Mr. F. W. True, at the U. S.
National Museum, has shown that they are not at all closely related.
I have since then been able to study more critically the specimens —
six in all — referred by Dr. Coues to this species in his final notice of
H. melanophrys. His original description of it (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1874, p. 181) refers only to the single type specimen from which
it was described ; his later notice (Mou. N. Am. Roden., p. 102) refers
in part to other specimens, only the first three of which (given in Table
xxix, 1. c.), his diagnosis, and the main body of the article relate to H.
melanophrys. In a note to the article as originally prepared he provi-
sionally referred three other specimens to H. melanovhrys, though rec-
ognizing that they presented many points of difference, respecting
which he says :

Since writing the preceding, we have examined three other specimens from
Tehuantepec, which, if the same, as the types of melanophrys, lessen the chances that
the latter is different from mexicanus [De Sans.]. But they differ in many respects
from the specimens just enumerated [the three originally referred to melanophrys],
being so very much smaller that we can not satisfy ourselves of their identity. The tail
only exceeds the body in one specimen, and here only a little ; in the others, it is about
as long, relatively, as De Saussure gives for mexicanus. That these specimens are
not immature is shown by the fact that one of them is a nursing female. In color,

V°i89i!V'] PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 195

they are almost precisely like the foregoing, but do not show the black ring round
the eye, nor the dusky spot at the base of the metatarsus. One of them is pure white
below ; another is grayish (it looks as if soiled) ; while the third has the faintest
possible fulvous tinge all along the under parts." He says further: " Much more
material than that now in our possession will be required to determine the limits of
variation of this large, gray, leucopm-like mouse of Mexico, and fix the species upon
secure basis.

In his three specimens originally referred to H. melanophrys (as
shown by his tables of measurements), the length of head and body
averages 4.02 inches and the tail 4.83, as against 3.20 and 3.10 respec-
tively in the other three specimens mentioned in the above quotation.
This difference, with the differences in coloration pointed out by Dr.
Coues himself, clearly shows that the latter have no close relationship
to H. melanophrys, but are strictly of the leucopus type.

H. melanophrys is a large, long- tailed, big-eared species, somewhat
recalling the general aspect of H. caUfornicus, from which, however, it
differs greatly in coloration, and especially in cranial character, the
skull being much heavier and much broader in proportion to its length,
with the rostral portion greatly thickened, in comparison with the same
part in H. californicus. There are also well-marked differences in den-
tition and in the form of the palatal region ; the auditory bullae are
smaller and more spherical, and the condylar portion of the lower jaw
is much broader, heavier, and less depressed.

Hesperomys (Vesperimus) affinis, sp. nov.

Hesperomys (Vesperimus') melanophrys Coues, Mon. N. Am. Roden., 1877, p. 102 (in
part only).

Similar to typical H. leucopus in size, proportions, and cranial char-
acters, but wijh a close general resemblance in coloration to H. melano-
phrys Coues.

Above brownish fulvous varied with blackish, darker along the
median line, more fulvous along the sides. Below white, with a very
slight tinge of yellow. Feet dull white 5 ears brownish, narrowly
edged with white; tail brown, indistinctly lighter below, scantily
haired.

Measurements (approximate from skins): head and body, 81.3 to
88.9; tail, 76 to 83; hind foot (including claws), 19.8; ear from crown,
4.5 to 4.8 millimeters. Skull: total length, 26.4; basal length, 25.9
millimeters; greatest width, 13.5; length of nasals, 11.4; lower jaw
(from tip of incisors to condyle), 16; height (angle to condyle), 6.4
millimeters.

Type, No. flff, U. S. National Museum, $ ad., Barrio, Tehuantepec,
Mexico, October 30, 1868, Prof. F. Sumichrast. (This specimen presents
a soiled grayish appearance below, evidently accidental.)

Two other specimens ( $ ad., No. f gf$, U. S. National Museum ; 2 ?
juv., No. Iflf, U. S. National Museum, same locality and collector,
October, 1868), are similar above, but one almost wholly lacks the faint

196 k7EW SPECIES OF MICE — ALLEN.

yellowish tinge below plainly seen in the others, which, however, 1
suspect may be due to soiling.

In the type the teeth are much worn, indicating full maturity.

This form is evidently a member of the leucopus group of Vesper-
mice, having the same pattern of coloration as regards the extension
of the dark color of the dorsal surface upon the limbs. The relative
length of the tail to the length of the head and body is about the same
as in leucopus proper, the tail being longer than in the sonoriensis group,
although the color is not much different from occasional specimens of
what is usually known as sonoriensis. It has, however, a longer hind
foot, and the facial portion of the skull is longer and narrower than in
average specimens of either leucopus or sonoriensis.

The specimens here under notice were provisionally referred by Dr.
Cones to his H. melanophrys, in his supplementary note to his account
of that species in "Monographs of North American Eodentia," p. 305,
as fully explained above.

ARTICLE XII. -Description of a New
Species of Big-eared Bat, of the Gemts
Histiot^ls, from Soicthern California.
By J. A. ALLEN.

ARTICLE XIII —Further Notes on Maxi-
milian Types of South American
Birds. --By J. A. ALLEN.

Extracted from Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. Ill, No. 2. Author's edition
issued February 20, 1891.

ARTICLE XII. — Description of a New Species of Big-eared Bat,
of the Genus Histiotus, from Southern California. By J. A.
ALLEN.

The finding of a Big-eared Bat, of the South American genus
Histiotus Gerv., in Southern California, is a most unlocked for
occurrence, exceeding possibly in interest the recent discovery in
the same region of a species of Molossus, allied to M. perotis of
Brazil, by Dr. Merriam.*

The specimen on which the present description is based was
" caught on a fence/' at Piru, in the western part of Ventura
County, California, in March, 1890, by Mr. Thomas Shooter. I
am indebted to the kind offices of Mr. E. C. Thurber, of
Alhambra, California, for the specimen, through whom it was
secured for the American Museum of Natural History.

On attempting to remove the skull from the skin, the specimen
proved to be mummified, having been simply eviscerated and
allowed to dry. By careful treatment it yielded not only a good
skin, but the greater part of the skeleton and skull. Unfortu-
nately the sex of the specimen could not be determined, owing to
mutilation in the process of evisceration. The skull and dentition
show it to have been a rather young though doubtless full-grown
individual.

Histiotus maculatus, sp. nov.

Ears joined at the base, foliaceous, very large, twice as long as the head,
about one-half as broad as long, well fringed with whitish hairs along the inner
border, but elsewhere naked ; expanse from tip to tip, 76.2 mm. (3.00 in.).
The ears are convex on the inner border, broadly rounded at the tip ; outer
border convex on the basal half, slightly hollowed toward the tip. The inner
border near the base forms an obtuse angle ; the outer border is continued as a
low fold to a point below the angle of the mouth. The tragus expands abruptly
on the outer border at the end of the basal fourth, at which point it also has an
abrupt lateral deflection, the inner border forming an obtuse angle about opposite
the beginning of the basal third. The upper three-fourths of the tragus is
straight on the inner border, convex on the outer, and very obtusely rounded at
the top. Nostrils prominent, at the end of a narrow, low, naked disk, divided
by a slight groove, and narrowing posteriorly to a point. Rest of the face well

* Description of a New Species of Molossus from California (Molossus calif ornicus). By
Dr. C. Hart Merriam. North American Fauna, No. 4, Oct. 8, 1890, p. 31.

{February, i8qi.~\ [195]

196 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. Ill,

haired, blackish, apparently (judging from the dry skin) without warts or tuber-
cles. Thumbs with a small basal pad. Toes thinly haired. Wing membranes
from the base of the toes, pale brown, everywhere wholly without fur. About
half of the last caudal vertebra free.

Pelage long, full, and soft. Whole dorsal surface deep black, the fur uniform
from the surface to the base, except on the rump, and a large patch on each
shoulder, where the apical half of the fur is pure white, the basal portion being
black. The white rump patch has a length of about three-fourths of an inch, by
a width of half an inch. The shoulder patches are symmetrical in form and posi-
tion, being directed obliquely backward and inward, about half an inch wide by
nearly an inch in length. The black of the dorsal surface extends downward on
the sides of the neck in front of the shoulders, forming a broad lunate patch on
each side. Posterior base of the ears, the whole throat and sides of fore neck
to the ears, pure white, the fur dusky at the base. Rest of the lower surface
with long white tips to the hairs, which over the breast are so long as to wholly
conceal the dusky underfur.

Measurements. — Length of head and body, 62 mm. (2.45 in.) ; tail, 49.5 mm,
(1.95 in.) ; length of ear, 38.1 mm. (1.50 in.), width across the middle, 27.9 mm.
(i.ioin.); height of tragus, 12.7 mm. (.50 in.), breadth at middle, 5.6 mm.
(.22 in.) ; humerus, 29.7 mm. (1.17 in.) ; forearm, 50.8 mm. (2.00 in.) ; thumb,
6.9 mm. (.27 in.); third finger : metacarpal, 49.3 mm. (1.94 in.), ist phal.,
15.75 mm. (.62 in.), 2d phal., 27.9 mm. (i.ioin.)=95.5 mm. (3. 76 in.) ; fourth
finger: metacarpal, 46.2 mm. (1.82 in.), ist phal., 14 mm. (.55 in.), 2d phal.,
16 mm. (.63 in.)=76.2 mm. (3.00 in.); fifth finger: metacarpal, 45.7 mm.
(1.80 in.), ist phal., 11.4 mm. (.45 in.), 2d phal., 10.2 mm. (.40 in.)=&7.3 mm,
(2.65 in.) ; femur, 43.7 mm. (1.72 in.) ; tibia, 22.9 mm. (.90 in.) ; hind foot,
7.6 mm. (.30 in.).

Skull and Dentition. — Basilar length, 16.5 mm. (.65 in.) ; total length, 19
mm. (.75 in.) ; zygomatic width, 10.9 mm. (.43 in.) ; height, 7.6 mm. (.30 in.) ;
length of lower jaw, 12.7 mm. (.50 in.) ; height at condyle, 33 mm. (.13 in.) ;
height at coronoid process, 3.8 mm. (.15 in.) ; length of upper tooth row, 6.86
mm. (.27 in.) ; length of lower tooth row, 7.6 mm. (.30 in.). Dental formula :
incisors, &£- ; canines, {-^ ; premolars, ^ ; molars, fif =|f =32.

The skull is thin and papery, being evidently that of a young animal. The
facial portion is narrow and pointed ; the brain case is quadrate, flattened above,
but rises abruptly at the frontal border, the forehead being suddenly depressed.

The lower border of the zygomatic arch is curved upward ; the upper border
is greatly expanded vertically, the upper border of the malar forming a high
angular process at the middle of arch ; the zygomatic process of the squamosal
is short, and, with the malar, passes forward in a line nearly parallel with the
axis of the skull, with only a very slight outward cuvature. The tympanic bullse
are enormously expanded, having an antero-posterior length of 5.84 mm. (.23 in.)
and a transverse breadth of 3.3 mm. (.13 in.), their length fully equaling one-
third of the length of the skull. In other respects the ventral aspect of the skull

No. 2.] Allen on a New Species of Bat, 197

presents nothing peculiar. The lower jaw is narrow, the coronoid process small,
rising but little above the condyle ; the angle is well developed.

The dentition is weak, the incisors and canines being very small, relatively
to the molar series. The outer upper incisor is about one-half the size of the
inner ; both have a small outer cusp at the base. The upper canine is about
equal in size to the anterior half of the upper premolar. The molars present
nothing distinctive. The lower incisors are slightly double-notched (trifid) ; the
lower canines are very small ; the first premolar is about half the size of the
second.

The present species appears to bear a general resemblance to
Histiotus velatus and H. macrotus of Brazil and Chili, as regards
general size and the form and size of the ears. It is, however,
larger than either, with the ears relatively as large as in H. macrotus,
and differs from both in the form of the tragus, which instead of
being narrowed apically and subacutely pointed, is broad towards
the tip and obtusely rounded. In H. macrotus, according to Dr.
Peters,* the outer upper incisor is minute as compared with the
inner, while in the present species the upper incisors are compara-
tively subequal. There is also a striking difference in coloration,
the present species being particolored, black and white, the others
yellowish brownf above and whitish gray below.

The coloration of the present species is striking and almost
unique among bats. The white patches are possibly in part due
to albinism, but this does not seem at all probable. The spots
are symmetrical in form and position, and the white is confined to
the surface, the under fur being blackish, like the under fur on
the rest of the body, whereas in white spots due to albinism the
white extends to the base of the fur.

Explorations recently made in Southern California present in
striking relief the ignorance of its mammalian fauna which pre-
vailed to within a recent date, and warrant the supposition that
further novelties still await discovery. Just three years ago Dr.
Merriam described from San Bernardino County a new fox
( Vulpes macrotis) \ with remarkably large ears, and very unlike
anything previously known from North America. The species
was based on a single specimen, but subsequently others were

* Monatsb. Akad. Wissen. Berlin, 1875, p. 788, pi., fig. 2.

t Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, Vol. IV, 1886-88, pp. 5-7. Extras issued Feb. 18, 1888.

198 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. III.]

obtained, and its known range extended eastward into Arizona.
The wonder now is that so conspicuous an animal should have so
long escaped observation.

It is of course not remarkable that among the comparatively
inconspicuous burrowing mammals many new forms should come
to light, including some with very strongly pronounced characters ;
or that some form of Nyctinomus, known for many years as Cali-
fornian on the basis of a single record, should prove common, as
has now been recently found. This, although a tropical genus,
is well represented near our southern border and thence south-
ward. The case, however, is quite different with the Promops
section of the genus Molossus, where M.perotis finds a geograph-
ical representative in Merriam's M. californicus of Southern
California. This immense bat, one of the largest known from
America, is now represented by numerous specimens (I have my-
self examined nine), and proves to have no very close relation to
M. perotis j though of equal size, it differs widely in coloration,
and more or less in various points of structure, as shown by direct
comparison with Wied's type of M. perotis, preserved in this
Museum.

The present species adds another to the many surprises this
general region has recently supplied to the mammalogist, finding
as it does its nearest allies at far remote points on the opposite
side of the equator.

/•b

ARTICLE XIII. — Further Notes on Maximilian Types of South
American Birds. By J. A. ALLEN.

Since the publication of my paper " On the Maximilian types
of South American Birds in the American Museum of Natural
History," in December, 1889,* the types of Maximilian's Anthus
pcecilopterus have come to light, and it has been found that the
type of Maximilian's Myiothera ardesiaca was wrongly referred to
Hypocnemis myiotherina (Spix), from which it proves to be even
generically distinct, and also not referable to any of the commonly
recognized genera.

Rhopocichla, gen. nov.

Bill much compressed and attenuated ; width and depth at nostrils equal ;
wings rounded, shorter than the graduated tail ; tarsi long and slender, smooth,
the scutes obsolete.

Type, Myiothera ardesiaca Wied.

This genus is allied to Pyriglena, but has the bill much more
compressed, the tail relatively longer, as also the tarsi, which are
not obviously scaled. The plumage is not black, and there is no
concealed white at the base of the interscapulars.

Rhopocichla ardesiaca

" Myiothera ardesiaca LIGHT., MS. Mus. Berl."

Myiothera ardesiaca WIED, Beitr. Naturg. Bras., Ill, 2, 1831, p. 1055.

Myrmeciza ardesiaca WIED (MS., on label and in his MS. Catalogue).

Formicivora ardesiaca MENETR., Mem. Acad. St. Petersb., ser. vi (Sci. Nat.),

I, 1835, p. 507 (ex Wied).

Myrmonax ardesiaca BURM., Thiere Bras., Ill, 1856, p. 65 (in part).
Myrmonax myiotherinus CAB., Orn. Not. in Wiegm. Arch., 1847, i, p. 210 (in

part).
Formicarius (Myrmoborus) myiotherinus GRAY, Hand-1. Bds., I, 1869, p. 300,

No. 4443 (in part).

Formicarius myiotherinus GlEBEL, Thes. Orn., I, 1875, p. 179 (in part).
Hypocnemis myiotherina TACZ., Orn. Per., II, 1884, p. 65 (in part). — RIDGW.

(MS. label).— ALLEN, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., II, No. 3, Dec. 1889, pp.

255, 275-

Adult Male (No. 6827, Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.). — Above nearly uniform dark
plumbeous, wings and tail (especially the latter) darker ; below deep ash gray,
a little lighter on the middle of the abdomen ; whole throat including fore neck
deep black, strictly limited laterally to the space between the mandibular rami ;

* Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. II, No, 3, pp. 309-276.
[199]

2OO Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. ill,

cheeks, sides of face, including eye-region and ear-coverts, ash gray, like the
lower parts ; lesser, median, and greater wing-coverts black, broadly edged with
pure white ; outer web of first primary edged with white ; rest of remiges edged
with gray, and the rectrices with deep plumbeous, like the color of the back ;
axillaries and inner surface of wings gray, like the flanks. Bill dusky horn-
color ; feet lighter. " Iris carmine red " (Wied).

Length, 6.45 in. ; wing, 2.95 ; tail, 3.12; culmen, .70; tarsus, 1.17; hind
toe with claw, .67 ; middle toe with claw, .78.

Adult Female. — "Above pale grayish brown, shoulders, and upper back
grayer ; lower back and larger wing-coverts more washed with yellowish brown,
the latter edged with a lighter tint of the same ; lower parts pale reddish yellow,
darkest on the breast ; under wing-coverts reddish yellow" (Wied, 1. c.).

Only the male, of the two birds described by Wied, is now in the collection
of the American Museum.

This species has a curious history, and apparently has not been
seen by any of the writers who have referred to it, it being thus
far known only from Wied's description. While generally synony-
mized with what is now known as Hypocnemis myiotherina (Spix),
it has no close relationship with it, the resemblance in color being
by no means exact. While both are gray birds, with a black
throat, the black in the present species is confined within the
mandibular rami, while in the other it extends over the cheeks
and the whole sides of the face to and including the region sur-
rounding the eyes. While H. myiotherina has of course a short
tail, the present species is one of the longest tailed forms of the
subfamily. As early as 1847 Cabanis (1. c.) started the error of
synonymizing the two species ; Burmeister (1. c.), in 1856, strangely
confounded the two birds in his description as well as in his text,
the result being a hypothetical composite species.

Mr. Sclater, in 1858 (P. Z. S., 1858, p. 288), placed Wied's
Myiothera ardesiaca in his " list of species not recognized," but
on p. 251 (1. c.), under Hypocnemis myiotherina, he says : u I do
not believe Myiothera ardesiaca of Prince Max. of Neuwied to be
the same as this species ; but I have never seen specimens of it.
It is referred here by Cabanis and Burmeister." In his late Cata-
logue of the Formicariida (Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus., Vol. XV, 1890),
it is apparently not mentioned.

In the absence of proper material for comparison Mr. Ridgway
and myself naturally followed previous authors in referring it to
Hypocnemis myiotherina.

No. 2.] Allen on Maximilian Types of S. A. Birds. 2OI

Geobates poecilopterus (Wied).

Anthus pcedlopterus WIED, Beitr. Naturg. Bras., Ill, i, 1830, p. 633.
Anthus, sp. incog. ALLEN, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., II, No. 3, 1889, p. 215.
Geobates pcecilopterus SCL., P. Z. S,, 1866, p. 205, pi. xxi ; Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus.,
XV, 1890, p. 4. — ALLEN, Bull. Am, Mus. Nat. Hist., II, No. 4, 1890, p. viii.

Since my former note on this species, to the purport that the
types were not in this Museum, the two original Maximilian
specimens have come to light, and are fortunately in an excellent
state of preservation, with, furthermore, the original Maximilian
labels still attached to them. As before said, they are not entered
in the Wied MS. Catalogue, and had been misplaced in the collec-
tion before it came under my charge.

The two birds agree respectively with Wied's " Beschreibung
des mannlichen Vogels," and with that designated as *' Weibchen,
welches noch Jung schien," the latter being distinguished by hav-
ing the feathers of the upper parts edged with pale reddish (" hell
rothliche "). The birds are labeled with a small paper tag as
follows : "No. 393, Fern. 393 Mas. J.," although in the " Beitrage "
the sexes are reversed. A larger label (on ordinary writing paper,
about i^ by 2^/3 inches in size, and apparently the original field
label), covering both specimens, is inscribed, on one side " 1st
mein Anthus pacilopterus" the first two words being in German
script. On the reverse, also in German script, is the following :
" Ein junge Vogel aus dem ich nicht zu machen weiss. Selbs der
genus ist schwer zu bestimmen. Am besten mochte er zu Myio-
thera stimmen. Aber im ausgefiederten zustand konnte es auch
em Anthus sein."

Wied's specimens agree perfectly with Mr. Sclater's figure and
description (1. c.), leaving no question of the correctness of the
identification of Wied's species by von Pelzeln,

Chaetura ciuereiventris ScL

? Cypselus acutus WIED, Beitr. Naturg. Bras., Ill, i, 1830, p. 351.

Chatura cinertiventris ALLEN, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist,, II, No. 3, Dec.,
1889, p. 261.

Since my former reference to this species (1. c.) Wied's speci-
men has been found and proves to be an example of Chcetura
cinereiventris Scl., with which species Wied's Cypselus acutus has

2O2 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. III.]

been generally heretofore synonymized. The specimen (No.
5864 &V, "Mas.") is still in good preservation, and agrees well
with his description. He seems to have had only the single male
specimen, taken in the vicinity of Bahia.

ARTICLE XV. — On a Collection of Mam
mals from Soiithern Texas and North-
eastern Mexico. By J. A. ALLEN.

Extracted from Bull. Am, Mas: Xat. Hist,, Vol. Hi, No. 2. Author's edition
issued April 29, 189*1.

'1

ARTICLE XV. — On a Collection of Mammals from Southern Texas
and Northeastern Mexico. By J. A. ALLEN.

The series of mammals forming the basis of the present paper
has been presented to the American Museum of Natural History
by Mr. George B. Sennett, the well-known ornithologist, together
with many specimens from Pennsylvania and Minnesota. The
portion of the collection here especially considered was mainly
gathered by Mr. Sennett and his collectors in Southern Texas
and in the State of Tamaulipas, including, however, a few speci-
mens from the States of Nuevo Leon and San Luis Potosi. The
Texan specimens are principally from Presidio, Bee, Nueces, and
Cameron Counties. They number about 90 specimens, represent-
ing 31 species. Two are apparently new to science, and much

light is thrown upon the geographical range of many others.

^

1. Lynx rufus raaculatus (Horsf. & F^.). — A single speci-
men, skin and skull, $ ad., from near Brownsville, Texas, March
12, 1888, J. M. Priour. The specimen- is already in the red
summer coat.

2. Canis latrans Say. — One specimen, skin and skull, Aransas
Co., Texas, Oct. 20, 1888, J. M. Priour.

3. Putorius brasiliensis frenata (Licht.). — A young male,
Corpus Christi, Texas, May 15, 1882, George B. Sennett. This
specimen has the distinctive features of coloration of frenatus,
which does not appear to have been before recorded from the
coast of Texas north of the mouth of the Rio Grande.*

4. Spilogale indianola?

? Spilogaleindianola MERRIAM, N. Am. Fauna, No. 4, Oct., 1890, p. 10.

Mr. Priour collected a single specimen of Spilogale during his
trip through Tamaulipas, but the exact locality and date seem not
to have been recorded. It differs from all other examples of the
genus I have seen in its very dark colors, the light markings being
very much restricted and of a deep creamy white. The skull
unfortunately is imperfect, consisting of only the facial portion.

* As this paper goes to press a specimen has also been received from Brownsville, through
Mr. C. K. Worthen, collected Jan. 3, 1891.

[219]

22O Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. Ill,

It indicates a full-grown but not old individual, apparently a male,
so far as can be determined from the skin. The specimen may
be described as follows :

Size large ; pelage coarse. Length of head and body (approximate from the
skin), 330 mm. ; tail vertebrae, 135 ; tail to end of hairs, 146 ; hind foot, 44.
Color black or brownish black, with the usual white areas and markings very
much restricted, as follows : The light spot on the forehead is pale creamy white,
about the size of an ordinary pea ; the lunate spot in front of each ear pale
creamy white, very small, less than half an inch in extreme length, very narrow,
and widely separated from the light area on the side of the neck ; the two inner
dorsal white stripes begin at the usual point, but are mere lines of creamy white,
in places irregularly obsolete ; the outer dorsal stripe begins behind the ear as a
broad, clavate, deep cream-colored patch, narrowing posteriorly ; the flank stripe,
like all of the body markings, is deep cream color, and while of the usual pattern
is very narrow, being only about one-half as wide as the black stripe above it,
instead of much wider, as in S. putorius and allied forms. The thigh patches
are little more than small tufts of creamy white hairs, and a mixture of such
hairs with black at the base of the tail represents the usual rump patch. The
white in the tip of the tail forms a broad terminal pencil, which extends forward
on the lower surface of the tail for about an inch.

The buffy tint of the light markings may be merely individual, since a similar
phase occurs in allied forms.

According to Mr. Alston* the genus Spilogale ranges southward
to Yucatan and Guatemala, whence specimens are represented in
the collections of M. Boucard and the British Museum, but I find
no descriptions of these specimens. Dr. Merriam, in his recent
revision of the genus,f has described a species based on two skulls
from Indianola, Matagorda Bay, Texas, as S. indianola, the skins,
and therefore the external characters, being unknown. Unfor-
tunately the skull of the Tamaulipas specimen is too imperfect to
furnish any basis for comparison with the Indianola specimens.
For the present it may be best to provisionally refer this specimen
to S. indianola Merriam, since he suggests that it is u probably a
Mexican tropical species extending north along the Gulf coast of
Texas."

5. Dicotyles tajacu (Ltnn.). — Several specimens from various
localities in Texas and Tamaulipas.

* Biol. Centr.-Am., Mam., p. 83.

t North Amer. Fauna, No. 4, Oct., 1890, pp. 1-16, pi. i.

No. 2.] Allen on Mammals from Texas and Mexico. 221

6. Yesperugo georgianus (F. Cuv.\— Two specimens, Bee
Co., Texas, April, 1887, J. M. Priour.

7. VesperugO hesperus (H. Allen).— One specimen, skin and
skull, sex?, Presidio Co., Texas, Sept., 1887, Wm. Lloyd. One
specimen, skin and skull, sex?, Monterey, Mexico, May 30, 1889,
J. M. Priour.

This species, originally described from Southern California
(Posa Creek and Fort Yuma), has since been recorded by Dr.
Merriam* from the little Colorado River, Arizona. The present
specimens show that it ranges eastward to Western Texas, and
southward to Monterey, Nuevo Leon.

8. Antrozous pallidus (Le Conte], — Two specimens, skins,
without labels, but probably from Presidio Co., Texas, or Nuevo
Leon.

9. Scalops argentatus texanus, subsp. nov.

Much smaller than either S. argenlatus or S. aquaticus, and bronzy chestnut
brown instead of silvery plumbeous, or brownish plumbeous. Above uniform
pale chestnut brown, with a decided bronzy lustre ; below darker, irregularly
varied with lighter areas, — rather strong chestnut with patches of rufescent ash.

Measuremer/ts (approximate from skin) : head and body, 100 mm. (3.94 in.) ;
tail, 24 (.95) ; hind foot, 16.5 (.65) ; fore foot, length, 18.8 (.74), breadth, 15.2
(.60).

/Type f-fff, sex?> Presidio Co., Texas, Sept., 1887, Wm. Lloyd.

jk

This is apparently a small southern form of S. argentatus, from

which it differs markedly in its smaller size (nearly one-third
smaller), and its strong bronzy chestnut coloration. The single
specimen is an adult, with the teeth much worn. The skull when
removed from the skin was found to be imperfect, the part pos-
terior to the middle of the orbits having been cut away. The
dentition in both jaws is intact, and the portion of the skull re-
maining presents nothing peculiar except small size.

Since S. aquaticus is represented by a similar small form in
Florida (of which I have seen a number of specimens), and
Scapanus townsendii by a corresponding form in Southern Cali-
fornia (though neither of them have as yet been characterized),
it seems reasonable to consider the present specimen as a fair
representative of the Texan form of S. argentatus.

* N. Am. Fauna, No. 3, p. 45.

222 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. Ill,

10. Sciurus aureogaster F. Cuv. — Six specimens, as follows :
$ and ? ad., Tampico, Mex., June, 1888, Wm. B. Richardson ;
? ad., Tampico, May 21, 1888, J. M. Priour ; $ ad., and ? juv.,

Valles, San Luis Potosi, May, 1888, Wm. B. Richardson ; ? ad.,
Rio Corono, Tamaulipas, April 7, 1888, J. M. Priour. (These are
the specimens previously mentioned in this Bulletin — II, p. 166,
and III, p. 181.)

11. Sciurus deppei Peters. — Four specimens, as follows : 2
6 ad., Victoria, Tamaulipas (alt. 5000 ft.), April 16 and May i,
1888, J. M. Priour ; $ ad., Valles, San Luis Potosi, May, 1888,
Wm. B. Richardson ; also one specimen without label.

These specimens vary in the color of the upper surface from
olive-gray to rusty brown, and in the color of the lower surface
from pale buff to ochraceous buff.

12. Sciurus arizouensis Coues. — One specimen, skin and
skull, 9 ad., San Pedro Mines, Nuevo Leon, Mex., May 7, 1889,
J. M. Priour. Also one specimen, skin and skull, 6 juv., labeled
as from Brazoria Co., Texas, May 22, 1887, J. M. Priour; if this
locality is not erroneous, it carries the range of the species far to
the eastward of its previous known range, it not having been
previously reported in the United States from east of Arizona.
Mr. Priour's note-book shows that a squirrel was taken on this
date at this locality (about fifteen miles above the mouth of the
Brazos River, in Bee County). The skin, in all features of colo-
ration, resembles a common phase of the Southern Gray Squirrel
(Sciurus carolinensis], the species that would be naturally ex-
pected to occur in Bee County, but the skull lacks all trace of the
small premolar almost invariably present in this species,

1 3. Sciurus hy popyrrhus Wagler ? — In addition to the spe-
cimens of Sciurus above recorded are four skins without skulls,
all received, Mr. Sennett informs me, from Mr. Wm. B. Richardson,
but only one of them has a label, inscribed, in Mr. Sennett's
hand-writing, ** Tampico, Mexico, Richardson, 1888." They are
all intense glossy black throughout, of large size, with very long
heavy tails, and high pointed ears. They resemble a melanism
of .S. hypopyrrhus, but this species has not been reported from
north of the southern border of Mexico. In three of the speci-

No. 2.] Allen on Mammals from Texas and Mexico. 223

mens the pelage at the extreme base, on the dorsal area, is tinged
with rufous, in one strongly so.

14. SpermophilllS grammnrns (Say).— One specimen, Pre-
sidio Co., Texas, Sept., 1887, Wm. Lloyd. This specimen rep-
resents the ordinary phase of true grammurus.

15. Sperm ophilus mexicanus {Licht.}. — One specimen, ?
ad., Pecos City, Texas, June, 1887, Wm. Lloyd. One specimen,
Corpus Christi, Texas, G. B. Sennett ; two specimens, $ ad. and
juv., Xecotencatl, Tamaulipas, May, 1888, J. M. Priour.

16. Spermophilus tridecemlineatus (Mitchell}. — Two spe-
cimens, Bee Co., Texas, April 30, 1887, J. M. Priour. In colo-
ration they are not distinguishable from Minnesota examples.

17. Mus musculus Linn. — Two specimens, adult and young,
Victoria, Tamaulipas, April, 1888, J. M. Priour.

18. Ochetodon mexicanus (De Saussure). — Two specimens,
$ and $ adult, skins and skulls, Bee County, Texas, January,
1887, J. M. Priour. Also two specimens, $ and ? young, skins
only, Santa Teresa, Tamaulipas (about fifty miles southwest of
Matamoras), March 23, 1888, J. M. Priour.

The two young specimens from Santa Teresa are less than half
grown, but in general coloration above exactly resemble the adults
from Bee County, Texas. Below they are like a young house
mouse. The Bee County specimens, in midwinter pelage, are
superficially nearly pure white below, with the fur plumbeous for
the basal half. Above they are mouse gray strongly suffused with
yellowish brown, passing into pale orange brown on the sides. A
conspicuous feature in all of the specimens is the color* of the
inner surface of the ears, which is strong yellowish brown, or
brownish orange.

This species has been recorded from Duval Co., Texas, by Mr.
Thomas,* and also from as far north as Grand Coteau, La., by Dr.
Coues.f

19. Neotoma floridana mexicana (Baird}. — One specimen,
? ad., Presidio Co., Texas, Oct. 15, 1887, William Lloyd. " Head

and body, 11.75 in- I ta^> 5-00-"

* P. Z. S., 1888, p. 447. t Mon. N. Am. Roden., 1877, pp. 128 and 130. ^

224 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. Ill,

20. Neotoma micropus Baird* — Three specimens, San Fer-
nando de Presas, Tamaulipas, March 30, 1888, J. M. Priour.

21. Sigmodon hispidus berlandieri Baird. — Three speci-
mens : $ ad., Corpus Christi, Texas, May 23, 1887, J. M. Priour;

? juv., Corpus Christi, Texas, Jan. 12, 1887 ; $ ad., San Fer-
nando de Presas, Tamaulipas, March 26, 1888.

22. Oryzomys palustris (Harlan).—O^Q specimen, $ ad.,
Wharton Co., Texas, May 27, 1887, J. M. Priour.

This specimen is provisionally referred to O. palustris, though
paler and grayer than any example in a large series from Florida
and Louisiana. It is much nearer this, however, than to O. couesi
from further south.

23. Yesperimus leucopus texanus ( Woodho use). \-Qnz spe-
cimen, Bee Co., Texas, ? ad., April 21, 1887, J. M. Priour.

24. Yesperimus leucopus sonoriensis (Le Conte) — Four
specimens, Presidio Co., Texas, $ and ? ad., and two immature
specimens in the blue pelage, Oct., 1887, Wm. Lloyd.

A single specimen from Tampico, Mexico, April, 1888, W. B.
Richardson, is also provisionally referred here. It lacks the skull,
and nothing is left of the tail but the unfilled curled-up skin.

25. Geomys personatus True.

Geomys personatus TRUE, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 159.

In 1888 Mr. F. W. True described a new species of Geomys,
based on two specimens from Padre Island, Texas. Mr. Sennett's
collection contains four specimens, from the same locality, col-
lected in February, 1887, by Mr. Priour. They include two very
old breeding females arid a half-grown young one, and a very
young one taken apparently when not more than a week or ten
days old. The two adults agree fairly well with Mr. T rue's de-
scription, but are apparently rather paler and more of an ashy
ecru tint above than his description seems to imply. The half-
grown example appears to agree exactly with his description. In
all the specimens the lower parts are white, as described by Mr.

*The status of this form will be discussed at length in a later paper in the present volume
of this Bulletin.

tSee Mearns, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., II, No. 4, Feb., 1890, p. 285.

No. 2.] Allen on Mammals from Texas and Mexico. 22$

True, this feature forming their most striking external difference
from G. busarius, although the blackish frontal region is also in
a measure distinctive.

There are also two specimens, about two-thirds grown, from
Corpus Christi, that seem referable to this species.

The skull of Geomys personatus differs from the skull of G.
busarius and G. tuza in being much heavier, with heavier denti-
tion ; while of the same length it is broader, the rostral portion
being especially thickened.

26. PerognathllS flavus Baird, — One specimen, skin, without
skull, Presidio Co., Texas. Provisionally referred to this species.

27. Perognathus paradoxus spilotus Merriam.

Perognathus paradoxus spilotus MERRIAM, N. Am, Fauna, No. I, Oct., 1889,
p. 25. j

Two specimens, ? ad., skin with skull, and skin of a young
specimen about two-thirds grown, Bee Co,, Texas, April, 1887,
J. M. Priour. Also ? ad., skin and skull, Padre Island, Nueces
Co., Texas, Feb. 24, 1887, J. M. Priour,

These specimens were at first presumed to be P. hispidus Baird,
but on comparing them with the type of that species, kindly loaned
me for this purpose by the authorities of the U. S. National
Museum, they prove to have no near relationship with that species.
They are therefore provisionally referred to Dr. Merriam's P.
paradoxus spilotus, based on specimens from Gainesville, Texas,
though presumably different, Bee County and Gainesville being
separated by nearly the whole length of the State of Texas, and
are, furthermore, in very different faunal districts. The type
being in Dr. Merriam's private collection, his absence in the field
renders its examination for the present impracticable. Judging
from his descriptions, measurements and figures of P. paradoxus
and P. paradoxus spilotus, these specimens belong to the same
group. While they seem to scarcely differ from the latter in colo-
ration, they are much smaller, though two of them are fully adult
(the female had evidently suckled young), as shown by the skulls.
No. |Y!J measures as follows :

Measurements (approximate from skin): head and body 91.5 mm. ; tail ver-
tebrae, 78.7 ; hind foot, 23 ; ear from crown, 8.

226 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. Ill,

Skull: total length, 29.2; basal length (condyle to incisors), 22.9; greatest
mastoid breadth, 14 ; least intermastoid breadth, 7.6. These measurements in
paradoxus and spilotus are respectively as follows : 32, 31 ; 26.6, 25.2 ; 15.7,
14.5; 9, 8.6.-

The Bee County specimens are thus more than one-tenth smaller
than even P.p. spilotus ; the fore limbs are not fulvous to the
wrists (except partly so in the young specimen), while the lower
surface of the tail is strong fulvous, like the flanks, instead of
white or yellowish -white, as in paradoxus and spilotus.

28. Dipodops compactus (True).

Dipodomys compactus TRUE, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 160. (Padre
Island, Texas.)

Three specimens, Padre Island, Nueces Co., Texas, skins with
skulls, Feb. 19-22, jSSy, J. M. Priour. One of the specimens is
very pale ashy gray above, apparently albinistic.

29. Dipodops sennetti, sp. nov.

Pattern of coloration as usual in the group. Above strong yellowish ochra-
ceous-buff, very much mixed with blackish, the dark tint almost prevailing over
the middle of the dorsal region from the crown to the base of the tail, lessening
insensibly on the sides and passing into nearly unmixed strong buffy yellow on
the flanks. Upper tail stripe dusky brown ; the lower similar but paler, both
extending the whole length of the tail. Lateral tail stripes white, continued
considerably beyond the vertebrae. Tail slightly crested and penicillate.

Measurements (approximate from skin) : Total length, 210 mm. (7.20 in) ;
head and body, 100 (3.94) ; tail vertebrae, no (4.33), pencil, 20 (.79) ; hind foot,
35 (1.46) ; ear, from crown, 9 (.28), from anterior base, 13 (.51).

Skull, total length, 38.8 mm. ; greatest width, 23.7; nasals, 13.6, as against,
respectively, 41, 25.5. and 15 in D. ordii, and 26, 21.3, and 14 in D. compactus.

Type No. ffff, $ ad., near Brownsville, Cameron Co., Texas, March 9, 1888,
J. M. Priour.

This form is nearest to D. ordii, which it much resembles in
coloration, but is rather darker and less golden, the cheeks more
mixed with blackish and the dusky eye ring broader, and the tail
very differently colored. Compared with one of Dr. Merriam's
El Paso specimens (No. £§£$, u- s- Nat- Mus-> kindly loaned
me by the Department of Agriculture), forming one of the series
of specimens from which Dr. Merriam recently redescribed* the

* N. Am. Fauna, No. 4, Oct., 1890, p. 45.

No. 2.] Allen on Mammals from Texas and Mexico. 227

species, the following differences are to be noted. Besides the
general difference in coloration already noticed, the tail in D.
sennetti is broadly and continuously blackish both above and
below, with the white lateral stripes sharply defined ; in D. ordii
the basal half of both the upper and lower surfaces of the tail is
so much mixed with whitish as to produce a general grayish
effect ; the ears in D. sennetti are broadly edged with blackish on
the outer anterior border, of which marking there is barely a trace
in D. ordii. But these differences may be seasonal, the El Paso
specimen having been taken in December and the Cameron
County example in March. There is apparently but little differ-
ence in general size or proportions, except in the size of the ears,
which are much the larger in D. sennetti. A comparison of the
skulls, however, shows surprising differences. In D. ordii the
skull is more triangular, the rostral portion being narrow, pointed
and rather short, while the mastoid portion is greatly swollen.
Just the reverse of this occurs in D. sennetti, the rostral portion
being both elongated and broadened, while the mastoids are much
less inflated and widely separated by an interparietal area three
times as broad as in D. ordii and of an entirely different shape.
The interparietal in D. ordii is subtriangular, and nearly three
times broader at its anterior than at its posterior edge ; while in
D. sennettiti\z interparietal is slightly hour-glass shaped — quadrate,
slightly hollowed on the lateral margins — with the anterior and
posterior width about equal. The expanded orbital bridge of the
maxillary is broader and much more developed in D. sennetti than
in D. ordii. The lower jaw is also very different in the two spe-
cies, in D. sennetti the condylar portion being much more de-
pressed and the condyle itself longer and very different in form
from the same part in D. ordii, while the angle is much broader
and its plane less oblique to the vertical plane of the ramus.

D. sennetti differs from D. compactus in being a'bout one-third
larger (judging from the skulls), and in its very much darker
coloration. In other words, D. compactus. is a small, pale form,
probably restricted to Padre Island.

30. Tatusia novemcincta (Linn.). — One specimen, Tampico,
Mex., June i, 1885, J. M. Priour.

228 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. III.]

31. Didelphys yirgiiiana californica (Bennett}. — Three spe-
cimens, Corpus Christi and Brownsville, Texas, G. B. Sennett.

In general color specimens of the Opossum from the Lower
Rio Grande are nearly black, the surface of the pelage being
deep brownish black or black, the under pelage yellowish white.

List of Mammals and Birds collected in
Northeastern Sonora and North-
western Chihuahua, Mexico, on the
L umholtz A rchceplogical Expedition ,
1890-92.

Bv J. A. ALLEN.

AUTHOR'S EDITION, extracted from BULLETIN

OF THE

fpttoetim xrf natural

VOL. V, ARTICLE III, pp. 27-42.
New York, March 16, 1893

Article III.— LIST OF MAMMALS AND BIRDS COL-
LECTED IN NORTHEASTERN SONORA AND
NORTHWESTERN CHIHUAHUA, MEXICO, ON
THE LUMHOLTZ ARCHAEOLOGICAL EXPEDI-
TION, 1890-92.

By J. A. ALLEN.

The expedition of Dr. Carl Lumholtz, under the auspices of the
American Museum of Natural History, was primarily undertaken
for research in the line of archaeology. During the first two
years of its work, however, some attention was given to general
natural history, collections being made in zoology and botany.
While only about fifty-five mammals were collected, they possess
considerable interest. About one thousand birds were obtained,
representing one hundred and sixty-two species. Unfortunately,
however, most of the ornithological work appears to have been
done during fall and winter, and thus the results are less
satisfactory than would have been the case had collecting been
more actively carried on during summer. The bulk of the
collection consists of North American species, but the record of
localities given below often affords definite information of much
interest respecting their winter distribution.

The expedition set out from Bisbee, in southeastern Arizona,
early in September, 1890, proceeding southward about two hundred
and twenty-five miles to Bacadehuachy and Nacory, on the Rio
Yaqui, passing the following places in the order named: San
Pedro (32 miles south of Bisbee), Los Trincheras, Santa Barbara,
Fronteras, Cachuta (102 miles south of Bisbee), Los Trinitas
(129 miles south of Bisbee), Los Pinitos, Los Cuevas (alt.
1750-2300 feet), Oputo, Granados, Bacadehuachy (the last three
on the Rio Yaqui). Thence turning eastward toward and
across the Sierra Madre the following were passed: Nacory
(alt. 3400 feet), Heurachi (alt. 4000 feet), Napolera, El Puerto
(alt. 6300 feet), Bavispee River (on its extreme upper course),
Rancheria de los Apaches (alt. 6620 feet), Chuhuachupa, Tachico
(alt. 2000 feet), to San Diego (alt. 4000 feet) on the eastern

[271

•

2 8 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V,

slope. San Diego was for some time (Feb. 16 to May 6) the
base of operations, from which trips were made to Guanopa, Rio
Chico and Tatuara (Feb. i5~March i).

The specimens of birds and mammals were collected principally
by Mr. F. Robinette, of Washington, D. C. A few were collected
by Mr. A. D. Meeds, of Minneapolis, Minn. Unfortunately no
notes accompany the specimens, beyond the locality and date
of collecting, and many of the localities are not on published
maps.

MAMMALS.

1. Lepus alleni M earns. — Two specimens, Oputo, Oct. 27.

2. Lepus arizonae Allen. — One specimen, San Diego, north-
ern Chihuahua, Nov. 5.

3. Thomomys umbrinus (?Rich.). — Seven specimens, Juarez,
northern Sonora. Referred provisionally to this species, and
doubtless the same as T. umbrinus of Baird, based in part on
Sonoran specimens.

4. Perodipus sp.? — One specimen, imperfect, and without
label.

5. Mus musculus Linn. — Three specimens, Juarez, northern
Sonora.

6. Neotoma mexicana Baird. — One specimen, Cachuta,
northern Sonora, Oct. 3.

7. Sigmodon hispidus arizonae Mearns. — One specimen,
Granados, Nov. 16.

8. Onychomys sp.? — One specimen (in poor condition),
Jaurez, northern Sonora.

9. Cynomys arizonensis Mearns. — Three skins, San Diego,
Chihuahua, Nov. 14, 1891, A. D. Meeds.

10. Sciurus aberti Woodh. — One skin, in the gray phase,
and an additional skull and skeleton. Without labels, but prob-
ably taken in December, on the upper Bavispee River.

1 893.] Allen on Mexican Mammals and Birds. 29

ii. Sciurus apache, sp. nov.

Upper premolars \. Size large ; tail long, full and bushy, the vertebrae alone
nearly equal to head and body. Above pale yellowish gray, varied with black,
darkest on the head ; dorsal pelage at base pale plumbeous, the coarser hairs
pale buff, with a broad subterminal ring of black and a whitish tip ; below uni-
form pale orange yellow, as are also the limbs and feet ; tail above black,
broadly fringed with yellowish white, below with a broad central band of dull
ferrugineous orange, bordered on either side with a broad band of black, and a
broad fringe of yellowish white, the basal half of the hairs being dull orange,
the next fourth black, and the apical fourth yellowish white. A pale yellow
eye-ring. Ears moderate, rounded, yellowish, mixed with gray, both externally
and within.

Measurements. — (Approximate, from skin.) Head and body, 320 mm. ;
tail vertebrae, 265 ; tail to end of hairs, 360 ; hind foot, 72 ; ear, from
crown, 20.

Skull. — Rostral portion short and broad, the nasals but little narrowed pos-
teriorly. Total length, 64 ; basilar length, 58 ; greatest breadth, 36 ; least
interorbital breadth, 22 ; length of nasals, 20 ; width of nasals at posterior
border, 12.

Type, No. ff£f , Northern Chihuahua, Lumholtz Expedition.

This species is based on two skins and skull taken in Northern
Chihuahua by the Lumholtz Expedition, probably in November
or December, the specimens being evidently in late fall or winter
pelage. ' They were unfortunately without labels when received.

The skull presents a general resemblance in size and form to
skulls of other species of the subgenus Parasciurtis, or 'the group
with the premolars \. It appears to most resemble the skull of
S. arizonensis Coues, but has the rostral portion shorter and
broader than in average specimens of this species. The skull
differs in a similar way from that of S. nayaritensis Allen.

In coloration S. apache, as the above description shows, pre-
sents no suggestion of close affinity with either S. arizonensis or
S. nayaritensis, but strongly recalls that of pale examples S. niger
ludovicianus ; and it is undoubtedly related to the S. niger group.
At first it seemed probable that the specimens above described
would prove referable to Sciurus limitis Baird, based on a speci-
men from " Devil's River, or the San Pedro of the Rio Grande,
Texas," but reference to Baird's description of S. limitis shows
the latter to be very different from the form here described as
S. apache.

3° Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V,

NOTE ON Sciurus arizonensis COUES.— A large series of
skulls of this species, recently presented to the American
Museum of Natural History by Dr. Edgar A. Mearns, by whom
they were collected at various localities in Arizona, shows that
this species belongs to the Parasciurus group, the upper premolars
being \ instead off, as formerly supposed. When treating of this
species in 1877,* no skulls were available for examination, and
from its general resemblance in coloration to Sciurus carolinensis
it was referred, erroneously as it now appears, to the same section
of the genus. Parasciurus thus proves to have a nearly transconti-
nental range, instead of being an exclusively * Eastern ' genus,
as recently assumed by the present writer.2 It also has a wide
range in Mexico, occurring in the Sierra Madre region southward
into the States of Zacatecas and Vera Cruz, where it is repre-
sented respectively by S. nayaritensis Allen and S. niger melano-
iiotus Thomas.

12. Cariacus virginianus (subsp.?). — Several imperfect flat
skins, including two with skulls and feet, and two separate skulls
of does. The skins include one that is pure white (albino).
Bavispee River, October, 1890.

A full-grown male has antlers of the usual style of C. virginianus,
but another specimen shows that old bucks sometimes develop
antlers of large size, with very numerous tines, the left antler in
this specimen having eight points and the right one six points;
they are, however, unsymmetrical in the two antlers and represent
an abnormal development. This head strongly suggests the
remarkable growth of points seen in some specimens of C. v.
leucurus. The length of the left antler measured along the con-
vexity of the beam is sixteen and one-half inches ; the length of
the principal tine is six inches.

In coloration these specimens closely resemble C. v. leucurus,
but are rather lighter, with a whiter tail. They apparently repre-
sent a much larger form than Baird and some other authors
have recognized under the name Cariacus mexicanus.

13. Mephitis estor Merriam.—Two specimens, San Diego,
northern Chihuahua, Oct. 28.

1 Monographs of N. Am. Rodentia, pp. 738-741.

2 This Bulletin, IV, p. 218.

j 893.] Allen on Mexican Mammals and Birds. 3 *

These specimens agree with Dr. Merriam's description of his
M. estor from San Francisco Mountain, Arizona, to which species
they are here provisionally referred.

14. Procyon lotor hernandezii ( Wagler). — Represented by
a single skin without label.

15. Urocyon virginianus scottii Mearns.— Several skins,
separate skulls, and a skeleton.

16. Canis latrans Say. -Two skins with skulls, from north-
western Chihuahua, in winter coat. These compared with speci-
mens in summer pelage from Arizona (Mearns Coll.) show that
the seasonal change in the coloration and texture of the pelage is
very great. In winter specimens the coat is long, fine and soft,
above yellowish gray varied with black; in summer examples it is
thin, coarse and harsh, above yellowish brown, with very little
mixture of black.

Specimens in winter coat from Montana are very different in
coloration from those from northern Mexico taken at the same
season, the southern specimens being much more yellowish
throughout, with the posterior surface of the ears, occiput, and
the outer surface of the limbs golden brown, much brighter and
more golden than in the northern specimens. Doubtless a proper
amount of material for comparison would demonstrate the desira-
bility of recognizing several subspecies among the Coyotes,
which range from Central America northward to beyond the
northern boundary of the United States,

17. Lynx rufus maculatus (fforsf.&> Vig.).

Felis maculata HORSF. & VIG. Zool. Journ. IV, 1829, p. 381, pi. xiii. (Mexico.)
Lynx rufus var. maculatus BAIRD, Mam. N. Am. 1857, p. 93.
? Lynx baileyi MERRIAM, N. Am. Fauna, No. 3, 1890, p. 79. (Southern
Arizona. )

Two specimens, in winter pelage, without labels, but probably
from Camp 2 1, on the Bavispee River, 15 miles from Chuchuichupa,
December, 1891. One is adult, the other about half grown. The
adult specimen agrees very well with the description of Felis
maculata Horsfield & Vigors, to which these specimens are pro-
visionally referred. Whether or not it is the same as Lynx baileyi

3 2 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V,

Merriam, from Arizona, is not easy to determine, since Dr. Mer-
riam's comparisons are exclusively with specimens of Z. rufus
from Connecticut.

A series of 15 specimens from Arizona (Mearns Collection)
presents a wide range of variation in color, summer specimens
being more tawny than winter specimens, with the black spots of
the lower parts more vividly contrasted with the purer white
ground color. There is also much individual variation, especially
in respect to the distinctness of the face and head markings.

Two specimens from Florida (Tarpon Springs) are, as com-
pared with northern rufus, very dark in general coloration,
especially over the hinder portion of the dorsal surface, and the
head markings are stronger. These represent a fairly recogniz-
able Florida form, provisionally termed "Lynx rufus var. florida-
nus Rafinesque" by Baird in 1857 (1. c., p. 9., in text). A single
specimen from Brownsville, Texas, is strikingly similar in general
coloration. Two specimens from the formerly so-called 'Neutral
Strip,' Indian Territory, are much more like the northern Z.
rufus. Two winter specimens from Montana have, in comparison
with all of the other specimens, a much longer, thicker, softer
pelage, as would be expected from the season and locality, but
they are also grayer and less strongly spotted.

Doubtless the Lynxes of the widely distributed Z. rufus group
will be found separable into a number of more or less well-marked
geographical forms, when sufficient material for comparison is
brought together.

BIRDS.1

1. Mergus americanus. — Two specimens (labels lost).

2. Anas strepera. — San Diego, Feb. 2.

3. Anas americana. — Cachuta, Oct. 2.

4. Anas carolinensis. — Nacory, Nov. 30; San Diego, Feb. 2.

5. Anas discors. — Cachuta, Oct. 2.

1 As nearly all of the species here mentioned occur in the American Ornithologists' Union
1 Check-List of North American Birds,' authorities for the scientific names are omitted,
except where the species is extralimital to the A. O. U. Check-List.

1893-] Allen on Mexican Mammals and Birds. 33

6. Anas cyanopterus. — San Diego, Nov. 10.

7. Dafila acuta.— Cachuta, Oct. 3.

8. Spatula clypeata. — San Diego, March 14.

9. Erismatura rubida.— Pachico, June 22.

10. Plegadis guarauna.— Cachuta, Oct. 5.

11. Ardea herodias.— San Diego, Feb. 19.

12. Ardea candidissima. — Three specimens (labels lost).

13. Fulica americana.— Pachico, June 22; Cachuta, Sept.
28-30.

14. Recurvirostra americana. — Oputo, Oct. 22.

15. Himantopus mexicanus.— Cachuta, Oct. 10.

16. Gallinago delicata. — Pachico, Jan. 25; Chuhuichupa,
Jan. 2-14; San Diego, Oct. 23.

17. Tringa bairdii. -One specimen (without label).

18. Tringa minutilla. — San Pedro, Sept. 15; San Diego,
April i.

19. Ereunetes occidentalis. — Cachuta, Oct. 2.

20. Totanus melanoleucus. — One specimen (without label).

21. Totanus solitarius. — San Diego, April 13.

22. Totanus solitarius cinnamomeus.— Cachuta, Oct. 8.

23. ^Egialitis vocifera. — Bisbee and Greenbush Ranch,
Sept. 6-10; Pachico, June 22.

24. Cyrtonyx montezumae. — Los Pinitos, Los Vengos,
Nacory, and Huerachi, Oct. i2-Dec. 6.

25. Callipepla gambeli. — Santa Barbara, Sept. 21.

26. Callipepla elegans (Less.). — Nacory, Nov. 27.

[March, 1893.] 3

34 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V,

27. Callipepla squamata. — San Pedro and Bisbee, Aug. 15-
Sept. 26; San Diego, Feb. 16.

28. Zenaidura macroura. — Near Bisbee, August; Huerachi,
Dec. 6.

29. Melopelia leucoptera. — Bisbee, July.

30. Scardafella inca. — Granados, Nov. 12-15.

31. Cathartes aura. — Fronteras, Sept. 23.

32. Circus hudsonius. — Rancheria de los Apaches, Jan. 10.

33. Accipiter velox.— Granados, Nov. n; Pachico, June 22.

34. Buteo borealis calurus. — Chuhuichupa, Jan. 14.

35. Buteo swainsoni. — Fronteras, Sept. 23.

36. Urubitinga anthracina. — San Diego, March 31.

37. Asturina plagiata.— Fronteras, September; Oputo, Oct.
26.

38. Falco columbarius. — San Diego, Oct. 23.

39. Falco sparverius deserticolus. — Pachico, June 2 8 and
Jan. 25; Granados, Sept. 27 and Nov. n; Nacory, Nov. 29;
Bavispee River, Dec. 30.

40. Asio wilsonianus. — San Diego, March 14.

41. Bubo virginianus subarcticus. — San Diego, Feb. 19-
23-

42. Speotyto cunicularia hypogaea.— San Pedro, Sept. 15.

43. Rhynchopsitta pachyrhyncha (Swains.}. — Three
specimens, Pachico, June 20.

44. Geococcyx californianus. — Near Bisbee, August.

45. Euptilotis neoxenus (Gould). — One specimen, sexed'as
a male, but if so it is immature, taken at El Pinita, Dec. 16, 1890.

46. Ceryle alcyon. — San Diego, Feb. 24; Chuhuichupa, Jan.

1893-] Allen on Mexican Mammals and Birds. 35

47. Campephilus imperialis (Gould). — Seven specimens,
taken as follows: Chuhuichupa, Jan. 25-29, 1892; Bavispee River,
Dec. 24, '890; Rancheria de los Apaches, Jan. 10, 1891.
Dr. Lumholtz informs me that the species is common at the
localities last named

48. Dryobates villosus hyloscopus.— El Puerto, Dec. 7;
Rancheria de los Apaches, Jan. 14-25.

49. Dryobates arizonae. — Rancheria de los Apaches, Jan.
14 and 15.

50. Dryobates scalaris.— Oputo and Bacadehuachy, Sept
25~Nov. 29; San Diego, Feb. 24.

51. Sphyrapicus varius nuchalis.— El Pinita and Los
Cuevos, Oct. 12-15; El Puerto, Dec. 16; Bavispee River, Dec.
30; Rancheria de los Apaches, Jan. 15. One of the El Puerto
specimens (No. 56,498, $ ), shows an excessive tendency to
erythrism, the usual red throat patch extending posteriorly over
the whole breast, where the feathers are merely black at the base
and red apically, the usual broad black breast patch being con-
cealed by the broad red tips of the feathers. The posterior half
of the superciliary and subocular white stripes is also strongly
washed with red— a feature occasionally developed in specimens
from other localities. The El Puerto specimen thus has very
much the appearance of a small S. ruber.

52. Sphyrapicus thyroideus. — Female, Bavispee River,
Dec. 12; male, Rancheria de los Apaches, Jan. 15. This last
example (No. 56,494, $ ad.) also shows an abnormal develop-
ment of red on the breast, the usual red gular stripe broadening
posteriorly and continuing over the breast, where it occupies the
middle third of the pectoral area. The feathers of the whole top
of the head are also broadly tipped with bright red. It thus at
first sight, through the red crown and extension of the red throat
spot over the breast, has the appearance of being a very different
species from S. thyroideus. In the absence of other specimens,
however, it seems best to treat it as merely an abnormal example
of S. thyroideus.

36 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V,

53. Melanerpes formicivorus bairdi.— Cachuta and El
Pinita, Oct. 9-14; Pachica, June 22; San Diego, Oct. 30.

54. Melanerpes uropygialis. — Fronteras, Sept. 20-27;
Bacadehuachy, Nov. 20.

55. Colaptes cafer. — Los Trincheras, Sept. 20; El Pinita,
Oct. 12; Rancheria de los Apaches, Jan. 10; San Diego, Nov. 5.

56. Phalaenoptilus nuttalli nitidus.— San Diego, Nov. 12.

57. Chordeiles acutipennis texensis.— San Diego, April
21-24.

58. Aeronautes melanoleucus.— Granados, Nov. 16.

59. Trochilus alexandri. — Bisbee, Arizona, July and August.

60. Calypte costae.— El Pinita, Oct. 14.

61. Selasphorus alleni. — Bisbee, August and September;
Santa Barbara, Sept. 21.

62. Tyrannus vociferans. — Leoncita and Fronteras, Sept.
21-27.

63. Tyrannus verticalis. — San Diego, April 13-21.

64. Myiarchus cinerascens.— San Diego, April 21-23.

65. Myiarchus inquietus (Salv. 6° Godm.). — Oputa, Sept. 9;
Bacadehuachy, Dec. 20.

The two specimens above recorded seem unquestionably refer-
able to Mr. Salvin's recently described Myiarchus inquietus^ from
the State of Guerrero, Mexico, although from localities so much
further north. We have, however, a specimen from Zapotlan,
Jalisco (collected by Dr. A. C. Butler), a much more southern
but still an intermediate point. Doubtless it will prove to range
throughout the mountainous parts of Mexico, as Myiarchus
cinerascens nuttingi has recently been found to do.

66. Sayornis phcebe. — San Diego, Feb. 24.

1 Biolog. Cent. Am. Aves, II, p. 88, March, 1892.

1893-] Allen on Mexican Mammals and Birds. 37

67. Sayornis saya. — San Pedro, Sept. 9; San Diego, April 5.

68. Sayornis nigricans. — San Diego, May 15 and Nov. 5;
Granados, September and November.

69. Contopus richardsoni. — San Diego.

70. Empidonax difficilis. — Los Cuevos, Oct. 15.

71. Empidonax wrightii.— Oputo, Nov. 9-25; San Diego,
April 3-22.

72. Empidonax hammondi. — Los Cuervos, Oct. 15.

73. Pyrocephalus rubineus mexicanus.— San Pedro, Sept.
15; Granados and Nacory, November; San Diego, March 10 and
April 15; Pachico, June 22.

74. Otocoris alpestris adusta. — San Diego, Feb. 16 and
Nov. 5.

75. Cyanocitta stelleri macrolopha. — El Pinita, Oct. 12;
also four specimens without labels.

76. Aphelocoma woodhousei.— Bisbee, July 14.

77. Aphelocoma sieberi arizonae. — Cachuta, Oct. 9; Bavis-
pee River, Dec. 16; San Diego, April 8.

78. Corvus corax sinuatus. — Chuhuichupa, Jan. 14.

79. Corvus cryptoleucus. — San Pedro, Sept. 16.

80. Molothrus ater obscurus.— Bisbee, July 30.

81. Xanthocephalus xanthocephalus. — Pachico, June 22;
San Pedro, Sept. 12.

82. Agelaius phceniceus sonoriensis. — Nacory, Nov. 26;
San Diego, March 13; Pachico, June 22.

83. Sturnella magna mexicana. — San Diego, Oct. 20 and
Feb. 26; San Pedro and Cachuta, Sept. 15-30; Nacory, Nov. 24.

84. Icterus parisorum. — Bisbee, July 21.

85. Icterus cucullatus nelsoni. — Bisbee, July 17.

3 8 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V,

86. Scolecophagus cyanocephalus. — San Pedro and Ca-
chuta, Sept. 15-30.

87. Carpodacus mexicanus frontalis.— Oputo, Oct. 25-27;
Granados and Nacory, November.

88. Spinus psaltria. — Los Cuevos, Oct. 15.

89. Spinus pinus. — San Diego, March and April; Rio Chico,
Feb. 9.

90. Calcarius ornatus.— San Diego, Feb. 18-24.

91. Rhynchophanes mccowni.— San Diego, Feb. 16.

92. Podcaetes gramineus confinis.— San Diego, Feb. 16-
18.

93. Ammodramus sandwichensis alaudinus. — San Diego,
Feb. 1 8.

94. Ammodramus bairdi. — Nuevencha Plain, Feb. 15.

95. Chondestes grammacus strigatus. — Bisbee, Aug. 12-
14; Nacory, Nov. 27.

96. Zonotrichia leucophrys intermedia. — Fronteras, Sept.
27; Oputo, Oct. 30; Granados, Nov. 15; San Diego, Oct. 30 and
April 3-13.

97. Spizella socialis arizonae. — Puerto de los Pinitos,
Bacadehuachy, and Nacory, Nov. 13-24; San Diego, April and
October.

98. Spizella pallida. — Oputo, Oct. 27; San Diego, Feb. 18
and April 13.

99. Spizella breweri.— Granados, Nov. 15.

100. Junco hyemalis shufeldti. — Chuhuichupa, Jan. n.

101. Junco annectens. — Rancheria de los Apaches, Jan.
10-17.

1893-] Allen on Mexican Mammals and Birds. 39

102. Junco caniceps. — Napolera, Dec. 12; Bavispee River,
Dec. 22; Rancheria de los Apaches, Jan. 10; Chuhuichupa, Jan.
11.

103. Junco cinereus palliatus. — Chuhuichupa, Jan. 19.

104. Junco cinereus dorsalis.— San Diego, Nov. n.

105. Amphispiza bilineata. — Bisbee, July 9~Sept. 9; Oputo,
Oct. 30.

106. Aimophila superciliosa (Swain.}. — Bavispee River,
Dec. 21—26; Pachico, Jan. 27.

107. Aimophila mcleodi (Brewster], — Puerto de los Pinitos,
Oct. 14.

108. Peucaea ruficeps boiicardi.— Bisbee, July 10; Bavispee
River, Dec. 26.

I0p. Peucaea notosticta (Scl. <5r» Salv.). — Bavispee River,
Dec. 26; Guanopa, Feb. 2.

no. Peucaea carpalis.— Granados, Nov. 16.

111. Peucaea cassini.— Cochise Co., Arizona, Aug. 24-Sept. 4.

112. Melospiza fasciata montana. — Bavispee River, Dec.
12-26.

113. Melospiza fasciata mexicana. — Bavispee River, Dec.
21-26.

114. Melospiza lincolni.— Fronteras, Sept. 27; Nacory, Nov.
27; Napolera, Dec. 9-10; Bavispee River, Dec. 26.

115. Pipilo maculatus megalonyx. — Los Pinitos, Oct. 9-
13-

116. Pipilo chlorurus. — Fronteras, Sept. 26, 27; Bacadel-
huachy, Nov. 21.

117. Pipilo fuscus mesoleucus. — Granados, Nov. 12; Na-
cory, Nov. 24; San Diego, Oct. 27; Neuvencha Plain, Feb. 14.

118. Cardinalis cardinalis superbus.— Oputo, Oct. 27.

4° Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V ,

119. Pyrrhuloxia sinuata beckhami.— Granados, Nov. 14.

120. Calamospiza melanocorys. — Oputo, Oct. 27-30.

121. Piranga rubra cooperi. — Fronteras, Aug. 25; San
Diego, April 2i-May 6.

122. Piranga hepatica. — El Pinita, Oct. 12-14.

123. Tachycineta bicolor.— San Diego, Feb. 24-26.

124. Tachycineta thalassina.— Bisbee, July 7; San Pedro,
Aug. 12; San Diego, Feb. 26.

125. Phainopepla nitens. — Oputo, Sept. 15-27; Nacory,
Nov. 26.

126. Lanius ludovicianus excubitoroides. — Cachuta,
Sept. 2; San Pedro, Sept. 15; San Diego, Feb. 16.

127. Vireo solitarius cassini. — Cachuta, Sept. 2.

128. Vireo solitarius plumbeus. — San Diego, April 28;
Pachico, June 22.

129. Vireo huttoni stephensi. — Bacadehuachy, Nov. 20.

130. Helminthophila luciae. — Bisbee, July 30.

131. Dendroica aestiva sonorana.— Bisbee, Aug. 13; San
Diego, March 3, April i and 13.

132. Dendroica auduboni. — Los Cuevas, Sept. 3; Oputo,
Sept. 15-27; San Diego, March 13 and April 15.

133. Dendroica nigrescens. — San Diego, April 21.

134. Geothlypis trichas melanops (Baird). — San Diego,
May 6.

135. Icteria virens longicauda. — San Diego, May 6; Lan-
sito, Aug. 9.

136. Sylvania pusilla pileolata. — San Diego, April 15-21.

137. Setophaga picta. — Guanopa, Feb. 2; Huerachi, Dec. 6.

1 893.] Alllen on Mexican Mammals and Birds. 41

138. Basileuterus rufifrons (Swain.). — Napolera, Dec. 8.

139. Cinclus mexicanus. — Chuhuichupa, Jan. 22.

140. Mimus polyglottOS.— Oputo, Sept. 23; northern Chi-
huahua (without labels), mostly young birds in spotted plumage.

141. Harporhynchus curvirostris.— Oputo, Sept. 23 and
Nov. 9; Nacory, Nov. 24.

142. Campylorhynchus brunneicapillus. — Oputo, Sept. 21.

143. Salpinctes obsoletus. — Fronteras, Sept. 27; Bavispee
River, Dec. 12.

144. Catherpes mexicanus. — Pachica, Feb. 3.

145. Thryothorus bewickii bairdi.— Chihuahua, Jan. 15
and March 10; San Diego, April 3.

146. Troglodytes aedon aztecus.— Bavispee River, Dec.
22; San Diego, April 15; El Puerto, Dec. 16.

147. Certhia familiaris mexicana. — Napolera, Dec. 12;
Chuchuichupa, Jan. 22.

148. Sitta pygmaea. — Bavispee River, Jan. 15; Totuaco,
Feb. 29.

149. Sitta carolinensis aculeata. — El Pinita, Sept. 10;
Napolera, Nov. 17; Bavispee River, Dec. 22-30.

150. Parus wollweberi. — Puerto de los Pinitos, Sept. 14;
Napolera, Dec. 12.

151. Parus meridionalis. — Chihuahua, Jan. 14, 15; Tatuaca,
Feb. 13-29.

152. Psaltriparus lloydi. — Bavispee River, Dec. 28.

153. Auriparus flaviceps. — Granados, Nov. 13; Bacade-
huachy, Nov. 20.

154. Regulus calendula.— Los Cuevas, Sept. 15; Bacade-
huachy, Nov. n; Nacory, Nov. 24; Napolera, Dec. 10; Guanopa,
Feb. 3; Tatuaca, Feb. 29.

4 2 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V.]

155. Polioptila plumbea. — Oputo, Sept. 10-23.

156. Polioptila caerulea obscura.— Oputo, Sept. 10; Baca-
dehuachy, Nov. 20.

157. Turdus aonalaschkae.— Bacadehuachy, Nov. n.

158. Turdus aonalaschkae auduboni. — Rio Chico, Feb. 8;
Bavispee River, Jan. i.

159. Merula migratoria propinqua. — San Diego, March

160. Sialia sialis. — Bavispee River, Dec. 30; Red Bank,
Feb. 27.

161. Sialia mexicana. — Nacory, Nov. 24.

162. Sialia arctica. — Nacory, Nov. 24; Pachico, Jan. 5.

The foregoing list of birds shows that the following Mexican
species occur, probably as resident birds, within about 150 miles
of the southern border of the United States.

Callipepla elegans. Aimophila supercilosa.

Rhynchopsitta pachyrhyncha. Aimophila meleodi.

Euptilotis neoxenus. Peucaea notosticta.

Campephilus imperialis. Geothlypis trichas melanops.

Myiarchus inquietus. Basileuterus rufifrons.

On a Collection of Mammals from the
Island of Trinidad, with Descriptions
of New Species.

By J. A. ALLEN and FRANK M. CHAPMAN.

AUTHOR'S EDITION, extracted from BULLETIN

OF THE

xrf

VOL. V, ARTICLE XIII, pp. 203-234.
New York, September 21, 1893.

Article XIII.— ON A COLLECTION OF MAMMALS
FROM THE ISLAND OF TRINIDAD, WITH DE-
SCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.

By J. A. ALLEN and FRANK M. CHAPMAN.

This paper is based on a collection of about 200 specimens
made by the junior author during the months of March and
April, 1893. With few exceptions the species herein recorded
were secured in the south central part of the island, at a point
twelve miles north of the southern coast and seven miles south-
east of Princestown. Here, at the border of the forest which
reaches to the coast, is situated a Government rest-house. Col-
lecting was confined to within a radius of a mile of this rest-
house. Points where small streams entered the forest proved the
best collecting grounds. Here in close proximity were water,
the dense low growth of bordering balisiers (Heliconia), and the
forest itself. All the species secured near the rest-house doubt-
less might be taken in a short time within a radius of one hun-
dred feet in a locality of this nature. The indigenous species
secured here are doubtless all forest inhabiting.

The collection of small Rodents is of special interest as con-
taining the results of perhaps one of the first attempts at system-
atic trapping of small mammals with the most approved traps.
The collector, however, was handicapped by entire ignorance of
the habits or even of the kinds of mammals which might be
found, and also by the fact that birds were the first object of his
efforts. Furthermore, at least one-third of the animals trapped
were destroyed by predatory mammals or ants.

We believe, therefore, that, prolific as the field has proven,
further collecting in the same region would add many species
among the smaller Rodents.

A future paper in this Bulletin will give a report on the birds
collected, and more fully describe the localities visited and the
faunal affinities of the island.

Very little has been hitherto written especially upon the
mammals of Trinidad, and very few specimens known to have

[203]

204 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V,

been collected on the island appear to be extant in museums.
Ledru1 gave a list of ten species as early as 1810. De Verteuil,
in his * Trinidad/2 devotes a number of pages to the mammals
(pp. 85-89 and 361-365), and gives also a vague nominal list of
the species (pp. 360, 361). The list, however, is so indefinite
that it is impossible to determine the number of species it is in-
tended to include, while the nomenclature adopted is too errone-
ous to merit serious consideration. His remarks on the habits
and distribution of many of the larger species are of interest.

The first serious attempt to give a scientific catalogue of the
mammalian fauna of the island is Mr. Oldfield Thomas's 'A Pre-
liminary List of the Mammals of Trinidad,'3 published early in the
present year. " The present list," says Mr. Thomas, " is only
written to form a basis on which a complete scientific list of the
mammals inhabiting Trinidad may be founded, and to show mem-
bers of the Society how extraordinary little is definitely known of
the mammals of the Island." He accordingly urges upon the atten-
tion of the members of the Trinidad Field Naturalists' Club the
importance of collecting specimens for transmission to the Brit-
ish Museum for scientific determination. Mr. Thomas's list in-
cludes 52 species, of which 27, or more than one-half, are Bats, and
8 only are Rodents, one of these being mentioned only generic-
ally. Mr. Thomas believes that this large number of Bats repre-
sents less than half of the species actually occurring on the
island, and calls special attention to the Rodentia as likely to
afford species " which are as yet absolutely unknown." Mr.
Thomas's foresight in respect to these groups is well vindicated
by the present collection, which adds one species to the list of
Bats, and raises the number of known Trinidad Rodents from 7
to 19. The number of known indigenous Muridae is raised from
one to eight, six of which it has been considered advisable to
describe as new. It is not probable that any of them are strictly
confined to the island, but doubtless occur on adjoining portions

1 Voyage aux lies de Teneriffe, la Trinite, etc., I, 1810, p. 256.

2 Trinidad : Its Geography, Natural Resources, Administration, Present Condition, and
Prospects. By L. A. A. de Verteuil, M. D. P., etc. One vol., 8vo., 1858. We are able to cite
only the second edition, published in 1884, which, so far as the natural history matter is con-
cerned, appears to be textually the same as the first.

3 Journ. Trinidad Field Naturalists' Club, I, No. 7, April, 1893, pp. 158-168.

1893-] Allen and Chapman on Trinidad Mammals.

205

of the mainland. Some of them are obviously related more or
less closely to species described from western and southern
Brazil, though it is hardly probable that any of them will prove
strictly identical. While a large number of species of Muridae
have been recorded from Ecuador, Peru, Chili, southern Brazil
and the more southern parts of the continent, the literature of
the subject contains very few references to specimens from
northeastern South America, so that Mr. Thomas's pertinent
remarks on our ignorance of the Muridae inhabiting Trinidad
will apply with equal force to a large area of the adjoining por-
tions of the mainland.

1. Mycetes, sp. — A Howling Monkey was not uncommon
in the forests about two miles from the rest-house. At this
distance their howling or, better, roaring chorus, in the early
morning could frequently be heard. No specimens were secured,
but it is probable, as Mr. Thomas remarks, that the species is
M. seniculus.

2. Saccopteryx bilineata (Temm.). — Two specimens, male
and female adult.

3. Saccopteryx leptura (Schreber). — Five specimens, two
males and three females.

In both of these species the females are larger than the males,
as shown by the following measurements :

S. bilineata,
ti

S. leptura,

forearm, 46 ;
5L8
36.8
36;

39-6
41.9

third metacarp., 45 ;

49-5 I

36;

35-6;

39-6;

tarsus, 21.6.
23.9-
15.7.
15.3.

" 17.8.
I7-3-

All of the specimens show the two faint whitish dorsal stripes,
but in addition to its smaller size S. leptura is paler colored
throughout, including all of the membranes, and the wing mem-
brane is attached at the ankle joint instead of slightly above it,
as in S. bilineata.

In the gloomy depths of the forest S. leptura was frequently
seen coursing for insects during the day.

206 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V,

4. Noctilio leporinus (Linn.}. — Two specimens, male and
female adult. Both have a distinct fulvous line down the middle
of the back.

The cave on Monos Island in the first Boca from which so
many of these remarkable bats have been secured, seems now to
be deserted by them. The specimens above mentioned were
taken from a large cave-like fissure in the Huevos Boca to which
the collector was piloted by Mr. Morrison. Their stomachs con-
tained the partially digested remains of fish ; confirmation, if
confirmation be needed, of the now well-known fish-eating habits
of this species. At a recent meeting of the Trinidad Field
Naturalists' Club (cf. Journal, Vol. I, p. 204), the president of
the Club, H. Caracciolo, Esq., described the manner in which
these bats captured their prey, " by throwing it up with their
interfemoral membrane. Simultaneously they bend their heads
towards their tails to seize the fish as it is thrown from the
water." In support of this observation Dr. A. Woodlock said
(1. c.), " that early one morning, at Monos, he distinctly saw the
bats in this act." Is it not possible that the much lengthened,
curved, acute toe-nails of this species are of assistance to it in
catching or hooking fish?

5. Molossus rufus Geoffr. — The 25 specimens representing
this species show a wide variation in coloration. The specimens
representing the extreme color phases were preserved as skins,
the others in alcohol. The general coloration varies from deep
rich chestnut to blackish seal brown. The ventral surface is a
little lighter than the dorsal. Measurements of six adult females
and four adult males indicate only a slight sexual difference in
size, as follows: Six females, forearm 49.8 (48.3-50.8) mm.;
third metacarpal, 49.8 (48.3-50.8); tibia, 18.6 (18.3-18.8); free
portion of tail, 25.6 (21.6-27.7). Four males, forearm, 51 (50.8
51.3) ; third metacarpal, 50.3 (49.3-50.8) ; tibia, 20.3 (19.8-20.6) ;
free portion of tail, 27.9 (26.9-28.3)-.

This was by far the most common species of bat observed, and
was the only one regularly seen at evening coursing for insects
about the rest-house clearing. A colony of about thirty bats of
this species, with evidently a few of M. obscurus, occupied the

1893-] Allen and Chapman on Trinidad Mammals.

attic of a neighboring house. Their retreat was invaded and
nineteen specimens secured. A short stick was the only weapon
necessary to effect a capture, for while their abode was large and
light, and access to the outer air was easy, not one took wing but
all endeavored to escape by running. Some ran up the rafters
to hide beneath the peak of the house; others ran across the
floor, going so rapidly that it was difficult to strike them. When
at rest they seemed to prefer sticking to a vertical surface rather
than hanging after the usual manner of bats. Of the nineteen
specimens taken seventeen were females and two males. Sixteen
of the females contained a single fcetus each.

6. Molossus obscurus Geoff r. — This species is reprsented
by a single specimen preserved in spirits. It is an adult female,
and contained a single half-grown fcetus. The specimen meas-
ures as follows : forearm, 38 mm. ; third metacarpal, 38 ; tibia,
13.2 ; free portion of tail, 17.8.

A comparison of the measurements of this fully adult female
with those given above of M. rufus would seem to indicate that
these two forms are specifically distinct.

This specimen was found with the colony of M. rufus first
mentioned. There were evidently other individuals in the same
colony, but their smaller size enabled them to secrete themselves
in holes from which it was not possible to dislodge them.

7. Chceronycteris intermedia, sp. nov.

Similar in size and general proportions to Chceronycteris minor, but with the
calcaneum one-half shorter, tibia longer, thumb shorter. Also different in
coloration.

Above snuff-brown, the fur slightly paler basally, not " light grayish brown," as
in C. mexicana and C. minor. Below slightly paler than above, about the color
of the basal portion of the hairs above. Ears, feet and membranes blackish,
naked, except that the fur extends on both surfaces of the wing membranes as
far as the elbows, and also along the basal third of the forearm bones on both
surfaces. Calcaneum conspicuously shorter, instead of " conspicuously longer, "
than the foot. Thumb shorter, tibia longer, than in C. minor.

Type, No. ffff, ? ad., Princestown, Trinidad, March 28, 1893, coll. of
Frank M. Chapman.

The present species is based on three specimens, a skin and
skull, and two examples in alcohol.

208 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V,

The genus Chceronycteris is now for the first time recorded
from Trinidad. The present species, while agreeing with C.
minor from Surinam in size, appears to differ from it decidedly
in coloration, particularly of the underfur, and in the shortness
of the thumb, in the greater length of the tibia, and in the cal-
caneum being much shorter, instead of much longer than the
hind foot.

While agreeing in the relative length of the calcaneum with
C. mexicana, it is widely dissimilar in size, as well as in other fea-
tures, it being very much smaller in all parts, as shown by the
following comparative measurements :

\

t/3

Forearm.

Third
Metacarp.

Tibia.

Foot.

Calc'um.

Thumb.

|072 £ intermedia^ . .
6105 " *..
6104 " 2. .

?

$
$

mm.
34.5
33-5

34.3
43-2

in.
1.36
1-32

1-35
1.70

mm.
34-5
33-5
35-5
34.3
40.6

in.

I.36
1.32
1.40

1-35
i. 60

mm.
12.2
12.7

13-5
II.4

15.7

in.
.48
•50

•53
•45
.62

mm.
8.6
8.1
9.1
8.1
10.6

in.

•34
• 32
.36
•32
•42

mm.
6.6
6.1
6.1

II. 2

6.6

in.
.26
.24
.24
.44
.26

mm.

5.6
5-i

5-8
7-1
8-9

in.
.22
.20

.23

.28

•35

C nicocicancfi

In dental and cranial characters C. intermedia appears to agree
with C. mexicana and C. minor. The position of the lower pre-
molars as shown in Dobson's plate (Cat. Chirop., PI. xxvii, Fig. 6,
6a) does not agree, however, with his description given in the
text (1. c., p. 510).

8. Artibeus, sp. nov. ? — A large Artibeus, not referable to
either A. planirostris or A. perspicillatus, is represented by a sin-
gle skin, the skull unfortunately having been stolen by the rest-
house cat. It differs in coloration and in the distribution of the
fur on the wing-membranes, from any of the currently recog-
nized species of Artibeus. The forearm measures 63 mm. ; the
third metacarpel, 61, and the tibia, 25.4. Color above and below
light brown, much lighter on the head and anterior half of the
body, the hairs nowhere tipped with gray. A broad white stripe
above and a faint whitish line below each eye.

9. Lutra insularis F. Cuv. — An adult female (No. ffff,
fully mature but not aged) gives the following measurements :

1 Measurements from skin

2 Measurements from alcoholics.

3 Measurements from Dobson, Cat. Chirop., pp. 510, 511.

1893-] Allen and Chapman on Trinidad Mammals. 209

Total length, 1060 mm. ; head and body, 610 ; tail vertebrae,
450 ; hind foot, 103 ; ear from crown, 20. Skull : basal length,1
98 ; interorbital breadth, 19.5 ; Pm.4, 9. These cranial measure-
ments somewhat exceed those given by Mr. Thomas (1. c.) for
two specimens of L. felina. In the absence of proper material
for comparison we provisionally adopt the name above given.

The Otter is apparently a rare animal in Trinidad. Hunters
were either ignorant of its presence or said that they had met
with it on very few occasions.

10. Sciurus aestuans hoffmanni Peters.— A series of ten
specimens prove to be much nearer subspecies hoffmanni from
Costa Rica, both in size and coloration, than to the true astuans
of Brazil, although clearly intermediate between the two, as
respects both size and coloration.

The measurements of this series are as follows : Total length,
371 (348-390) mm. ; head and body, 197 (182-208) ; tail verte-
brae, 174 (145-208) ; hind foot, 47 (43-52); ear, 19. The skulls
of six specimens average 50 mm. in total length and 28.7 in
greatest zygomatic breadth, as against respectively 53 and 31 in
three skulls of hoffmanni from Costa Rica. The coloration is
much nearer that of hoffmanni than it is to Santarem and Cha-
pada examples of astuans.

This species is very common. It lives in the forests, particu-
larly in those which are bordered by cacao groves, to the fruit of
which they do much damage. Its voice bears an unmistakable
resemblance to that of Sciurus hudsonius, but its vocabulary is
more limited, and it is far less noisy than that species.

Nectomys palmipes, sp. nov.

Similar in general external and cranial features to N. apicalis Peters, but
much smaller and darker, with a relatively much shorter tail.

Adult. — Pelage soft, full, glossy. General color above pale yellowish brown ;
the middle of the dorsal region, from the nose to the tail, strongly blackish ;
the sides grayish buffy brown, sparingly varied with black-tipped hairs ; the top
of the head, from the muzzle to behind the eyes, blackish varied with gray.
Below, whitish with a wash of pale buff, strongest over the middle of the

1 These measurements are in conformity with those given by Mr. Oldfield Thomas, P. Z. S.,
1889, p. 200.

{September, 1893.} IJf

2IO Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V,

ventral region, the fur grayish plumbeous beneath the surface. The line of
demarcation between the coloration of the dorsal and ventral surfaces very
indistinct. Ears oval, evenly rounded above, flesh colored at base, dusky
apically, sparsely haired. Limbs externally grayish brown, the feet scaly, so
thinly haired as to be nearly naked. Palms and soles scaly, the latter 5-tuber-
culate. Tail a little shorter than head and body, blackish, nearly unicolor, heavily
furred for the basal half-inch or more, the rest scantily clothed with short bristly
hairs, which form a very slight pencil at the tip.

Measurements, average of six adults (four males and two females) taken
before skinning : Total length, 402 (380-433) mm. ; head and body, 206
(189-223) ; tail, 196 (175-210) ; hind foot, 46.5 (44-48) ; ear from crown, 18.6
(16-20). The females are considerably smaller than the males.

Young. — Above uniform mouse-gray, varying to mouse-brown, over the
whole dorsal region ; sides with a wash of buff, very slight in the quarter-grown
specimens, becoming stronger as the animal increases in age ; ventral surface
clear gray, in older specimens whitish gray.

Skull similar to that of N. apicalis,1 especially in regard to the size and form
of the interparietal, in which it differs notably from N. squamipes. An adult
male skull measures as follows: Total length,2 47 ; basal length, 38 ; greatest
zygomatic breadth, 24 ; mastoid breadth, 16.3 ; least interorbital breadth, 3.6 ;
length of nasals, 18.3 ; length of interparietal, 4.3 ; width of same, 8.9 ; distance
from incisors to first molar, 11.9 ; 'length of crown surface of upper molar series,
6.9 ; length of lower jaw (point of incisors to posterior border of condyle), 26.9 ;
height at condyle, 13.5.

Type, No. ffff , $ ad., Princestown, Trinidad, April 10, 1893, coll. Frank
M. Chapman.

This species is based on a series of 12 specimens, 7 of which
are adult and five in various stages of immaturity, the youngest
about one-fourth grown.

The adults vary somewhat in coloration, chiefly in the intensity
of the yellowish brown above, the amount of black over the
middle of the dorsal region, and in the degree of buffy suffusion
below, which varies from a slight tinge to a strong wash. The
skulls of course vary in size and proportions with age, but in the

1 As figured by Peters, Abhandl. Akad. Wissensch. zu Berlin, 1860, p. 148, pi. ii.

2 In this paper " total length," unless otherwise stated, is the distance from the most pro-

posterior border of occipital condyles. The length of the lower jaw is taken from the tip of
the incisors to the posterior edge of the condyle, unless stated otherwise. In all instances
measurements are taken with callipers in a straight line between the extreme points
mentioned.

1893-] Allen and Chapman on Trinidad Mammals. 211

fully adult there is little variation. The nasals end in an acute
V-shaped point, which projects beyond the fron to-maxillary
suture. The interparietal is convex posteriorly, nearly straight
or slightly convex on its anterior border, with the transverse
about twice the antero-posterior extent, or rather less.

In cranial characters this species is much more nearly related
to N. apicalis Peters, from Guayaquil, than to N. squamipes
(Brants) ; the very largest skulls about equal the dimensions
given by Dr. Peters for that of N. apicalis. It also resembles
N. apicalis in its 5-tuberculate soles, but differs from it in its
darker coloration, smaller size, and relatively much shorter tail,
which is considerably shorter than the head and body, instead
of considerably longer as in N. apicalis. The tip of the tail is
not white, as was the case in the type of N. apicalis.

N. palmipes differs from N. squamipes in having the soles
5-tuberculate instead of 6-tuberculate, and in the very different
form of the interparietal, which in N. squamipes is very much
narrower antero-posteriorly, and transversely much more ex-
tended.

Mr. Thomas gives " Holocliilus squamipes Bts." from Trinidad
(presumably— Nectomys squamipes Peters), but that species is un-
represented in the present collection.

All the specimens secured were taken in the low, dense growth
near a small stream.

12. Tylomys couesi,1 sp. nov.

Of the size and general coloration of T. nudicaudatus, but with the tail
uniform dusky, somewhat hairy and slightly tufted, instead of particolored and
naked as in T. nudicaudatus and T. panarnensis.

Above nearly uniform cinnamon brown, everywhere punctated with black,
through the presence of longer black-tipped hairs overtopping the general
pelage. Below white, with a slight tinge of yellow, the white extending to the
base of the fur. Line of demarcation between the color of the dorsal and
and ventral surfaces well defined. Edges of the feet and toes soiled whitish.
Whiskers very long, black, the longest measuring 70 mm. Ears large, naked,
dusky. Tail rather longer than head and body, black from base to tip, nearly
naked basally, but scantily clothed with short blackish hairs, increasing in

1 Named for Dr. Elliott Coues, in recognition of his important contributions to North
American mammalogy.

212 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V,

length and abundance toward the tip, where they conceal the annulations, and
form a well-defined pencil at the tip. Hind feet short and broad, with naked
soles.

Measurements (from the fresh specimen) : Total length, 460 mm. ; head and
body, 208 ; tail to end of vertebrae, 252 ; pencil at tip, n ; hind foot, 35 ; ear
from crown, 24.

Type and only specimen, No. ffff, & ad-> Princestown, Trinidad, April 6,
1893, coll. Frank M. Chapman.

This specimen is in apparently rather worn pelage. The coat
is very short but thick and soft, and the underfur very woolly,
particularly on the ventral surface. Probably in fresh pelage the
color would be brighter and more yellowish rufous.

The skull is that of a true Tylomys, and presents the following
measurements : Total length, 44.5 mm. ; basal length, 38 ; great-
est zygomatic breadth, 23.4 ; greatest mastoid breadth, 14.7 ;
least interorbital breadth, 6.4 ; length of nasals, 16.5; distance
from incisors to first molar, 12.7 ; length of upper molar series,
6.6 ; distance from posterior border of palatal floor to end of
pteygoid hamuli, 8.9 ; length of lower jaw (tip of incisors to
posterior border of condyle), 27 ; height of condyle, 12 ; length
of lower molar series, 6.7.

This species has a close general resemblance in coloration to
the T. nudicaudatus Peters of Guatemala and Costa Rica, but it
has a hairy, relatively much longer, and very differently colored
tail.

The single specimen was taken in the forest, at the entrance
to a hole which penetrated beneath the roots of a tree.

13. Oryzomys speciosus, sp. nov.

Pelage short (about 9 mm. long on the back), thick, soft, cottony below.
Color above yellowish rufous, darker reddish brown over the middle of the
back, where there are intermixed a few longer black-tipped hairs ; paler and
more yellowish along the sides. Below, pure white to the base of the fur.
Ears of medium size, rather narrow, evenly rounded on their posterior upper
border, dusky brown, well clothed with very short brownish hairs, which have
a slight reddish cast. Fore limbs yellowish like the sides of the body, as far as
the base of the toes, the toes lighter, buffy white ; palms yellowish flesh-color.
Hind limbs yellowish, like the flanks, as far as the base of the toes ; toes very
scantily haired, yellowish gray ; soles dusky, 6-tuberculate. Tail considerably

1893-] Allen and Chapman on Trinidad Mammals. 213

longer than head and body, the basal half inch heavily furred and colored, below
as well as above, like the rump, forming a basal, furred, yellowish brown ring ;
rest of the tail uniform pale brown, annulations very narrow and indistinct,
the scales minute, practically naked except near and at the tip, where it is
thinly clothed with short dusky hairs, forming a minute, scarcely appreciable
pencil. Under a lens the whole tail is found to be haired, but so scantily as
not to appreciably obscure the annulations. Whiskers scanty, black.

Measurements, from the fresh specimen : Total length, 261 mm. ; head and
body, 124 ; tail vertebrae, 137 ; hind foot, 24 ; ear from crown, 14.

Skull, in general features, much like that of O. palustris ; it is, however,
heavier and larger, with a heavier raised supraorbital ridge ; the interparietal is
also several times larger, relatively as well as absolutely ; the anterior palatine
foramen is shorter and much broader. Total length, 30.5 ; basal length, 25 ;
greatest zygomatic breadth, 17.3 ; greatest mastoid breadth, 12.2 ; least
interorbital breadth, 5.6 ; length of nasals, n ; length (antero-posterior axis)
of interparietal, 5 ; breadth (transverse axis) of interparietal, 9.4 ; length of
anterior palatine foramen, 5.6 ; greatest breadth of same, 2.8 ; distance between
incisors and first molar, 7 ; length of crown surface of upper molar series, 4. 5 ;
length of lower jaw (point of incisor teeth to posterior border of condyle), 18.8 ;
height at condyle, 8 ; length of crown surface of lower molar series, 4.8.

Type and only specimen, No. ffyf, ? ad., Princestown, Trinidad, April 26,
1893, coll. Frank M. Chapman.

This species in size, proportions and coloration, strongly sug-
gests Hesperomys concolor Wagner, from the Rio Curicuriari, in
northeastern Brazil, with which it may prove to be identical.

14. Oryzomys trinitatis, sp. nov.

Pelage full, soft and rather long (13 mm. on the middle of the back). Color
above bright yellowish rufous, darker, approaching chestnut, and finely varied
with black-tipped hairs over the middle of the dorsal region, lighter and more
strongly yellowish on the sides ; nose blackish and head rather darker than
back ; below grayish white, the tips of the hairs being soiled whitish and the
basal portion gray, showing more or less through the surface. Line of demar-
cation between the coloration of the dorsal and ventral surface not sharply
defined. Ears rather large and quite broad, dusky, and thinly coated with very
short blackish hairs. External surface of fore and hind limbs dusky yellowish
brown, becoming lighter grayish brown on the toes, which are thinly haired ;
palms and soles naked, the former brownish flesh color, the latter more dusky
and 6-tuberculate. Hind feet rather broad in proportion to their length. Tail
very much longer than head and body, furred all around for the basal half inch,
the fur yellowish ashy below and colored like the rump above ; remainder of the
tail pale dusky brown, unicolor, non-penicillate and practically naked throughout,

214 Bulletin American Museum of Natuial History. [Vol. V,

though clothed with very short dusky hairs, generally not readily seen without
a lens.

Measurements, from fresh specimens: Total length, 271 mm.; head and
body, 123 ; tail, 148 ; hind foot, 25 ; ear above crown, 16.

Skull similar to that of the preceding species, except that the nasals and the
facial portion of the skull are much longer and the interparietal much smaller.
In old skulls the supraorbital ridge is continued backward to the posterior border
of the parietals. Total length, 32.5 ; basal length, 27.2 ; greatest zygomatic
breadth, 17.8 ; greatest mastoid breadth, 12 ; least interorbital breadth, 6.1 ;
length of nasals, 11.4 ; antero-posterior breadth of interparietal, 3.5 ; transverse
breadth of same, 9.3 ; length of anterior palatine foramen, 6.4 ; greatest width
of same, 2 ; distance between incisors and first molar, 8.4 ; length of crown
surface of upper molar series, 4.5 ; length of lower jaw, 20.3 ; height at condyle,
8.6.

Type, No. ffff, 3 ad., Princestown, Trinidad, April 25, 1893, coll. Frank
M. Chapman.

This species is based on three specimens, a very old male and
an old female, and a young adult male. The very old specimens
are closely similar in all features ; the younger specimen, although
practically adult as regards size, is less rufous and more yellowish
above and rather more whitish below, with the throat pure white
to the base of the fur.

This species differs from the preceding in the character of the
pelage, in coloration, especially of the lower parts, in being larger
and with a relatively longer and less hairy tail, and in various
cranial differences, particularly in the much shorter interparietal.
What its nearest relative may be among the continental species it
is impossible to decide in the absence of proper material for
comparison.

15. Oryzomys velutinus, sp. nov.

Pelage thick, short (about 7 mm. long on the back), velvety below. General
color above dark cinnamon-brown, darkest and much mixed with blackish on
the middle of the back, lighter and more reddish on the sides, brighter reddish
on the hinder part of the crown and posteriorly over the shoulders ; anterior
part of the head dusky grayish brown with only a faint tinge of reddish, and a
narrow, indistinct blackish eye-ring ; beneath grayish white at the surface,
dusky plumbeous basally. Ears large, broadly oval, naked on both surfaces,
dusky with a faint reddish cast. External surface of the limbs like the adjoin-
ing portions of the body ; feet thinly haired above, yellowish gray, this color
extending on the hind feet to slightly above the ankles ; palms and soles naked,

1893-] Allen and Chapman on Trinidad Mammals. 215

the former flesh-colored, the latter dusky brown, 6-tuberculate. Tail consider-
ably shorter than head and body, naked, very distinctly and clearly annulated
in comparison with the two preceding species.

Measurements, from fresh specimens : Total length, 252 mm. ; head and
body, 135 ; tail, 118 ; hind foot, 28 ; ear from crown, 18.

Young. — Pelage very short, soft and velvety, almost plush-like on the ven-
tral surface. Above blackish plumbeous, paler on the sides, whitish gray
below. Later the back becomes nearly black, and the sides acquire a mouse-
brown wash.

The skull is of the typical Oryzomys style, with, however, the facial portion
somewhat lengthened, and the anterior palatine foramen rather short and broad,
and the supraorbital ridge, even in old individuals, rather feebly developed.
Total length 33 mm. ; basal length, 27; greatest zygomatic breadth, 17; greatest
mastoid breadth, 12.2; least interorbital breadth, 5; length of nasals, 12.7;
antero-posterior breadth of interparietal, 3.8 ; transverse breadth of same, 10.2 ;
distance between incisors and first molar, 7 ; length of crown surface of upper
molar series, 4.5 ; length of lower jaw, 20.3 ; height at coronoid process, 8.6.

Type, No. ££ff, $ ad., Princestown, Trinidad, April 16, 1893, coll. Frank
M . Chapman.

This species is based on a series of ten specimens, three of
which are fully adult, two nearly adult, and five in the blackish
plumbeous pelage of the young, varying in age from sucklings
to half or two-thirds grown.

The peculiar blackish plumbeous pelage of the young recalls
the corresponding ' blue ' stage in the genera Sitomys, Neotoma
and Nectomys, but which is not found in the typical species of
Oryzomys, as the genus is represented in the United States. In
this species there is a slight deviation toward Sitomys in the rela-
tively slightly narrowed and lengthened facial portion of the
skull. The auditory bullae, however, are unusually small, even
for an Oryzomys, in which genus they are always much smaller
than in Sitomys.

This species was not found associated with the other species of
Oryzomys, but was met with in the forests, where it seemed to
live beneath the roots of trees or stumps.

16. Oryzomys brevicauda, sp. nov.

Adult. — Pelage full, soft, and long (9.5 mm. long on middle of back). Gen-
eral color above yellowish brown, darker and strongly varied with black-tipped

2 ID Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V,

hairs over the middle of the dorsal region, lighter, more buffy yellow on the
sides ; below gray, with a slight buffy wash, the basal portion of the fur dusky
plumbeous. Line of demarcation between the coloration of dorsal and ventral
surfaces indistinct, often passing gradually the one into the other. Ears of
medium size (smaller than in either of the preceding species of this genus),
low, broad and very evenly rounded above, dusky, practically naked (pulver-
ulent) on both surfaces (under a lens the surface is shown to be covered with
very minute short whitish-tipped hairs). Feet above light grayish brown, with
a faint yellowish or buffy tinge, scantily haired ; palms and soles naked, the
former brownish flesh-color, the latter a little darker brown, 6-tuberculate.
Tail about one-fourth shorter than head and body, naked (clothed scantily with
hairs so minute as to be nearly invisible without a lens), indistinctly bicolor,
pale brown above, lighter, almost isabella color below for the basal two-thirds,
the line of demarcation between the two colors indistinct.

Young. — A very young example (probably a nursling) is uniform dusky
brown above faintly washed with yellowish gray, more distinct on the head,
and particularly on the sides of the head. Below similar but much paler. In-
side of ears well clothed with very short yellowish dusky hairs. Nearly full-
grown examples are variously intermediate between this and the fully adult
phase.

Measurements (average of 10 adult males, taken in the flesh) : Total length,
265 (250-280) mm. ; head and body, 154 (141-161) ; tail, in (101-120) ; hind
foot, 28 (27-30) ; ear from crown, 15.3 (13-18). A similar number of females
average smaller, as follows : Total length, 235 (220-253) ; head and body, 142
(132-150) ; tail, 93 (86-105) ; hind foot, 26.6 (25-29).

The skull is that of a typical Oryzomys (taking O. palustris as the type of
the genus), except as regards a few minor details, principally the form of the
interparietal, which is very narrow antero-posteriorly and very broad trans-
versely, as it is in most of the species of Oryzomys here described. An average
adult male skull measures as follows : Total length, 32.5 mm. ; basal length,
28.7 ; greatest zygomatic breadth, 17.3 ; greatest mastoid breadth, 12.5 ; least
interorbital breadth, 5.8; length of nasals, 13.5 ; antero-posterior breadth of
interparietal, 2.5 ; transverse breadth of same, 10.2 ; distance from incisors to
first molar, 8.9 ; length of anterior palatine foramen, 6.9 ; length of crown
surface of upper molar series, 4.5 ; length of lower jaw, 22.9 ; height of same
at condyle, 7.6.

Type, No. ff£^> $ ad., Princestown, Trinidad, April 12, 1893, coll. Frank
M. Chapman.

This species is represented by a series of 38 specimens, nearly
all adults, but including one nursling, and a few others slightly
immature. Among the practically adult specimens the general

1893-] Allen and Chapman on Trinidad Mammals. 217

color above varies from strong clear yellowish brown to a darker
shade, approaching yellowish chestnut. Below the color varies
from pale buffy gray to quite strong buff over the middle of the
ventral surface, fading to lighter on the throat and towards the
anal region. This variation is, however, mainly due apparently
to age, the younger adults being more buffy below and yellower
above. The young, as already described, are dusky brown, with
a faint wash of pale yellowish brown.

This species is very distinct from either of the preceding, both
in external and cranial characters. Its heavy, comparatively
coarse pelage gives it almost an Arvicoline appearance, v hich its
relatively smaller ears and shorter tail tend to heighten. In cra-
nial characters it most nearly approaches O. palustris of any of
the species here described, particularly in the form of the lower
jaw, which has the coronoid process longer and more decurved,
and the posterior border of the mandible more deeply hollowed
than is the case in any of the others. It differs from O. palustris
in the form of the interparietal, through its great transverse
breadth as compared with its antero-posterior extent ; in this
respect essentially agreeing .with the preceding species, as it does
also in the comparatively slight development of the supra-
orbital ridges.

This was apparently the most abundant Rodent near the rest-
house. With O. spcciosus and O. trinitatis it was found in the
dense, low growth which bordered small streams.

17. Abrothrix caliginosus ( Tomes}. — A series of 1 1 speci-
mens of a short-tailed, Arvicola-\\ke, rich chestnut-colored mouse
is provisionally referred to this species. They agree with a
single specimen from Costa Rica provisionally identified with
this species,1 and with Tomes's description of caliginosus. As,
however, the type locality of caliginosus is Ecuador, it seems
probable that a comparison of specimens from the two localities
will show that the Trinidad animal may be separable.

The coloration above is dark rusty chestnut finely punctated
with black, much paler and more yellowish below ; ears, tail, and
feet black. A series of six adults, measured before skinning,

1 See this Bulletin, III, 1891, p. 210.

2 1 8 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V,

give the following dimensions : Total length, 192 (188-196)
mm. ; head and body, 123 (121-125) ; tail, 69 (65-70) ; hind foot,
24.6 (23-27) ; ear from crown, 13 (12-15). The dental and
external characters agree with Waterhouse's diagnosis of his
subgenus Abrothrix.

This species, with Loncheres, was the only one of the Muridae
or Octodontidae which seemed to be diurnal in its habits. Their
appearance in life suggests that of an Arvicola.

18. Mus rattus Linn. — A single specimen was captured at a
neighboring cacao estate, and was the only one observed.

19. Mus alexandrinus Geoff r.— Common in the vicinity of
houses, and on two occasions captured at a small uninhabited
palmetto thatch in a forest.

20. Mus musculus Linn. — Common at Port-of-Spain, and
probably occurs throughout the island. The presence of cats
and dogs at the rest-house doubtless prevented the occurrence
there of either of the three species of Mus.

21. Heteromys anomalus (Thompson]. — This species was
originally described by Thompson in 1815,' from a single speci-
men from the island of Trinidad. Few examples appear to have
as yet fallen into the hands of naturalists, and even the people of
Trinidad are almost unaware of its existence. According to Mr.
Oldfield Thomas (Journ. Trinidad Field Nat. Club, I, 1892, p.
165), the type and one other specimen, the latter received in
1891, are in the collection of the British Museum. It is therefore
gratifying to report that the present collection contains a series
of 30 specimens, including five in alcohol. Both sexes and all
ages are represented, from the suckling young to aged adults.
From this material the species may be redescribed as follows :

Adult. — Above grayish dusky brown faintly washed with chestnut ; below
pure white to the base of the hairs. The dark color of the upper surface is
sharply defined against the white of the lower surface, without any trace of the
fulvous lateral line seen in most of the northern species. Outer surface of the
fore and hind limbs like that of the adjoining portions of the body ; inner
surface white, except that the dusky color of the outer surface completely

1 Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XI, 1815, p. 161, pi. x.

1893-] Allen and Chapman on Trinidad Mammals. 219

encloses the middle portion of the fore arm and a short space on the leg at and
just above the ankle. Upper surface of all the feet white. Palms flesh-color,
soles blackish, both entirely naked. Ears large, for a member of this genus,
flesh-colored at the base, passing into blackish apically, which is the color of
most of the exposed portion. Tail considerably longer than the body, sharply
bicolor, dusky above and whitish below, naked and nearly tuftless at the end,
the very short hairs scarcely at all concealing the annulations.

The pelage of the dorsal surface consists largely of grooved spines, almost
wholly so over the greater part of the back, mixed sparingly with fine bristly
hairs ; on the sides of the body the spines are weaker and fewer, here, as below
and on the head, the pelage consisting of rather coarse stiff hairs more or less
profusely mixed with softer hairs. The whole *pelage above, spines as well as
hairs, is whitish basally, passing into blackish and tipped generally with very
pale bay or chestnut. The flanks and limbs, however, are rather paler and
grayer than the middle region of the back.

Measurements. — The average and extreme measurements of ten fully adults,
taken in the flesh, are as follows : Total length, 280 (265-292) mm. ; head and
body, 130 (120-142); tail, 150 (135-160); hind foot, 33 (31-35); ear from
crown, 14.5 (14-16).

An average adult skull measures as follows : Greatest length, 36 ; basal length,
28 ; greatest zygomatic breadth, 26 ; least interorbital breadth, 13.5 ; distance
between incisors and first molar, 9.5 ; crown surface of upper molar series, 4.5 ;
lower jaw, length, 20 ; height at condyle, 12.5.

Young. — Nursing to half or two-thirds grown young are dusky plumbeous
with a slight sooty tinge, but otherwise marked as in the adult. At a more
advanced stage the general color becomes a little lighter or grayer, with a faint
tinge of brown. The hair on the middle of the back becomes coarser and
stiffer, but well-developed spines do not appear much before the animal attains
adult size.

The only other species of this genus available for comparison
with the present is Hcretomys alleni, of which the Museum has
now a large series, collected in the vicinity of Brownsville, Texas.
This proves so distinct from H. anomalus that no comparison
between the two is necessary, except that it seems desirable to
improve the present opportunity to elucidate further the charac-
ters of H. alleni? The youngest specimen (about half-grown)
of H. alleni indicates that the young, even during the suckling
stage, are not greatly different in general coloration from the
adults, being perhaps a little paler and more uniform gray, and

See this Bulletin, III, No. 2, pp. 268-272, June, 1890.

22O Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V,

not blackish plumbeous as in H. anomalus. A series of adults
of H. alleni, measured in the flesh, give the following dimensions :
Total length, 250 (238-260) mm. ; head and body, 122 (112-135) 5
tail, 128 (175-136); hind foot, 29 (28-30); ear from crown
(measured from the dried skin), 10.

In general, H. alleni differs from H. anomalus in its much
smaller size, in the very much smaller ears, in the tail being hairy
and slightly tufted, and radically in coloration, H. anomalus
being very much darker at all ages, and entirely lacking the ful-
vous lateral line seen in H. alleni. In fact, as recently pointed out
by Mr. Oldfield Thomas (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist, 6th Ser., XI,
1893, p. 329), these two species belong to very different sections
of the genus,1 in respect especially to the character of the hind
feet, H. anomalus belonging to the section having the soles naked
and 6-tuberculate, and H. alleni to the section with the soles
hairy and 5-tuberculate.

This species made its home beneath the roots of forest trees.
The pouches are used to carry food. One specimen had no less
than fifty-three seeds the size of peas in its pouches, while the
pouches of most of the specimens captured contained a few
kernels of the corn used as bait which they had stored away
before springing the trap.

22. Loncheres guianae Thomas.

Loncheres guiance THOMAS, Ann. and Mag. Nat Hist. 6th Ser. II, 1888, p.
326 (Demerara) ; Journ. Trinidad Field Nat. Club, I, No. 7, 1892, p. 166
(Trinidad).

This species is represented by five specimens, all females, and
all taken in the mangroves at the mouth of the Caroni River.
Four are adult, the other is a half-grown young one. One of the
specimens was collected by Mr. Chapman, April 29, 1893, and
the others, taken June 10 and n, were collected and presented
to the Museum by Messrs. F. W. Urich and R. R. Mole, of Port-
of-Spain. Three of the adults are skins, with the skulls ; the
other two specimens are skins preserved in alcohol. The June
adults all contained foetuses, two of which are preserved in
alcohol.

1 Mr. Thomas, however, appears not to have had full-grown specimens of H. alleni.

1893-] Allen and Chapman on Trinidad Mammals. 221

These specimens are provisionally referred to this species, with
the description of which they appear sufficiently to agree as re-
gards the general external characters. There are, however, some
discrepancies in respect to measurements. The dimensions of an
adult female (No. |y§y), measured in the flesh, are as follows :
Total length, 456 mm. ; head and body, 231 ; tail, 225 ; hind
foot, 43 ; ear from crown, 15.

Three skins measure as follows :

Total
length.

Head and
body.

Tail.

Hind

foot.

Ear.

6311 ? ad

43O

23O

2OO

^6

7

Dry

6312. ? " ....
6'WQ $ "

4IO

230

2^

1 80

16^

36

•}8

7
ii

In alcohol

Mr. Thomas's measurements of the type, from Demerara, taken
from the skin, are as follows: "Head and body, 190 millim.;
tail, 167 ; [hence, total length, 357 ;] hind foot, 36.2 ; ear (con-
tracted), 5.5."

Hence Mr. Thomas's type, though said to be adult, is a much
smaller animal than either of our Trinidad specimens, if we re-
strict our comparisons to the skins. The measurements of the
skulls of the Demerara and Trinidad specimens would seem to
indicate that this discrepancy is more apparent than real, as
shown by the following :

No.

Basal
length.

Greatest
breadth.

Length of
Nasals.

Least
interorb.
breadth.

Dias-
tema.

Length of
Upper molar
series.

6000

co

26

17

13

II.7

II. 2

$r\\\

4O

23

16

II.5

IO

IO.5

Htt

43

25

17-5

13

II. 5

II

Demerara ....

47

26

15-5

13

II. 8

II. 2

As noted above, Mr. Thomas has already recorded (1. c.) this
species from Trinidad, this being its second known occurrence.
Mr. Urich writes concerning the specimens collected by himself
and Mr. Mole : " They seem to be particularly plentiful on the
Caroni now, especially between the hours of five and seven in

1 Tail imperfect— mutilated in life.

222 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V,

the afternoon. The stomachs of all killed contained the fruit of
the mangroves, of which there is an abundance at present."

23. Loncheres castaneus, sp. nov.

Similar in size and proportions to L. guiance, but differing from it in
coloration and cranial characters.

External characters. — Thickly spinous except on the ventral surface and
limbs, the spines strongly developed over nearly the whole dorsal aspect,
general color above orange-tawny, more intense on the front part of the head
and at the base of the tail, gradually paler on the sides, everywhere heavily
lined with black ; ventral surface Isabella color, finely lined with dusky, the line
of demarcation between the dorsal and ventral surfaces fairly well defined.
Upper and under surface of the limbs respectively similar in color to the adjoin-
ing portions of the body ; upper surface of hind feet paler, yellowish gray,
becoming nearly clear gray on the toes. Palms and soles naked, blackish.
Ears small, rounded, blackish, nearly naked. Tail (in the young) similar to
that of L. guiance, finely annulated, well-clothed for a short distance at the base,
the remainder nearly naked, the very short, dusky yellowish hairs only partly
concealing the annulations.

The dorsal pelage consists of spines mixed with hairs, the spines coarse and
heavy over the median dorsal area, gradually becoming thinner and weaker on
the sides of the body, passing into grooved bristly hairs on the ventral surface.
The spines of the back are plumbeous at base passing into black on the apical
half, without orange-rufous tipping on the anterior half or third of the dorsal
region, but posteriorly subapically ringed with this color and minutely tipped
with black, the orange-rufous subapical ring becoming broader and conspicuous
posteriorly. On the sides of the body the spines are nearly uniform plumbeous
gray to the tip. The intervening hairs are coarse and bristly, blackish basally
and very broadly tipped with orange -rufous, this color usually occupying one
fourth to one-third the length of the hair, but with the extreme tip often black.

Measurements. — Head and body (adult female), 245 mm.; tail, — j1 hind foot,
40 ; ear from crown, 16. (Measurements from the fresh specimen.) A very
young specimen, in alcohol, measures as follows : Total length, 235 ; head
and body, no; tail, 125 ; hind foot, 29 ; ear from crown, n.

Skull. — The skull, in size and proportions, is almost indistinguishable from
that of /.. guiance, but differs in details, as will be presently noticed. Basal
length, 43 ; greatest breadth, 25.5 ; least interorbital breadth, 13 ; length of
nasals, 15.5 ; diastema, 11.5 ; length of upper molar series, 11.2.

Type, No. £ff J-, ? ad., Princestown, Trinidad, April 20, 1893, coll. Frank
M. Chapman.

1 The tail is lacking.

1893-] Allen and Chapman on Trinidad Mammals. 223

This species is based on three specimens, an adult female and
two young males one-fourth to one-half grown. The adult speci-
men and the larger of the two young ones are unfortunately
tailless, the entire tail having been lost apparently in early life,
as happens often with the Trinidad species of Echimys, as noted
below. The young specimen with a perfect tail shows that this
member is relatively of about the same length as in Z. guiance.

This species differs from L. guiana, apparently its nearest ally,
in the general coloration being much brighter and stronger, the
dorsal surface being orange-rufous heavily lined with black
instead of pale yellow or yellowish gray rather sparingly lined
with black, while the ventral surface is many shades darker.
The cranial differences consist in the slightly narrower and
shorter anterior palatine foramen ; in the slenderer, narrower
and posteriorly more extended nasals ; in the palatal emargina-
tion being bluntly oval instead of sharply V-shaped ; in the
greater breadth of the basi-occipital ; and in the greater slender-
ness of the ascending maxillary branch of the zygoma.

It is probable that the baits used in trapping were not attractive
to this species. The two young specimens were trapped, but the
only adult secured was caught by dogs near the banks of a small
stream. It was called by the natives, Agouti Rat.

24. Echimys trinitatis, sp. nov.

Similar in size and proportions, and apparently in color, to E. cayennensis
but in cranial characters and in the distribution of the spines more nearly
resembling E. semispinosus Tomes.

Adult. — General color above rusty brown, nearly uniform except over a
rather broad median dorsal area, where the rusty brown is profusely mixed with
black, in some specimens the black prevailing ; whole ventral surface pure
white to the base of the hairs, except that occasional specimens show traces of
a prepectoral dusky color. Ears narrow, rounded at top, slightly hollowed on
the posterior border, nearly naked, flesh-colored, broadly margined with dusky.
Tail a little shorter than the head and body, well furred for about an inch at the
base, the rest practically naked, the annulations scarcely at all concealed by the
very short, much scattered whitish hairs, and there is no tendency to a terminal
pencil, as in E. cayennensis. Palms and soles naked, the latter uniform
blackish, the former usually mottled flesh-color and dusky, sometimes one color
prevailing and sometimes the other. Upper surface of fore feet grayish brown,
becoming lighter on the toes ; upper surface of hind feet dusky brown on the

224 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V,

inner half, gray or grayish white, varying in different specimens, to pure white
on the outer half.

The spines are restricted (in a series of 10 adults) to an oval area on the
middle of the back, between the shoulders and the hips, extending laterally on
to the sides of the body. The spines are grayish white or whitish at base,
passing gradually through gray and dusky gray to black, the exposed portion
being black, except on the lateral portions of the spiny area, where the spines
are often whitish nearly to the tip.

Measurements (average of five specimens measured in the flesh). — Total
length, 446 mm. ; head and body, 244 ; tail, 202 ; hind foot, 50 ; ear from
crown, 23. The males average somewhat larger than the females, as shown by
the subjoined table.

Young. — One-third grown young (in the 2-molar stage) are blackish above,
nearly pure black over the central portion of the dorsal area, paler, brownish
black on the sides, where the dusky tint has a purplish or faint vinaceous
tinge ; below white, with or without a dusky prepectoral collar, traces of which
are sometimes present in the adult. The whole pelage is spineless' and soft.
When about half-grown (in the 3-molar stage) the sides become faintly tinged
with pale rusty brown, and a few weak spines begin to appear in the middle of
the back. At a more advanced stage the general coloration above is still dusky
brown, with a blackish spiny area over the middle of the back (between the
hips and shoulders), with rusty-tipped hairs more or less generally intermixed
over the whole upper surface of the body.

Skull. — An average adult skull measures as follows : basal length, 48 mm. ;
greatest breadth, 29 ; least interorbital breadth, 13.3 ; length of nasals, 24 ;
diastema (distance between incisors and first molar), 14 ; upper molar series, 10.
The nasal bones extend considerably beyond the fronto-maxillary suture, and
are squarely truncate or slightly rounded on the posterior border. A series of
young skulls shows the development of the molar series from two to four teeth.

?ype, No. fljf, $ ad., Princestown, Trinidad, April 26, 1893, coll. Frank
M. Chapman.

This species is based on a series of 21 specimens — 12 adults,
five young in the spineless, soft, hairy coat, and four in inter-
mediate stages between the spineless young and the fully adult.
Two of these are preserved in alcohol, the rest as skins with the skulls
separate. All were taken at Princestown during March and April.

Echimys trinitatis differs from £. cayennensis, its nearest geo-
graphical congener, in various external characters, notably in the
restriction of the spiny area to the central portion of the back,
in the less hairy condition of the tail and the entire absence of a
hairy pencil at the tip, and also somewhat in coloration, especially
in the absence of a pale rufous patch behind the ears. In cranial

1893-] Allen and Chapman on Trinidad Mammals.

225

characters it differs at many points, but it may be sufficient to
mention the much greater posterior extension of the nasals,
which extend much beyond the fronto-maxillary suture instead
of terminating considerably in front of it, as in E. cayannensis, in
which the axis of this suture is oblique instead of transverse. In
other words, the nasals and the direction of the fronto-maxillary
suture are about as in E. brevicauda, as figured by Gtinther (P. Z.
S., 1876, p. 749). In this respect it also much resembles E. semi-
spinosus Tomes, from Ecuador, from which species, however, it
differs in its very much larger and very differently shaped ears
and much longer tail. It appears to resemble this latter species,
however, in the restriction of the spines to the central portion of
the dorsal area, in the naked and tuftless tail, and in general
features of coloration.

The adults present very little variation in coloration or in ex-
ternal characters beyond that already noted, except that three of
the adults were entirely tailless, the loss of the tail having evi-
dently occurred in early life, leaving only a broad cicatrix where
the tail joined the body. The young specimens are also quite
uniform in general coloration, except that in three there is a
broad dusky prepectoral collar, varying in width in different in-
dividuals, and represented in others by a broken collar, the two
halves failing to meet on the median line.

The principal variations in external measurements in ten adult
specimens are shown by the following table :

External Measurements.

Cat. No.

Sex.

Total
length.

Head and
body.

Tail.

Hind foot.

Ear.

6II21

tttf

5909

?
$
$

442

242
265
268

2OO
I

47
50

5°

22

25

5910

$

260

2

55

26

5911

2IO3

53

f!4l

$

4O4

2^1

173

45

21

£§4-5

$

JQI

26l

23O

53

21

4944

5

442

242

2OO

47

22

4644
|915

$

345

155

IQO

50

flit

$

450

245

205

53

21

1 Alcoholic. 2 Tail wanting.
[September, i8gjJ\

3 Body destroyed by some predatory bird or mammal.

15

226 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V,

The skulls of course vary greatly according to age, in propor-
tion of parts as well as in size. There is also considerable indi-
vidual variation, especially in respect to the posterior extension
of the nasals. These in some examples pass but little beyond
the fronto-maxillary suture, while in others they extend much
further. There are also minor variations in other parts, as shown
by the following table of measurements of eight adult skulls :

Cranial Measurements.

lift

tm

ss-n

4 (54 (5

saic

*m

!f-fl

tttt

lift

$

$

s

$

?

?

?

?

Total length

62

60.5

61

62

61

56

56

Basal length .

4.7 e

46

4.7

4.8

46

4 a

Greatest breadth. . .

*T/ * 0
27-5

T"

27-5

T- /
27

*T**

T-W

27

HO

26

27

27

Interorb. oonstric'n.

12.5

12.5

13

12.5

13

12

12.5

12.5

Length of nasals. .

22.5

22.5

21

21.5

22

19

20

20

Diastema

13

13

12.5

13-5

13

n-5

12.5

12

Length of upper )

molar series. . . >

8-5

8-5

8-5

8-5

8-5

8-5

8-5

8-5

(crown surface) )

Length of lower [
molar series. . . \

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

Length of lower jaw

34

34

33

35-5

35

3i

33-3

32.3

Height of do. )
at condyle j"

12.5

12

n-5

13

12.5

ii

12

12.5

The tendency in these animals to lose the tails renders an ex-
amination of the posterior portion of the vertebral column of the
tailless examples a matter of interest. Fortunately this portion
of the skeleton of two of the tailless specimens was preserved,
and shows that the amputation occurs at the second vertebra be-
hind the posterior border of the pelvis, or just behind the fifth
caudal. The first four caudals are normal in size and propor-
tions, and appear to be in a healthy condition ; the fifth caudal
is abnormal, the posterior third or half having apparently been
lost by absorption. A further interesting fact was noted in skin-
ning the specimens in which the tail was still intact, namely, its
easy separation at the fifth caudal vertebra, in several specimens
the tail breaking at this point in the process of skinning.

The genus Echimys is now for the first time positively shown
to be an inhabitant of the Island of Trinidad. It is true that
" Echimys, sp." is entered in Mr. Thomas's list, but it is given

1893-] Allen and Chapman on Trinidad Mammals. 227

solely on the authority of Verteuil, who mentions two species,
namely, " Echymys chrysuros " and u Echymys rufus (?)." What
these are it is impossible to determine, as the names given are
not pertinent to any Trinidad animal, and there is no other
clue as to what he intended to indicate. Verteuil doubtless knew
of the existence of two spiny rats in Trinidad, one of which was
probably a Loncheres and the other possibly the present species.

This species is known by the native name of Pilori, and by some
is considered excellent eating. There are popularly supposed to
be two species, one with and the other without a tail. It lives in
the forest, making its home in holes in the banks of streams or
beneath the roots of trees. Three females contained respectively
two, four, and six large embryos.

25. Synetheres prehensilis (Linn.). — Represented by an
adult skull.

The presence of this arboreal species is made known by the
nauseating odor it gives forth. This is especially noticeable in
the early morning, when the air is humid and before the daily
trade-winds begin to blow. In walking through the forests at
this time it was not unusual to encounter odoriferous strata of
air proceeding from individuals of this species. So dense, how-
ever, was the parasitic vegetation on the trees in which they conceal
themselves, that they were practically invisible from below.

26. Dasyprocta aguti (Linn.). — Represented by three adult
skins and four adult skulls.

The Agouti is a very common animal in the forests near the
rest-house. It is diurnal, but is more frequently met with late in
the afternoon and early in the morning. It is much hunted for
food, the usual method of capture being from a scaffold which
the hunter erects near some favorite feeding-place. Here at a
height of eight or ten feet, and distant only a few yards from the
spot at which the game is expected to appear, the almost worth-
less guns of the negroes prove effective. The Agouti is an
exceedingly shy animal. In approaching its feeding-ground it
advances with the utmost caution, pausing frequently to listen.
In eating it sits erect, holding its food between its front feet.

22o Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V,

27. Ccelogenys paca (Linn.).— Represented by a single
adult male, skin and skull.

The Lape is yearly becoming more rare in Trinidad, and will
soon be confined to the less accessible parts of the forests. The
fact that hunters in unearthing a Lape, which has been driven
into a hole by dogs, frequently encounter the unwelcome
Maperire (Crotalus], has given rise to the belief among some of
the negroes that the hunted Lape flees to the snake's hole for
protection. His passage simply arouses the reptile, which is then
en garde for the hunters and dogs.

28. Cariacus (Coassus) nemorivagus (F. Cuv.). — Repre-
sented by a skull of an adult male, presented by Mr. R. S. Row-
bottom, said to be the skull of one of the largest deer ever killed
in the vicinity of Princestown. This skull measures as follows :
Basal length (ant. border of premax. to post, border of occip.
condyles), 213 mm. ; greatest zygomatic breadth, 100; greatest
mastoid breadth, 66 ; length of nasals, 62 ; anterior border of
premaxillae to front edge of first premolar, 68.; length of molar
series, 67 ; length of antler from frontal bone, 109.5 ; same from
anterior base of the burr, 102.5 ; length of lower jaw (incisive
border to posterior border of angle), 172 ; height at coronoid
process, 83 ; height at condyle, 55.5 ; length of lower molar
series, 73.5.

On the right side of this skull is the alveolus of a small upper
canine (diameter 3.3 mm.) ; but there is no trace of a corre-
sponding alveolus on the left side.

We provisionally follow Mr. Thomas in adopting the above
name for the Trinidad deer, in the absense of the necessary
material for deciding its relations to the several allied continental
species.

These Deer are among the worst enemies to young cacao
trees, of which they destroy thousands. Nevertheless, they are
protected by a recently enacted law. In view of their abun-
dance and the injury which they cause to agriculture it would
seem inadvisable to protect deer until they are so lessened in
numbers as not to prove the enemy of cacao growers.

1893-] Allen and Chapman on Trinidad Mammals. 229

29. Dicotyles. — Two species of this genus have long been
recognized as inhabiting the island. One of the species was
common near the rest-house, but no specimens were secured.

30. Cyclothurus didactylus (Linn.}. — One adult female,
Princestown, March 18. Measurements : Total length, 490 mm. ;
head and body, 216 ; tail, 274 ; hind foot, 40.

This small Ant-eater, according to popular report, is evidently
not uncommon in the forests, where its food is said to consist of
the white-ants or termites. Its vernacular name of " Poor-me-
one," meaning poor me alone, expresses exactly the sentiment
of the indescribably sweet, sad call which, heard only at night, is
generally ascribed to this species. This call was frequently heard
in the forests near the rest-house during moonlight nights, but
the caller was identified only by the negroes' descriptions. We
are now informed by Mr. Albert B. Carr, of Trinidad, at present
in New York, that the call so generally supposed to be uttered
by the ant-eater is in reality the note of a goatsucker, and that he
has shot the bird in the act of calling.

The only specimen secured of this ant-eater was purchased
alive from some negroes. It was kept alive for several days.
During the day it slept holding on to a branch with the aid of
its strong fore-claws and prehensile tail. It moved only when
disturbed, and as soon as it was permitted relapsed into its
former stupor. Just after sunset it raised its head, and, like a
sleepy person, rubbed its eyes, using either the front or hind-foot
for this purpose. This effort seemed to weary it, for it again
rolled itself into a ball and slept. A few minutes later it re-
aroused itself, and after rubbing its eyes as before, raised itself on
its hind-legs and felt about in the air, uttering a low, whining
snuffle and evidently seeing nothing. As darkness increased it
seemed to become thoroughly awakened, and climbed slowly up
and down its perch, feeling vainly for some way by which to
leave it. It released its hold with its tail only when standing on
all four feet, and at the first step this member was coiled around
a branch as a safeguard in case of a misstep. The tail is so
muscular that its grasp could be released with difficulty, while it
was almost impossible to dislodge the hold of the long, curved
nails of the fore-feet.

Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V,

31. Tatusia novemcincta {Linn.}. — Signs of this animal
were seen in the forests, and part of one was brought by a hunter
to the rest-house kitchen. Its flesh proved excellent eating.

32. Didelphis marsupialis (Linn.). — This species is repre-
sented by three specimens, two males and a female, taken at
Princestown. They measure as follows :

Total length.

Head and body.

Tail.

Hind foot.

$

Q2O

4.cc

4.6^

66

$

810

<*8s

42 ^

ec

?

74O

35O

^QO

cc

A common inhabitant of the forests. The pouch of a female
contained seven young, each measuring about 50 mm. in length.
Two living examples of this species were seen near the Grand
Etang in the island of Granada. They were in the possession
of two negro boys who had just captured them, and from whom
one, an adult female, was purchased.

33. Didelphis (Philander) philander Linn— A. single, ap-
parently full-grown male (No. fy||), taken March 9, is pro-
visionally referred to this species. It differs from it, however, in
its much smaller size, in the tail being hairy for only an inch and
a half at the base (instead of for "from two to three inches"),
and uniform grayish brown from base to tip, instead of white for
its apical half, as in Brazilian examples. Measurements of the
freshly-killed animal are as follows : Total length, 495 mm.;
head and body, 210; tail, 284; hind foot, 34. The Trinidad
animal heretofore referred to this species may prove separable
from the D. philander of the mainland — a point further material
must decide.

34. Didelphis (Micoureus) murina Linn. — Although this
species has not been previously recorded from Trinidad, it
appears to be at least locally common on the island, it being
represented in the present collection by a series of 20 specimens,
taken at Princestown.

1893.] Allen and Chapman on Trinidad Mammals. 231

Sixteen adult males, measured before skinning, range in size as
follows: Total length, 361 (340-395) mm.; head and body,
I7I (T55-l89); tail, 190 (175-218) ; hind foot, 24.4(20-28) ; ear,
25 (22-29). Four females measure as follows : Total length,
324 (302-365) ; head and body, 148 (132-168) ; tail, 176 (163-
197) ; hind foot, 22 (20-24) I ear> 22 (2°~^3-)

In coloration the variation is chiefly in the brightness of the
rufous of the upper parts, which varies from dull grayish brown
to quite strong rufous brown, and in the depth of the yellowish
white tint below, which varies from buff to ochraceous buff. The
younger (at least the smaller) specimens of the series are duller
and darker colored above than the larger, older examples.

This little Opossum was so abundant as to prove a positive
source of annoyance. Traps baited with meat were sure to be
preoccupied by it, while many trapped specimens of other species
were partially eaten by probably this species.

LIST OF LAND MAMMALS KNOWN FROM TRINIDAD.

For convenience of reference we here add a list of the land
mammals thus far recorded from the Island of Trinidad. It
consists of Mr. Thomas's ' Preliminary List,' with the additions
made in the present paper. The fourteen species here added are
distinguished by an asterisk prefixed to the current number.

Order PRIMATES.

Family CEBID^E.

1. Mycetes, sp. Probably M. seniculus (Linn.). Red Howler.

2. Cebus, sp. Sapajou. Capuchin Monkey.

Order CHIROPTERA.

Family VESPERTILIONID.E.

3. Vespertilio nigricans Wied.

4. Thyroptera tricolor Spix.

232 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V,

Family EMBALLONURID^.

5. Furipterus horrens (F. Cuv.).

6. Saccopteryx bilineata (Temm.).

7. Saccopteryx leptura (Schreber).

8. Saccopteryx canina (Wied).

9. Rhynchonycteris naso (Wied).

10. Noctilio leporinus (Linn.). Fish-eating Bat.

11. Molossus rufus Geoff.

12. Molossus obscurus Geoff.

Family PHYLLOSTOMATIDvE.

13. Chilonycteris rubiginosa Wagn.

14. Pteronotus davyi Gray.

15. Mormops megalophylla Peters.

1 6. Lonchorina aurita Tomes.

17. Mycronycte?'is megalotis (Gray).

1 8. Phyllostoma hastatum (Pall.).

19. Hemiderma brevicaudum (Wied).

20. Glossophaga soricina (Pall.).

2 1 . Anoura geoffroyii Gray.

*22. Chceronycteris intermedia All. & Chapm;

23. Artibeus perspicillatus (Linn.).

24. Artibeus planirostris (Spix).

25. Artibeus hartii Thos.

26. Artibeus quadrivittatits Peters.

27. Vampyrops caraccioli Thos.

28. Chiroderma villosum Peters.

29. Sturnira It Hum (Geoffr.).

30. Dcsmodus rufus Wied. Blood-sucking Bat.

Order CARNIVORA.

Family FELID^E.

31. Felis, s]). Ocelot. Tiger-cat.

1893-] Allen and Chapman on Trinidad Mammals. 233

Family MUSTELID^.

32. Galictis bar bar a (Linn.). Wood-dog.

33. Lutra insularis F. Cuv. Otter.

Family PROCYONID^.

34. Procyon cancrivorus (Cuv.). Mangrove-dog.

35. Cercoleptes caudivolvus (Pall.). Kinkajou.

Order RODENTIA.

Family SCIURID^E.

36. Sciurus (zstuans hoffmanni Peters. Squirrel.

Family MURID^.

37. Holochilus squamipes (Brants).
*38. Nectomys palmipes All. & Chapm.
*39. Tylomys couesii All. & Chapm.
*4<D. Oryzomys speciosus All. & Chapm.
*4i. Oryzomys trinitatis All. & Chapm.
*42. Oryzomys velutinus All. & Chapm.
*43. Oryzomys brevicaudus All. & Chapm.
*44. Abrothrix caliginosus (Tomes).

^45. Mus rattus Linn. Black Rat.

*46. Mus alexandrinus Geoff r. Roof Rat.

*47« Mus musculus Linn. House Mouse.

Family HETEROMYID^E.

48. Heteromys anomalus (Thompson). Pouched Rat.

Family OCTODONTID^.

49. Loncheres guiance Thos. Spiny Rat.

*5o. Loncheres castaneus All. & Chapm. Agouti Rat.
*5i. Echimys trinitatis All. & Chapm. Pilori.

234 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V.]

Family HISTRICID^.

52. Synetheres prehensilis (Linn.). Porcupine.

Family DASYPROCTID^.

53. Dasyprocta aguti (Linn.). Agouti.

54. Calogenys paca (Linn.). Lape.

Order UNGULATA.

Family CERVID^E.

55. Cariacus (Coassus) nemorivagus (F. Cuv.). Deer. Biche.

Family DICOTYLID^.

56. Dicotyles tajacu (Linn.). Collared Peccary. Quenk.

57. Dicotyles labiatus Cuv. White-lipped Peccary. Quenk.

Order EDENTATA.

Family BRADYPODID^E.

58. Cholcepus didactylus (Linn.). Two-toed Sloth.

Family MYRMECOPHAGID^E.

59. Myrmecophagajubata Linn. Great Ant-eater.

60. Tamandua tetradactyla (Linn.). Tamandua.

6 1. Cyclothurus didactylus (Linn.). Little Ant-eater. Poor-me-

one.

Family DASYPODID^.

62. Tatusia novemcincta (Linn.). Armadillo. Tatou.

Order MARSUPIALIA.

Family DIDELPHIID^).

63. Didelphis marsupialis Linn. Manicou.

64. Didelphis {Philander} philander Linn. Manicou gros yeux.
*65. Didelphis {Micoureus) murina Linn. Manicou gros yeux.

Further Notes on Costa Rica Mammals,
with Description of a New Species of
Oryzomys.

Bv J. A. ALLEN.

AUTHOR'S EDITION, extracted from BULLETIN

OF THE

tosntw uf IJattmtt

VOL. V, ARTICLE XV, pp. 237-240
New York, September 22, 1893

Article XV. — FURTHER NOTES ON COSTA RICA
MAMMALS, WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW
SPECIES OF ORYZOMYS.

By J. A. ALLEN.

In a former volume of this Bulletin (Vol. Ill, pp. 203-218,
April, 1891) will be found a paper entitled 'Notes on a Collection
of Mammals from Costa Rica,' based on collections received from
the Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, through the kindness of Don
Anastasio Alfaro, Director of the Museum, and Mr. George K.
Cherrie, the Acting-Curator of Mammals, Birds and Reptiles.
Another small collection has been since received from the same
source, which adds eight species to the 38 given in the previous
list, and contains additional specimens of other species of special
interest. The present collection numbers about 50 skins,
each with the skull separate, representing 17 species. I also take
this occasion to record an additional species of Costa Rican Bat
recently presented to the Museum by Mr. Jose C. Zeledon, making
in all 9 species additional to those of the previous list. These
are distinguished by an asterisk prefixed to the current number.

I. Atalapha frantzii Peters. — One adult male, San Sebastian,
(San Jose), Oct. 8, 1891, George K. Cherrie.

*2. Rhoge'essa parvula H. Allen. — Three specimens, Pacific
coast of Costa Rica, J. C. Zeledon.

*3. Saccopteryx bilineata ( Temm.}. — Two specimens, male
and female adult, Jimenez, August, 1891, A. Alfaro.

*4. Diclidurus albus Wied. — One specimen, La Palma (San
Jose), August, 1890, George K. Cherrie.

*5. Nyctinomus brasiliensis /. Geoff r. — One specimen,
male, San Jose, June 22, 1891, George K. Cherrie.

238 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V,

6. Hemiderma1 brevicaudum (Wied).— Five specimens,
two males and three females, San Sebastian, San Jose, August,
1891.

*7. Artibeus cinereus (Gerv.). — Two adult females and an
additional adult skull, San Sebastian, San Jose, August, 1891.

8. Artibeus carpolegus Gosse. — One adult male and five
Specimens more or less immature, as shown by the skulls. The
adult male was taken at San Jose, June 21, 1891, the immature
examples at Limon, May 27, 1891, all collected by Mr. Cherrie.

The single adult male has faint whitish head-stripes ; in the
immature examples there is no trace of head-stripes ; and the
coloration of the pelage everywhere is darker — slaty black instead
of browish black — and the measurements are all much smaller.
As regards external characters, the young might be readily
mistaken for a distinct species ; the skulls, however, show them
to be simply immature examples of A. carpolegus.

*Q. Vampyrops lineatus Geoffr. — One specimen, adult
female, Jimenez, Sept. 9, 1891, A. Alfaro.

*IO. Blarina micrura (Tomes). — One specimen, San Isidro,
San Jose, Sept. 25, 1891, Geo. K. Cherrie.

11. Sigmodon hispidus toltecus (De Sauss.). — One speci-
men, adult male, San Jose, November, 1890, Geo. K. Cherrie.

12. Abrothrix teguina (Alston]. — Two males and a female,
La Carpintero, Sept. 2, 1891, Geo. K. Cherrie.

13. Sitomys cherriei Allen.

Hesperomys ( Vesperimus) cherrii ALLEN, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. Ill, p.
211, April 17, 1891.

This species is represented by a series of 15 specimens, includ-
ing immature examples as well as adult. There is little, however,
to add to the description of the species already given (1. c.).
They are all from La Carpintero, the original locality, taken July
15-26, 1891, by Mr. Cherrie.

1 Hemiderma Gervais, i855=CaroH2a Gray, 1838, preoccupied.

1893.] Allen on Mammals from Costa Rica. 239

14. Sitomys nudipes Allen.

Hesperomys ( Vcsperitmis) nudipes ALLEN, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. Ill, p.
213, April 17, 1891.

Two specimens, Santa Clara, A. Alfaro. Both are immature
and differ from the type (see this Bulletin, 1. c.) in being much
darker, especially above, as would be expected in the young.
Above the pelage is black with a faint tinge of sooty brown,
passing into grayish black on the sides, and then into the purer
gray of the ventral surface, which is tinged more or less with
yellowish rusty over the pectoral region. The ears and tail are
naked, and the abruptly whitish feet are thinly haired.

An adult skin and skull, from near San Jose, collected and
presented to the Museum by Mr. George K. Cherrie since the
publication of the original description, agrees with the type.

This is an aberrant Sitomys, but the species seems to belong
here rather than elsewhere.

*I5. Oryzomys costaricensis, sp. nov.

Size very small ; ears small ; tail one and a half times the length of the head
and body. Pelage full, long (7 mm. on middle of back), soft, but rather coarse
for so small a mouse.

Above yellowish brown, varying to yellowish chestnut, with a heavy admix-
ture of black hairs ; sides paler, ochraceous buff with little or no black, passing
gradually into the clear, rather strong buff of the ventral surface, which is sepa-
rated from the color of the upper parts by a quite distinct but narrow fulvous
lateral line. Ears small (height above crown, in dried skin, about 7 mm.),
oval, well haired on both surfaces, dusky brown externally, darkest on the
anterior third, more yellowish on the inner surface. Upper surface of fore and
hind feet buffy white, scantily haired, especially the hind feet, where the short
light-colored hairs scarcely conceal the scaly annulations ; palms and soles
naked, flesh-colored, the latter 6-tuberculate. Tail very long, naked, unicolor,
'pale brown.

Total length, 196 mm. ; head and body, 79 ; tail, 117 ; hind foot, 23 (aver-
age of three specimens, from measurements made before skinning) ; ear from
crown, 7 (from skins).

The skull is that of a nearly typical species of Oryzomys in all of its essen-
tial features, except that the supraorbital ridge is so feebly developed as to be
quite lacking, even in a skull with well-worn teeth. An adult skull measures as
follows : Total length, 21 mm. ; basal length, 17.8 ; greatest zygomatic
breadth, 11.4 ; greatest breadth of brain case, 10.1 ; least interorbital breadth,

240 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V.]

4.3 ; length of nasals, 8 ; interparietal, length, 2 ; interparietal, breadth, 8.4 ;
incisors to first premolar, 2.5 ; length of upper molar series, 3 ; length of lower
jaw, 11.7 ; height of same at condyle, 4.3.

Type, ? ad., El General, altitude 2150 feet, Feb., 1891, coll. H. Pittier.

This species is based on four specimens, all nearly or quite
adult (in one the teeth are well-worn), three of them taken on
^1 General at an altitude of 2150 feet, and one in the Cerro de
Buena Vista, " altitude 10,342 feet," in February, 1891, by H.
Pettier. Another specimen, labeled " La Carpintera, $ , July 26,
1891, Geo. K. Cherrie," I also refer to the same species. This
would seem to give the species quite a range in altitude, if the
elevation recorded on the labels is correctly indicated. These
are all skins, four of which are accompanied by their separate
skulls.

Oryzomys costaricensis needs comparison with no other species
described from north of the Isthmus of Panama. It is well
characterized by its very small size (head and body three inches
or less) and its exceedingly long tail (nearly five inches). In
size, coloration and general external appearance it is strongly
suggestive of a very long-tailed species of Reithrodontomys^ but
the resemblance is entirely superficial. Its nearest representative
appears to be Oryzomys lon&icaudatus (Benn.), of Chili and Peru,
from which, however, it is obviously distinguished by its small
ears and different coloration. The absence of the usual supra-
orbital ' bead ' may be easily due to the very small size and con-
sequent delicate structure of the species.

*l6. Oryzomys couesi Alston. — One specimen, female,
Bahia de Salinas (on the Pacific coast), July, 1890, A. Alfaro.
Skin and skull, from an alcoholic specimen, with the following
measurements inscribed on the label: "Length, 9.15 in. [232
mm.] ; tail, 5.35 [135.6] ; hind foot, 1.17 [29.7]." This specimen
is provisionally referred to O. couesi Alston, as recently redefined
by Thomas (Ann. and Mag., 6th Ser., XI, 1893, p. 403).

17. LepUS gabbi Allen. — One specimen, San Jose.

18. Didelphis (Micoureus) murina Linn.— One specimen,
a half-grown male, Jimenez, August, 1891, A. Alfaro.

Description of a New Mouse from Lake
County, California.

Description of a New Species of Geomys
from Costa Rica.

Bv J. A. ALLKX.

AUTHOR* H EDTTIOX. extracted from TtULLETIX

OF THE

American BKuseum of Matttvat |listovgr

V«M.. V, ARTICLES XIX and XX, pp. 335-338.
New York* December 16, iSyj.

Article XIX.— DESCRIPTION OF A NEW MOUSE FROM
LAKE COUNTY, CALIFORNIA.

By J. A. ALLEN.
Sitomys robustus, sp. nov.

Similar in proportions and coloration to Sitomys americanus gambelii, but
nearly twice the bulk of that form ; hence about equaling S. gilberti in. size,
but differing from the latter in much smaller ears and much shorter tail, and
also in coloration.

Above uniform dull yellowish brown, much varied with blackish, the pelage
being plumbeous at base, subterminally broadly ringed with fulvous and tipped
with blackish ; middle of back darkest, gradually becoming more fulvous on the
sides, without, however, forming a distinct fulvous lateral line nor a distinct
dorsal band of dusky ; beneath white, as also the upper surface of both fore and
hind feet. Ears moderate, in size, form, color and hairiness about as in S. a.
gambelii. Feet large ; soles sparsely haired posterior to the last tubercle. Tail
a little shorter than head and body, sharply bicolor, dusky brown above and
white below, fairly well clothed with short hairs and non-penicillate — about as
in S. americanus.

Measurements. — Two specimens, both males, and measured in the flesh by
the collector, give the following dimensions : Total length, 174-175 mm.; head
and body, 94-102 ; tail,1 73-80 ; hind foot, 21-22 ; ear, 19-21.

Skull. — Of the size and general proportions of Sitomys gilberti, or of small
specimens of S. calif ornicus , except that the auditory bulke are markedly
smaller, being scarcely larger than in average specimens of S. a. gambelii, not-
withstanding the much larger size of the skull. In other respects there appear
to be no tangible cranial differences. Total length of the type (the other skull
is imperfect), 26 mm. ; basal length (posterior base of incisors to posterior border
of occipital condyle), 22 ; greatest width of brain-case, 12.5 ; least interorbital
breadth, 4.5 ; length of nasals, 10 ; length of lower jaw, 13.5 ; length of lower
jaw to tip of incisors, 16 ; height at coronoid process, 6.

Type, No. 282, Mus. Leland Stanford University, Lakeport, Lake Co., Cal.,
March 20, 1893 ; collector, S. Parrish.

This species is based on two adult males, in the museum of the
Leland Stanford University, collected by Mr. S. Parrish at Lake-

1 It is barely possible that the extreme tip of the tail in both specimens was mutilated in life,
but it seems by no means probable.

[335]

33^ Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V.]

port, Lake Co., California, March 20, 1893, kindly placed at my
disposal for study by Prof. Charles H. Gilbert, of Stanford
University. These specimens were at first regarded as greatly
overstuffed examples of S. a. gambelii, till an examination of their
skulls showed the fact to be otherwise. S. robusius requires no
comparison with other species beyond that already made, its short
tail, relatively small ears, robust body, large feet, and small
auditory bullae, at once serving to distinguish it. It would seem,
however, to much resemble S. boylii in size and coloration, but
the latter is described as having a much longer tail — much longer
than head and body instead of much shorter, as in the present
species.

Article XX.— DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF
GEOMYS FROM COSTA RICA.

By J. A. ALLEN.

A specimen of Geomys, collected at Santa Clara, Costa Rica,
by Mr. George K. Cherrie, has recently been received from that
gentleman for identification, which on examination appears to be
undescribed. It belongs to the G. hispidus section of the group,
but differs from it markedly in size, coloration and in the char-
acter of the pelage. It may be described as follows :

Geomys cherriei,1 sp. nov.

Above everywhere blackish chocolate brown, except a large patch of pure
white on the crown, subtriangular in shape, 30 mm. in length and 6 to 17 mm.
in breadth, broadest behind ; inner surface of fore and hind limbs, throat and
breast, dusky grayish ; rest of lower surface pale grayish buff. Tail (except
extreme basal portion), and upper surface of both fore and hind feet naked,
apparently reddish in life.

Measurements (approximate from dried skin) : Total length, 275 mm. ; head
and body, 195 ; tail, 80 (naked portion, 65) ; hind foot, 40 ; middle claw of
same, 5 ; fore foot, 34 ; middle claw of same (arc of curve), 15.

Skull, total length, 60 ; basal length (posterior border of occipital condyle to
posterior base of incisors), 47 ; zygomatic breadth, 34 ; occipital breadth, 30 ;
length of nasals, 20 ; lower jaw (posterior border of condyle to posterior surface
of incisor), 38 ; height at coronoid process, 17.

Type, No. 664, Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, Santa Clara, Costa Rica,
October, 1892 ; George K. Cherrie.

The specimen described above is evidently about full grown,
but the sutures of the skull indicate a rather young animal. The

1 Named for Mr. George K. Cherrie, Acting-Curator of Birds and Mammals, Museo Nacional
de Costa Rica, the discoverer of the species, and to whose kindness I am greatly indebted for
mammalogical material from Costa Rica.

[December, 1893^ [33?J 22

33^ Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. V.]

skull is of the heavy, short, broad type of G. hispidus? with the
malar greatly expanded. The coloration of the animal, however,
is much darker, especially below ; the pelage is rather soft and
not hispid, and the tail is relatively much longer than in hispidus.
The white patch on the crown is possibly albinism, but if normal
is a striking feature.

In addition to the differences in external characters and in size,
G. chcrriei differs from G. hispidus in several important cranial
details, notably in respect to the shape and size of interparietal
bone, which in G. hispidus is broad and short (much broader than
long), and gently convex in front, while in G. cherriei it is narrow,
subtriangular, and nearly twice as long as broad.

Possibly this species may need comparison with Geomys heterodus
Peters, from Irazu, Costa Rica ; but Alston says (Biol. Cent. Am.,
Mam., p. 1 60) that Peters's type "proves identical with Mexican
specimens."

1 I am indebted to Dr. C. Hart Merriam, Chief of Division of Ornithology and Mammalogy,
U. S. Department of Agriculture, for a specimen of G. hispidus for comparison in the present
connection. Dr. Merriam writes me that this specimen "may be regarded as a duplicate type
[of G. hispidits\, since it was collected at a point probably not more than six miles from the
exact spot where the original type was obtained."

5^fc-'is*<xj8sS|^Stf

LIBRAE

198481